Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 13, 2007

Registration No. 333-140232

 


UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 


Amendment No. 2

to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)

 


 

Delaware   7371   20-3289482
(State of Incorporation)  

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

500 Unicorn Park Drive

Woburn, Massachusetts 01801

(781) 970-6000

(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,

Including Area Code, of Registrant’s Principal Executive Offices)

 


Douglas J. Shaw

President and Chief Executive Officer

Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc.

500 Unicorn Park Drive

Woburn, Massachusetts 01801

(781) 970-6000

(Name, Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number,

Including Area Code, of Agent For Service)

 


Copies to:

 

Jocelyn M. Arel

Lizette M. Pérez-Deisboeck

Goodwin Procter LLP

Exchange Place

53 State Street

Boston, Massachusetts 02109

(617) 570-1000

  

Janet M. Dunlap

General Counsel and Secretary

Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc.

500 Unicorn Park Drive

Woburn, Massachusetts 01801

(781) 970-6000

 

Martin A. Wellington

Davis Polk & Wardwell

1600 El Camino Real

Menlo Park, California 94025

(650) 752-2000

 


Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:    As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

 


The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), shall determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Prospectus    SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED APRIL 13, 2007

                     Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 


Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. and the selling stockholders are offering              shares and              shares, respectively, of common stock. This is our initial public offering, and no public market currently exists for our shares. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $             and $             per share. After the offering, the market price for our shares may be outside this range.

 


We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “TYPE.”

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 9.

 


       Per Share    Total

Offering price

   $                     $                 

Discounts and commissions to underwriters

   $      $  

Offering proceeds to Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc., before expenses

   $      $  

Offering proceeds to the selling stockholders

   $      $  

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up to              additional shares of common stock on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than              shares of common stock in this offering. The underwriters can exercise this right at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, within 30 days after the offering. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of common stock to investors on or about                     , 2007.

Banc of America Securities LLC

 

Jefferies & Company   William Blair & Company
Needham & Company, LLC   Canaccord Adams

                         , 2007


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We and the selling stockholders are not making an offer to sell or seeking an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of the date on the front of this prospectus only. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page

Prospectus Summary

  1

Risk Factors

      9

Forward Looking Statements and Projections

  26

About Us

  27

Use of Proceeds

  28

Dividend Policy

  28

Capitalization

  29

Dilution

  30

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

  32

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income

  34

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

  37

Business

  60
    Page

Management

  70

Executive Compensation and Compensation Discussion and Analysis

  79

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

  99

Principal and Selling Stockholders

  103

Description of Capital Stock

  107

Material United States Federal Tax Considerations for Non-U.S. Holders

  112

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

  114

Underwriting

  116

Legal Matters

  123

Experts

  123

Where You Can Find Additional Information

  123

Index to Financial Statements

  F-1

 

 


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this entire prospectus carefully, especially the risks of investing in our common stock discussed under “Risk Factors” beginning on page 9, and the consolidated financial statements and notes to those consolidated financial statements, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms “Monotype,” “we,” “us” and “our” in this prospectus to refer to Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of text imaging solutions. Our technologies and fonts enable the display and printing of high quality digital text. Our software technologies have been widely deployed across and embedded in a range of consumer electronic, or CE, devices, including laser printers, digital copiers, mobile phones, digital televisions, set-top boxes and digital cameras, as well as in numerous software applications and operating systems. In the laser printer market, we have worked together with industry leaders for over 15 years to provide critical components embedded in printing standards. Our scaling, compression, text layout, color and printer driver technologies solve critical text imaging issues for CE device manufacturers by rendering high quality text on low resolution and memory constrained CE devices. We combine these proprietary technologies with access to over 9,000 typefaces from a library of some of the most widely used designs in the world, including popular names like Helvetica and Times New Roman. We also license our typefaces to creative and business professionals through custom font design services, direct sales and our e-commerce websites fonts.com, itcfonts.com, linotype.com and faces.co.uk, which attracted more than 20 million visits in 2006 from over 200 countries.

Our customers include:

 

   

mobile phone makers Nokia, Motorola and Sony Ericsson;

 

   

laser printer manufacturers Hewlett-Packard, Kyocera Mita and Canon;

 

   

digital television and set-top box manufacturers Pioneer, JVC, Sony, Sanyo, Amino Communications and Cisco (Scientific Atlanta); and

 

   

multinational corporations Agilent, British Airways and Barclays.

Our text imaging solutions are embedded in a broad range of CE devices and are compatible with most major operating environments and those developed directly by CE device manufacturers. We partner with operating system and software application vendors Microsoft, Apple, Symbian, Qualcomm and ACCESS (PalmSource).

Industry Overview and Market Opportunity

CE devices are marketed globally and increasingly require robust multi-media functionality. CE device manufacturers and independent software vendors, together OEMs, must display text from many different sources, provide consistent look and feel across CE devices, support worldwide languages and provide enhanced navigation and personalization.

Font technology has evolved rapidly with the increase in the functionality of CE devices. The latest generation of digital font technology focuses on scalable fonts rather than bitmaps. Bitmaps require the

 

1


Table of Contents

storage of images for each individual character and size, which limits deployment across multiple CE devices. Scalable fonts are more flexible, compressed and memory efficient.

Laser printer manufacturers are utilizing increasingly robust text imaging solutions to enhance functionality and add features. The rapid change in the capabilities and functionality of multimedia enabled CE devices, together with the increased reliance by laser printer manufacturers on enhancing technologies to drive value, favor comprehensive global text solutions.

Competitive Strengths

Our text imaging solutions provide critical technologies and fonts for users that require the ability to display or print high quality digital text. Our core strengths include:

Technological and Intellectual Property Leadership.     We have become a leading global provider of text imaging solutions for laser printers by combining our proprietary technologies with an extensive font library. We are leveraging our intellectual property and experience in this market to secure a leading position in other high volume CE device categories.

Established Relationships with Market Leaders.     We benefit from established relationships with our OEM customers, many of which date back 15 years or more. Because our technologies and fonts are embedded in the hardware of our customers’ CE devices, it would be costly and time-consuming to replace them.

International Presence and Technologies Designed to Serve the Global Market.      In 2006, 58.4% of our revenue was derived from sales by our operating subsidiaries located in Japan, the United Kingdom, Germany and China. Our customers are located in the United States, Asia, Europe and throughout the world. We support all of the world’s major languages and have specifically designed scalable font rendering technologies for displaying rich content in Asian and other non-Latin languages. We enable OEM customers to engineer a common platform supporting multiple languages, reducing their cost and time to market and increasing product flexibility.

Strong Web Presence and Font Design Services.      Our e-commerce websites, including the intuitively-named fonts.com , provide us with a substantial web presence. We also serve creative and business professionals by providing custom font design and branding services.

Attractive Business Model.     We have a large, recurring base of licensing revenue. In addition, we have significant operational leverage, a relatively low cash tax rate and low capital requirements.

Experienced Leadership Team and Employee Base.     Our senior management has an average of 16 years of experience in the text imaging solutions business. There is significant continuity between our team and our key customers.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to extend our position as a leading global provider of text imaging solutions. We intend to:

 

   

increase penetration of our technologies and fonts into emerging CE device categories;

 

   

extend our leadership position with enhanced technologies in the laser printer market;

 

2


Table of Contents
   

leverage our installed base of leading OEM customers by providing new technologies and fonts;

 

   

expand and deepen our global presence, particularly in Asia;

 

   

continue to develop our online offerings and services; and

 

   

selectively pursue complementary acquisitions, strategic partnerships and third-party intellectual property.

Risks Affecting Us

We are subject to a number of risks, which you should be aware of before you buy our common stock. These risks are discussed in “Risk Factors.”

Corporate Information

Until November 2004, Agfa Corporation, or Agfa, operated its font and printer driver business through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Agfa Monotype Corporation, or Agfa Monotype. On November 5, 2004, through a series of transactions, all of the common stock of Agfa Monotype was acquired by a newly formed entity, Monotype Imaging Inc., or Monotype Imaging, for a total purchase price of $194.0 million consisting of cash plus assumption of certain obligations. The transaction was financed with $111.0 million in debt financing from certain credit facilities and capital contributions made by investment funds associated with TA Associates, Inc., or TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, or D.B. Zwirn, and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype in exchange for convertible preferred stock, common stock and subordinated notes of Imaging Holdings Corp., or IHC, the parent of Monotype Imaging. In exchange for the stock and notes, TA Associates paid approximately $69.9 million, D.B. Zwirn paid approximately $3.5 million and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype paid approximately $5.0 million, of which approximately $52.0 million, $2.5 million and $3.7 million were for their equity interests, respectively. This represented $9.44 per share on an as converted basis which compares with an implied value of $     per share at the mid-point of the offering range.

In August 2005, IHC entered into a recapitalization transaction and debt refinancing, which resulted in Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc., the issuer in this offering, becoming the parent of IHC. All of the holders of shares of common stock of IHC exchanged their shares for shares of our common stock and all of the holders of shares of convertible preferred stock of IHC exchanged their shares for shares of our convertible preferred stock and payments of an aggregate of $48.3 million. The relative equity interests of our stockholders remained unchanged following this recapitalization.

As part of the recapitalization, we refinanced our existing debt and borrowed additional amounts from our existing lenders. A portion of the proceeds was used to retire the subordinated notes issued to TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of our officers and employees in connection with the acquisition of Agfa Monotype.

Our principal offices are located at 500 Unicorn Park Drive, Woburn, Massachusetts 01801. Our corporate website address is http://www.monotypeimaging.com. The information contained in or that can be accessed through this website or fonts.com, itcfonts.com, linotype.com and faces.co.uk, is not part of this prospectus.

 

3


Table of Contents

THE OFFERING

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

Common stock offered by the

selling stockholders

             shares

Common stock to be outstanding

after this offering

             shares

 

Over-allotment option

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to              shares of common stock.

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive net proceeds from the offering of approximately $              million. We intend to use the net proceeds from the offering as follows:

 

   

approximately $              million to repay our term loan that would otherwise expire on July 28, 2011, or the Second Lien Credit Facility, led by D.B. Zwirn;

 

   

approximately $             to redeem shares of redeemable preferred stock from TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of our employees that will be outstanding immediately following the conversion of our convertible preferred stock; and

 

   

the balance of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes and working capital, including possible acquisitions.

After giving effect to this offering, TA Associates will hold approximately         % of our outstanding common stock. A. Bruce Johnston and Jonathan W. Meeks, both directors of Monotype, are Managing Directors of TA Associates. After giving effect to this offering, D.B. Zwirn will hold approximately         % of our outstanding common stock. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders.

Proposed Nasdaq Global Market

symbol

“TYPE”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering assumes 6,781,376 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2006 after giving effect to the adjustments below. This number excludes 600,594 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $14.31 per share, 161,906 additional shares of our common stock reserved as of December 31, 2006 for future issuance under our stock-based

 

4


Table of Contents

compensation plans and 100,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes issued in connection with the acquisition of China Type Design Limited, or China Type Design.

Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option to purchase              shares of common stock from the selling stockholders in this offering and reflects:

 

   

941,022 shares of our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2006;

 

   

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into 5,840,354 shares of common stock and 5,840,354 shares of redeemable preferred stock upon the closing of this offering, and the immediate redemption of the redeemable preferred stock;

 

   

the filing of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the adoption of our amended and restated by-laws immediately prior to the closing of this offering; and

 

   

a             -for-1 split of our common stock that occurred in                     , 2007.

 

5


Table of Contents

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

The tables below summarize our financial data as of the date and for the periods indicated. You should read the following information together with the more detailed information contained in “Selected Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
   

Pro Forma
Combined
Predecessor and
Successor

2004(1)

    2005        
      2006  

Revenue:

     

OEM

  $ 52,384     $ 59,073     $ 64,268  

Creative professional

    12,663       14,703       21,936  
                       

Total revenue

    65,047       73,776       86,204  

Cost of revenue

    9,801       9,513       8,305  

Cost of revenue—amortization of acquired technology

    1,129       2,408       3,021  

Marketing and selling

    11,152       11,730       14,931  

Research and development

    10,125       10,668       13,813  

General and administrative

    9,029       5,639       10,112  

Transaction bonus

    25,207              

Amortization of other intangible assets

    1,680       6,459       6,687  
                       

Total costs and expenses

    68,123       46,417       56,869  

Income (loss) from operations

    (3,076 )     27,359       29,335  

Other (income) expense:

     

Interest expense

    2,055       14,893       19,687  

Interest income

    (356 )     (158 )     (171 )

(Gain) loss on foreign exchange

          1,427       (592 )

Unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate caps

    238       (503 )     (490 )

Other (income) expense, net

    155             (1,621 )

Dividend income

          (105 )     (461 )
                       

Total other expense

    2,092       15,554       16,352  

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (5,168 )     11,805       12,983  

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (1,479 )     4,684       5,921  
                       
Net income (loss)   $ (3,689 )   $ 7,121     $ 7,062  
                       
Net income (loss) available to common stockholders     N/A(2 )   $ 92     $ (17,325 )
                       

Earnings (loss) per common share data:

     

Basic

    N/A(2 )   $ 0.26     $ (29.47 )

Diluted

    N/A(2 )   $ 0.21     $ (29.47 )

Weighted average number of shares:

     

Basic

    N/A(2 )     354,371       587,839  

Diluted

    N/A(2 )     6,855,329       587,839  

Pro forma net income available to common stockholders

      $ 7,062  

Pro forma earnings per share:

     

Basic

      $ 1.10  

Diluted

      $ 0.97  

Pro forma weighted average number of shares:

     

Basic

        6,430,370  

Diluted

        7,059,673  

Other Financial Data

     

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

  $ 24,708     $ 35,900     $ 43,284  

(1)

The pro forma combined twelve month period ended December 31, 2004 represents the mathematical addition of the period prior to our acquisition from Agfa, from January 1, 2004 until November 4, 2004, and the period following our acquisition from Agfa, from November 5, 2004 until December 31, 2004. This approach is not consistent with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP, and may yield results that are not strictly comparable on a period-to-period basis primarily due to (i) the impact of required purchase accounting adjustments and (ii) the new basis of accounting established on

 

6


Table of Contents
 

the closing date of our acquisition from Agfa. We believe that this is the most meaningful way to present our results of operations. Such results are not necessarily indicative of what the results for the respective periods would have been had our acquisition from Agfa not occurred.

(2) Net income (loss) available to common stockholders and earnings per share for the predecessor and successor are on a different basis of accounting and cannot be combined by mathematical addition. Net income (loss) available to common stockholders and earnings per share for the predecessor and successor periods in 2004 are presented in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — 2004 Predecessor and Successor Statement of Operations.”

 

(3) We use earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization expense, as adjusted to exclude the transaction bonus, or Transaction Bonus, in 2004 and stock-based compensation, or adjusted EBITDA, as an operating performance measure. Operating performance measure disclosures with respect to adjusted EBITDA are provided below.

We excluded the Transaction Bonus in 2004 from our adjusted EBITDA as it was a one time event and was recorded by our predecessor. The exclusion of the Transaction Bonus from our adjusted EBITDA also presents the financial information in a more comparable structure. In addition, adjusted EBITDA excludes stock-based compensation, as such amounts will be excluded from the adjusted EBITDA covenants of our credit facility in effect at the completion of this offering. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure of operating performance under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative or substitute for GAAP profitability measures such as income (loss) from operations and net income (loss). Adjusted EBITDA as an operating performance measure has material limitations since it excludes the statement of operations impact of depreciation and amortization expense, interest expense, net, the provision (benefit) for income taxes and stock-based compensation and therefore does not necessarily represent an accurate measure of profitability, particularly in situations where a company is highly leveraged or has a disadvantageous tax structure. We have significant intangible assets and amortization expense is a meaningful element in our financial statements and therefore its exclusion from adjusted EBITDA is a material limitation. We have a significant amount of debt, and interest expense is a necessary element of our costs and therefore its exclusion from adjusted EBITDA is a material limitation. We generally incur significant U.S. federal, state and foreign income taxes each year and the provision (benefit) for income taxes is a necessary element of our costs and therefore its exclusion from adjusted EBITDA is a material limitation. In addition, we expect that stock-based compensation will be increasing in future periods. As a result, adjusted EBITDA should be evaluated in conjunction with net income (loss) for a more complete analysis of our profitability, as net income (loss) includes the financial statement impact of these items and is the most directly comparable GAAP operating performance measure to adjusted EBITDA. As adjusted EBITDA is not defined by GAAP, our definition of adjusted EBITDA may differ from and therefore may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies, thereby limiting its usefulness as a comparative measure. Because of the limitations that adjusted EBITDA has as an analytical tool, investors should not consider it in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our operating results as reported under GAAP.

Our management uses adjusted EBITDA as a supplementary non-GAAP operating performance measure to assist with its overall evaluation of our operating performance (including the performance of subsidiary management) relative to outside peer group companies. In addition, we use adjusted EBITDA as an operating performance measure in financial presentations to our board of directors and stockholders, among others, as a supplemental non-GAAP operating measure to assist them in their evaluation of our performance. We use adjusted EBITDA in conjunction with traditional GAAP operating performance measures as part of our overall assessment of potential valuation and relative performance and therefore do not place undue reliance on adjusted EBITDA as our only measure of operating performance. We believe adjusted EBITDA is useful for both us and investors as it is a commonly used analytical measurement for comparing company profitability, which eliminates the effects of financing, differing valuations of fixed and intangible assets, tax structure decisions and stock-based compensation. We believe that adjusted EBITDA is specifically relevant to us, due to the different degrees of leverage among our competitors, the impact of purchase accounting associated with acquisitions, which impacts comparability with our competitors who may or may not have recently revalued their fixed and intangible assets, and the differing tax structures and tax jurisdictions of certain of our competitors. We have included adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental operating performance measure, which should be evaluated by investors in conjunction with the traditional GAAP performance measures discussed in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” below for a complete evaluation of our operating performance.

The following table presents a reconciliation from net income (loss), which is the most directly comparable GAAP operating performance measure, to EBITDA and from EBITDA to adjusted EBITDA.

 

     Year Ended December 31,
     Pro Forma
Combined
Predecessor and
Successor
          
    

2004

    2005        2006    

Net income (loss)

   $ (3,689 )   $ 7,121    $ 7,062

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (1,479 )     4,684      5,921

Interest expense, net

     1,699       14,735      19,516

Amortization of intangible assets

     2,809       8,867      9,708

Depreciation

     161       493      637
                     

EBITDA

   $ (499 )   $ 35,900    $ 42,844

Transaction bonus

     25,207           

Stock-based compensation

                440
                     

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 24,708     $ 35,900    $ 43,284
                     

 

7


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes our condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006. The as adjusted balance sheet data reflects our balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, as adjusted to reflect the conversion of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and redeemable preferred stock, the immediate redemption of the redeemable preferred stock, this offering and the application of the estimated net proceeds from this offering as described elsewhere in this prospectus, assuming the number of shares of common stock offered by us in this offering is              at an initial public offering price of $             per share and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and expenses paid by us.

 

     Actual     As Adjusted(1)

Consolidated Summary Balance Sheet Data:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 8,540     $             

Total current assets

     16,362    

Total assets

     270,273    

Total current liabilities

     35,337    

Total debt

     202,898    

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

     40,170    

Additional paid-in capital

     682    

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (12,580 )  

 


 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

8


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Before you decide to invest in our common stock, you should consider carefully the risks described below, together with the other information contained in this prospectus. We believe the risks described below are the risks that are material to us as of the date of this prospectus. If any of the following risks comes to fruition, our business, financial condition, results of operations and future growth prospects would likely be materially and adversely affected. In these circumstances, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business

We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from a limited number of licensees, and if we are unable to maintain these customer relationships or attract additional customers, our revenue will be adversely affected.

We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from the licensing of our text imaging solutions to OEMs. In 2006, our top 10 licensees by revenue accounted for approximately 53.0% of our total revenue. Accordingly, if we are unable to maintain these relationships or establish relationships with new customers, our licensing revenue will be adversely affected. In addition, our license agreements are generally for a limited period of time and, upon expiration of their license agreements, OEMs may not renew their agreements or may elect not to enter into new agreements with us on terms as favorable as our current agreements.

We face pressure from our customers to lower our license fees and, to the extent we lower them in the future, our revenue may be adversely affected.

The CE device markets are highly competitive and CE device manufacturers are continually looking for ways to reduce the costs of components included in their products in order to maintain or broaden consumer acceptance of those products. Because our technologies are a component incorporated into CE devices, when negotiating renewal of customer contracts, we face pressure from our customers to lower our license fees. We have in the past, and may in the future, need to lower our license fees to preserve customer relationships or extend use of our technology to a broader range of products. To the extent we lower our license fees in the future, we cannot assure you that we will be able to achieve related increases in the use of our technologies or other benefits to fully offset the effects of these adjustments.

If we fail to develop and deliver innovative text imaging solutions in response to changes in our industry, including changes in consumer tastes or trends, our revenue could decline.

The markets for our text imaging solutions are characterized by rapid change and technological evolution and are intensely competitive and price sensitive. We will need to expend considerable resources on product development in the future to continue to design and deliver enduring and innovative text imaging solutions. We rely on the introduction of new or expanded solutions with additional or enhanced features and functionality to allow us to maintain our royalty rates in the face of downward pressure on our royalties resulting from efforts by CE device manufacturers to reduce costs. Despite our efforts, we may not be able to develop and effectively market new text imaging solutions that adequately or competitively address the needs of the changing marketplace. In addition, we may not correctly identify new or changing market trends at an early enough stage to capitalize on market opportunities. Our future success depends, to a great extent, on our ability to develop and deliver innovative text imaging solutions that are widely adopted in response to changes in our industry, that are compatible with the solutions introduced by other participants in our industry and for which the CE device manufacturers are willing to pay competitive royalties. Our failure to deliver innovative text

 

9


Table of Contents

imaging solutions that allow us to stay competitive and for which we can maintain our royalty rates would adversely affect our revenue.

If Hewlett Packard or Adobe were to discontinue their use of our text imaging solutions in their products, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

Because of their market position as industry leaders, the incorporation by Hewlett Packard, or HP, of our text imaging solutions in its laser printers and the incorporation of our text imaging solutions by Adobe Systems, or Adobe, in its PostScript product promote widespread adoption of our technologies by manufacturers seeking to maintain compatibility with HP and Adobe. If HP or Adobe were to stop using our text imaging solutions in their products, the market acceptance of our technologies by other CE device manufacturers would be materially and adversely affected, and this would in turn adversely affect our revenue.

If we are unable to further penetrate our existing markets or adapt or develop text imaging solutions, our business prospects could be limited.

We expect that our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to successfully penetrate existing markets for CE devices, including laser printers, digital copiers, mobile phones, digital televisions, set-top boxes and digital cameras. To date, we have penetrated only some of these markets. Our ability to grow our revenue depends upon our ability to further penetrate these markets and to successfully penetrate those markets in which we currently have no presence. Demand for our text imaging solutions in any of these developing markets may not develop or grow, and a sufficiently broad base of OEMs may not adopt or continue to use products that employ our text imaging solutions. Because of our limited experience in some of these markets, we may not be able to adequately adapt our business and our solutions to the needs of these customers.

The rate of growth of the market for CE devices is uncertain.

Our success depends in large part upon the ability of CE device manufacturers who license our text imaging solutions to successfully market and sell their products. Continued growth in the adoption of CE devices like mobile phones and technological improvements in wireless devices, such as increases in functional memory, are critical to our future growth. If CE device manufacturers do not continue to successfully develop and market new products and services incorporating our text imaging solutions, or the products that our customers develop and market do not meet market acceptance, our revenue and operating results will be adversely affected.

Our operating results may fluctuate based upon an increase or decrease of market share by CE device manufacturers to whom we license our text imaging solutions.

The terms of our license agreements with our CE device manufacturers vary. For example, we have some fixed fee licensing agreements with some of our customers who we believe were instrumental in setting industry standards and influencing early adoption of technology incorporating our text imaging solutions. If these customers were to increase their share of the CE device market, under the terms of these agreements there would not be a corresponding increase in our revenue. Any change in the market share of CE device manufacturers to whom we license our text imaging solutions is entirely outside of our control.

 

10


Table of Contents

The success of our business is influenced by the interoperability of our text imaging solutions with a variety of CE devices and software applications and operating systems.

To be successful we must design our text imaging solutions to interoperate effectively with a variety of CE devices. We depend on the cooperation of CE device manufacturers with respect to the components integrated into their devices, such as page description languages, or PDLs, as well as software developers that create the operating systems and applications, to incorporate our solutions into their product offerings. If manufacturers of CE devices elect not to incorporate our solutions into their product offerings, our revenue potential would be adversely affected.

Our business and prospects depend on the strength of our brands, and if we do not maintain and strengthen our brands, we may be unable to maintain or expand our business.

Maintaining and strengthening the Monotype and Linotype GmbH, or Linotype, brands, the fonts.com , itcfonts.com, linotype.com and faces.co.uk brands, as well as the brands of our fonts, such as Helvetica and ITC Avant Garde, is critical to maintaining and expanding our business, as well as to our ability to enter into new markets for our text imaging solutions. If we fail to promote and maintain these brands successfully, our ability to sustain and expand our business and enter into new markets will suffer. Maintaining and strengthening our brands will depend heavily on our ability to continue to develop and provide innovative and high-quality solutions for our customers, as well as to continue to maintain our strong online presence. If we fail to maintain high-quality standards, if we fail to meet industry standards, or if we introduce text imaging solutions that our customers or potential customers reject, the strength of our brands could be adversely affected. Further, unauthorized third parties may use our brands in ways that may dilute or undermine their strength.

Our success depends on the existence of a market for products that incorporate our text imaging solutions.

Our future success will depend on market demand for text imaging solutions that enable CE devices to render high quality text. This market is characterized by rapidly changing technology, evolving industry standards and needs, and frequent new product introductions. If the need for laser printers and other CE devices utilizing our technology were to decrease or if current models of these products were replaced by new or existing products for which we do not have a competitive solution or if our solutions are replaced by others that become the industry standard, our customers may not purchase our solutions and our revenue would be adversely affected. For example, if graphical device interface, or GDI, printers became the industry standard replacing PDL printers, our revenue would be adversely affected.

The market for text imaging solutions for laser printers is a mature market growing at a slower rate than other markets in which we operate. To the extent that sales of laser printers level off or decline, our licensing revenue may be adversely affected.

Growth in our revenue over the past several years has been the result, in part, of the growth in sales of laser printers incorporating our text imaging solutions and a significant portion of our revenue in 2006 has been derived from laser printer manufacturers. However, as the market for these laser printers matures, we expect that it will grow at a slower rate than other markets in which we operate. If sales of printers incorporating our text imaging solutions level off or decline, then our licensing revenue may be adversely affected.

 

11


Table of Contents

We face significant competition in various markets, and if we are unable to compete successfully, our ability to generate revenue from our business could suffer.

We face significant competition in the text imaging solutions markets. We believe that our most significant competitive threat comes from companies that compete with some of our specific offerings. Those competitors currently include Adobe, Bitstream, Software Imaging, FreeType, and local providers of text imaging solutions whose products are specific to a particular country’s language. We also compete with the internal development efforts of certain of the CE device manufacturers to whom we license our solutions, most of which have greater financial, technical and other resources than we do. Similarly, we also face competition from font foundries, font related websites and independent professionals.

Some of our current or future competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, may enjoy greater name recognition than we do or may have more experience or advantages than we have in the markets in which they compete. These advantages may include, among others:

 

   

sales and marketing advantages;

 

   

advantages in the recruitment and retention of skilled personnel;

 

   

advantages in the establishment and negotiation of profitable strategic, distribution and customer relationships;

 

   

advantages in the development and acquisition of innovative software technology and the acquisition of software companies;

 

   

greater ability to pursue larger scale product development and distribution initiatives on a global basis;

 

   

substantially larger patent portfolios; and

 

   

operational advantages.

Further, many of the devices that incorporate our text imaging solutions also include technologies and fonts developed by our competitors. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in product development in order to enhance our text imaging solutions and introduce new high-quality solutions to meet the wide variety of competitive pressures. Our ability to generate revenue from our business could suffer if we fail to do so successfully.

A prolonged economic downturn could materially harm our business.

Negative trends in the general economy, including trends resulting from actual or threatened military action by the United States, terrorist attacks on the United States and abroad and increased oil prices, could cause a decrease in consumer spending on computer hardware and software and CE devices in general and negatively affect the rate of growth of the CE device markets or of adoption of CE devices. Any reduction in consumer confidence or disposable income in general may adversely affect the demand for CE devices that incorporate our text imaging solutions.

 

12


Table of Contents

Our business is dependent in part on technologies and fonts we license from third parties, and these license rights may be inadequate for our business.

Certain of our text imaging solutions are dependent in part on the licensing and incorporation of technologies from third parties, and we license a substantial number of fonts from third parties. For example, we have entered into license agreements with AGFA Gevaert N.V. under which we have acquired rights to use certain color technology. We also have license agreements with Microsoft, Adobe and others under which we license certain fonts. Our license agreements with these parties are limited by the ownership or licensing rights of our licensors. If any of the technologies we license from third parties fail to perform as expected, if our licensors do not continue to support any of their technology or intellectual property, including fonts, because they go out of business or otherwise, or if the technologies or fonts we license are subject to infringement claims, then we may incur substantial costs in replacing the licensed technologies or fonts or fall behind in our development schedule and our business plan while we search for a replacement. In addition, replacement technology and fonts may not be available for license on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

Parties from whom we license text imaging solutions may challenge the basis for our calculations of the royalties due to them.

Some of our agreements with licensors require us to give them the right to audit our calculations of royalties payable to them. In addition, licensors may at any time challenge the basis of our calculations. As an example, on October 30, 2006, Adobe filed an action in the United States District Court of the Northern District of California against Linotype alleging that Linotype breached its obligations under agreements between Linotype and Adobe by failing to pay all royalties due under those agreements, submitting inaccurate royalty reports and using the fonts licensed under those agreements improperly and without authorization. Adobe requests money damages, a declaratory judgment, costs and attorneys’ fees. On March 2, 2007 the court entered an order staying the action until August 15, 2007. We intend to vigorously contest the action. However, we cannot be sure that we will be successful in our defense. An unfavorable outcome in this lawsuit could result in an increase of the amount of royalties we have to pay Adobe. Any royalties paid as a result of this or any successful challenge would increase our expenses and could negatively impact our relationship with such licensor, including by impairing our ability to continue to use and re-license technologies or fonts from that licensor.

If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property, we could lose our intellectual property rights, which could negatively affect our revenue or dilute or undermine the strength of our brands.

Our success is heavily dependent upon our ability to protect our intellectual property, including our fonts. To protect our intellectual property, we rely on a combination of United States and international patents, design registrations, copyrights, trademarks, trade secret restrictions, end-user license agreements, or EULAs, and the implementation and enforcement of nondisclosure and other contractual restrictions. Despite these efforts, we may be unable to effectively protect our proprietary rights and the enforcement of our proprietary rights may be extremely costly. For example, our ability to enforce intellectual property rights in the actual design of our fonts is limited.

We hold patents related to certain of our rasterizer and compression technologies and trademarks on many of our fonts. Our patents may be challenged or invalidated, patents may not issue from any of our pending applications or claims allowed from existing or pending patents may not be of sufficient scope or strength (or may not issue in the countries where products incorporating our technology may be sold) to provide meaningful protection or be of any commercial advantage to us. Some of our patents have been and/or may be licensed or cross-licensed to our competitors. We rely on trademark protection for the

 

13


Table of Contents

names of our fonts. Unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise obtain and distribute our proprietary technologies and fonts. Also, many applications do not need to identify our fonts by name, such as those designs embedded in mobile telephones and set-top boxes, and therefore may not need to license trademarked fonts. We sometimes protect fonts by copyright registration but we do not always own the copyrights in fonts licensed from third parties. In addition, we cannot be certain that we will be able to enforce our copyrights against a third party who independently develops fonts even if it generates font designs identical to ours.

Our EULA generally permits the embedding of our fonts into an electronic document only for the purpose of viewing and printing the document, but technologies may exist or may develop which allow unauthorized persons who receive such an embedded document to use the embedded font for editing the document or even to install the font into an operating system, the same as if the font had been properly licensed. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property or copying of our fonts may dilute or undermine the strength of our brands. Also, we may be unable to generate revenue from products that incorporate our text imaging solutions without our authorization. Monitoring unauthorized use of our text imaging solutions is difficult and expensive. A substantial portion of the CE devices that require text imaging solutions are manufactured in China. We cannot be certain that the steps we take to prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property will be effective, particularly in countries like China where the laws may not protect proprietary rights as fully as in the United States.

We conduct a substantial portion of our business outside North America and, as a result, we face diverse risks related to engaging in international business.

We have offices in four foreign countries as well as sales staff in three other foreign countries, and we are dedicating a significant portion of our sales efforts in countries outside North America. We are dependent on international sales for a substantial amount of our total revenue. We expect that international sales will continue to represent a substantial portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. This future international revenue will depend on the continued use and expansion of our text imaging solutions, including the licensing of our technologies and fonts worldwide.

We are subject to the risks of conducting business internationally, including:

 

   

our ability to enforce our contractual and intellectual property rights, especially in those foreign countries that do not respect and protect intellectual property rights to the same extent that the United States does, which increases the risk of unauthorized and uncompensated use of our text imaging solutions;

 

   

United States and foreign government trade restrictions, including those that may impose restrictions on importation of programming, technology or components to or from the United States;

 

   

foreign government taxes, regulations and permit requirements, including foreign taxes that we may not be able to offset against taxes imposed upon us in the United States, and foreign tax and other laws limiting our ability to repatriate funds to the United States;

 

   

foreign labor laws, regulations and restrictions;

 

   

changes in diplomatic and trade relationships;

 

   

difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations;

 

14


Table of Contents
   

political instability, natural disasters, war and/or events of terrorism; and

 

   

the strength of international economies.

We also face risks related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, in particular fluctuations in the exchange rate of the Japanese yen, the European Community’s euro, and the United Kingdom’s pound sterling, including risks related to hedging activities we may undertake. For example, prior to instituting foreign currency hedging, we recorded losses on foreign currency exchange of $1.4 million in 2005 primarily due to fluctuation in the value of the Japanese yen relative to the United States dollar. In 2006, approximately 41% of our total revenue was denominated in foreign currencies. Although we attempt to mitigate a portion of these risks through foreign currency hedging, these activities may not effectively offset the adverse financial effect resulting from unfavorable movements in currency exchange rates.

Our text imaging solutions compete with solutions offered by some of our customers, which have significant competitive advantages.

We face competitive risks in situations where our customers are also current or potential competitors. For example, Adobe is a significant licensee of our text imaging solutions, but Adobe is also a competitor with respect to the licensing of technologies and fonts. To the extent that Adobe or our other customers choose to utilize competing text imaging solutions they have developed or in which they have an interest, rather than utilizing our solutions, our business and operating results could be adversely affected. Adobe also offers broader product lines than we do, including software products outside of the text imaging solutions markets that provide Adobe with greater opportunities to bundle and cross-sell products to its large user base. To the extent our customers were to offer text imaging solutions comparable to ours at a similar or lower price, our revenue could decline and our business would be harmed.

The Microsoft Windows Vista operating system could have an adverse impact on our future licensing revenue.

Among the changes announced for the new Microsoft Windows Vista operating system are fundamental changes to the printing and networking subsystems within the operating system. Microsoft Windows Vista includes fonts and a new Extensible Markup Language referred to as XML Paper Specification language, or XPS. Should we fail to be compatible with these technologies or if the laser printer market shifts away from PCL and PostScript to Microsoft Windows Vista’s language, our licensing revenue could be adversely affected.

We may be forced to litigate to defend our intellectual property rights or to defend against claims by third parties against us relating to intellectual property rights.

Disputes and litigation regarding the ownership of technologies and fonts and rights associated with text imaging solutions, such as ours, are common, and sometimes involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant product revenue and against whom our own patents may therefore provide little or no deterrence. Third parties have from time to time claimed, and in the future may claim, that our products and services infringe or violate their intellectual property rights. Any such claims could cause us to incur significant expenses and, if successfully asserted against us, could require that we pay substantial damages and prevent us from selling our products. We may be forced to litigate to enforce or defend our intellectual property rights, to protect our trade secrets or to determine the validity and scope of other parties’ proprietary rights. Even if we were to prevail, any litigation regarding intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming and divert the attention of our

 

15


Table of Contents

management and key personnel from our business operations. We may also be obligated to indemnify our customers or business partners pursuant to any such litigation, which could further exhaust our resources. Furthermore, as a result of an intellectual property challenge, we may be required to enter into royalty, license or other agreements, and we may not be able to obtain such agreements at all or on terms acceptable to us. We have been in the past involved in litigation with third parties, including Adobe, to defend our intellectual property rights and have not always prevailed.

Current and future industry standards may limit our business opportunities.

Various industry leaders have adopted or are in the process of adopting standards for CE devices that incorporate, or have the potential to incorporate, our text imaging solutions. Although we have made some efforts to have our text imaging solutions adopted as standards by industry market leaders, these efforts have been limited and we do not control the ultimate decision with respect to whether our solutions will be adopted as industry standards in the future or, to the extent they are adopted, whether and for how long they will continue as such. If industry standards adopted exclude our solutions, we will lose market share and our ability to secure the business of OEMs subject to those standards will be adversely affected. Costs or potential delays in the development of our solutions to comply with such standards could significantly increase our expenses and place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to others who comply faster or in a more cost efficient way or those whose solutions are adopted as the industry standard. We may also need to acquire or license additional intellectual property rights from third parties which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, and we may be required to license our intellectual property to third parties for purposes of standards compliance.

We rely on the manufacturers to whom we license our text imaging solutions to accurately prepare royalty reports for our determination of licensing revenue, and if these reports are inaccurate, our revenue may be under- or over-stated and our forecasts and budgets may be incorrect.

Our license revenue is generated primarily from royalties paid by CE device manufacturers who license our text imaging solutions and incorporate them into their products. Under these arrangements, these licensees typically pay us a specified royalty for every consumer hardware device they ship that incorporates our text imaging solutions. We rely on our licensees to accurately report the number of units shipped. We calculate our license fees, prepare our financial reports, projections and budgets and direct our licensing and technology development efforts based in part on these reports. However, it is often difficult for us to independently determine whether or not our licensees are reporting shipments accurately. We understand that CE device manufacturers in specific countries have a history of underreporting or failing to report shipments of their products. We are beginning to implement an audit program of our licensees’ records, but the effects of this program may be limited as audits are generally expensive and time consuming and initiating audits could harm our relationships with licensees. In addition, our audit rights are contractually limited. To the extent that our licensees understate or fail to report the number of products incorporating our text imaging solutions that they ship, we will not collect and recognize revenue to which we are entitled. Alternatively, we may encounter circumstances in which an OEM customer may notify us that it previously reported and paid royalties on units in excess of what the customer actually shipped. In such cases, we may be required to give our licensee a credit for the excess royalties paid which would result in a reduction in revenue in the period in which a credit is granted, and such a reduction could be material.

 

16


Table of Contents

Open source software may make us more vulnerable to competition because new market entrants and existing competitors could introduce similar products quickly and cheaply.

Open source refers to the free sharing of software code used to build applications in the software development community. Individual programmers may modify and create derivative works and distribute them at no cost to the end-user. To the extent that open source software is developed that has the same or similar functionality as our technologies, demand for our text imaging solutions may decline, we may have to reduce the prices we charge for our text imaging solutions and our results of operations may be negatively affected.

The technologies in our text imaging solutions may be subject to open source licenses, which may restrict how we use or distribute our technologies or require that we release the source code of certain technologies subject to those licenses.

Certain open source licenses, such as the GNU Lesser General Public License, require that source code subject to the license be released or made available to the public. Such open source licenses typically mandate that proprietary technologies, when combined in specific ways with open source software, become subject to the open source license. We take steps to ensure that our proprietary technologies are not combined with, or do not incorporate, open source software in ways that would require our proprietary technologies to be subject to an open source license. However, few courts have interpreted the open source licenses, and the manner in which these licenses may be interpreted and enforced is therefore subject to uncertainty. While our EULA prohibits the use of our technologies in any way that would cause them to become subject to an open source license, our OEM customers could, in violation of our EULA, combine our technologies with technologies covered by an open source license.

In addition, we rely on multiple software engineers to design our proprietary text imaging solutions. Although we take steps to ensure that our engineers do not include open source software in the technologies they design, we may not exercise complete control over the product development efforts of our engineers and we cannot be certain that they have not incorporated open source software into our proprietary technologies. In the event that portions of our proprietary technologies are determined to be subject to an open source license, we might be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, which could reduce or eliminate our ability to commercialize our text imaging solutions. Also, our ability to market our text imaging solutions depends in part on the existence of proprietary operating systems. If freely distributed operating systems like Linux become more prevalent, the need for our solutions may diminish and our revenue could be adversely affected. Finally, in the event we develop technologies that operate under or are delivered under an open source license, such technologies may have little or no direct financial benefit to us.

Our licensing revenue depends in large part upon OEMs incorporating our text imaging solutions into their products and if our solutions are not incorporated in these products or fewer products are sold that incorporate our solutions, our revenue will be adversely affected.

Our licensing revenue from OEMs depends upon the extent to which these OEMs embed our technologies in their products. We do not control their decision whether or not to embed our solutions into their products and we do not control their product development or commercialization efforts. If we fail to develop and offer solutions that adequately or competitively address the needs of the changing marketplace, OEMs may not be willing to embed our solutions into their products. The process utilized by OEMs to design, develop, produce and sell their products is generally 12 to 24 months in duration. As a result, if an OEM is unwilling or unable to embed our solutions into a product that it is manufacturing or developing, we may experience significant delays in generating revenue while we wait for that OEM to begin development of a new product that may embed our solutions. In addition, if OEMs sell fewer products incorporating our solutions, our revenue will be adversely affected.

 

17


Table of Contents

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of complying with the laws and regulations affecting public companies, which could affect our operating results.

As a public company we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We also have incurred and will incur costs associated with recently adopted corporate governance requirements, including requirements under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the Nasdaq Global Market. The expenses incurred by public companies for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect the rules and regulations applicable to us to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. We are unable to currently estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. In addition, in the current public company environment officers and directors are subject to increased scrutiny and may be subject to increased potential liability. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve on our board of directors or as our executive officers. In addition, our management team will also have to adapt to the requirements of being a public company, as most of our senior executive officers have limited, if any, experience in the public company environment. If we are required to implement more complex organizational management structures as a public company, we may find it increasingly difficult to maintain the beneficial aspects of our corporate culture. This could negatively impact our future success.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to inadequate financial statement preparation and review procedures, which resulted in the restatement of certain of our quarterly financial statements in 2006.

During the first quarter of 2007, as part of the reporting and closing process relating to the preparation of our December 31, 2006 financial statements, we concluded that our controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2006 because a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting existed relating to inadequate financial statement preparation and review procedures. A material weakness is a significant deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. Specifically, we have determined that we do not have adequate procedures and controls to ensure that accurate financial statements can be prepared and reviewed on a timely basis, including insufficient:

 

   

technical accounting resources, including enough personnel with an appropriate level of experience to review and provide supervision within our accounting and finance departments and handle applicable SEC reporting requirements;

 

   

qualified local accounting personnel and procedures in place to investigate the transactions of our foreign locations to permit the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

   

procedures to ensure that balances and adjustments related to foreign subsidiaries are properly posted to the general ledger; and

 

   

analysis of reserves and accruals, including professional fees, foreign tax liabilities and royalty accruals.

As a result of this material weakness, we identified the following errors in our financial statements for 2006:

 

   

Related to the conversion of the financial statements of Linotype into U.S. GAAP, we improperly capitalized certain costs in the amount of $755,000 rather than recording such costs as general

 

18


Table of Contents
 

and administrative expense. Correction of this error resulted in an increase in general and administrative expense in the fourth quarter of 2006 by a corresponding amount.

 

   

We improperly accounted for collections of taxes in Japan in the amount of $1.7 million in 2006 as liabilities, but such taxes were not payable due to a provision of Japanese tax law we were unaware of. Correction of this error resulted in an increase in other income in 2006 of $1.7 million, and required us to restate our quarterly operating results for the first three quarters of 2006.

 

   

We underaccrued for unbilled legal expenses in the fourth quarter of 2006 due to a failure to inquire of a service provider as to unbilled fees at year end. Correction of this error resulted in an increase of $160,000 in general and administrative expense in the fourth quarter of 2006.

Post-closing adjustments resulting from the foregoing reflected in our financial statements for 2006 had the effect of increasing other assets, decreasing accrued expenses, increasing operating expenses and increasing other income.

We have not yet evaluated or planned specific remedial steps to be taken to address this material weakness. Remediation is likely to involve hiring additional qualified personnel, which may be difficult to do, and expenditures on training, additional control processes and IT infrastructure, which could be expensive. As such, remediating this material weakness may require substantial resources and diversion of management’s attention. We do not know when or if we will be able to successfully remediate this material weakness. Although we believe we will be able to address these issues with remedial measures, the measures we take may not be effective, and we may not be able to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future. Failure to remediate this material weakness, or the identification of other material weaknesses in the future, would undermine our ability to prepare accurate and timely financial statements, could result in a lack of investor confidence in our publicly filed information and could adversely affect our stock price.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls in the future, our ability to produce accurate financial statements could be impaired, which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our stock price.

Implementing adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures to ensure that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting and a report by our independent auditors addressing these assessments. Both we and our independent auditors will be testing our internal controls in connection with the Section 404 requirements and could, as part of that documentation and testing, identify additional material weaknesses, significant deficiencies or other areas for further attention or improvement in the future. Our networks may be vulnerable to security risks and hacker attacks, which may affect our ability to maintain effective internal controls as contemplated by Section 404. Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls in the future may require specific compliance training for our directors, officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing accounting systems, and take a significant period of time to complete. Such changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and could materially impair our ability to operate our business. In addition, future disclosure regarding our internal controls or investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to produce accurate financial statements may adversely affect our stock price.

 

19


Table of Contents

Because of their significant stock ownership, some of our existing stockholders will be able to exert substantial control over us and our significant corporate decisions.

Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately         % of our outstanding common stock, or         % if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full. As a result, these persons, acting together, will have the ability to control the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election and removal of directors and any merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets. In addition, these persons, acting together, will have the ability to substantially control the management and affairs of our company. This concentration of ownership may harm the market price of our common stock by, among other things:

 

   

delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company;

 

   

causing us to enter into transactions or agreements that are not in the best interests of all stockholders; or

 

   

discouraging potential acquirors from making offers to purchase our company.

Our quarterly results and stock price may fluctuate significantly.

We expect our operating results to be subject to quarterly fluctuations. The revenue we generate and our operating results will be affected by numerous factors, including:

 

   

demand for CE devices that include our text imaging solutions;

 

   

demand for our fonts and custom font design services;

 

   

delays in product shipment by our customers;

 

   

industry consolidation;

 

   

introduction, enhancement and market acceptance of text imaging solutions by us and our competitors;

 

   

price reductions by us or our competitors or changes in how text imaging solutions are priced;

 

   

the mix of text imaging solutions offered by us and our competitors;

 

   

the mix of international and U.S. revenue generated by our solutions;

 

   

financial implications of acquisitions, in particular foreign acquisitions involving different accounting standards, foreign currency issues, international tax planning requirements and the like;

 

   

timing of payments received by us under our licensing agreements; and

 

   

our ability to hire and retain qualified personnel.

 

20


Table of Contents

For example, as a result of the schedule of royalty payments received from laser printer and other CE device manufacturers, we expect our first quarter revenue to be lower than the revenue we derive in our other quarters. As such, there is generally an increase in our second quarter revenue compared to that of our first quarter revenue and such increase should not be considered an indication of our third or fourth quarter results. In the fourth quarter of 2006, our OEM revenue declined by approximately $0.9 million due to the timing of payments from a significant customer. Also, as a result of variances on the timing of transactions through our e-commerce websites, our revenue varies from quarter to quarter. In addition, a substantial portion of our quarterly revenue is based on actual shipment by our customers of products incorporating our text imaging solutions in the preceding quarter, and not on contractually agreed upon minimum revenue commitments. Because the shipping of products by our customers is outside our control and difficult to predict, our ability to accurately forecast quarterly revenue is limited. Additionally, under a fixed fee license agreement we have, we have agreed to certain reductions in the fee payable over a period of years. Quarterly fluctuations in our operating results may, in turn, cause the price of our stock to fluctuate substantially. We believe that quarterly comparisons of our financial results are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as an indication of our future performance.

The loss of key members of our senior management team may prevent us from executing our business strategy.

Our future success depends in large part upon the continued services of key members of our senior management team. All of our executive officers and key employees are at-will employees. Robert M. Givens, our former Chief Executive Officer, retired effective December 31, 2006, after more than 20 years leading Monotype and its predecessors. Mr. Givens was replaced by Douglas J. Shaw who has been with Monotype in various senior management roles during the same period of time. Mr. Givens has been critical to the overall management of Monotype, as well as the development of our solutions, our culture and our strategic direction. The loss of his services or of the services of other key members of our senior management could seriously harm our ability to execute our business strategy. We also may have to incur significant costs in identifying, hiring, training and retaining replacements for key employees.

We rely on highly skilled personnel, and if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire qualified personnel, we may not be able to maintain our operations or grow effectively.

Our performance is largely dependent on the talents and efforts of highly skilled individuals, including font designers who are recognized as leaders in the industry and experienced software engineers. These individuals have acquired specialized knowledge and skills with respect to us and our operations. These individuals can be terminated or can leave our employ at any time. Some of these individuals are consultants. If any of these individuals or a group of individuals were to terminate their employment unexpectedly or end their consulting relationship sooner than anticipated, we could face substantial difficulty in hiring qualified successors, could incur significant costs in connection with their termination and could experience a loss in productivity while any such successor obtains the necessary training and experience.

Our future success depends on our continuing ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate and retain highly skilled personnel and consultants for all areas of our organization. In this regard, if we are unable to hire and train a sufficient number of qualified employees and consultants for any reason or retain employees or consultants with the required expertise, we may not be able to implement our current initiatives or grow effectively or execute our business strategy successfully.

 

21


Table of Contents

We may expand through acquisitions of other companies, which may divert our management’s attention or result in additional dilution to stockholders or use of resources that are necessary to operate other parts of our business.

As part of our business strategy, we may seek to acquire businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our products, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. Acquisitions could create risks for us, including:

 

   

difficulties in assimilating acquired personnel, operations and technologies;

 

   

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with such acquisitions;

 

   

incurrence of acquisition-related costs;

 

   

diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns;

 

   

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business; and

 

   

use of substantial portions of our available cash to consummate such acquisitions.

In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to acquired goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually. In the future, if our acquisitions do not yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our earnings based on this impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations. Acquisitions could also result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or in the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our operating results. In addition, if an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results may suffer.

Our recent growth through acquisitions may not be representative of future growth.

In the fourth quarter of 2006 our revenue growth compared to the fourth quarter of 2005 was 32.6%. Approximately 71% of this revenue growth was due to the inclusion of the results of operations of Linotype, which we acquired in August 2006. We do not expect to sustain similar growth in future periods.

Risks Related to the Securities Markets and Investment in our Common Stock

Market volatility may affect our stock price and the value of your investment.

Following this offering, the market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have not been previously traded publicly. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including:

 

   

announcements of new products, services or technologies, commercial relationships, acquisitions or other events by us or our competitors;

 

   

fluctuations in stock market prices and trading volumes of similar companies;

 

   

variations in our quarterly operating results;

 

22


Table of Contents
   

changes in our financial guidance or securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance;

 

   

changes in accounting principles;

 

   

sales of large blocks of our common stock, including sales by our executive officers, directors and significant stockholders;

 

   

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

   

discussion of us or our stock price by the financial press and in online investor communities; and

 

   

other risks and uncertainties described in these “Risk Factors”.

An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We will negotiate and determine the initial public offering price with representatives of the underwriters and this price may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market. As a result, you may not be able to sell your shares of common stock at or above the offering price.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may inhibit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws may delay or prevent an acquisition of us or a change in our management. These provisions include a classified board of directors, a prohibition on actions by written consent of our stockholders and the ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which limits the ability of stockholders owning in excess of 15% of our outstanding voting stock to merge or combine with us. Although we believe these provisions collectively provide for an opportunity to obtain greater value for stockholders by requiring potential acquirors to negotiate with our board of directors, they would apply even if an offer rejected by our board were considered beneficial by some stockholders. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock.

We have never declared or paid any cash dividend on our common stock. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of indebtedness and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Moreover, our senior credit agreement relating to our senior credit facility arranged by Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., or First Lien Credit Facility, imposes restrictions on our ability to declare and pay dividends.

Future sales of our common stock may cause our stock price to decline.

As of December 31, 2006, there were 6,781,376 shares of our common stock outstanding. Of these,                  shares are being sold in this offering (or              shares, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full),              vested shares may be sold between the date of this offering and 180 days after the date of this offering,              shares may be sold upon expiration of lock-up agreements 180 days

 

23


Table of Contents

after the date of this offering and the remaining shares may be sold from time to time thereafter upon expiration of their respective one-year holding periods under Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. In addition, as of December 31, 2006 we had outstanding options to purchase up to 600,594 shares of common stock that, if exercised, will result in these additional shares becoming available for sale prior to or upon expiration of the lock-up agreements. A large portion of these shares and options are held by a small number of persons and investment funds. Sales by these stockholders or optionholders of a substantial number of shares after this offering could significantly reduce the market price of our common stock. Moreover, after this offering, the holders of shares of common stock (or              shares, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full) will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the shares they currently hold, or to include these shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders.

We also intend to register all common stock underlying currently outstanding options and all common stock that we may issue under our 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2007 Option Plan. Effective upon the completion of this offering, an aggregate of              shares of our common stock will be reserved for future issuance under the 2007 Option Plan. Once we register shares subject to outstanding options or the 2007 Option Plan, which we plan to do shortly after the completion of this offering, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements referred to above. If a large number of these shares are sold in the public market, the sales could reduce the trading price of our common stock. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of sales that may occur in the future.

We may require additional capital, and raising additional funds by issuing securities or additional debt financing may cause dilution to existing stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish proprietary rights.

After application of the net proceeds of this offering as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we expect to have cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of approximately $              million, based on our December 31, 2006 balance sheet. We may need to raise additional capital in the future. We may raise additional funds through public or private equity offerings or debt financings. To the extent that we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our existing stockholders’ ownership will be diluted. Any new debt financing we enter into may involve covenants that restrict our operations more than our current credit facilities. These restrictive covenants would likely include limitations on additional borrowing, specific restrictions on the use of our assets as well as prohibitions on our ability to create liens, pay dividends, redeem our stock or make investments.

Our substantial indebtedness could affect our financing options and liquidity.

Upon closing of this offering and after application of the net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds,” we will have $             million of debt outstanding under our current credit facility and an undrawn $             million revolving credit facility. Our indebtedness is secured by substantially all of our assets and could have important consequences to our business or the holders of our common stock, including:

 

   

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures or acquisitions;

 

   

requiring a significant portion of our cash flow from operations to be dedicated to the payment of the principal of and interest on our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for other purposes;

 

24


Table of Contents
   

making us more vulnerable to economic downturns and limiting our ability to withstand competitive pressures; and

 

   

preventing us from paying dividends on our common stock.

We are subject to restrictive debt covenants that impose operating and financial restrictions on us and could limit our ability to grow our business.

Covenants in our credit facility impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These restrictions prohibit or limit, among other things, our incurrence of additional indebtedness, acquisitions, asset sales and creation of certain types of liens. These restrictions could limit our ability to take advantage of business opportunities. Furthermore, our indebtedness requires us to maintain specified financial ratios and to satisfy specified financial condition tests and under certain circumstances requires us to make annual and quarterly mandatory prepayments with a portion of our available cash. Our ability to comply with these ratios or tests may be affected by events beyond our control, including prevailing economic, financial and industry conditions. In 2005, 2006 and 2007, we received a waiver with respect to the deadline for the completion of our audited financial statements for the prior year and the timing of the annual prepayment with a portion of our available cash. If we are unable to comply with the covenants and ratios in our current credit facility in the future, we may be unable to obtain additional waivers of non-compliance from the lenders, which would put us in default under the facility, or we may be required to pay substantial fees or penalties to the lenders. Either development could have a material adverse effect on our business.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase.

The initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. Purchasers of common stock in this offering will experience immediate dilution of approximately $             per share in net tangible book value of the common stock. See “Dilution.”

 

25


Table of Contents

FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS AND PROJECTIONS

This prospectus contains forward looking statements. Forward looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance. We generally identify forward looking statements by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “intends,” “target,” “projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue” or the negative of these terms or other similar words. These statements are only predictions. We have based these forward looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The outcome of the events described in these forward looking statements is subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Accordingly, you should not rely upon forward looking statements as predictions of future events. We cannot assure you that the events and circumstances reflected in the forward looking statements will be achieved or occur, and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward looking statements.

The forward looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update any forward looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

This prospectus also contains market data related to our business and industry. This market data includes projections that are based on a number of assumptions. If these assumptions turn out to be incorrect, actual results may differ from the projections based on these assumptions. As a result, our markets may not grow at the rates projected by this data, or at all. The failure of these markets to grow at these projected rates may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and on the market price of our common stock.

 

26


Table of Contents

ABOUT US

Our fiscal year ends on December 31. Accordingly, a reference to “2006” in this prospectus, for example, refers to the 12-month period that ended on December 31, 2006.

We conduct our operations through six operating subsidiaries:

 

   

In the United States, we conduct business through Monotype Imaging, a Delaware corporation, and International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation, or ITC.

 

   

In Asia, we conduct business through China Type Design and Monotype Imaging KK, or Monotype Japan.

 

   

In Europe, we conduct business through Monotype Imaging Ltd., or Monotype UK, and Linotype.

ITC, China Type Design, Monotype Japan and Monotype UK are owned directly by Monotype Imaging. Monotype Imaging and Linotype are wholly-owned by IHC, our wholly-owned subsidiary.

We own, have rights to, or have applied for the trademarks and trade names that we use in conjunction with our business, including our name and our logo. All other trademarks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

This prospectus was set in fonts from the Mentor type face family drawn by British type designer Michael Harvey in 2005. It is a twenty-first century English interpretation of classic roman letterforms and is available exclusively from us.

 

27


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

We estimate that the net proceeds of the sale of the common stock that we are offering will be approximately $             million, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay. We will not receive any of the proceeds of the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for the following:

 

   

approximately $             million to repay the Second Lien Credit Facility;

 

   

approximately $             to redeem shares of redeemable preferred stock from TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of our employees that will be outstanding immediately following the conversion of our convertible preferred stock; and

 

   

the balance of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes and working capital, including possible acquisitions.

After giving effect to this offering, TA Associates will hold approximately         % of our common stock. Messrs. Johnston and Meeks, both directors of Monotype, are Managing Directors of TA Associates. After giving effect to this offering, D.B. Zwirn will hold approximately         % of our common stock. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

A material part of the proceeds from the offering will be used to repay debt owed under our Second Lien Credit Facility. The terms of this facility were amended in July 2006 to increase the term loan from $65 million to $70 million and the proceeds were used in connection with the acquisition of Linotype. Our Second Lien Credit Facility is due and payable in full on July 28, 2011. At our option, borrowing under the Second Lien Credit Facility bears interest at either (i) the prime rate plus a margin, as defined by the credit agreement, or (ii) the London interbank offered rate, or LIBOR, plus a margin as defined by the credit agreement, payable monthly. As of December 31, 2006, the blended interest rate on our Second Lien Credit Facility was 12.12%. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources.”

DIVIDEND POLICY

Our board of directors will continue to have discretion in determining whether to declare or pay dividends, which will depend upon our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and the repayment of indebtedness. Accordingly, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Moreover, our senior credit agreement relating to our First Lien Credit Facility imposes restrictions on our ability to declare and pay dividends.

 

28


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

(in thousands, except for share data)

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2006:

 

   

on an actual basis;

 

   

on an as adjusted basis to reflect the conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into common stock and redeemable preferred stock, the immediate redemption of the redeemable preferred stock, the sale of              shares of common stock that we are offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of Proceeds.”

You should read the following table in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    

As of December 31, 2006

     Actual     As Adjusted(1)

Long-term debt:

    

Current

   $ 13,105     $                 

Long-term(2)

     189,793    
          

Total long-term debt, including current portion

     202,898    

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 5,994,199 shares authorized; 5,840,354 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted(3)

     40,170    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, no shares authorized, actual;              shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

        

Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 10,000,000 shares authorized; 941,022 shares issued and outstanding, actual;                  shares authorized,                  shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted

     9    

Treasury stock, at cost, 10,209 shares, actual and as adjusted

     (41 )  

Additional paid-in capital

     682    

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     574    

Accumulated deficit

     (13,804 )  
          

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)(4)

     (12,580 )  
          

Total capitalization

   $ 230,488    
          

 


 

(1) Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $              per share would increase or decrease, as applicable, the amount of additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

(2) Upon completion of this offering and as presented on an as adjusted basis, approximately $             million owed under our Second Lien Credit Facility will be immediately repaid.

 

(3) Upon the completion of this offering and as presented on an as adjusted basis, the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 5,840,354 shares of common stock and 5,840,354 shares of redeemable preferred stock. As presented on an as adjusted basis, all shares of redeemable preferred stock will be immediately redeemed upon issuance for an aggregate of $             million.

 

(4) Excludes 600,594 shares of our common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $14.31 per share, 161,906 additional shares of our common stock reserved as of December 31, 2006 for future issuance under our stock-based compensation plans and 100,000 shares of our common stock issuable upon conversion of the notes issued in connection with the acquisition of China Type Design.

 

29


Table of Contents

DILUTION

Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2006, was $            , or $             per share of common stock. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2006, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and redeemable preferred stock and the immediate redemption of the redeemable preferred stock, which will occur upon completion of this offering.

After giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us and application of the net proceeds of the offering as described in “Use of Proceeds”, our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2006, would have been approximately $              million, or approximately $              per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $              per share to our existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of approximately $              per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

      $             

Pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2006

   $                

Increase per share attributable to new investors

     
         

Adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering

      $  
         

Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors

      $  
         

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2006 by approximately $             million, the adjusted pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             and the dilution in adjusted pro forma net tangible book value to new investors in this offering by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

In addition, the above discussion and table assume no exercise of stock options after December 31, 2006. As of December 31, 2006, we had outstanding options to purchase a total of 600,594 shares of common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $14.31 per share. If all such options had been exercised as of December 31, 2006, adjusted pro forma net tangible book value would be $              per share and dilution to new investors would be $              per share.

 

30


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2006, the differences between the number of shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share that existing stockholders and new investors paid, in each case net of amounts distributed to holders of our convertible redeemable preferred stock in our August 2005 recapitalization and net of the redemption of our redeemable preferred stock immediately after this offering. The table gives effect to the conversion of all of our convertible preferred stock, which will occur upon completion of this offering. The calculation below is based on an assumed initial public offering price of $              per share, which is the midpoint of the range listed on the cover page of this prospectus, and before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses that we must pay.

 

     Shares
Purchased
    Total Consideration    

Average Price

Per Share

     Number    %     Amount    %    

Existing stockholders

               %   $                              %   $             

New investors

            
                          

Total

      100.0 %   $      100.0 %  
                          

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase (decrease) total consideration paid to us by investors participating in this offering by approximately $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

The discussion and tables above assume no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and no sale of common stock by the selling stockholders. The sale of              shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to             , or         % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to             , or         % of the total shares outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, the number of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to             , or         % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares of common stock held by investors participating in this offering will be further increased to             , or         % of the total number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering.

 

31


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(in thousands, except per share data)

The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified by reference to, our consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The data presented as of and for the years ended December 31, 2002 and 2003 is derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of our predecessor that are not included in this prospectus. The data presented as of December 31, 2004 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The data presented for the year ended December 31, 2004 includes the operations of our predecessor through November 4, 2004 and the post-acquisition period November 5, 2004 through December 31, 2004 and are derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. See note (1) below. The data presented as of and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006 reflect our operations after we were acquired from Agfa and is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The data for the year ended December 31, 2006 includes the operating results of Linotype, following our acquisition of Linotype on August 1, 2006, and the results of operations of China Type Design, following our acquisition of China Type Design on July 28, 2006.

 

32


Table of Contents
      Year Ended December 31,  
      Predecessor     Pro Forma
Combined Predecessor
and Successor 2004(1)
   

Successor

 
      2002     2003       2005     2006  

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue:

                   

OEM

  $ 32,180     $ 37,907     $ 52,384     $ 59,073     $ 64,268  

Creative professional

    9,350       9,800       12,663       14,703       21,936  
                                         

Total revenue

    41,530       47,707       65,047       73,776       86,204  
 
Cost of revenue     7,460       6,961       9,801       9,513       8,305  
Cost of revenue—amortization of acquired technology     340       607       1,129       2,408       3,021  
Marketing and selling     8,243       9,679       11,152       11,730       14,931  
Research and development     6,854       9,291       10,125       10,668       13,813  
General and administrative     4,800       5,931       9,029       5,639       10,112  
Transaction bonus                 25,207              
Amortization of other intangible assets     448       629       1,680       6,459       6,687  
                                         

Total costs and expenses

    28,145       33,098       68,123       46,417       56,869  
 

Income (loss) from operations

    13,385       14,609       (3,076 )     27,359       29,335  
 

Other (income) expense:

                   

Interest expense

                2,055       14,893       19,687  

Interest income

    (135 )     (794 )     (356 )     (158 )     (171 )

(Gain) loss on foreign exchange

                      1,427       (592 )

Unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate caps

                238       (503 )     (490 )

Other (income) expense, net

    230       243       155             (1,621 )

Dividend income

                      (105 )     (461 )
                                         

Total other (income) expense

    95       (551 )     2,092       15,554       16,352  
 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    13,290       15,160       (5,168 )     11,805       12,983  
 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    5,432       6,052       (1,479 )     4,684       5,921  
                                         

Net income (loss)

  $ 7,858     $ 9,108     $ (3,689 )   $ 7,121     $ 7,062  
                                         

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ 7,858     $ 7,858     $ N/A (2)   $ 92     $ (17,325 )
                                         

Earnings (loss) per common share data:

                   

Basic

  $ 7,858.00     $ 9,108.00       N/A (2)   $ 0.26     $ (29.47 )

Diluted

  $ 7,858.00     $ 9,108.00       N/A (2)   $ 0.21     $ (29.47 )

Weighted average number of shares:

           

Basic

    1,000       1,000       N/A (2)     354,371       587,839  

Diluted

    1,000       1,000       N/A (2)     6,855,329       587,839  

Pro forma net income available to common stockholders

          $ 7,062  

Pro forma earnings per share:

           

Basic

          $ 1.10  

Diluted

          $ 0.97  

Pro forma weighted average number of shares:

           

Basic

            6,430,370  

Diluted

            7,059,673  

 

(1) The pro forma combined twelve month period ended December 31, 2004 represents the mathematical addition of the period prior to our acquisition from Agfa, from January 1, 2004 until November 4, 2004, and the period following our acquisition from Agfa, from November 5, 2004 until December 31, 2004. This approach is not consistent with GAAP and may yield results that are not strictly comparable on a period-to-period basis primarily due to (i) the impact of required purchase accounting adjustments and (ii) the new basis of accounting established on the closing date of our acquisition from Agfa. We believe that this is the most meaningful way to present our results of operations. Such results are not necessarily indicative of what the results for the respective periods would have been had our acquisition from Agfa not occurred.

 

(2) Net income (loss) available to common stockholders and earnings per share for the predecessor and successor are on a different basis of accounting and cannot be combined by mathematical addition. Net income (loss) available to common stockholders and earnings per share for the predecessor and successor periods in 2004 are presented in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — 2004 Predecessor and Successor Statement of Operations.”
     December 31,  
    

Predecessor

 

Successor

 
     2002   2003   2004    2005    2006  

Consolidated Summary Balance Sheet Data:

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 2,355   $ 1,758   $ 9,237    $ 10,784    $ 8,540  

Total current assets

     52,735     65,442     16,146      16,199      16,362  

Total assets

     57,190     72,745     211,761      203,879      270,273  

Total current liabilities

     25,906     31,709     23,893      30,552      35,337  

Total debt

             131,598      157,809      202,898  

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

             58,268      15,793      40,170  

Additional paid-in capital

     5,386     5,386          221      682  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     29,564     38,996     1,899      3,703      (12,580 )

 

33


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income for 2006 give effect to our acquisition of Linotype as if it had occurred on January 1, 2006. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income have been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to our historical consolidated statements of operations, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income are prepared based on available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. The unaudited pro forma statements of income have been prepared in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and are provided for comparison and analysis purposes only and should not be considered indicative of actual results that would have been achieved had our acquisition of Linotype actually been consummated on the date indicated and do not purport to be indicative of results of operations as of any future period. The unaudited pro forma statements of income should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and other financial information presented elsewhere in this prospectus, including “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income are based on the assumptions set forth in the notes thereto. The results of operations of Linotype since its acquisition on August 1, 2006 have been included in our consolidated statements of operations and all intercompany transactions have been eliminated. The acquisition of China Type Design has not been included in the pro forma consolidated statements of income because its impact on these statements would not be material.

 

34


Table of Contents

Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Income

Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2006

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

     Historical              
     Monotype     Linotype*     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Consolidation
 

Revenue

   $ 86,204     $ 11,921     $ (1,436 )(1)   $ 96,689  

Cost of revenue

     8,305       2,074       (1,436 )(1)     8,943  

Cost of revenue—amortization of acquired technology

     3,021       —         373 (2)     3,394  

Marketing and selling

     14,931       3,242       —         18,173  

Research and development

     13,813       1,377       —         15,190  

General and administrative

     10,112       2,048       —         12,160  

Amortization of other intangible assets

     6,687       —         352 (2)     7,039  
                                

Total costs and expenses

     56,869       8,741       (711 )     64,899  

Income from operations

     29,335       3,180       (725 )     31,790  

Other (income) expense:

        

Interest expense, net

     19,516       (5 )     1,285  (3)     20,796  

Loss (gain) on foreign exchange

     (592 )     (292 )     —         (884 )

Unrealized loss on interest rate caps

     (490 )     —         —         (490 )

Other income, net

     (1,621 )     (87 )     —         (1,708 )

Dividend income

     (461 )     —         —         (461 )
                                

Total other (income) expense

     16,352       (384 )     1,285       17,253  

Income before provision for income taxes

     12,983       3,564       (2,010 )     14,537  

Provision for income taxes

     5,921       1,339       (917 )(4)     6,343  
                                

Net income

   $ 7,062     $ 2,225     $ (1,093 )   $ 8,194  
                                

Net loss available to common stockholders

   $ (17,325 )       $ (16,193 )
                    

Pro forma earnings per share:

        

Basic

   $ (29.47 )       $ (27.55 )

Diluted

   $ (29.47 )       $ (27.55 )

Weighted average number of shares:

        

Basic

     587,839           587,839  

Diluted

     587,839           587,839  

* The historical financial information for Linotype is based on Linotype’s unaudited financial information for the seven months ended July 31, 2006. Accordingly, this information has been translated into U.S. dollars using an average of the noon buying rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York from January 1, 2006 to July 31, 2006 of $1.2360 = € 1.00.

See Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income

 

35


Table of Contents

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Income

(in thousands)

 

1. Prior to our acquisition of Linotype, we incurred royalty expense related to sales of Linotype’s font products. Additionally, we earned royalty revenue from Linotype for its sales of our font products. These pro forma adjustments represent the elimination of these amounts for the period from January 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006. Details are presented in the following table:

 

     Pro Forma
Adjustments
 
     Year Ended
December 31,
2006
 

Royalty revenue to Linotype

   $ (1,392 )

Royalty revenue to Monotype Imaging

     (44 )
        

Total

   $ (1,436 )
        

 

2. These pro forma adjustments represent the additional amortization expense for the intangible assets acquired in connection with the Linotype acquisition as if our acquisition of Linotype occurred on January 1, 2006. We would have recognized additional amortization expense of $725 for the period from January 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006. Details are presented in the following table:

 

     Pro Forma Adjustments
     Gross
Carrying
Amount
   Life
(years)
  

Year Ended
December 31,
2006

Technology

   $ 9,600    15    $ 373

Non-compete

     1,300    6      126

Customer relationships

     5,800    15      226

Trademarks

     5,600    indefinite      —  
                

Total

   $ 22,300       $ 725
                

 

3. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of income assume that our acquisition of Linotype had occurred on January 1, 2006. Based on this assumption, we would have financed the acquisition with additional debt and amended our existing credit facilities on terms similar to the terms of the actual August 2006 amendments. This pro forma adjustment represents the additional interest expense we would have incurred and the amortization of additional financing costs associated with the amendments for the period from January 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006. An average three-month LIBOR of 5.06% was used to calculate the interest expense for the period from January 1, 2006 through July 31, 2006. Details are presented in the following table:

 

     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    

Year Ended
December 31,
2006

Interest expense

   $ 1,130

Amortization

     155
      

Total

   $ 1,285
      

 

4. This pro forma adjustment represents the tax impact of the acquisition of Linotype based on the effective tax rate of 45.6% for the year ended December 31, 2006.

 

36


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF

FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

(all U.S. dollar amounts in thousands unless otherwise stated)

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, the historical financial statements of Linotype, the pro forma financial statements, and the notes to those statements, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward looking statements reflecting our current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read as applying to all related forward looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those indicated in the forward looking statements or reflected in the pro forma financial statements due to a number of factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

We are a leading global provider of text imaging solutions. Our technologies and fonts enable the display and printing of high quality digital text. Our software technologies have been widely deployed across and embedded in a range of CE devices, including laser printers, digital copiers, mobile phones, digital televisions, set-top boxes and digital cameras, as well as in numerous software applications and operating systems. In the laser printer market, we have worked together with industry leaders for over 15 years to provide critical components embedded in printing standards. Our scaling, compression, text layout, color and printer driver technologies solve critical text imaging issues for CE device manufacturers by rendering high quality text on low resolution and memory constrained CE devices. We combine these proprietary technologies with access to over 9,000 typefaces from a library of some of the most widely used designs in the world, including popular names like Helvetica and Times New Roman. We also license our typefaces to creative and business professionals through custom font design services, direct sales and our e-commerce websites fonts.com, itcfonts.com, linotype.com and faces.co.uk, which attracted more than 20 million visits in 2006 from over 200 countries.

Sources of Revenue

We derive revenue from two principal sources: licensing our text imaging solutions to CE device manufacturers and independent software vendors, which we refer to as our OEM revenue, and licensing our fonts to creative and business professionals, which we refer to as our creative professional revenue. We derive our OEM revenue primarily from CE device manufacturers. We derive our creative professional revenue primarily from multinational corporations, graphic designers, advertisers, printers and publishers. Historically, we have experienced and we expect to continue to have lower revenue in the first quarter of the year than in the preceding quarter due to the timing of some contractual payments of licensing fees from our OEM customers.

Our customers are located in the United States, Asia, Europe and throughout the rest of the world, and our operating subsidiaries are located in the United States, Japan, the United Kingdom, Germany and China. We are dependent on international sales by our foreign operating subsidiaries for a substantial amount of our total revenue. Revenue from our Asian subsidiaries is generally from Asian customers and revenue from our other subsidiaries is from customers in a number of different countries, including the United States. In 2006, sales by our subsidiaries located outside North America comprised 58.4% of our total revenue. We expect that sales by our international subsidiaries will continue to represent a substantial portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future and that this will increase when Linotype and China Type Design revenue is included for a full year. Future international revenue will depend on the

 

37


Table of Contents

continued use and expansion of our text imaging solutions worldwide. The information in the table below summarizes our revenue by the location of our subsidiary receiving such revenue before intercompany eliminations (in millions).

 

     United States    Asia    United Kingdom    Germany

2005

   $ 67.7    $ 19.9    $ 8.3      N/A

2006

     72.9      33.8      9.1    $ 7.4

We derive a majority of our revenue from a limited number of customers, in particular manufacturers of laser printers and mobile phones. In 2006, our top ten licensees by revenue accounted for approximately 53.0% of our total revenue. If Linotype had not been included for all of 2006, our top ten licensees by revenue would have accounted for approximately 58.0% of our total revenue for the period. In 2005, our customer Lexmark International, Inc. accounted for more than 10% of our total revenue for the year. Accordingly, if we are unable to maintain relationships with major customers or establish relationships with new customers, our licensing revenue will be adversely affected.

OEM Revenue

Our OEM revenue is derived substantially from per-unit royalties. Under our licensing arrangements we typically receive a royalty for each product unit incorporating our text imaging solutions that is shipped by our OEM customers. We also receive OEM revenue from fixed fee licenses with certain of our OEM customers. Fixed fee licensing arrangements are not based on units the customer ships, but instead, customers pay us on a periodic basis for use of our text imaging solutions. Though significantly less than royalties from per-unit shipments and fixed fees from OEMs, we also receive revenue from software application and operating systems vendors who include our text imaging solutions in their products, and for font development. The term of our licenses range from one to ten years, and usually provide for automatic or optional renewals. Revenue from per-unit royalties is recognized in the period during which we receive a royalty report from a customer, typically one quarter after royalty-bearing units are shipped. Revenue from fixed fee licenses is generally recognized when it is billed to the customer, so long as the product has been delivered, the license fee is fixed and non-refundable and collection is probable.

Creative Professional Revenue

Our creative professional revenue is derived from font licenses and from custom font design services. We license fonts directly to end-users through our e-commerce websites, via telephone, email and indirectly through third-party resellers. We also license fonts and provide custom font design services to graphic designers, advertising agencies and corporations.

Revenue from font licenses to our e-commerce customers is recognized upon payment by the customer and electronic shipment of the software embodying the font. Revenue from font licenses to other customers is recognized upon shipment of the software embodying the font. Revenue from resellers is recognized upon notification from the reseller that our font product has been licensed. We generally recognize custom font design services revenue upon delivery.

Cost of Revenue

Our cost of revenue consists of font license fees that we pay on certain fonts that are owned by third parties and allocated internal engineering expense and overhead costs directly related to custom design services. License fees are typically based on a percentage of our OEM and creative professional revenue and do not involve minimum fees. Our cost of OEM revenue is typically lower than that of our cost of

 

38


Table of Contents

creative professional revenue because we own a higher percentage of the fonts licensed to our OEM customers, provide value-added technology and have negotiated lower royalty rates on the fonts we license from third parties because of volume. Linotype, which we acquired in 2006, generally has higher cost of revenue.

Cost of revenue also includes amortization of technology acquired in connection with the acquisitions of Linotype and China Type Design and our acquisition from Agfa, which we amortize over 12 to 15 years. For purposes of amortizing acquired technology we estimate the remaining life of the technology based upon various considerations, including our knowledge of the technology and the way our customers use it. We use the straight-line method to amortize our acquired technology. There is no reliable evidence to suggest that we should expect any other pattern of amortization than an even pattern, and we believe this best reflects the expected pattern of economic usage.

Marketing and Selling

Our marketing and selling expense consists of salaries, bonuses, commissions and benefits related to our marketing and selling personnel and their business travel expenses, advertising and trade show expenses, web-related expenses and allocated facilities costs and other overhead expenses.

Sales commission expense varies as a function of revenue and goal achievement from period-to-period. We made a strategic decision to increase our OEM and creative professional marketing and selling headcount in 2006. We expect marketing and selling non-commission expense to increase in 2007 as a result of headcount increases and associated salary increases in 2006 and inflation. We do not currently expect to increase marketing and selling headcount in 2007. Linotype’s marketing and selling expense as a percentage of revenue is higher than our historical percentage. We do not currently intend to reduce Linotype’s marketing and selling organization or its marketing and selling expense. Thus, we expect marketing and selling expense of the consolidated entity to increase as a percentage of sales in 2007.

Research and Development

Our research and development expense consists of salaries, bonuses and benefits related to our research and development, engineering, font design and integration support personnel and their business travel expenses, license fees related to certain of our technology licenses, expenses for contracted services and allocated facilities costs and other overhead expenses. Our research and development expense in a given period may be reduced to the extent that internal engineering resources are allocated to cost of revenue for custom design services.

Our research and development is primarily focused on enhancing the functionality of our text imaging solutions and developing new products. From time to time we license third-party font technology in connection with new technology development projects that are part of our research and development efforts. Our research and development costs are expensed as incurred. We made a strategic decision to increase our research and development headcount in 2006 to develop and launch next generation technologies. We expect research and development expense to increase in 2007 as a result of headcount increases and associated salary increases in 2006 and inflation. We do not currently expect to increase research and development headcount in 2007.

General and Administrative

Our general and administrative expense consists of salaries, bonuses and benefits related to our general and administrative personnel, accounting, legal and other professional fees, allocated facilities costs and other overhead expenses and insurance costs.

 

39


Table of Contents

In 2006, our general and administrative expenses were higher compared to 2005 in anticipation of becoming a publicly traded company and we incurred one-time expenses to present Linotype’s prior financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We expect our general and administrative expense, excluding these one-time expenses, to further increase as we incur additional expenses associated with being a publicly traded company, including costs of comprehensively analyzing, documenting and testing our systems of internal controls and maintaining our disclosure controls and procedures as a result of the regulatory requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, increased professional services fees, higher insurance costs and additional costs associated with general corporate governance.

Amortization of Other Intangible Assets

On November 5, 2004, through a series of transactions, Monotype Imaging acquired Agfa Monotype for a total purchase price of $194.0 million. On July 28, 2006, we completed the acquisition of the capital stock of China Type Design. On August 1, 2006, we completed the acquisition of the capital stock of Linotype and of certain fonts and related intellectual property. These acquisitions are described in greater detail below under “History of the Company.” We amortize intangible assets acquired in connection with these transactions as follows:

 

   

Customer relationships — 10 to 15 years; and

 

   

Non-compete agreements — 4 to 6 years.

For purposes of amortization, we estimated the life of customer relationships based upon various considerations, including our knowledge of the industry and the marketplace in which we operate. We amortize non-compete agreements over the stated life of the agreement. We use the straight line method to amortize our intangible assets. There is no reliable evidence to suggest that we should expect any other pattern of amortization than an even pattern, and we believe this best reflects the expected pattern of economic usage.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

For 2006, our effective tax rate was 45.6%. The rate is significantly higher than our historical effective tax rates, primarily as a result of an increase in our effective tax rate of 5.9% from 39.7% for 2005 related to U.S. tax on the earnings of our subsidiary, Monotype UK. Since we have, under U.S. tax laws, effectively repatriated these earnings, we have provided for the incremental U.S. tax. Ordinarily, these deemed taxable earnings are offset by foreign tax credits that arise from the foreign taxes paid on the earnings deemed to be distributed by the foreign subsidiary. However, due to net operating loss carryforward deductions available for Monotype UK, no offsetting foreign tax credits were available. Further, since the net operating loss carryforward was acquired with the acquisition of Agfa Monotype in 2004, the tax benefit of these net operating losses has been recognized as a reduction to goodwill, rather than as a reduction to our tax provision. As of December 31, 2006, the Monotype UK net operating losses have been fully utilized, and therefore we do not expect this to recur in future periods.

Our actual payments for taxes are significantly lower than our book tax expense because we amortize goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for tax purposes. The difference between the amortization for tax purposes and accounting for financial statements in accordance with GAAP gives rise to a deferred tax liability for GAAP. The balance of this GAAP deferred tax liability at December 31, 2006 was $6.8 million. This balance is included with the net intangible assets deferred tax liabilities disclosed in the footnotes to the consolidated financial statements, and is expected to increase each year over the 15 year period that goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are amortized for tax purposes, unless goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are determined to be impaired for GAAP purposes. In the event of an impairment, a charge would be recognized in our financial statements, and the GAAP deferred tax

 

40


Table of Contents

liability would be reversed. This charge and reversal of the deferred tax liability would not give rise to a payment of taxes. Absent an impairment, the change in these deferred tax liabilities from period to period generally approximates the additional deduction for amortization we receive for tax purposes but not for book tax expense.

History of the Company

Acquisition of Agfa Monotype

At the time of our acquisition from Agfa in November 2004, Agfa operated its font and printer driver technology business through its subsidiary, Agfa Monotype. On November 5, 2004, through a series of transactions described in greater detail below, these assets were acquired by a new entity, Monotype Imaging, which was wholly-owned by TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype, in exchange for a total purchase price of $194.0 million, consisting of cash plus the assumption of certain obligations.

Investments in IHC.     In connection with our acquisition from Agfa, TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype purchased an aggregate of 5,826,750 shares of convertible preferred stock for $58.3 million of IHC, the parent of Monotype Imaging.

Subordinated Notes Guaranteed by IHC .    In connection with our acquisition from Agfa, TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype loaned certain of our affiliates approximately $20.1 million, which was guaranteed by IHC.

Reinvestment of Transaction Bonus Paid to Agfa Employees .    In connection with our acquisition from Agfa, Agfa Monotype was obligated to pay certain former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype the Transaction Bonus in the aggregate amount of approximately $25.2 million. The Transaction Bonus was accrued by the predecessor entity during the period ended November 4, 2004. Approximately $4.9 million of this bonus was used by the officers and employees to purchase shares of IHC and to acquire the subordinated notes described above. Cash payment of $19.1 million was made during the period November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, $937 was paid in 2005 and $267 was paid in 2006.

Recapitalization of IHC

In August 2005, IHC entered into a recapitalization transaction and debt refinancing, which resulted in Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc., the issuer in this offering, becoming the parent of IHC. All of the holders of common stock of IHC exchanged their shares for shares of our common stock and all of the holders of shares of convertible preferred stock of IHC exchanged their shares for shares of our convertible preferred stock. In addition, holders of convertible preferred stock received cash payments in the aggregate amount of approximately $48.3 million, which reduced the aggregate liquidation preference of the shares of preferred stock to the aggregate amount of approximately $10.2 million.

As part of the recapitalization, we refinanced our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities, each of which is described in more detail below.

Recent Acquisitions

On August 1, 2006, we completed the acquisition of the capital stock of Linotype. We also acquired certain fonts and other intellectual property assets from the seller of the Linotype capital stock. The total purchase price for Linotype and the related intellectual property was approximately $59.7 million in cash, which included the related acquisition costs of approximately $699. The purchase price was financed

 

41


Table of Contents

with proceeds from the term loans under our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities. Linotype’s results of operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition and all intercompany balances have been eliminated.

On July 28, 2006, we acquired 80.01% of the capital stock of China Type Design for approximately $4.1 million in cash and three promissory notes in the aggregate amount of $600 that are convertible into a total of 100,000 shares of our common stock. At the time of this acquisition, we already had a 19.99% ownership interest in China Type Design, and following the acquisition, it became our wholly-owned subsidiary. The results of operations of China Type Design have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition and all intercompany balances have been eliminated. Prior to the acquisition, we did not have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of China Type Design, and accordingly, the results of its operations were accounted for using the cost method of accounting.

We accounted for the acquisitions of Linotype and China Type Design using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations , and as a result the consolidated financial statements for the periods prior to the acquisitions are not directly comparable to the consolidated financial statements following the acquisitions.

Critical Accounting Policies

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our financial statements which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs of sales, expenses and related disclosures. We consider an accounting policy to be critical if it is important to our financial condition and results of operations, and if it requires significant judgment and estimates on the part of management in its application. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances and we evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis. We have discussed the selection and development of the critical accounting policies with our audit committee and it has reviewed the related disclosure in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. If actual results or events differ materially from the judgments and estimates that we have made in reporting our financial position and results, our financial position and results of operations could be materially affected.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus, the following accounting policies involve a greater degree of judgment and complexity. Accordingly, these are the policies we believe are the most critical in fully understanding and evaluating our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with Statement of Position, or SOP, 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, or SOP 97-2, as modified by SOP 98-9, Modifications of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions . Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, the product has been delivered or services have been provided, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection of the fee is probable.

Income Taxes

We provide for income taxes in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard, or SFAS, No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, or SFAS 109. Under this method, a deferred tax asset or

 

42


Table of Contents

liability is determined based on the difference between the financial statement and the tax basis of assets and liabilities, as measured by enacted tax rates in effect when these differences are expected to be reversed. This process includes estimating current tax exposure together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial accounting purposes. These differences, including differences in the timing of recognition of stock-based compensation expense, result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. We also assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe recovery to be unlikely, we have established a valuation allowance. Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets. Our financial position and results of operations may be materially affected if actual results significantly differ from these estimates or the estimates are adjusted in future periods.

We calculate our estimated annual effective tax rate for all of our locations within the United States. Our subsidiaries in the United Kingdom, Japan, Germany and China calculate their tax provisions based on the laws of their respective jurisdictions.

Goodwill and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets

We assess the impairment of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets annually, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of such assets exceeds their fair value. With respect to both goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets, factors that could trigger an impairment review include significant negative industry or economic trends, exiting an activity in conjunction with a restructuring of operations, or current, historical or projected losses that demonstrate continuing losses associated with an asset. Impairment evaluations involve management estimates of useful lives and future cash flows, including assumptions about future conditions such as future revenue, operating expenses, the fair values of certain assets based on appraisals and industry trends. Actual useful lives and cash flows could be different from those estimated by our management. If this resulted in an impairment of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operations.

Stock-Based Compensation

General.     Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share Based Payment , or SFAS 123R, using the prospective method. SFAS 123R requires that all share-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options and restricted stock, be recognized in the statements of operations based on their fair values at the grant dates. Under this standard, the fair value of each share-based payment award is estimated on the date of grant using an option pricing model that meets certain requirements.

Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of Accounting Principles Board No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees , or APB 25, and The Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation — an Interpretation of APB No. 25 , and we complied with the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123, and related SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transaction and Disclosure . Under APB 25, compensation expense was based on the difference on the date of the grant between the fair value of our stock and the exercise price of the option. We amortized such stock-based compensation, if any, using the straight-line method over the vesting period.

Valuing Awards under SFAS 123R.     Prior to the adoption of SFAS 123R, we used the minimum value method for purposes of disclosure under SFAS 123. We currently use the Black-Scholes option pricing

 

43


Table of Contents

model to estimate the fair value of our share-based payment awards. The determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes model is affected by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements in 2006 and thereafter is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest.

We evaluate the assumptions used to value our awards on a quarterly basis and if factors change and we employ different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional equity awards to employees or we assume unvested equity awards in connection with acquisitions.

As there was no public market for our common stock as of December 31, 2006, we determined the volatility for options granted in 2006 based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies. The expected volatility of options granted was determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies in accordance with the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share Based Payment , or SAB 107. The expected volatility for options granted during 2006, was approximately 76.4%. The expected life of options was determined utilizing the “simplified” method as defined by SAB 107, which defines the life as the average of the contractual term of the options and the weighted average vesting period for all open tranches. The average expected life of options granted during 2006 was six years. For 2006, the weighted-average risk free interest rate used was 4.78%. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock options. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero. In addition, SFAS 123R requires companies to utilize an estimated forfeiture rate when calculating the expense for the period, whereas SFAS 123 permitted companies to record forfeitures based on actual forfeitures, which was our historical policy under SFAS 123. As a result, we applied an estimated forfeiture rate of 4.1% in 2006 in determining the expense recorded.

Valuation of Options at the Time of Grant.     Prior to March 31, 2006, we granted our employees options to purchase common stock at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the time of each grant, as determined by our compensation committee.

In valuing the common stock our compensation committee considered a number of factors, including:

 

   

the illiquidity of our capital stock as a private company;

 

   

the business risks we faced;

 

   

the liquidation preferences, redemption rights, and other rights, preferences and privileges of our outstanding preferred stock;

 

   

the outstanding balances on our credit facilities; and

 

   

our actual financial condition and results of operations relative to our formal operating plan during the relevant period.

After March 31, 2006, we performed an analysis of our common stock price as of the last business day in each quarterly period. In determining value, the compensation committee identified the

 

44


Table of Contents

appropriate methodology to value our common stock. They determined that the procedures recommended in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid should be followed. Under these procedures, the compensation committee first considered the equity of a business with significant preferred and/or debt outstanding such as ours, as an option on future growth. This approach required an assessment of future prospects, based on the value of the business using a series of potential outcomes and weighing the probability of each of those outcomes. Management prepared three scenarios, a base case, an optimistic case and a pessimistic case. The possibility of an initial public offering was also considered. The compensation committee reviewed a market comparison of our business with a number of publicly traded firms to test the reasonableness of the overall analysis. The compensation committee reviewed the methodology, the resulting valuation and changed the probabilities of the outcomes that were initially applied as well as the weight given to those probabilities to more accurately reflect the changes in the business.

At the date of each option grant, our board of directors determined that the exercise price for each option was equivalent to the then-existing fair value of our common stock. Our board of directors and its compensation committee believe they properly valued our common stock in all periods.

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during 2006, under the Black-Scholes option pricing model, was $18.72 per share. In 2006, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of approximately $440 in connection with share-based payment awards. The stock-based compensation expense included $128 in marketing and selling, $78 in research and development, and $234 in general and administrative expense. As of December 31, 2006, we had $4.8 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock option awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.7 years.

The following table presents the restricted shares and common stock options granted, and the price of those grants in the periods specified:

 

     Restricted Stock    Common Stock Options
     Per Share
Price Range
   Shares
Granted
   Per Share
Price Range
   Options
Granted

2004

   $0.01    541,448    $0.01    121,037

2005

   $5.46 — $5.81    40,177    $5.46 — $6.68    201,187

2006(1)

   $6.78    15,000    $6.78 — $34.00    286,727
               

Total

      596,625       608,951
               

 

(1) On December 31, 2006, the compensation committee authorized the grant of options to purchase 22,250 shares of common stock to certain of our employees with an exercise price at the then current fair market value. The fair market value was subject to the approval of the compensation committee and was determined after December 31, 2006. For accounting purposes, the grant date for stock options cannot precede the date on which all of the necessary approvals were obtained and the key terms of the grant were known. Accordingly, the options granted on December 31, 2006 are not recognized for accounting purposes as being issued as of December 31, 2006. On March 28, 2006, the compensation committee authorized the issuance of restricted stock to one of our non-employee directors at a price below the then current fair market value. The difference between the then current fair market value and the price of that restricted stock will be recognized as compensation expense over the vesting period of such restricted stock.

In connection with our acquisition of China Type Design, certain former holders of shares of China Type Design received convertible promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $600. One of these holders served as a consultant at the time he received one of these promissory notes, which is convertible into 47,500 shares of our common stock at a fixed conversion price of $6.00 per share. As a result, we will apply variable accounting to this instrument. These shares vest over a four year period with 25.0% vesting on the first anniversary of the acquisition, and the balance vesting quarterly over the following three years. However, if the employee or consultant voluntarily terminates his provision of service to us, any shares held may be repurchased by us for $6.00 per share, whether they are vested or

 

45


Table of Contents

unvested shares. This repurchase right expires upon the occurrence of a sale event, as such term is defined in the restricted stock agreement and the repurchase right with respect to vested shares will terminate on completion of this offering. In each reporting period following the termination of the repurchase right, we will estimate the value of the conversion feature based, in part, on the excess, if any, of the market price of our common stock over $6.00 per share. We will recognize an adjustment to non-cash compensation expense, as appropriate, ratably over the vesting period of these shares of stock.

Results of Operations

The following table presents our results of operations in amounts and percentages for the periods indicated. The purchase method of accounting was used to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed by us in our acquisition from Agfa on November 5, 2004. Such accounting generally results in increased amortization and depreciation reported in future periods. Accordingly, and because of other effects of purchase accounting, our results of operations for periods before and after November 5, 2004 are not comparable in all material respects since those results of operations report results of operations and cash flows for these two separate entities.

 

          % of revenue  
   

Year Ended

December 31,

   

Year Ended

December 31,

 
   

Pro Forma
Combined

Predecessor
and
Successor(1)

   

Successor

   

Pro Forma
Combined

Predecessor
and
Successor(1)

   

Successor

 
         
   

2004

      2005       2006        2004       2005       2006   

Revenue:

           

OEM

  $ 52,384     $ 59,073   $ 64,268     80.5 %   80.1 %   74.6 %

Creative professional

    12,663       14,703     21,936     19.5 %   19.9 %   25.4 %
                                       

Total revenue

    65,047       73,776     86,204     100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Cost of revenue

    9,801       9,513     8,305     15.1 %   12.9 %   9.6 %

Cost of revenue—amortization of acquired technology

    1,129       2,408     3,021     1.7 %   3.2 %   3.5 %

Marketing and selling

    11,152       11,730     14,931     17.2 %   15.9 %   17.3 %

Research and development

    10,125       10,668     13,813     15.6 %   14.5 %   16.0 %

General and administrative

    9,029       5,639     10,112     13.9 %   7.6 %   11.7 %

Transaction bonus

    25,207               38.7 %        

Amortization of other intangible assets

    1,680       6,459     6,687     2.6 %   8.8 %   7.8 %
                                       

Total costs and expenses

    68,123       46,417     56,869     104.8 %   62.9 %   65.9 %

Income (loss) from operations

    (3,076 )     27,359     29,335     (4.8 )%   37.1 %   34.1 %

Interest expense, net

    1,699       14,735     19,516     2.6 %   20.0 %   22.6 %

Other (income) expense, net

    393       819     (3,164 )   0.6 %   1.1 %   (3.6 )%
                                       

Total other expenses

    2,092       15,554     16,352     3.2 %   21.1 %   19.0 %

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

    (5,168 )     11,805     12,983     (8.0 )%   16.0 %   15.1 %

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

    (1,479 )     4,684     5,921     (2.3 )%   6.3 %   6.9 %
                                       

Net income (loss)

  $ (3,689 )   $ 7,121   $ 7,062     (5.7 )%   9.7 %   8.2 %
                                       

(1) The pro forma combined twelve month period ended December 31, 2004 represents the mathematical addition of the period prior to our acquisition from Agfa, from January 1, 2004 until November 4, 2004, and the period following our acquisition from Agfa, from November 5, 2004 until December 31, 2004. This approach is not consistent with GAAP and may yield results that are not strictly comparable on a period-to-period basis primarily due to (i) the impact of required purchase accounting adjustments and (ii) the new basis of accounting established on the closing date of our acquisition from Agfa. We believe that this is the most meaningful way to present our results of operations. Such results are not necessarily indicative of what the results for the respective periods would have been had our acquisition from Agfa not occurred.

 

46


Table of Contents

2004 Predecessor and Successor Statement of Operations

The information in the following table is a summation of the pre-acquisition and post-acquisition periods in 2004 to present results of operations for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2004 and is being presented for convenience. Unless otherwise indicated, references to our 2004 results of operations refer to the combined twelve month period. The purchase method of accounting was used to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed by us in our acquisition from Agfa. Such accounting generally results in increased amortization and depreciation reported in future periods. Accordingly, and because of other effects of purchase accounting, the statement of operations of the predecessor and of us are not comparable in all material respects since those statements report statements of operations for these two separate entities.

 

     Predecessor
January 1,
2004 to
November 4,
2004
    Successor
November 5,
2004 to
December 31,
2004
   Pro Forma
Combined
Twelve Month
Period Ended
December 31,
2004
 

Revenue:

       

OEM

   $ 41,563     $ 10,821    $ 52,384  

Creative professional

     10,447       2,216      12,663  
                       

Total revenue

     52,010       13,037      65,047  

Cost of revenue

     8,577       1,224      9,801  

Cost of revenue—amortization of other intangible assets

     728       401      1,129  

Marketing and selling

     9,299       1,853      11,152  

Research and development

     8,290       1,835      10,125  

General and administrative

     7,948       1,081      9,029  

Transaction bonus

     25,207            25,207  

Amortization of intangible assets

     607       1,073      1,680  
                       

Total costs and expenses

     60,656       7,467      68,123  

Income (loss) from operations

     (8,646 )     5,570      (3,076 )

Interest (income) expense, net

     (335 )     2,034      1,699  

Other expense, net

     109       284      393  
                       

Total other (income) expenses

     (226 )     2,318      2,092  

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

     (8,420 )     3,252      (5,168 )

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (2,817 )     1,338      (1,479 )
                       

Net income (loss)

   $ (5,603 )   $ 1,914    $ (3,689 )
                       

At the time of our acquisition from Agfa in November 2004, Agfa operated its font and printer driver business through Agfa Monotype. On November 5, 2004, through a series of transactions, we were acquired from Agfa and these assets were spun off into a new entity, Monotype Imaging, which was wholly-owned by TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype, for a total purchase price of $194.0 million.

We accounted for the acquisition by allocating the purchase price paid to the fair market value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The consolidated financial statements for the periods prior to November 5, 2004, or predecessor periods, are not directly comparable to the consolidated financial statements after November 5, 2004, or successor period, because of the application of purchase accounting. In particular, amortization of intangible assets reflected in the financial statements subsequent to November 5, 2004 includes amortization associated with the revaluation of customer relationships, technology and non-compete agreements. The period subsequent to November 5, 2004 also includes interest amounts associated with the $135.1 million in debt assumed to complete the acquisition. Prior to this acquisition, Agfa charged Agfa Monotype market rates for any services Agfa or its employees

 

47


Table of Contents

provided to Agfa Monotype. In addition, while we were a subsidiary of Agfa, we licensed our text imaging solutions to customers in Japan through a sublicensing agreement with Agfa-Gevaert Japan Limited, or Agfa-Gevaert Japan, an affiliate of Agfa Monotype. Under the sublicensing arrangement, Agfa-Gevaert Japan was entitled to 10% of all license, royalty and service maintenance fees related to the sublicensing of products to our customers in Japan.

Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2006

The following discussion compares the year ended December 31, 2005 with the year ended December 31, 2006. Revenue and operating expenses from 2005 to 2006 increased substantially as a result of the acquisition of Linotype. Revenue and operating expenses from China Type Design have been included in the period since its acquisition but have not had a material effect on our financial statements.

Revenue

Revenue was $73.8 million and $86.2 million for 2005 and 2006, respectively, an increase of $12.4 million, or 16.8%. OEM revenue was $59.1 million and $64.3 million for 2005 and 2006, respectively, an increase of $5.2 million, or 8.8%. This increase was related to an increase of $3.0 million in royalties for units shipped, $2.7 million increase in license fees and $1.3 million of Linotype revenue. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $1.2 million in revenue from custom contracts. Creative professional revenue was $14.7 million and $21.9 million in 2005 and 2006, respectively, an increase of $7.2 million or 49.2%. This increase was primarily related to $6.1 million of Linotype revenue and a $1.3 million increase in web sales.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue, excluding amortization of acquired technology, was $9.5 million and $8.3 million for 2005 and 2006, respectively, a decrease of $1.2 million, or 12.7%. As a percentage of revenue the cost of revenue decreased from 12.9% in 2005 to 9.6% in 2006. This decrease is primarily a result of lower custom design revenue in 2006. Cost of revenue — amortization of acquired technology was $2.4 million and $3.0 million for 2005 and 2006, respectively, an increase of 25.4%. This increase was due to the increase in intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions of Linotype and China Type Design.

Operating Expenses

Marketing and Selling .    Marketing and selling expense was $11.7 million and $14.9 million in 2005 and 2006, respectively, an increase of $3.2 million, or 27.3%. This increase was primarily a result of an additional expense of $1.8 million due to the acquisitions of Linotype and China Type Design. Additionally, there was a $925 increase in employee-related expenses due to increases in headcount, bonuses, commissions and annual compensation, a $191 increase in travel-related expenses and a $166 increase in expenses for outside consultants.

Research and Development.     Research and development expense was $10.7 million and $13.8 million in 2005 and 2006, respectively, an increase of $3.1 million, or 29.5%. This increase was primarily a result of a reduction of $1.1 million in the allocation to cost of revenue for custom design services, an additional expense of $969 due to the acquisitions of Linotype and China Type Design and an increase of $919 in employee-related expenses due to increases in headcount, payroll and bonuses. We also added a new quality assurance group and increased the number of our support and engineering employees. We added Indic scripts to our WorldType Layout Engine and continue to develop our products for the Asian market, including Chinese, Korean and Japanese fonts.

 

48


Table of Contents

General and Administrative.     General and administrative expense was $5.6 million and $10.1 million in 2005 and 2006, respectively, an increase of $4.5 million or 79.3%. Approximately $2.2 million of this increase was attributable to the addition of general and administrative expenses from Linotype, including $755 of one-time expenses related to audits and the preparation of prior financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP for Linotype. The increase was also attributable to an increase in employee-related expenses of $829 due to salary increases, headcount increases and training costs, an increase of $375 of consulting costs, an increase of $335 in legal expenses, an increase of $257 in software license fees and an increase of $190 in other taxes. We incurred significantly higher expenses in 2006 as we began preparing to be a publicly traded company, including additional employees for the analysis of our financial statements and other required disclosures and consulting services related to Sarbanes-Oxley compliance and financial statement preparation.

Amortization of Other Intangible Assets.     Amortization of other intangible assets was $6.5 million and $6.7 million in 2005 and 2006, respectively, an increase of $228, or 3.5%. This increase was primarily related to amortization of the intangible assets acquired in the acquisitions of Linotype and China Type Design.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense, net was $14.7 million and $19.5 million in 2005 and 2006, respectively, an increase of $4.8 million, or 32.5%. This increase was related to the additional borrowings under our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities that were amended in both August 2005 and July 2006 in connection with our recapitalization in 2005 and our acquisition of Linotype and China Type Design in 2006. This increase was partially offset by interest income of $158 and $171 in 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Other (Income) Expense, Net

Other income and expense was an expense of $819 in 2005 and income of $3.2 million in 2006, a change of $4.0 million. The expense in 2005 was a result of $1.4 million in foreign exchange losses partially offset by $503 in interest rate cap gains and $105 in dividend income. The income in 2006 was a result of a $1.7 million gain from a one time tax exemption from foreign sales taxes, $592 in foreign exchange gains, $490 in gains on interest rate caps and $461 in dividend income. We invested in interest rate caps to limit our exposure to increases in interest rates on our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities.

Years Ended December 31, 2004 (on a pro forma combined basis) and 2005

The following discussion compares the year ended December 31, 2005 to the combined year ended December 31, 2004, which is a summation of the pre-acquisition and post-acquisition periods, to present results of operations for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2004.

Revenue

Revenue was $65.0 million and $73.8 million for 2004 and 2005, respectively, an increase of $8.7 million, or 13.4%. The increase was attributable to growth in both OEM and creative professional revenue. OEM revenue was $52.4 million and $59.1 million for 2004 and 2005, respectively, an increase of $6.7 million, or 12.8%. This increase was primarily related to a $9.0 million increase in OEM revenue from an increase in units shipped by our CE device manufacturer customers. This increase includes $2.0 million in back royalty payments from one of our CE device manufacturer customers. This was partially offset by a $2.8 million decrease in fixed fee payments. Creative professional revenue was $12.7 million and $14.7 million for 2004 and 2005, respectively, an increase of $2.0 million, or 16.1%. This increase was primarily related to the higher web-based licensing and increased font licenses to end-users.

 

49


Table of Contents

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue, excluding amortization of intangible assets, was $9.8 million and $9.5 million for 2004 and 2005, respectively, a decrease of $288, or 2.9%. The decrease is primarily attributable to the elimination of fees paid with respect to license, royalty and service maintenance fees related to the sublicensing of products to our customers in Japan. Following our acquisition from Agfa and through the first part of 2005, we continued to license our text imaging solutions to customers in Japan through Agfa-Gavaert Japan as a third party. In December 2004, we formed our wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary, Monotype Japan, to conduct business in Japan and benefited beginning in the first part of 2005 from a reduction in our cost of revenue as we started to transfer business away from Agfa-Gevaert Japan. Cost of revenue as a percentage of total revenue was 15.1% and 12.9% in 2004 and 2005, respectively. Cost of revenue – amortization of acquired technology was $1.1 million and $2.4 million in 2004 and 2005, respectively. The increase was due to a full year of amortization of the intangible assets recorded in connection with our acquisition from Agfa.

Operating Expenses

Operating expenses from 2004 and 2005 decreased substantially primarily as a result of the $25.2 million Transaction Bonus accrued in 2004. In addition:

Marketing and Selling.     Marketing and selling expense was $11.2 million and $11.7 million for 2004 and 2005, respectively, an increase of $578, or 5.2%. This increase was primarily the result of an increase of $747 in employee-related expense attributable to annual salary increases and increases in headcount, an increase of $337 in overhead expense, an increase of $166 in advertising expense, an increase of $152 in travel-related expense and an increase of $92 in professional service fees. These increases were partially offset by a $1.1 million decrease in employee bonuses and commissions paid to our marketing and sales personnel resulting from the termination of the Agfa Monotype Deferred Compensation Plan, or LIC, in January 2005 in connection with our acquisition from Agfa. In 2004, we hired a senior vice president to enhance our sales efforts.

Research and Development .    Research and development expense was $10.1 million and $10.7 million for 2004 and 2005, respectively, an increase of $543, or 5.4%. This increase was primarily the result of an additional $1.2 million in employee-related expense attributable to annual salary increases, increases in headcount and a $157 increase in overhead expenses. This increase was partially offset by an $872 decrease in bonuses paid to our research and development personnel resulting from the termination of the LIC. In 2005, we hired our vice president of engineering and increased our focus on product development.

General and Administrative.     General and administrative expense was $9.0 million and $5.6 million for 2004 and 2005, respectively, a decrease of $3.4 million, or 37.5%. This decrease was the result of the legal expenses in 2004 of $2.5 million and $464 for the Adobe and Bitstream litigation, respectively, and a $285 decrease in bonuses paid to our general and administrative personnel in 2005 resulting from the termination of the LIC. In 2005, we hired our senior vice president and chief financial officer and began to enhance our infrastructure in anticipation of becoming a publicly traded company.

Amortization of Other Intangible Assets.     Amortization of other intangible assets was $1.7 million and $6.5 million for 2004 and 2005, respectively, an increase of $4.8 million. The increase in amortization expense relates to our acquisition from Agfa.

 

50


Table of Contents

Interest (Income) Expense, Net

Interest expense, net was $1.7 million and $14.7 million for the years 2004 and 2005, respectively, an increase of $13.0 million, or 767.3%. This increase was the result of our entering into our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities with certain financial institutions in the amount of $75.0 million and $40.0 million, respectively, and our subordinated debt agreements with other lenders who are also our stockholders, officers and employees in the aggregate amount of approximately $20.1 million in connection with our acquisition from Agfa in November 2004. In August 2005, both agreements with the financial institutions were amended to increase borrowings from $75.0 million to $100.0 million and from $40.0 million to $65.0 million and the facilities with other lenders were repaid. This increase was partially offset by interest income of $356 and $158 for the years 2004 and 2005, respectively.

Other Expense, Net

Other expense, net was $393 and $819 for 2004 and 2005, respectively, an increase of $426 or 108.4%. This increase was primarily due to a $1.4 million loss on foreign currency exchange in 2005. This was partially offset by an unrealized gain of $503 on interest rate caps in 2005 as compared to an unrealized loss on interest rate caps in 2004 of $238, and $105 in dividend income associated with China Type Design in 2005.

Provision (Benefit) for Income Taxes

Our effective tax rate was 28.6% and 39.7% for the years 2004 and 2005, respectively. The benefit for income taxes was $1.5 million in 2004, of which our predecessor received a benefit of $2.8 million and following our acquisition from Agfa we had a provision of $1.3 million. In 2005, we had a provision of $4.7 million. The tax benefit to the predecessor company in 2004 was primarily a result of the Transaction Bonus expenses related to our acquisition from Agfa.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2006, our principle sources of liquidity were cash and cash equivalents totaling $8.5 million and a $10.0 million revolving line-of-credit. Given our current cash position, our cash flows from operations and our current line-of-credit, we believe that we will be able to fund our business and meet our contractual obligations over the next twelve months.

In November 2004, Agfa Monotype was acquired by a new entity, Monotype Imaging, which was owned by TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype, for a total purchase price of $194.0 million, consisting of cash plus assumption of certain obligations. This acquisition was financed by the issuance of convertible preferred stock in the amount of $54.6 million, subordinated notes in the aggregate principal amount of approximately $20.1 million issued to TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype, and the net proceeds from the First and Second Lien Credit Facilities of $111.0 million.

In August 2005, IHC entered into a tax-free recapitalization transaction and debt refinancing. In connection with this recapitalization, holders of convertible preferred stock received cash payments in the aggregate amount of approximately $48.3 million, which reduced the aggregate liquidation preference of the shares of preferred stock to approximately $10.2 million. In addition, the subordinated notes issued to TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype in November 2004, were retired at their face amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus a pre-payment premium equal to 6.0% of the face amount. These transactions were financed by amending our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities to increase the borrowings permitted under these credit facilities from $75.0 million to $100.0 million and from $40.0 million to $65.0 million, respectively.

 

51


Table of Contents

In July 2006, we amended our permitted borrowings under our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities to increase the borrowings permitted under these credit facilities from $100.0 million to $140.0 million and from $65.0 million to $70.0 million, respectively. We also increased the $5.0 million revolving line-of-credit under the First Lien Credit Facility to $10.0 million. These amendments were made primarily to fund the acquisition of Linotype.

Our First Lien Credit Facility provides for a $140.0 million term loan and a $10.0 million revolving line-of-credit that expire on July 28, 2011. Based on our annual audited financial statements, if the leverage ratio, as defined in the First Lien Credit Facility agreement, as of the end of the year, exceeds a specified maximum, we must repay 50.0% of the amount equal to EBITDA less payments for principal, interest, capital expenditures and taxes for the period. The principal amount of the First Lien Credit Facility term loan is payable in monthly installments of approximately $792 in year one, $1.0 million in year two, $1.1 million in year three and thereafter through maturity at which time the $77.0 million balance is due. The First Lien Credit Facility requires an additional annual mandatory principal payment based on excess cash flow, as defined by the agreement, which must be paid within five days of the delivery of our audited financial statements. In 2005, 2006 and 2007, we received a waiver with respect to the deadline for the completion of our audited financial statements for the prior year and the timing of the annual principal prepayment. The First Lien Credit Facility also allows for one half of the additional payment amount as a reduction to the scheduled principal payments over the following twelve months. The amount of the additional payment made in April 2007 was $3.2 million, and as a result, the scheduled monthly principal payments through April 2008 will be reduced by $136 per month. Our Second Lien Credit Facility term loan provides a $70.0 million term loan which is due and payable in full on July 28, 2011. At our option, borrowings under these facilities bear interest at either (i) the prime rate plus a margin, as defined by the respective credit agreement, or (ii) LIBOR plus a margin as defined by the respective credit agreement, payable monthly. As of December 31, 2006, the blended interest rate on the First Lien Credit Facility was 8.63% and the blended interest rate on the Second Lien Credit Facility was 12.12%. The credit agreements are secured by substantially all of our assets and require us to maintain certain identical quarterly financial covenants, including minimum earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. In addition, the credit agreements place limitations on total annual capital expenditures, indebtedness, liens, dividends and distributions, asset sales, transactions with affiliates and acquisitions and conduct of business, all as defined in the agreements. The credit agreements also contain provisions for an increased interest rate during periods of default. We were in compliance with the covenants under all of our debt agreements as of December 31, 2006, and we do not believe that these covenants will affect our ability to operate our business.

From November 2004 through December 31, 2006, we financed our operations primarily through cash from operations and long-term debt from our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities as described above. Prior to November 2004, we financed our operations primarily through cash from operations.

In November 2004, we paid loan origination fees for the term loans totaling $2.8 million that were recorded as a reduction in the proceeds received by us, and accounted for as debt discounts, which, accordingly, were amortized into interest expense over the life of the related loans using the effective interest method, until the recapitalization in August 2005. Upon the August 2005 and July 2006 amendments of the First and Second Lien Credit Facilities, we incurred additional fees to the lenders totaling approximately $1.4 million and $1.9 million, respectively. These fees were also recorded as reductions in the proceeds received by us, and accounted for as debt discounts. Accordingly, they are being amortized into interest expense over the life of the related loans using the effective interest method.

 

52


Table of Contents

The following table presents our cash flows from operating activities, investing activities and financing activities for the periods presented:

 

     

January 1,
2004 to

November 4,  
2004

   

November 5,
2004 to

December 31,
2004

    Year Ended  
          December 31,
2005
   

December 31,

2006

 
      (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ (1,122 )   $ (10,992 )   $ 23,436     $ 19,584  

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (482 )     (163,740 )     885       (65,560 )

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    500       183,987       (22,667 )     43,256  

Effect of exchange rates on cash

    306       (18 )     (107 )     476  
                                 

Total increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $ (798 )   $ 9,237     $ 1,547     $ (2,244 )
                                 

Operating Activities

Cash provided from operations for 2006 was $19.6 million and consisted of $7.1 million in net income, $10.3 million in depreciation and amortization, an increase of $2.4 million in deferred income taxes, $440 in stock-based compensation and $1.0 million of amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount. Depreciation and amortization increased from 2005 by $1.0 million as a result of the amortization of intangible assets acquired in the acquisitions of Linotype and China Type Design. Our stock-based compensation addition is a result of the adoption of SFAS 123R in January 2006.

Cash used in working capital and other activities was primarily the result of a cash outflow of $4.0 million of deferred revenue in 2006. The decrease in deferred revenue is primarily due to lower prepaid royalties from our customers. Cash outflows also consisted of a decrease of $975 of deferred compensation and a decrease of $267 of accrued Transaction Bonus. These outflows were partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable of $1.3 million, an increase in accounts payable of $1.0 million, a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $871 and an increase in accrued expenses of $730. Deferred compensation also changed significantly from 2005 to 2006 as a result of the distribution of all plan assets under the deferred compensation plan in February 2005.

Cash provided from operations for 2005 was $23.4 million and consisted of $7.1 million in net income, $9.4 million in depreciation and amortization, $2.9 million in deferred income taxes and $919 in amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount. The increase in depreciation and amortization in 2005 as compared to 2004 is a result of the acquired intangible assets from our acquisition from Agfa in November 2004. This was partially offset by a $503 unrealized gain on interest rate caps. Our gain on interest rate caps was a result of our purchase of two instruments in December 2004 to hedge our exposure to interest rate volatility. Working capital and other activities provided cash inflows of a decrease of $1.3 million in accounts receivables, a decrease of $1.0 million in accrued expenses and an increase of $7.6 million in deferred revenue. These inflows were partially offset by an increase of $1.2 million in income tax refund receivable, an increase of $307 in prepaid expenses and other current assets, a decrease of $3.6 million in deferred compensation, a decrease in accrued Transaction Bonus of $937 and a decrease of $432 in amounts due to an affiliated company.

Cash used in operating activities for the period from November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004 was $11.0 million and consisted of net working capital and other activities outflows of $16.0 million which was partially offset by $1.9 million in net income, $1.5 million in depreciation and amortization, an increase of $1.3 million in deferred income taxes, $238 in unrealized losses on interest rate caps and an increase of $68 related to provisions for doubtful accounts. Net working capital and other activities cash outflows consisted of a decrease of $6.6 million in accrued expenses, a decrease in accrued Transaction Bonus of $19.1 million representing the Transaction Bonus payout, and a decrease of $268 in deferred revenue. These cash outflows were partially offset by a decrease of $4.8 million in accounts receivable, a

 

53


Table of Contents

decrease of $1.2 million in prepaid expenses and other current assets, an increase of $3.4 million in deferred compensation, an increase in accounts payable of $180 and an increase of $395 in amounts due to affiliated company.

Cash used in operations for the period from January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004 was $1.1 million. Our net loss of $5.6 million was primarily driven by the accrued $25.2 million Transaction Bonus, related to our acquisition from Agfa, which was partially offset by the tax benefit related to the same transaction and by income from operations. The net loss was partially offset by depreciation and amortization of $1.5 million and an increase of $2.5 million in deferred income taxes. Working capital and other activities cash inflows consisted of the $25.2 million accrued Transaction Bonus and an increase of $6.6 million in deferred revenue. These inflows were partially offset by a $17.0 million decrease in the amount due to Agfa, an $8.5 million decrease in accrued expenses, a $4.0 million increase in accounts receivables, a $1.4 million increase in prepaid expense and a $294 decrease in accounts payable and other liabilities.

Investing Activities

During 2006, we used $65.6 million in cash for investing activities, which included $53.0 million for the acquisitions of Linotype and China Type Design, $12.0 million for the purchase of exclusive licenses including the intellectual property license associated with the Linotype acquisition and $539 in capital expenditures. We amended our First and Second Credit Lien Facilities in July 2006 to complete the purchase of Linotype and the intellectual property license that was included in the purchase agreement and the acquisition of China Type Design.

Cash provided from investing activities for 2005 was $885 and consisted of a payment on the cash surrender value of life insurance contracts in the amount of $1.8 million. This was partially offset by the purchase of property and equipment of $903.

Cash used in investing activities for the period from November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004 was $163.7 million and consisted of $163.6 million for the acquisition of Agfa Monotype and $115 in payments for the life insurance contracts related to the deferred compensation plan.

Cash used in investing activities for the period from January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004 was $482 and was related to $441 in purchases of property and equipment and $41 in payments for the life insurance contracts related to the deferred compensation plan.

Financing Activities

During 2006, we generated $43.3 million in financing activities primarily as a result of $53.9 million of proceeds related to the amendment of our First and Second Credit Lien Facilities in July 2006. This refinancing was to complete the purchases of Linotype and China Type Design. Additionally, we had cash inflows of $111 for the issuance of common stock. These were partially offset from cash used for the principal payments on long-term debt on the First Lien Credit Facility, deferred costs related to our initial public offering, the repurchase of preferred and common stock and the purchase of interest rate cap to hedge the increase in the debt balances from interest rate increases.

Cash used in financing activities for 2005 was $22.7 million. This cash outflow was the result of a $33.6 million payment on long-term debt and the $48.3 million payment on the exchange of preferred stock. This was partially offset by the proceeds of $58.9 million due to the issuance of debt, $300 for the issuance of convertible preferred stock and $227 due to the issuance of common stock.

 

54


Table of Contents

Cash provided by financing activities for the period from November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004 was $184.0 million and consisted of $131.1 million in net proceeds from the First and Second Lien Credit Facilities and subordinated debt and $54.6 million from the issuance of convertible preferred stock which were used to fund the acquisition of Agfa Monotype. These cash inflows were partially offset by $959 of cash used to purchase interest rate caps to hedge our exposure of interest rate volatility resulting from the variable interest rates on our credit facilities and $750 in payment on our long-term debt.

Cash provided by financing activities for the period from January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004 was $500 and consisted of $53.3 million in cash dividends paid to Agfa, which was offset by the return of the investment in the cash management arrangement made in 2003 of $43.7 million and $10.1 million in loan repayment received from Agfa.

Contractual Obligations

The following table discloses aggregate information about our contractual obligations and periods in which payments are due as of December 31, 2006:

 

     Total    Less than
1 year
   1 — 3
years
   3 — 5
years
   More than
5 years

Long-term debt

   $ 207,491    $ 13,105    $ 25,480    $ 168,906    $     —

Lease obligations

     5,172      2,285      1,968      919     

License fees

     2,800      900      1,800      100     

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated entities, often referred to as special purpose entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes. Other than our operating leases for office space and computer equipment, and derivative financial instruments discussed in “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk”, we do not engage in off-balance sheet financing arrangements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB 109 , or FIN 48. FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes. FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure and transition. Adoption is required as of the beginning of the first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2006. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of FIN 48 and we do not believe that FIN 48 will have a material effect on our financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , or SFAS No. 157. This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement is effective for the fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We have not completed our assessment of the impact of the new statement on the financial statements, but the adoption of the statement is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

55


Table of Contents

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans , an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R). This statement requires an employer to recognize the over funded or under funded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. The funded status of the plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation. On December 31, 2006, we adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 158. The effect of adopting SFAS No. 158 on our financial condition at December 31, 2006 has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. SFAS No. 158 did not have an effect on our consolidated financial condition at December 31, 2005 or 2004. SFAS No. 158’s provisions regarding the change in the measurement date of post-retirement benefit plans did not have any effect on our consolidated financial statements, since the liability for the Plan was measured upon our acquisition of Linotype. See Note 7 to our audited financial statements for further discussion of the effect of adopting SFAS No. 158 on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2006, the SEC staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements , or SAB 108, which was issued in order to eliminate the diversity of practice surrounding how public companies quantify financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 provides interpretive guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements for the purpose of materiality assessment and allows application of its provisions either by (1) restating prior financial statements or (2) recording the cumulative effect of applying the guidance as adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities with an offsetting adjustment recorded to the opening balance of retained earnings. SAB 108 was effective for the year ended December 31, 2006. Adoption did not result in either a restatement of our prior year financial statements or a cumulative adjustment.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 . SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of the previous fiscal year provided that the entity makes that choice in the first 120 days of that fiscal year and also elects to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 159. We are in the process of evaluating the impact this pronouncement may have on our results of operations and financial condition and whether to adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 159 for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Concentration of Revenue and Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. Cash equivalents consist primarily of bank deposits and overnight repurchase agreements. Our cash and cash equivalents within the United States are placed primarily with high credit-quality financial institutions, which are members of the FDIC. Deposits of cash held outside the United States totaled approximately $576, $3.9 million and $5.2 million at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

We grant credit to customers in the ordinary course of business. Credit evaluations are performed on an ongoing basis to reduce credit risk, and no collateral is required from our customers. An allowance for uncollectible accounts is provided for those accounts receivable considered to be uncollectible based upon historical experience and credit evaluation. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, no customer individually accounted for 10% or more of our accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2004, one

 

56


Table of Contents

customer accounted for approximately 46% of our accounts receivable balance. Due to the nature of our quarterly revenue streams derived from royalty revenue, it is not unusual for our accounts receivable balances to include a few customers with large balances. Historically, we have not recorded material losses due to customers’ nonpayment.

For 2004 and 2005, one customer accounted for 15% and 13% of our total revenue, respectively. For 2006, no customer accounted for more than 10% of our revenue.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We use interest rate derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to interest rate volatility resulting from our variable rate debt, as more fully described in Note 11 to our financial statements appearing at the end of this prospectus. SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended, or SFAS 133, requires that all derivative instruments be reported on the balance sheet at fair value and establishes criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging relationships, including a requirement that all designations must be made at the inception of each instrument. As we did not make such initial designations, SFAS 133 requires changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument to be recognized as current period income or expense.

The fair value of derivative instruments is estimated based on the amount that we would receive or pay to terminate the agreements at the reporting date. In December 2004, we entered into two interest rate cap contracts in the notional amounts of $70.0 million and $30.0 million. The $70.0 million interest rate cap expires in November 2007 and the $30.0 million interest rate cap expired in November 2006. We entered into a third interest rate cap contract in September 2005, in the notional amount of $50.0 million expiring in September 2008, and in August 2006 we entered into a fourth interest rate cap in the amount of $60.0 million expiring in August of 2008. Under these contracts, to the extent that LIBOR exceeds a fixed maximum rate, we will receive payments on the notional amount. The total fair value of these financial instruments at December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 were approximately $721, $1.4 million and $955, respectively. For 2004, 2005 and 2006, we recognized a loss of approximately $238, a gain of approximately $503 and a gain of approximately $490, respectively. These amounts have been included in other income and expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

Foreign Currency Translation

In accordance with SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation , or SFAS 52, all assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is a currency other than U.S. dollars are translated into U.S. dollars at an exchange rate as of the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses of these subsidiaries are translated at the average monthly exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments as calculated from the translation of the foreign subsidiaries to U.S. dollars are recorded as a separate component of stockholders’ equity.

We also incur foreign currency exchange gains and losses related to certain customers that are invoiced in U.S. dollars, but who have the option to make an equivalent payment in their own functional currencies at a specified exchange rate as of a specified date. In the period from that date until payment in the customer’s functional currency is received and converted into U.S. dollars, we can incur realized gains and losses. Beginning in September 2005, to mitigate this exposure we began to utilize forward contracts with maturities of 90 days or less to hedge our exposure to these currency fluctuations. Any increase or decrease in the fair value of the forward contracts is offset by the change in the value of the hedged assets of our consolidated foreign affiliate. For 2005 and 2006, we incurred an exchange loss of $1.4 million and a gain of $592, respectively. In the years prior to 2005, currency hedging activities were handled by Agfa and we did not incur either gains or losses. At December 31, 2005 and 2006, we had no outstanding forward contracts.

 

57


Table of Contents

Quarterly Results of Operations

The following tables present our unaudited quarterly results of operations for the eight fiscal quarters ended December 31, 2006. This information reflects all normal non-recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. The results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results that may be expected in any future period.

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2005
    June 30,
2005
    September 30,
2005
    December 31,
2005
    March 31,
2006
    June 30,
2006
    September 30,
2006
   

December 31,

2006

 
                            Restated(1)     Restated(1)     Restated(1)        

Revenue:

               

OEM

  $ 14,127     $ 14,151     $ 15,485     $ 15,310     $ 14,794     $ 15,625     $ 17,369     $ 16,480  

Creative professional

    3,435       4,134       3,250       3,884       3,672       3,879       5,417       8,968  
                                                               

Total revenue

    17,562       18,285       18,735       19,194       18,466       19,504       22,786       25,448  

Cost of revenue

    2,193       2,366       2,240       2,714       2,132       2,093       2,327       1,753  

Cost of revenue—amortization of acquired technology

    602       602       602       602       602       602       703       1,114  

Marketing and selling

    2,803       3,155       2,788       2,984       3,043       3,164       4,250       4,474  

Research and development

    2,393       2,928       2,290       3,057       2,928       2,997       3,802       4,086  

General and administrative

    1,172       1,248       1,357       1,862       1,817       1,789       2,067       4,439  

Amortization of other intangible assets

    1,614       1,615       1,615       1,615       1,686       1,687       1,789       1,525  
                                                               

Total costs and expenses

    10,777       11,914       10,892       12,834       12,208       12,332       14,938       17,391  

Income from operations

    6,785       6,371       7,843       6,360       6,258       7,172       7,848       8,057  

Interest expense

    3,016       3,013       4,738       4,126       4,131       3,929       6,411       5,216  

Interest income

    (24 )     (51 )     (65 )     (18 )     (16 )     (66 )     (30 )     (59 )

Other (income) expense, net

    (296 )     1,305       (320 )     130       (722 )     (588 )     (699 )     (1,155 )
                                                               

Total other expenses

    2,696       4,267       4,353       4,238       3,393       3,275       5,682       4,002  

Income before provision for income taxes

    4,089       2,104       3,490       2,122       2,865       3,897       2,166       4,055  

Provision for income taxes

    1,636       842       1,403       803       1,151       1,528       1,784       1,458  
                                                               

Net income

  $ 2,453     $ 1,262     $ 2,087     $ 1,319     $ 1,714     $ 2,369     $ 382     $ 2,597  
                                                               

Earnings (loss) per common share data:

               

Basic

  $ 0.21     $ 0.00     $ 0.09     $ (0.67 )   $ (2.73 )   $ (3.32 )   $ (11.06 )   $ (11.08 )

Diluted

  $ 0.18     $ 0.00     $ 0.07     $ (0.67 )   $ (2.73 )   $ (3.32 )   $ (11.06 )   $ (11.08 )

Weighted average number of shares:

               

Basic

    342,890       342,890       342,890          388,437          519,929          567,194          610,048          656,345  

Diluted

    6,823,963       6,828,468       6,886,300       388,437       519,929       567,194       610,048       656,345  

(1) In connection with the December 31, 2006 year end closing process, we determined that we understated other (income) expense by $349, $581 and $255 of income for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, respectively. We concluded that the adjustment was the result of the correction of an error, and therefore restated other (income) expense and net income for these quarterly periods.

 

58


Table of Contents

We generally recognize OEM revenue upon receipt of royalty reports from our OEM customers. This is usually the quarter after they ship a product that includes our text imaging solutions. Historically we have experienced and we expect to continue to have lower revenue in the first quarter of the calendar year than in the preceding quarter due to the timing of some contractual payments of licensing fees from our OEM customers. In addition, our OEM revenue in the fourth quarters of 2005 and 2006 declined compared to the prior quarters due to the timing of payments from a significant customer. Our creative professional revenue also fluctuates from quarter to quarter, and historically has been lowest in the first and third quarters of the year. Creative professional revenue was up substantially in the fourth quarter of 2006 compared to the prior quarters due to the inclusion of Linotype for a full quarter. General and administrative expenses were substantially higher in the fourth quarter of 2006 due to a one-time expense related to audits and the preparation of prior financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP for Linotype as well as expenses related to preparing to be a public company. Our effective tax rate for the quarter ended September 30, 2006 was higher than that of our other quarters due to transactions with our foreign subsidiaries that were deemed to be dividends for income tax purposes. We do not believe that a quarter to quarter comparison of our financial information is the most accurate way to evaluate our financial performance.

 

59


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading global provider of text imaging solutions. Our technologies and fonts enable the display and printing of high quality digital text. Our software technologies have been widely deployed across and embedded in a range of CE devices, including laser printers, digital copiers, mobile phones, digital televisions, set-top boxes and digital cameras, as well as in numerous software applications and operating systems. In the laser printer market, we have worked together with industry leaders for over 15 years to provide critical components embedded in printing standards. Our scaling, compression, text layout, color and printer driver technologies solve critical text imaging issues for CE device manufacturers by rendering high quality text on low resolution and memory constrained CE devices. We combine these proprietary technologies with access to over 9,000 typefaces from a library of some of the most widely used designs in the world, including popular names like Helvetica and Times New Roman. We also license our typefaces to creative and business professionals through custom font design services, direct sales and our e-commerce websites fonts.com, itcfonts.com, linotype.com and faces.co.uk, which attracted more than 20 million visits in 2006 from over 200 countries.

Our customers include:

 

   

mobile phone makers Nokia, Motorola and Sony Ericsson;

 

   

laser printer manufacturers Hewlett-Packard, Kyocera Mita and Canon;

 

   

digital television and set-top box manufacturers Pioneer, JVC, Sony, Sanyo, Amino Communications and Cisco (Scientific Atlanta); and

 

   

multinational corporations Agilent, British Airways and Barclays.

Our text imaging solutions are embedded in a broad range of CE devices and are compatible with most major operating environments and those developed directly by CE device manufacturers. We partner with operating system and software application vendors Microsoft, Apple, Symbian, Qualcomm and ACCESS (PalmSource). We estimate that our technologies and fonts were embedded in over 50% of the laser printers shipped in 2006. Additionally, we are an active participant in the development of industry standards.

Our key text imaging technologies include:

 

   

Font Scaling, Compression and Rasterizing Technologies

 

   

Our iType font scaling engine enables the high quality display of text in every major language and in any size on memory constrained CE devices.

 

   

Our Universal Font Scaling Technology enables the efficient, high-quality rendering of printed text in a wide array of fonts.

 

   

Our Asian Compression for TrueType enables the accurate and extremely fast rendering of high-quality Asian typefaces for both display and laser printer imaging.

 

60


Table of Contents
   

Text Layout Engines

 

   

Our WorldType Layout Engine enables CE devices to display text accurately in complex languages, including Indic, Arabic and Hebrew scripts.

 

   

Printer Driver Kits

 

   

Our printer driver kits enable laser printer manufacturers to create customized laser printer drivers that allow applications to print as intended.

 

   

Imaging Tools

 

   

Our ColorSet imaging tools enable printer manufacturers complete control over high-quality color reproduction while minimizing development time.

Industry Overview and Market Opportunity

Font technology has evolved rapidly with the increase in the functionality of CE devices. The latest generation of digital font technology focuses on scalable fonts rather than bitmaps. Bitmaps require the storage of images for each individual character and size, which limits deployment across multiple CE devices. Scalable fonts are more flexible, compressed and memory efficient.

CE devices are marketed globally and increasingly require robust multi-media functionality. Consumers are increasingly acquiring rich digital media content from service providers, over the Internet, as packaged media and from other users. CE device manufacturers must display text from these different sources, provide consistent look and feel across CE devices, support worldwide languages and provide enhanced navigation and personalization. Laser printer manufacturers are utilizing text imaging solutions to enhance functionality and add features.

Consumers want to access content anywhere, anytime and on any CE device. As technologies enable a revolution where media moves seamlessly from one CE device to another, scalable text imaging technologies that are optimized for these CE devices become critical. For example, PC-like rich media functionality is moving to the mobile phone platform, driving the adoption of robust scalable text and digital televisions are incorporating scalable text for navigation and connectivity.

The rapid change in the capabilities and functionality of multimedia enabled CE devices, together with the increased reliance by laser printer manufacturers on enhancing technologies to drive value, favor comprehensive global text imaging solutions.

 

61


Table of Contents

LOGO

The market for laser printers and digital copiers is generally more mature and stable than the rest of the CE device market, and this has resulted in commoditization at the lower-end of the market. Laser printer manufacturers have responded by increasing the functionality of their products, with advancements such as a larger number of embedded fonts and color output, scanning and copying capabilities. This increasing functionality is in turn driving the advancement of the printer industry, particularly the laser printer industry which accounts for a significant portion of the printer market. A 2007 IDC report estimates that more than 33 million laser printers were sold in 2006 generating $41 billion in revenue for laser printer manufacturers.

LOGO

 

62


Table of Contents

Graphic designers, advertisers, printers, publishers and other creative and business professionals also rely heavily on fonts to convey meaning and to differentiate brand identity. For example, creative and business professionals at multinational corporations are increasingly tasked with creating solutions that extend branding and marketing communications into new markets around the world. Creative and business professionals historically acquired fonts primarily from local or regional distributors or dealers. However, we believe online font vendors have become the preferred channel to acquire fonts due to the larger selection, greater ease of use, and the ability to easily access font libraries from anywhere.

OEMs and creative and business professionals are increasingly demanding comprehensive text imaging solutions with flexible technologies that can be rapidly integrated into their products. In the CE device market, advanced text imaging solutions, including scalable and multilingual type that is optimized for CE device memory and display limitations, are critical in supporting text portability. We believe laser printer manufacturers are utilizing text imaging solutions to enhance functionality and combat declining prices. In addition, creative and business professionals like graphic designers and advertising agencies are turning to text imaging solutions more frequently for branding and marketing in today’s increasingly global business environment. As a result, OEMs and creative and business professionals are demanding advanced text imaging solutions that are powerful and easy to use, and that continue to develop and evolve to address their text imaging needs.

Competitive Strengths

Our text imaging solutions provide critical technologies and fonts for users that require the ability to display or print high quality digital text. Our core strengths include:

Technological and Intellectual Property Leadership.     We are a leading global provider of text imaging solutions for laser printers. We have achieved this leadership position by combining our proprietary technologies with an extensive font library that includes many of the world’s most popular typefaces. We are leveraging our intellectual property and experience in this market to secure a leading position in other high volume CE device categories. For example, we currently ship our text imaging solutions on mobile phones manufactured by three of the largest manufacturers of mobile phones by unit-volume. We have also established footholds in the digital television, digital camera and other emerging CE device categories.

Established Relationships with Market Leaders.     We benefit from established relationships with our OEM customers, many of which date back 15 years or more. We work collaboratively with them and obtain insight into their product roadmap and future requirements. Because our technologies and fonts are embedded in the hardware of our customers’ CE devices, it would be costly and time-consuming to replace them. Our OEM customers include many of the largest and most successful companies in each of the markets that we serve. In the mobile phone and CE device space, we provide technologies to market leaders Cisco (Scientific Atlanta), Sony, Nokia, Motorola and Sony Ericsson. In the laser printer market our customers include Hewlett Packard, Kyocera Mita and Canon. Our operating system and application partners include Microsoft, Apple, Qualcomm and Symbian.

International Presence and Technologies Designed to Serve the Global Market.     In 2006, 58.4% of our revenue was derived from sales by our operating subsidiaries located in Japan, the United Kingdom, Germany and China. Our customers are located in the United States, Asia, Europe and throughout the world. Our technologies and font IP are critical to our OEM customers that manufacture high volume CE devices that have multimedia functionality and multinational distribution. We support all of the world’s major languages and have specifically designed scalable font rendering technologies for displaying rich content in Asian and other non-Latin languages. We enable OEM customers to engineer a common platform supporting multiple languages, reducing their cost and time to market and increasing product

 

63


Table of Contents

flexibility. Increasingly, the center of design, manufacturing and consumption of CE devices is in China, Japan and Korea. We have over 15 years of experience partnering with Asian companies like Ricoh, Toshiba and Kyocera Mita. Additionally, through our acquisition of China Type Design, we have expanded our text imaging solutions portfolio and our international presence.

Strong Web Presence and Font Design Services.     We have built an extensive customer base of creative and business professionals to whom we license fonts. Our flagship website with the intuitive domain name, fonts.com , along with our other e-commerce websites, including the European site linotype.com , provide us with a substantial web presence offering over 100,000 font products. We have also provided custom font design and branding services to many multinational corporations.

Attractive Business Model.     We have a large, recurring base of licensing revenue that is based, in part, on multi-year financial commitments by our OEM customers. In addition, our revenue is highly visible due to our established relationships with our OEM customers and due to quarterly royalty reports we receive from those customers. As a technology licensing business, we generate significant cash flows from incremental OEM revenue. We have a relatively low cash tax rate which increases our cash flows. We have low capital requirements, which drive high returns on invested capital.

Experienced Leadership and Employee Base.     Our senior management has an average of 16 years of experience in the text imaging solutions business. Robert M. Givens, our Chairman of the board of directors, and Douglas J. Shaw, our President, Chief Executive Officer and director, have presided over the successful introduction of our text imaging solutions in each of our served markets for over 20 years. Our Chief Financial Officer, Jacqueline D. Arthur, brings significant public company experience from previous positions. John L. Seguin, our Executive Vice President, is a long-time veteran of companies that supply technologies to the CE device industry. Many of the members of our sales, engineering and support staff have been with us since we began serving OEMs and creative and business professionals. As a result, there is significant continuity between our team and our key customers.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to extend our position as a leading global provider of text imaging solutions. We intend to:

Increase Penetration of our Technologies and Fonts into Emerging CE Device Categories.     We believe our technologies and fonts are increasingly vital to the mass-market success of certain high growth CE device categories like high-end mobile phones, digital televisions, set-top boxes and digital cameras. We have an established base of customers in these CE device categories and we intend to increase our targeted sales activities to add new customers and increase the number of products, models, applications and systems in which our technologies and fonts are embedded. We intend to market our text imaging solutions for inclusion in emerging CE device categories with sophisticated display imaging needs like high definition DVD players and DVD recorders and in-vehicle entertainment devices. In addition, we intend to extend our reach into new products, customers and models by continuing to partner with leading independent software vendors.

Extend our Leadership Position with Enhanced Technologies in the Laser Printer Market .    While the laser printer market has been growing at a slower pace than the market for other CE devices, we have historically sustained consistent growth by anticipating and rapidly adapting to changes in this market. For example, we tailored our products to support PCL and PostScript and, in anticipation of the upcoming release of Microsoft Windows Vista, are prepared to support XPS and the increased font offering that will be part of Microsoft Windows Vista. As laser printers evolved from analog and monochrome to digital and color printers and, more recently to multi-function printers, we also enhanced our existing compression technologies and imaging tools to maintain the high quality rendering of printed text in these new CE

 

64


Table of Contents

devices. We also introduced new products like our printer driver kits and color tools to address the increasing demand for customized driver applications. We intend to leverage our extensive experience in this market and our long standing relationships with laser printer manufacturers to maintain our leadership position in the laser printer market.

Leverage our Installed Base of Leading OEM Customers by Providing New Technologies and Fonts.     Our customers include many of the largest manufacturers in the CE device markets as well as independent software vendors and we continually seek to develop new technologies and fonts to serve these customers. By providing additional technologies and fonts, we seek to leverage our core relationships to maintain or increase the average selling prices of our text imaging solutions and to further penetrate our existing OEM customer base. Such technologies include worldwide language support products for laser printer manufacturers optimized for the Microsoft Windows Vista platform and new products and technologies for multi-function and color printers.

Expand and Deepen our Global Presence, Particularly in Asia.     We intend to drive our revenue growth by leveraging our knowledge of global markets and our global operations. We believe that the expected continued economic growth in Asia will further the demand for Asian text imaging solutions. Through organic expansion and acquisitions, including our recent acquisition of China Type Design, we are increasing our ability to service CE device manufacturers and consumers throughout the world. We intend to focus on the Chinese, Japanese and Korean language markets for laser printers and digital copiers, which together represent approximately 25% of the total global laser printer market. We believe that there are significant growth opportunities in these markets due to our limited penetration to date.

Continue to Develop our Online Offerings and Services.     We have a strong online presence with our websites fonts.com, itcfonts.com, linotype.com and faces.co.uk. These websites attracted more than 20 million visits in 2006 from over 200 countries. We believe there are opportunities to increase our revenue per visitor by continuing to offer innovative solutions to this community of users, as well as to benefit from growth in web traffic at these sites. We intend to leverage our web presence to capitalize on the emerging trends in the CE device markets like the demand for personalization of CE devices.

Selectively Pursue Complementary Acquisitions, Strategic Partnerships and Third-Party Intellectual Property.     We intend to pursue selected acquisitions, strategic partnerships and third-party intellectual property to accelerate our time to market with complementary text imaging solutions, penetrate new geographies and enhance our intellectual property portfolio. We believe that the market for laser printer and other text imaging technologies is still fragmented. We have a demonstrated track record of identifying, acquiring and integrating companies that enhance our intellectual property portfolio.

Our Products

We develop text imaging solutions that enable the display and printing of high quality text in all of the world’s major languages and are compatible with most major operating environments and those developed directly by CE device manufacturers. Our proprietary technologies address critical text imaging needs for CE device manufacturers by rendering high quality text on low resolution and memory constrained CE devices. We combine these proprietary technologies with access to over 9,000 typefaces. Our key text imaging technologies include:

Font Scaling, Compression and Rasterizing Technologies.     Our iType font scaling engine renders high quality text on the small screens of CE devices, including mobile phones, hand-held computers, video game consoles and set-top boxes in virtually any language and any size. The iType engine is fully compatible with industry-standard font formats of TrueType and OpenType as well as our proprietary format for stroke-based Asian fonts. iType is designed to be embedded into a wide range of memory

 

65


Table of Contents

constrained CE devices, software applications and operating systems and delivers enhanced display quality and cost savings for CE devices over static font technology, such as bitmaps. Our technology reduces the CE device manufacturer’s test time, time-to-market and cost of deployment. The iType engine also has low memory requirements, multi-lingual character support, including non-Latin languages, and compatibility with the majority of vendor interfaces. Our newly introduced iType 3.0 SmartHint technology provides improved scalability for smaller sizes of Asian fonts that include numerous strokes. This innovative and proprietary technology preserves correct spatial relationships in text characters and intelligently eliminates strokes while preserving the integrity of each character. iType is fully compatible with NTT DoCoMo’s i-mode access platform and supports Federal Communications Commission’s requirements for closed captioning on digital and analog televisions.

Our font scaling engine and font compression technologies for laser printers reside within the laser printer font subsystem in the form of embedded software, which enables laser printers to render high quality text through a fast, memory-efficient font compression system. Our primary laser printer imaging products are our font scaling engine, Universal Font Scaling Technology, or UFST, and a patented font compression technology, MicroType. Our font scaling engine and font compression technologies are compatible with virtually all font formats and CE device manufacturers’ standards, including PostScript and PCL. We currently license these products to over 60 laser printer manufacturers worldwide.

We have also developed Asian Compression for TrueType, or ACT, font compression technology for the highly demanding font requirements of Asian and other non-Latin languages. Resident within the UFST or iType engines, as applicable, the ACT font compression technology can reduce Asian font memory requirements by up to 70 percent over alternative technologies. ACT produces accurate and fast rendering of high-quality Asian typeface images for laser printers, digital copiers, mobile phones, digital televisions, set-top boxes and digital cameras.

Text Layout Engine.     WorldType Layout Engine is designed for building complex language subsystems, including left-reading and right-reading languages displayed in a single line, which allow CE devices to display multilingual text. The positioning and layout of complex languages and scripts, like Indic, Arabic, and Hebrew scripts, must follow rules for character shaping and construction based on the line of text. Even within each specific language, these rules can be variable from line to line depending on the context of a written message or how it may be edited. Once integrated into an operating system or application, WorldType Layout Engine can handle various intricacies including line layout, contextual character shaping or substitution, ligatures, combined characters and bi-directional text flow. WorldType Layout Engine works with either our iType or UFST technology and can automatically interpret linguistic traits that are part of the complex writing systems of Hindi, Arabic and other languages, which is an important feature in CE devices such as mobile phones.

Printer Driver Kits.     Our printer driver kits, or PDKs, enable the creation of customized printer drivers by providing software tools that allow applications to print as intended. The Graphics PDK for PDL-based laser printers and the Image PDK for host-based laser and ink jet printers are compliant with Microsoft Windows printing architecture and contain source code for both the core driver and the graphical user interface. In anticipation of the release of Microsoft Windows Vista operating system we will be making available drivers that will be compliant with Microsoft’s new XPS printing language.

Imaging Tools.     Our ColorSet imaging tools for laser printer manufacturers give our OEM customers complete control over high-quality color reproduction while minimizing development time. We offer three ColorSet tool kits. ColorSet Management Module Tool Kit ensures consistent color mapping between input and output CE devices. ColorSet Profile Tool Kit saves time creating profiles and editing applications. ColorSet Screening Tool Kit maximizes image quality in color laser printers. Each of these kits allows our OEM customers to maximize image quality on color laser printers while supporting industry standards.

 

66


Table of Contents

Font Products and Services.     A key component of our text imaging solutions is our library of over 9,000 typefaces, which includes fonts owned by us and fonts that we have licensed from third parties. Our library has three components: the Monotype library, the Linotype library and the ITC library. The Monotype library includes a license to certain fonts owned by The Monotype Corporation and licensed to us by Microsoft Licensing GP, both wholly-owned subsidiaries of Microsoft Corporation, including some of the most popular fonts such as Arial and Times New Roman. In certain cases, the license is exclusive. The Linotype library includes Helvetica and Univers and the ITC library includes ITC Avant Garde and ITC Bookman. We have strong relationships with a broad network of highly talented font designers that we leverage to ensure that new fonts are continually being added to our library.

Our core sets of fonts consist of the PCL 6 and PostScript 3 font collections. These fonts are designed for compatibility with HP and Adobe font specifications.

We have designed fonts for CE devices that meet government and industry specifications and address the needs of OEMs. For example, our closed caption font set supports the Federal Communications Commission’s requirements for closed captioning display on digital and analog television sets. We also offer Japanese fonts that conform to Japan’s Association of Radio Industries and Business data coding and transmission specification for digital broadcasting. Our stroke-based fonts are optimized for CE device memory and display limitations. Also, some of our fonts were designed especially for low-resolution CE devices such as television screens.

Creative and business professionals historically acquired fonts primarily from local or regional distributors or dealers. However, more recently, online font vendors have become the preferred method for creative and business professionals to acquire fonts due to the larger selection, ease of use and the ability to access font libraries from anywhere. During 2006, our e-commerce websites fonts.com, itcfonts.com, linotype.com and faces.co.uk attracted 20 million visits from over 200 countries and allow creative and business professionals to purchase and download over 100,000 high quality font products. In addition to our online offerings, creative and business professionals are able to license font packages on a multi-user basis. We also provide custom font design services for corporate branding and identity purposes.

Font Management Technology.     Our Fontwise technology allows creative and business professional customers to audit, manage and purchase font licenses. The Fontwise client-server software scans the corporate network and reports on all font files found, identifying fonts for which the user does not have a license and allows the user to enter into the required licenses with us or the relevant font supplier or publisher.

Our FontExplorer X font management software allows the end-user to identify fonts required to view and print a given document as the original author intended and provides an easy way to license that font.

Our Customers

Our customers are among the world’s leading CE device manufacturers and creative and business professionals, including:

 

   

mobile phone makers Nokia, Motorola and Sony Ericsson;

 

   

laser printer manufacturers Hewlett-Packard, Kyocera Mita and Canon;

 

   

digital television and set-top box manufacturers Pioneer, JVC, Sony, Sanyo, Amino Communications and Cisco (Scientific Atlanta); and

 

   

multinational corporations Agilent, British Airways and Barclays.

 

67


Table of Contents

In 2006, our top ten licensees by revenue accounted for approximately 53.0% of our total revenue. See “Note 15—Segment Reporting” for financial information about foreign countries from which we derive revenue.

Sales and Marketing

Our OEM sales efforts are focused on large CE device manufacturers and independent software vendors with whom we seek to establish long-term relationships. Our creative and business professional sales representatives directly target prospective corporate clients and specialty dealers to whom we may provide our fonts and custom font design services. As of December 31, 2006, our global sales team included 47 sales and sales support personnel located throughout our offices worldwide.

Our marketing organization works to deliver a consistent message detailing our capabilities and to develop new avenues for presenting our text imaging solutions. Our marketing efforts are principally focused on promoting our websites fonts.com , itcfonts.com, linotype.com and faces.co.uk through affiliate programs, search engine optimization and email marketing which drive traffic to our websites. Once at our websites, creative and business professionals can find recent typographic news, read typeface designer profiles and access a wealth of educational content, in addition to a selection of over 100,000 font products.

We promote all of our text imaging solutions through a combination of newsletters, print advertising and attendance at conferences and tradeshows. Our email marketing communications, comprised of a registered user-base who has opted-in to receive our emails, include font-related articles, company news and news articles and product offerings. We also maintain our corporate website at monotypeimaging.com , which focuses on promoting our corporate identity and our offerings for our OEM customers. We have a non-profit organization based in the United Kingdom, the Monotype Foundation, which provides scholarships to students studying typography and increases our visibility overseas.

Employees and Consultants

As of December 31, 2006, we employed 239 persons in addition to 71 consultants. We have an exclusive relationship with Creative Calligraphy Center, a consulting firm that provides font design and production services in China.

None of our employees or consultants are represented by a union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. Our Linotype employees are represented by a work council. This work council has the right to participate in certain decisions by Linotype, including operational changes, like relocation of the business or change of control transactions, and social matters, like wages and salaries and working hours. We believe that our relations with our employees and consultants are good.

Intellectual Property

We rely on a combination of copyright, patent and trademark laws and on contractual restrictions to establish and protect proprietary rights in our technologies and fonts. Whenever possible, we enter into non-disclosure agreements with our suppliers, partners and others to limit access to and disclosure of our proprietary information.

We apply for U.S. patents with respect to our technologies and seek copyright registration of our software and U.S. and international trademark registration of our marks in those instances in which we determine that it is competitively advantageous and cost effective to do so. We have been granted a total of seven patents by, and have 14 patents pending with, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Our most

 

68


Table of Contents

important patents are related to our MicroType font compression technology, subpixel rendering technology and ACT technology. We have unregistered trademarks and registered trademarks where appropriate, on the key fonts of our font libraries. We intend to continue our policy of taking all measures we deem necessary to protect our patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark rights.

Some of our fonts are owned by third parties and are licensed to us under exclusive and non-exclusive licenses. We have also collaborated with third parties in the production and development of fonts.

Competition

Our text imaging solutions compete with the solutions offered by a variety of companies, including vendors of laser printer and display imaging technologies and printer drivers and providers of fonts. We compete principally on the basis of our technical innovation and engineering expertise, the breadth of our font offerings and the overall performance of our text imaging solutions, including reliability and timely delivery. Competition with our solutions principally comes from Adobe and Bitstream, but we also compete with local providers of text imaging solutions whose solutions are specific to a particular country’s language. We also compete with FreeType, an open source collaborative organization that provides its Linux font rendering code for free, and with printer driver provider Software Imaging. The competition for our fonts and custom font design services generally comes from companies offering their own typeface libraries and custom typeface services, including Bitstream and Adobe, font foundry websites, font-related websites and independent professionals. More generally, we also compete with in-house resources of our OEM customers in the areas of font, driver and color technologies.

Some of our current or future competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do, may enjoy greater name recognition than we do, or may have more experience or advantages than we have in the markets in which they compete. Further, many of the CE devices that incorporate our solutions also include solutions developed by our competitors. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in product development in order to enhance our text imaging solutions and introduce new high-quality solutions to meet the wide variety of such competitive pressures. Our ability to generate revenue from our business will suffer if we fail to do so successfully.

Facilities

We lease approximately 32,000 square feet of space for our headquarters facilities in Woburn, Massachusetts under an agreement that expires in February 2011. We also maintain eight additional leased facilities in Mount Prospect, Illinois, Redwood City, California, Boulder, Colorado, Salfords, United Kingdom, Berkshire, United Kingdom, Tokyo, Japan, Hong Kong, China and Bad Homburg, Germany. We do not consider any specific leased facility to be material to our operations. We believe equally suited facilities are available in several other areas throughout the United States and abroad.

Legal Proceedings

On October 30, 2006, Adobe filed an action in the United States District Court of the Northern District of California against Linotype alleging that Linotype breached its obligations under agreements between Linotype and Adobe by failing to pay all royalties due under those agreements, submitting inaccurate royalty reports and using the fonts licensed under those agreements improperly and without authorization. Adobe requests unspecified money damages, a declaratory judgment, costs and attorneys’ fees. On March 2, 2007, the court entered an order staying the action until August 15, 2007. We intend to vigorously contest the action.

 

69


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following table sets forth information regarding our directors and executive officers, including their ages as of March 15, 2007:

 

Name

   Age   

Position

Douglas J. Shaw

   51    President and Chief Executive Officer and Director

Jacqueline D. Arthur

   57    Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary

John L. Seguin

   52    Executive Vice President

Jeffrey J. Burk

   53    Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary

David R. DeWitt

   49    Vice President and General Manager, Creative Professional

Janet M. Dunlap

   42    General Counsel and Secretary

Geoffrey W. Greve

   49    Vice President, Font Development

Steven R. Martin

   44    Vice President, Engineering and Development

John H. McCallum

   50    Managing Director, Monotype Imaging Ltd.

David L. McCarthy

   49    Vice President and General Manager, OEM Sales

Patricia J. Money

   50    Vice President, Human Resources

Jack P. Murphy

   58    Vice President, Research and Development

Frank Wildenberg

   40    Managing Director, Linotype GmbH

Robert M. Givens

   62    Chairman of the Board of Directors

A. Bruce Johnston(1)(3)

   47    Director

Roger J. Heinen, Jr.(1)(3).

   56    Director

Pamela F. Lenehan(2)(3)

   54    Director

Jonathan W. Meeks(2)

   34    Director

Peter J. Simone(1)(2)

   59    Director

 


 

(1) Member of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

 

(2) Member of the audit committee.

 

(3) Member of the compensation committee.

Douglas J. Shaw .    Mr. Shaw has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since January 2007. From November 2004 until December 2006, he served as our Senior Vice President and has served as a member of our board of directors since our acquisition from Agfa in November 2004. From October 1988 until November 2004, Mr. Shaw served in various capacities with Agfa and, beginning in 2000, as the Senior Vice President of Agfa Monotype. From May 1981 until it was acquired by Agfa in 1988, Mr. Shaw was employed by Compugraphic Corp. He co-founded the Font Technologies division of Compugraphic Corp. with Mr. Givens in October 1986. Mr. Shaw holds a bachelor’s degree in accounting from Boston College and a master’s degree in business administration from Babson College.

Jacqueline D. Arthur .    Ms. Arthur has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since May 2005. From November 2002 until May 2005, she was the Chief Financial Officer of Aprisma Management Technologies, a business service management software company. From November 2001 until November 2002 she was an independent consultant, advising technology companies on capital

 

70


Table of Contents

raising and acquisitions. From 1991 until 1994, Ms. Arthur was the Chief Financial Officer of T Cell Sciences, a biotechnology company. From 1994 until 1997, she was the Chief Financial Officer of CP Clare, a provider of semiconductor and electromagnetic relays, switches, and specialized electronic components. She took CP Clare public in 1995. In addition, Ms. Arthur served on the board of directors of Banknorth Group, Inc. from 1996 to 2000 and served on both the audit committee and compensation committee. Ms. Arthur holds a joint honors degree in economics and engineering from London University and is a chartered accountant.

John L. Seguin.     Mr. Seguin has served as our Executive Vice President, responsible for our OEM business, since August 2006. From November 2004 until August 2006, he served as our Senior Vice President and General Manager, Display Imaging. From July 2004 until November 2004, Mr. Seguin was Senior Vice President and General Manager, Display Imaging at Agfa Monotype. From February 2004 until May 2004, Mr. Seguin was Vice President, Worldwide Sales of Sand Video Inc., a developer of advanced video compression semiconductor technology for a broad range of consumer digital video applications, until its acquisition by Broadcom Inc. From March 1999 until February 2004, Mr. Seguin served in various executive capacities at Xionics Document Technologies, Inc., a provider of embedded software solutions for printer and copier OEMs, and its successors Oak Technology, Inc., a supplier of semiconductor chips for optical storage devices, digital televisions and multi-function printers, and Zoran Corporation, a developer and manufacturer of chips that are used in a wide range of consumer electronics, including as Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Marketing for the Imaging Division. Mr. Seguin holds a bachelor’s degree in marketing from Southeastern Massachusetts University and a master’s degree in business administration from Suffolk University.

Jeffrey J. Burk .    Mr. Burk has served as our Vice President, Treasurer and Assistant Secretary since our acquisition from Agfa in November 2004. From February 2004 until November 2004, Mr. Burk was Vice President, Finance at Agfa Monotype. From January 2000 until February 2004, Mr. Burk was Controller at Agfa Monotype. Mr. Burk has been with us and our predecessors since the founding of the Font Technologies division of Compugraphic Corp. in October 1986. Mr. Burk holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of New Hampshire and a master’s degree in business administration from Northeastern University.

David R. DeWitt .    Mr. DeWitt has served as our Vice President and General Manager, Creative Professional since August 2006. From November 2004 until August 2006, he served as our General Manager, Creative Professional Division North America. From August 2002 until November 2004, he served as General Manager, Creative Professional Division North America at Agfa Monotype. From November 1996 until July 2002, he served as Director of Sales and Marketing at Agfa Monotype. Mr. DeWitt holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of Kentucky.

Janet M. Dunlap .    Ms. Dunlap has served as our General Counsel since September 2006. From October 2000 until September 2006, Ms. Dunlap was a partner at Goodwin Procter LLP. From September 1993 until October 2000, Ms. Dunlap was an associate at Goodwin Procter LLP. Ms. Dunlap holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from Franklin and Marshall College and a juris doctorate from Boston College Law School.

Geoffrey W. Greve .    Mr. Greve has served as our Vice President of Font Development since November 2004. From July 2004 until November 2004, he served as Vice President of Font Development at Agfa Monotype. From April 2001 until July 2004 he served as Director of Software Operations and Customer Services for Gyricon LLC, a provider of display technologies. From April 1999 through March 2001, Mr. Greve served as Vice President and General Manager of Business Development for Galapagos Design Group, Inc., an independent digital type foundry that provides type products and font customization services. Prior to April 1999, Mr. Greve served in various capacities with Bitstream, a software development company, including Vice President of Type Operations.

 

71


Table of Contents

Steven R. Martin .    Mr. Martin has served as our Vice President, Engineering and Development since March 2005. From January 2004 until March 2005, Mr. Martin served as the Director of Engineering at Newmarket International, a provider of enterprise software solutions to the global hospitality and entertainment industries. From 1993 until December 2003, Mr. Martin served in various capacities with ScanSoft, Inc., a software company known for its speech recognition and speech synthesis software, including as Vice President, New Product Development for ScanSoft’s optical character recognition and imaging division from February 2001 until December 2003. Mr. Martin holds a bachelor’s degree in computer science from Fitchburg State College and a master’s degree in computer science from George Washington University.

John H. McCallum .    Mr. McCallum has served as Managing Director, Monotype UK, since January 1995. From May 1993 until December 1994, he served as Operations Director of Monotype UK.

David L. McCarthy .    Mr. McCarthy has served as our Vice President and General Manager, OEM Sales since August 2006. He served as Vice President and General Manager, Printer Imaging from our acquisition from Agfa in November 2004 to August 2006. From September 2002 until November 2004, Mr. McCarthy served as the Vice President and General Manager, Printer Imaging at Agfa Monotype. From November 1999 until September 2002, Mr. McCarthy served as Vice President, OEM Sales at Agfa. From December 1997 until October 1999, Mr. McCarthy served in various capacities with Agfa. Mr. McCarthy has been with us and our predecessors since March 1990.

Patricia J. Money .    Ms. Money has served as our Vice President, Human Resources since August 2006. From November 2004 until August 2006 she served as our Human Resources Director. From January 2001 until November 2004 she served as Human Resources Director and from March 2000 until December 2000 she served as Human Resources Manager at Agfa Monotype. Ms. Money holds a bachelor’s degree in business administration from the University of Memphis.

Jack P. Murphy .    Mr. Murphy has served as our Vice President, Research and Development since June 2005. From November 2004 until June 2005 he served as our Director, Engineering Display Imaging. From September 2002 until November 2004, he served as Director, Engineering Display Imaging at Agfa Monotype. From October 1998 until September 2002 he served as Director, New Enterprises at Agfa Monotype. From September 1993 until October 1998, he served as Engineering Manager at Agfa. Mr. Murphy holds a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering and a master’s degree in business administration from Northeastern University.

Frank Wildenberg .    Mr. Wildenberg has served as the Managing Director of Linotype, since September 2006. From December 2005 until September 2006, he served as Director, Sales & Marketing of Linotype. From October 2001 until November 2005, Mr. Wildenberg served as Division Manager at Fredenhagen GmbH & Co. KG, a provider of automated materials handling systems. Mr. Wildenberg holds a degree in engineering from Technische Hochschule Darmstadt (University of Darmstadt) in Germany and holds a master’s degree in business administration from EAE — Escuela de Administracion de Empresas (EAE Business School) in Barcelona, Spain.

Robert M. Givens .    Mr. Givens has served as a member of our board of directors since our acquisition from Agfa in November 2004 and has served as Chairman of the board of directors since November 2006. From November 2004 until December 2006, Mr. Givens served as our President and Chief Executive Officer. From October 1988 until November 2004, Mr. Givens served in various capacities with Agfa and, beginning in 2000, as President of Agfa Monotype. From September 1975 until it was acquired by Agfa in 1988, Mr. Givens was employed by Compugraphic Corp. He co-founded the Font Technologies division of Compugraphic Corp. with Mr. Shaw in October 1986. Mr. Givens holds a bachelor’s degree in biology from Millikin University and a master’s degree from Indiana University in higher education/student personnel.

 

72


Table of Contents

A. Bruce Johnston .    Mr. Johnston has served as a member of our board of directors and, until November 2006, as Chairman of the board of directors since our acquisition from Agfa in November 2004. Mr. Johnston was employed at TA Associates, a private equity firm, from June 1992 until September 1999. From September 1999 until September 2001, Mr. Johnston served as President of idealab! Boston, a technology incubator. In September 2001, Mr. Johnston rejoined TA Associates and has served as Managing Director since then. Mr. Johnston received a bachelor’s degree in electrical engineering from Duke University and a master’s degree in business administration from Pennsylvania State University.

Roger J. Heinen, Jr.     Mr. Heinen has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2006. Mr. Heinen has been a Venture Partner at Flagship Ventures, a venture capital firm, since April 2000. He is currently a director of ANSYS, Inc., a developer of engineering simulation solutions, Progress Software Corporation, which markets and supports application development and management, and several private companies, including Black Duck Software, a developer of software intellectual property compliance solutions. Mr. Heinen is vice chair of the Maine Small Enterprise Growth Fund, a state-sponsored fund that fosters high-growth enterprises in Maine. From January 1993 until March 1996, Mr. Heinen was a Senior Vice President in the Developer Division of Microsoft Corporation. From December 1989 until January 1993, he served as Senior Vice President of Apple Computer’s Software Division. Mr. Heinen received a bachelor’s degree in computer science from Worcester Polytechnic Institute, a S.E.P. from Stanford University, and a PhD, Hon. from Worcester Polytechnic Institute.

Pamela F. Lenehan .    Ms. Lenehan has served as a member of our board of directors since September 2006. Ms. Lenehan has served as President of Ridge Hill Consulting, LLC, a strategy and financial consulting firm, since June 2002. From September 2001 until June 2002, Ms. Lenehan was self-employed as a private investor. From March 2000 until September 2001, Ms. Lenehan served as Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Convergent Networks, Inc., a manufacturer of switching equipment. From February 1995 until January 2000, she was Senior Vice President, Corporate Development and Treasurer of Oak Industries, Inc., a manufacturer of telecommunications components. Prior to that time, Ms. Lenehan was a Managing Director in Credit Suisse First Boston’s Investment Banking division and a Vice President of Corporate Banking at Chase Manhattan Bank. Ms. Lenehan has also been a member of the board of directors of Avid Technology, a provider of digital media solutions, since 2001 and Spartech Corporation, a processor of engineered thermoplastics, since 2004. Ms. Lenehan received a bachelor’s degree in mathematical economics and a master’s degree in economics from Brown University.

Jonathan W. Meeks .    Mr. Meeks has served as a member of our board of directors since our acquisition from Agfa in November 2004. Mr. Meeks has been employed at TA Associates, where he currently serves as a Managing Director, since August 1997. He became a Vice President in December 2000 and was a Principal from December 2003 until December 2006, when he was made a Managing Director. Mr. Meeks received a bachelor’s degree in mathematics from Yale University.

Peter J. Simone .    Mr. Simone has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2006. Mr. Simone has served as an investment consultant and as a consultant to numerous private companies since February 2001. From June 2001 to December 2002, Mr. Simone was Executive Chairman of SpeedFam-IPEC, Inc., a semiconductor equipment company which was acquired by Novellus Systems, Inc. From February 2000 until February 2001, he served as a director and President of Active Controls Experts, Inc. He served as President, Chief Executive Officer and director of Xionics Document Technologies, Inc. from April 1997 until Xionics’ acquisition by Oak Technology, Inc., in January 2000. Mr. Simone serves on the board of directors for several companies, including Sanmina-SCI Corp., a provider of customized, integrated electronics manufacturing services, Newport Corp., a technology supplier to several industries including microelectronics manufacturing and communications, Veeco Instruments, Inc., an equipment developer and supplier to various industries including data storage and

 

73


Table of Contents

semiconductors, and Cymer, Inc., a supplier of excimer light sources. Mr. Simone is also a board member of several private technology companies as well as the Massachusetts High Technology Council. In addition, he is president of the board of Walker Home and School for Children. Mr. Simone holds a bachelor’s degree in accounting from Bentley College and a master’s degree in business administration from Babson College.

Board of Directors

We currently have seven directors. Two of these directors, Messrs. Givens and Shaw, were elected as directors under a stockholders agreement among us, certain of our management stockholders and other investors, or the stockholders agreement. Under the terms of our certificate of incorporation in effect prior to the closing of the offering, the holders of outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock, voting as a class, are entitled to elect two members of our board of directors by a plurality of the vote. As of December 31, 2006, TA Associates controlled approximately 89.1% of our convertible preferred stock and elected Messrs. Johnston and Meeks to our board of directors. The board composition provisions of the stockholders agreement and our certificate of incorporation will be terminated upon the closing of this offering. Upon the termination of these provisions, there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors. Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified or until the earlier of their resignation or removal.

Following the offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes with members of each class of directors serving for three-year terms. Our board of directors will consist of two Class I directors (currently Messrs. Givens and Heinen), three Class II directors (currently Messrs. Meeks, Shaw and Simone) and two Class III directors (currently Mr. Johnston and Ms. Lenehan), whose initial terms will expire at the annual meetings of stockholders held in 2007, 2008 and 2009, respectively. Our classified board could have the effect of making it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us.

Messrs. Johnston and Meeks are Managing Directors of TA Associates. Both of these individuals will continue to serve on our board of directors. Mr. Shaw serves as our President and Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors. Mr. Givens resigned from his position as our President and Chief Executive Officer on December 31, 2006 but continues to serve as Chairman of the board of directors.

Our board of directors has considered the relationships of all directors and, where applicable, the transactions involving them described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and determined that none of the directors, with the exception of Messrs. Givens and Shaw, have any relationship which would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibility as a director and that each director qualifies as an independent director under the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market and the SEC.

 

74


Table of Contents

Board Committees

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. The composition and function of each of our committees complies with the rules of the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Market that will be applicable to us, and we intend to comply with additional requirements to the extent that they become applicable to us.

Audit Committee.     Ms. Lenehan and Messrs. Meeks and Simone currently serve on the audit committee. Mr. Simone serves as chairman of the audit committee. The audit committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to:

 

   

reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the audit committee charter;

 

   

evaluating its own performance and reporting the results of such evaluation to our board of directors;

 

   

appointing, retaining, terminating, approving the compensation of, and evaluating the independence of our independent auditor;

 

   

overseeing the work of our independent auditor, including through the receipt and consideration of certain reports from the independent auditor;

 

   

approving all audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent auditor;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent auditors our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

   

meeting independently with our independent auditors;

 

   

reviewing and coordinating the oversight of our internal control over financial reporting;

 

   

establishing and overseeing the adequacy of procedures for receipt, retention and treatment of complaints and the submission by employees of concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters;

 

   

conducting an appropriate review and approval of all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations on an ongoing basis;

 

   

making regular reports to our board of directors; and

 

   

preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our proxy statements.

Our board of directors has determined that each of Ms. Lenehan and Messrs. Meeks and Simone qualifies as an audit committee financial expert as defined under the Exchange Act and the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market. In making its determination, our board considered the nature and scope of the experiences and responsibilities that Ms. Lenehan and Messrs. Meeks and Simone have previously had with reporting companies and, in the opinion of our board of directors, they do not have a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Ms. Lenehan and Mr. Simone are independent for audit committee purposes under the applicable rules of the Nasdaq Global Market and the SEC.

 

75


Table of Contents

Our audit committee is also responsible for our policies and procedures for the review, approval and ratification of transactions between ourselves and our directors, director nominees, executive officers, security holders that beneficially own more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or the immediate family members of any of these persons, or related person transactions, under our written Related Person Transaction Approval Policy.

A list of related persons is available to our employees and executives who are involved with or familiar with the transactions, contracts or other legal or business arrangements that we have entered into or propose to enter into from time to time with third parties. This list is updated and cross-checked periodically to ensure it does not contain parties involved in proposed or ongoing transactions, contracts or other legal or business arrangements with us and will be checked prior to entering into any new transaction, contract or other legal or business arrangement. To the extent that it is determined that we have entered into or may enter into a transaction, contract or other legal or business arrangement (including any modification or addition to an existing contract or arrangement) with a related person, our general counsel is notified.

Prior to our entering into any such transaction or arrangement, our general counsel reviews the applicable rules and determines whether the contemplated transaction or arrangement requires the approval of our board of directors, the audit committee, or both, and any such approvals will be obtained before the transaction may be consummated. No arrangement with a related person may be entered into unless our general counsel has either (i) specifically confirmed in writing that no further approvals are necessary or (ii) specifically confirmed in writing that all requisite corporate approvals necessary for us to enter into such arrangement have been obtained.

In the event that a related party transaction requires both board of directors and audit committee approval, the audit committee will first be asked to consider and vote on the transaction. The audit committee would then make a recommendation to the full board of directors for its consideration before the transaction may be entered into. As a private company, we did not have a related person transactions approval policy comparable to the one we have adopted in anticipation of this offering. For this reason, the transactions in the last fiscal year described below under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” were discussed and approved by our board of directors but not by our audit committee.

Compensation Committee .    Ms. Lenehan and Messrs. Johnston and Heinen, each of whom is independent, as defined under The NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards, currently serve on the compensation committee. Ms. Lenehan serves as chairman of the compensation committee. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to:

 

   

reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the compensation committee charter;

 

   

evaluating its own performance and reporting the results of such evaluation to our board of directors;

 

   

reviewing and discussing with management our executive compensation disclosure included in reports and registration statements filed with the SEC and producing required reports;

 

   

establishing and reviewing our overall management compensation philosophy and policy;

 

   

reviewing and approving actions with respect to all of our incentive-based compensation, equity-based compensation, welfare, pension and other similar plans;

 

   

reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

76


Table of Contents
   

evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining the compensation of our chief executive officer;

 

   

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our other executive officers and those members of management that report directly to our chief executive officer;

 

   

making regular reports to our board of directors; and

 

   

reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation, with guidance from our nominating and corporate governance committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.     Messrs. Johnston, Heinen and Simone, each of whom is independent, as defined under The NASDAQ Stock Market listing standards, currently serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee. Mr. Heinen serves as chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include, but are not limited to:

 

   

reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the nominating and corporate governance committee charter;

 

   

evaluating its own performance and reporting the results of such evaluation to our board of directors;

 

   

developing and recommending to our board of directors criteria for board and committee membership and providing guidance to the compensation committee regarding director compensation;

 

   

reviewing our disclosures concerning our policies and procedures for identifying and reviewing Board nominee candidates;

 

   

establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating director candidates including nominees recommended by stockholders;

 

   

identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

 

   

establishing procedures for stockholders to submit recommendations for director candidates;

 

   

recommending to our board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our committees;

 

   

developing and recommending to our board of directors a set of corporate governance guidelines and code of business conduct and ethics;

 

   

developing and overseeing a succession plan for our chief executive officer;

 

   

making regular reports to our board of directors; and

 

   

overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors, its committees and management.

 

77


Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Fees and Expenses

Directors who are also our employees receive no additional compensation for their service as directors. Following our initial public offering, each of our non-employee directors will receive cash compensation of $35,000 per year, paid in equal quarterly installments. The amounts to be paid in 2007 to our non-employee directors will be prorated to reflect the portion of 2007 during which we are a public company. Beginning in 2007, the Chairman of the board will receive, in addition to the same cash compensation as the other non-employee directors, additional cash compensation of $25,000 per year, paid in equal quarterly installments. Finally, beginning in 2007, the chairperson of each of the audit, compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees will receive additional cash compensation of $15,000, $10,000 and $10,000 per year, respectively, paid in equal quarterly installments. Non-employee directors are reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings.

Our non-employee directors have received equity compensation as described below. All stock options and restricted stock that have been granted or issued to them vest quarterly over four years. Upon their initial election to our board of directors, Ms. Lenehan and Mr. Heinen were each granted options to purchase 15,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price equal to $25.72. Mr. Simone, upon his initial election to our board of directors, was issued 15,000 shares of restricted common stock at $6.78 per share.

Directors affiliated with TA Associates have historically declined to receive board and committee meeting compensation, including equity compensation. No board compensation will be paid to these directors through 2007.

We intend to reconsider our equity compensation policies for our non-employee directors following our initial public offering.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee. Mr. Givens, our former President and Chief Executive Officer, served on our compensation committee until November 17, 2006, when he resigned from that committee. None of the current members of our compensation committee has ever been one of our employees.

 

78


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION AND COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

How We Compensate Our Executive Officers

Our current executive compensation program includes the following components: (i) base salary, (ii) quarterly and annual cash performance-based incentives, (iii) restricted stock awards and stock option grants with time-based vesting, (iv) post-termination benefits, including provisions for severance payments, and (v) other general welfare benefits programs available to all employees.

Our Compensation Philosophy and Goals

The goal of our compensation program is to enable us to attract and retain individuals experienced in the text imaging and high technology industry who can contribute to our long-term success, to motivate and reward high levels of performance and to ensure commitment to the success of the business by linking a substantial portion of each executive officer’s compensation to our performance. The way in which we compensate our executive officers and achieve those goals has changed over time.

Prior to our acquisition from Agfa, our executive officers participated in a Transaction Bonus arrangement and the LIC. The Transaction Bonus arrangement provided for a cash transaction bonus in the event that Agfa Monotype underwent a fundamental change, such as our acquisition from Agfa. The LIC was a cash incentive plan designed to retain key employees with awards based on the satisfaction of Agfa Monotype’s profit goals and allocated among key employees on the basis of individual performance. These plans were terminated in connection with our acquisition from Agfa. Under the terms of these plans, significant payments were made in 2005 and 2006. In addition, the following amounts were paid to Messrs. Givens, Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy in January 2007 under the LIC: $78,032, $72,956, $37,493 and $53,428, respectively. There are no additional amounts payable under the LIC in future periods.

In connection with our acquisition from Agfa, Messrs. Givens, Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy invested a portion of their Transaction Bonus in our equity and debt securities. In addition, these executive officers purchased restricted shares of our common stock. We believe that their equity and debt holdings have served to align their interests with those of our stockholders. Following our acquisition from Agfa, we extended payments under the LIC through 2006 to encourage key executive officers to remain employed by us. At that time, we also implemented a bonus plan which rewarded our key executive officers for the achievement of certain profit goals, as well as the achievement of the executive officer’s respective individual performance objectives. For further information about the Transaction Bonus, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Arrangements with TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and Certain Officers — Acquisition of Agfa Monotype — Reinvestment of Transaction Bonus paid to Afga Employees.”

In anticipation of this offering, we have implemented a compensation program for our executive officers that incorporates an annual cash incentive component but is more heavily weighed towards equity award grants. Our philosophy is that, while cash incentives have been a significant component of our executive compensation, equity-based awards better align our executive officers’ interests with those of our stockholders. We have also recently adopted a written equity grant policy that formalizes how we grant equity by setting a regular schedule for grants, outlining grant approval requirements and specifying how awards are priced. Our new equity grant policy and the terms under which we will make grants under it are more fully described below. We expect that this equity grant policy will enhance the effectiveness of our internal control over the equity grant process.

 

79


Table of Contents

Our Compensation Committee

The compensation committee oversees the development of our compensation plans and policies for executive officers. The compensation committee charter adopted on December 13, 2006 outlines the responsibilities of the compensation committee and will be reviewed and revised periodically by the compensation committee and the board of directors. The compensation committee annually reviews and approves all executive officer compensation. The compensation committee also administers our 2007 Option Plan and in the past administered our 2004 Option Plan. Prior to November 17, 2006, Mr. Givens, our former President and Chief Executive Officer, was a member of the compensation committee and participated in all compensation decisions, other than with respect to his own compensation.

In setting cash compensation for our executive officers, the compensation committee has relied on market cash compensation data for companies in the high technology industry with comparable revenue and geographic location. In 2006, our compensation committee used market cash compensation data for private and public software companies with revenue ranging from $20 million to $100 million that were generally located in the region of our corporate headquarters, or the Monotype Peer Group, which data was provided by The Survey Group. The comparable companies used by our compensation committee in its analysis include the following: Charles River Development, DTC Communications Inc., eScription, Inc., MIB Group, Inc. Microwave Radio Communications, Moldflow Corporation, m-Qube, Inc., NetScout Systems, Inc., Network Engines, P&H Solutions, Inc., Upromise, Viisage Technology and Watchfire. In addition to the Monotype Peer Group data, the compensation committee considered each executive officer’s responsibilities, prior experience, performance in meeting objectives, ability to create a culture of cooperation, integrity and trust and the anticipated value of his or her impact on our success. Historically, the cash compensation for a given executive officer has been at approximately the 50th to the 75th percentile for that position within the Monotype Peer Group.

Prior to 2006, the compensation committee relied on our human resources department to analyze the data of the Monotype Peer Group. In 2006, we engaged Rapp HR Services to provide the compensation committee with an analysis of the data of the Monotype Peer Group.

Our compensation committee currently intends to perform at least annually a review of our executive officers’ compensation to determine whether it provides adequate and competitive incentives and motivation to our executive officers. Our compensation committee has authorized the retention of a compensation consulting firm to assist it in evaluating our compensation practices, including the appropriateness of a requirement that executive officers maintain specified equity ownership levels or whether we should institute an ongoing equity incentive compensation program that is linked to the achievement of pre-approved performance goals, and to assist in developing and implementing our executive officer compensation program and philosophy. Our compensation committee expects to conduct the next annual review of our executive officer’s compensation prior to the end of 2007.

How Our Compensation Program Helps Us Attain Our Goals

Base Salary .    The compensation committee determines base salaries after reviewing the Monotype Peer Group data and other factors relating to each individual’s contributions. We believe that competitive salaries allow us to attract and retain employees who can contribute to our long-term success in light of the competitive labor market in which we compete for the services of executive officers.

In 2006, the base salary for Mr. Givens, Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy was $239,529, $192,400, $209,640, $200,005 and $178,825, respectively, and collectively they were on average at the 50th percentile of the Monotype Peer Group. Base salary was approximately 54.1%, 59.6%,

 

80


Table of Contents

45.5%, 31.1% and 55.0% of the total compensation, as calculated in the Summary Compensation Table below, for Mr. Givens, Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy, respectively, in 2006.

To determine base salaries for 2007, the compensation committee considered factors such as the overall performance and effectiveness of the executive officer during 2006, the achievement of specific personal performance objectives, specific departmental achievements that were directly attributable to the executive and the executive officer’s contribution to the achievement of our strategic goals. In 2007, the base salary for Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy is $210,000, $250,000, $225,000 and $192,400, respectively.

We believe that competitive salaries allow us to attract and retain employees who can contribute to our long-term success in light of the competitive labor market in which we compete for the services of executive officers.

Sales Compensation Plan .    Mr. McCarthy is entitled to earn commissions and an incentive compensation payment under the Sales Compensation Plan. Since Mr. McCarthy is entitled to earn commissions and incentive compensation under this plan, he is not eligible to participate in the Executive Compensation Plan. Mr. McCarthy’s commissions are based on his contributions to the sales efforts of his department and expansion of our customer base as well as sales revenue that he generates. In 2006, the maximum possible commissions payment was $66,400. Mr. McCarthy’s incentive compensation payment is based on his contributions to achieving sales quotas and expanding our base of new customers. In 2006, the maximum possible incentive compensation payment was $30,000. In 2006, Mr. McCarthy earned $33,814 as sales commissions and $25,000 as cash incentive compensation under the 2006 Sales Commission Plan. We believe that rewarding members of our sales team with commissions and incentive compensation payments motivates them to generate new business and enhance our existing customer relationships leading to our overall objective of revenue growth.

Executive Compensation Plan .    Executive officers who are not eligible to participate in the Sales Compensation Plan are eligible to earn cash compensation under our Executive Compensation Plan. In 2006, Mr. Givens, Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw and Seguin participated in this plan. Under this plan, executive officers are eligible to receive up to 60% of their respective base salary as additional cash incentive compensation.

No amounts are paid under the Executive Compensation Plan unless we meet certain financial targets established by our board of directors or the compensation committee, which, in 2006, was $34.8 million of EBITDA as adjusted for certain add-backs and exclusions as approved by our board of directors. In addition, our board of directors or the compensation committee establish individual performance objectives for each of the executive officers, which include specific management initiatives, staff and employee development and training, sales and revenue targets, as appropriate, and internal administrative and systems improvements. An example of a management initiative was to identify and analyze potential acquisition candidates and present the information to our board of directors. We believe that the targets established under our Executive Compensation Plan are moderately difficult to achieve and that our executive officers must perform at a high level and devote their full time and attention to us in order to earn their respective cash bonuses.

If we meet or exceed 90% of our financial targets, our executive officers are eligible to receive cash incentive compensation up to a maximum of 30% of their respective base salaries. In addition, if we meet or exceed 110% of our financial targets, our executive officers are eligible to receive cash incentive compensation up to a maximum of 40% of their respective base salaries. However, this cash incentive compensation is conditioned upon achievement of individual performance objectives, the executive officer’s overall performance and his or her direct contribution to our strategic goals. The board of

 

81


Table of Contents

directors has no discretion to pay cash incentive compensation if we do not meet or exceed 90% of our financial targets.

If the cash incentive compensation budget has not been fully allocated or earned by other employees at the end of the fiscal year, the compensation committee may award executive officers who receive overall performance evaluations that are above expectations up to an additional 20% of their base salary as cash incentive compensation. Our board of directors has no discretion under the Executive Compensation Plan to grant an executive officer an aggregate incentive compensation payment that exceeds 60% of the executive officer’s base salary.

In 2006, we met or exceeded 110% of our financial targets for the fiscal year and, as our board of directors previously determined, the expenses accrued in connection with this offering were excluded from the determination of whether we achieved our financial targets for 2006. The compensation committee met in January 2007 to determine the amounts to be paid to the executive officers under our 2006 Executive Compensation Plan and to make awards and establish the company financial targets and individual performance objectives under the 2007 Executive Compensation Plan. Under the 2006 Executive Compensation Plan, Mr. Givens, Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw and Seguin received $95,812, $88,504, $104,820 and $80,002, respectively.

We believe that compensating our executive officers upon the achievement of key corporate financial objectives and individual performance objectives, including and in addition to those discussed above, product development, customer initiatives and product and process improvements and innovations, effectively links individual contributions to overall business performance. By allowing our executive officers and most of our employees to be eligible for some level of incentive compensation, they can share in our growth and success if they meet the goals set out for them personally and if they contribute to the financial objectives set out for the business.

Management by Objectives .    In addition to the Executive Compensation Plan, in 2006, Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy participated in our Management by Objectives Plan. Under this plan, they had the opportunity to earn additional cash incentive compensation upon the satisfaction of specifically identified objectives established on a quarterly basis. An example of an objective under this plan was to identify and recommend technology advances that are critical to advance our business. In 2006, under this plan, Messrs. Shaw and Seguin had the potential to earn up to $10,000 each, and Mr. McCarthy had the potential to earn up to $8,000. Any amounts earned under this plan are paid on a quarterly basis. In 2006, Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy earned $9,800, $9,100 and $7,200, respectively under this plan. Our named executive officers will not participate in the Management by Objectives Plan during 2007.

We believe that the flexibility to reward performance goals established throughout the year, rather than at the outset, and our ability to pay quarterly bonuses under this plan maximizes achievement of short-term operational objectives. This plan also allows us to reward high achievement by our executive officers in dealing with tasks, opportunities or challenges that may not have been contemplated when their compensation plan was initially adopted.

Equity Incentive Compensation .    All of the named executive officers and most of our employees have received stock option grants or restricted stock awards under the 2004 Option Plan. We grant equity incentive awards to our employees generally upon the commencement of their employment, upon a promotion and, from time to time, for refresher purposes to ensure our employees maintain appropriate levels of equity ownership in us. As described below in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Arrangements with TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and Certain Officers,” our executive officers acquired certain of our equity and debt interests following our acquisition from Agfa. Following our

 

82


Table of Contents

acquisition from Agfa, in December 2004, we made equity incentive awards to certain employees, including Messrs. Givens, Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy. In August 2005, we made equity incentive plan awards in connection with the recapitalization proportionally to all executive officers and employees holding common stock or options to purchase common stock. As of December 31, 2006, our named executive officers held an aggregate of 10.2% of our common stock, on a fully diluted basis, including all shares subject to outstanding options.

In September 2006, the compensation committee determined that certain executive officers and key employees should be granted additional equity incentive awards. The factors considered by the compensation committee included individual performance, increased value of the individual to the organization since 2004, impact of the elimination of the LIC for retention of key employees and appropriate equity levels in relationship to our other executive officers. In December 2006, the compensation committee made equity grants to certain key employees, including Ms. Arthur, in recognition of the effort required in connection with this offering while maintaining our business performance. In 2006, equity incentive compensation was 2.2%, 6.4%, 9.4%, 5.3% and 2.1%, respectively, of Mr. Givens, Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy’s total compensation, as calculated in the Summary Compensation Table below.

All awards held by executive officers are currently subject to time-based vesting. Under the terms of Mr. Givens’ Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Stock Agreement, 50% of his shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining shares vest quarterly over the following year. Upon Mr. Givens’ retirement on December 31, 2006, his unvested stock options and restricted stock were not terminated and continue to vest on this schedule while he remains on the board of directors. Under the terms of Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy’s Stock Option Agreements and Restricted Stock Agreements, 25% of the shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years. The different vesting schedule for Mr. Givens’ shares reflects his retirement as of December 31, 2006, which was contemplated at the time of our acquisition from Agfa. The board of directors or the compensation committee may accelerate the vesting schedule in its discretion. The terms of these awards provide for accelerated vesting of 50% of shares upon a change in control followed by a termination of the executive officer’s employment without cause or by the executive for good reason within twelve months of the change in control. See “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” for the definition of cause and good reason.

We believe that these time-based vesting provisions reward longevity with and commitment to us. In addition, the accelerated vesting provisions enable us to recruit new employees and encourage continued employment with us and any successor in the event of a change of control. During 2007, the compensation committee may consider whether performance-based vesting should be part of our equity incentive awards.

We grant stock options with exercise prices equal to fair market value on the grant date. Our board of directors determined the fair market value of our common stock on a quarterly basis by considering a number of factors, including our capital structure, working capital, indebtedness, preferred equity and illiquidity discounts, as well as factors affecting our operations. For further information on how we determine fair market value and other considerations, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies — Stock Based Compensation.”

Our newly-adopted written equity grant policy formalizes how we will grant equity-based awards to officers and employees in the future, with the exception of grants made or earned upon the achievement of previously determined performance-based parameters. Under our equity grant policy all grants must be approved by the compensation committee. Our chief executive officer does not have authority to grant

 

83


Table of Contents

equity-based awards. All grants will be made at fair market value and calculated based on our closing market price on the grant date. While the 2004 Option Plan and the 2007 Option Plan may permit the granting of equity awards at any time, our equity grant policy provides that we will generally only grant equity awards on a regularly scheduled basis, as follows:

 

   

grants made in conjunction with the hiring of a new employee or the promotion of an existing employee will be made following the hire date or the promotion date on the 15th day of the month, or on the next trading day, if the 15th is not a trading day, and

 

   

grants made to existing employees other than in connection with a promotion will be made, if at all, on an annual basis and will generally be made effective on the third day following the filing of our Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless the approval of the grant occurs after such date, in which case it will be effective on the date the grant is approved.

We believe that for growing companies in the technology sector, equity awards are a significant motivator in attracting and retaining employees. Equity awards also help to align the interests of our executive officers and employees with those of our stockholders because they create an ownership culture where the value received by the recipient is based on the growth of the stock price, incentivizing them to work hard to increase our stock price and maximize shareholder value. We have designed our equity grants and awards to include time-based vesting provisions to encourage long-term performance and reward longevity with and commitment to us.

Post-Employment Benefits .    Our named executive officers have employment agreements that provide them with severance payments and benefits in the event we terminate their employment without cause or the executive officer terminates their employment for good reason. See “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” for the definition of cause and good reason under the employment agreements. We also have a Severance Pay Plan that benefits all employees, including our named executive officers and provides for continuation of salary and benefits depending on the length of service with us. Any payment made to a named executive officer under his or her employment agreement is reduced by amounts paid under the Severance Pay Plan.

In addition, the employment agreements provide that, in the event an executive officer terminates his or her employment relationship with us without good reason, the executive officer forfeits any pro rated portion of their non-equity incentive compensation, thus aligning the individual’s interests with our business objectives. We believe that post-employment benefits allow us to attract and retain an appropriate caliber of talented professionals in key positions.

Other Benefits Programs .    We believe in creating a cooperative environment in which all employees are committed to us and motivated to meet our business objectives. To that end, there are no additional benefits or perquisites that are available to the named executive officers that are not also available to all of our employees. Our employee benefits include a 401(k) matching program, a 401(k) profit sharing contribution, life and disability insurance, travel and accident and optional health, dental and supplemental life insurance coverage. The optional health and dental benefits require cost sharing for all employees, including executive officers, and supplemental life insurance is fully paid by any employee electing that benefit. We reimburse our employees whose responsibilities entail frequent travel, which includes all of our executive officers, for memberships in a limited number of airline programs that provide access to airport lounges and other amenities. We also offer a tuition reimbursement program, which encourages the ongoing growth and development of all employees. We provide these additional benefits and benefit programs to create additional incentives for our executive officers and to remain competitive in the labor market in which we compete for the services of executive officers.

 

84


Table of Contents

Compensation Earned

The following table summarizes the compensation earned during 2006 by our principal executive officers, our principal financial officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers who were serving as executive officers as of December 31, 2006 and whose total compensation exceeded $100,000. We refer to these individuals as our named executive officers.

Summary Compensation Table — 2006

 

Name and Principal Position

  Year  

Salary

($)

 

Option
Awards(1)

($)

 

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)

   

All Other
Compensation

($)

   

Total

($)

Robert M. Givens,

Chairman of the Board of

Directors(2)

  2006   239,529   9,527   173,844 (3)   19,905 (4)   442,805

Jacqueline D. Arthur,

Senior Vice President and

Chief Financial Officer

  2006   192,400   20,636   88,504 (5)   21,044 (6)   322,584

Douglas J. Shaw,

Chief Executive Officer,

President and Director(7)

  2006   209,640   43,488   187,576 (8)   20,472 (9)   461,176

John L. Seguin,

Executive Vice President

  2006   200,005   34,393   126,595 (10)   282,947 (11)   643,940

David L. McCarthy,

Vice President and

General Manager, OEM Sales

  2006   178,825   6,713   85,628 (12)   54,213 (13)   325,379

 


 

(1) Options to purchase shares of common stock were granted at fair market value on the date of grant. For a discussion regarding our valuation of stock option grants, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies — Stock Based Compensation.” Under the terms of Mr. Givens’ Stock Option Agreement, 50% of his shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining shares vest quarterly over the following year. Under the terms of Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy’s Stock Option Agreements, 25% of the shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years.

 

(2) Mr. Givens retired as our President and Chief Executive Officer on December 31, 2006. He was elected Chairman of our board of directors on November 17, 2006.

 

(3) Mr. Givens received $78,032 under the LIC for services provided to Agfa Monotype in 2003 and 2004. In addition, Mr. Givens earned $95,812 under our 2006 Executive Compensation Plan.

 

(4) We contributed a total of $19,233 to our 401(k) plan on behalf of Mr. Givens, $12,633 under our matching program and estimate that we will contribute $6,600 under our profit sharing program. In addition, we paid a $588 premium for a life insurance policy for the benefit of Mr. Givens and a $84 premium for accidental death and dismemberment policy for the benefit of Mr. Givens.

 

(5) Ms. Arthur earned $88,504 under our 2006 Executive Compensation Plan.

 

(6) We contributed a total of $19,800 to our 401(k) plan on behalf of Ms. Arthur, $13,200 under our matching program and estimate that we will contribute $6,600 under our profit sharing program. In addition, we paid a $558 premium for a life insurance policy and a $80 premium for accidental death and dismemberment policy for the benefit of Ms. Arthur. In addition, Ms. Arthur received a recognition award from us valued at $606.

 

(7) Mr. Shaw was elected President and Chief Executive Officer, effective January 1, 2007.

 

(8) Mr. Shaw received $72,956 under the LIC for services provided to Agfa Monotype in 2003 and 2004. Mr. Shaw earned $9,800 under our Management by Objectives Plan for 2006. In addition, Mr. Shaw earned $104,820 under our 2006 Executive Compensation Plan.

 

(9) We contributed a total of $19,800 to our 401(k) plan on behalf of Mr. Shaw, $13,200 under our matching program and estimate that we will contribute $6,600 under our profit sharing program. In addition, we paid a $588 premium for a life insurance policy and a $84 premium for accidental death and dismemberment policy for the benefit of Mr. Shaw.

 

85


Table of Contents
(10) Mr. Seguin received $37,493 under the LIC for services provided to us in 2004. Mr. Seguin earned $9,100 under our Management by Objectives Plan for 2006. This amount was paid after each quarter. In addition, Mr. Seguin earned $80,002 under our 2006 Executive Compensation Plan.

 

(11) Mr. Seguin received a $264,400 Transaction Bonus related to our November 5, 2004 acquisition from Agfa. For further discussion on the acquisition, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Arrangements with TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and Certain Officers.” We contributed a total of $17,889 to our 401(k) plan on behalf of Mr. Seguin, $11,289 under our matching program and estimate that we will contribute $6,600 under our profit sharing program. In addition, we paid a $576 premium for a life insurance policy and a $82 premium for accidental death and dismemberment policy for the benefit of Mr. Seguin.

 

(12) Mr. McCarthy received $53,428 under the LIC for services provided to us in 2003 and 2004. Mr. McCarthy earned $7,200 under our Management by Objectives Plan for 2006. This amount was paid after each quarter. In addition, Mr. McCarthy earned $25,000 as incentive compensation under the 2006 Sales Compensation Plan.

 

(13) We contributed a total of $19,800 to our 401(k) plan on behalf of Mr. McCarthy, $13,200 under our matching program and estimate that we will contribute $6,600 under our profit sharing program. In addition, we paid a $524 premium for a life insurance policy and a $75 premium for accidental death and dismemberment policy for the benefit of Mr. McCarthy. In addition, Mr. McCarthy earned $33,814 as sales commissions under the 2006 Sales Compensation Plan.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the terms of grants of our common stock and options to purchase our common stock and awards under our equity incentive plans made by us to the named executive officers during 2006.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards(1) — 2006

 

Name

  Grant Date  

All Other Option Awards:
Number of Securities
Underlying Options(2)

(#)

 

Exercise or Base Price
of Option Awards

($/Sh)

   

Grant Date Fair
Value of Stock and
Option Awards

($)

Robert M. Givens

  N/A        

Jacqueline D. Arthur

  September 30, 2006   16,000   25.72 (3)   411,520
  December 31, 2006   5,000   34.00 (4)   170,000

Douglas J. Shaw

  September 30, 2006   28,000   25.72 (3)   720,160

John L. Seguin

  September 30, 2006   24,000   25.72 (3)   617,280

David L. McCarthy

  September 30, 2006   2,500   25.72 (3)   64,300

 


 

(1) All stock and option awards were made under our 2004 Option Plan and are subject to the related Stock Option Agreements.

 

(2) Under the terms of Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy’s Stock Option Agreements, 25% of the shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years.

 

(3) On September 30, 2006, the fair market value of our common stock was $25.72 per share. For a discussion regarding our valuation of stock options and restricted stock, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation.”

 

(4) On December 31, 2006 the fair market value of our common stock was $34.00 per share. For a discussion regarding our valuation of stock options and restricted stock, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation.”

Discussion of Compensation and Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The compensation paid to the named executive officers includes salary, commissions (if applicable), non-equity incentive compensation and equity incentive compensation. In addition, each named executive officer is eligible to receive contributions to his or her 401(k) plan under our matching contribution and profit sharing programs. In 2006, Mr. Seguin received a Transaction Bonus related to

 

86


Table of Contents

services rendered to us in connection with our acquisition from Agfa in 2004. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Arrangements with TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and Certain Officers” for a further discussion on our acquisition from Agfa.

Employment Agreements

On November 5, 2004, we entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Givens, Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy. On May 16, 2005, we entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Arthur. The named executive officers receive a base salary and are entitled to participate in any bonus or other performance-based plan available to our other senior executive officers. Salary was approximately 54.1%, 59.6%, 45.5%, 31.1% and 55.0% of the total compensation for Mr. Givens, Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy, respectively, in 2006. Mr. Givens, Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy’s salary increased by 4.0%, 4.0%, 4.0%, 4.7% and 11.4%, respectively, in 2006 from 2005. Mr. McCarthy’s salary increase was due in part to a promotion and the associated increase in his management and supervisory responsibilities.

In addition, the employment agreements entitle the named executive officers to participate in any and all medical, pension, profit sharing, dental and life insurance plans and disability income plans, retirement arrangements and other employment benefits, including option plans, that we may have available to our other senior executive officers. The employment agreements require the named executive officers to refrain from competing with us and from hiring our employees for a period of two years following the termination of their employment with us for any reason, except that such period shall only last for one year in the event that the executive terminates his or her employment for good reason or if the executive is terminated by us without cause.

The employment agreements automatically renew for successive one-year periods unless either we or the named executive officer give 30 days’ prior written notice of termination. If we reduce the named executive officer’s salary, other than in connection with an across-the-board salary reduction similarly affecting all or substantially all management employees, he or she may terminate his or her employment and be eligible for certain termination benefits. See “Executive Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” for further discussion on termination, retirement and change-in-control provisions of the employment agreements.

Non-Equity Incentive Compensation Plans

Executive Compensation Plan.     In 2006, Mr. Givens, Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw and Seguin participated in our Executive Compensation Plan. Under this plan, executive officers are eligible to receive up to 60% of their base salary as cash incentive compensation.

No amounts are paid under the Executive Compensation Plan unless we meet certain financial targets established by our board of directors or the compensation committee. In addition, our board of directors or the compensation committee establish individual performance objectives for each of the executive officers, which include specific management initiatives, staff and employee development and training, sales and revenue targets, as appropriate, and internal administrative and systems improvements.

If we meet or exceed 90% of our financial targets, our executive officers are eligible to receive cash incentive compensation up to a maximum of 30% of their base salary. In addition, if we meet or exceed 110% of our financial targets, our executive officers are eligible to receive cash incentive compensation up to a maximum of 40% of their base salary. However, this cash incentive compensation is conditioned upon achievement of individual personal performance objectives, the executive officer’s overall performance and his or her direct contribution to our strategic goals. Our board of directors has no discretion to pay cash incentive compensation if we do not meet or exceed 90% of our financial targets.

 

87


Table of Contents

If the cash incentive compensation budget has not been fully allocated or earned by other employees at the end of the fiscal year, the compensation committee may award executive officers who receive overall performance evaluations of “exceeds expectations” up to an additional 20% of their base salary as cash incentive compensation. Our board of directors has no discretion under the Executive Compensation Plan to grant an executive officer an aggregate incentive compensation payment that exceeds 60% of the executive officer’s base salary.

In 2006, we met or exceeded 110% of our financial targets for the fiscal year. Our board of directors determined that the expenses accrued in connection with this offering would be excluded from the determination of whether we achieved our financial targets for 2006.

Management by Objectives.     In 2006, Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy participated in our Management by Objectives Plan. Under this plan, they had the opportunity to earn additional cash incentive compensation upon the satisfaction of specifically identified objectives, established by either the president or the executive vice president, on a quarterly basis. In 2006, under this plan, Messrs. Shaw and Seguin had the potential to earn up to $10,000 each and Mr. McCarthy had the potential to earn up to $8,000. Any amounts earned under this plan are paid on a quarterly basis. In 2006, Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy earned $9,800, $9,100 and $7,200, respectively, under the plan. Our named executive officers will not participate in our Management by Objectives Plan in 2007.

Sales Compensation Plan.     Mr. McCarthy is entitled to earn commissions and an incentive compensation payment under the Sales Compensation Plan. Since Mr. McCarthy is entitled to earn commissions and incentive compensation under this plan, he is not eligible to participate in the Executive Compensation Plan. Mr. McCarthy’s commissions are based on his contributions to the sales efforts of his department and expansion of our customer base as well as sales revenue that he generates. In 2006, the maximum possible commissions payment was $66,400. Mr. McCarthy’s incentive compensation payment is based on his contributions to achieving sales quotas and expanding our base of new customers. In 2006, the maximum possible incentive compensation payment was $30,000. In 2006, Mr. McCarthy earned $33,814 as commissions and $25,000 as incentive compensation under the 2006 Sales Compensation Plan.

In January 2007, we established goals for Mr. McCarthy under the 2007 Sales Commission Plan that we believe are realistic but that will require substantial effort for Mr. McCarthy to achieve.

Equity Incentive Compensation

We grant equity incentive awards to our employees generally upon the commencement of their employment under our 2004 Option Plan. In addition, we make additional periodic grants of equity incentive awards to our employees based on individual employee performance and any increased value of the employee to us.

Our board of directors determined the fair market value of our common stock on a quarterly basis by considering a number of factors including our capital structure, working capital, indebtedness, preferred equity and illiquidity discounts, as well as factors affecting our operations.

2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan

Our 2004 Option Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in November 2004. We reserved 1,360,955   shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2004 Option Plan through December 31, 2006.

 

88


Table of Contents

Our 2004 Option Plan is administered by the compensation committee. Our board of directors has delegated full power and authority to the compensation committee to select the individuals to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of any award, to provide substitute awards and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2004 Option Plan.

The 2004 Option Plan permits us to make grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, restricted stock awards and unrestricted stock awards to officers, employees, directors, consultants and other key persons. Stock options granted under the 2004 Option Plan have a maximum term of ten years from the date of grant and incentive stock options have an exercise price of no less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant.

Upon a sale event in which all awards are not assumed or substituted by the successor entity, all stock options and the 2004 Option Plan will terminate upon the effective time of such sale event following an exercise period. Restricted stock shall be treated as provided in the relevant award agreement. Under the 2004 Option Plan, a sale event is defined as the consummation of (i) a dissolution or liquidation, (ii) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of the outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iv) the sale of all or a majority of the outstanding capital stock to an unrelated person or entity or (v) any other transaction in which the owners of the outstanding voting power prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction. The terms of these awards provide for accelerated vesting of 50% of shares upon a change in control followed by a termination of the executive officers’ employment without cause or by the executive officer for good reason within twelve months of the change in control.

Our board of directors determined not to grant any further awards under the 2004 Option Plan after this offering. We have adopted the 2007 Option Plan, under which we expect to make all future awards. See “Management — Employee Benefit Plans” for a discussion of our 2007 Option Plan.

Stock Option Agreements .    All stock option awards that are granted to the named executive officers are covered by a Stock Option Agreement. Under the Stock Option Agreements, 25% of the shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years. Our board of directors may accelerate the vesting schedule in its discretion. In addition, the Stock Option Agreements provide that 50% of the shares shall vest upon a change in control if the employment of the named executive officer is terminated by us without cause or by the named executive officer with good reason, each as defined in the 2004 Option Plan, within twelve months after the change in control. See “Management — Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control” for a definition of cause and good reason under the 2004 Option Plan.

In September 2006, we granted Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy stock options to purchase 16,000, 28,000, 24,000 and 2,500 shares of our common stock, respectively.

Restricted Stock Agreements.     All restricted stock awards are subject to the terms of the related Restricted Stock Agreements. Under the terms of the Restricted Stock Agreements, generally 25% of the shares vest on the first anniversary of the original grant date and the remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years. Upon closing of this offering, the vested shares will be freely transferable, subject to the contractual lock-up and any securities law restrictions.

 

89


Table of Contents

Under the terms of Mr. Givens’ Stock Option Agreement and Restricted Stock Agreement, 50% of his shares vest on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remaining shares vest quarterly over the following year. Upon Mr. Givens’ retirement on December 31, 2006, his unvested stock options and restricted stock were not terminated and will continue to vest while he remains on the board of directors. The different vesting schedule for Mr. Givens’ shares reflects his retirement as of December 31, 2006, which was contemplated at the time of our acquisition from Agfa.

Transaction Bonus

On December 5, 2003, Messrs. Givens, Shaw and McCarthy entered into a letter agreement with Agfa Monotype, our predecessor. On July 6, 2004, Mr. Seguin entered into a similar letter agreement with Agfa Monotype. Under these letter agreements, Agfa Monotype agreed to pay Messrs. Givens, Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy a cash Transaction Bonus in the event that Agfa Monotype was sold. Upon our acquisition from Agfa, the Transaction Bonus became due and payable.

The Transaction Bonus was based on the proceeds received by Agfa upon a sale that exceeded a threshold amount stated in the letter agreements. Under the letter agreements, Messrs. Givens, Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy received a total Transaction Bonus of $5,564,989, $5,564,989, $549,628 and $2,198,514, respectively. The Transaction Bonus was paid in 2004, 2005 and, in the case of Mr. Seguin, 2006. All amounts payable under the letter agreements have been paid to the named executive officers. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Arrangements with TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and Certain Officers” for further discussion regarding the acquisition from Agfa.

Agfa Monotype Corporation Incentive Compensation Plan

Messrs. Givens, Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy participated in the LIC, which was a cash incentive plan of Agfa Monotype designed to retain key employees. This plan was terminated in 2004 in connection with our acquisition from Agfa. All amounts owed to Messrs. Givens, Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy under the plan were earned for services provided to Agfa Monotype in 2003 and 2004. The amounts earned under the plan were paid in 2005, 2006 and 2007. The awards under this plan were based on the satisfaction of organization profit goals and allocated among key employees based on individual performance.

 

90


Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards

This following table sets forth certain information regarding the stock option grants and stock awards to the named executive officers at the end of 2006.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End — 2006

 

    Option Awards   Stock Awards

Name

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable

(#)

 

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable

(#)

   

Option
Exercise Price

($)

  Option Expiration
Date
 

Number
of Shares or
Units of
Stock
That Have
Not Vested

(#)

   

Market Value
of Shares or
Units of
Stock That
Have Not
Vested(1)

($)

Robert M. Givens

  10,937   6,563 (2)   5.81   August 25, 2015      

Jacqueline D. Arthur

 
365
0
0
 
4,016
16,000
5,000
 
(4)
(5)
(6)
 
5.81
25.72
34.00
 
August 25, 2015
September 30, 2016
December 31, 2016
  20,625 (3)   701,250
           
           
           

Douglas J. Shaw

 
8,750
0
 
19,250
28,000
 
(8)
(5)
 
5.81
25.72
 
August 25, 2015
September 30, 2016
  79,091 (7)   2,689,094

John L. Seguin

 
3,750
2,740
 
6,250
6,030
24,000
 
(9)
(8)
(5)
 
5.46
5.81
25.72
 
June 17, 2015
August 25, 2015
September 30, 2016
  19,773 (7)   672,282

David L. McCarthy

 
2,916
 
6,417
2,500
 
(8)
(5)
 
5.81
25.72
 
August 25, 2015
September 30, 2016
  26,364 (10)   896,376

 


 

(1) There was no public market for our common stock as of December 31, 2006. For purposes of this table, the value of shares not vested has been calculated by taking the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2006, or $34.00, multiplied by the number of shares not vested. For a discussion regarding our valuation of stock options and restricted stock, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation.” These shares are subject to the terms of the related Restricted Stock Agreements.

 

(2) 50% of the shares in this grant vested on August 25, 2006 and all remaining shares vest quarterly over the following year. Mr. Givens’ stock options were not cancelled upon his retirement. They will continue to vest according to this schedule while he remains on the board of directors.

 

(3) 25% of the shares in this grant vested on May 16, 2006 and all remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years.

 

(4) 25% of the shares in this grant vested on August 25, 2006 and all remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years. Ms. Arthur exercised options to purchase 1,460 shares of our common stock in October 2006 from this option grant.

 

(5) 25% of the shares in this grant vest on September 30, 2007 and all remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years.

 

(6) 25% of the shares in this grant vest on December 31, 2007 and all remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years.

 

(7) 25% of the shares of restricted stock in this award vested on December 6, 2005 and all remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years.

 

(8) 25% of the shares in this grant vested on August 25, 2006 and all remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years.

 

(9) 25% of the shares in this grant vested on June 17, 2006 and all remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years.

 

(10) 25% of the shares of restricted stock in this award vested on December 13, 2005 and all remaining shares vest quarterly over the following three years.

 

91


Table of Contents

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table sets forth certain information regarding the number of shares of restricted stock issued under the 2004 Option Plan that vested in 2006 and the corresponding amounts realized by the named executive officers and the number of stock options exercised under the 2004 Option Plan in 2006 and the corresponding amounts realized by the named executive officers.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested — 2006

 

     Option Awards     Stock Awards

Name

  

Number of Shares
Acquired on
Exercise

(#)

  

Value
Realized on
Exercise

($)

   

Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting

(#)

  

Value Realized on
Vesting(1)

($)

Robert M. Givens

          49,432    1,680,688

Jacqueline D. Arthur

   1,460    41,157 (2)   12,375    420,750

Douglas J. Shaw

          39,545    1,344,530

John L. Seguin

          9,886    336,124

David L. McCarthy

          13,181    448,154

 


 

(1) There was no public market for our common stock in December 2006 when the stock vested. For purposes of this table, the value realized has been calculated by taking the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2006, or $34.00 per share, multiplied by the number of shares vesting. For a discussion regarding our valuation of stock options and restricted stock, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation.” These shares are subject to the terms of the related Restricted Stock Agreements.

 

(2) There was no public market for our common stock in October 2006 when the options were exercised. For purposes of this table, the value realized has been calculated by taking the fair market value of our common stock on December 31, 2006, or $34.00 per share, less the per share exercise price, or $5.81 per share, multiplied by the number of stock options exercised. For a discussion regarding our valuation of stock options and restricted stock, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation.” These shares are subject to the terms of the related Stock Option Agreements.

Director Compensation

The following table sets forth a summary of the compensation we paid to our non-employee directors in 2006.

Director Compensation Table — 2006

 

Name

  

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash

($)

  

Stock Awards

($)

   

Option Awards

($)

   

Total

($)

A. Bruce Johnston

             

Roger J. Heinen, Jr.

   3,000        16,802 (1)   19,802

Pamela F. Lenehan

   3,500        16,802 (1)   20,302

Jonathan W. Meeks

             

Peter J. Simone

   31,000    15,860 (2)       46,860

 


 

(1) Mr. Heinen and Ms. Lenehan were each granted options to purchase 15,000 shares of our common stock on September 30, 2006 for an aggregate value of $385,800 each. As of December 31, 2006, 937 options shares were vested and all 15,000 shares subject to options were outstanding and unexercised for each of Mr. Heinen and Ms. Lenehan. The fair market value of our common stock on September 30, 2006 was $25.72 per share. For a discussion regarding our valuation of stock options and restricted stock, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation.”

 

(2) Mr. Simone was issued 15,000 shares of restricted common stock on March 26, 2006 at a price of $6.78 per share. The aggregate grant date fair market value of Mr. Simone’s restricted stock is $186,300. As of December 31, 2006, 2,812 shares vested and 12,188 shares remained subject to restrictions. The fair market value of our common stock on March 31, 2006 was $12.42 per share. For a discussion regarding our valuation of stock options and restricted stock, see “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 2 — Significant Accounting Policies — Stock-Based Compensation.”

 

92


Table of Contents

In 2006, we paid our non-employee directors $2,000, plus expenses, for each board meeting they attend in person, $500 for each board meeting they attend by phone, $500 for each committee meeting they attend in person, if it was held on the same day as a board meeting, $1,000, plus expenses, for each board committee meeting they attend in person, if it was held on a separate day from the board meeting, and $500 for each committee meeting they attend by phone, if it was held on a separate day from the board meeting. Non-employee directors were reimbursed for reasonable expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings. We also paid Mr. Simone $15,000 for his service as the audit committee chairman in 2006.

Directors affiliated with TA Associates, Messrs. Johnston and Meeks in 2006, have historically declined to receive board and committee meeting compensation, including equity compensation. It is anticipated that no board or committee meeting fees will be paid to these directors through 2007. See “Management — Director Compensation” for more details regarding our current director compensation policy.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change-in-Control

Employment Agreements

The employment agreements with Mr. Givens, Ms. Arthur and Messrs. Shaw, Seguin and McCarthy provide certain benefits upon the termination of employment. If a named executive officer becomes disabled, he or she shall continue to receive his or her respective full base salary, less any disability pay or sick pay benefits to which he or she may be entitled under our other benefit policies, and employee benefits for a period of up to twelve months. After twelve months, we may terminate his or her employment.

Generally, if a named executive officer terminates his or her employment for good reason or we terminate his or her employment without cause, he or she is entitled to receive payment of any bonus or non-equity incentive plan award that he or she would have been entitled to receive had his or her employment not been terminated, pro rata for the number of days he or she was employed us during the relevant period. If the named executive officer terminates his or her employment for good reason or we terminate his or her employment without cause, the named executive officer will receive 100% salary continuation for a period of twelve months from the date of termination.

Cause is defined in the employment agreements as (i) any act of fraud, gross misconduct or harassment that materially and adversely affects us, (ii) any act of dishonesty, deceit or illegality, in any such case, materially and adversely affecting us, (iii) conviction or indictment (if the indictment has a material adverse effect on us) of a felony, or any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, (iv) the commission of an act involving a violation of material procedures or policies of ours, (v) a material and sustained failure to perform the duties and responsibilities assigned or delegated under their respective employment agreement which failure continues for 30 days after written notice, (vi) gross negligence or willful misconduct that materially and adversely affects us or (vii) a material breach by the executive of any of the executive officers’ confidentiality or non-compete obligations.

Good reason is defined in the employment agreements as (i) a substantial adverse change in the nature or scope of responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties under the respective employment agreement, (ii) a reduction in annual base salary, except for an across-the-board salary reduction similarly affecting all or substantially all management employees, (iii) a requirement by us that he or she be based anywhere other than 30 miles from Wilmington or Woburn, Massachusetts or (iv) the breach by us of any of our material obligations under the respective employment agreement, after notice and failure to cure such breach within 30 days.

 

93


Table of Contents

In addition, when Mr. Givens retired on December 31, 2006, he was entitled to receive payment of any bonus or non-equity incentive plan award that he would have been entitled to receive under those plans had he not retired.

Payments upon a Triggering Event

The following table sets forth information regarding the amounts payable under employment agreements and the plans described above to the named executive officers by us if a termination by us without cause or termination by the named executive officers for good reason occurred, on December 31, 2006.

 

Name

  

Base Salary(1)

($)

  

Continuation of
Group Health Plan
Benefits(2)

($)

  

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Payments

($)

   

Commissions

($)

   

Total

($)

Robert M. Givens

   239,529    9,846    164,861 (3)(4)       414,236

Jacqueline D. Arthur

   192,400    13,771    69,745 (3)       275,916

Douglas J. Shaw

   209,640    13,771    158,950 (3)(4)(5)       382,361

John L. Seguin

   200,005    13,771    119,995 (3)(4)(5)       333,771

David L. McCarthy

   185,000    13,705    76,428 (4)(5)(6)   25,600 (7)   300,733

 


 

(1) All payments of base salary are payable in accordance with our usual payroll policies.

 

(2) The calculation is based upon the coverage elected by the employee during their employment.

 

(3) Assumes we met or exceeded 110% of our financial targets for 2006 for the company performance component and that the named executive officer earned their target amount for the individual component under the 2006 Executive Compensation Plan. The total target incentive compensation was 36.25% of the named executive officer’s base salary. All amounts payable under the 2006 Executive Compensation Plan are payable in accordance with the regularly scheduled payments of the plan.

 

(4) All amounts payable under the LIC are payable in accordance with the regularly scheduled payments of the plan.

 

(5) Assumes the executive officer earned the maximum amount under the Management by Objectives Plan.

 

(6) Assumes we met or exceeded 110% of our financial targets for 2006 and that Mr. McCarthy met his target amount under the 2006 Sales Compensation Plan for incentive compensation. Mr. McCarthy’s target amount for incentive compensation for 2006 under this plan was $15,000. All amounts payable under this plan are payable in accordance with the regularly scheduled payments of the plan.

 

(7) Assumes Mr. McCarthy achieved 100% of his assigned quotas under the 2006 Sales Compensation Plan. All amounts payable under this plan are payable in accordance with the regularly scheduled payments of the plan.

Payment of all amounts following the termination of a named executive officer and continuation of any health care benefits, is subject to continuing obligations of the named executive officer to cooperate with us to enforce our intellectual property rights, comply with a one-year non-competition agreement, comply with a one-year non-solicitation and non-hire agreement and execute a general release in a form reasonably satisfactory to us. We have the right to cancel the termination benefits if the named executive officer fails to materially comply with any of these provisions or if he or she fails to materially comply with the confidentiality provisions of his or her employment agreement.

 

94


Table of Contents

Finally, upon the death of a named executive officer, he or she will be entitled to any benefits that may be due under any life insurance policy of ours maintained similarly for all employees.

Stock Options and Restricted Stock

Stock option grants and restricted stock awards currently held by a named executive officer and which have been granted under the 2004 Option Plan do not accelerate upon termination of such named executive officers’ employment by us unless there has been a change in control of us. If the stock option grants and restricted stock awards remain in effect following the change in control, then 50% of the then unvested shares shall vest if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated by us, or our successor, without cause or by the named executive officer for good reason, in either case, within twelve months after the change in control.

Under the 2004 Option Plan, cause means (i) the commission of any act by a grantee constituting financial dishonesty against us (which act would be chargeable as a crime under applicable law), (ii) any other act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation, moral turpitude, illegality or harassment which, as determined in good faith by our board of directors, would adversely affect us, (iii) the repeated failure to follow the directives of our chief executive officer or our board of directors or (iv) any material misconduct, violation of our policies or willful and deliberate non-performance of duty.

Under the 2004 Option Plan, good reason means (i) a substantial adverse change in the nature or scope of the employee’s responsibilities, authorities, powers, functions or duties, (ii) a reduction in the employee’s annual base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all management employees or (iii) the relocation of our offices at which the employee is principally employed to a location more than 75 miles from such offices.

Notwithstanding Mr. Givens’ retirement on December 31, 2006, his stock option grants and restricted stock awards continue to vest while he remains on the board of directors and were not terminated.

Employee Benefit Plans

2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Our 2007 Option Plan, was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in                          2007. The 2007 Option Plan permits us to make grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, deferred stock awards, restricted stock awards, unrestricted stock awards and dividend equivalent rights. We reserved 1,095,890 shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2007 Option Plan. This number is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock split, stock dividend or other change in our capitalization. Generally, shares that are forfeited or canceled from awards under the 2007 Option Plan also will be available for future awards. As of                      2007, no awards had been granted under the 2007 Option Plan.

The 2007 Option Plan may be administered by either a committee of at least two non-employee directors or by our full board of directors, or the administrator. The administrator has full power and authority to select the participants to whom awards will be granted, to make any combination of awards to participants, to accelerate the exercisability or vesting of any award and to determine the specific terms and conditions of each award, subject to the provisions of the 2007 Option Plan.

All full-time and part-time officers, employees, non-employee directors and other key persons (including consultants and prospective employees) are eligible to participate in the 2007 Option Plan, subject to the discretion of the administrator. There are certain limits on the number of awards that may

 

95


Table of Contents

be granted under the 2007 Option Plan. For example, no more than 547,945 shares of common stock may be granted in the form of stock options or stock appreciation rights to any one individual during any one-calendar-year period.

The exercise price of stock options awarded under the 2007 Option Plan may not be less than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of the option grant and the term of each option may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. The administrator will determine at what time or times each option may be exercised and, subject to the provisions of the 2007 Option Plan, the period of time, if any, after retirement, death, disability or other termination of employment during which options may be exercised.

To qualify as incentive options, stock options must meet additional federal tax requirements, including a $100,000 limit on the value of shares subject to incentive options which first become exercisable in any one calendar year, and a shorter term and higher minimum exercise price in the case of certain large stockholders.

We intend to reconsider our equity compensation policies for our non-employee directors following our initial public offering, including the provision of automatic grants of stock options to non-employee directors under the 2007 Option Plan.

 

   

Stock appreciation rights may be granted under our 2007 Option Plan. Stock appreciation rights allow the recipient to receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The administrator determines the terms of stock appreciation rights, including when such rights become exercisable and whether to pay the increased appreciation in cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination thereof.

 

   

Restricted stock may be granted under our 2007 Option Plan. Restricted stock awards are shares of our common stock that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by the administrator. The administrator will determine the number of shares of restricted stock granted to any employee. The administrator may impose whatever conditions to vesting it determines to be appropriate. For example, the administrator may set restrictions based on the achievement of specific performance goals. Shares of restricted stock that do not vest are subject to our right of repurchase or forfeiture.

 

   

Deferred and unrestricted stock awards may be granted under our 2007 Option Plan. Deferred stock awards are units entitling the recipient to receive shares of stock paid out on a deferred basis, and are subject to such restrictions and conditions as the administrator shall determine. Our 2007 Option Plan also gives the administrator discretion to grant stock awards free of any restrictions.

 

   

Dividend equivalent rights may be granted under our 2007 Option Plan. Dividend equivalent rights are awards entitling the grantee to current or deferred payments equal to dividends on a specified number of shares of stock. Dividend equivalent rights may be settled in cash or shares and are subject to other conditions as the administrator shall determine.

 

   

Cash-based awards may be granted under our 2007 Option Plan. Each cash-based award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the administrator. Payment, if any, with respect to a cash-based award may be made in cash or in shares of stock, as the administrator determines.

Unless the administrator provides otherwise, our 2007 Option Plan does not allow for the transfer of awards and only the recipient of an award may exercise an award during his or her lifetime.

 

96


Table of Contents

In the event of a merger, sale or dissolution, or a similar “sale event,” unless assumed or substituted, all stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 2007 Option Plan will automatically become fully exercisable, all other awards granted under the 2007 Option Plan will become fully vested and non-forfeitable and awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and non-forfeitable in connection with a sale event in the administrator’s discretion. In addition, upon the effective time of any such sale event, the 2007 Option Plan and all awards will terminate unless the parties to the transaction, in their discretion, provide for appropriate substitutions or assumptions of outstanding awards. Any award so assumed or continued or substituted shall be deemed vested and exercisable in full upon the date on which the grantee’s employment or service relationship with us terminates if such termination occurs (i) within 18 months after such sale event and (ii) such termination is by us or a successor entity without cause or by the grantee for good reason.

No awards may be granted under the 2007 Option Plan after                      2017. In addition, our board of directors may amend or discontinue the 2007 Option Plan at any time and the administrator may amend or cancel any outstanding award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose. No such amendment may adversely affect the rights under any outstanding award without the holder’s consent. Other than in the event of a necessary adjustment in connection with a change in the company’s stock or a merger or similar transaction, the administrator may not “reprice” or otherwise reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or stock appreciation rights. Further, amendments to the 2007 Option Plan will be subject to approval by our stockholders if the amendment (i) increases the number of shares available for issuance under the 2007 Option Plan, (ii) expands the types of awards available under, the eligibility to participate in, or the duration of, the plan, (iii) materially changes the method of determining fair market value for purposes of the 2007 Option Plan, (iv) is required by the Nasdaq Global Market rules, or (v) is required by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, to ensure that incentive options are tax-qualified.

2004 Option Plan

Our 2004 Option Plan was adopted by our board of directors and approved by our stockholders in November 2004. We reserved 1,360,955 shares of our common stock for the issuance of awards under the 2004 Option Plan through December 31, 2006. Our board of directors determined not to grant any further awards under our 2004 Option Plan. See “Management — Executive Compensation and Compensation Discussion and Analysis” for a discussion of our 2004 Option Plan.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws to be in effect at the closing of this offering that limit or eliminate the personal liability of our directors. Consequently, a director will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages or breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for:

 

   

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders;

 

   

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

   

any unlawful payments related to dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or

 

   

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

 

97


Table of Contents

These limitations of liability do not alter director liability under the federal securities laws and do not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission.

In addition, our by-laws provide that:

 

   

we will indemnify our directors, officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; and

 

   

we will advance expenses, including attorneys’ fees, to our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to our officers and certain employees, in connection with legal proceedings, subject to limited exceptions.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and certain of our executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law and advance expenses to each indemnified director and officer in connection with any proceeding in which indemnification is available.

We also maintain general liability insurance which covers certain liabilities of our directors and officers arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers, or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers under these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions, the indemnification agreements and the insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers.

At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or officers where indemnification will be required or permitted. We are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that might result in a claim for such indemnification.

 

98


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Arrangements with TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and Certain Officers

Acquisition of Agfa Monotype

Until November 2004, Agfa operated its font and printer driver business through Agfa Monotype. On November 5, 2004, through a series of transactions described in greater detail below, these assets were acquired by a new entity, Monotype Imaging, which was wholly-owned by TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype, for a total purchase price of $194.0 million (consisting of cash plus assumption of certain obligations).

Investments in Holding Company.     TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of our officers and employees purchased interests in IHC, the parent of Monotype Imaging, as set forth below.

 

   

TA Associates purchased 5,204,040 shares of convertible preferred stock for $52.0 million and 304,752 shares of common stock for $3,000.

 

   

D.B. Zwirn purchased 250,000 shares of convertible preferred stock for $2.5 million and 17,075 shares of common stock for $170.

 

   

Certain of our officers and employees purchased shares of convertible preferred stock and shares of common stock as further described below.

Reinvestment of Transaction Bonus paid to Agfa Employees .    Agfa Monotype was obligated to pay certain officers and employees of Agfa Monotype a Transaction Bonus in the event of, among other things, a sale by Agfa of all of the common stock of Agfa Monotype. These payments were distributed following the closing, a portion of which were used to purchase shares of IHC and to acquire the notes described below.

 

   

Messrs. Shaw, Seguin, Burk, DeWitt, McCallum, McCarthy, Ms. Money and Messrs. Murphy and Givens received aggregate payments of approximately $5.4 million, $529,000, $1.3 million, $397,000, $397,000, $2.1 million, $397,000, $397,000 and $5.4 million, respectively.

 

   

Messrs. Shaw, Seguin, Burk, DeWitt, McCallum, McCarthy, Ms. Money and Messrs. Murphy and Givens used approximately $780,000, $77,000, $193,000, $120,000, $90,000, $308,000, $58,000, $75,000 and $780,000, out of their respective Transaction Bonus payments to purchase 77,959, 7,668, 19,269, 12,000, 9,000, 30,770, 5,801, 7,500 and 77,959 shares of convertible preferred stock of IHC, respectively, and 4,420, 442, 1,088, 680, 510, 1,751, 323, 425 and 4,420 shares of common stock of IHC, respectively. Mr. Greve invested $15,000 of his 2004 payment under the LIC plus a portion of his bonus to purchase 1,500 shares of convertible preferred stock of IHC and 85 shares of common stock of IHC.

Subordinated Notes Guaranteed by IHC.     In connection with the acquisition, TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype loaned certain of our affiliates approximately $20.1 million, which was guaranteed by IHC, as set forth below. The subordinated note purchase agreement provided for the issuance of senior subordinated notes, due on May 6, 2010, which bore interest, compounded quarterly, on the unpaid principal amount at the rate of 12.00% per annum, payable in cash quarterly in arrears on May 15, August 15, November 15 and February 15 of each year, beginning February 15, 2005. The notes included a prepayment penalty if a voluntary redemption occurred prior to the maturity date.

 

   

TA Associates purchased senior subordinated notes with a principal amount of $17.8 million.

 

99


Table of Contents
   

D.B. Zwirn purchased senior subordinated notes with a principal amount of $1.0 million.

 

   

Messrs. Shaw, Seguin, Burk, DeWitt, Greve, McCallum, McCarthy, Ms. Money and Messrs. Murphy and Givens purchased senior subordinated notes with principal amounts of $260,000, $26,000, $64,000, $40,000, $5,000, $30,000, $103,000, $19,000, $25,000 and $260,000, respectively.

Rights of Convertible Preferred.     The convertible preferred stock purchased by TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of our officers and employees had the rights, preferences and other terms as set forth in the certificate of incorporation of IHC, as in effect at the time thereof, including rights to convert into redeemable preferred and common stock in connection with this offering.

Other Events.     In connection with the acquisition, Messrs. Johnston and Meeks, Managing Directors of TA Associates, became members of our board of directors.

On June 15, 2005, Ms. Arthur and her two sons purchased an aggregate of 19,405 shares of our convertible preferred stock at a purchase price of $15.46 per share. On June 17, 2005, Ms. Arthur purchased 33,000 shares of restricted common stock at a fair market value of $5.46 per share.

Recapitalization of IHC

In August 2005, IHC entered into a recapitalization transaction and debt refinancing, which resulted in Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc., the issuer in this offering, becoming the parent of IHC. All of the holders of shares of common stock of IHC exchanged their shares for shares of our common stock and all of the holders of shares of preferred stock of IHC exchanged their shares for shares of our convertible preferred stock and certain grants and payments described below. We also assumed the 2004 Stock Option Plan.

Cash Payments.     Holders of convertible preferred stock received cash payments in the aggregate amount of $48.3 million, which reduced the aggregate liquidation preference of the shares of preferred stock from $10.00 to $1.74 per share.

 

   

TA Associates received a cash payment in the amount of $43.0 million.

 

   

D.B. Zwirn received a cash payment in the amount of $2.1 million.

 

   

Messrs. Shaw, Seguin, Burk, DeWitt, Greve, McCallum, McCarthy, Ms. Money and Messrs. Murphy and Givens received cash payments in the amount of approximately $644,000, $63,000, $159,000, $99,000, $12,000, $74,000, $254,000, $48,000, $62,000 and $644,000, respectively. Ms. Arthur also received cash payments in the amount of $102,000, and each of her two sons received payments of $29,000.

Options and Restricted Stock.     Additional options and restricted stock were granted and issued, respectively, to each person who held options and restricted stock at the time of the transfer of the 2004 Stock Option Plan to Monotype.

 

   

Messrs. Shaw, Seguin, Burk, DeWitt, Greve, McCarthy, Ms. Money and Messrs. Murphy and Givens received options to purchase 28,000, 8,770, 3,500, 2,917, 1,750, 9,333, 1,750, 2,655 and 17,500 shares of common stock of Monotype, respectively.

 

   

Mr. McCallum received 2,917 shares of restricted stock of Monotype.

 

   

Ms. Arthur and Mr. Martin received options to purchase 5,841 and 5,310 shares of common stock of Monotype, respectively.

 

100


Table of Contents

As part of the recapitalization, we refinanced our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities and borrowed additional amounts from our existing lenders as further described below. A portion of the proceeds was used to retire the subordinated notes issued to TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of our officers and employees issued in connection with the acquisition of Monotype, at their face amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus a pre-payment premium equal to 6% of the face amount, as follows:

 

   

TA Associates received a total cash payment of $19.2 million.

 

   

D.B. Zwirn received a total cash payment of $1.1 million.

 

   

Messrs. Shaw, Seguin, Burk, DeWitt, Greve, McCallum, McCarthy, Ms. Money and Messrs. Murphy and Givens received total cash payments in the amount of $280,000, $28,000, $69,000, $43,000, $5,000, $32,000, $111,000, $20,000, $27,000 and $280,000, respectively.

Arrangements with D.B. Zwirn and Wells Fargo

In connection with the acquisition of Agfa Monotype described above, we entered into a First Lien Credit Facility arranged by Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. and a Second Lien Credit Facility arranged by D.B. Zwirn. The term loans under these credit facilities were amended in August 2005 to increase the borrowings permitted from $75 million to $100 million under the First Lien Credit Facility and from $40 million to $65 million under the Second Lien Credit Facility in connection with the recapitalization and to retire the subordinated notes. The terms of these facilities were amended again in July 2006, in connection with the acquisition of China Type Design and Linotype, to increase the term loans from $100 million to $140 million under the First Lien Credit Facility and from $65 million to $70 million under the Second Lien Credit Facility, and to increase the $5 million revolving line-of-credit under the First Lien Credit Facility to $10 million.

Our First Lien Credit Facility provides for a $140 million term loan and a $10 million revolving line-of-credit, both of which expire on July 28, 2011. The principal amount of the First Lien Credit Facility term loan is payable in monthly installments of approximately $792,000 in year one, $1.0 million in year two, $1.1 million in year three and $1.1 million thereafter through maturity. In addition, based on the annual audited financial statements, if the leverage ratio, as defined in the First Lien Credit Facility agreement, as of the end of the year, exceeds a specified maximum, we must repay 50.0% of the amount equal to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA, less payments for principal, interest, capital expenditures and taxes for the period. The next twelve scheduled monthly payments are then reduced ratably by an aggregate of 50% of this additional payment. The additional payment due in May 2007 is $3.3 million and our next twelve monthly payments thereafter will be reduced by $136,000 each. There were no outstanding borrowings under the revolving line-of-credit at December 31, 2006. Our Second Lien Credit Facility is due and payable in full on July 28, 2011.

At our option, borrowings under these facilities bear interest at either (i) the prime rate plus a margin, as defined by the respective credit agreement, or (ii) LIBOR, plus a margin, as defined by the respective credit agreement, payable monthly. The credit agreements require us to maintain certain identical quarterly financial covenants, including minimum earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and a maximum leverage ratio. These credit facilities are secured by substantially all of our assets, with the First Lien Credit Facility on a secured basis and the Second Lien Credit Facility secured on a second lien basis.

As of December 31, 2006, the blended interest rate on the First Lien Credit Facility was 8.63% and the blended interest rate on the Second Lien Credit Facility was 12.12%.

We intend to use part of the proceeds received in connection with this offering to repay the Second Lien Credit Facility in full.

 

101


Table of Contents

Conversion of Convertible Preferred Stock

Our certificate of incorporation effective until immediately prior to the closing of this offering contains customary provisions relating to the convertible preferred stock regarding liquidation and sale preference, voting rights and required approvals of certain transactions, among others. Upon the completion of this offering, all of the shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into an aggregate of 5,840,354 shares of our common stock and 5,840,354 shares of our redeemable preferred stock. All of the shares of redeemable preferred stock will then be immediately redeemed for an aggregate payment of $9.7 million.

Stockholders Agreement

In connection with the acquisition of Monotype described above, we entered into the stockholders agreement on November 5, 2004, with TA Associates and D.B. Zwirn. Messrs. Shaw, Seguin, Burk, DeWitt, Greve, McCallum, McCarthy, Ms. Money and Messrs. Murphy and Givens, all of whom are currently directors or executive officers, joined the agreement by executing employee investment agreements dated as of November 5, 2004 and Ms. Arthur, as well as her two sons, joined the agreement by executing an employee investment agreement dated as of June 15, 2005. The purpose of the stockholders agreement is to govern the relationship among the parties to the agreement. The stockholders agreement provides, among other things, the terms on which our securities held by these stockholders are to be transferred and voted. The stockholders agreement contains customary transfer restrictions, rights of first refusal and co-sale, drag-along, preemptive rights and voting obligations. These provisions, as well as most other provisions, of the stockholders agreement terminate upon the closing of this offering. However, there are two material provisions of the stockholders agreement that survive the closing of this offering. The surviving provisions include our covenant to indemnify TA Associates and D.B. Zwirn, including their associated investment funds, subject to exceptions, for damages, expenses or losses arising out of, based upon or by reason of any breach of a covenant or agreement made by us in the stockholders agreement, any third party or governmental claims relating to their status as a security holder, creditor, director, agent, representative or controlling person of us, or otherwise relating to their involvement with us. This covenant continues until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. Lastly, we have covenanted to obtain and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage of at least $5.0 million per occurrence, covering, among other things, violations of federal or state securities laws. We are required to increase the coverage to at least $15.0 million per occurrence in connection with this offering, and this covenant survives the closing of this offering for so long as any person affiliated with TA Associates is a member of our board of directors.

Registration Rights Agreement

In connection with the acquisition of Monotype described above, we entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004, with investment funds affiliated with TA Associates and an investment fund affiliated with D.B. Zwirn. Messrs. Shaw, Seguin, Burk, DeWitt, Greve, McCallum, McCarthy, Ms. Money and Messrs. Murphy and Givens, all of whom are currently directors or executive officers, joined the agreement by executing employee investment agreements dated as of November 5, 2004 and Ms. Arthur, as well as her two sons, joined the agreement by executing an employee investment agreement dated as of June 15, 2005. Under certain circumstances these stockholders are entitled to require us to register their shares of common stock under the securities laws for resale. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

Indemnification and Employment Agreements

We have agreed to indemnify our directors and certain of our executive officers in certain circumstances. See “Management — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification.” We have also entered into employment agreements and non-competition agreements with our executive officers. See “Management — Agreements with Executive Officers.”

 

102


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of March 15, 2007, the most recent practicable date, and as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders in this offering, for:

 

   

each beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding common stock;

 

   

each of our named executive officers;

 

   

each of our directors;

 

   

all of our executive officers and directors as a group; and

 

   

the selling stockholders.

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC. In computing the number of shares beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person, shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007 are deemed outstanding but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to such securities. Except as otherwise indicated, all of the shares reflected in the table are shares of common stock and all persons listed below have sole voting and investment power with respect to the shares beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws. Percentage ownership calculations are based on 6,781,158 shares outstanding as of March 15, 2007, which assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 5,840,354 shares of common stock that will occur at the closing of this offering, but does not include any unexercised options.

 

103


Table of Contents

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase up to an aggregate of              shares in connection with this offering. Information in the following table assumes that the underwriters do not exercise this option.

 

Name and Address of

Beneficial Owner(1)

  Beneficial Ownership
Prior to Offering
        Beneficial Ownership
After Offering
 
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage     Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares
Beneficially
Owned
  Percentage  

TA Associates Funds(2)

  5,508,792   81.2 %                %

D.B. Zwirn(3)

  267,075   3.9        

Douglas J. Shaw(4)

  251,061   3.7        

Jacqueline D. Arthur(5)

  54,595   *        

John L. Seguin(6)

  55,318   *        

Jeffrey J. Burk(7)

  41,442   *        

David R. DeWitt(8)

  30,250   *        

Geoffrey W. Greve(9)

  12,127   *        

Steven R. Martin(10)

  16,991   *        

John H. McCallum(11)

  28,904   *        

David L. McCarthy(12)

  88,747   1.3        

Patricia J. Money(13)

  16,666   *        

Jack P. Murphy(14)

  20,724   *        

Robert M. Givens(15)

  194,368   2.9        

A. Bruce Johnston(16)

  5,508,792   81.2        

Roger J. Heinen, Jr.(17)

  1,875   *        

Pamela F. Lenehan(18)

  1,875   *        

Jonathan W. Meeks(19)

  5,508,792   81.2        

Peter J. Simone(20)

  15,000   *        

Allan W. Ristow(21)

  34,954   *        

Timothy Fraser(22)

  22,731   *        

Mark S. Brown(23)

  16,666   *        

Donald M. MacDonald(24)

  16,666   *        

Christopher J. Roberts(25)

  12,544   *        

Joseph G. Roberts(26)

  13,785   *        

Robert M. Silva(27)

  13,152   *        

Vladimir Levantovsky(28)

  11,366   *        

Barbara J. Goddeau(29)

  10,002   *        

Susan Waksmonski(30)

  9,637   *        

Kamal Mansour(31)

  9,191   *        

James W. Doolittle(32)

  9,637   *        

Robert Cutillo(33)

  7,301   *        

All executive officers and directors as a group (19 persons)(34)

  6,338,735   88.7                  %

 

* Represents less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.

 

(1) Except as otherwise indicated, addresses are c/o Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc., 500 Unicorn Park Drive, Woburn, MA 01801. The address of TA Associates and Messrs. Johnston and Meeks is c/o TA Associates, Inc., John Hancock Tower, 56th Floor, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, MA 02116. The address of D.B. Zwirn is 745 Fifth Avenue, 18th Floor, New York, NY 10151.

 

(2) The amount shown reflects the aggregate number of shares of common stock held by TA IX L.P., TA/Atlantic and Pacific IV L.P., TA Strategic Partners Fund A L.P., TA Strategic Partners Fund B L.P., TA Investors II, L.P. and TA Subordinated Debt Fund, L.P. (collectively, the “TA Associates Funds”).

Investment and voting control of the TA Associates Funds is held by TA Associates, Inc. No stockholder, director or officer of TA Associates, Inc. has voting or investment power with respect to our shares of common stock held by the TA Associates Funds. Voting and investment power with respect to such shares is vested in a four-person investment committee consisting of the following employees of TA Associates: Messrs. A. Bruce Johnston, Roger B. Kafker, C. Kevin Landry and Jonathan W. Meeks. Mr. Johnston is a Managing Director of TA Associates, Inc., the manager of the general partner of TA IX L.P. and TA Subordinated Debt Fund L.P., the general partner of the general partner of TA/Atlantic and Pacific IV, L.P., TA Strategic Partners Fund A L.P. and TA Strategic Partners Fund B L.P., and the general partner of TA Investors II, L.P.

 

104


Table of Contents
(3) The amount shown reflects the aggregate number of shares of common stock held by D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P.

 

(4) The amount shown includes 158,182 shares of restricted stock and 10,500 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(5) The amount shown includes 33,000 shares of restricted stock and 730 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007. Also includes 7,116 shares of our common stock held by Andrew and Russell Young, Ms. Arthur’s sons, over which she has voting or investment power.

 

(6) The amount shown includes 39,545 shares of restricted stock and 7,663 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(7) The amount shown includes 19,773 shares of restricted stock and 1,312 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(8) The amount shown includes 16,477 shares of restricted stock and 1,093 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(9) The amount shown includes 9,886 shares of restricted stock and 656 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(10) The amount shown includes 13,743 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(11) The amount shown includes 19,394 shares of restricted stock.

 

(12) The amount shown includes 52,727 shares of restricted stock and 3,499 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(13) The amount shown includes 9,886 shares of restricted stock and 656 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(14) The amount shown includes 9,886 shares of restricted stock and 2,913 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(15) The amount shown includes 98,864 shares of restricted stock and 13,125 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(16) Mr. Johnston is a Managing Director of TA Associates and may be considered to have beneficial ownership of TA Associates’ interest in us. Mr. Johnston disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares. See Note 2 above.

 

(17) The amount shown includes 1,875 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(18) The amount shown includes 1,875 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(19) Mr. Meeks is a Managing Director of TA Associates and may be considered to have beneficial ownership of TA Associates’ interest in us. Mr. Meeks disclaims beneficial ownership of all such shares. See Note 2 above.

 

(20) The amount shown includes 15,000 shares of restricted stock.

 

(21) The amount shown includes 9,886 shares of restricted stock and 656 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(22) The amount shown includes 11,636 shares of restricted stock.

 

(23) The amount shown includes 9,886 shares of restricted stock and 656 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.
(24) The amount shown includes 9,886 shares of restricted stock and 656 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(25) The amount shown includes 9,886 shares of restricted stock and 656 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(26) The amount shown includes 6,591 shares of restricted stock and 437 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(27) The amount shown includes 6,591 shares of restricted stock and 437 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

105


Table of Contents
(28) The amount shown includes 6,591 shares of restricted stock and 437 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(29) The amount shown includes 3,878 shares of restricted stock.

 

(30) The amount shown includes 3,295 shares of restricted stock and 218 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(31) The amount shown includes 3,295 shares of restricted stock and 218 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(32) The amount shown includes 3,295 shares of restricted stock and 218 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

(33) The amount shown includes 1,177 shares of restricted stock.

 

(34) The amount shown includes the beneficial ownership of Mr. Shaw, Ms. Arthur, Messrs. Seguin, Burk and DeWitt, Ms. Dunlap, Messrs. Greve, Martin, McCallum and McCarthy, Ms. Money, Messrs. Murphy, Wildenberg, Givens, Johnston and Heinen, Ms. Lenehan and Messrs. Meeks and Simone and includes 482,620 shares of restricted stock and 59,640 shares subject to options that are immediately exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 15, 2007.

 

106


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

Upon completion of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of              shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, and              shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws to be in effect at the closing of this offering, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law. We refer in this section to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation as our certificate of incorporation, and we refer to our amended and restated by-laws as our by-laws.

As of December 31, 2006, we had 941,022 shares of our common stock outstanding held by 74 stockholders of record, 5,840,354 shares of our convertible preferred stock outstanding held by 36 stockholders of record, no shares of our redeemable preferred stock outstanding and outstanding options to purchase 600,594 shares of our common stock under our 2004 Option Plan, 118,727 of which were vested. Upon the completion of this offering, all shares of our currently outstanding convertible preferred stock will be converted into an aggregate of 5,840,354 shares of common stock.

Common Stock

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders. The holders of our common stock do not have any cumulative voting rights. Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive proportionally any dividends declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferential dividend rights of any outstanding preferred stock.

In the event of our liquidation or dissolution, holders of our common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of all debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any outstanding preferred stock. Holders of our common stock have no preemptive, subscription, redemption or conversion rights. The shares to be issued by us in this offering will be, when issued and paid for, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to              shares of preferred stock in one or more series. Our board of directors can fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible future financings and acquisitions and other corporate purposes could, under certain circumstances, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control and could harm the market price of our common stock.

Our board of directors will make any determination to issue such shares based on its judgment as to our best interests and the best interests of our stockholders. We have no current plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

 

107


Table of Contents

Registration Rights

We entered into a registration rights agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004, with investment funds affiliated with TA Associates and an investment fund affiliated with D.B. Zwirn. Messrs. Givens, Burk, Shaw, Seguin, McCarthy, DeWitt and Greve, Ms. Money and Messrs. McCallum and Murphy, all of whom are currently directors or executive officers, joined the agreement by executing employee investment agreements dated as of November 5, 2004. Subject to the terms of this agreement, holders of shares having registration rights, or registrable securities, can demand that we file a registration statement or request that their shares be covered by a registration statement that we are otherwise filing.

Demand Registration Rights.     At any time after the effective date of this offering, subject to certain exceptions, the holders of two-thirds of the then outstanding registrable securities, which TA Associates currently holds, have the right to demand that we file a registration statement covering the offering and sale of their shares of our common stock that are subject to the registration rights agreement, provided, however, that we are not obligated to cause the registration statement to become effective prior to the date which is six months following the effective date of this offering. We are not obligated to file a registration statement on more than three occasions upon the request of the holders of two-thirds of registrable securities; however, this offering will not count toward that limitation. After the completion of this offering, the investment funds affiliated with TA Associates will own              shares of our common stock.

Form S-3 Registration Rights .    If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, investor parties to the agreement holding registrable securities anticipated to have an aggregate sale price (net of underwriting discounts and commissions, if any) in excess of $500,000 shall have the right, on one or more occasions, to request registration on Form S-3 of the sale of the registrable securities held by the requesting investor.

We have the ability to delay the filing of a registration statement under specified conditions, such as for a period of time following the effective date of a prior registration statement, if our board of directors deems it advisable to delay such filing or if we are in possession of material nonpublic information that would be in our best interests not to disclose. Such postponements cannot exceed 90 days during any twelve month period.

Piggyback Registration Rights.     All parties to the registration rights agreement have piggyback registration rights. Under these provisions, if we register any securities for public sale, including pursuant to any stockholder initiated demand registration, these stockholders will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement, subject to customary exceptions. The underwriters of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights to be included in the registration statement, and piggyback registration rights are also subject to the priority rights of stockholders having demand registration rights in any demand registration.

Expenses of Registration.     We will pay all registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, related to any demand or piggyback registration.

Indemnification.     The registration rights agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify the selling stockholders in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and they are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

Expiration of Registration Rights .    The registration rights granted under the registration rights agreement have no expiration date.

 

108


Table of Contents

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws

Upon completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below.

Board Composition and Filling Vacancies.     In accordance with our certificate of incorporation, our board is divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class being elected each year. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that directors may be removed only for cause and then only by the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% or more of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Furthermore, any vacancy on our board of directors, however occurring, including a vacancy resulting from an increase in the size of our board, may only be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors then in office even if less than a quorum.

No Written Consent of Stockholders.     Our certificate of incorporation provides that all stockholder actions are required to be taken by a vote of the stockholders at an annual or special meeting, and that stockholders may not take any action by written consent in lieu of a meeting. This limit may lengthen the amount of time required to take stockholder actions and would prevent the amendment of our by-laws or removal of directors by our stockholders without holding a meeting of stockholders.

Meetings of Stockholders.     Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws provide that only a majority of the members of our board of directors then in office may call special meetings of stockholders and only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders. Our by-laws limit the business that may be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders to those matters properly brought before the meeting.

Advance Notice Requirements.     Our by-laws establish advance notice procedures with regard to stockholder proposals relating to the nomination of candidates for election as directors or new business to be brought before meetings of our stockholders. These procedures provide that notice of stockholder proposals must be timely given in writing to our corporate secretary prior to the meeting at which the action is to be taken. Generally, to be timely, notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year. The notice must contain certain information specified in the by-laws.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and By-Laws.     As required by the Delaware General Corporation Law, any amendment of our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and the amendment of our certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than 75% of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our by-laws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the by-laws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, or, if our board of directors recommends that the stockholders approve the amendment, by the affirmative vote of the majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, in each case voting together as a single class.

 

109


Table of Contents

Undesignated Preferred Stock.     Our certificate of incorporation provides for              authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our stockholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without stockholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent stockholder or stockholder group. In this regard, our certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in control of us.

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a three-year period following the time that this stockholder becomes an interested stockholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested stockholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions:

 

   

before the stockholder became interested, our board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;

 

   

upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers and employee stock plans, in some instances; or

 

   

at or after the time the stockholder became interested, the business combination was approved by the board of directors of the corporation and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

Section 203 defines a business combination to include:

 

   

any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the interested stockholder;

 

   

any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition involving the interested stockholder of 10% or more of the assets of the corporation;

 

   

subject to exceptions, any transaction that results in the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the corporation to the interested stockholder;

 

110


Table of Contents
   

subject to exceptions, any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interest stockholder; and

 

   

the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits provided by or through the corporation.

Nasdaq Global Market Listing

We are applying to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market under the trading symbol “TYPE.”

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

 

111


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock by a beneficial owner that is a “non-U.S. holder.” A “non-U.S. holder” is a person or entity that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a:

 

   

non-resident alien individual, other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to tax as expatriates;

 

   

foreign corporation; or

 

   

foreign estate or trust.

A “non-U.S. holder” does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and is not otherwise a resident of the United States for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A “non-U.S. holder” also does not include a person that owns, or has owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock. Persons described in this paragraph are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock.

This discussion is based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions and final, temporary and proposed Treasury Regulations, changes to any of which subsequent to the date of this prospectus may affect the tax consequences described herein. This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances and does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction. Prospective holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of owning and disposing of common stock, including the consequences under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction.

Dividends

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not expect to pay dividends in the foreseeable future. In the event that we do pay dividends, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. holder will be required to provide an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty.

The withholding tax does not apply to dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder who provides a Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. resident, subject to an applicable income tax treaty providing otherwise. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or a lower treaty rate).

 

112


Table of Contents

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

A non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on gain realized on a sale or other disposition of common stock unless:

 

   

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States, subject to an applicable treaty providing otherwise; or

 

   

our common stock has ceased to be traded on an established securities market prior to the beginning of the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs, and we have been a U.S. real property holding corporation at any time within the non-U.S. holder’s holding period, or the five-year period preceding the disposition, if shorter.

We believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a U.S. real property holding corporation.

Information Reporting Requirements and Backup Withholding

Information returns will be filed with the Internal Revenue Service in connection with payments of dividends and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of common stock. A non-U.S. holder may have to comply with certification procedures to establish that it is not a United States person in order to avoid information reporting and backup withholding tax requirements. The certification procedures required to claim a reduced rate of withholding under a treaty will satisfy the certification requirements necessary to avoid the backup withholding tax as well. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a non-U.S. holder will be allowed as a credit against such holder’s United States federal income tax liability and may entitle such holder to a refund provided that the required information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

Federal Estate Tax

Individual non-U.S. holders and entities the property of which is potentially includible in such an individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes (for example, a trust funded by such an individual and with respect to which the individual has retained certain interests or powers), should note that, absent an applicable treaty benefit, the common stock will be treated as U.S. situs property subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

113


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Although we intend to apply to have our common stock approved for quotation on the Nasdaq Global Market, we cannot assure you that there will be an active public market for our common stock.

Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of              shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of              shares of common stock offered in our initial public offering and no exercise of options after December 31, 2006. Of these shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, whose sales would be subject to certain limitations and restrictions described below. See “ — Lock-Up Agreements.”

The remaining              shares of common stock held by existing stockholders were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Of these shares,              shares will be subject to “lock-up” agreements described below on the effective date of this offering. The              shares reserved under our 2007 Option Plan are not subject to the lock-up agreements and, unless we expressly state otherwise, are not included in the discussion below. On the effective date of this offering, there will be no shares which are not subject to lock-up agreements and eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144(k). Upon expiration of the lock-up agreements 180 days after the effective date of this offering,              shares will become eligible for sale, subject in most cases to the limitations of Rule 144. In addition, holders of stock options could exercise such options and sell certain of the shares issued upon exercise as described below. See “ — Lock-Up Agreements.”

 

Days After Date of This Prospectus

  

Shares Eligible

for Sale

  

Comment

Upon Effectiveness

      Shares sold in the offering

90 Days

     

Shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701 that are not subject to a lock-up.

180 Days

     

Lock-up released; shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701

Thereafter

      Restricted securities held for one year or less

Employee Benefit Plans

As of December 31, 2006, there were a total of 600,594 shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our 2004 Option Plan, approximately 118,727 of which were vested and exercisable. Immediately after the completion of this offering, we intend to file registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for future issuance under the 2004 Option Plan and the 2007 Option Plan. On the date which is 180 days after the effective date of this offering, a total of approximately              shares of common stock subject to outstanding options will be vested and exercisable. After the effective dates of the registration statements on Form S-8, shares purchased under the 2004 Option Plan or the 2007 Option Plan generally would be available for resale in the public market.

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with this offering, we, our executive officers, our directors who own shares of our common stock or options to acquire shares of our common stock and certain of our stockholders will enter into 180-day lock-up agreements with the underwriters of this offering under which neither we nor they may, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of

 

114


Table of Contents

any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock without the prior written consent of the underwriters. See “Underwriting.”

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year, including an affiliate, would be entitled to sell in “broker’s transactions” or to market makers, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

   

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately              shares immediately after this offering; or

 

   

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

Sales under Rule 144 are generally subject to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 144(k)

Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, is entitled to sell such shares without having to comply with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, “144(k) shares” may be sold immediately upon the completion of this offering.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to comply with the holding period and notice filing requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, volume limitation or notice filing provisions of Rule 144.

The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, along with the shares acquired upon exercise of such options, including exercises after the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of at least              shares of our common stock have certain rights with respect to the registration of such shares under the Securities Act. See “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” Upon the effectiveness of a registration statement covering these shares, the shares would become freely tradable.

 

115


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

Under the underwriting agreement, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement relating to this prospectus, each of the underwriters named below, for whom Banc of America Securities LLC is acting as representative and sole book-running manager, has agreed to purchase from us the number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:

 

Underwriters

   Number of Shares

Banc of America Securities LLC

  

Jefferies & Company, Inc.

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Needham & Company, LLC

  

Canaccord Adams Inc.

  
  
  
  
    

Total

  
    

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters’ obligations to purchase shares of common stock depend on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, including:

 

   

the obligation to purchase all of the shares of common stock offered hereby (other than shares of common stock covered by the option to purchase additional shares as described below) if any of the shares are purchased;

 

   

the representations and warranties made by us and the selling stockholders to the underwriters are true;

 

   

there is no material change in the financial markets; and

 

   

we and the selling stockholders deliver customary closing documents to the underwriters.

Option to Purchase Additional Shares

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of              shares at the public offering price less underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than              shares in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriters’ percentage underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting section.

 

116


Table of Contents

Commissions and Expenses

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts that we and the selling stockholders will pay. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the public offering price and the amount the underwriters pay to purchase the shares from the selling stockholders and us.

 

     Per Share    Total
        No Exercise    Full Exercise

Paid by us

   $                 $                 $             

Paid by the selling stockholders

   $      $      $  

The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the offering price presented on the cover page of this prospectus, and to selected dealers, who may include the underwriters, at the public offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $              per share. The underwriters may allow, and the selected dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $              per share to brokers and dealers. After the offering, the underwriters may change the offering price and other selling terms.

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding underwriting discounts, will be approximately $            . We will pay all costs and expenses of this offering, including expenses of the selling stockholders under the registration rights agreement described under “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

Lock-Up Agreements

We, all of our directors and executive officers, and certain holders of our outstanding stock or options have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC, that we and they will not directly or indirectly, sell, offer, contract or grant any option to sell (including without limitation any short sale), pledge, transfer, establish an open “put equivalent position” or liquidate or decrease a “call equivalent position” or otherwise dispose of or transfer (or enter into any transaction which is designed to, or might reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition of), including the filing (or participation in the filing) of a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission in respect of, any shares of common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of common stock, or securities exchangeable or exercisable for or convertible into shares of common stock currently or hereafter owned either of record or beneficially, or publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing, for a period commencing on the date hereof and continuing through the close of trading on the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, other than permitted transfers described below. In addition, we and they agree that, without the prior written consent of Banc of America Securities LLC, we and they will not, during such period, make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock in connection with any registration statement that would be filed during the lock-up period.

Transfers or dispositions can be made sooner:

 

   

to any other person or entity, for as long as such other person or entity is controlled, controls, is in common control with or is an investment fund or similar entity managed by one or more investment managers of the transferor, or managed by the same general partner or manager as the transferor, or by any other general partner or manager within the same group as the transferor or its general partner;

 

117


Table of Contents
   

either during the transferor’s lifetime or on death, by gift, will or intestate succession to children, stepchildren, or grandchildren (or any of their spouses), parents, stepparents, grandparents, spouse, domestic partner, siblings, in-laws or persons related by reason of legal adoption of the transferor; or

 

   

to a trust the beneficiaries of which are exclusively the transferor and/or children, stepchildren, or grandchildren (or any of their spouses), parents, stepparents, grandparents, spouse, domestic partner, siblings, in-laws or persons related by reason of legal adoption of the transferor;

provided, however, that in the case of the exceptions set forth above it shall be a condition to such transfer that the transferee agrees to hold the common stock subject to the provisions of the lock-up agreement, that no filing by any party under the Exchange Act is required or made in connection with such transfer or distribution, no public announcement is required by law or is made and notice is provided to Banc of America Securities LLC in advance.

The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding two paragraphs will be extended if:

 

   

during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to us occurs; or

 

   

prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period;

in which case the restrictions described in the two preceding paragraphs will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the date of issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Banc of America Securities LLC, in its sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Banc of America Securities LLC will consider, among other factors, the holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

Offering Price Determination

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market of our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, we and the representatives will consider:

 

   

prevailing market conditions;

 

   

our historical performance and capital structure;

 

   

estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects;

 

   

an overall assessment of our management; and

 

   

the consideration of these factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

 

118


Table of Contents

Indemnification

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities relating to the offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities arising from breaches of the representations and warranties contained in the underwriting agreement, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

The underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of our common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

 

   

A short position involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares involved in the sales by the underwriters is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase by exercising their option to purchase additional shares. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in their option to purchase additional shares. The underwriters may close out any short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

   

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase common stock so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

   

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through their option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters sell more shares than could be covered by their option to purchase additional shares, creating a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

   

Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the common stock originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may raise or maintain the market price of our common stock or prevent or slow a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Global Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

119


Table of Contents

Stamp Taxes

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Electronic Distribution

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the underwriters on the same basis as other allocations.

Other than the prospectus in electronic format, information contained in any other website maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us and should not be relied on by investors in deciding whether to purchase any shares of common stock. The underwriters and selling group members are not responsible for information contained in websites that they do not maintain.

Discretionary Sales

The underwriters have informed us that they will not confirm sales to accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority in excess of 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

Relationships

The underwriters may in the future perform investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they may in the future receive customary fees and expenses. The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with or perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business. We currently have no agreements or commitments with respect to any such transactions or services.

Foreign Selling Restrictions

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of the shares of our common stock to the public may not be made in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to our common stock which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of shares of our common stock may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive if they have been implemented in the Relevant Member State:

(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

120


Table of Contents

(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive,

provided that no such offer of shares of our common stock shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of the shares of our common stock to the public” in relation to any shares of our common stock in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares of our common stock to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares of our common stock, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Prospective Investors in France

No prospectus (including any amendment, supplement or replacement thereto) has been prepared in connection with the offering of the shares of our common stock that has been approved by the Autorité des marchés financiers or by the competent authority of another State that is a contracting party to the Agreement on the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des marchés financiers; no shares of our common stock have been offered or sold and will be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France except to permitted investors (“Permitted Investors”) consisting of persons licensed to provide the investment service of portfolio management for the account of third parties, qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account and/or investors belonging to a limited circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, with “qualified investors” and “limited circle of investors” having the meaning ascribed to them in Articles L. 411-2, D. 411-1, D. 411-2, D. 411-4, D. 734-1, D. 744-1, D. 754-1 and D. 764-1 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier and applicable regulations thereunder; none of this prospectus or any other materials related to the offering or information contained therein relating to the shares of our common stock has been released, issued or distributed to the public in France except to Permitted Investors; and the direct or indirect resale to the public in France of any shares of our common stock acquired by any Permitted Investors may be made only as provided by Articles L. 411-1, L. 411-2, L. 412-1 and L. 621-8 to L. 621-8-3 of the French Code Monétaire et Financier and applicable regulations thereunder.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

No shares of our common stock are to be offered or sold other than to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding, managing or disposing of investments (as principal or as agent) for the purposes of their businesses or who it is reasonable to expect will acquire, hold, manage or dispose of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses where the issue of the shares of our common stock would otherwise constitute a contravention of Section 19 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (the “FSMA”) by the Issuer. No communication, invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) shall be made in connection with the issue or sale of the shares of our common stock in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply. All applicable provisions of the FSMA will be complied with in respect to the offer of the shares of our common stock in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

121


Table of Contents

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The shares of our common stock are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares of our common stock will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Italy

The offering of the shares of our common stock has not been cleared by the Italian Securities Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa, the “CONSOB”) pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, the shares of our common stock may not and will not be offered, sold or delivered, nor may or will copies of this prospectus or any other documents relating to the shares of our common stock be distributed in Italy, except (i) to professional investors (operatori qualificati), as defined in Article 31, second paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11522 of July 1, 1998, as amended, (the “Regulation No. 11522”), or (ii) in other circumstances which are exempted from the rules on solicitation of investments pursuant to Article 100 of Legislative Decree No. 58 of February 24, 1998 (the “Financial Service Act”) and Article 33, first paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended.

Any offer, sale or delivery of the shares of our common stock or distribution of copies of this prospectus or any other document relating to the shares of our common stock in Italy may and will be effected in accordance with all Italian securities, tax, exchange control and other applicable laws and regulations, and, in particular, will be: (i) made by an investment firm, bank or financial intermediary permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with the Financial Services Act, Legislative Decree No. 385 of September 1, 1993, as amended (the “Italian Banking Law”), Regulation No. 11522, and any other applicable laws and regulations; (ii) in compliance with Article 129 of the Italian Banking Law and the implementing guidelines of the Bank of Italy; and (iii) in compliance with any other applicable notification requirement or limitation which may be imposed by CONSOB or the Bank of Italy.

Any investor purchasing the shares of our common stock in the offering is solely responsible for ensuring that any offer or resale of the shares of our common stock it purchased in the offering occurs in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

This prospectus and the information contained herein are intended only for the use of its recipient and, unless in circumstances which are exempted from the rules on solicitation of investments pursuant to Article 100 of the Financial Service Act and Article 33, first paragraph, of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of May 14, 1999, as amended, is not to be distributed, for any reason, to any third party resident or located in Italy. No person resident or located in Italy other than the original recipients of this document may rely on it or its content.

Italy has only partially implemented the Prospectus Directive, the provisions under the heading “Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area” above shall apply with respect to Italy only to the extent that the relevant provisions of the Prospectus Directive have already been implemented in Italy.

Insofar as the requirements above are based on laws that are superseded at any time pursuant to the implementation of the Prospectus Directive, such requirements shall be replaced by the applicable requirements under the Prospectus Directive.

 

122


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, has passed upon the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby. Certain partners of Goodwin Procter LLP are limited partners of investment partnerships which are affiliated with TA Associates and are stockholders of Monotype. Davis Polk & Wardwell, Menlo Park, California, is representing the underwriters in this offering.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. at December 31, 2005 and 2006, and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 (Successor Basis), the period from November 5, 2004 through December 31, 2004 (Successor Basis) and the period from January 1, 2004 through November 4, 2004 (Predecessor Basis) appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Linotype GmbH at March 31, 2005 and 2006, and for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2006, appearing in this Prospectus and Registration Statement have been audited by Ernst & Young AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft Steuerberatungsgesellschaft, independent auditors, as set forth in their report thereon appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 (File Number 333-140232) under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information pertaining to us and our common stock, you should refer to the registration statement and to its exhibits. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are not necessarily complete, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon the closing of the offering, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facility at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549.

You may also obtain copies of the documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facility.

 

123


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F–2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets — December 31, 2005 and 2006

   F–3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations — For the period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, the period November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006

   F–4  

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) — For the period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, the period November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006

   F–5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows — For the period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, the period November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006

   F–7  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   F–9  

LINOTYPE GMBH

 

Report of Independent Auditors

   F–45

Balance Sheets — March 31, 2005 and 2006

   F–46

Statements of Income — For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

   F–47

Statements of Shareholder’s Equity — For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

   F–48

Statements of Cash Flows — For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

   F–49

Notes to the Financial Statements

   F–50

Balance Sheets — March 31, 2006 and June 30, 2006 (Unaudited)

   F–65

Statements of Income (Unaudited) — For the three months ended June 30, 2005 and 2006

   F–66

Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) — For the three months ended June 30, 2005 and 2006

   F–67

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

   F–68

 

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. and Subsidiaries:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2006 and 2005 (Successor Basis), and the related consolidated statements of operations, convertible redeemable preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 (Successor Basis), the period from November 5, 2004 through December 31, 2004 (Successor Basis) and the period from January 1, 2004 through November 4, 2004 (Predecessor Basis). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2006 and 2005 (Successor Basis), and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 (Successor Basis), the period from November 5, 2004 through December 31, 2004 (Successor Basis) and the period from January 1, 2004 through November 4, 2004 (Predecessor Basis), in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Notes 2 and 7 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2006 the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—An amendment of FASB Statement Nos. 87, 88, 106, and 132(R) and as discussed in Notes 2 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements, in 2006 the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (Revised 2004), Share-Based Payment .

/s/    E RNST  & Y OUNG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

April 11, 2007

 

F-2


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

    

December 31,

 
     2005     2006     2006  
                 Pro forma  
                 (unaudited)  

Assets

      

Current assets:

      

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10,784     $ 8,540    

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $85 and $0 at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively

     2,971       4,841    

Income tax refunds receivable

     1,603          

Deferred income taxes

     153       793    

Investment in interest rate cap

     206       882    

Prepaid expense and other current assets

     482       1,306    
                  

Total current assets

     16,199       16,362    

Property and equipment, net

     1,081       1,935    

Goodwill

     92,124       138,452    

Intangible assets, net

     92,683       111,419    

Investment in interest rate cap

     1,206       73    

Prepaid royalties

     400       400    

Other assets

     186       1,632    
                  

Total assets

   $ 203,879     $ 270,273    
                  

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

      

Current liabilities:

      

Accounts payable

   $ 340     $ 1,580    

Accrued expenses

     8,721       12,683    

Accrued transaction bonus

     267          

Current portion of deferred compensation

     974       869    

Accrued income taxes

           2,066    

Deferred revenue

     8,830       5,034    

Due to affiliate

     267          

Current portion of long-term debt

     11,153       13,105    
                  

Total current liabilities

     30,552       35,337    

Long-term debt, less current portion

     146,656       189,793    

Deferred compensation, net of current portion

     975          

Deferred income taxes

     6,200       14,369    

Accrued pension benefits

           3,184    

Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)

      

Convertible redeemable preferred stock, at redemption value, $0.01 par value, 6,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2005 and 5,994,199 authorized as of December 31, 2006; 5,846,155 and 5,840,354 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, and 2006, respectively, and no shares authorized as of December 31, 2006, pro forma

     15,793       40,170      

Redeemable preferred stock, at redemption value, $0.01 par value, 6,000,000 shares authorized as of December 31, 2005 and 5,994,199 shares authorized as of December 31, 2006; no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, and 2006, and 5,840,354 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2006, pro forma

               9,654  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

      

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; 932,579 and 941,022 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2005, and 2006, respectively, and 6,781,376 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2006, pro forma

     9       9     68  

Treasury stock, at cost, 10,209 shares as of December 31, 2006 and as of December 31, 2006, pro forma

           (41 )   (41 )

Additional paid-in capital

     221       682     31,140  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

     (48 )     574     574  

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

     3,521       (13,804 )   (13,804 )
                      

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     3,703       (12,580 )   17,937  
                      

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 203,879     $ 270,273    
                  

See accompanying notes.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

   

January 1,
2004 to
November 4,

2004

   

November 5,
2004 to
December 31,

2004

   

Year Ended
December 31,

 
        2005     2006  
    (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Revenue

  $52,010     $13,037     $73,776     $86,204  
 

Cost of revenue

  8,577     1,224     9,513     8,305  

Cost of revenue — amortization of acquired technology

  728     401     2,408     3,021  

Marketing and selling

  9,299     1,853     11,730     14,931  

Research and development

  8,290     1,835     10,668     13,813  

General and administrative

  7,948     1,081     5,639     10,112  

Transaction bonus

  25,207              

Amortization of other intangible assets

  607     1,073     6,459     6,687  
                       

Total costs and expenses

  60,656     7,467     46,417     56,869  
 

Income (loss) from operations

  (8,646 )   5,570     27,359     29,335  
 

Other (income) expense:

               

Interest expense

      2,055     14,893     19,687  

Interest income

  (335 )   (21 )   (158 )   (171 )

(Gain) loss on foreign exchange

          1,427     (592 )

Unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate caps

      238     (503 )   (490 )

Other (income) expense, net

  109     46         (1,621 )

Dividend income

          (105 )   (461 )
                       

Total other (income) expense

  (226 )   2,318     15,554     16,352  
 

Income (loss) before provision for income taxes

  (8,420 )   3,252     11,805     12,983  
 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

  (2,817 )   1,338     4,684     5,921  
                       

Net income (loss)

  $(5,603 )   $1,914     $7,121     $7,062  
                       

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $(5,603 )   $106     $92     $(17,325 )
                       
 

Earnings (loss) per common share data:

               

Basic

  $(5,603.00 )   $0.31     $0.26     $(29.47 )

Diluted

  $(5,603.00 )   $0.29     $0.21     $(29.47 )

Weighted average number of shares:

             

Basic

  1,000     342,754     354,371     587,839  

Diluted

  1,000     6,500,164     6,855,329     587,839  

Pro forma net income available to common stockholders (unaudited)

            $7,062  

Pro forma earnings per share (unaudited)

             

Basic

            $1.10  

Diluted

            $0.97  

Pro forma weighted average number of shares (unaudited)

             

Basic

            6,430,370  

Diluted

            7,059,673  

The purchase method of accounting was used to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed by us in our acquisition from Agfa. Such accounting generally results in increased amortization and depreciation reported in future periods. Accordingly, and because of other effects of purchase accounting, the accompanying financial statements of the predecessor and us are not comparable in all material respects since those financial statements report financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for these two separate entities.

See accompanying notes.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED

STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

    Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
        Common Stock  

Treasury Stock

 

Subscriptions

Receivable

    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income/(Loss)

   

Retained

Earnings
(Deficit)

   

Total

Stockholders’

Equity
(Deficit)

   

Comprehensive

Income/(Loss)

 
    Number of
Shares
  Redemption
Value
        Number of
Shares
  $0.01 Par
Value
 

Number
of
Shares

 

Amount

           

Predecessor:

                               

Balance at December 31, 2003

            1,000           $ 5,386     $ 391     $ 33,219     $ 38,996      

Net income (loss)

                                (5,603 )     (5,603 )   $ (5,603 )

Cumulative translation adjustment

                              306             306       306  
                                   

Dividend and return of capital to Agfa Corporation

                        (5,386 )       (47,871 )     (53,257 )    

Comprehensive loss

                              $ (5,297 )
                                                                       

Balance at November 4, 2004

            1,000                   697       (20,255 )     (19,558 )    
                                                                                   

Successor:

                               

Balance at November 5, 2004

                                           

Net income

                                1,914       1,914     $ 1,914  

Cumulative translation adjustment

                              (18 )           (18 )     (18 )

Issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

  5,826,750   $ 58,268                                        

Issuance of restricted common stock under 2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan

              541,448   $ 5       $ (5 )                        

Issuance of common stock

              342,890     3                             3      
                                   

Comprehensive income

                              $ 1,896  
                                                                                 

Balance at December 31, 2004

  5,826,750     58,268         884,338     8         (5 )           (18 )     1,914       1,899      

 

F-5


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CONVERTIBLE REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK AND

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) — (Continued)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

      Convertible Redeemable
Preferred Stock
    Common Stock   Treasury Stock    

Subscriptions

Receivable

    Additional
Paid-in
Capital
 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income/(Loss)

   

Retained

Earnings
(Deficit)

   

Total

Stockholders’

Equity
(Deficit)

   

Comprehensive

Income/(Loss)

 
      Number of
Shares
    Redemption
Value
    Number of
Shares
    $0.01 Par
Amount
  Number
of
Shares
  Amount              

Balance at December 31, 2004

  5,826,750       58,268       884,338       8         (5 )         (18 )     1,914       1,899      

Net income

                                            7,121       7,121     $ 7,121  

Subscription payments

                            5                       5      

Cumulative translation adjustment

                                      (30 )           (30 )     (30 )

Issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

  19,405       300                                                

Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred stock redemption value

        5,514                                     (5,514 )     (5,514 )    

Issuance of restricted common stock under 2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan

              40,177       1               180                 181      

Exercise of common stock options

              8,064                     41                 41      

Redemption of convertible redeemable preferred stock and conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock and common stock pursuant to recapitalization

        (48,289 )                                              
                                   

Comprehensive income

                                $ 7,091  
                                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2005

  5,846,155       15,793       932,579       9               221     (48 )     3,521       3,703      

Net income

                                            7,062       7,062     $ 7,062  

Cumulative translation adjustment, net of tax

                                      581             581       581  

Unrecognized actuarial gain, net of tax

                                      41             41       41  

Repurchase of convertible redeemable preferred stock

  (5,801 )     (10 )                                              

Repurchase of unvested shares of restricted common stock

              (10,209 )       10,209   $ (41 )                           (41 )    

Accretion of convertible redeemable preferred stock redemption value

        24,387                                         (24,387 )     (24,387 )    

Issuance of common stock under 2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan

              15,000                         13                 13      

Exercise of common stock options

              3,652                         8                 8      

Stock-based compensation

                                      440                 440      
                                   

Comprehensive income

                            $ 7,684  
                                                                                       

Balance at December 31, 2006

  5,840,354     $ 40,170       941,022       9   10,209     (41 )           682     574       (13,804 )     (12,580 )    

Conversion of convertible redeemable preferred stock

  (5,840,354 )     (40,170 )     5,840,354       59                   30,458                 30,517      
                                                                                   

Pro forma December 31, 2006 (Unaudited)

      $     $ 6,781,376     $ 68   10,209   $ (41 )   $   —     $ 31,140   $ 574     $ (13,804 )   $ 17,937      
                                                                                   

The purchase method of accounting was used to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed by us in our acquisition from Agfa. Such accounting generally results in increased amortization and depreciation reported in future periods. Accordingly, and because of other effects of purchase accounting, the accompanying financial statements of the predecessor and us are not comparable in all material respects since those financial statements report financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for these two separate entities.

See accompanying notes.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

   

January 1,
2004 to
November 4,

2004

   

November 5,
2004 to
December 31,

2004

   

Year Ended
December 31,

 
        2005     2006  
    (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Operating activities

             

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,603 )   $ 1,914     $ 7,121     $ 7,062  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

             

Depreciation and amortization

    1,457       1,513       9,360       10,345  

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

          59       919       1,044  

Stock-based compensation

                      440  

Deferred income taxes

    2,505       1,312       2,937       2,404  

Provision for doubtful accounts

          68       50        

Unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate caps

          238       (503 )     (490 )

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquisitions:

             

Accounts receivable

    (3,961 )     4,770       1,298       1,349  

Income tax refund receivable

                (1,157 )      

Prepaid expenses and other assets

    (1,401 )     1,151       (307 )     871  

Accounts payable

    (154 )     180       (32 )     1,038  

Accrued expenses

    (8,547 )     (6,567 )     1,043       730  

Accrued transaction bonus

    25,207       (19,137 )     (937 )     (267 )

Due to Agfa Corporation

    (17,018 )                  

Deferred compensation

          3,380       (3,552 )     (975 )

Due to affiliated company

    (89 )     395       (432 )      

Deferred revenue

    6,622       (268 )     7,628       (3,967 )

Other liabilities

    (140 )                  
                               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (1,122 )     (10,992 )     23,436       19,584  

Investing activities

             

Purchase of property and equipment

    (441 )           (903 )     (539 )

Purchase of technology and trademarks

                      (12,047 )

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

          (163,625 )           (52,974 )

Payment of (increase in) cash surrender value of life insurance contracts

    (41 )     (115 )     1,788        
                               

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

    (482 )     (163,740 )     885       (65,560 )

 

F-7


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)

(in thousands)

 

   

January 1,
2004 to
November 4,

2004

   

November 5,
2004 to
December 31,

2004

   

Year Ended
December 31,

 
        2005     2006  
    (Predecessor)     (Successor)  

Financing activities

             

Purchase of interest rate caps

      (959 )   (188 )   (33 )

Deferred costs related to public offering

              (186 )

Repayments from (advance to) Agfa-Gevaert N.V.

  43,684              

Loan repayments from Agfa Corporation

  10,073              

Proceeds from issuance of debt, net of issuance costs

      131,077     58,853     53,949  

Payments on long-term debt

      (750 )   (33,570 )   (10,534 )

Payments on exchange of preferred stock

          (48,289 )    

Issuance of convertible redeemable preferred stock

      54,616     300      

Issuance of common stock

      3     227     111  

Repurchase of common and convertible redeemable

preferred stock

              (51 )

Dividends and return of capital to Agfa Corporation

  (53,257 )            
                       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

  500     183,987     (22,667 )   43,256  

Effect of exchange rates on cash

  306     (18 )   (107 )   476  
                       

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  (798 )   9,237     1,547     (2,244 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

  1,758         9,237     10,784  
                       

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $960     $9,237     $10,784     $8,540  
                       

Supplemental disclosures:

             

Interest paid

      $515     $15,763     $17,914  

Income taxes paid

          $1,978     $210  

Non-cash transactions:

             

Issuance of common and redeemable preferred stock in lieu of payment of transaction bonuses

      $3,652          

Issuance of debt in lieu of payment of transaction bonuses

      $1,214          

Issuance of convertible notes payable in connection with acquisition of China Type Design

              $600  

The purchase method of accounting was used to record assets acquired and liabilities assumed by us in our acquisition from Agfa. Such accounting generally results in increased amortization and depreciation reported in future periods. Accordingly, and because of other effects of purchase accounting, the accompanying financial statements of the predecessor and us are not comparable in all material respects since those financial statements report financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for these two separate entities.

See accompanying notes.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Period from January 1, 2004 through November 4, 2004, Period from November 5, 2004 through December 31, 2004, and Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of United States dollars, unless otherwise stated)

1.    Nature of Business

Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) is a leading global provider of text imaging solutions. The Company’s technologies and fonts enable the display and printing of high quality digital text. The Company’s technologies and fonts have been widely deployed across a range of consumer electronic (“CE”) devices, including laser printers, digital copiers, mobile phones, digital televisions, set-top boxes and digital cameras, as well as in numerous software applications and operating systems. The Company licenses its text imaging solutions to CE device manufacturers, independent software vendors and creative and business professionals. The Company is headquartered in Woburn, Massachusetts. The Company operates in one business segment: the development, marketing and licensing of technologies and fonts. The Company also maintains various offices worldwide for selling and marketing, research and development and administration. At December 31, 2006, the Company conducts its operations through two domestic operating subsidiaries, Monotype Imaging Inc. (“MTI”) and International Typeface Corporation (“ITC”), and four foreign operating subsidiaries China Type Design Limited (“China Type Design”), Monotype Imaging KK (“Monotype Japan”), Monotype Imaging Ltd. (“Monotype UK”) and Linotype GmbH (“Linotype”).

2.    Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying financial statements reflect the application of certain significant accounting policies as described in this note and elsewhere in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and notes.

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements represent the accounts of Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries.

In November 2004, Imaging Acquisition Corporation, our wholly-owned subsidiary, acquired all of the common stock of Agfa Monotype Corporation (“Agfa Monotype”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Agfa Corporation (“Agfa”). On November 5, 2004, Agfa Monotype was spun off into a new entity, MTI, which was owned by TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype through Imaging Holdings Corp. (“IHC”). IHC became the parent of MTI. In December 2004, we formed Monotype Japan, our wholly-owned Japanese subsidiary. In August 2005, IHC entered into a recapitalization transaction and debt refinancing which resulted in the Company becoming the parent of IHC.

In July 2006, we acquired 80.01% of the capital stock of China Type Design, a Hong Kong corporation. At the time of this acquisition, we already had a 19.99% ownership interest in China Type Design, and following the acquisition, it became our wholly-owned subsidiary. In August 2006, we completed the acquisition of the capital stock of Linotype, a German corporation, through our newly formed wholly-owned subsidiary, Monotype GmbH.

 

F-9


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements present the Company for the period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004 (predecessor basis for the period of Agfa’s ownership of Agfa Monotype), including the accounts of Agfa Monotype’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, ITC and Monotype UK. The accompanying consolidated financial statements present the Company (successor basis for periods subsequent to the acquisition of Agfa Monotype) as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, and for the period from November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, the year ended December 31, 2005, also including the accounts of Monotype Japan, and the year ended December 31, 2006, also including the accounts of China Type Design, Linotype and Monotype GmbH. All intercompany balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet and the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of convertible redeemable preferred stock and stockholders equity (deficit) as of December 31, 2006 reflect the conversion of the convertible redeemable preferred stock (Note 13) into common and redeemable preferred stock at the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock as if it had occurred on December 31, 2006.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. We believe the most judgmental estimates include those related to allowance for doubtful accounts, income taxes, valuation of goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets. We base our estimates and judgments on historical experience and various other appropriate factors, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the amount of revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, investments in interest rate caps and debt. The estimated fair value of these financial instruments approximates their carrying value at December 31, 2005 and 2006.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank deposits and overnight repurchase agreements. We consider all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition to be cash equivalents.

 

F-10


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated on the basis of cost. We capitalize expenditures that materially increase asset lives and charge ordinary repairs and maintenance to operations as incurred. Depreciation is computed by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets:

 

    

Estimated Useful Life

Computer equipment

   2 to 5 years

Furniture and fixtures

   3 years — 13 years

Leasehold improvements

   Shorter of lease term or estimated useful life of 3 years — 5 years

Goodwill and Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired. We account for goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”). Under SFAS 142 we assess the realizability of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets annually and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate there might be an impairment. To determine if an impairment exists, since we operate within a single business segment, the fair value of our company is compared to our carrying value. We estimate fair value by using forecasts of discounted cash flows. The results of the tests indicated that there has been no impairment of goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets.

The utilization of pre-acquisition net operating loss carryforwards subject to a full valuation allowance, and the application of certain provisions of SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes (“SFAS 109”) resulted in the recognition of a decrease in goodwill by approximately $577 and $524 for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Goodwill also decreased by an additional $109 for the year ended December 31, 2006 due to the tax effect of excess tax basis goodwill amortization.

Long-Lived Assets

We account for long-lived assets including property and equipment and amortize long-lived intangible assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets (“SFAS 144”) . SFAS 144 requires companies to (i) recognize an impairment loss only if the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable based on its undiscounted future cash flows, and (ii) measure an impairment loss as the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the asset. We have had no impairments of our long-lived assets.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with Statement of Position (“SOP”) 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition (“SOP 97-2”), as modified by SOP 98-9, Modifications of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with Respect to Certain Transactions . Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, the product has been delivered or services have been provided, the fee is fixed or determinable and collection of the fee is probable.

 

F-11


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

OEM Revenue

Our OEM revenue is derived substantially from per-unit royalties. Under our licensing arrangements we typically receive a royalty for each product unit incorporating our text imaging solutions that is shipped by our OEM customers. We also receive OEM revenue from fixed fee licenses with certain of our OEM customers. Fixed fee licensing arrangements are not based on units the customer ships, but instead, customers pay us on a periodic basis for use of our text imaging solutions. Though significantly less than royalties from per-unit shipments and fixed fees from OEMs, we also receive revenue from operating system and software application vendors who include our text imaging solutions in their products, and for font development. The term of our licenses range from one to ten years, and usually provide for automatic or optional renewals. Revenue from per-unit royalties is recognized in the period during which we receive a royalty report from a customer, typically one quarter after royalty-bearing units are shipped. Revenue from fixed fee licenses is generally recognized when it is billed to the customer, so long as the product has been delivered, the license fee is fixed and non-refundable and collection is probable.

Creative Professional Revenue

We derive our creative professional revenue primarily from font licenses to end-users and custom font design services. We license fonts directly to end-users through our e-commerce websites and via telephone and email, and indirectly through third-party resellers. We also license fonts and provide custom font design services to graphic designers, advertising agencies and corporations.

Revenue from font licenses to our e-commerce customers is recognized upon payment by the customer and electronic shipment of the software embodying the font. Revenue from font licenses to other customers is recognized upon shipment of the software embodying the font. Revenue from resellers is recognized upon notification from the reseller that our font product has been licensed. We generally recognize custom font design services revenue upon delivery of the font.

Cost of Revenue

We pay font license fees on certain fonts that are owned by third parties. We recognize royalty expenses with respect to those font license fees concurrent with the recognition of revenue on licenses to which they relate. Amortization of acquired technology is an additional cost of revenue (see Note 4).

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue results primarily from prepayments against future royalties received from our customers. These amounts are recognized as revenue as the royalties are earned, based upon subsequent royalty reports received from the customers. Deferred revenue as of December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $8.8 million and $5.0 million, respectively.

Advertising Costs

We expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses were $706, $281, $1.7 million and $2.0 million for the period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, the period November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-12


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Research and Development Expenses

Our research and development expense consists principally of salaries, bonuses and benefits of our research and development, engineering and font design personnel who are primarily focused on enhancing the functionality of our text imaging solutions and developing new products. In accordance with SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold or Otherwise Marketed , such costs are required to be expensed until the point that technological feasibility of the software is established. Technological feasibility is determined after a working model has been completed. As our research and development costs primarily relate to software development during the period prior to technological feasibility, all research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred.

Concentration of Credit Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject us to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. Cash equivalents consist primarily of bank deposits and overnight repurchase agreements. Our cash and cash equivalents within the United States (“US”) are placed primarily with high credit-quality financial institutions which are members of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. Deposits of cash held outside the US totaled approximately $3.9 million and $5.2 million, at December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

We grant credit to customers in the ordinary course of business. Credit evaluations are performed on an ongoing basis to reduce credit risk, and no collateral is required from our customers. An allowance for uncollectible accounts is provided for those accounts receivable considered to be uncollectible based upon historical experience and credit evaluation. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, no customers individually accounted for 10% or more of our accounts receivable. For the period from January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, three customers accounted for 19%, 11% and 10% of our total revenue. For the period from November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, two customers accounted for 13% and 12% of our total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2005, one customer accounted for 13% of our total revenue. For the year ended December 31, 2006, no customer accounted for 10% or more of our revenue. Historically, we have not recorded material losses due to customers’ nonpayment.

Derivative Financial Instruments

We use interest rate derivative instruments to hedge our exposure to interest rate volatility resulting from our variable rate debt (see Note 11). SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended (“SFAS 133”) requires that all derivative instruments be reported on the balance sheet at fair value and establishes criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging relationships, including a requirement that all designations must be made at the inception of each instrument. As we did not make such initial designations, SFAS 133 requires changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument to be recognized as current period income or expense.

The fair value of derivative instruments is estimated based on the amount that we would receive or pay to terminate the agreements at the reporting date. In December 2004, we entered into two interest rate cap contracts in the notional amounts of $70.0 million and $30.0 million. The $70.0 million cap expires in November 2007, and the $30.0 million cap expired in November 2006. We entered into a third interest rate cap contract in September 2005, in the notional amount of $50.0 million expiring in September 2008, and in August 2006 we entered into a fourth interest rate cap in the amount of

 

F-13


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

$60.0 million expiring in August of 2008. Under these contracts, to the extent that LIBOR exceeds a fixed maximum rate, we will receive payments on the notional amount. The total fair value of these financial instruments at December 31, 2005 and 2006 was approximately $1.4 million and $955, respectively. For the period from November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, we recognized a loss of approximately $238, a gain of approximately $503 and a gain of approximately $490, respectively, on changes in fair market value of the interest rate caps. These amounts have been included in other income and expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

We also incur foreign currency exchange gains and losses related to certain customers that are invoiced in US dollars, but who have the option to make an equivalent payment in their own functional currencies at a specified exchange rate as of a specified date. In the period from that date until payment in the customer’s functional currency is received and converted into US dollars, we can incur realized gains and losses. Beginning in September 2005, to mitigate this exposure we began to utilize forward contracts with maturities of 90 days or less to hedge our exposure to these currency fluctuations. Any increase or decrease in the fair value of the forward contracts is offset by the change in the value of the hedged assets of our consolidated foreign affiliate. For the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, we incurred a foreign exchange loss of $1.4 million and a gain of $592, respectively. In the years prior to 2005 we did not incur either gains or losses associated with foreign currency hedges. There were no outstanding currency hedges at December 31, 2005 or 2006.

Foreign Currency Translation

In accordance with SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency Translation , all assets and liabilities of our foreign subsidiaries whose functional currency is a currency other than US dollars are translated into US dollars at an exchange rate as of the balance sheet date. Revenue and expenses of these subsidiaries are translated at the average monthly exchange rates in effect for the periods in which the transactions occur. The gains and losses arising from these transactions are reported as a component of “(Gain) loss on foreign exchange” in our consolidated statements of operations. The unrealized gains and losses are reported in “Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)” in our consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

SFAS No. 130, Reporting Comprehensive Income, requires disclosure of all components of comprehensive income on an annual and interim basis. Comprehensive income is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) consists of foreign currency translation adjustments and adjustments to record changes in the funded status of our defined benefit pension plan in accordance with SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132 (R) (“SFAS No. 158”).

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with SFAS 109 . Under this method, a deferred tax asset or liability is determined based on the difference between the financial statement and the tax basis of

 

F-14


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

assets and liabilities, as measured by enacted tax rates in effect when these differences are expected to be reversed. This process includes estimating current tax expense together with assessing temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial accounting purposes. These differences, including differences in the timing of recognition of stock-based compensation expense, result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. We also assess the likelihood that our deferred tax assets will be recovered from future taxable income and, to the extent we believe, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized, we have established a valuation allowance. Significant judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes, deferred tax assets and liabilities and any valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

We monitor the undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries and, as necessary, provide for income taxes on those earnings that are not deemed permanently invested. As of December 31, 2006, there were no undistributed earnings in our foreign subsidiaries.

Stock-Based Compensation

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), Share Based Payment , or SFAS 123(R), which is a revision of Statement No. 123 (“SFAS 123”) Accounting for Stock Based Compensation . SFAS 123(R) supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees (“APB 25”), and amends Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Statement No. 95 Statement of Cash Flows. SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the income statement based on their fair values. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative.

Prior to January 1, 2006, we accounted for employee stock-based compensation in accordance with the provisions of APB 25 and FASB Interpretation No. 44, Accounting for Certain Transactions Involving Stock Compensation — an Interpretation of APB No. 25 , and we complied with the disclosure provisions of SFAS 123, and related SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transaction and Disclosure . Under APB 25, compensation expense is based on the difference, if any, on the date of the grant, between the fair value of our stock and the exercise price of the option. We amortize such stock-based compensation, if any, using the straight-line method over the vesting period.

SFAS 123(R) requires nonpublic companies that used the minimum value method in SFAS 123 for either recognition or pro forma disclosures to apply SFAS 123(R) using the prospective-transition method. As such, the Company will continue to apply APB 25 in future periods to equity awards outstanding at the date of SFAS 123(R)’s adoption that were measured using the minimum value method. In accordance with the requirements of SFAS 123(R), the Company will not present pro forma disclosures for periods prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R), as the estimated fair value of the Company’s stock options granted through December 31, 2005 was determined using the minimum value method.

Effective with the adoption of SFAS 123(R), the Company has elected to use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the weighted-average fair value of options granted. In accordance with SFAS 123(R), the Company will recognize the compensation cost of share-based awards on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the award. The Company is currently evaluating the impact the adoption of SFAS 123(R) will have on the Company’s operating results for periods after December 31, 2006, but the

 

F-15


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

impact of adoption of SFAS 123(R) cannot be predicted with certainty as it is principally a function of the number of options to be granted in the future, the share price on the date of the grant, the expected life of the award and volatility and estimated forfeitures. The adoption of SFAS 123(R) will have no effect on our financial position or cash flow for any period.

The determination of the fair value of share-based payment awards utilizing the Black-Scholes model is affected by our stock price and a number of assumptions, including expected volatility, expected life, risk-free interest rate and expected dividends. We do not have a history of market prices of our common stock as we are not a public company, and as such we estimate volatility in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 107, Share Based Payments (“SAB 107”), using historical volatilities of similar public entities. The expected life of the awards is estimated based on the simplified method, as defined in SAB 107. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates appropriate for the terms of our awards. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of paying no dividends. Forfeitures are estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Stock-based compensation expense recognized in our financial statements in 2006 and thereafter is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest. We evaluate the assumptions used to value our awards on a quarterly basis and if factors change and we employ different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past. If there are any modifications or cancellations of the underlying unvested securities, we may be required to accelerate, increase or cancel any remaining unearned stock-based compensation expense. Future stock-based compensation expense and unearned stock-based compensation will increase to the extent that we grant additional equity awards to employees or we assume unvested equity awards in connection with acquisitions.

As there was no public market for our common stock as of December 31, 2006, we determined the volatility for options granted in 2006 based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies. The expected volatility of options granted was determined using an average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies. The expected volatility for options granted during 2006, was 76.4%. The expected life of options was determined utilizing the simplified method as prescribed by the SAB 107. The average expected life of options granted during 2006 was six years. For 2006, the weighted-average risk free interest rate used was 4.78%. The risk-free interest rate is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock options. We have not paid and do not anticipate paying cash dividends on our common stock; therefore, the expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero. In addition, SFAS 123(R) requires companies to utilize an estimated forfeiture rate when calculating the expense for the period, whereas, SFAS 123 permitted companies to record forfeitures based on actual forfeitures, which was our historical policy under SFAS 123. As a result, we applied an estimated forfeiture rate of 4.1% in 2006 in determining the expense recorded in the accompanying consolidated statement of income.

Prior to March 31, 2006, we granted our employees options to purchase common stock at exercise prices equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock at the time of each grant, as determined by our compensation committee.

In valuing the common stock our compensation committee considered a number of factors, including:

 

   

the illiquidity of our capital stock as a private company;

 

F-16


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

   

the business risks we faced;

 

   

the liquidation preferences, redemption rights and other rights, preferences and privileges of our outstanding preferred stock;

 

   

the outstanding balances on our credit facilities; and

 

   

our actual financial condition and results of operations relative to our formal operating plan during the relevant period.

Effective March 31, 2006, the compensation committee determined to follow the procedures recommended in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid. This approach requires an assessment of future prospects, based on the value of the business using a series of potential outcomes and weighing the probability of each of those outcomes. Management prepared three scenarios, a base case, an optimistic case and a pessimistic case. The possibility of an initial public offering was also considered. The compensation committee reviewed a market comparison of our business with a number of publicly traded firms to test the reasonableness of the overall analysis. The compensation committee reviewed the methodology, the resulting valuation and changed the probabilities of the outcomes that were initially applied as well as the weight given to those probabilities to more accurately reflect the changes in the business.

At the date of each option grant, our board of directors determined that the exercise price for each option was equivalent to the then-existing fair value of our common stock. Our board of directors believes it properly valued our common stock in all periods.

The weighted-average fair value of stock options granted during 2006, under the Black-Scholes option pricing model, was $18.72 per share. For 2006, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of approximately $440 in connection with share-based payment awards. The stock-based compensation expense included $128 in marketing and selling, $78 in research and development, and $234 in general and administrative expense. As of 2006, there was $4.8 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to non-vested stock option awards that is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.7 years.

See Note 12 for a summary of the stock option activity under our stock-based employee compensation plan for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2005 and the period from November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004.

Net income (loss) per share data

The Company calculates net income (loss) per share in accordance with SFAS No. 128, Earnings Per Share (“SFAS 128”), as clarified by EITF Issue No. 03-6, Participating Securities and the Two-class Method Under FASB Statement No. 128, Earnings Per Share (“EITF Issue No. 03-6”) . EITF Issue No. 03-6 clarifies the use of the “two-class” method of calculating earnings per share as originally prescribed in SFAS 128. Effective for periods beginning after March 31, 2004, EITF Issue No. 03-6 provides guidance on how to determine whether a security should be considered a “participating security” for purposes of computing

 

F-17


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

earnings per share and how earnings should be allocated to a participating security when using the two-class method for computing basic earnings per share. The Company has determined that its convertible redeemable preferred stock represents a participating security and therefore has adopted the provisions of EITF Issue No. 03-6 retroactively for all periods presented.

Under the two-class method, basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) applicable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the fiscal period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed using the more dilutive of (a) the two-class method or (b) the if-converted method. The Company allocates net income first to preferred stockholders based on dividend rights under the Company’s certificate of incorporation and then to common stockholders based on ownership interests. Net losses are not allocated to preferred stockholders. Diluted net income (loss) per share gives effect to all potentially dilutive securities, including stock options, using the treasury stock method.

Reclassifications

Certain prior year account balances have been reclassified to conform with the current year’s presentation. The Company has reclassified amortization expense of its acquired technology to cost of revenue—amortization of acquired technology.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In July 2006, the FASB issued Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes — an interpretation of FASB 109 (“FIN 48”). FIN 48 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS 109 . FIN 48 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. FIN 48 also provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting for interim periods, disclosure and transition. Adoption is required as of the beginning of the first fiscal year that begins after December 15, 2006. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of FIN 48, and we do not believe FIN 48 will have a material effect on our financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement is effective for the fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. We are currently reviewing SFAS No. 157 and have not completed our assessment of the impact of the new statement on the financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158. This statement requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit pension and other postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. The funded status of the plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation. On December 31, 2006, we adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 158. The effect of adopting SFAS No. 158 on our financial condition at December 31, 2006 has been included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. SFAS No. 158 did not have an effect on our consolidated financial condition at December 31, 2005 or 2004. SFAS No. 158’s provisions regarding the change in

 

F-18


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

the measurement date of post-retirement benefit plans did not have any effect on our consolidated financial statements, since the liability for the Plan was measured upon our acquisition of Linotype (see Note 3). See Note 7 for further discussion of the effect of adopting SFAS No. 158 on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2006, the Securities and Exchange Commission staff issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements (“SAB 108”), which was issued in order to eliminate the diversity of practice surrounding how public companies quantify financial statement misstatements. SAB 108 provides interpretive guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements for the purpose of materiality assessment and allows application of its provisions either by (1) restating prior financial statements or (2) recording the cumulative effect of applying the guidance as adjustments to the carrying values of assets and liabilities with an offsetting adjustment recorded to the opening balance of retained earnings. SAB 108 was effective for the year ended December 31, 2006. Adoption did not result in either a restatement of our prior year financial statements or a cumulative adjustment.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities — Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS No. 159”). SFAS No. 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value and is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of the previous fiscal year provided that the entity makes that choice in the first 120 days of that fiscal year and also elects to apply the provisions of SFAS No. 159. We are in the process of evaluating the impact this pronouncement may have on its results of operations and financial condition and whether to adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 159 for the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2007.

3.    Business Acquisitions

In accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations (“SFAS 141”), we record acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the purchase price is allocated to the tangible assets and liabilities and intangible assets acquired, based on their estimated fair values. The excess purchase price over the fair value is recorded as goodwill. Under SFAS 142, goodwill and purchased intangibles with indefinite lives are not amortized but are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently, if impairment indicators arise. Purchased intangibles with definite lives are amortized over their respective useful lives.

Acquisition of Linotype

On August 1, 2006, we completed the acquisition of Linotype, a German company and a leader in the development, marketing, licensing and servicing of digital fonts and proprietor of a font library comprised of typefaces. We also acquired certain fonts and other intellectual property assets from the seller of Linotype. With the purchase of Linotype, we acquired access to a large library of fonts, a strong brand with a significant web presence and a more complete offering for the creative professional market. We have also reduced our cost of revenue by the amount paid to Linotype to license their fonts prior to the acquisition. We restructured our debt agreements (see Note 11) to fund the acquisition. Linotype’s results of operations have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition and all intercompany balances have been eliminated. The total purchase price for Linotype and the

 

F-19


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

related intellectual property, which was purchased separately, was approximately $59.7 million in cash, which included the related acquisition costs of approximately $699, and was allocated as follows:

 

Assets:

  

Current assets

   $ 5,257  

Non-current assets

     59  

Fixed assets

     691  

Customer relationships

     5,800  

Technology

     9,600  

Trademarks

     5,600  

Non-compete agreements

     1,300  

Goodwill

     43,020  
        

Total assets acquired

     71,327  

Current liabilities assumed

     (6,090 )

Deferred income taxes

     (5,547 )
        

Net assets acquired

   $ 59,690  
        

The acquired intangible assets that are subject to amortization have a weighted average useful life of approximately 14 years. Customer relationships and technology have an estimated 15 year life and non-compete agreements have an estimated six year life. These assets will be amortized over their respective useful lives. Trademarks have an indefinite life and will be subject to annual review to determine if an impairment exists.

We made an election under Section 338(g) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code, or IRC, to treat the acquisition of the stock of Linotype as an asset acquisition for U.S. tax purposes. In addition, we have filed an election to treat Linotype as a disregarded entity for U.S. tax purposes. As a result, all of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

Pro Forma Financial Information

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operation of Monotype Imaging and Linotype as if the acquisition had occurred as of the beginning of each period presented, after giving effect to certain adjustments, including amortization of intangibles. The unaudited pro forma financial information does not necessarily reflect the results of operations that would have occurred had the combined companies constituted a single entity during such periods, and is not necessarily indicative of the results which may be obtained in the future.

 

    

Year Ended

December 31,

2006

 

Pro forma revenue

   $ 96,689  

Pro forma net income

   $ 8,194  

Net loss available to common stockholders

   $ (16,193 )

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share

  

Basic

   $ (27.55 )

Diluted

   $ (27.55 )

 

F-20


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Acquisition of China Type Design

On July 28, 2006, we acquired 80.01% of the capital stock of China Type Design, a Hong Kong corporation specializing in font design, for approximately $4.1 million in cash and three promissory notes in the aggregate amount of $600 that are convertible into a total of 100,000 shares of our common stock. With the acquisition of China Type Design, we acquired a library of Asian stroke-based fonts and gained the capability to develop and produce these fonts. At the time of this acquisition, we already had a 19.99% ownership interest in China Type Design, and following the acquisition, it became our wholly-owned subsidiary. The results of operations of China Type Design have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition and all intercompany balances have been eliminated. Prior to the acquisition, we did not have the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies of China Type Design and, accordingly, the results of its operations were accounted for using the cost method of accounting.

The total purchase price of $4.8 million, including related acquisition costs of approximately $130, has been allocated as follows:

 

Assets:

  

Current assets

   $ 1,507  

Fixed assets

     61  

Customer relationships

     400  

Technology

     200  

Trademarks

     100  

Non-compete agreements

     300  

Goodwill

     2,726  
        

Total assets acquired

     5,294  

Current liabilities assumed

     (363 )

Deferred income taxes

     (180 )
        

Net assets acquired

   $ 4,751  
        

The acquired intangible assets that are subject to amortization have a weighted average useful life of approximately 12 years. Customer relationships and technology have an estimated 15 year life and non-compete agreements have an estimated six year life. These assets will be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives. Trademarks have an indefinite life and will be subject to annual review to determine if an impairment exists.

We will make an election under Section 338(g) of the IRC to treat the acquisition of the stock of China Type Design as an asset acquisition for U.S. tax purposes. In addition, we have filed an election to treat China Type Design as a disregarded entity for U.S. tax purposes. As a result, all of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

The results of operations of China Type Design were not material to our results; accordingly no pro forma financial information has been provided.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Acquisition of Agfa Monotype

On November 5, 2004, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of Agfa Monotype for $194.0 million (see Note 1 for business description). The acquisition was financed by the sale of convertible redeemable preferred stock and the issuance of subordinated debt and bank debt (see Notes 11 and 13). As part of the acquisition, we assumed additional liabilities of $30.2 million, of which $25.2 million was related to certain bonuses paid to employees and officers of Agfa Monotype in connection with the acquisition of that entity. These amounts were included in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations of the predecessor entity for the period from January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004. The total purchase price of $195.6 million, including related acquisition costs of approximately $1.6 million, after netting of additional liabilities assumed, resulted in a net purchase price of $166.3 million.

The net purchase price was allocated as follows:

 

Assets:

  

Current assets

   $ 15,726  

Fixed assets

     708  

Customer relationships

     39,600  

Technology

     28,900  

Trademarks

     20,200  

Non-compete agreements

     9,900  

Domain names

     4,400  

Goodwill

     92,701  
        

Total assets acquired

     212,135  

Current liabilities

     (15,640 )

Transaction bonus liability assumed

     (25,207 )

Other liabilities assumed

     (5,000 )
        

Net assets acquired

   $ 166,288  
        

We made an election under Section 338(h)(10) of the IRC and as a result all of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes. In a Section 338(h)(10) election, a stock purchase is treated as an asset purchase for tax purposes.

 

F-22


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

4.    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill are as follows:

 

Balance at January 1, 2005

   $ 92,701  

Deferred tax adjustment (Note 2)

     (577 )
        

Balance at December 31, 2005

     92,124  

Acquisition of Linotype

     43,020  

Acquisition of China Type Design

     2,726  

Foreign currency exchange rate changes

     1,215  

Deferred tax adjustment (Note 2)

     (633 )
        

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 138,452  
        

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2005 and 2006, are as follows:

 

    Life
(Years)
  December 31, 2005  

December 31, 2006

      Gross
Carrying
Amount
  Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Balance
 

Gross
Carrying
Amount

 

Accumulated
Amortization

   

Net
Balance

Customer relationships

  10 -15   $ 39,600   $ (4,620 )   $ 34,980   $ 46,011   $ (8,758 )   $ 37,253

Acquired Technology

  12 -15     28,900     (2,809 )     26,091     43,393     (5,800 )     37,593

Non-compete agreements

  4 - 6     9,900     (2,888 )     7,012     11,547     (5,477 )     6,070

Trademarks

      20,200           20,200     26,103           26,103

Domain names

      4,400           4,400     4,400           4,400
                                         
    $ 103,000   $ (10,317 )   $ 92,683   $ 131,454   $ (20,035 )   $ 111,419
                                         

Amortization of acquired technology is a cost of revenue and is calculated on the straight-line method. For the period from January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, the period from November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 amortization of acquired technology was $728, $401, $2.4 million and $3.0 million, respectively.

Amortization of other intangible assets is calculated on the straight-line method and for the period from January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, the period from November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $607, $1.1 million, $6.5 million and $6.7 million, respectively.

Estimated future intangible amortization expense based on balances at December 31, 2006 is as follows:

 

     Acquired
Technology
   Other
Intangible
Assets

Years ended December 31,

     

2007

   $ 3,375    $ 7,136

2008

     3,375      6,723

2009

     3,375      4,661

2010

     3,375      4,661

2011

     3,375      4,661

Thereafter

     20,718      15,481
             

Total

   $ 37,593    $ 43,323
             

 

F-23


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

5.    Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2005      2006  
               

Computer equipment

   $ 1,265      $ 1,949  

Furniture and fixtures

     213        1,029  

Leasehold improvements

     135        135  
                 
     1,613        3,113  

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (532 )      (1,178 )
                 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 1,081      $ 1,935  
                 

Depreciation and amortization expense for the period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, the period November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006 was $122, $39, $493 and $637, respectively.

6.    Income Taxes

The components of domestic and foreign income (loss) before the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows:

 

    

January 1,
2004 to
November 4,
2004

   

November 5,
2004 to
December 31,
2004

    

Year Ended

December 31,

          2005    2006
     (Predecessor)            (Successor)     

US

   $ (5,655 )   $ 3,411      $ 10,030    $ 8,558

Foreign

     (2,765 )     (159 )      1,775      4,425
                              

Total income (loss) before income tax provision (benefit)

   $ (8,420 )   $ 3,252      $ 11,805    $ 12,983
                              

The components of the income tax provision (benefit) consist of the following:

 

      

January 1,
2004 to
November 4,
2004

    

November 5,
2004 to
December 31,
2004

   

Year Ended

December 31,

            2005     2006
      

(Predecessor)

           (Successor)      

US Federal — Current

   $ (1,567 )                $ 1,417

US Federal — Deferred

     (1,057 )    $ 1,072     $ 2,402       1,752

State and local — Current

     (1,116 )      3       174       323

State and local — Deferred

     (112 )      263       658       252

Foreign jurisdictions — Current

     1,035        23       1,573       2,135

Foreign jurisdictions — Deferred

            (23 )     (123 )     42
                                 

Total provision (benefit)

   $ (2,817 )    $ 1,338     $ 4,684     $ 5,921
                                 

 

F-24


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at federal statutory rates to income tax (benefit) expense is as follows:

 

     January 1,
2004 to
November 4,
2004
    

November 5,
2004 to
December 31,
2004

   

Year Ended

December 31,

         

2005

   

2006

     (Predecessor)                  (Successor)              

Provision for income taxes at statutory rate

   $ (2,946 )   35.0 %    $ 1,138     35.0 %   $ 4,132     35.0 %   $ 4,414     34.0%

State and local income taxes, net of federal income (tax) benefit

     (798 )   9.5 %      173     5.3 %     540     4.6 %     380     2.9%

Change in valuation allowance

     830     (9.9 )%      44     1.4 %                  

Foreign dividends

                                    1,374     10.6%

Foreign tax credits

     (57 )   0.7 %      (23 )   (0.7 )%               (201 )   (1.5)%

Foreign rate differential

     138     (1.6 )%                (98 )   (0.8 )%        

Other, net

     16     (0.2 )%      6     0.2 %     110     0.9 %     (46 )   (0.4)%
                                                       
   $ (2,817 )   33.5 %    $ 1,338     41.2 %   $ 4,684     39.7 %   $ 5,921     45.6%
                                                       

For 2006, our effective tax rate was 45.6%. The rate is significantly higher than our historical effective tax rates, primarily as a result of an increase in our effective tax rate of 10.6% related to U.S. tax on the earnings of our subsidiary, Monotype UK. This is partially offset by a decrease of 1.5% resulting from foreign tax credits. Since we have, under U.S. tax laws, effectively repatriated these earnings, we have provided for the incremental U.S. tax. Ordinarily, these deemed taxable earnings are offset by foreign tax credits that arise from the foreign taxes paid on the earnings deemed to be distributed by the foreign subsidiary, however, due to net operating loss carryforward deductions available for Monotype UK, minimal offsetting foreign tax credits were available. Further, since the net operating loss carryforward was acquired with the acquisition of Agfa Monotype in 2004, the tax benefit of these net operating losses has been recognized as a reduction to goodwill, rather than as a reduction to our tax provision. As of December 31, 2006, the Monotype UK net operating losses have been fully utilized, and therefore we do not expect this to recur in future periods.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consisted of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2006  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Foreign net operating loss carryforwards

   $ 237     $  

Foreign reserves and other

     100       617  

Fixed assets

     107       79  

Tax credit carryforwards

     389       5,125  

Deferred rent

     84       98  

Accrued expenses

     259       77  

Other

     13       17  
                

Subtotal

     1,189       6,013  

Valuation allowance

     (337 )     (5,125 )
                

Total deferred tax assets

     852       888  

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Intangible assets

     2,693       7,769  

Goodwill

     2,669       5,351  

Unrealized gains

     201        

Deferred financing costs

     1,336       976  

Other

           368  
                

Total deferred tax liabilities

     6,899       14,464  
                

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $ 6,047     $ 13,576  
                

 

F-25


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, we had foreign tax loss carryforwards of approximately $610 and $0 respectively.

Our methodology for determining the realizability of our deferred tax assets involves estimates of future taxable income, primarily from our foreign operation to which the net operating loss carryforwards apply, and the expiration date of the available carryforward deduction. These estimates are projected through the life of the related deferred tax assets based on assumptions which management believes to be reasonable and consistent with current operating results.

In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, the primary evidence we considered included the cumulative pre-tax income for financial reporting purposes over the past three years, and the estimated future taxable income based on historical, as well as subsequent interim period operating results. After giving consideration to these factors, we concluded that it was more likely than not that the domestic deferred tax assets would be fully realized, and as a result, no valuation allowance against the domestic deferred tax assets was deemed necessary at December 31, 2005 and 2006. However, realization of foreign tax loss carryforwards and other foreign deferred tax assets were not deemed to be more likely than not, and as a result a full valuation allowance against the foreign deferred tax assets was recognized as of December 31, 2005. At December 31, 2006, we deemed it more likely than not that the foreign deferred tax assets will be utilized. Accordingly, the prior year’s valuation allowance of $337 associated with foreign deferred tax assets was reversed. In the event that we adjust our estimates of future taxable income, we may need to adjust our valuation allowance, which could materially impact our financial position and results of operations.

We have established a valuation allowance of $5,125 for the potential foreign tax credits that would be generated by Linotype Germany’s deferred tax liability related to various purchase accounting adjustments. We have elected to treat Linotype as a branch for U.S. tax purposes, and therefore are eligible to claim a foreign tax credit for taxes paid to Germany. As a result of the complexity of the U.S. foreign tax credit computation, and the uncertainty related to whether we will be entitled to a foreign tax credit when the related taxes are paid or accrued, we have established a full valuation allowance against these credits. As the valuation allowance is released, the related tax benefit will reduce goodwill.

7.    Retirement Plans

401(k) Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”). All of our US employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan as of their hire date, as defined in the plan agreement. The 401(k) Plan provides that each participant may make voluntary contributions up to 50.0% of their eligible compensation, limited to the maximum allowable by the US Internal Revenue Service. As prescribed by the 401(k) Plan, we make a dollar-for-dollar matching contribution up to the first 6.0% of the participant’s compensation. The 401(k) Plan also provides for a discretionary employer profit sharing contribution. Participants are fully vested in the current value of their contributions and all earnings thereon. Participants become vested in the employer contributions and all earnings thereon based on years of service as follows: 25.0% vested after one year; 50.0% vested after two years; 100.0% vested after three years. Our contributions to the 401(k) Plan of $520, $86, $824 and $736 have been included in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the period January 1, 2004 through November 4, 2004, the period November 5, 2004 through December 31, 2004, the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-26


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Defined Benefit Pension Plan

In connection with the Linotype acquisition on August 1, 2006, we acquired an unfunded defined benefit pension plan (the “Linotype Plan”) which covers substantially all employees of Linotype who joined Linotype prior to April 1, 2006, at which time the pension plan was closed. Based on the “Versorgungsordnung der Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG,” employees are entitled to benefits in the form of retirement, disability and surviving dependent pensions. Benefits generally depend on years of service and the salary of the employees.

Adoption Statement 158

On December 31, 2006, we adopted the recognition and disclosure provisions of SFAS No. 158. SFAS No. 158 requires the recognition of the funded status (i.e., the difference between the fair value of plan assets and the projected benefit obligations) of the pension plan in the December 31, 2006 consolidated balance sheet, with a corresponding adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax. The adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption represents the net unrecognized actuarial gains or losses, unrecognized prior service costs or unrecognized transition obligation remaining from the initial adoption of FASB No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pension s (“FASB No. 87”), if any. These amounts will be subsequently recognized as net periodic pension cost pursuant to our historical accounting policy for amortizing such amounts. Further, actuarial gains and losses that arise in subsequent periods and are not recognized as net periodic pension cost in the same periods will be recognized as a component of other comprehensive income. Those amounts will be subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost on the same basis as the amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income at adoption of SFAS No. 158.

The incremental effects of adopting the provisions of SFAS No. 158 on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006, are presented in the following table. The adoption of SFAS No. 158 had no effect on the Company’s consolidated statement of income for the year ended December 31, 2006, or for any prior period presented, and it will not effect the Company’s operating results in future periods. Had the Company not been required to adopt SFAS No. 158 at December 31, 2006, it would have recognized an additional minimum liability pursuant to the provisions of FASB No. 87. The effect of recognizing the additional minimum liability is included in table below in the column labeled “Prior to Adopting of SFAS No. 158.”

 

     At December 31, 2006
       Prior to
Adopting
SFAS No. 158
   Effect of
Adopting
SFAS No. 158
    

As

Reported at

December 31, 2006

Accrued pension liability

   $ 3,176    $ (67 )    $ 3,109

Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax

     533      41        574

Included in accumulated other comprehensive income at December 31, 2006, is an unrecognized actuarial gain, net of tax of $41, which has not yet been recognized in net periodic pension cost. The actuarial gain included in accumulated other comprehensive income and expected to be recognized in net periodic pension cost, net of tax during fiscal year-ending December 31, 2007 is $41.

 

F-27


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Reconciliation of Funded Status and Accumulated Benefit Obligation

The Linotype Plan is an unfunded plan and accordingly has no assets. A reconciliation of beginning and ending balances of the projected benefit obligation for the period from acquisition to December 31, 2006, and the accumulated benefit obligation at December 31, 2006, is as follows:

 

Change in projected benefit obligation :

  

Balance at August 1, 2006

   $ 3,092  

Net periodic benefit cost

     101  

Benefits paid

     (21 )

Actuarial gain

     (67 )

Currency exchange effect

     4  
        

Projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2006

   $ 3,109  
        

Projected benefit obligation

   $ 3,109  

Unrecognized actuarial gain

     67  
        

Net amount recognized

   $ 3,176  
        

The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:

 

Service cost

   $ 46

Interest cost

     55
      

Net periodic benefit cost

   $ 101
      

The unfunded status of the Linotype Plan of $3,109 is recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2006.

Expected future cash payments are as follows:

 

2007

   $ 51

2008

     60

2009

     68

2010

     73

2011

     80

2012—2016

     595

The pension plan used the following actuarial assumptions:

 

     December 31,
2006
    August 1,
2006
 

Discount rate

   4.50 %   4.50 %

Rate of compensation increase

   2.00 %   2.00 %

Linotype also provides cash awards to its employees based on length of service. At December 31, 2006, the balance accrued for such benefits totaled $75, and is included in accrued pension and other benefits in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

8.    Deferred Compensation

Deferred Compensation Plan

We had a deferred compensation plan to cover certain highly compensated employees that was terminated in 2005 (the “Plan”). The deferred compensation plan was established to give these employees the opportunity to accumulate deferred compensation and to receive the additional company match that is not available to them due to nondiscrimination contribution limits applicable to the Plan. The amounts earned by the participants of the deferred compensation plan were held in a separate rabbi trust account of the Company. In accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force Issue (“EITF”) No. 97-14, Accounting for Deferred Compensation Arrangements Where Amounts Earned are Held in a Rabbi Trust and Invested , the assets and liabilities related to the deferred compensation plan were reflected on a gross basis in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2004, trust assets consisted of cash surrender value of life insurance contracts for the participating key employees totaling $1,788 which are included in other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The trust obligation to the employees of $1,848 as of December 31, 2004, is included in deferred compensation in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Contributions made by us to this plan were $79 for the period from January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, and $125 for the period from November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004. No contributions were made in 2005, and in February 2005, all plan assets were distributed to the participants, and the related trust was dissolved in May 2005.

Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan

Through 2004, we maintained a long-term incentive compensation program for certain of our key employees that provided for incentive payments based on our overall profitability. Payments earned under the program in 2004 were due in three equal installments; the first two installments were paid in February 2005 and 2006, and the last remaining installment is due in February 2007. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006, we have accrued approximately $1.9 million and $869, respectively, for payments to be disbursed under the program, which are included in deferred compensation in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Compensation expense charged to operations for the period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004 was approximately $3.1 million. No compensation expense was charged to operations subsequent to November 4, 2004, due to the discontinuation of the program.

9.    Related-Party Transactions

On July 28, 2006, we acquired 80.01% of the capital stock of China Type Design, a Hong Kong corporation specializing in font design, for approximately $4.1 million in cash and three promissory notes in the aggregate amount of $600 that are convertible into a total of 100,000 shares of our common stock. At the time of this acquisition, we had a 19.99% ownership interest in China Type Design and did not have the ability to exert significant influence over its operations. Accordingly, prior to the acquisition the results of operations of China Type Design were accounted for using the cost method of accounting. Our investment in China Type Design had a zero net book value as of December 31, 2005. We received dividend income of $105 and $461 from China Type Design during the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period January 1, 2006 to July 27, 2006, respectively.

We accounted for the transaction using the purchase method of accounting in accordance with SFAS 141. The results of operations of China Type Design have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition and all intercompany balances have been eliminated.

 

F-29


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

We paid consulting fees to China Type Design for font design services, which are included in research and development expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. For the periods January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004 and November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period January 1, 2006 to July 27, 2006, consulting fees to China Type Design totaled approximately $189, $240, $712 and $714, respectively.

We also paid royalties to China Type Design for font sales, which are included in our cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In the predecessor period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, and the successor periods November 5, 2004 through December 31, 2004, the year ended December 31, 2005 and the period January 1, 2006 to July 27, 2006, we incurred approximately $0, $0, $190, and $88, respectively for royalty expenses to China Type Design.

In addition, we received royalty income from China Type Design for font sales, which is included in revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. In the predecessor period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, and the successor periods November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, the year ended December 31, 2005, and the period January 1, 2006 to July 27, 2006 we recognized royalty income from China Type Design of approximately $11, $6, $21 and $14, respectively.

As of December 31, 2005, the outstanding balance due to China Type Design for design services and royalties was approximately $267 and is included in due to affiliate in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

For the period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, we incurred charges for various services provided by Agfa, consisting of $81 for services provided by an employee of Agfa, $47 for legal services, $19 for telecommunication charges and $10 for miscellaneous fees. In addition, we leased office space from Agfa on a tenant-at-will basis (see Note 15).

While we were a subsidiary of Agfa, we licensed our software products and technologies to customers in Japan through a sublicensing agreement with Agfa-Gevaert Japan Limited (“Agfa-Gevaert Japan”), an affiliate of Agfa. Under the sublicensing arrangement, Agfa-Gevaert Japan was entitled to 10% of all license, royalty, and service maintenance fees related to the sublicensing of products to our customers. We remained the primary obligor in the arrangement and had discretion in customer selection and latitude in establishing the fees. As such, revenue attributable to the sublicensing arrangement with Agfa-Gevaert Japan of approximately $23.7 million for the period from January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, respectively, have been recorded on a gross basis, with the related commission amounts earned by Agfa-Gevaert Japan recorded as cost of revenue, in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

10.    Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     December 31,
     2005    2006

Payroll and related benefits

   $ 3,265    $ 4,212

Royalties

     2,337      2,638

Interest

     277      2,080

Rent

     209      240

Legal and audit fees

     1,085      2,436

Foreign sales taxes

     1,158      168

Other

     390      909
             
   $ 8,721    $ 12,683
             

11.    Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2005     2006  

First Lien Credit Facility — $136,000, interest at London Inter-Bank Offering Rate (LIBOR) plus 3.25% (8.62% at December 31, 2006), and $833 at Prime plus 6.75% (10% at December 31, 2006) due in monthly installments of principal and interest through July 2011

   $ 96,250     $ 136,833  

Second Lien Credit Facility — interest at LIBOR plus 6.75% (12.12% at December 31, 2006) payable monthly in arrears, principal balance due in full in July 2011

     65,000       70,000  

Convertible note payable

           600  

Note payable — Other

           58  
                
     161,250       207,491  

Less unamortized financing costs and debt discount

     (3,441 )     (4,593 )
                
     157,809       202,898  

Less current portion

     (11,153 )     13,105  
                

Long-term debt

   $ 146,656     $ 189,793  
                

The aggregate annual maturities of long-term debt are as follows:

 

Years ending December 31:

  

2007

   $ 13,105

2008

     12,049

2009

     13,431

2010

     14,600

2011

     154,306
      
   $ 207,491
      

 

F-31


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Credit Facilities

In November 2004, we entered into our First Lien Credit Facility and our Second Lien Credit Facility (the “Credit Facilities”). Our First Lien Credit Facility provides for a $140.0 million term loan and a $10.0 million revolving line-of-credit that expire on July 28, 2011. The principal amount of the First Lien Credit Facility term loan is payable in monthly installments of approximately $792 in year one, $1.0 million in year two and $1.1 million in year three and thereafter through maturity. In addition, based on the annual audited financial statements, if the leverage ratio, as defined in the First Lien Credit Facility agreement, as of the end of the year, exceeds a specified maximum, we must repay 50.0% of the amount equal to earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) less payments for principal, interest, capital expenditures and taxes for the period. The next twelve scheduled monthly payments are then reduced ratably by an aggregate of 50% of this additional payment. The additional payment due in May 2007 is $3.3 million and our next twelve monthly payments thereafter will be reduced by $136 each. Our Second Lien Credit Facility term loan provides a $70.0 million term loan which is due and payable in full on July 28, 2011. At our option, borrowings under these facilities bear interest at either (i) the prime rate plus a margin, as defined by the respective credit agreement, or (ii) the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a margin as defined by the respective credit agreement, payable monthly. As of December 31, 2006, the blended interest rate on the First Lien Credit Facility was 8.63% and the blended interest rate on the Second Lien Credit Facility was 12.12%. The Credit Facilities are secured by substantially all of our assets and are senior to all other debts of the Company. The Credit Facilities require us to maintain certain identical quarterly financial covenants, including minimum EBITDA, a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio, a maximum leverage ratio, and a maximum amount of capital spending. We were in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006. For the year ended December 31, 2006, we received a waiver with respect to the deadline for the completion of our audited financial statements for the prior year and the timing of the annual principal prepayment. There were no outstanding borrowings on the revolving line-of-credit at December 31, 2005 or December 31, 2006.

In August 2005, we amended our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities to increase the borrowings permitted under the Credit Facilities from $75.0 million to $100.0 million and from $40.0 million to $65.0 million, respectively. The additional borrowings were used to finance a recapitalization whereby holders of our convertible redeemable preferred stock received cash payments in the aggregate amount of approximately $48.3 million and certain subordinated notes issued to TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype were retired at their face amount plus accrued and unpaid interest, plus a pre-payment premium equal to 6.0% of the face amount.

In July 2006, we again amended our permitted borrowings under our First and Second Lien Credit Facilities to increase the borrowings permitted under the Credit Facilities from $100.0 million to $140.0 million and from $65.0 million to $70.0 million, respectively. We also increased the maximum borrowings under the revolving line-of-credit of our First Lien Credit Facility from $5.0 million to $10.0 million. These amendments were made primarily to fund the acquisition of Linotype.

In November 2004, we paid loan origination fees for the term loans totaling $2.8 million that were recorded as a reduction in the proceeds received by us, and accounted for as debt discounts, which, accordingly, were amortized into interest expense over the life of the related loans using the effective

 

F-32


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

interest method, until amendment of the Credit Facilities in August 2005. Upon the amendments of the Credit Facilities in August 2005 and July 2006, we incurred additional fees to the lenders totaling approximately $1.4 million and $1.9 million, respectively. These fees were also recorded as reductions in the proceeds received by us, and accounted for as debt discounts. Accordingly, they are being amortized into interest expense over the life of the related loans using the effective interest method.

Convertible Notes Payable

In connection with the acquisition of China Type Design (see Note 12), we issued three convertible notes payable with an aggregate face amount of $600 to the former shareholders of China Type Design. The notes are convertible into an aggregate of 100,000 shares of our common stock (see Note 13), bear interest at a fixed stated rate of 3.9% per annum, and are payable together with all accrued interest, upon maturity in July 2010. As the stated interest rate is below market rates of interest, we have recognized a discount on the debt based upon our incremental borrowing rate at the time of issuance. The discount recognized of $116 is being amortized into interest expense over the term of these notes.

Senior Subordinated Notes

In November 2004, we issued Senior Subordinated Notes (the “Notes”) in the aggregate original principal amount of $20.1 million to TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain of the former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype. Interest, at the rate of 12.00% per annum, was payable quarterly, and the principal balance was due in full on May 6, 2010. The Notes were secured by substantially all of our assets, and were fully subordinated to the Credit Facilities. In addition, the Notes contained financial covenants identical to and were cross-defaulted with the Credit Facilities. The Notes were retired in August 2005 using proceeds from the above-described refinancing of the Credit Facilities.

12.    Stock Compensation Plan

In November 2004, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “2004 Option Plan”). The 2004 Option Plan provides long-term incentives and rewards to full-time and part-time officers, directors, employees, consultants, advisors and other key persons who are responsible for, or contribute to, the management, growth or profitability of the Company. Options and stock grants issued under the 2004 Option Plan generally vest over a four year period and expire ten years from the date of grant. During 2006, the Company increased the number of shares available under the 2004 Option Plan by 300,000, making the total shares available 1,360,955 as of December 31, 2006. At December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2006, 169,157 and 184,156 shares, respectively, were available for future issuance under the Plan.

Effective January 1, 2006, we adopted the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS 123(R) using the Black-Scholes method, which requires measurement of compensation cost at fair value on the date of grant and recognition of compensation expense over the service period for awards expected to vest. As a result, we recorded total share based payment expense of $440 including $128 in marketing and selling, $78 in research and development and $234 in general and administrative related to our 2004 Option Plan for 2006. The total income tax benefit recognized in the income statement for stock-based compensation arrangements was $44 for 2006. No tax benefit was recognized in the income statement prior to the adoption of SFAS 123(R).

 

F-33


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Prior to November 5, 2004 (predecessor period), the Company had no stock-based payment arrangements.

The Company’s stock option activity for the period ended December 31, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, is as follows:

 

     Number of
Shares
    Exercise Price
Per Share
   Weighted-
Average Exercise
Price Per Share
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value(1)

Outstanding at November 5, 2004

                

Granted

   121,037     $ 0.01    $ 0.01   

Canceled

                

Exercised

                
                      

Outstanding at December 31, 2004

   121,037       0.01      0.01   

Granted

   201,187       5.46–6.68      5.85   

Canceled

   (12,051 )     0.01–5.81      0.87   

Exercised

   (8,064 )     0.01      0.01   
                      

Outstanding at December 31, 2005

   302,109       0.01–6.68      3.86   

Granted(2)

   286,727       6.78–25.72      23.73   

Canceled

   (6,840 )     0.01–25.72      18.51   

Exercised

   (3,652 )     0.01–5.81      2.46    $ 70
                          

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

   578,344     $ 0.01–25.72    $ 13.55    $ 11,827
                          

Exercisable at December 31, 2004

                
                      

Exercisable at December 31, 2005

   19,600     $ 0.01    $ 0.01   
                      

Exercisable at December 31, 2006

   118,727     $ 0.01–6.78    $ 3.94      3,569
                          

Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2006(3)

   540,524     $ 0.01–25.72    $ 13.29    $ 11,194
                          

Options granted during the year ended December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

Grant Date

   Number of
Shares
   Exercise Price
Per Share
   Fair Value of
Common Stock

February 16, 2006

   21,738    $ 6.78    $ 147

October 3, 2006

   16,839    $ 16.29    $ 274

October 24, 2006

   248,150    $ 25.72    $ 6,382

 


 

(1) The aggregate intrinsic value was calculated based on the positive difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock on December 31, 2006 of $34.00 and the exercise price of the underlying options.

 

(2) Granted subsequent to the adoption of SFAS 123(R). As of December 31, 2006, these shares remain unvested and are subject to the fair value accounting requirements of SFAS 123(R).

 

(3) Represents the number of vested options as of December 31, 2006, plus the number of unvested options expected to vest as of December 31, 2006, based on the unvested options outstanding at December 31, 2006, adjusted for the estimated forfeiture rate of 4.1%.

Cash received from option exercises under all stock-based payment arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2005 and 2006 was $0, $0, and $8, respectively. No actual tax benefit was realized from option exercises during these periods.

 

F-34


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

The ranges of exercise prices for options outstanding and options exercisable at December 31, 2006 were as follows:

 

     Options Outstanding    Options Exercisable

Range of Exercise Prices

   Number of
Shares
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
   Number of
Shares
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)

$0.01

   99,913    $ 0.01    7.93    45,017    $ 0.01    7.96

$5.46–6.78

   217,942      5.94    8.65    71,836      5.83    8.63

$16.29

   16,839      16.29    9.42           

$25.72

   243,650      25.72    9.75    1,874      25.72    9.75
                                 

Total

   578,344    $ 13.55    9.01    118,727    $ 3.94    8.38
                                 

A summary of the status of the Company’s unvested stock as of December 31, 2006 and changes during 2006, is as follows:

 

Unvested Shares

   Shares      Weighted Average Grant-
Date Fair Value

Unvested at December 31, 2005

   424,033      $ 0.53

Granted

   15,000        6.78

Vested

   (175,040 )      0.58

Cancelled

   (9,886 )      0.01
             

Unvested at December 31, 2006

   254,107      $ 0.89
             

13.    Preferred Stock

Convertible Redeemable Preferred Stock

We have authorized 6,000,000 shares at December 31, 2005 and 5,994,199 shares at December 31, 2006 of our convertible redeemable preferred stock (“CRPS”) with a par value of $0.01 per share. CRPS holds senior rank in all respects to all other classes or series of capital stock of the Company.

In November 2004, Imaging Holdings Corporation (“IHC”) entered into a stock purchase agreement (the “Stock Agreement”), and various employee investment agreements, under which IHC sold an aggregate of 5,826,750 shares of CRPS to certain investors and employees for a total of $58,268. In May 2005, IHC issued an additional 19,405 shares of CRPS for $15.46 per share.

In August 2005, all outstanding shares of common stock and CRPS of IHC were converted into an equivalent number of shares of the Company. Under the terms of the conversion, holders of CRPS received $8.26 per share converted, and the per share liquidation preference was reduced by this amount. The total cash paid to the holders of CRPS of $48.3 million was financed by the proceeds from amendments to the Credit Facilities (see Note 11). The relative equity interests of our stockholders remained unchanged following this recapitalization.

The significant rights, preferences and privileges of the CRPS are as follows:

Voting:     The holders of CRPS are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which they are convertible. In addition, voting together as a separate class, they are entitled to elect two members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Dividends:     Each holder is entitled to receive dividends at such times and in such amounts as are received by the holders of outstanding shares of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each, determined on an as-if-converted basis. Such dividends are not cumulative.

Liquidation:     Upon a liquidation, holders of the CRPS will receive the greater of $1.74 per share ($10.00 per share at December 31, 2004, see above), plus any declared but unpaid dividends, and such amount as they would have received if they had converted the CRPS into shares of our common stock and redeemable preferred stock (“RPS”) prior to such liquidation.

Redemption:     At any time on or after November 5, 2010, the holders of not less than a two-thirds interest may elect to have redeemed up to 50.0% of the originally issued and outstanding shares of CRPS held by each holder at such time. Additionally, at any time on or after November 5, 2011, the holders of not less than a two-third interest may elect to have redeemed the remaining percentage up to 100.0% of originally issued and outstanding shares of CRPS held by each holder at such time. The redemption price shall be the greater of $1.74, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, and the fair market value of the CRPS.

The convertible redeemable preferred stock was initially recorded at its liquidation value, and is being accreted up to its redemption value through retained earnings over the period until it becomes redeemable by the holders. The redemption rights terminate and the convertible redeemable preferred stock automatically converts upon an initial public offering or other sale event, as defined by our certificate of incorporation.

Conversion:     The holders of not less than a two-thirds interest may elect, at any time, to have each outstanding share of CRPS converted, without payment of any additional consideration into (i) such number of fully paid shares of common stock as is determined by dividing the original issue price for each share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends on each share, by the conversion price, as defined by our certificate of incorporation, and (ii) one fully paid share of redeemable preferred stock. In connection with a qualified initial public offering, as defined by our certificate of incorporation, each share of CRPS will convert into one share of common stock and one share of RPS.

Redeemable Preferred Stock

We have authorized 6,000,000 shares at December 31, 2005 and 5,994,199 shares at December 31, 2006 of our RPS with a par value of $0.01 per share. When and if issued, RPS holds senior rank in all respects to all other classes or series of capital stock other than CRPS. As of December 31, 2005 and 2006 there were no shares of RPS outstanding.

The significant rights, preferences and privileges of the RPS are as follows:

Voting:   The holders of outstanding shares of RPS, voting together as a separate class, are entitled to elect one member of the Board of Directors. Holders of RPS are not entitled to vote on other matters, except to the extent required by law.

Dividends:   The holders of outstanding shares of RPS are entitled to receive, before any dividends shall be paid to any holders of common stock, cumulative dividends at the rate of two percent (2%) per annum

 

F-36


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

per share of RPS from the date of issue. Dividends shall accrue daily in arrears and be compounded quarterly, whether or not such dividends are declared by the Board of Directors and paid.

Liquidation:   Upon a liquidation event, holders of outstanding shares of RPS will receive $1.653 per share, plus any accumulated but unpaid dividends.

Redemption:   At any time on or after November 5, 2010, the holders of not less than a two-thirds interest may elect to have redeemed up to fifty percent (50%) of the originally issued and outstanding shares of RPS held by each holder at such time. Additionally, at any time on or after November 5, 2011, holders of not less than a two-thirds interest may elect to have redeemed the remaining percentage up to 100% of the originally issued and outstanding shares of RPS held by each holder at such time.

In connection with a qualified initial public offering, all outstanding shares of RPS will be redeemed.

In connection with any other type of liquidity event, upon the election of a two-thirds interest to have the RPS redeemed, the company will either redeem all outstanding shares of RPS or cause all outstanding shares to be acquired.

The redemption price in all cases is $1.653 per share, plus any accumulated but unpaid dividends.

14.    Stockholders’ Equity

Common Stock

We have authorized 10,000,000 shares of our common stock with a par value of $0.01 per share. In November 2004, pursuant to the Stock Agreement, we issued 342,890 shares of common stock for a total of $3,428.

During the period November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004 and the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, we issued a total of 541,448, 40,177 and 15,000 shares of common stock, respectively, pursuant to the stock grant provisions of the 2004 Option Plan at a purchase price of $0.01 per share in 2004, at purchase prices between $5.46 and $5.81 in 2005 and at a purchase price of $6.78 in 2006. The stock grant agreements provide a restriction whereby the rights to the shares vest over a four year period. In the event that a grantee’s services to us terminate, we have the right to repurchase any unvested shares at the lower of the original purchase price or the current fair market value as of the termination date. At December 31, 2005 and 2006 there were 424,033 and 254,107 unvested shares subject to repurchase, respectively.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax were as follows:

 

       Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
    SFAS
No. 158
Pension
Liability
   Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 

Predecessor:

       

Balance at December 31, 2003

   $   391     $   —      $   391  

Current period change

     306       —        306  
                       

Balance at November 4, 2004

   $ 697       —      $ 697  
                       

Successor:

                       

Balance at November 5, 2004

   $ —       $ —        —    

Current period change

     (18 )     —        (18 )
                       

Balance at December 31, 2004

     (18 )     —        (18 )

Current year change

     (30 )     —        (30 )
                       

Balance at December 31, 2005

     (48 )     —        (48 )

Current year change

     581       41      622  
                       

Balance at December 31, 2006

   $ 533     $ 41    $ 574  
                       

15.    Segment Reporting

We view our operations and manage our business as one segment: the development, marketing and licensing of technologies and fonts. Factors used to identify our single segment include the financial information available for evaluation by our chief operating decision maker in making decisions about how to allocate resources and assess performance. While our technologies and services are sold into two principal markets, OEM and creative professional, expenses and assets are not formally allocated to these market segments, and operating results are assessed on an aggregate basis to make decisions about the allocation of resources. The following table presents revenue for our two major markets:

 

    January 1, 2004
to November 4,
2004
        November 5, 2004
to December 31,
2004
  Year Ended
December 31,
          2005   2006
    (Predecessor)             (Successor)    

OEM

  $ 41,563       $ 10,821   $ 59,073   $ 64,268

Creative professional

    10,447         2,216     14,703     21,936
                           

Total

  $ 52,010       $ 13,037   $ 73,776   $ 86,204
                           

 

F-38


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

We market our products and services through offices in the U.S. and our wholly-owned subsidiaries and affiliates in the United Kingdom, Germany, China and Japan. The following summarizes revenue by location:

 

     January 1, 2004
to November 4,
2004
          November 5, 2004
to December 31,
2004
    Year Ended
December 31,
 
           2005     2006  
     (Predecessor)                 (Successor)        

United States

   $48,661         $12,514     $67,748     $72,871  

United Kingdom

   5,122         1,124     8,339     9,090  

Germany

                   7,413  

China/Japan

               19,935     33,805  

Intercompany Revenue

   (1,773 )       (601 )   (22,246 )   (36,975 )
                            

Consolidated

   $52,010         $13,037     $73,776     $86,204  
                            

Our property and equipment by geographic area is as follows:

 

     December 31,
       2005    2006

United States

   $ 1,040    $ 924

United Kingdom

     41      52

Germany

          900

China/Japan

          59
             

Total

   $ 1,081    $ 1,935
             

16.    Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

We conduct operations in facilities under operating leases expiring through 2011. The Company’s future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2006, are approximately as follows:

 

Years ending December 31:

  

2007

   $ 2,285

2008

     1,159

2009

     809

2010

     789

2011 and thereafter

     130
      
   $ 5,172
      

Rent expense charged to operations was approximately $594, $118, $1,110 and $1,176 for the period January 1, 2004 to November 4, 2004, the period November 5, 2004 to December 31, 2004, the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-39


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

License Agreements

We license fonts and related technology from third parties for development and resale purposes, and certain of our license agreements provide for minimum annual payments. As of December 31, 2006, we had the following minimum commitments under such license agreements:

 

Years ending December 31:

  

2007

   $ 900

2008

     900

2009

     900

2010

     100
      
   $ 2,800
      

Legal Proceedings

Adobe Systems, Incorporated

On October 30, 2006, Adobe filed an action in the United States District Court of the Northern District of California against Linotype alleging that Linotype breached its obligations under agreements between Linotype and Adobe by failing to pay all royalties due under those agreements, submitting inaccurate royalty reports, and using the fonts licensed under those agreements improperly and without authorization. Adobe requests unspecified money damages, a declaratory judgment, costs and attorneys’ fees. On March 2, 2007, the court entered an order staying the action. We intend to vigorously contest the action.

At December 31, 2004, we had a lawsuit pending against Adobe Systems Incorporated (“Adobe”) alleging that Adobe had breached its license agreement with the Company. In April 2005, Adobe and we entered into a settlement agreement which provided for cross-licensing arrangements. No payments to Adobe were required and all proceedings were dismissed.

Bitstream, Inc.

At December 31, 2004, we had a lawsuit pending against Bitstream, Inc. (“Bitstream”), a competitor of ours, alleging copyright infringement by Bitstream. In July 2005, the courts ruled in favor of Bitstream, who then filed a motion for recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs. We believed it was probable that Bitstream would prevail, and accordingly, $464 of accrued legal fees were recognized by the Predecessor Entity and included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004 and 2005. In June 2006, we paid the settlement of $464.

Licensing Warranty

Under our standard license agreement with OEMs, we warrant that the licensed technologies are free of infringement claims of intellectual property rights and will meet the specifications as defined in the licensing agreement for a one-year period. Under the licensing agreements, liability for such indemnity obligations is limited, generally to the total arrangement fee; however, exceptions have been made on a case-by-case basis, increasing the maximum potential liability to agreed upon amounts at the time the contract is entered into. We have never incurred costs payable to a customer or business partner to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these warranties, and as a result, management believes the estimated fair value of these warranties is minimal. Accordingly, there are no liabilities recorded for these warranties as of December 31, 2005 and 2006.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

17.    Net income (loss) per share data

The following table presents a reconciliation of the numerator and denominator used in the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share under the “two class” method:

 

    January 1,
2004 to
November 4,
2004
        November 5,
2004 to
December 31,
2004
   

Year Ended
December 31,

 
        2005     2006  
    (Predecessor)               (Successor)        

Numerator:

         

Net income (loss), as reported

  $ (5,603 )     $ 1,914     $ 7,121     $ 7,062  

Less: Accretion

                  (5,514 )     (24,387 )
                                   

Net income (loss) available to shareholders

  $ (5,603 )     $ 1,914     $ 1,607     $ (17,325 )
                                   

Allocation of net income (loss):

         

Basic:

         

Net income (loss) available for common shareholders

  $ (5,603 )     $ 106     $ 92     $ (17,325 )

Net income (loss) available for preferred shareholders

            1,808       1,515        
                                   

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,603 )     $ 1,914     $ 1,607     $ (17,325 )
                                   

Diluted:

         

Net income (loss)

  $ (5,603 )     $ 1,914     $ 1,607     $ (17,325 )

Less:  Dividends on redeemable preferred stock

            (25 )     (193 )      
                                   

Net income (loss) available for shareholders

  $ (5,603 )     $ 1,889     $ 1,414     $ (17,325 )
                                   

Denominator:

         

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding

    1,000         642,278       905,031       939,160  

Less:  Weighted-average shares of unvested restricted common stock outstanding

            (299,524 )     (550,660 )     (354,505 )
                                   

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per common share

    1,000         342,754       354,371       584,655  
                                   

Weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding

    1,000         642,278       905,031       939,160  

Less: Weighted-average shares of unvested restricted common stock outstanding

                        (354,505 )

Weighted-average number of convertible preferred stock

            5,824,356       5,837,277        

Weighted-average number of common shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options, based on the treasury stock method

            33,530       113,021        
                                   

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing diluted net income (loss) per common share

    1,000         6,500,164       6,855,329       584,655  
                                   

Computation of net income (loss) per common share:

         

Basic:

         

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders

  $ (5,603 )     $ 106     $ 92     $ (17,325 )

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing basic net income (loss) per common share

    1,000         342,754       354,371       587,839  
                                   

Net income (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders

  $ (5,603.00 )     $ 0.31     $ 0.26     $ (29.47 )
                                   

Diluted:

         

Net income (loss) applicable to common shareholders

  $ (5,603 )     $ 1,889     $ 1,414     $ (17,325 )

Weighted-average number of common shares used in computing diluted net income (loss) per common share

    1,000         6,500,164       6,855,329       587,839  
                                   

Net income (loss) per share applicable to common shareholders

  $ (5,603.00 )     $ 0.29     $ 0.21     $ (29.47 )
                                   

The following common share equivalents and unvested restricted shares have been excluded from the computation of diluted weighted-average shares outstanding as of December 31, 2006, as their effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

Convertible redeemable preferred stock

   5,842,531

Unvested restricted shares

   351,320

Options outstanding, based on treasury stock method

   235,243

Convertible notes payable

   42,740

 

F-41


Table of Contents

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 

18.    Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

    Three Months Ended  
    March 31,
2005
    June 30,
2005
    September 30,
2005
    December 31,
2005
    March 31,
2006
    June 30,
2006
    September 30,
2006
    December 31,
2006
 
                           

Restated(1)

    Restated(1)     Restated(1)        

Revenue

  $17,562     $18,285     $18,735     $19,194     $18,466     $19,504     $22,786     $25,448  

Cost of revenue

  2,193     2,366     2,240     2,714     2,132     2,093     2,327     1,753  

Cost of revenue-Amortization

  602     602     602     602     602     602     703     1,114  

Marketing and selling

  2,803     3,155     2,788     2,984     3,043     3,164     4,250     4,474  

Research and development

  2,393     2,928     2,290     3,057     2,928     2,997     3,802     4,086  

General and administrative

  1,172     1,248     1,357     1,862     1,817     1,789     2,067     4,439  

Amortization of intangible assets

  1,614     1,615     1,615     1,615     1,686     1,687     1,789     1,525  
                                               

Total costs and expenses

  10,777     11,914     10,892     12,834     12,208     12,332     14,938     17,391  

Income from operations

  6,785     6,371     7,843     6,360     6,258     7,172     7,848     8,057  

Interest expense

  3,016     3,013     4,738     4,126     4,131     3,929     6,411     5,216  

Interest income

  (24 )   (51 )   (65 )   (18 )   (16 )   (66 )   (30 )   (59 )

Other (income) expense, net

  (296 )   1,305     (320 )   130     (722 )   (588 )   (699 )   (1,155 )
                                               

Total other expenses

  2,696     4,267     4,353     4,238     3,393     3,275     5,682     4,002  

Income before provision for income taxes

  4,089     2,104     3,490     2,122     2,865     3,897     2,166     4,055  

Provision for income taxes

  1,636     842     1,403     803     1,151     1,528     1,784     1,458  
                                               

Net income

  $2,453     $1,262     $2,087     $1,319     $1,714     $2,369     $382     $2,597  
                                               

Earnings (loss) per common share:

               

Basic

  $0.21     $0.00     $0.09     $(0.67 )   $(2.73 )   $(3.32 )   $(11.06 )   $(11.08 )

Diluted

  $0.18     $0.00     $0.07     $(0.67 )   $(2.73 )   $(3.32 )   $(11.06 )   $(11.08 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

               

Basic

  342,890     342,890     342,890     388,437     519,929     567,194     610,048     656,345  

Diluted

  6,823,963     6,828,468     6,886,300     388,437     519,929     567,194     610,048     656,345  

(1) In connection with the December 31, 2006 year end closing process, we determined that we understated other (income) expense by $349, $581 and $255 of income for the quarterly periods ended March 31, 2006, June 30, 2006 and September 30, 2006, respectively. We concluded that the adjustment was the result of the correction of an error, and therefore restated other (income) expense and net income for these quarterly periods.

 

F-42


Table of Contents

F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

Linotype GmbH, Bad Homburg (Germany)

Years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006

with Report of Independent Auditors

 

F-43


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 31, 2005 and 2006

Contents

 

Report of Independent Auditors

   F–45

Financial Statements

  

Balance Sheets

   F–46

Statements of Income

   F–47

Statements of Shareholder’s Equity

   F–48

Statements of Cash Flows

   F–49

Notes to the Financial Statements

   F–50

 

F-44


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors of Linotype GmbH, Bad Homburg

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Linotype GmbH, Bad Homburg as of March 31, 2005 and 2006, and the related statements of income, shareholder’s equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Linotype GmbH, Bad Homburg at March 31, 2005 and 2006, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Ernst & Young AG

Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

Steuerberatungsgesellschaft

 

/s/  Klein                        

Klein

 

/s/  Erbacher                    

Erbacher

Wirtschaftsprüfer   Wirtschaftsprüfer
[German Public Auditor]   [German Public Auditor]
Eschborn/Frankfurt/M., Germany  
November 20, 2006  

 

F-45


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands € and thousands $)

 

     March 31
2005
    March 31
2006
   

March 31
2006

(Unaudited)

 
     Euros €     Euros €     US $  
Assets  

Current assets

      

Cash

   1     2     $ 3  

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of € 72 at March 31, 2005 and € 113 at March 31, 2006

     1,516       1,108       1,463  

Due from affiliates

     1,241       2,183       2,882  

Deferred income taxes

     84       82       108  

Other current assets

     54       3       4  
                        

Total current assets

     2,896       3,378       4,460  

Equipment, net

     530       587       775  

Deferred income taxes

     352       436       576  

Other non-current assets

     43       46       61  
                        

Total assets

     3,821       4,447       5,872  
                        
Liabilities and Shareholder’s Equity  

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable

     428       574       758  

Accrued expenses

     1,480       1,555       2,053  

Due to affiliates

     151       228       301  

Deferred revenue

     0       29       38  

Other current liabilities

     46       22       29  
                        

Total current liabilities

     2,105       2,408       3,179  

Deferred revenue

     0       146       193  

Accrued pension and jubilee benefits

     1,970       2,234       2,950  

Shareholder’s equity

      

Registered capital

     26       26       34  

Additional paid-in capital

     (255 )     (266 )     (351 )

Retained earnings

     0       0       0  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (25 )     (101 )     (133 )
                        

Total shareholder’s equity

     (254 )     (341 )     (450 )

Total liabilities and shareholder’s equity

     3,821       4,447       5,872  
                        

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands € and thousands $)

 

     Year
Ended
March 31
2005
    Year
Ended
March 31
2006
   

Year Ended
March 31
2006

(Unaudited)

 

Revenue

   13,173     14,407     $ 19,022  

Costs and expenses

      

Cost of revenue

     2,144       2,343       3,093  

Marketing and selling expenses

     3,268       3,782       4,993  

General and administrative expenses

     2,088       2,337       3,086  

Research and development expenses

     1,583       1,810       2,390  
                        

Total costs and expenses

     9,083       10,272       13,562  
                        

Income from operations

     4,090       4,135       5,460  

Other income (-) and expenses

      

Interest income

     (89 )     (81 )     (107 )

Gain (-)/Loss on foreign exchange, net

     51       (47 )     (62 )

Other income, net

     (16 )     (93 )     (123 )
                        

Total other income

     (54 )     (221 )     (292 )
                        

Income before provision for income taxes

     4,144       4,356       5,752  

Income tax expense

     1,550       1,632       2,155  
                        

Net income

     2,594       2,724       3,597  
                        

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

(in thousands €)

 

    Registered
capital
  Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
loss
    Retained
earnings
    Total
shareholder's
equity
    Comprehensive
income
 

Balance at April 1, 2004

  26   250     0     0     276    

Net income

          2,594       2,594     2,594  

Additional minimum pension liability

           

Gross

        (40 )       (40 )     (40 )

Deferred taxes

        15         15       15  

Income taxes paid by shareholder

      1,804           1,804    

Dividends to shareholder

      (2,309 )       (2,594 )     (4,903 )  
                 

Comprehensive income, net of tax

              2,569  
                                             

Balance at March 31, 2005

    26     (255 )     (25 )     0       (254 )  

Net income

          2,724       2,724       2,724  

Additional minimum pension liability

           

Gross

        (122 )       (122 )     (122 )

Deferred taxes

        46         46       46  

Income taxes paid by shareholder

      1,668           1,668    

Dividends to shareholder

      (1,679 )       (2,724 )     (4,403 )  
                 

Comprehensive income, net of tax

              2,648  
                                             

Balance at March 31, 2006

        26     (266 )     (101 )     0       (341 )  
                                       

See accompanying notes.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands € and thousands $)

 

     Year Ended
March 31
2005
    Year Ended
March 31
2006
   

Year Ended
March 31
2006

(Unaudited)

 

Operating activities

      

Net income

   2,594     2,724     $ 3,597  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     206       216       285  

Current income tax paid by shareholder

     1,804       1,668       2,202  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Accounts receivable

     (804 )     408       539  

Deferred income tax

     (254 )     (36 )     (48 )

Other current and non-current assets

     2       48       63  

Accounts payable

     121       146       193  

Accrued expenses

     536       75       99  

Due from/to affiliates

     (698 )     77       102  

Deferred Revenue

     0       175       231  

Accrued pension and jubilee benefits

     134       142       187  

Other current liabilities

     4       (24 )     (32 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,645       5,619       7,418  

Investing activities

      

Purchases of equipment

     (306 )     (276 )     (364 )

Proceeds from sale of equipment

     0       3       4  

Cash advances to affiliates (cash pooling), net

     (194 )     (442 )     (584 )
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (500 )     (715 )     (944 )

Financing activities

      

Dividends to shareholders

     (3,146 )     (4,903 )     (6,473 )
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (3,146 )     (4,903 )     (6,473 )

Increase (decrease) in cash

     (1 )     1       1  

Cash at beginning of year

     2       1       1  
                        

Cash at end of year

     1       2       2  
                        

Annual capital contributions by the parent company resulting from income tax payments directly to the tax authorities (€ 1,804 and € 1,668, respectively) have not been disclosed as cash flows provided by financing activities as they are non-cash transactions.

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-49


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

1.    Nature of Business

Linotype GmbH (the “Company”) has been a 100% subsidiary of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG (“HDM”) since it was founded in 1997.

The Company is engaged in the development, marketing, licensing and servicing of high quality digital typefaces. The Company develops and digitizes fonts and sells licenses for the use of these fonts to original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) and independent software vendor (“ISV”) customers worldwide. The Company also offers font licenses through its own web shop and through more than 60 resellers and third party web shops to end users.

2.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

The accompanying financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). The Company’s functional currency is considered to be Euro (€).

The accompanying financial statements reflect the application of certain significant accounting policies as described in this note and elsewhere in the accompanying notes to the financial statements.

Convenience translations (unaudited)

The Company has presented the accompanying financial statements in Euro. All amounts herein are shown in Euros and, for the year ended March 31, 2006 are also presented in U.S. dollars (“$”), the latter are presented solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of $1.32030 = €1.00, the Noon Buying Rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of December 31, 2006. The translations should not be construed as a representation that the amounts shown could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other rate.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. In the preparation of these financial statements, estimates and assumptions have been made by management, especially concerning the selection of useful lives of equipment and the measurement of allowances as well as pension and other accruals. Given the uncertainty regarding the determination of these factors, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Statement of Position (SOP) 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition , as modified by SOP 98-9, Modifications of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, with

 

F-50


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

Respect to Certain Transactions . Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, the font software has been delivered or services have been provided, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collection of the fee is probable.

The Company’s revenue includes (1) license fees and royalty revenue from OEM and ISV customers for fonts, (2) fees for licensing fonts to end-users, distributed both directly and through resellers, and (3) revenue from custom font development.

OEM and ISV Licensing

OEM and ISV licensing revenue includes unit-based royalty fees and fixed-fee royalty arrangements. Revenue from unit-based royalty arrangements is recognized in the period when customers report the sale of sublicenses to end-users to the Company. Revenue from fixed-fee licenses is recognized upon delivery of the software when no further obligations of the Company exist. Certain fixed-fee royalty license agreements include extended payment terms. Revenue related to arrangements with extended payment terms is recognized when payment becomes due to the Company.

Font Sales to End-Users

Revenue from direct end-user font licensing is recognized upon delivery of the fonts. End user sales include revenue generated from the Company’s webshop and physical CD deliveries.

The Company distributes fonts through various resellers in either an electronic format or CD format. Some resellers utilize a font vending system, which is installed at their site and provides fonts for sale to the customer. Revenue is recognized if collection is probable, upon notification from the reseller that the Company’s fonts have been sold, or for a CD product shipped directly to the customer, upon delivery of the fonts.

Custom font development

In some cases, the Company enters into customized font license agreements, designing or customizing fonts for individual customers. The Company recognizes font license fees as customized fonts are delivered to the end-user and no further obligations of the Company exist.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue results solely from a single arrangement that included post contract support (PCS), an undelivered element, in addition to the software. The Company concluded that it did not have vendor specific objective evidence for this undelivered element. Accordingly, the entire revenue from this arrangement was deferred and recognized over the term of the PCS.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue consists primarily of royalties paid to third-party developers whose fonts the Company sells, costs to physically distribute the fonts, including shipping and handling cost and the cost of the media on which it is delivered, and sales commissions. The Company recognizes royalty expenses concurrent with the recognition of revenue on sales to which they relate. Accrued royalty expenses are included in accrued expenses in the accompanying balance sheets (see Note 5).

Research and Development Expenses

The Company’s research and development expenses consist principally of compensation and related costs incurred to develop digital font designs. In accordance with SFAS No. 86, Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software to Be Sold or Otherwise Marketed , such costs are required to be expensed until the point that technological feasibility of the software is established. As the Company’s research and development costs primarily relate to development during the period prior to technological feasibility, and consequently, the amounts that could be capitalized are not material to the Company’s financial position or results of operations, all research and development costs related to software development are charged to operations as incurred.

Advertising Costs

The Company recognizes advertising expense as incurred. For the year ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 the Company recognized € 953 and € 1,383, respectively, of advertising expense.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes has been determined using the asset and liability approach of accounting for income taxes in accordance with SFAS 109 . Under this approach, deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.

The amount of deferred taxes on these temporary differences is determined using the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, as applicable, based on tax rates and tax laws then in effect.

Since April 1, 1997 the Company has formed a fiscal unity (“Organschaft”) with HDM for corporate income tax and trade income tax. HDM has filed consolidated tax returns including the taxable income of the Company. Tax expenses or benefits have not been allocated to the members of the tax group. Since this legal arrangement does not conform with the systematic, rational, and consistent approach required for allocating taxes within the tax group under SFAS 109, the Company has adopted a separate return approach to account for income taxes in its stand-alone US GAAP financial statements.

Current tax expense paid by HDM directly to the tax authorities has been considered a capital contribution credited to additional paid-in capital.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company’s financial instruments consist of cash, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, and amounts due from and to affiliates. The estimated fair value of these financial instruments approximates their carrying value at March 31, 2005 and 2006 due to the short-term nature of these instruments.

The estimated fair market value of open forward exchange contracts, which generally mature within one year, is based on a market-based valuation model.

Cash

Cash includes only cash on hand as the Company has been included in HDM’s central cash management system. All cash balances are transferred to a central bank account each day.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve for potentially uncollectible trade receivables. The trade accounts receivable are analyzed by aging category to identify significant customers with known disputes or collection issues. For accounts not specifically identified, additional reserves are recorded based on the age of the receivable and historical experience.

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   Beginning
balance
   Charged/
(Credited)
to G&A
    Accounts
written off
    Ending
balance

March 31, 2005

   192    (110 )   (10 )   72

March 31, 2006

   72    43     (2 )   113

Equipment

Equipment is stated at historical cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is determined on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Estimated useful lives range from 2 to 5 years for computer equipment and purchased software and from 3 to 13 years for furniture and fixtures.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company accounts for impairment of long-lived assets in accordance with SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets . The statement requires that long-lived assets be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If impairment indicators are present and the estimated future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of the assets, the carrying values are reduced to the estimated fair value. The Company concluded there were no impairments of its long lived assets for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

Foreign Currency Transactions

Foreign currency receivables and liabilities are valued at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date.

Concentration of Credit Risks

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of trade accounts receivable and receivables due from affiliates.

The Company grants credit to customers in the ordinary course of business. Credit evaluations are performed on an ongoing basis to reduce credit risk, and no collateral is required from the Company’s customers. The Company has not experienced significant losses related to receivables from any individual customers or groups of customers. An allowance for uncollectible accounts is provided for those trade accounts receivable considered to be uncollectible based upon historical experience and credit evaluation. At March 31, 2006, no customer individually accounted for more than 10 % of the Company’s trade accounts receivable. For the year ended March 31, 2006, two customers accounted for 22 % and 17 % of the Company’s total revenue. As of March 31, 2005, one customer accounted for 23 % of the Company’s trade accounts receivable. For the year ended March 31, 2005, two customers accounted for 27 % and 14 % of the Company’s total revenue.

Amounts due from affiliates at March 31, 2005 and 2006 consist of cash advances due from HDM (€ 6,144 and € 6,586, respectively) netted with liabilities due to HDM arising from the profit transfer agreement (€4,903 and € 4,403, respectively).

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to foreign currency price risks in the normal course of business. Currency options and forward exchange contracts are used to manage the exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates for underlying trade receivables and planned sales transactions denominated in US dollars. The counter party to all derivative instruments with notional values totaling $ 4.3 million at March 31, 2005 and $ 3.0 million at March 31, 2006 is HDM. SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , as amended, requires that all derivative instruments be reported on the balance sheet at fair value and establishes criteria for designation and effectiveness of hedging relationships, including a requirement that all designations must be made at the inception of each instrument. The Company did not make such initial designations. Therefore, changes in the fair value of the derivative instrument are recognized as current period income or expense.

At March 31, 2005 and 2006, the total fair market value of open foreign currency forward exchange contracts amounted to € (46) and € (22), respectively. The unrealized gains or losses are reflected in the accompanying statements of income as gain(-)/loss on foreign exchange and the fair market values are included in other current liabilities.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

Pensions

The expense and liability related to the defined benefit plan are determined on an actuarial basis using the projected unit credit method in accordance with SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions . The actuarial valuations were performed using data as of March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. Assumptions used in the pension calculations include discount rates, trend rates for compensation increase and other factors. Actual results that differ from the assumptions used are accumulated and amortized over a period approximating the average expected remaining working period of participating employees. The portion of actuarial gains and losses recorded is defined as the excess of the cumulative unrecorded actuarial gains and losses at the end of the previous period over 10 % of the present value of the defined benefit obligation.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive loss includes additional minimum pension liability. Comprehensive income for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 has been reflected in the statements of shareholder’s equity.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2006, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes , an interpretation of SFAS 109. This Interpretation clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an enterprise’s financial statements in accordance with SFAS No. 109. This Interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This Interpretation also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2006. The Company has not completed its assessment of the impact of the new interpretation on the financial statements, but the adoption of the interpretation is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements . This statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in US GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007. The Company has not completed its assessment of the impact of the new statement on the financial statements, but the adoption of the statement is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans , an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R). This statement requires an employer to recognize the overfunded or underfunded status of a defined benefit postretirement plan as an asset or liability in its statement of financial position and to recognize changes in that funded status in the year in which the changes occur through comprehensive income. The funded status of the plan is measured as the difference between plan assets at fair value and the benefit obligation. The statement is effective for fiscal years ending after June 15, 2007. The Company has not completed its assessment of the impact of the new statement on the financial statements.

 

F-55


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

3.    Equipment

Equipment consists of the following:

 

     March 31  
     2005     2006  

Computer equipment and software

   1,800     1,866  

Furniture and fixtures

   259     307  
            
   2,059     2,173  

Less accumulated depreciation

   (1,529 )   (1,586 )
            

Equipment, net

   530     587  
            

Depreciation expense for the year ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 was € 206 and € 216, respectively.

4.    Income Taxes

The components of the Company’s income tax expense for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 consists of the following:

 

     2005     2006  

German corporate income tax and solidarity surcharge

   1,084     1,002  

German trade income tax

   720     666  
            

Current

   1,804     1,668  

German corporate income tax and solidarity surcharge

   (153 )   (22 )

German trade income tax

   (101 )   (14 )
            

Deferred

   (254 )   (36 )
            

Total

   1,550     1,632  
            

A federal German corporate income tax of 25 % plus a 5.5 % solidarity surcharge is levied on corporate income. In addition to corporate income tax, earnings are subject to a trade income tax that varies depending on the municipality in which the company is located. After accounting for trade income tax, which is a deductible operating expense, the Company has a trade income tax rate of 14.9 %. Because German trade income tax is deductible, it also reduces the assessment basis for corporate income tax.

The effective tax rate on pre-tax income reflected in the accompanying statements of income for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 approximates the combined statutory income tax rate of 37.34 %.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following:

 

     March 31
     2005    2006

Deferred tax assets

     

Trade accounts receivable, gross

   482    525

Accrued pension and jubilee benefits

   152    206

Intangible assets

   200    175

Deferred revenue

   0    65

Other

   17    8
         
   851    979

Deferred tax liabilities

     

Accrued expenses

   355    349

Other current liabilities

   42    98

Other

   18    14
         
   415    461
         

Net deferred tax asset

   436    518
         

In assessing the realizability of the deferred tax assets, the primary evidence considered by the Company included the cumulative pre-tax income for financial reporting purposes over the past years, and the estimated future taxable income based on historical operating results. After giving consideration to these factors, the Company concluded that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would be fully realized, and as a result, no valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets was deemed necessary at March 31, 2005 and 2006.

5.    Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 

     March 31
     2005    2006

Accrued royalty expense

   598    683

Payroll and other compensation

   532    409

Accrued advertising, marketing and e-commerce expense

   200    306

Accrued professional fees and legal costs

   68    35

Other

   82    122
         
   1,480    1,555
         

 

F-57


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

6.    Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The Company maintains an unfunded defined benefit pension plan based on the “Versorgungsordnung der Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG” (the “Plan”). Substantially all employees joining the Company before April 1, 2006, when the Plan was closed, are entitled to benefits in the form of retirement, disability and surviving dependent pensions. Benefits generally depend on years of service and the salary of the employees. The Company’s defined benefit pension plan uses a March 31 measurement date.

The changes in pension benefit obligations for the years ended March 31 were as follows:

 

     2005     2006  

Change in benefit obligations:

    

Benefit obligation (PBO) at beginning of year

   1,750     2,022  

Service cost

   65     74  

Interest cost

   96     96  

Actuarial loss

   141     155  

Benefits paid

   (30 )   (31 )

Benefit obligation at end of year

   2,022     2,316  
            

Funded status (unfunded)

   (2,022 )   (2,316 )

Unrecognized actuarial loss

   141     296  
            

Net amount recognized

   (1,881 )   (2,020 )
            

SFAS No. 87, Employers’ Accounting for Pensions , requires a company to record a minimum liability that is at least equal to the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation. The additional minimum pension liability, net of a deferred tax asset, is charged to Accumulated other comprehensive loss. At March 31, 2005 and 2006, the Company’s additional minimum pension liability was € 40 and € 162, respectively.

Amounts included in the balance sheet comprise of the following:

 

     March 31  
     2005     2006  

Accrued benefit liability

   (1,921 )   (2,182 )

Accumulated other comprehensive loss – pre-tax

   40     162  
            

Net amount recognized

   (1,881 )   (2,020 )
            

The components of net periodic benefit cost were as follows:

 

     2004/2005    2005/2006

Service cost

   65    74

Interest cost

   96    96
         

Net periodic benefit cost

   161    170
         

The accumulated benefit obligation for the Plan was € 1,921 and € 2,182 at March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-58


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

The assumptions used to determine the benefit obligation are as follows:

 

     Defined benefit obligation  
         2005             2006      

Discount rate

   4.75  %   4.50  %

Estimated compensation increase

   2.00  %   2.00  %

Inflation

   1.75  %   1.75  %

The assumptions used to determine the defined benefit cost for the years ended March 31 are as follows:

 

     Defined benefit cost  
         2005             2006      

Discount rate

   5.50  %   4.75  %

Estimated compensation increase

   2.25  %   2.00  %

Inflation

   2.00  %   1.75  %

The following estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid in the years indicated:

 

Years

   Payments

2006/2007

   37

2007/2008

   43

2008/2009

   50

2009/2010

   54

2010/2011

   58

2011/2012 - 2015/2016

   430

7.    Related Party Transactions

A control and profit and loss transfer agreement with its sole shareholder HDM is effective since April 1, 1997. The Company is contractually bound to transfer its annual statutory profit to HDM, while HDM is obliged to absorb any annual losses incurred. The statutory profit of the year to be transferred is due to the shareholder as of the balance sheet date. The primary purpose of the agreement is to enable the pooling of taxable profits and losses at the HDM group level, thereby generally reducing the overall level of taxes payable for the group, as the tax losses incurred by group companies are available for offset against the taxable profits made by other group companies. There is no tax allocation agreement providing for any reimbursement of tax payments made by HDM.

The Company has been included in HDM’s central cash management system, transferring all cash balances to a central bank account each day (see Note 2). The amounts due from HDM are generally due on demand. Outstanding amounts due from and due to HDM bear interest. Cash advances due from HDM were € 6,144 and € 6,586 at March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively; and the associated interest income was € 89 and € 81 for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively. On the balance sheet, the cash advances due are netted with the liabilities arising from the profit transfer agreement amounting to € 4,903 and € 4,403 at March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

The Company provides services relating to a web based system for the management of license keys for HDM’s products. Costs incurred by the Company amounting to approximately € 55 and € 65 for the year ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively, are charged to HDM.

The Company receives certain management services from HDM including personnel/payroll administration, patent administration, and IT support. Furthermore, the Company’s managing director’s employment contract is with HDM. His salary package including defined benefit cost is reimbursed by the Company. The Company was charged total expenses for the year ended March 31, 2005 and 2006 of approximately € 535k and € 578, respectively, related to these services. In addition, the Company pays rent and certain other occupancy costs to HDM for its corporate headquarters premises. HDM holds the long-term lease of the Company’s headquarters premises which expires on July 31, 2007. The total monthly charge was € 28 for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively (see Note 10). At March 31, 2005 and 2006 an amount of € 45 and € 193, respectively, was disclosed as due from affiliates.

The Company pays unit-based royalties to Heidelberg Schweiz AG (HS) for sublicensing fonts owned by HS. At March 31, 2005 and 2006 due to affiliates include royalties payable to HS in the amount of € 106 and € 35. Total license expense recorded was € 250 for the year ended March 31, 2005 and € 406 for the year ended March 31, 2006.

As of March 31, 2006, the Company accrued for a sales commission of € 60 due to Heidelberg Schweiz AG for arranging a font license contract with a Swiss customer.

8.    Shareholders’ Equity

The Company has a fully paid registered capital of € 26.

9.    Geographical Reporting

The following summarizes revenue by location of the customer for each country with revenue greater than 5% for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006:

 

     Germany    United
States
   United
Kingdom
   Switzer-
land
   Japan    Other    Total

2005

   1,256    7,831    911    672    675    1,828    13,173

2006

   1,552    8,761    1,121    958    265    1,750    14,407

For information on significant customers refer to Concentration of Credit Risk (see Note 2).

All of the Company’s long-lived tangible assets are located in Germany.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

10.    Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

The Company conducts its operations in facilities under an operating lease with HDM expiring July 31, 2007 (see Note 7). In addition the Company has operating car lease and computer equipment lease contracts expiring through 2010.

The Company’s future minimum payments under non-cancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2006, are approximately as follows:

 

Years ending March 31

   Amount

2007

   389

2008

   154

2009

   39

2010

   8
    

Total

   590
    

Lease expense charged to operations was €433 and €428 for the years ended March 31, 2005 and 2006, respectively.

Legal Action

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, including claims of infringement of third-party patents and other intellectual property rights, commercial, employment and other matters. A provision for a liability is made when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. As of March 31, 2005 and 2006, no liability was recorded.

In certain cases, the Company is actively claiming infringements of its intellectual property rights. In addition, the reseller and license agreements entitle the Company to request contract compliance reviews performed by third-party auditors on behalf of the Company at its resellers and customers. As the outcome of such claims is highly unpredictable, income from any such claims is only recognized when any final cash settlement has been received.

Indemnifications

Under its standard license agreements, the Company warrants that the licensed font software is free of infringement claims of intellectual property rights and will meet the specifications as defined in the agreement. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual after execution of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. The Company has never incurred costs payable to a customer or business partner to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these warranties. Accordingly, there are no liabilities recorded for these warranties as of March 31, 2005 and 2006.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

March 31, 2005 and 2006

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

11.    Subsequent Events

On August 1, 2006, Monotype Imaging Germany GmbH, Bad Homburg, Germany, a wholly owned subsidiary of Monotype Imaging, Inc., Woburn, MA, USA, acquired the registered capital and became the sole shareholder of the Company.

On October 30, 2006, Adobe Systems Incorporated, or Adobe, filed an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division, against Linotype in response to a complaint filed against Adobe by HDM. HDM had claimed that Adobe had breached its obligations under an agreement between Linotype and Adobe during the period ending March 31, 2006. In its filing, Adobe denies the claim by HDM and alleges that HDM and Linotype breached its obligations under agreements between Linotype and Adobe by failing to pay all royalties due under those agreements, submitting inaccurate royalty reports, and using the fonts licensed under those agreements improperly and without authorization. Adobe requests money damages, a declaratory judgment, costs and attorneys’ fees. The Company believes that the allegations are without merit and intend to vigorously contest the action.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

U NAUDITED C ONDENSED F INANCIAL S TATEMENTS

Linotype GmbH, Bad Homburg (Germany)

Quarterly Period ended June 30, 2006

 

F-63


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH, BAD HOMBURG (GERMANY)

UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Quarterly Period ended June 30, 2006

Contents

 

Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

  

Balance Sheets

   F–65

Statements of Income

   F–66

Statements of Cash Flows

   F–67

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Financial Statements

   F–68

 

F-64


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

(in thousands € and thousands $)

 

     March 31
2006
    June 30
2006
    June 30
2006
 
     Euros €     Euros €     US $  
Assets       

Current assets

      

Cash

   2     2     $ 3  

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of € 113 at March 31, 2006 and € 136 at June 30, 2006

     1,108       1,348       1,780  

Due from affiliates

     2,183       0       0  

Deferred income taxes

     82       222       293  

Other current assets

     3       87       115  
                        

Total current assets

     3,378       1,659       2,191  

Equipment, net

     587       542       716  

Deferred income taxes

     436       441       582  

Other non-current assets

     46       47       62  
                        

Total assets

     4,447       2,689       3,551  
                        
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity       

Current liabilities

      

Accounts payable

     574       228       301  

Accrued expenses

     1,555       1,711       2,259  

Due to affiliates

     228       575       759  

Deferred revenue

     29       34       45  

Other current liabilities

     22       0       0  
                        

Total current liabilities

     2,408       2,548       3,364  

Deferred revenue

     146       161       213  

Accrued pension and jubilee benefits

     2,234       2,276       3,005  

Shareholders’ equity

      

Registered capital

     26       26       34  

Additional paid-in capital

     (266 )     (2,221 )     (2,932 )

Retained earnings

     0       0       0  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (101 )     (101 )     (133 )
                        

Total shareholders’ equity

     (341 )     (2,296 )     (3,031 )

Total liabilities and shareholder's equity

     4,447       2,689       3,551  
                        

 

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(Unaudited)

(in thousands € and thousands $)

 

     Three month period ended  
     June 30
2005
    June 30
2006
    June 30
2006
 

Revenue

   2,999     3,934     $ 5,194  

Costs and expenses

      

Cost of revenue

     540       634       837  

Marketing and selling expenses

     824       1,006       1,328  

General and administrative expenses

     665       1,017       1,343  

Research and development expenses

     390       429       566  
                        

Total costs and expenses

     2,419       3,086       4,074  
                        

Income from operations

     580       848       1,120  

Other income (-) and expenses

      

Interest income

     (8 )     (19 )     (25 )

Gain (-)/Loss on foreign exchange, net

     281       (90 )     (119 )

Other income, net

     (40 )     (2 )     (3 )
                        

Total other income

     233       (111 )     (147 )
                        

Income before provision for income taxes

     347       959       1,267  

Income tax expense

     130       358       473  
                        

Net income

     217       601       794  
                        

 

See accompanying notes.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

(in thousands € and thousands $)

 

     Three month period ended  
     June 30
2005
    June 30
2006
    June 30
2006
 

Operating activities

      

Net income

   217     601     $ 794  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     49       58       77  

Current income tax paid by shareholder

     328       505       667  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

      

Trade accounts receivable

     (189 )     (240 )     (317 )

Deferred income tax

     (198 )     (147 )     (194 )

Other current and non-current assets

     (1 )     (84 )     (111 )

Accounts payable

     (262 )     (345 )     (456 )

Accrued expenses

     326       156       206  

Due from/to affiliates

     29       (247 )     (326 )

Deferred Revenue

     198       20       26  

Accrued pension and jubilee benefits

     35       42       55  

Other current liabilities

     299       (22 )     (29 )
                        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     831       297       392  

Investing activities

      

Purchases of equipment

     (31 )     (13 )     (17 )

Proceeds from sale of equipment

     1       0       0  

Cash advances to affiliates (cash pooling), net

     4,103       4,119       5,438  
                        

Net cash used in investing activities

     4,073       4,106       5,421  

Financing activities

      

Dividends to shareholder

     (4,903 )     (4,403 )     (5,813 )
                        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (4,903 )     (4,403 )     (5,813 )

Increase (decrease) in cash

     1       0       0  

Cash at beginning of year

     1       2       3  
                        

Cash at end of year

     2       2       3  
                        

Capital contributions by the parent company resulting from income tax payments directly to the tax authorities (€ 328 and € 505, respectively) have not been disclosed as cash flows provided by financing activities as they are non-cash transactions.

See accompanying notes.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

1.    Nature of Business

Linotype GmbH (the “Company”) has been a 100% subsidiary of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG (“HDM”) since it was founded in 1997.

The Company is engaged in the development, marketing, licensing and servicing of high quality digital typefaces. The Company develops and digitizes fonts and sells licenses for the use of these fonts to original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) and independent software vendor (“ISV”) customers worldwide. The Company also offers font licenses through its own web shop and through more than 60 resellers and third-party web shops to end users.

2.    Basis of Preparation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements of the Company presented herein have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), but do not include all of the information and footnote disclosures required by these accounting principles. These statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.

The Company has presented the accompanying financial statements in Euro. All amounts herein are shown in Euros and, for the period ended June 30, 2006 are also presented in U.S. dollars (“$”), the latter are presented solely for the convenience of the reader at the rate of $1.32030 = €1.00, the Noon Buying Rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as of December 31, 2006. The translations should not be construed as a representation that the amounts shown could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars at that or any other rate.

The balance sheet information at March 31, 2006 has been derived from the Company’s audited financial statements but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. The condensed balance sheet as of June 30, 2006, the condensed income statements for the three month periods ended June 30, 2005 and 2006, and the condensed statements of cash flows for the three months ended June 30, 2005 and 2006, and the notes to each are not audited, but in the opinion of management include all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of the condensed financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of the Company for these interim periods. Such adjustments are normal and recurring except as otherwise stated.

3.    Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other comprehensive income. Comprehensive income is equal to net income for the quarters ended June 30, 2005 and 2006. Accumulated other comprehensive loss as of June 30, 2005 and March 31, 2006 includes additional minimum pension liability.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

4.    Defined Benefit Pension Plan

The components of net periodic benefit cost for the three month periods ending June 30 were as follows:

 

         2005            2006    

Service cost

   19    21

Interest cost

   24    26

Amortization of actuarial losses

   0    1
         

Net periodic benefit cost

   43    48
         

5.    Related Party Transactions

Significant changes in related party transactions are described below. For all related party transactions refer to annual financial statements.

The Company is contractually bound to transfer its statutory profit to HDM. The statutory profit for the quarter ended June 30, 2006 is € 2,460 higher than the net income under US GAAP, resulting in a significant negative additional paid-in capital balance.

The Company has been included in HDM’s central cash management system, and all cash balances are transferred to a central bank account each day. The amounts due from HDM are generally due on demand. Cash advances due from HDM were € 6,586 and € 2,467 at March 31 and June 30, 2006, respectively. The cash advances due are netted with the liabilities arising from the profit transfer agreement amounting to € 4,403 and € 3,061 at March 31 and June 30, 2006, respectively.

The Company’s managing director’s employment contract is with HDM. HDM charges the Company, on a quarterly basis, all costs related to the employment contract. These costs are included in general and administrative expense. Subsequent to March 31, 2006, HDM amended the pension plan for the managing director which resulted in an additional € 273 charged to the Company in the quarter ended June 30, 2006.

6.    Contingencies

Legal Action

The Company is subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business, including claims of infringement of third-party patents and other intellectual property rights, commercial, employment and other matters. A provision for a liability is made when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. As of March 31 and June 30, 2006, no liability was recorded.

In certain cases, the Company is actively claiming infringements of its intellectual property rights. In addition, the reseller and license agreements entitle the Company to request contract compliance reviews performed by third-party auditors on behalf of the Company at its resellers and customers. As the outcome of such claims is highly unpredictable, income from any such claims is only recognized when any final cash settlement has been received.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

LINOTYPE GMBH

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(All amounts in thousands of Euros, unless otherwise stated)

 

Indemnification

Under its standard license agreements, the Company warrants that the licensed font software is free of infringement claims of intellectual property rights and will meet the specifications as defined in the agreement. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual after execution of the agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification agreements is unlimited. The Company has never incurred costs payable to a customer or business partner to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these warranties. Accordingly, there are no liabilities recorded for these warranties as of March 31 and June 30, 2006.

7.    Subsequent Events

On August 1, 2006, Monotype Imaging Germany GmbH, Bad Homburg, Germany, a wholly owned subsidiary of Monotype Imaging, Inc., Woburn, MA, USA, acquired all shares of the Company.

On October 30, 2006, Adobe Systems Incorporated, or Adobe, filed an action in the United States District Court for the Northern District of California, San Jose Division, against Linotype in response to a complaint filed against Adobe by HDM. HDM had claimed that Adobe had breached its obligations under an agreement between Linotype and Adobe during the period ending March 31, 2006. In its filing, Adobe denies the claim by HDM and alleges that HDM and Linotype breached its obligations under agreements between Linotype and Adobe by failing to pay all royalties due under those agreements, submitting inaccurate royalty reports, and using the fonts licensed under those agreements improperly and without authorization. Adobe requests money damages, a declaratory judgment, costs and attorneys’ fees. The Company believes that the allegations are without merit and intend to vigorously contest the action.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

                     Shares

LOGO

Common Stock

 


Prospectus

                    , 2007

 


Banc of America Securities LLC

Jefferies & Company

William Blair & Company

Needham & Company, LLC

Canaccord Adams

Until                     , 2007, all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common stock may be required to deliver a prospectus, regardless of whether they are participating in this offering. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 



Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by us in connection with the sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimated except the SEC registration fee and the NASD filing fee.

 

     Amount to be Paid

SEC registration fee

   $ 14,445

National Association of Securities Dealers Inc. fee

     14,000

Nasdaq Global Market listing fee

  

Printing and mailing

  

Legal fees and expenses

  

Accounting fees and expenses

  

Directors and officers insurance

  

Miscellaneous

  

Total

   $  

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), because he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

Section 145(b) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor because the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which he or she shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, he or she is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court shall deem proper.

Section 145(g) of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides, in general, that a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any

 

II-1


Table of Contents

liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of his or her status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify the person against such liability under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

Article VII of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date (the “Charter”), provides that no director of our company shall be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to us or our stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or repurchases, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. In addition, our Charter provides that if the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of directors, then the liability of a director of our company shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as so amended.

Article VII of the Charter further provides that any repeal or modification of such article by our stockholders or an amendment to the Delaware General Corporation Law will not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such repeal or modification of a director serving at the time of such repeal or modification.

Article V of our Amended and Restated By-Laws, as amended to date (the “By-Laws”), provides that we will indemnify each of our directors and officers and, in the discretion of our board of directors, certain employees, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same may be amended (except that in the case of an amendment, only to the extent that the amendment permits us to provide broader indemnification rights than the Delaware General Corporation Law permitted us to provide prior to such the amendment) against any and all expenses, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts reasonably paid in settlement that are incurred by the director, officer or such employee or on the director’s, officer’s or employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, to which he or she is or is threatened to be made a party because he or she is or was serving as a director, officer or employee of our company, or at our request as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity, if he or she acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of our company and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Article V of the By-Laws further provides for the advancement of expenses to each of our directors and, in the discretion of our board of directors, to certain officers and employees.

In addition, Article V of the By-Laws provides that the right of each of our directors and officers to indemnification and advancement of expenses shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any statute, provision of the Charter or By-Laws, agreement, vote of stockholders or otherwise. Furthermore, Article V of the By-Laws authorizes us to provide insurance for our directors, officers and employees, against any liability, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the Delaware General Corporation Law or the provisions of Article V of the By-Laws.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain of our executive officers. These agreements provide that we will indemnify each of our directors and certain of our executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. In addition, our stockholders agreement provides indemnification to TA Associates and D.B. Zwirn, and their associated investment funds, for damages, expenses, or losses arising out of, based upon or by reason of any third party or governmental claims relating to their status as a security holder, creditor, director, officer, agent, representative or

 

II-2


Table of Contents

controlling person of us, or otherwise relating to their involvement with Monotype. There is also an indemnification provision in the stockholders agreement that survives following its termination for so long as any person nominated by TA Associates is a member of our board of directors.

We also maintain a general liability insurance policy which covers certain liabilities of directors and officers of our company arising out of claims based on acts or omissions in their capacities as directors or officers.

In connection with their investment in us, we entered into a stockholders agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004, with TA Associates and D.B Zwirn. Most provisions of the stockholders agreement terminate upon the closing of this offering. However, surviving provisions include our covenant to indemnify TA Associates and D.B. Zwirn, including their associated investment funds, subject to exceptions, for damages, expenses or losses arising out of, based upon or by reason of any breach of a covenant or agreement made by us in the stockholders agreement, any third party or governmental claims relating to their status as a security holder, creditor, director, agent, representative or controlling person of us, or otherwise relating to their involvement with us. This covenant continues until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations. We have also covenanted to maintain directors and officers’ liability insurance for so long as any person nominated by TA Associates, as two-thirds holder, is a member of our board of directors.

In any underwriting agreement we enter into in connection with the sale of common stock being registered hereby, the underwriters will agree to indemnify, under certain conditions, us, our directors, our officers and persons who control us within the meaning of the Securities Act, against certain liabilities.

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

During the past three years, we have sold and issued the following unregistered securities:

(1) On November 5, 2004, Agfa sold to Imaging Acquisition Corporation, a wholly-owned subsidiary of IHC, all 1,000 shares of common stock of Agfa Monotype for an aggregate purchase price of $194.0 million, consisting of cash plus assumption of obligations.

(2) On November 5, 2004, IHC sold 5,204,040 shares of IHC convertible preferred stock, convertible into 5,204,040 shares of its redeemable preferred stock and 304,752 shares of IHC common stock, to affiliates of TA Associates for an aggregate purchase price of $52,043,448.

(3) On November 5, 2004, IHC sold 250,000 shares of IHC convertible preferred stock, convertible into 250,000 shares of its redeemable preferred stock and 17,075 shares of IHC common stock, to affiliates of D.B. Zwirn for an aggregate purchase price of $2,500,171.

(4) On November 5, 2004, IHC sold 365,210 shares of IHC convertible preferred stock, convertible into 365,210 shares of its redeemable preferred stock (5,801 of which were later repurchased) and 20,638 shares of our common stock (323 of which were later repurchased), to certain former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype for an aggregate purchase price of $3,652,306.

(5) On November 5, 2004, Imaging Acquisition Corporation sold TA Associates, D.B. Zwirn and certain former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $20,062,000.

(6) On November 30, 2004, IHC sold 7,500 shares of IHC convertible preferred stock, convertible into 7,500 shares of its redeemable preferred stock and 425 shares of IHC common stock, to certain former employees of Agfa Monotype for an aggregate purchase price of $75,004.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

(7) On November 30, 2004, Imaging Acquisition Corporation sold certain former officers and employees of Agfa Monotype notes in the aggregate original principal amount of $25,000.

(8) On June 15, 2005, IHC sold 19,405 shares of IHC convertible preferred stock, convertible into 19,405 shares of its redeemable preferred stock to Ms. Arthur, for an aggregate purchase price of $300,001.

(9) On August 24, 2005, in connection with a recapitalization transaction and debt refinancing, all of the holders of shares of common stock of IHC exchanged their shares for shares of common stock of the registrant. The registrant did not receive any consideration for this transaction.

(10) On August 24, 2005, in connection with a recapitalization transaction and debt refinancing, all of the holders of shares of preferred stock of IHC exchanged their shares for shares of convertible preferred stock of the registrant. The registrant did not receive any consideration for this transaction.

(11) On August 24, 2005, in connection with a recapitalization transaction and debt refinancing, all of the holders of restricted stock of IHC exchanged their restricted stock for shares restricted stock of the registrant. The registrant did not receive any consideration for this transaction.

(12) On July 28, 2006, we sold promissory notes in connection with our acquisition of China Type Design in the aggregate amount of $600,000, which may convert into 100,000 shares of our common stock upon completion of this offering.

(13) Since November 5, 2004 until December 31, 2006, we granted, under our 2004 Option Plan, an aggregate of 500,094 options to purchase shares of our common stock to certain of our officers and employees at exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $34.00 per share. Since November 5, 2004 until December 31, 2006, we granted, under our 2004 Option Plan, an aggregate of 581,625 shares of restricted stock to certain of our officers and employees at exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $6.78 per share. On March 31, 2007, we granted, under our 2004 Option Plan, options to purchase an aggregate of 3,889 shares of our common stock to certain of our employees.

(14) On March 26, 2006, we issued 15,000 restricted shares of our common stock at a price of $6.78 per share to Mr. Simone, as director compensation.

(15) On September 30, 2006, we granted options to purchase 100,500 shares of our common stock, under our 2004 Option Plan, at an exercise price of $25.72 per share to certain of our officers and directors. Of these options, no options to purchase common stock have been exercised through March 31, 2007.

The sales of securities described in items (1) through (12), (14) and (15) above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated thereunder as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering. The issuances of the securities described in item (13) above were deemed to be exempt from registration pursuant to either Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans approved by the registrant’s board of directors or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act as transactions by an issuer not involving a public offering.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

The recipients of securities in each of these transactions represented their intention to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the share certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients either received adequate information about us or had adequate access, through their relationship with us, to information about us. There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in Item 15.

Item 16. Exhibits.

(a) See the Exhibit Index on the page immediately preceding the exhibits for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement on Form S-1, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by the controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4), or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Woburn, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on April 13, 2007.

 

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

/ S /    D OUGLAS J. S HAW

 

Douglas J. Shaw

President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on April 13, 2007:

 

Signature

  

Title

/ S /    D OUGLAS J. S HAW

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)
Douglas J. Shaw   

/ S /    J ACQUELINE D. A RTHUR

Jacqueline D. Arthur

   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

*

Robert M. Givens

   Chairman of the Board

*

A. Bruce Johnston

   Director

*

Roger J. Heinen, Jr.

   Director

*

Pamela F. Lenehan

   Director

*

Jonathan W. Meeks

   Director

*

Peter J. Simone

   Director

 

*By:  

/ S /    D OUGLAS J. S HAW

 

Douglas J. Shaw

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-6


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Number   

Description

1.1*    Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1*    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant
3.2*    Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant
4.1*    Specimen Stock Certificate
4.2**    Registration Rights Agreement by and among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., the Investors and the Management Stockholders named therein, dated as of November 5, 2004
4.3**    Stockholders Agreement by and among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., the Management Stockholders and the Investors named therein, dated as of November 5, 2004
5.1*    Opinion of Goodwin Procter LLP
10.1    2007 Incentive Compensation Plan
10.2**    2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan
10.3**    Form of Non-Qualified Option Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan
10.4**    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan
10.5**    Form of Restricted Stock Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan
10.6    2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
10.7    Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
10.8    Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under the 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
10.9    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
10.10**    Employment Agreement by and between Monotype Imaging Inc. and Jeffrey J. Burk, dated as of November 5, 2004
10.11**    Employment Agreement by and between Monotype Imaging Inc. and Robert M. Givens, dated as of November 5, 2004
10.12**    Employment Agreement by and between Monotype Imaging Inc. and David L. McCarthy, dated as of November 5, 2004
10.13**    Employment Agreement by and between Monotype Imaging Inc. and John L. Seguin, dated as of November 5, 2004
10.14**    Employment Agreement by and between Monotype Imaging Inc. and Douglas J. Shaw, dated as of November 5, 2004
10.15**    Employment Agreement by and between Monotype Imaging Inc. and Jacqueline D. Arthur, dated as of May 16, 2005
10.16**    Employment Agreement by and between Monotype Imaging Inc. and Janet M. Dunlap, dated as of September 25, 2006
10.17    Service Agreement by and between Linotype GmbH and Frank Wildenberg, effective as of September 1, 2006
10.18**    Form of Indemnification Agreement between Monotype Imaging Inc. and certain of its Directors and Officers
10.19    Lease, dated as of February 15, 2005, between Acquiport Unicorn, Inc. and Monotype Imaging, Inc., as amended.
10.20**    Lease, dated as of April 6, 2006, between 6610, LLC and Monotype Imaging Inc.


Table of Contents
Number     

Description

10.21 **    Lease, dated as of May 24, 2006, between Lake Center Plaza Partners, LLC and Monotype Imaging Inc.
10.22      Lease, dated as of April 7, 2005, between RAFI (GP) Limited and Monotype Imaging Limited
10.23 **    Lease, dated as of November 29, 2004, between Servcorp Japan K.K. and Monotype Imaging Incorporated
10.24 **    Lease, dated as of July 10, 2006, between Sun Wah Marine Products (Holdings) Limited and China Type Design Limited
10.25 **    Lease, dated as of July 1, 2006, between Linotype GmbH and Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG (English translation)
10.26 **   

Sublease, dated as of July 1, 2006, between Linotype GmbH and Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG (English translation)

10.27 **    Office Lease, dated as of December 17, 2006, by and between Sheila L. Ortloff and Monotype Imaging, Inc.
10.28 **    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Agfa Corp, Agfa Monotype Corporation and Imaging Acquisition Corporation, dated as of November 5, 2004
10.29 **    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., the Investors and the Lenders (each as defined therein), dated as of November 5, 2004
10.30 **    Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Registrant, MIHC Merger Sub Inc. and Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., dated as of August 24, 2005
10.31      Purchase Agreement for the Sale of Shares in Linotype GmbH by and among Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Aktiengesellschaft, Blitz 06-683 GmbH and Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., dated as of August 1, 2006
10.32 **    Stock Purchase Agreement by and among Monotype Imaging Inc. and certain stockholders of China Type Design Limited, dated as of July 28, 2006
10.33      Credit Agreement by and among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., as Parent, Imaging Acquisition Corporation, Agfa Monotype Corporation and International Typeface Corporation, as Borrowers, the Lenders set forth therein, and D.B Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., as the Arranger and Administrative Agent, dated as of November 5, 2004 (“D.B. Zwirn Credit Agreement”)
10.34      First Amendment to, and Consent and Waiver under, Credit Agreement, Investor Intercreditor Agreement and Security Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2005 for the D.B. Zwirn Credit Agreement
10.35      Second Amendment to, and Consent and Waiver under, Credit Agreement and Security Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2006 for the D.B. Zwirn Credit Agreement
10.36 **    Credit Agreement by and among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., as Parent, Imaging Acquisition Corporation, Agfa Monotype Corporation and International Typeface Corporation, as Borrowers, the Lenders set forth therein, and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., as the Arranger and Administrative Agent, dated as of November 5, 2004 (“Wells Fargo Credit Agreement”)
10.37 **    First Amendment to, and Waiver and Consent under, Credit Agreement, Investor Intercreditor Agreement and Security Agreement, dated as of August 24, 2005 for the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement
10.38 **    Second Amendment to, and Consent and Waiver under, Credit Agreement and Security Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2006 for the Wells Fargo Credit Agreement


Table of Contents
Number   

Description

10.39    Intercreditor Agreement by and between Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of November 5, 2004 (“Intercreditor Agreement”)
10.40    Second Amendment to, and Consent under, Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2006
10.41    Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.42    Supplement No. 1 to the Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of December 28, 2006
10.43    General Continuing Guaranty by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.44    Copyright Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.45    Patent Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.46    Trademark Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.47    Intercompany Subordination Agreement by and among Imaging Acquisition Corporation, Agfa Monotype Corporation, International Typeface Corporation, Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.48**    Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.49**    Supplement No. 1 to the Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., dated as of December 28, 2006
10.50**    General Continuing Guaranty by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.51    Copyright Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.52    Patent Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.53    Trademark Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.54**    Intercompany Subordination Agreement by and among Imaging Acquisition Corporation, Agfa Monotype Corporation, International Typeface Corporation, Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., dated as of November 5, 2004
10.55**    Share Pledge Agreement by and among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., Blitz 06-683 GmbH, D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P. and the Lenders (as defined therein), dated as of July 31, 2006
10.56**    Share Pledge Agreement by and among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., Blitz 06-683 GmbH, Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc. and the Lenders (as defined therein), dated as of July 31, 2006
10.57**    Subordinated Convertible Promissory Note of Monotype Holdings Inc. in favor of each of: Tsui Eddy Wing Keung, Chun Tak Chiu Ricky and Hui Tai Pang Robin, dated July 28, 2006


Table of Contents
Number   

Description

10.58    Joinder and Consent Agreement to and Consent and Waiver Under, Credit Agreement, by and among Linotype Corp., Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., Monotype Imaging, Inc., International Typeface Corporation, the Required Lenders (as defined therein) and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of December 28, 2006
10.59**    Joinder and Consent Agreement to and Consent and Waiver Under Credit Agreement, by and among Linotype Corp., Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., Monotype Imaging, Inc., International Typeface Corporation, the Required Lenders (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., dated as of December 13, 2006
10.60    Copyright Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of December 28, 2006
10.61    Patent Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of December 28, 2006
10.62    Trademark Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., dated as of December 28, 2006
10.63**    Trademark Security Agreement by and among the Grantors (as defined therein) and Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., dated as of December 28, 2006
10.64†**    Intellifont Software and Type Software Agreement dated August 15, 1991 by and between Monotype Imaging Inc. and Lexmark International, Inc., as amended by Addendums No. 1 through 17 and the Letter Addendum dated September 19, 1995 and the Notification of Assignment of Agreement
10.65    Equity Award Grant Policy
10.66    2007 (Sales) Incentive Compensation Plan by and between Monotype Imaging Inc. and David L. McCarthy, dated as of March 6, 2007
14.1**    Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
21.1**    List of Subsidiaries
23.1    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
23.2    Consent of Ernst & Young AG Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft Steuerberatungsgesellschaft
23.3**    Consent of KPMG LLP
23.4*    Consent of Goodwin Procter LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1**    Power of Attorney (included in page II-6)

 


 

* To be filed by amendment
** Previously filed
Confidential treatment has been requested for certain provisions of this Exhibit pursuant to Rule 406 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Exhibit 10.1

MONOTYPE IMAGING INCORPORATED

2007 Incentive Compensation Program

I. Overview

The compensation philosophy of Monotype Imaging is to pay competitive base salaries and to provide the potential to significantly overachieve market average compensation through incentive compensation if performance of both the organization and the individual exceed expectations. Base compensation and total compensation targets are set based on area market survey data.

II. Incentive Compensation Goals

 

   

Motivate exceptional performance at all organizational levels.

 

   

Pay for performance. No guarantees of bonus if performance does not warrant.

 

   

Significant differentiation in bonus payments between less than expected performance and exceptional performance.

III. Incentive Pay

There are four bonus categories with bonus ranges as follows:

At achievement of 90 – 109% of Profit Target (EBITDA)

 

•      Staff Bonus

   0 – 5% of Base Compensation

•      Staff + Bonus

   0 – 10% of Base Compensation

•      Key Contributor Bonus*

   0 – 10% of Base Compensation

•      Executive Bonus

   0 – 30% of Base Compensation

At achievement of 110% of Profit Target (EBITDA)

 

•      Staff Bonus

   0 – 10% of Base Compensation

•      Staff + Bonus

   0 – 20% of Base Compensation

•      Key Contributor Bonus*

   0 – 20% of Base Compensation

•      Executive Bonus

   0 – 40% of Base Compensation

 


* Difference in Staff+ and Key Contributor is Long-Term Incentive Compensation. Final payment was made in January 2007.

Page 1 of 2

Confidential

1.31.2007


IV. Plan Guidelines

 

   

All regular employees are participants in the plan and are eligible for payment if employed as of December 31, 2007.

 

   

Employees hired after January 1, 2007 will be prorated based on number of months employed in the plan year.

 

   

Total bonus pool available for bonus is amount budgeted and accrued for plan year 2007.

 

   

Organization must achieve 90% of profit target in order for bonus to be payable plus any key performance metrics set by the Board of Directors.

 

   

Individuals who achieve an “Above Expectations” or “Exceptional” performance review ratings will be eligible for amounts over payment range, capped at 150%.

V. Bonus Payouts

 

   

Performance reviews are completed by year end and bonus recommendations are made by each manager, staying within bonus parameters.

 

   

Individuals with performance reviews of “Above and Exceptional” would be highlighted for consideration of additional bonus payments with recommendations made by the respective managers.

 

   

Analysis is made to determine if recommendations are within budget parameters.

 

   

President, Senior Vice Presidents, and Human Resources will make final determination of proposed payments and will submit to the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors for approval.

 

   

Payments will be made after completion of 2007 financial audit, Compensation Committee approval, and Filing of the Company’s 10-K.

Page 2 of 2

Confidential

1.31.2007

Exhibit 10.6

LOGO

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

2007 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

SECTION 1. GENERAL PURPOSE OF THE PLAN; DEFINITIONS

The name of the plan is the Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The purpose of the Plan is to encourage and enable the officers, employees, Non-Employee Directors and other key persons (including consultants and prospective employees) of Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) and its Subsidiaries upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company largely depends for the successful conduct of its business to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company. It is anticipated that providing such persons with a direct stake in the Company’s welfare will assure a closer identification of their interests with those of the Company and its stockholders, thereby stimulating their efforts on the Company’s behalf and strengthening their desire to remain with the Company.

The following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

“Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Award” or “Awards,” except where referring to a particular category of grant under the Plan, shall include Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Deferred Stock Awards, Restricted Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-based Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights.

“Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted under the Plan. Each Award Agreement is subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

“Cash-based Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive a cash-denominated payment.

Cause ” means, with respect to any grantee, the termination of a grantee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of (i) the commission of any act by a grantee constituting financial dishonesty against the Company or any Subsidiary (which act would be chargeable as a crime under applicable law); (ii) a grantee’s engaging in any other act of dishonesty, fraud, intentional misrepresentation, moral turpitude, illegality or harassment which, as determined in good faith by the Board, would: (A) materially adversely affect the business or the reputation of the Company or any Subsidiary with their respective current or prospective customers,


suppliers, lenders and/or other third parties with whom the Company or any Subsidiary does or might do business; or (B) expose the Company or any Subsidiary to a risk of civil or criminal legal damages, liabilities or penalties; (iii) the repeated failure by a grantee to follow the directives of the Company’s chief executive officer or Board or (iv) any material misconduct, violation of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s policies, or willful and deliberate non-performance of duty by the grantee in connection with the business affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a grantee is a party to an employment agreement with the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective successor entities that contains a different definition of “cause,” the definition set forth in such other agreement shall be applicable to such grantee for purposes of this Plan and not this definition.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any successor Code, and related rules, regulations and interpretations.

“Committee” means the Board or a compensation committee of the Board or a similar committee performing the functions of the compensation committee and which is comprised of not less than two Non-Employee Directors who are independent.

“Covered Employee” means an employee who is a “Covered Employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code.

“Deferred Stock Award” means an Award of phantom stock units to a grantee.

“Dividend Equivalent Right” means an Award entitling the grantee to receive credits based on cash dividends that would have been paid on the shares of Stock specified in the Dividend Equivalent Right (or other award to which it relates) if such shares had been issued to and held by the grantee.

“Effective Date” means the date on which the Plan is approved by stockholders as set forth in Section 20.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.

“Fair Market Value” of the Stock on any given date means the fair market value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee; provided, however, that if the Stock is admitted to quotation on a national securities exchange, the determination shall be made by reference to market quotations. If there are no market quotations for such date, the determination shall be made by reference to the last date preceding such date for which there are market quotations; provided further, however, that if the date for which Fair Market Value is determined is the first day when trading prices for the Stock are reported on a national securities exchange, the Fair Market Value shall be the “Price to the Public” (or equivalent) set forth on the cover page for the final prospectus relating to the Company’s Initial Public Offering.

Good Reason ” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a substantial adverse change in the nature or scope of the grantee’s responsibilities,

 

2


authorities, powers, functions or duties; (ii) a reduction in the grantee’s annual base salary except for across-the-board salary reductions similarly affecting all or substantially all management employees; or (iii) the relocation of the offices at which the grantee is principally employed to a location more than 75 miles from such offices. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a grantee is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any successor entity that contains a different definition of “good reason,” the definition set forth in such other agreement shall be applicable to such grantee for purposes of this Plan and not this definition.

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Stock Option designated and qualified as an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

“Initial Public Offering” means the consummation of the first fully underwritten, firm commitment public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act covering the offer and sale by the Company of its equity securities, or such other event as a result of or following which the Stock shall be publicly held.

“Non-Employee Director” means a member of the Board who is not also an employee of the Company or any Subsidiary.

“Non-Qualified Stock Option” means any Stock Option that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“Option” or “Stock Option” means any option to purchase shares of Stock granted pursuant to Section 5.

“Performance-based Award” means any Award, including any Restricted Stock Award, Deferred Stock Award or Cash-based Award granted to a Covered Employee that is intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Performance Criteria” means the criteria that the Committee selects for purposes of establishing the Performance Goal or Performance Goals for an individual for a Performance Cycle. The Performance Criteria (which shall be applicable to an individual, or to the organizational level specified by the Committee, including, but not limited to, the Company or a unit, division, group, or Subsidiary of the Company) that will be used to establish Performance Goals are limited to the following: earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, net income (loss) (either before or after interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization), changes in the market price of the Stock, economic value-added, funds from operations or similar measure, sales or revenue, acquisitions or strategic transactions, operating income (loss), cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), return on capital, assets, equity, or investment, stockholder returns, return on sales, gross or net profit levels, productivity, expense, margins, operating efficiency, customer satisfaction, working capital, earnings (loss) per share of Stock, sales or market shares and number of customers, any of which may be measured either in absolute terms or as compared to any incremental increase or as compared to results of a peer group.

 

3


“Performance Cycle” means one or more periods of time, which may be of varying and overlapping durations, as the Committee may select, over which the attainment of one or more Performance Criteria will be measured for the purpose of determining a grantee’s right to and the payment of a Restricted Stock Award, Deferred Stock Award or Cash-based Award.

“Performance Goals” means, for a Performance Cycle, the specific goals established in writing by the Committee for a Performance Cycle based upon the Performance Criteria.

“Restricted Stock Award” means an Award entitling the recipient to acquire, at such purchase price (which may be zero) as determined by the Committee, shares of Stock subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee may determine at the time of grant.

“Sale Event” shall mean (i) the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, (ii) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company on a consolidated basis to an unrelated person or entity, (iii) a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the successor entity and the holders of the Company’s outstanding voting power immediately prior to such transaction do not own a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of such transaction, (iv) the sale of all of the Stock of the Company to an unrelated person or entity, or (v) any other transaction in which, the owners of the Company’s outstanding voting power prior to such transaction do not own at least a majority of the outstanding voting power of the successor entity immediately upon completion of the transaction.

Sale Price ” means the value as determined by the Committee of the consideration payable, or otherwise to be received by stockholders, per share of Stock pursuant to a Sale Event.

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and other guidance promulgated thereunder.

“Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company, subject to adjustments pursuant to Section 3.

“Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award entitling the recipient to receive shares of Stock having a value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of exercise over the exercise price of the Stock Appreciation Right multiplied by the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Stock Appreciation Right shall have been exercised.

“Subsidiary” means any corporation or other entity (other than the Company) in which the Company has at least a 50 percent interest, either directly or indirectly.

“Ten Percent Owner” means an employee who owns or is deemed to own (by reason of the attribution rules of Section 424(d) of the Code) more than 10 percent of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary corporation.

 

4


“Unrestricted Stock Award” means an Award of shares of Stock free of any restrictions.

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN; COMMITTEE AUTHORITY TO SELECT GRANTEES AND DETERMINE AWARDS

(a) Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee.

(b) Powers of Committee . The Committee shall have the power and authority to grant Awards consistent with the terms of the Plan, including the power and authority:

(i) to select the individuals to whom Awards may from time to time be granted;

(ii) to determine the time or times of grant, and the extent, if any, of Incentive Stock Options, Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Deferred Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock Awards, Cash-based Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights, or any combination of the foregoing, granted to any one or more grantees;

(iii) to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by any Award;

(iv) to determine and modify from time to time the terms and conditions, including restrictions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of any Award, which terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees, and to approve the form of written instruments evidencing the Awards;

(v) to accelerate at any time the exercisability or vesting of all or any portion of any Award;

(vi) subject to the provisions of Section 5(a)(ii), to extend at any time the period in which Stock Options may be exercised; and

(vii) at any time to adopt, alter and repeal such rules, guidelines and practices for administration of the Plan and for its own acts and proceedings as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award (including related written instruments); to make all determinations it deems advisable for the administration of the Plan; to decide all disputes arising in connection with the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan.

All decisions and interpretations of the Committee shall be binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan grantees.

 

5


(c) Delegation of Authority to Grant Options . Subject to applicable law, the Committee, in its discretion, may delegate to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company all or part of the Committee’s authority and duties with respect to the granting of Options, to individuals who are (i) not subject to the reporting and other provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and (ii) not Covered Employees. Any such delegation by the Committee shall include a limitation as to the amount of Options that may be granted during the period of the delegation and shall contain guidelines as to the determination of the exercise price and the vesting criteria. The Committee may revoke or amend the terms of a delegation at any time but such action shall not invalidate any prior actions of the Committee’s delegate or delegates that were consistent with the terms of the Plan.

(d) Award Agreement . Awards under the Plan shall be evidenced by Award Agreements that set forth the terms, conditions and limitations for each Award which may include, without limitation, the term of an Award, the provisions applicable in the event employment or service terminates, and the Company’s authority to unilaterally or bilaterally amend, modify, suspend, cancel or rescind an Award.

(e) Indemnification . Neither the Board nor the Committee, nor any member of either or any delegate thereof, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in good faith in connection with the Plan, and the members of the Board and the Committee (and any delegate thereof) shall be entitled in all cases to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees) arising or resulting therefrom to the fullest extent permitted by law and/or under the Company’s articles or bylaws or any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage which may be in effect from time to time and/or any indemnification agreement between such individual and the Company.

(f) Foreign Award Recipients . Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in order to comply with the laws in other countries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries operate or have employees or other individuals eligible for Awards, the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall have the power and authority to: (i) determine which Subsidiaries shall be covered by the Plan; (ii) determine which individuals outside the United States are eligible to participate in the Plan; (iii) modify the terms and conditions of any Award granted to individuals outside the United States to comply with applicable foreign laws; (iv) establish subplans and modify exercise procedures and other terms and procedures, to the extent the Committee determines such actions to be necessary or advisable (and such subplans and/or modifications shall be attached to this Plan as appendices); provided, however, that no such subplans and/or modifications shall increase the share limitations contained in Section 3(a) hereof; and (v) take any action, before or after an Award is made, that the Committee determines to be necessary or advisable to obtain approval or comply with any local governmental regulatory exemptions or approvals. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may not take any actions hereunder, and no Awards shall be granted, that would violate the Exchange Act or any other applicable United States securities law, the Code, or any other applicable United States governing statute or law.

 

6


SECTION 3. STOCK ISSUABLE UNDER THE PLAN; MERGERS; SUBSTITUTION

(a) Stock Issuable . The maximum number of shares of Stock reserved and available for issuance under the Plan shall be 1,095,890 shares, subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b); provided that not more than 1,095,890 shares shall be issued in the form of Incentive Stock Options. For purposes of this limitation, the shares of Stock underlying any Awards (including any awards granted pursuant to the Company’s 2004 Stock Option and Grant Plan) that are forfeited, canceled, held back upon exercise of an Option or settlement of an Award to cover the exercise price or tax withholding, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, satisfied without the issuance of Stock or otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) shall be added back to the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan. Subject to such overall limitations, shares of Stock may be issued up to such maximum number pursuant to any type or types of Award; provided, however, that Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights with respect to no more than 547,945 shares of Stock may be granted to any one individual grantee during any one calendar year period. The shares available for issuance under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of Stock or shares of Stock reacquired by the Company.

(b) Changes in Stock . Subject to Section 3(c) hereof, if, as a result of any reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company’s capital stock, the outstanding shares of Stock are increased or decreased or are exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the Company, or additional shares or new or different shares or other securities of the Company or other non-cash assets are distributed with respect to such shares of Stock or other securities, or, if, as a result of any merger or consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the outstanding shares of Stock are converted into or exchanged for securities of the Company or any successor entity (or a parent or subsidiary thereof), the Committee shall make an equitable or proportionate adjustment in (i) the maximum number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) the number of Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights that can be granted to any one individual grantee and the maximum number of shares that may be granted under a Performance-based Award, (iii) the number and kind of shares or other securities subject to any then outstanding Awards under the Plan, (iv) the repurchase price, if any, per share subject to each outstanding Restricted Stock Award and (v) the price for each share subject to any then outstanding Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights under the Plan, without changing the aggregate exercise price (i.e., the exercise price multiplied by the number of Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights) as to which such Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights remain exercisable. The Committee shall also make equitable or proportionate adjustments in the number of shares subject to outstanding Awards and the exercise price and the terms of outstanding Awards to take into consideration cash dividends declared and paid other than in the ordinary course or any other extraordinary corporate event to the extent necessary to avoid distortion in the value of Awards. The adjustment by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. No fractional shares of Stock shall be issued under the Plan resulting from any such adjustment, but the Committee in its discretion may make a cash payment in lieu of fractional shares.

 

7


No adjustment shall be made under this Section 3(b) in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right, without the consent of the grantee, if it would constitute a modification, extension or renewal of the Option within the meaning of Section 424(h) of the Code or a modification of the Option or Stock Appreciation Right such that the Option or Stock Appreciation Right becomes treated as “nonqualified deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A.

(c) Mergers and Other Transactions . Upon the effective time of the Sale Event, the Plan and all outstanding Awards granted hereunder shall terminate, unless provision is made in connection with the Sale Event in the sole discretion of the parties thereto for the assumption or continuation of Awards theretofore granted by the successor entity, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, with appropriate adjustment as to the number and kind of shares and, if appropriate, the per share exercise prices, as such parties shall agree (after taking into account any acceleration hereunder). In the case of and subject to the consummation of a Sale Event pursuant to which all outstanding Awards granted hereunder terminate, all Options and Stock Appreciation Rights that are not exercisable immediately prior to the effective time of such a Sale Event shall become fully exercisable as of the effective time of the Sale Event and all other Awards shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable as of the effective time of the Sale Event, except as the Committee may otherwise specify with respect to particular Awards in the relevant Award documentation, and Awards with conditions and restrictions relating to the attainment of performance goals may become vested and nonforfeitable in connection with a Sale Event in the Committee’s discretion. Each grantee shall be permitted, within a specified period of time prior to the consummation of such a Sale Event as determined by the Committee, to exercise all outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights held by such grantee, including those that will become exercisable upon the consummation of the Sale Event; provided, however, that the exercise of Options and Stock Appreciation Rights not exercisable prior to the Sale Event shall be subject to the consummation of the Sale Event. In the event that provision is made in connection with the Sale Event for the assumption or continuation of Awards, or the substitution of such Awards with new Awards of the successor entity or parent thereof, then, except as the Committee may otherwise specify with respect to particular Awards in the relevant Award documentation, any Award so assumed or continued or substituted therefor shall be deemed vested and exercisable in full upon the date on which the grantee’s employment or service relationship with the Company and its subsidiaries or successor entity, as the case may be, terminates if such termination occurs (i) within 18 months after such Sale Event and (ii) such termination is by the Company or its Subsidiaries or successor entity without Cause or by the grantee for Good Reason.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), in the event of a Sale Event pursuant to which holders of the Stock of the Company will receive upon consummation thereof a cash payment for each share surrendered in the Sale Event, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to make or provide for a cash payment to the grantees holding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights, in exchange for the cancellation thereof, in an amount equal to the difference between (A) the Sale

 

8


Price times the number of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights (to the extent then exercisable at prices not in excess of the Sale Price) and (B) the aggregate exercise price of all such outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights.

(d) Substitute Awards . The Committee may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock based awards held by employees, directors or other key persons of another corporation in connection with the merger or consolidation of the employing corporation with the Company or a Subsidiary or the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of property or stock of the employing corporation. The Committee may direct that the substitute awards be granted on such terms and conditions as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances. Any substitute Awards granted under the Plan shall not count against the share limitation set forth in Section 3(a).

SECTION 4. ELIGIBILITY

Grantees under the Plan will be such full or part-time officers and other employees, Non-Employee Directors and key persons (including consultants and prospective employees) of the Company and its Subsidiaries as are selected from time to time by the Committee in its sole discretion.

SECTION 5. STOCK OPTIONS

Any Stock Option granted under the Plan shall be in such form as the Committee may from time to time approve.

Stock Options granted under the Plan may be either Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or any Subsidiary that is a “subsidiary corporation” within the meaning of Section 424(f) of the Code. To the extent that any Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall be deemed a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(a) Stock Options Granted to Employees and Key Persons . The Committee in its discretion may grant Stock Options to eligible employees and key persons of the Company or any Subsidiary. Stock Options granted pursuant to this Section 5(a) shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Committee shall deem desirable. If the Committee so determines, Stock Options may be granted in lieu of cash compensation at the optionee’s election, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may establish.

(i) Exercise Price . The exercise price per share for the Stock covered by a Stock Option granted pursuant to this Section 5(a) shall be determined by the Committee at the time of grant but shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the option price of such Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value on the grant date.

 

9


(ii) Option Term . The term of each Stock Option shall be fixed by the Committee, but no Stock Option shall be exercisable more than ten years after the date the Stock Option is granted. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option that is granted to a Ten Percent Owner, the term of such Stock Option shall be no more than five years from the date of grant.

(iii) Exercisability; Rights of a Stockholder. Stock Options shall become exercisable at such time or times, whether or not in installments, as shall be determined by the Committee at or after the grant date. The Committee may at any time accelerate the exercisability of all or any portion of any Stock Option. An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.

(iv) Method of Exercise . Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part, by giving written notice of exercise to the Company, specifying the number of shares to be purchased and such exercise will be effective upon payment as set forth in this Section 5(a)(iv) or the applicable Award Agreement. Payment of the purchase price may be made by one or more of the following methods to the extent provided in the Option Award Agreement:

(A) In cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Committee;

(B) Through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the optionee and are not then subject to restrictions under any Company plan. Such surrendered shares shall be valued at Fair Market Value on the exercise date. To the extent required to avoid variable accounting treatment under FAS 123R or other applicable accounting rules, such surrendered shares shall have been owned by the optionee for at least six months; or

(C) By the optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company for the purchase price; provided that in the event the optionee chooses to pay the purchase price as so provided, the optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure.

Payment instruments will be received subject to collection. The transfer to the optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the shares of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of a Stock Option will be contingent upon receipt from the optionee (or a purchaser acting in his stead in accordance with the provisions of the Stock Option) by the Company of the full purchase price for such shares and the fulfillment of any other requirements contained in the Option Award Agreement or

 

10


applicable provisions of laws (including the satisfaction of any withholding taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold with respect to the optionee). In the event an optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the number of shares attested to. In the event that the Company establishes, for itself or using the services of a third party, an automated system for the exercise of Stock Options, such as a system using an internet website or interactive voice response, then the paperless exercise of Stock Options may be permitted through the use of such an automated system.

(v) Annual Limit on Incentive Stock Options . To the extent required for “incentive stock option” treatment under Section 422 of the Code, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the time of grant) of the shares of Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options granted under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or its parent and subsidiary corporations become exercisable for the first time by an optionee during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. To the extent that any Stock Option exceeds this limit, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

(b) Stock Options Granted to Non-Employee Directors .

(i) The Committee, in its discretion, may grant Non-Qualified Stock Options to Non-Employee Directors. Any such grant may vary among individual Non-Employee Directors and shall be on such terms, including vesting, as the Committee may determine.

(ii) An Option issued under this Section 5(b) shall not be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant.

(iii) Options granted under this Section 5(b) may be exercised only by written notice to the Company specifying the number of shares to be purchased. Payment of the full purchase price of the shares to be purchased may be made by one or more of the methods specified in Section 5(a)(iv). An optionee shall have the rights of a stockholder only as to shares acquired upon the exercise of a Stock Option and not as to unexercised Stock Options.

SECTION 6. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

(a) Exercise Price of Stock Appreciation Rights . The exercise price of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not be less than 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant (or more than the Stock Option exercise price per share, if the Stock Appreciation Right was granted in tandem with a Stock Option).

(b) Grant and Exercise of Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted by the Committee in tandem with, or independently of, any Stock Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan. In the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with a Non-Qualified Stock Option, such Stock Appreciation Right may be granted either at or after the time of the grant of such Option. In the case of a Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with an Incentive Stock Option, such Stock Appreciation Right may be granted only at the time of the grant of the Option.

 

11


A Stock Appreciation Right or applicable portion thereof granted in tandem with a Stock Option shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Option.

(c) Terms and Conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights . Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined from time to time by the Committee, subject to the following:

(i) Stock Appreciation Rights granted in tandem with Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and to the extent that the related Stock Options shall be exercisable.

(ii) Upon exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right, the applicable portion of any related Option shall be surrendered.

SECTION 7. RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Nature of Restricted Stock Awards . The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Restricted Stock Award at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The grant of a Restricted Stock Award is contingent on the grantee executing the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees.

(b) Rights as a Stockholder . Upon execution of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement and payment of any applicable purchase price, a grantee shall have the rights of a stockholder with respect to the voting of the Restricted Stock, subject to such conditions contained in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Unless the Committee shall otherwise determine, (i) uncertificated Restricted Stock shall be accompanied by a notation on the records of the Company or the transfer agent to the effect that they are subject to forfeiture until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and (ii) certificated Restricted Stock shall remain in the possession of the Company until such Restricted Stock is vested as provided in Section 7(d) below, and the grantee shall be required, as a condition of the grant, to deliver to the Company such instruments of transfer as the Committee may prescribe.

(c) Restrictions . Restricted Stock may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of except as specifically provided herein or in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 17 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, if any, if a grantee’s employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries terminates for any reason, any Restricted Stock that has not vested at the time of termination shall automatically and

 

12


without any requirement of notice to such grantee from or other action by or on behalf of, the Company be deemed to have been reacquired by the Company at its original purchase price from such grantee or such grantee’s legal representative simultaneously with such termination of employment (or other service relationship), and thereafter shall cease to represent any ownership of the Company by the grantee or rights of the grantee as a stockholder. Following such deemed reacquisition of unvested Restricted Stock that are represented by physical certificates, a grantee shall surrender such certificates to the Company upon request without consideration.

(d) Vesting of Restricted Stock . The Committee at the time of grant shall specify the date or dates and/or the attainment of pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions on which the non-transferability of the Restricted Stock and the Company’s right of repurchase or forfeiture shall lapse. Subsequent to such date or dates and/or the attainment of such pre-established performance goals, objectives and other conditions, the shares on which all restrictions have lapsed shall no longer be Restricted Stock and shall be deemed “vested.” Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 17 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s rights in any shares of Restricted Stock that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or other service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries and such shares shall be subject to the provisions of Section 7(c) above.

SECTION 8. DEFERRED STOCK AWARDS

(a) Nature of Deferred Stock Awards . The Committee shall determine the restrictions and conditions applicable to each Deferred Stock Award at the time of grant. Conditions may be based on continuing employment (or other service relationship) and/or achievement of pre-established performance goals and objectives. The grant of a Deferred Stock Award is contingent on the grantee executing the Deferred Stock Award Agreement. The terms and conditions of each such Award Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, and such terms and conditions may differ among individual Awards and grantees. At the end of the deferral period, the Deferred Stock Award, to the extent vested, shall be paid to the grantee in the form of shares of Stock.

(b) Election to Receive Deferred Stock Awards in Lieu of Compensation . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit a grantee to elect to receive a portion of future cash compensation otherwise due to such grantee in the form of a Deferred Stock Award. Any such election shall be made in writing and shall be delivered to the Company no later than the date specified by the Committee and in accordance with Section 409A and such other rules and procedures established by the Committee. The Committee shall have the sole right to determine whether and under what circumstances to permit such elections and to impose such limitations and other terms and conditions thereon as the Committee deems appropriate. Any such deferred compensation shall be converted to a fixed number of phantom stock units based on the Fair Market Value of Stock on the date the compensation would otherwise have been paid to the grantee but for the deferral.

 

13


(c) Rights as a Stockholder . During the deferral period, a grantee shall have no rights as a stockholder; provided, however, that the grantee may be credited with Dividend Equivalent Rights with respect to the phantom stock units underlying his Deferred Stock Award, subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine.

(d) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 17 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s right in all Deferred Stock Awards that have not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

SECTION 9. UNRESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS

Grant or Sale of Unrestricted Stock . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant or sell at such purchase price (which may be zero) as determined by the Committee, an Unrestricted Stock Award under the Plan. Unrestricted Stock Awards may be granted in respect of past services or other valid consideration, or in lieu of cash compensation due to such grantee.

SECTION 10. CASH-BASED AWARDS

(a) Grant of Cash-based Awards . The Committee may, in its sole discretion, grant Cash-based Awards to any grantee in such number or amount and upon such terms, and subject to such conditions, as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant. The Committee shall determine the maximum duration of the Cash-based Award, the amount of cash to which the Cash-based Award pertains, the conditions upon which the Cash-based Award shall become vested or payable, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. Each Cash-based Award shall specify a cash-denominated payment amount, formula or payment ranges as determined by the Committee. Payment, if any, with respect to a Cash-based Award shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Award and may be made in cash or in shares of Stock, as the Committee determines.

SECTION 11. PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS TO COVERED EMPLOYEES

(a) Performance-based Awards . Any employee or other key person providing services to the Company and who is selected by the Committee may be granted one or more Performance-based Awards in the form of a Restricted Stock Award, Deferred Stock Award or Cash-based Award payable upon the attainment of Performance Goals that are established by the Committee and relate to one or more of the Performance Criteria, in each case on a specified date or dates or over any period or periods determined by the Committee. The Committee shall define in an objective fashion the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for any Performance Period. Depending on the Performance Criteria used to establish such Performance Goals, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of overall Company performance or the performance of a division, business unit, or an individual. The

 

14


Committee, in its discretion, may adjust or modify the calculation of Performance Goals for such Performance Period in order to prevent the dilution or enlargement of the rights of an individual (i) in the event of, or in anticipation of, any unusual or extraordinary corporate item, transaction, event or development, or (ii) in recognition of, or in anticipation of, any other unusual or nonrecurring events affecting the Company, or the financial statements of the Company, or (iii) in response to, or in anticipation of, changes in applicable laws, regulations, accounting principles, or business conditions provided however, that the Committee may not exercise such discretion in a manner that would increase the Performance-based Award granted to a Covered Employee. Each Performance-based Award shall comply with the provisions set forth below.

(b) Grant of Performance-based Awards . With respect to each Performance-based Award granted to a Covered Employee, the Committee shall select, within the first 90 days of a Performance Cycle (or, if shorter, within the maximum period allowed under Section 162(m) of the Code) the Performance Criteria for such grant, and the Performance Goals with respect to each Performance Criterion (including a threshold level of performance below which no amount will become payable with respect to such Award). Each Performance-based Award will specify the amount payable, or the formula for determining the amount payable, upon achievement of the various applicable performance targets. The Performance Criteria established by the Committee may be (but need not be) different for each Performance Cycle and different Performance Goals may be applicable to Performance-based Awards to different Covered Employees.

(c) Payment of Performance-based Awards . Following the completion of a Performance Cycle, the Committee shall meet to review and certify in writing whether, and to what extent, the Performance Goals for the Performance Cycle have been achieved and, if so, to also calculate and certify in writing the amount of the Performance-based Awards earned for the Performance Cycle. The Committee shall then determine the actual size of each Covered Employee’s Performance-based Award, and, in doing so, may reduce or eliminate the amount of the Performance-based Award for a Covered Employee if, in its sole judgment, such reduction or elimination is appropriate.

(d) Maximum Award Payable . The maximum Performance-based Award payable to any one Covered Employee under the Plan for a Performance Cycle is 547,945 Shares (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 3(b) hereof) or $5,000,000 in the case of a Performance-based Award that is a Cash-based Award.

SECTION 12. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

(a) Dividend Equivalent Rights . A Dividend Equivalent Right may be granted hereunder to any grantee as a component of another Award or as a freestanding award. The terms and conditions of Dividend Equivalent Rights shall be specified in the Award Agreement. Dividend equivalents credited to the holder of a Dividend Equivalent Right may be paid currently or may be deemed to be reinvested in additional shares of Stock, which may thereafter accrue additional equivalents. Any such reinvestment shall be at

 

15


Fair Market Value on the date of reinvestment or such other price as may then apply under a dividend reinvestment plan sponsored by the Company, if any. Dividend Equivalent Rights may be settled in cash or shares of Stock or a combination thereof, in a single installment or installments. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of another Award may provide that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall be settled upon exercise, settlement, or payment of, or lapse of restrictions on, such other Award, and that such Dividend Equivalent Right shall expire or be forfeited or annulled under the same conditions as such other Award. A Dividend Equivalent Right granted as a component of another Award may also contain terms and conditions different from such other Award.

(b) Interest Equivalents . Any Award under this Plan that is settled in whole or in part in cash on a deferred basis may provide in the grant for interest equivalents to be credited with respect to such cash payment. Interest equivalents may be compounded and shall be paid upon such terms and conditions as may be specified by the grant.

(c) Termination . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee either in the Award Agreement or, subject to Section 17 below, in writing after the Award Agreement is issued, a grantee’s rights in all Dividend Equivalent Rights or interest equivalents granted as a component of another Award that has not vested shall automatically terminate upon the grantee’s termination of employment (or cessation of service relationship) with the Company and its Subsidiaries for any reason.

SECTION 13. TRANSFERABILITY OF AWARDS

(a) Transferability . Except as provided in Section 13(b) below, during a grantee’s lifetime, his or her Awards shall be exercisable only by the grantee, or by the grantee’s legal representative or guardian in the event of the grantee’s incapacity. No Awards shall be sold, assigned, transferred or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by a grantee other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. No Awards shall be subject, in whole or in part, to attachment, execution, or levy of any kind, and any purported transfer in violation hereof shall be null and void.

(b) Committee Action . Notwithstanding Section 13(a), the Committee, in its discretion, may provide either in the Award Agreement regarding a given Award or by subsequent written approval that the grantee (who is an employee or director) may transfer his or her Awards (other than any Incentive Stock Options) to his or her immediate family members, to trusts for the benefit of such family members, or to partnerships in which such family members are the only partners, provided that the transferee agrees in writing with the Company to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable Award.

(c) Family Member . For purposes of Section 13(b), “family member” shall mean a grantee’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, sibling, niece, nephew, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including adoptive relationships, any person sharing the grantee’s household (other than a tenant of the grantee), a trust in

 

16


which these persons (or the grantee) have more than 50 percent of the beneficial interest, a foundation in which these persons (or the grantee) control the management of assets, and any other entity in which these persons (or the grantee) own more than 50 percent of the voting interests.

(d) Designation of Beneficiary . Each grantee to whom an Award has been made under the Plan may designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries to exercise any Award or receive any payment under any Award payable on or after the grantee’s death. Any such designation shall be on a form provided for that purpose by the Committee and shall not be effective until received by the Committee. If no beneficiary has been designated by a deceased grantee, or if the designated beneficiaries have predeceased the grantee, the beneficiary shall be the grantee’s estate.

SECTION 14. TAX WITHHOLDING

(a) Payment by Grantee . Each grantee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award or of any Stock or other amounts received thereunder first becomes includable in the gross income of the grantee for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any Federal, state, or local taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld by the Company with respect to such income. The Company and its Subsidiaries shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the grantee. The Company’s obligation to deliver evidence of book entry (or stock certificates) to any grantee is subject to and conditioned on tax withholding obligations being satisfied by the grantee.

(b) Payment in Stock . Subject to approval by the Committee, a grantee may elect to have the Company’s minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued pursuant to any Award a number of shares with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due, or (ii) transferring to the Company shares of Stock owned by the grantee with an aggregate Fair Market Value (as of the date the withholding is effected) that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

SECTION 15. ADDITIONAL CONDITIONS APPLICABLE TO NONQUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION UNDER SECTION 409A.

In the event any Stock Option or Stock Appreciation Right under the Plan is materially modified and deemed a new grant at a time when the Fair Market Value exceeds the exercise price, or any other Award is otherwise determined to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A (a “409A Award”), the following additional conditions shall apply and shall supersede any contrary provisions of this Plan or the terms of any agreement relating to such 409A Award.

(a) Exercise and Distribution . Except as provided in Section 15(b) hereof, no 409A Award shall be exercisable or distributable earlier than upon one of the following:

(i) Specified Time . A specified time or a fixed schedule set forth in the written instrument evidencing the 409A Award.

 

17


(ii) Separation from Service . Separation from service (within the meaning of Section 409A) by the 409A Award grantee; provided, however, that if the 409A Award grantee is a “key employee” (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) and any of the Company’s Stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise, exercise or distribution under this Section 15(a)(ii) may not be made before the date that is six months after the date of separation from service.

(iii) Death . The date of death of the 409A Award grantee.

(iv) Disability . The date the 409A Award grantee becomes disabled (within the meaning of Section 15(c)(ii) hereof).

(v) Unforeseeable Emergency . The occurrence of an unforeseeable emergency (within the meaning of Section 15(c)(iii) hereof), but only if the net value (after payment of the exercise price) of the number of shares of Stock that become issuable does not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the exercise, after taking into account the extent to which the emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the grantee’s other assets (to the extent such liquidation would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

(vi) Change in Control Event . The occurrence of a Change in Control Event (within the meaning of Section 15(c)(i) hereof), including the Company’s discretionary exercise of the right to accelerate vesting of such grant upon a Change in Control Event or to terminate the Plan or any 409A Award granted hereunder within 12 months of the Change in Control Event.

(b) No Acceleration . A 409A Award may not be accelerated or exercised prior to the time specified in Section 15(a) hereof, except in the case of one of the following events:

(i) Domestic Relations Order . The 409A Award may permit the acceleration of the exercise or distribution time or schedule to an individual other than the grantee as may be necessary to comply with the terms of a domestic relations order (as defined in Section 414(p)(1)(B) of the Code).

(ii) Conflicts of Interest . The 409A Award may permit the acceleration of the exercise or distribution time or schedule as may be necessary to comply with the terms of a certificate of divestiture (as defined in Section 1043(b)(2) of the Code).

(iii) Change in Control Event . The Committee may exercise the discretionary right to accelerate the vesting of such 409A Award upon a Change in Control Event or to terminate the Plan or any 409A Award granted thereunder within 12 months of the Change in Control Event and cancel the 409A Award for compensation.

 

18


(c) Definitions . Solely for purposes of this Section 15 and not for other purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:

(i) “Change in Control Event” means the occurrence of a change in the ownership of the Company, a change in effective control of the Company, or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company (as defined in Section 1.409A-3(g) of the proposed regulations promulgated under Section 409A by the Department of the Treasury on September 29, 2005 or any subsequent guidance).

(ii) “Disabled” means a grantee who (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

(iii) “Unforeseeable Emergency” means a severe financial hardship to the grantee resulting from an illness or accident of the grantee, the grantee’s spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the grantee, loss of the grantee’s property due to casualty, or similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the grantee.

SECTION 16. TRANSFER, LEAVE OF ABSENCE, ETC.

For purposes of the Plan, the following events shall not be deemed a termination of employment:

(a) a transfer to the employment of the Company from a Subsidiary or from the Company to a Subsidiary, or from one Subsidiary to another; or

(b) an approved leave of absence for military service or sickness, or for any other purpose approved by the Company, if the employee’s right to re-employment is guaranteed either by a statute or by contract or under the policy pursuant to which the leave of absence was granted or if the Committee otherwise so provides in writing.

SECTION 17. AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

The Board may, at any time, amend or discontinue the Plan and the Committee may, at any time, amend or cancel any outstanding Award for the purpose of satisfying changes in law or for any other lawful purpose, but no such action shall adversely affect rights under any outstanding Award without the holder’s consent. Except as provided in Section 3(b) or 3(c), in no event may the Committee exercise its discretion to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Stock Options or Stock Appreciation Rights or effect

 

19


repricing through cancellation and re-grants. Any material Plan amendments (other than amendments that curtail the scope of the Plan), including any Plan amendments that (i) increase the number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (ii) expand the type of Awards available under, materially expand the eligibility to participate in, or materially extend the term of, the Plan, or (iii) materially change the method of determining Fair Market Value, shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. In addition, to the extent determined by the Committee to be required by the Code to ensure that Incentive Stock Options granted under the Plan are qualified under Section 422 of the Code or to ensure that compensation earned under Awards qualifies as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, Plan amendments shall be subject to approval by the Company stockholders entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders. Nothing in this Section 17 shall limit the Committee’s authority to take any action permitted pursuant to Section 3(c).

SECTION 18. STATUS OF PLAN

With respect to the portion of any Award that has not been exercised and any payments in cash, Stock or other consideration not received by a grantee, a grantee shall have no rights greater than those of a general creditor of the Company unless the Committee shall otherwise expressly determine in connection with any Award or Awards. In its sole discretion, the Committee may authorize the creation of trusts or other arrangements to meet the Company’s obligations to deliver Stock or make payments with respect to Awards hereunder, provided that the existence of such trusts or other arrangements is consistent with the foregoing sentence.

SECTION 19. GENERAL PROVISIONS

(a) No Distribution . The Committee may require each person acquiring Stock pursuant to an Award to represent to and agree with the Company in writing that such person is acquiring the shares without a view to distribution thereof.

(b) Delivery of Stock Certificates . Stock certificates to grantees under this Plan shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a stock transfer agent of the Company shall have mailed such certificates in the United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company. Uncertificated Stock shall be deemed delivered for all purposes when the Company or a Stock transfer agent of the Company shall have given to the grantee by electronic mail (with proof of receipt) or by United States mail, addressed to the grantee, at the grantee’s last known address on file with the Company, notice of issuance and recorded the issuance in its records (which may include electronic “book entry” records). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver any certificates evidencing shares of Stock pursuant to the exercise of any Award, unless and until the Board has determined, with advice of counsel (to the extent the Board deems such advice necessary or advisable), that the issuance and delivery of such certificates is in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations of governmental authorities and, if applicable, the requirements of any exchange on which

 

20


the shares of Stock are listed, quoted or traded. All Stock certificates delivered pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to any stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee deems necessary or advisable to comply with federal, state or foreign jurisdiction, securities or other laws, rules and quotation system on which the Stock is listed, quoted or traded. The Committee may place legends on any Stock certificate to reference restrictions applicable to the Stock. In addition to the terms and conditions provided herein, the Board may require that an individual make such reasonable covenants, agreements, and representations as the Board, in its discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order to comply with any such laws, regulations, or requirements. The Committee shall have the right to require any individual to comply with any timing or other restrictions with respect to the settlement or exercise of any Award, including a window-period limitation, as may be imposed in the discretion of the Committee.

(c) Stockholder Rights . Until Stock is deemed delivered in accordance with Section 19(b), no right to vote or receive dividends or any other rights of a stockholder will exist with respect to shares of Stock to be issued in connection with an Award, notwithstanding the exercise of a Stock Option or any other action by the grantee with respect to an Award.

(d) Other Compensation Arrangements; No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Plan shall prevent the Board from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements, including trusts, and such arrangements may be either generally applicable or applicable only in specific cases. The adoption of this Plan and the grant of Awards do not confer upon any employee any right to continued employment with the Company or any Subsidiary.

(e) Trading Policy Restrictions . Option exercises and other Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the Company’s insider trading policy and procedures, as in effect from time to time.

(f) Forfeiture of Awards under Sarbanes-Oxley Act . If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, then any grantee who is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 shall reimburse the Company for the amount of any Award received by such individual under the Plan during the 12-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, as the case may be, of the financial document embodying such financial reporting requirement.

SECTION 20. EFFECTIVE DATE OF PLAN

This Plan shall become effective upon approval by the holders of a majority of the votes cast at a meeting of stockholders at which a quorum is present. No grants of Stock Options and other Awards may be made hereunder after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Effective Date and no grants of Incentive Stock Options may be made hereunder after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the date the Plan is approved by the Board.

 

21


SECTION 21. GOVERNING LAW

This Plan and all Awards and actions taken thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, applied without regard to conflict of law principles.

DATE APPROVED BY BOARD OF DIRECTORS: March 15, 2007

DATE APPROVED BY STOCKHOLDERS:

 

22

Exhibit 10.7

LOGO

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

FOR COMPANY EMPLOYEES

UNDER THE MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

2007 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Name of Optionee:                                                                          

No. of Option Shares:                                                                  

Option Exercise Price per Share: $                     

[FMV on Grant Date]

Grant Date:                                                                  

Expiration Date:                                                                          

Pursuant to the Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan. This Stock Option is not intended to be an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Committee (as defined in Section 1 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated:

 

Incremental Number of

Option Shares Exercisable

  

Exercisability Date

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  


Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Committee of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Committee; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Committee; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or (iv) a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of full payment for the Option Shares, as set forth above and any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the Shares attested to.

(b) The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Committee with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such issuance and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Committee as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall

 

2


have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

(c) The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination of Employment . If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(b) Termination Due to Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Committee), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. The death of the Optionee during the 12-month period provided in this Section 3(b) shall extend such period for another 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(c) Termination for Cause . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause (as defined in the Plan), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect.

(d) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

The Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

 

3


4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Committee set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Optionee may elect to have the minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued, or (ii) transferring to the Company, a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

7. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

 

4


8. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.

 

Dated:                       

 

  Optionee’s Signature
  Optionee’s name and address:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Exhibit 10.8

LOGO

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

2007 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Name of Optionee:                                                                          

No. of Option Shares:                                                                  

Option Exercise Price per Share: $                     

                    [FMV on Grant Date (110% of FMV if a 10% owner)]

Grant Date:                                                                  

Expiration Date:                                                                          

[up to 10 years (5 if a 10% owner)]                                             

Pursuant to the Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, as amended through the date hereof (the “Plan”), Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants to the Optionee named above an option (the “Stock Option”) to purchase on or prior to the Expiration Date specified above all or part of the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Stock”), of the Company specified above at the Option Exercise Price per Share specified above subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

1. Exercisability Schedule . No portion of this Stock Option may be exercised until such portion shall have become exercisable. Except as set forth below, and subject to the discretion of the Committee (as defined in Section 1 of the Plan) to accelerate the exercisability schedule hereunder, this Stock Option shall be exercisable with respect to the following number of Option Shares on the dates indicated:

 

Incremental Number of

Option Shares Exercisable*

  

Exercisability Date

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

* Max. of $100,000 per yr.


Once exercisable, this Stock Option shall continue to be exercisable at any time or times prior to the close of business on the Expiration Date, subject to the provisions hereof and of the Plan.

2. Manner of Exercise .

(a) The Optionee may exercise this Stock Option only in the following manner: from time to time on or prior to the Expiration Date of this Stock Option, the Optionee may give written notice to the Committee of his or her election to purchase some or all of the Option Shares purchasable at the time of such notice. This notice shall specify the number of Option Shares to be purchased.

Payment of the purchase price for the Option Shares may be made by one or more of the following methods: (i) in cash, by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to the Committee; (ii) through the delivery (or attestation to the ownership) of shares of Stock that have been purchased by the Optionee on the open market or that are beneficially owned by the Optionee and are not then subject to any restrictions under any Company plan and that otherwise satisfy any holding periods as may be required by the Committee; (iii) by the Optionee delivering to the Company a properly executed exercise notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker to promptly deliver to the Company cash or a check payable and acceptable to the Company to pay the option purchase price, provided that in the event the Optionee chooses to pay the option purchase price as so provided, the Optionee and the broker shall comply with such procedures and enter into such agreements of indemnity and other agreements as the Committee shall prescribe as a condition of such payment procedure; or (iv) a combination of (i), (ii) and (iii) above. Payment instruments will be received subject to collection.

The transfer to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent of the Option Shares will be contingent upon the Company’s receipt from the Optionee of full payment for the Option Shares, as set forth above and any agreement, statement or other evidence that the Company may require to satisfy itself that the issuance of Stock to be purchased pursuant to the exercise of Stock Options under the Plan and any subsequent resale of the shares of Stock will be in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In the event the Optionee chooses to pay the purchase price by previously-owned shares of Stock through the attestation method, the number of shares of Stock transferred to the Optionee upon the exercise of the Stock Option shall be net of the shares attested to.

(b) The shares of Stock purchased upon exercise of this Stock Option shall be transferred to the Optionee on the records of the Company or of the transfer agent upon compliance to the satisfaction of the Committee with all requirements under applicable laws or regulations in connection with such issuance and with the requirements hereof and of the Plan. The determination of the Committee as to such compliance shall be final and binding on the Optionee. The Optionee shall not be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Stock subject to this Stock Option unless and until this Stock Option shall

 

2


have been exercised pursuant to the terms hereof, the Company or the transfer agent shall have transferred the shares to the Optionee, and the Optionee’s name shall have been entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Optionee shall have full voting, dividend and other ownership rights with respect to such shares of Stock.

(c) The minimum number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option may be exercised at any one time shall be 100 shares, unless the number of shares with respect to which this Stock Option is being exercised is the total number of shares subject to exercise under this Stock Option at the time.

(d) Notwithstanding any other provision hereof or of the Plan, no portion of this Stock Option shall be exercisable after the Expiration Date hereof.

3. Termination of Employment . If the Optionee’s employment by the Company or a Subsidiary (as defined in the Plan) is terminated, the period within which to exercise the Stock Option may be subject to earlier termination as set forth below.

(a) Termination Due to Death . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s death, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee for a period of 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(b) Termination Due to Disability . If the Optionee’s employment terminates by reason of the Optionee’s disability (as determined by the Committee), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, by the Optionee for a period of 12 months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. The death of the Optionee during the 12-month period provided in this Section 3(b) shall extend such period for another 12 months from the date of death or until the Expiration Date, if earlier.

(c) Termination for Cause . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for Cause (as defined in the Plan), any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date shall terminate immediately and be of no further force and effect.

(d) Other Termination . If the Optionee’s employment terminates for any reason other than the Optionee’s death, the Optionee’s disability, or Cause, and unless otherwise determined by the Committee, any portion of this Stock Option outstanding on such date may be exercised, to the extent exercisable on the date of termination, for a period of three months from the date of termination or until the Expiration Date, if earlier. Any portion of this Stock Option that is not exercisable on the date of termination shall terminate immediately and be of no further force or effect.

The Committee’s determination of the reason for termination of the Optionee’s employment shall be conclusive and binding on the Optionee and his or her representatives or legatees.

 

3


4. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Stock Option shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Committee set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

5. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Optionee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Stock Option is exercisable, during the Optionee’s lifetime, only by the Optionee, and thereafter, only by the Optionee’s legal representative or legatee.

6. Status of the Stock Option . This Stock Option is intended to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Stock Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with his or her own tax advisors regarding the tax effects of this Stock Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. To the extent any portion of this Stock Option does not so qualify as an “incentive stock option,” such portion shall be deemed to be a non-qualified stock option. If the Optionee intends to dispose or does dispose (whether by sale, gift, transfer or otherwise) of any Option Shares within the one-year period beginning on the date after the transfer of such shares to him or her, or within the two-year period beginning on the day after the grant of this Stock Option, he or she will so notify the Company within 30 days after such disposition.

7. Tax Withholding . The Optionee shall, not later than the date as of which the exercise of this Stock Option becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such taxable event. The Optionee may elect to have the minimum required tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued, or (ii) transferring to the Company, a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

8. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Optionee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Optionee at any time.

 

4


9. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Optionee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.

 

Dated:                       

 

  Optionee’s Signature
  Optionee’s name and address:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

Exhibit 10.9

LOGO

RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT

UNDER THE MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.

2007 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN

Name of Grantee:                                                                          

No. of Shares:                                                                  

Grant Date:                                                                              

Final Acceptance Date:                                                                      

Pursuant to the Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) as amended through the date hereof, Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants a Restricted Stock Award (an “Award”) to the Grantee named above. Upon acceptance of this Award, the Grantee shall receive the number of shares of Common Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Stock”) of the Company specified above, subject to the restrictions and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan.

1. Acceptance of Award . The Grantee shall have no rights with respect to this Award unless he or she shall have accepted this Award prior to the close of business on the Final Acceptance Date specified above by (i) signing and delivering to the Company a copy of this Award Agreement, and (ii) delivering to the Company a stock power endorsed in blank. Upon acceptance of this Award by the Grantee, the shares of Restricted Stock so accepted shall be issued and held by the Company’s transfer agent in book entry form, and the Grantee’s name shall be entered as the stockholder of record on the books of the Company. Thereupon, the Grantee shall have all the rights of a shareholder with respect to such shares, including voting and dividend rights, subject, however, to the restrictions and conditions specified in Paragraph 2 below.

2. Restrictions and Conditions .

(a) Any book entries for the shares of Restricted Stock granted herein shall bear an appropriate legend, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, to the effect that such shares are subject to restrictions as set forth herein and in the Plan.

(b) Shares of Restricted Stock granted herein may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered or disposed of by the Grantee prior to vesting.


(c) If the Grantee’s employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries is voluntarily or involuntarily terminated for any reason (including death) prior to vesting of shares of Restricted Stock granted herein, all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately and automatically be forfeited and returned to the Company.

3. Vesting of Restricted Stock . The restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 of this Agreement shall lapse on the Vesting Date or Dates specified in the following schedule so long as the Grantee remains an employee of the Company or a Subsidiary on such Dates. If a series of Vesting Dates is specified, then the restrictions and conditions in Paragraph 2 shall lapse only with respect to the number of shares of Restricted Stock specified as vested on such date.

 

Number of

Shares Vested

  

Vesting Date

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

_______________            (___%)

  

Subsequent to such Vesting Date or Dates, the shares of Stock on which all restrictions and conditions have lapsed shall no longer be deemed Restricted Stock. The Committee may at any time accelerate the vesting schedule specified in this Paragraph 3.

4. Dividends . Dividends on Shares of Restricted Stock shall be paid currently to the Grantee.

5. Incorporation of Plan . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by all the terms and conditions of the Plan, including the powers of the Committee set forth in Section 2(b) of the Plan. Capitalized terms in this Agreement shall have the meaning specified in the Plan, unless a different meaning is specified herein.

6. Transferability . This Agreement is personal to the Grantee, is non-assignable and is not transferable in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

7. Tax Withholding . The Grantee shall, not later than the date as of which the receipt of this Award becomes a taxable event for Federal income tax purposes, pay to the Company or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee for payment of any Federal, state, and local taxes required by law to be withheld on account of such

 

2


taxable event. The Grantee may elect to have the required minimum tax withholding obligation satisfied, in whole or in part, by (i) authorizing the Company to withhold from shares of Stock to be issued, or (ii) transferring to the Company, a number of shares of Stock with an aggregate Fair Market Value that would satisfy the withholding amount due.

8. Election Under Section 83(b) . The Grantee and the Company hereby agree that the Grantee may, within 30 days following the acceptance of this Award as provided in Paragraph 1 hereof, file with the Internal Revenue Service and the Company an election under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. In the event the Grantee makes such an election, he or she agrees to provide a copy of the election to the Company.

9. No Obligation to Continue Employment . Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is obligated by or as a result of the Plan or this Agreement to continue the Grantee in employment and neither the Plan nor this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate the employment of the Grantee at any time.

 

3


10. Notices . Notices hereunder shall be mailed or delivered to the Company at its principal place of business and shall be mailed or delivered to the Grantee at the address on file with the Company or, in either case, at such other address as one party may subsequently furnish to the other party in writing.

 

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

The foregoing Agreement is hereby accepted and the terms and conditions thereof hereby agreed to by the undersigned.

 

Dated:                       

 

  Grantee’s Signature
  Grantee’s name and address:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

Exhibit 10.17

Service Agreement

between

Linotype GmbH

Du-Pont-Straße 1

61352 Bad Homburg

Germany

- hereinafter referred to as “the Company”  -

and

Herrn / Mr Frank Wildenberg

Kalkhausstr. 7

63477 Maintal.

- hereinafter referred to as Mr Wildenberg or “the Director ” -

Preamble

By shareholders’ resolution of 6 September 2006 Mr Wildenberg has been appointed managing director of the Company Company with immediate effect. Thus, the parties agree on the following:

1. Representation

 

1.1 The Director shall represent the Company in accordance with the Company’s articles of association.

 

1.2 The Company reserves the right to change the Director’s power of representation at any time.

2. Management

 

2.1 The Director shall manage the business in accordance with the law, this contract, the Company’s articles of association, the by-laws and any rules of the board from time to time in force and the directions of the shareholders.

 

2.2 The Director shall require the prior consent of the shareholders for any dealings and actions which are not in the ordinary course of business. A list of actions that requires previous consent of the shareholders has been prepared by the Company separately and has to be signed by the Director.

The list of actions that requires the previous consent of the shareholders may be extended or restricted by resolution of the shareholders at any time.

 

2.3 The Company may appoint additional managing directors at any time. The shareholder’s meeting determines the allocation of the managing directors’ duties from time to time.

 

Dienstvertrag zwischen / Service Agreement between Linotype GmbH und / and Frank Wildenberg Seite / Page 1 von / of 10


2.4 The Director’s place of work is the registered office of the Company in Bad Homburg, Germany. However, the Director is under an obligation to travel worldwide in performance of his duties and obligations.

 

2.5 The Director shall be liable against the Company only for damage caused intentionally or by gross negligence. Sec. 43 para. 3 Limited Liability Company Law remains unaffected. The Company indemnifies the Director from any liability vis-á-vis third parties, as far as his liability is based upon negligence.

3. Term of Agreement

 

3.1 This Agreement takes effect from 1 September 2006 and is concluded for an unlimited period.

 

3.2 The first 6 months of the term of this agreement shall be a trial period. During the trial period this agreement may be terminated with a period of one month’s notice.

 

3.3 After the trial period this Agreement may be terminated by either party by giving three months’ notice to the end of a calendar month.

The possibility of terminating this Agreement for cause (“aus wichtigem Grund”) remains unaffected.

If the Company terminates this Agreement after the trial period by an ordinary termination, i.e. other than for cause, the Director will receive his remuneration until the end of the notice period in accordance with this Agreement. Additionally, the Director will receive a severance payment in the amount of twelve months’ base salary in accordance with 4.1 of this Agreement (“Severance”), if this Agreement is terminated by the Company by an ordinary termination. The Severance will be reduced to an amount of nine months’ base salary if the Company suspends the Director during the notice period.

This Severance shall settle any and all claims of the Director against the Company. Therefore, the Severance shall only be payable if the Director provides a full waiver of any and all claims of the Director against the Company with regard to the termination of his employment. For the avoidance of doubt the parties agree that the Director shall not be entitled to receive a Severance if this Agreement will be terminated by either party during the trial period pursuant to 3.2 of this Agreement or by the Director after the trial period.

 

Dienstvertrag zwischen / Service Agreement between Linotype GmbH und / and Frank Wildenberg Seite / Page 2 von / of 10


3.4 Any notice must be in writing.

 

3.5

This agreement will come to an end without notice at the end of the month in which the Director’s 67 th birthday falls or in which his total disability is ascertained.

 

3.6 The appointment as Director may be revoked at any time by a shareholders’ resolution. The revocation is deemed to be notice to terminate this agreement with effect from the earliest possible date.

 

3.7 The Director has a duty at the end of his term of his service for the Company to withdraw from all other occupations and posts in other companies that he occupied as a direct or indirect result of his position as Director of the Company without claim for compensation.

 

3.8 This agreement replaces until its termination the employment agreement entered into between the Director and the Company on 30 December 2005 (“Employment Agreement”). The parties agree that the Employment Agreement shall be suspended during the duration of this Agreement.

Furthermore, the parties agree, that the Employment Agreement shall be terminated amicably immediately after the end of the trial period, if the trial period was to both parties’ satisfaction.

4. Remuneration

 

4.1 As base salary for his services the Director will receive an annual gross salary of Euro 120,000 which will be paid in twelve equal monthly instalments by bank transfer to a bank account to be named by the Director. Tax and social security contributions will be deducted at source. These instalments will be paid respectively in arrears on the last day of each month at the latest.

 

4.2 In addition to the base salary referred to in clause 4.1, the Director is granted an annual incentive bonus. The target bonus represents 40 % of the base salary for each financial year; this amounts to Euro 16,000 in the financial year 2006 on the basis of a 4-months calculation. The bonus is paid upon achievement of specific, organizational and personal business objectives/metrics to which the parties will agree upon every year. The bonus payment will vary based on the level of the achievement of objectives/metrics. A typical example of the bonus agreement including the calculation method will be attached to this agreement as Schedule A.

 

Dienstvertrag zwischen / Service Agreement between Linotype GmbH und / and Frank Wildenberg Seite / Page 3 von / of 10


The maximum bonus payment will be 125% of the 40% target bonus or EUR 60,000 p.a. at the current base pay as set forth in 4.1 of this Agreement. The parties agree that the bonus payment will not exceed the 40% target if the Company’s revenue and profit will not exceed 110% of the budget.

In any event the bonus shall be paid off in each case with the salary for February following the financial year for which the bonus is payable, but not before the Company’s year-end results have been completed.

In the event this Agreement will be terminated by the Company other than for cause or in the event that the Director will terminate this Agreement voluntarily the bonus will be calculated and paid on a pro-rata temporis basis. The prorated amount would not be paid until year-end results of the Company are finalized. In the event this Agreement will be terminated by the Company for cause the Director is not entitled to receive any pro-rated bonus payment.

 

4.3 Clause 4.2 of this agreement replaces section 4 of the Employment Agreement with retrospective effect as of 1 September 2006.

 

4.4 Any overtime work, work on Sundays or public holidays or any other extra work is already compensated by the annual base salary.

 

4.5 The Director shall participate in the Stock Option and Grant Plan of Monotype Holdings Inc. He shall receive 10,000 share options which shall vest over a four years period (25% vested after 12 months and then quarterly vesting thereafter). In this respect a separate contract shall be concluded between the Director and Monotype Holdings Inc.

 

4.6 The Company continues paying half of all accruing social security contributions (e.g. health insurance, annuity insurance, unemployment insurance, compulsory long term insurance). These contributions will be made even if the Director chooses the possibility of another type (e.g. private health insurance). The amount of the contributions in that case is limited to the contributions that correspond to the respectively maximum assessment ceiling

 

4.7 The non-forfeitable company pension claim pursuant to Sec. 6 subparagraph 2 of the Employment Agreement shall remain in force.

5. Continued payment of remuneration

 

5.1 If the Director is temporarily unable to work as a result of illness or of another reason for which he is not at fault, the remuneration will continue to be paid according to clause 4.1 for a maximum of twelve months, at the most until the end of this agreement. Any sickness benefits, sickness daily allowance or pension to which the Director is entitled against insurances or health insurance companies due to his inability to work will be set off against payment of remuneration unless these benefits are not based on the Director’s contributions.

 

Dienstvertrag zwischen / Service Agreement between Linotype GmbH und / and Frank Wildenberg Seite / Page 4 von / of 10


5.2 The Director hereby assigns eventual claims to the Company he may have against any third party due to his inability to work. The assignment is limited to the amount and duration that the Company paid or is obliged to pay pursuant to sub-clause 1.

 

5.3 If the Director dies before this agreement is terminated, his heirs shall be entitled to his fixed salary according to clause 4.1 for the month of his death and the following three months.

6. Insurances

 

6.1 For the term of this agreement the Company shall take out an accident insurance for the Director which covers occupational accidents and other accidents that may occur in the course of day-to-day activities. The insurance is capped at a maximum of Euro 160,000 in the event of death and the amount of Euro 320,000 in the event of disability.

 

6.2 In excess of the possibilities of § 1a BetrAVG and § 3 Nr. 63 EStG respectively the Director is allowed to convert parts of his gross income in a pension scheme. The way of realisation must be neutral for the balance of the Company and must not result in any additional costs for the Company. More details will be defined in the benefit plan.

7. Expenses

 

7.1 Travel and other expenses incurred by the Director in the exercise of the his duties pursuant to this agreement shall be reimbursed by the Company, provided that the expenses are in accordance with any Company guidelines in force from time in force.

 

7.2 As far as the Director uses public transportation for his business trips, he has the option to fly business class and in case of going by train taking the first class, independent of the respectively current guidelines for business trips.

8. Company Car

 

8.1

The Director shall be given a company car with a maximum monthly leasing instalment of up to Euro 750. The model shall be determined by the Company in agreement with the Director. This category won’t be lower than the similar equipped Audi A6 Avant which has been

 

Dienstvertrag zwischen / Service Agreement between Linotype GmbH und / and Frank Wildenberg Seite / Page 5 von / of 10


provided as company car before signing this contract. Private use of the company car by the Director and his wife (if and as far as this is allowed in accordance with the lease agreement) is permitted. This company car shall be insured by non-deductible complete vehicle insurance. The Company may at any time replace the company car with another car of a comparable type and performance. Private use of the car shall be declared by the Director as a financial benefit for taxation purposes.

 

8.2 The Director shall handle the company car at all times with reasonable care. The Director shall ensure that the company car is in a roadworthy and reliable state of repair and shall make timely arrangements for all necessary matters in this regard, including but not limited to servicing, maintenance, oil changes and cleaning.

 

8.3 The Company will bear the usual running costs in relation to the company car with the exception of the costs of petrol for private use during holiday trips outside Germany.

 

8.4 The Director shall always drive the car carefully and is under a duty to the Company to obey traffic rules.

 

8.5 Upon termination of this agreement the Director shall immediately return the car to the Company. The Director shall not be entitled to exercise a right of retention over the car and he shall not be entitled to compensation for loss of use.

9. Hours of work

The Director shall devote his entire working capacity and all his specialist professional and technical knowledge and experience to the Company.

10. Additional Occupation

Any additional engagements, whether the Director receives remuneration for such engagements or not, supervisory board or similar appointments require the prior written consent of the Company; the consent shall not unreasonably be withheld.

11. Holiday

 

11.1 The Director is entitled to 30 working days’ annual holiday, such holiday to be taken at times considering the Company’s interests.

 

Dienstvertrag zwischen / Service Agreement between Linotype GmbH und / and Frank Wildenberg Seite / Page 6 von / of 10


11.2 In case the Director—due to the Company’s interests—cannot take his annual holiday, the remaining holiday entitlement may be carried over into the following year and must be taken by March 31. Any further transfer or compensation is not admissible.

 

11.3 Upon termination of this agreement at a time other than at the end of the calendar year the Director shall be entitled to holiday on a pro rata basis. If, at the time of leaving the Company, the Director has taken more holiday than he is entitled to, the Company may deduct from the last salary installment the remuneration attributable to the days taken in excess of entitlement on a pro rata basis.

 

11.4 The Director shall make sure to be attainable on short notice while he is on holiday.

12. Non-Competition

 

12.1 For the duration of this agreement the Director shall not work for an enterprise that is in direct or indirect competition with the Company or a company connected to the Company. For the purposes of this paragraph “work” includes any employed, self employed and any other kind of activity. Similarly, for the duration of this agreement the Director is forbidden from founding or directly or indirectly acquiring or investing in such a company. Share ownership in publicly-quoted companies that does not allow any influence on these companies (a maximum of 1 % of the voting shares) does not count as an ‘investment’ for the purposes of this condition.

 

12.2 In addition, for the duration of this agreement the Director is required to disclose to the Company any investment in a company connected to the Company, or that maintains significant business links with the Company or a company connected to the Company. The Company may request, at its discretion, that the Director will not participate in decisions related to matters associated with these companies. Share ownership in a publicly-quoted company that does not confer upon the Director any influence on that company (a maximum of 1 % of the voting shares) shall not be deemed an “investment” for the purposes of this sub-clause.

 

12.3 Additionally, for the duration of this agreement and for a period of 12 months following its termination the Director must not on behalf of any person, entity or company in relation to the business activities of the Company in which the Director has been engaged or involved, directly or indirectly, approach, solicit, endeavour to entice away, employ, offer employment to or procure the employment of any person who is or was an employee, free-lancer or managing director of the Company.

 

Dienstvertrag zwischen / Service Agreement between Linotype GmbH und / and Frank Wildenberg Seite / Page 7 von / of 10


13. Confidentiality

 

13.1 The Director shall not disclose to any third party or use for his personal gain any confidential business, operational or technical information which has been entrusted to him or which has otherwise become known to him and which relates to the Company or to any companies in the same group as the Company. This applies in particular to details concerning the organization of the business, the relations with customers and suppliers and the Company’s technical know how. This obligation shall not expire upon termination of this agreement but shall remain in force.

 

13.2 Business records of any kind, including the Director’s own notes concerning Company affairs and activities shall be carefully preserved and shall be used only for business purposes. It is not permitted to make copies or extracts or duplicates, whether in paper form or in the form of data recording, of drawings, calculations, statistics and the like and, whether on paper or in the form of data storing, of any other business records for purposes other than for the Company’s business.

14. Inventions, Intellectual Property Rights, Know-how

 

14.1 The Director shall promptly inform the Company about all know-how as well as any knowledge or work results which he obtains or develops during the term of this agreement, whether within or outside working hours, except where such know how, knowledge or work result clearly go beyond the existing or anticipated scope of the Company’s business at the time they were obtained or developed. Such information shall be given in writing and shall be accompanied by reasonably detailed documentation. The Director confirms that at the date of this agreement he has no rights in the field of type and type technology.

 

14.2 To the extent that know-how, knowledge and/or work results are or can be protected by intellectual property rights (including, without limitation, any inventions, patents, copyrights and other industrial property rights, especially in relation to software and related materials) (collectively the “IP Rights”), and such IP Rights are within the existing or anticipated scope of the Company’s business, the Director herewith transfers any and all rights in and relating to the IP Rights to the Company as far as legally permissible, except where such rights clearly go beyond the existing or anticipated scope of the Company’s business at the time they were obtained or developed and at the time of the notice to the Company. Where such transfer is not possible for any legal reason, the Director herewith grants to the Company an exclusive licence to use such IP Rights for all utilisations currently known without any fee or other consideration being payable. Such licence is granted as broadly as legally possible and shall specifically, without limitation, be unlimited (in respect of duration, territorial scope and scope of the rights concerned), exclusive, transferable and shall include the right to modify the IP Rights and to grant sub-licences to third parties. Compensation for any transfer of rights and grant of licences under this paragraph shall be deemed included into the Director’s salary payable under section 4.1 of this agreement. Moreover, the Director shall make an offer to the Company to acquire, on reasonable terms and conditions, those IP Rights which clearly go beyond the existing or anticipated scope of the Company’s business at the time when they were obtained or developed and at the time of the notice to the Company.

 

Dienstvertrag zwischen / Service Agreement between Linotype GmbH und / and Frank Wildenberg Seite / Page 8 von / of 10


14.3 The Director shall ensure that comprehensive and coherent documentation on the IP Rights pursuant to section 14.1 is always prepared and kept up to date. The Company shall have access to such documentation at any time and shall obtain title to such documentation.

 

14.4 Where the transfer of rights and/or the grant of licences under section 14.2 require any further deeds, acts or declarations, the Director agrees to give and make any such deeds, acts and declarations forthwith. Any costs accruing in this context shall be borne by the Company.

 

14.5 During the term of this agreement and following its termination, the Director shall co-operate with and support the Company in obtaining legal protection of any type, within or outside Germany, for the IP Rights that are transferred or licensed in accordance with section 14.2. To this end, the Director agrees to make all filings and to sign all other declarations and documents which are necessary or reasonably required by the Company so as to enable the Company and its successors and transferees to fully and exclusively use such IP Rights without any restrictions. Any costs accruing in this context shall be borne by the Company. During the term of this agreement, the compensation for the Director’s continuing co-operation and support shall be deemed to be included in the salary payable under section 4.1 of this agreement. Where the Director renders such co-operation and support after the termination of this agreement, he shall be entitled to compensation at a reasonable daily rate.

 

14.6 At request of the Company, the Director shall demonstrate and explain all know-how as well as any knowledge or work results to an expert named by the Company and answer all questions such expert may have. Where the Director renders such co-operation and support after the termination of this agreement he shall be entitled to compensation at a reasonable daily rate.

15. Return of Documents

 

15.1 Upon the termination of this agreement the Director shall return to the Company without delay all documents, correspondence, notes, drafts and similar items, including electronic data, and all copies thereof, that relate to the affairs of the Company and which are in the Director’s possession. The Director is not entitled to exercise a right of retention over the aforementioned documents.

 

15.2 The duty to return property to the Company as set out in clause 15.1 also includes a duty to return any other Company property that is in the Director’s possession. The Director is not entitled to exercise a right of retention in respect of such property.

 

Dienstvertrag zwischen / Service Agreement between Linotype GmbH und / and Frank Wildenberg Seite / Page 9 von / of 10


16. Miscellaneous Provisions

 

16.1 All claims deriving from this Agreement expire six months after termination of the Agreement at the latest. Claims of the Director against the Company corresponding the bonus (Clause 4.2) are excepted from this expiring period.

 

16.2 Any amendment or addition to this agreement require a resolution of the shareholder(s) and shall only be effective if it is made in writing. Electronic form is excluded. The aforementioned also applies if the parties decide to waive the requirement for writing contained in this clause 16.2.

 

16.3 If an individual provision of this agreement is invalid, the validity of the remaining provisions shall not be affected. The parties shall replace the invalid provision with a valid provision that achieves, to as great an extent as possible, the commercial purpose intended by the invalid provision. The parties shall be under the same obligation, if it becomes apparent that a provision has been inadvertently omitted from this agreement.

 

16.4 This agreement is governed by German law.

 

16.5 In the event of any discrepancy between the German and the English text of this agreement, the German wording shall prevail.

 

/s/ Douglas J. Shaw

Linotype GmbH, vertreten durch/represented by Imaging Holdings Corp.,
(formerly Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp.)

/s/ Frank Wildenberg

Frank Wildenberg

 

Dienstvertrag zwischen / Service Agreement between Linotype GmbH und / and Frank Wildenberg Seite / Page 10 von / of 10

Exhibit 10.19

10/31/01 SOG(BY)-INS

Unicorn Park 05/13/02

LEASE

ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC.,

Landlord,

and

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC.,

Tenant


TABLE OF CONTENT

 

          Page

1.

   USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE    1

2.

   TERM.    3

3.

   RENT.    4

4.

   RENT ADJUSTMENTS.    4

5.

   SECURITY DEPOSIT    8

6.

   ALTERATIONS.    10

7.

   REPAIR.    11

8.

   LIENS    11

9.

   ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.    12

10.

   INDEMNIFICATION    15

11.

   INSURANCE.    15

12.

   WAIVER OF SUBROGATION    16

13.

   SERVICES AND UTILITIES.    16

14.

   HOLDING OVER    18

15.

   SUBORDINATION    19

16.

   RULES AND REGULATIONS    19

17.

   REENTRY BY LANDLORD.    19

18.

   DEFAULT.    20

19.

   REMEDIES.    21

20.

   TENANT’S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY.    24

21.

   QUIET ENJOYMENT    25

22.

   CASUALTY    25

 

i


23.

   EMINENT DOMAIN    27

24.

   SALE BY LANDLORD    27

25.

   ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES    28

26.

   SURRENDER OF PREMISES.    28

27.

   NOTICES    29

28.

   TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT    29

29.

   INTENTIONALLY DELETED    29

30.

   DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS    29

31.

   TENANT’S AUTHORITY    30

32.

   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS    30

33.

   COMMISSIONS    30

34.

   TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW    31

35.

   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS    31

36.

   ENTIRE AGREEMENT    31

37.

   RENEWAL OPTION    31

38.

   EXAMINATION NOT OPTION    32

39.

   RECORDATION    32

40.

   TEMPORARY SPACE    32

41.

   RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER    32

42.

   LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY    34

 

EXHIBIT A - FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES      
EXHIBIT A-1 — DESCRIPTION OF LOT      
EXHIBIT A-2 - DESCRIPTION OF PARK      
EXHIBIT B — INITIAL ALTERATIONS      
EXHIBIT C - COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM      
EXHIBIT D - RULES AND REGULATIONS      

 

ii


GROSS (BY)-INS OFFICE LEASE

REFERENCE PAGES

 

BUILDING:   

500 Unicorn Park Drive

Unicorn Park

Woburn, Massachusetts 01801

LOT:    The land area described on the attached Exhibit A-1 .
PARK:    The office park described on the attached Exhibit A-2 .
LANDLORD:    ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC ., a Delaware corporation
LANDLORD’S ADDRESS:   

c/o RREEF Management Company

600 Unicorn Park Drive, Woburn, MA 01801

WIRE INSTRUCTIONS AND/OR ADDRESS FOR RENT PAYMENT:   

Acquiport Unicorn, Inc.

75 Remittance Drive

Suite 1158

Chicago, IL 60675-1158

LEASE REFERENCE DATE:    January 5, 2005
TENANT:    MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC ., a Delaware corporation
TENANT’S NOTICE ADDRESS:   
(a) As of beginning of Term:   

500 Unicorn Park Drive

Woburn, MA 01801

(b) Prior to beginning of Term (if different):   

200 Ballardvale Street

Wilmington, MA 01887

PREMISES ADDRESS:   

500 Unicorn Park Drive

Woburn, Massachusetts 01801

PREMISES RENTABLE AREA:    Approximately 29,880 sq. ft. (for outline of Premises see Exhibit A )
SCHEDULED COMMENCEMENT DATE:    February 15, 2005
TERM OF LEASE:    Approximately six (6) years and fourteen (14) days beginning on the Commencement Date and ending on the Termination Date. The period from the Commencement Date to the last day of the same month is the Commencement Month.

 

iii


TERMINATION DATE:    The last day of the seventy-second (72 nd ) full calendar month after (if the Commencement Month is not a full calendar month), or from and including (if the Commencement Month is a full calendar month), the Commencement Month
ANNUAL RENT and MONTHLY INSTALLMENT OF RENT (Article 3):   

 

Period

   Rentable
Square Footage
   Annual Rent
Per Square Foot
   Annual Rent    Monthly
Installment of
Rent

Year 1

   29,880    $ 18.00    $ 537,840.00    $ 44,820.00

Year 2

   29,880    $ 20.50    $ 612,540.00    $ 51,045.00

Year 3

   29,880    $ 21.50    $ 642,420.00    $ 53,535.00

Year 4

   29,880    $ 22.50    $ 672,300.00    $ 56,025.00

Year 5

   29,880    $ 23.50    $ 702,180.00    $ 58,515.00

Year 6

   29,880    $ 24.50    $ 732,060.00    $ 61,005.00

Year 1 is the period beginning on the Commencement Date and ending at the end of the twelfth (12th) full calendar month of the Term; Year 2 is the twelve (12) calendar month period immediately following Year 1; and so forth. The Monthly Installment of Rent will be abated for the period of three (3) months and 14 days beginning with the Commencement Date. The actual dates are to be confirmed per Section 2.1.

Tenant shall be responsible for Tenant’s electricity costs (including, but not limited to, electricity for lights, plugs, and VAV boxes as separately sub-metered to Tenant) throughout the Term of the Lease in addition to the above-referenced Rent and in addition to Expenses. Such electricity costs are initially estimated to be $1.25/s.f./yr, and Tenant shall make monthly electricity payments to Landlord, as additional rent along with the Monthly Installment of Rent, in an amount determined by Landlord, based on such estimate. As part of the annual determination of expenses contemplated in Section 4.3, Landlord shall calculate the actual cost of Tenant’s usage for the year in question, based on the sub-meter readings and the utility company rates, and Tenant shall pay any underpayment, or be entitled to a credit for any overpayment, in the same manner as contemplated in Section 4.5.

 

iv


BASE YEAR (EXPENSES):    2005
BASE YEAR (INSURANCE):    2005
BASE YEAR (TAXES):    Taxes for fiscal year, 2005
TENANT’S PROPORTIONATE SHARE:    15.69 % (29,880 s.f/190,466 s.f.)
SECURITY DEPOSIT:    Initially $179,280.00 in the form of a Letter of Credit as hereinafter provided
ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING FEE:    $750.00
AFTER-HOURS HVAC COST:    $ 45.00 per hour, subject to change at any time
REAL ESTATE BROKER DUE COMMISSION:    Meredith & Grew Incorporated, for Landlord; Cushman & Wakefield, for Tenant
BUILDING BUSINESS HOURS:    Monday through Friday 8:00 a.m. — 6:00 p.m. Saturday 8:00 a.m. - 1:00 p.m.
PARKING:    The parking ratio is 3.5 cars per 1,000 square feet and available, nonexclusively, on an unreserved, first come, first served basis. Tenant shall also have the right to use 15 reserved parking spaces in the covered garage.
AMORTIZATION RATE:    11%

The Reference Pages information is incorporated into and made a part of the Lease. In the event of any conflict between any Reference Pages information and the Lease, the Lease shall control. This Lease includes Exhibits A through D, all of which are made a part of this Lease.

 

LANDLORD:

    TENANT:

ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC ., a Delaware corporation

    MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC ., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Robert Holmes

    By:  

/s/ Douglas J. Shaw

Name:   Robert Holmes     Name:   Douglas J. Shaw
Title:   District Manager     Title:   Senior Vice President
Dated:   January 14, 2005     Dated:   January 6, 2005

 

v


LEASE

By this Lease Landlord leases to Tenant and Tenant leases from Landlord the Premises in the Building as set forth and described on the Reference Pages. The Premises are depicted on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A . The Reference Pages, including all terms defined thereon, are incorporated as part of this Lease.

1. USE AND RESTRICTIONS ON USE.

1.1 The Premises are to be used solely for general office and laboratory purposes. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will in any way obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants or occupants of the Building or injure, annoy, or disturb them, or allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful, or objectionable purpose, or commit any waste. Tenant shall not do, permit or suffer in, on, or about the Premises the sale of any alcoholic liquor without the written consent of Landlord first obtained. Tenant shall comply with all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the use of the Premises and its occupancy and shall promptly comply with all governmental orders and directions for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations in the Building or appurtenant land, caused or permitted by, or resulting from the specific use by, Tenant, or in or upon, or in connection with, the Premises, all at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant shall not do or permit anything to be done on or about the Premises or bring or keep anything into the Premises which will in any way increase the rate of, invalidate or prevent the procuring of any insurance protecting against loss or damage to the Building or any of its contents by fire or other casualty or against liability for damage to property or injury to persons in or about the Building or any part thereof.

1.2 Tenant shall not, and shall not direct, suffer or permit any of its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees (collectively, the “Tenant Entities”) to at any time handle, use, manufacture, store or dispose of in or about the Premises or the Building any (collectively “Hazardous Materials”) flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any federal, state and local laws and ordinances relating to the protection of the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances (collectively “Environmental Laws”), nor shall Tenant suffer or permit any Hazardous Materials to be used in any manner not fully in compliance with all Environmental Laws, in the Premises or the Building and appurtenant land or allow the environment to become contaminated with any Hazardous Materials. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may handle, store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials (such as aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for copiers, paints, paint remover and the like) to the extent customary and necessary for the use of the Premises for general office and laboratory purposes; provided that Tenant shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe and lawful manner and never allow such Hazardous Materials to contaminate the Premises, Building and appurtenant land or the


environment. Tenant shall protect, defend, indemnify and hold each and all of the Landlord Entities (as defined in Article 30) harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to fully comply with all applicable Environmental Laws, or the presence, handling, use or disposition in or from the Premises of any Hazardous Materials by Tenant or any Tenant Entity (even though permissible under all applicable Environmental Laws or the provisions of this Lease), or by reason of any actual or asserted failure of Tenant to keep, observe, or perform any provision of this Section 1.2.

1.3 The Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, rights to use in common with others entitled thereto:

1.3.1 the common facilities included in the Building or the Lot, including common walkways, driveways, lobbies, hallways, ramps, stairways and elevators;

1.3.2 the common roadways and facilities in the Park, including cafeteria, health club, common walkways, driveways, and the jogging trail and other common amenities, if any;

1.3.3 the parking facility (including the visitor’s parking area and parking spaces reserved for the disabled), at locations which may from time to time be designated by Landlord. Use of the parking facility shall be subject to the right of the Landlord to restrict parking during snowplowing operations, and during repair, maintenance and restriping work affecting the parking area;

1.3.4 the pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant equipment serving the Premises; and

1.3.5 if the Premises include less than the entire rentable area of any floor, the common toilets in the central core area of such floor.

1.3.6 Building Directory signage and signage on the floor on which the Premises is located.

Such rights shall always be subject to the Rules and Regulations set forth in Exhibit D as the same may be reasonably amended by the Landlord from time to time, and such other reasonable rules and regulations from time to time established by Landlord by suitable notice, and to the right of Landlord to designate and change from time to time areas and facilities so to be used, provided such designations and changes do not deprive Tenant of the substantive benefits of such areas and facilities. Landlord shall uniformly enforce all Rules and Regulations.

Not included in the Premises are the ceiling, the floor and all perimeter walls of the space identified in Exhibit A , except the inner surfaces thereof and the perimeter doors and windows. Tenant, agrees that Landlord shall have the right to place in the Premises (but in such manner as not unreasonably to interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises) utility lines, telecommunication lines, shafts, pipes and the like, for the use and benefit of Landlord and other tenants in the Building, and to replace and maintain and repair such lines, pipes and the like, in, over and upon the Premises. Such utility lines, pipes and the like, shall not be deemed part of the Premises under this Lease.

 

2


2. TERM.

2.1 The Term of this Lease shall begin on the date (“Commencement Date”) which shall be the later of the Scheduled Commencement Date as shown on the Reference Pages and the date that Landlord shall tender possession of the Premises to Tenant with all the work, if any, to be performed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit B to this Lease substantially completed, subject only to punch list items, and shall terminate on the date as shown on the Reference Pages (“Termination Date”), unless sooner terminated by the provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall deliver a punch list of items not completed within thirty (30) days after Landlord tenders possession of the Premises and Landlord agrees to proceed with due diligence to complete such items within thirty (30) days after receipt of such list, subject to any unavoidable delay. Tenant shall, at Landlord’s request, execute and deliver a memorandum agreement provided by Landlord in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, setting forth the actual Commencement Date, Termination Date and, if necessary, a revised rent schedule. Should Tenant fail to do so within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s request, the information set forth in such memorandum provided by Landlord shall be conclusively presumed to be agreed and correct.

2.2 Tenant agrees that in the event of the inability of Landlord to deliver possession of the Premises on the Scheduled Commencement Date for any reason, Landlord shall not be liable for any damage resulting from such inability, but Tenant shall not be liable for any rent until the time when Landlord can, after notice to Tenant, deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant. No such failure to give possession on the Scheduled Commencement Date shall affect the other obligations of Tenant under this Lease, except that if Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises within one hundred twenty (120) days after the Scheduled Commencement Date (other than as a result of strikes, shortages of materials, holdover tenancies or similar matters beyond the reasonable control of Landlord and Tenant is notified by Landlord in writing as to such delay), Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease unless said delay is as a result of: (a) Tenant’s failure to agree to plans and specifications and/or construction cost estimates or bids; (b) Tenant’s request for materials, finishes or installations other than Landlord’s standard except those, if any, that Landlord shall have expressly agreed to furnish without extension of time agreed by Landlord; (c) Tenant’s change in any plans or specifications; or, (d) performance or completion by a party employed by Tenant (each of the foregoing, a “Tenant Delay”). If any delay is the result of a Tenant Delay, the Commencement Date and the payment of rent under this Lease shall be accelerated by the number of days of such Tenant Delay.

2.3 In the event Landlord permits Tenant, or any agent, employee or contractor of Tenant, to enter, use or occupy the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such entry, use or occupancy shall be subject to all the provisions of this Lease other than the payment of rent, including, without limitation, Tenant’s compliance with the insurance requirements of Article 11. Said early possession shall not advance the Termination Date.

 

3


3. RENT.

3.1 Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord the Annual Rent in effect from time to time by paying the Monthly Installment of Rent then in effect on or before the first day of each full calendar month during the Term, except that the first full month’s rent shall be paid upon the execution of this Lease. The Monthly Installment of Rent in effect at any time shall be one-twelfth (1/12) of the Annual Rent in effect at such time. Rent for any period during the Term which is less than a full month shall be a prorated portion of the Monthly Installment of Rent based upon the number of days in such month. Said rent shall be paid to Landlord, without deduction or offset and without notice or demand, except as otherwise provided in this Lease, at the Rent Payment Address, as set forth on the Reference Pages, or to such other person or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing. If an Event of Default occurs on more than one (1) occasion during any calendar year, Landlord may require by notice to Tenant that all subsequent rent payments be made by an automatic payment from Tenant’s bank account to Landlord’s account, without cost to Landlord. Tenant must implement such automatic payment system prior to the next scheduled rent payment or within ten (10) days after Landlord’s notice, whichever is later. Unless specified in this Lease to the contrary, all amounts and sums payable by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to this Lease shall be deemed additional rent.

3.2 Tenant recognizes that late payment of any rent or other sum due under this Lease will result in administrative expense to Landlord, the extent of which additional expense is extremely difficult and economically impractical to ascertain. Tenant therefore agrees that if rent or any other sum is not paid when due and payable pursuant to this Lease on more than two (2) occasions during any calendar year, then, beginning with the third (3 rd ) such occasion and for each subsequent such occasion during such calendar year, a late charge shall be imposed in an amount equal to the greater of: (a) Fifty Dollars ($50.00), or (b) five percent (5%) of the unpaid rent or other payment. The amount of the late charge to be paid by Tenant shall be reassessed and added to Tenant’s obligation for each successive month until paid. The provisions of this Section 3.2 in no way relieve Tenant of the obligation to pay rent or other payments on or before the date on which they are due, nor do the terms of this Section 3.2 in any way affect Landlord’s remedies pursuant to Article 19 of this Lease in the event said rent or other payment is unpaid after date due.

4. RENT ADJUSTMENTS.

4.1 For the purpose of this Article 4, the following terms are defined as follows:

4.1.1 Lease Year : Each fiscal year (as determined by Landlord from time to time) falling partly or wholly within the Term.

4.1.2 Expenses : All costs of operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and management of the Building (including the amount of any credits which Landlord may grant to particular tenants of the Building in lieu of providing any standard services or paying any standard costs described in this Section 4.1.2 for similar tenants, such credits to be not in excess of the value of the services not provided or costs not paid), as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including the following costs by way of illustration,

 

4


but not limitation: water and sewer charges; utility costs, including, but not limited to, the cost of heat, light, power, steam, gas; waste disposal; the cost of Janitorial services; the cost of security and alarm services (including any central station signaling system); costs of cleaning, repairing, replacing and maintaining the common areas, including parking and landscaping, window cleaning costs; labor costs; costs and expenses of managing the Building including management and/or administrative fees, which fees shall be calculated in the same manner and using the same percentage in the Base Year as in each later Lease Year; air conditioning maintenance costs; elevator maintenance fees and supplies; material costs; equipment costs including the cost of maintenance, repair and service agreements and rental and leasing costs; purchase costs of equipment; current rental and leasing costs of items which would be includable under this Lease as capital items if purchased; tool costs; licenses, permits and inspection fees; wages and salaries; employee benefits and payroll taxes; accounting and legal fees; any sales, use or service taxes incurred in connection therewith. Expenses shall also include the amounts paid to subsidize the operation of any cafeterias or restaurants in Unicorn Park, however, if an amount for this item is included in the Base Year (Expenses) amount and subsequently during the Term the subsidy is reduced to below the amount included in the Base Year (Expenses) amount, the Base Year (Expenses) amount will be reduced accordingly. In addition, Landlord shall be entitled to recover, as additional rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of: (i) an allocable portion of the cost of capital improvement items which are reasonably calculated to reduce operating expenses; (ii) the cost of fire sprinklers and suppression systems and other life safety systems; and (iii) other capital expenses which are required under any governmental laws, regulations or ordinances which were not applicable to the Building as of the Commencement Date, but the costs described in this sentence shall be amortized over the reasonable life of such expenditures in accordance with such reasonable life and amortization schedules as shall be determined by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, with interest on the unamortized amount at one percent (1 %) in excess of the Wall Street Journal prime lending rate announced from time to time. Expenses shall not include capital expenditures except as specifically permitted in items (i)-(iii) above, Taxes, Insurance Costs, depreciation or amortization of the Building or equipment in the Building except as provided herein, loan principal payments, costs of alterations of tenants’ premises, leasing commissions, interest expenses on long-term borrowings or advertising costs. Expenses shall also not include: Landlord’s costs of the initial construction of the Building, and the costs to correct defects in the original construction of the Building; payments of principal, interest or other charges on mortgages or payments of any rent by Landlord on account of any ground lease of the Land or the Building; costs of work or services for particular tenants (including Tenant) that are separately reimbursable to Landlord by such tenants; advertising, marketing costs, and leasing commissions associated with leasing space in the Building; costs of so-called leasehold improvements to rentable areas in the Building; costs for which Landlord is reimbursed under insurance policies or otherwise by third parties; costs paid directly by individual tenants to suppliers, including tenant electricity and telephone costs; legal and accounting expenses related to lease negotiations and enforcement of leases; damages, penalties, fines, or interest that Landlord is obligated to pay by reason of any tort liability of Landlord, Landlord’s violation of applicable law or failure by Landlord or any tenant (other than Tenant) to comply with its lease obligations or to timely pay any component of Expenses; the costs of environmental testing and of complying with applicable federal, state and local laws dealing with the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials or substances; costs required to remedy any noncompliance, as

 

5


of the Commencement Date, of the Building with applicable law (including, without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990); salaries of executives or principals of Landlord; charitable and political contributions; financing and refinancing costs in respect of any mortgage placed upon the Property, including points and commissions in connection therewith; compensation paid to any Building employee to the extent that the same is not fairly allocable to the work or service provided by such employee to the Property; any rent, additional rent or other charge under any lease or sublease to or assumed by Landlord (exclusive of rent for a management office); any bad debt loss, rent loss or reserves for bad debts or rent loss; the cost of acquiring, leasing, installing, maintaining, protecting or restoring works of art; any expenses which are not paid or incurred in respect of the Building or Land but rather in respect of other real property owned by Landlord or affiliates of Landlord, provided that with respect to any expenses attributable in part to the Building or Land and in part to other real property owned by Landlord (including, without limitation, salaries, fringe benefits and other compensation of Landlord’s personnel who provide services to both the Building and other properties), Expenses shall include only such portion thereof as are apportioned by Landlord to the Building or Land on a fair and equitable basis; costs incurred with respect to a sale or transfer of all or any portion of the Building or any interest therein or in any person of whatever tier owning an interest therein; costs incurred in connection with the acquisition or sale of air rights, transferable development rights, easements or other real property interests; amounts paid to subsidiaries or other affiliates of Landlord for services to the Property to the extent only that the costs of such services exceed the costs if such services had been rendered by an unaffiliated party; any costs incurred in connection with the making of repairs which are the obligation of another tenant of the Building; the cost of tools and equipment initially purchased in connection with the opening and initial equipping of the Building; depreciation, amortization (except as otherwise expressly provided herein) and other non cash charges; expenses of relocating or moving any tenant(s) of the Building; except as specifically included above, all costs of Landlord’s general corporate and general administrative and overhead expenses.

4.1.3 Taxes : Real estate taxes and any other taxes, charges and assessments which are levied with respect to the Building or the land appurtenant to the Building, or with respect to any improvements, fixtures and equipment or other property of Landlord, real or personal, located in the Building and used in connection with the operation of the Building and said land; and all fees, expenses and costs incurred by Landlord in investigating, protesting, contesting or in any way seeking to reduce or avoid increase in any assessments, levies or the tax rate pertaining to any Taxes to be paid by Landlord in any Lease Year. Taxes shall not include any corporate franchise, or estate, inheritance or net income tax, or tax imposed upon any transfer by Landlord of its interest in this Lease or the Building or any taxes to be paid by Tenant pursuant to Article 28.

4.1.4 Insurance Costs : Any and all insurance charges of or relating to all insurance policies and endorsements deemed by Landlord to be reasonably necessary or desirable and relating in any manner to the protection, preservation, or operation of the Building or any part thereof.

4.2 If in any Lease Year, (i) Expenses paid or incurred shall exceed Expenses paid or incurred in the Base Year (Expenses) and/or (ii) Taxes paid or incurred by Landlord in any Lease Year shall exceed the amount of such Taxes which became due and payable in the Base Year

 

6


(Taxes), and/or (iii) Insurance Costs paid or incurred by Landlord in any Lease Year shall exceed the amount of such Insurance Costs which became due and payable in the Base Year (Insurance), Tenant shall pay as additional rent for such Lease Year Tenant’s Proportionate Share of each such excess amount.

4.3 The annual determination of Expenses and Insurance Costs shall be made by Landlord within 180 days after the end of the applicable calendar year and shall be binding upon Landlord and Tenant, subject to the provisions of this Section 4.3. During the Term, Tenant may review, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, the books and records supporting such determination in an office of Landlord, or Landlord’s agent, during normal business hours, upon giving Landlord five (5) days advance written notice within ninety (90) days after receipt of such determination, but in no event more often than once in any one (1) year period, subject to execution of a confidentiality agreement acceptable to Landlord, and provided that if Tenant utilizes an independent accountant to perform such review it shall be which is not compensated on a contingency basis and is also subject to such confidentiality agreement. If Tenant fails to object to Landlord’s determination of Expenses and Insurance Costs within ninety (90) days after receipt, or if any such objection fails to state with specificity the reason for the objection, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such determination and shall have no further right to object to or contest such determination. In the event that during all or any portion of any Lease Year or Base Year, the Building is not fully rented and occupied Landlord shall make an appropriate adjustment in occupancy-related Expenses for such year for the purpose of avoiding distortion of the amount of such Expenses to be attributed to Tenant by reason of variation in total occupancy of the Building, by employing consistent and sound accounting and management principles to determine Expenses that would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had the Building been one hundred percent (100%) rented and occupied, and the amount so determined shall be deemed to have been Expenses for such Lease Year.

4.4 Prior to the actual determination thereof for a Lease Year, Landlord shall estimate Tenant’s liability for Expenses, Insurance Costs and/or Taxes under Section 4.1, Article 6 and Article 28 for the Lease Year or portion thereof. Landlord will endeavor to give Tenant written notification of the amount of such estimate prior to the commencement of the applicable Lease Year and Tenant agrees that it will pay, by increase of its Monthly Installments of Rent due in such Lease Year, additional rent in the amount of such estimate. Any such increased rate of Monthly Installments of Rent pursuant to this Section 4.4 shall remain in effect until further written notification to Tenant pursuant hereto.

4.5 When the above mentioned actual determination of Tenant’s liability for Expenses, Insurance Costs and/or Taxes is made for any Lease Year and when Tenant is so notified in writing, then:

4.5.1 If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to Section 4.3 on account of Expenses, Insurance Costs and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is less than Tenant’s liability for Expenses, Insurance Costs and/or Taxes, then Tenant shall pay such deficiency to Landlord as additional rent in one lump sum within thirty (30) days of receipt of Landlord’s bill therefor; and

 

7


4.5.2 If the total additional rent Tenant actually paid pursuant to Section 4.3 on account of Expenses, Insurance Costs and/or Taxes for the Lease Year is more than Tenant’s liability for Expenses, Insurance Costs and/or Taxes, then Landlord shall credit the difference against the then next due payments to be made by Tenant under this Article 4, or, if the Lease has terminated, refund the difference in cash. Tenant shall not be entitled to a credit by reason of actual Expenses and/or Taxes and/or Insurance Costs in any Lease Year being less than Expenses and/or Taxes and/or Insurance Costs in the Base Year (Expenses and/or Taxes and/or Insurance).

4.6 If the Commencement Date is other than January 1 or if the Termination Date is other than December 31, Tenant’s liability for Expenses, Insurance Costs and Taxes for the Lease Year in which said Date occurs shall be prorated based upon a three hundred sixty-five (365) day year.

5. SECURITY DEPOSIT. Tenant shall deposit the Security Deposit with Landlord upon the execution of this Lease. Said sum shall be held by Landlord as security for the faithful performance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be kept and performed by Tenant and not as an advance rental deposit or as a measure of Landlord’s damage in case of Tenant’s default. If Tenant defaults with respect to any provision of this Lease after expiration of any applicable notice and opportunity to cure, Landlord may use any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any rent or any other sum in default, or for the payment of any amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default, or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default. If any portion is so used, Tenant shall within five (5) days after written demand therefor, deposit with Landlord an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount and Tenant’s failure to do so shall be a material breach of this Lease. If Tenant shall fully and faithfully perform every provision of this Lease to be performed by it, the Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant at such time after termination of this Lease when Landlord shall have determined that all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease have been fulfilled.

5.1 The required Security Deposit shall be in the form of an Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit in favor of Landlord (the “letter of credit”) in the amount set forth on the Reference Pages. Under any circumstance under which Landlord is entitled the use of all or a part of the Security Deposit, then, Landlord, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided under the Lease, shall have the right to draw down the portion of the letter of credit required to cure such default. The following terms and conditions shall govern the letter of credit:

5.1.1 Provided that as of the last day of the eighteenth (18th) full month of the Term Tenant is not then in default, and that prior thereto there has occurred no monetary Event of Default, Landlord shall permit the amount of the letter of credit to be reduced (or a replacement letter of credit may be issued in such lesser amount) to $102,090.00.

5.1.2 Upon expiration of the Term, the letter of credit shall be returned to Tenant when Tenant is entitled to return of its Security Deposit.

 

8


5.1.3 The letter of credit shall be in favor of Landlord, shall be issued by a commercial bank reasonably acceptable to Landlord having a Standard & Poors rating of “A” or better, shall comply with all of the terms and conditions of this Section 5.1 and shall otherwise be in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Fleet Bank is approved as the issuer of the initial letter of credit. The initial letter of credit shall have an expiration date not earlier than fifteen (15) months after the Commencement Date. A draft of the form of letter of credit must be submitted to Landlord for its approval prior to issuance.

5.1.4 The letter of creditor any replacement letter of credit shall be irrevocable for the term thereof and shall automatically renew on a year to year basis until a period ending not earlier than three (3) months after the Termination Date (“End Date”) without any action whatsoever on the part of Landlord; provided that the issuing bank shall have the right not to renew the letter of credit by giving written notice to Landlord not less than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then current term of the letter of credit that it does not intend to renew the letter of credit. Tenant understands that the election by the issuing bank not to renew the letter of credit shall not, in any event, diminish the obligation of Tenant to maintain such an irrevocable letter of credit in favor of Landlord through such date.

5.1.5 Landlord, or its then managing agent, shall have the right from time to time to make one or more draws on the letter of credit at any time that an Event of Default has occurred. The letter of credit must state that it can be presented for payment at the office of the issuer or an approved correspondent in the metropolitan Boston, Massachusetts area. Funds may be drawn down on the letter of credit upon presentation to the issuing or corresponding bank of Landlord’s (or Landlord’s then managing agent’s) certificate stating as follows:

“Beneficiary is entitled to draw on this credit pursuant to that certain Lease dated for reference January 5, 2005 between ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Landlord and MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC., a Delaware corporation, as Tenant, as amended from time to time.”

It is understood that if Landlord or its managing agent be a corporation, partnership or other entity, then such statement shall be signed by an officer (if a corporation), a general partner (if a partnership), or any authorized party (if another entity).

5.1.6 Tenant acknowledges and agrees (and the letter of credit shall so state) that the letter of credit shall be honored by the issuing bank without inquiry as to the truth of the statements set forth in such draw request and regardless of whether the Tenant disputes the content of such statement.

5.1.7 In the event of a transfer of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, Landlord shall transfer the letter of credit to the transferee and provided that Landlord shall do so, the Landlord shall, without any further agreement between the parties, be released by Tenant from all liability therefor, and it is agreed that the provisions hereof shall apply to every transfer or assignment of said letter of credit to a new landlord; and Landlord shall pay all fees to the issuer necessary to effect and evidence such transfer.

 

9


5.1.8 Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if the letter of credit expires earlier than the End Date, or the issuing bank notifies Landlord that it will not renew the letter of credit, Landlord shall accept a renewal thereof or substitute letter credit (such renewal or substitute letter of credit to be in effect not later than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the expiring letter of credit), irrevocable and automatically renewable as above provided to the End Date upon the same terms as the expiring letter of credit or upon such other terms as may be reasonably acceptable to Landlord. However, if (i) the letter of credit is not timely renewed, or (ii) a substitute letter of credit, complying with all of the terms and conditions of this Section is not timely received, then Landlord may present the expiring letter of credit to the issuing bank, and the entire sum so obtained shall be paid to Landlord, to be held by Landlord until Tenant would otherwise be entitled to the return of the letter of credit, and to be retained by Landlord if a default occurs.

6. ALTERATIONS.

6.1 Except for those, if any, specifically provided for in Exhibit B to this Lease, and any Permitted Alterations (as defined below), Tenant shall not make or suffer to be made any alterations, additions, or improvements, including, but not limited to, the attachment of any fixtures or equipment in, on, or to the Premises or any part thereof or the making of any improvements as required by Article 7, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have the right to make non-structural alterations, additions, or improvements in and to the Premises that cost less than $5,000.00 in any one instance, without Landlord’s prior consent, but upon prior notice to Landlord (“Permitted Alterations”). When applying for such consent, Tenant shall, if requested by Landlord, furnish complete plans and specifications for such alterations, additions and improvements. Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld with respect to alterations which (i) are not structural in nature, (ii) are not visible from the exterior of the Building, (iii) do not affect or require modification of the Building’s electrical, mechanical, plumbing, HVAC or other systems, and (iv) in aggregate do not cost more than $5.00 per rentable square foot of that portion of the Premises affected by the alterations in question.

6.2 In the event Landlord consents to the making of any such alteration, addition or improvement by Tenant, the same shall be made by using either Landlord’s contractor or a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord, in either event at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant shall employ any contractor other than Landlord’s contractor and such other contractor or any subcontractor of such other contractor shall employ any non-union labor or supplier, Tenant shall be responsible for and hold Landlord harmless from any and all delays, damages and extra costs suffered by Landlord as a result of any dispute with any labor unions concerning the wage, hours, terms or conditions of the employment of any such labor. In any event Landlord may charge Tenant a construction management fee not to exceed three percent (3%) of the cost of such work to cover its overhead as it relates to such proposed work, plus third-party costs actually incurred by Landlord in connection with the proposed work and the design thereof, with all such amounts being due five (5) days after Landlord’s demand.

6.3 All alterations, additions or improvements proposed by Tenant shall be constructed in accordance with all government laws, ordinances, rules and regulations, using

 

10


Building standard materials where applicable, and Tenant shall, prior to construction, provide the additional insurance required under Article 11 in such case, and also all such assurances to Landlord as Landlord shall reasonably require to assure payment of the costs thereof, including but not limited to, notices of non-responsibility, waivers of lien, surety company performance bonds and funded construction escrows and to protect Landlord and the Building and appurtenant land against any loss from any mechanic’s, materialmen’s or other liens. Tenant shall pay in addition to any sums due pursuant to Article 4, any increase in real estate taxes attributable to any such alteration, addition or improvement for so long, during the Term, as such increase is ascertainable; at Landlord’s election said sums shall be paid in the same way as sums due under Article 4.

7. REPAIR.

7.1 Landlord shall have no obligation to alter, remodel, improve, repair, decorate or paint the Premises, except as specified in Exhibit B and except that Landlord shall repair and maintain the structural portions and common areas of the Building, including the basic mechanical, plumbing, air conditioning, heating and electrical systems installed or furnished by Landlord. By taking possession of the Premises, Tenant accepts them as being in good order, condition and repair and in the condition in which Landlord is obligated to deliver them, except as set forth in the punch list to be delivered pursuant to Section 2.1. It is hereby understood and agreed that no representations respecting the condition of the Premises or the Building have been made by Landlord to Tenant, except as specifically set forth in this Lease.

7.2 Tenant shall, at all times during the Term, keep the Premises in good condition and repair excepting damage by fire, or other casualty, and in compliance with all applicable governmental laws, ordinances and regulations, promptly complying with all governmental orders and directives for the correction, prevention and abatement of any violations or nuisances in or upon, or connected with Tenant’s specific use of the Premises and/or any construction or improvements performed by Tenant in the Premises, all at Tenant’s sole expense.

7.3 Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for thirty (30) days, subject to any unavoidable delays, after written notice of the need of such repairs or maintenance is given to Landlord by Tenant.

7.4 Except as provided in Article 22, there shall be no abatement of rent and no liability of Landlord by reason of any injury to or interference with Tenant’s business arising from the making of any repairs, alterations or improvements in or to any portion of the Building or the Premises or to fixtures, appurtenances and equipment in the Building. Except to the extent, if any, prohibited by law, Tenant waives the right to make repairs at Landlord’s expense under any law, statute or ordinance now or hereafter in effect.

8. LIENS. Tenant shall keep the Premises, the Building and appurtenant land and Tenant’s leasehold interest in the Premises free from any liens arising out of any services, work or materials performed, furnished, or contracted for by Tenant, or obligations incurred by Tenant. In the event that Tenant fails, within fifteen (15) days following the imposition of any such lien,

 

11


to either cause the same to be released of record or bond over such lien (such failure to constitute an Event of Default), Landlord shall have the right to cause the same to be released by such means as it shall deem proper, including payment of the claim giving rise to such lien. All such sums paid by Landlord and all expenses incurred by it in connection therewith shall be payable to it by Tenant within twenty (20) days from Landlord’s demand.

9. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING.

9.1 Tenant shall not have the right to assign or pledge this Lease or to sublet the whole or any part of the Premises whether voluntarily or by operation of law, or permit the use or occupancy of the Premises by anyone other than Tenant, and shall not make, suffer or permit such assignment, subleasing or occupancy without the prior written consent of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, and said restrictions shall be binding upon any and all assignees of the Lease and subtenants of the Premises. In the event Tenant desires to sublet, or permit such occupancy of, the Premises, or any portion thereof, or assign this Lease, Tenant shall give written notice thereof to Landlord at least sixty (60) days but no more than one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the proposed commencement date of such subletting or assignment, which notice shall set forth the name of the proposed subtenant or assignee, the relevant terms of any sublease or assignment and copies of financial reports and other relevant financial information of the proposed subtenant or assignee.

9.2 Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article to the contrary, Tenant shall be permitted to assign this Lease, or sublet all or a portion of the Premises, to an Affiliate of Tenant without the prior consent of Landlord, if all of the following conditions are first satisfied:

9.2.1 Tenant shall not then be in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and opportunity to cure;

9.2.2 a fully executed copy of such assignment or sublease, the assumption of this Lease by the assignee or acceptance of the sublease by the sublessee, and such other information regarding the assignment or sublease as Landlord may reasonably request, shall have been delivered to Landlord;

9.2.3 the Premises shall continue to be operated solely for the use specified in the Lease or other use acceptable to Landlord in its sole discretion;

9.2.4 any guarantor of this Lease reaffirms that its Guaranty remains in full force and effect; and

9.2.5 Tenant shall pay all costs reasonably incurred by Landlord in connection with such assignment or subletting, including without limitation attorneys’ fees.

Tenant acknowledges (and, at Landlord’s request, at the time of such assignment or subletting shall confirm) that in each instance Tenant shall remain liable for performance of the terms and conditions of the Lease despite such assignment or subletting. As used herein the term “Affiliate” shall mean an entity which (i) directly or indirectly controls Tenant or (ii) is under the direct or indirect control of Tenant or (iii) is under common direct or indirect control with

 

12


Tenant, (iv) is the successor in interest to Tenant by way of merger or consolidation, or by sale of all of the stock of Tenant or of all of the assets of Tenant, so long as the tangible net worth of the surviving or successor entity following such transaction is at least as much as ninety percent (90%) of the tangible net worth of Tenant immediately preceding the transaction or at the Commencement Date, whichever is higher. Control shall mean ownership of fifty-one percent (51%) or more of the voting securities or rights of the controlled entity.

9.3 Notwithstanding any assignment or subletting, permitted or otherwise, Tenant shall at all times remain directly, primarily and fully responsible and liable for the payment of the rent specified in this Lease and for compliance with all of its other obligations under the terms, provisions and covenants of this Lease. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, if the Premises or any part of them are then assigned or sublet, Landlord, in addition to any other remedies provided in this Lease or provided by law, may, at its option, collect directly from such assignee or subtenant all rents due and becoming due to Tenant under such assignment or sublease and apply such rent against any sums due to Landlord from Tenant under this Lease, and no such collection shall be construed to constitute a novation or release of Tenant from the further performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

9.4 In addition to Landlord’s right to approve of any subtenant or assignee, Landlord shall have the option, in its sole discretion, in the event of any proposed subletting or assignment, to terminate this Lease, or in the case of a proposed subletting of less than the entire Premises, to recapture the portion of the Premises to be sublet, as of the date the subletting or assignment is to be effective. The option shall be exercised, if at all, by Landlord giving Tenant written notice given by Landlord to Tenant within fifteen (15) business days following Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s written notice as required above. However, if Tenant notifies Landlord, within five (5) days after receipt of Landlord’s termination notice, that Tenant is rescinding its proposed assignment or sublease, the termination notice shall be void and the Lease shall continue in full force and effect. If this Lease shall be terminated with respect to the entire Premises pursuant to this Section, the Term of this Lease shall end on the date stated in Tenant’s notice as the effective date of the sublease or assignment as if that date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. If Landlord recaptures under this Section only a portion of the Premises, the rent to be paid from time to time during the unexpired Term shall abate proportionately based on the proportion by which the approximate square footage of the remaining portion of the Premises shall be less than that of the Premises as of the date immediately prior to such recapture. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s own cost and expense, discharge in full any outstanding commission obligation which may be due and owing as a result of any proposed assignment or subletting, whether or not the Premises are recaptured pursuant to this Section 9.4 and rented by Landlord to the proposed tenant or any other tenant. Landlord’s recapture rights under this Section 9.4 shall not apply to (i) any transfer for which Landlord’s consent is not required pursuant to Section 9.2, or (ii) a subletting of less than 20% of the Premises for a term not exceeding the longer of one (1) year or the remainder of the then-current Term.

9.5 In the event that Tenant sells, sublets, assigns or transfers this Lease, except as permitted under Section 9.2, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as additional rent an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of any Increased Rent (as defined below), less the Costs Component (as defined below), when and as such Increased Rent is received by Tenant. As used in this Section,

 

13


“Increased Rent” shall mean the excess of (i) all rent and other consideration which Tenant is entitled to receive by reason of any sale, sublease, assignment or other transfer of this Lease, over (ii) the rent otherwise payable by Tenant under this Lease at such time. For purposes of the foregoing, any consideration received by Tenant in form other than cash shall be valued at its fair market value as determined by Landlord in good faith. The “Costs Component” is that amount which, if paid monthly, would fully amortize on a straight-line basis, over the entire period for which Tenant is to receive Increased Rent, the costs incurred by Tenant for leasing commissions, tenant improvements, reasonable legal fees and expenses and allowances and other concessions made in connection with such sublease, assignment or other transfer.

9.6 Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, it shall be considered reasonable for Landlord to withhold its consent to any assignment of this Lease or sublease of any portion of the Premises if at the time of either Tenant’s notice of the proposed assignment or sublease or the proposed commencement date thereof, there shall exist any uncured default of Tenant, after notice and opportunity to cure, or if the proposed assignee or sublessee is an entity: (a) with which Landlord is already in negotiation; (b) is already an occupant of the Park unless Landlord is unable to provide the amount of space required by such occupant; (c) is a governmental agency; (d) is incompatible with the character of occupancy of the Building; (e) with which the payment for the sublease or assignment is determined in whole or in part based upon its net income or profits; or (f) would subject the Premises to a use which would: (i) involve increased personnel or wear upon the Building; (ii) violate any exclusive right granted to another tenant of the Building; (iii) require any addition to or modification of the Premises or the Building in order to comply with building code or other governmental requirements; or, (iv) involve a violation of Section 1.2. Tenant expressly agrees that for the purposes of any statutory or other requirement of reasonableness on the part of Landlord, Landlord’s refusal to consent to any assignment or sublease for any of the reasons described in this Section 9.6, shall be conclusively deemed to be reasonable.

9.7 Upon any request to assign or sublet, Tenant will pay to Landlord the Assignment/Subletting Fee plus, on demand, a sum equal to all of Landlord’s costs, including reasonable attorney’s fees, incurred in investigating and considering any proposed or purported assignment or pledge of this Lease or sublease of any of the Premises, regardless of whether Landlord shall consent to, refuse consent, or determine that Landlord’s consent is not required for, such assignment, pledge or sublease. Any purported sale, assignment, mortgage, transfer of this Lease or subletting which does not comply with the provisions of this Article 9 shall be void.

9.8 If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company, partnership or trust, any transfer or transfers of or change or changes within any twelve (12) month period in the number of the outstanding voting shares of the corporation or limited liability company, the general partnership interests in the partnership or the identity of the persons or entities controlling the activities of such partnership or trust resulting in the persons or entities owning or controlling a majority of such shares, partnership interests or activities of such partnership or trust at the beginning of such period no longer having such ownership or control shall be regarded as equivalent to an assignment of this Lease to the persons or entities acquiring such ownership or control and shall be subject to all the provisions of this Article 9 to the same extent and for all intents and purposes as though such an assignment.

 

14


10. INDEMNIFICATION. None of the Landlord Entities shall be liable and Tenant hereby waives all claims against them for any damage to any property or any injury to any person in or about the Premises or the Building by or from any cause whatsoever (including without limiting the foregoing, rain or water leakage of any character from the roof, windows, walls, basement, pipes, plumbing works or appliances, the Building not being in good condition or repair, gas, fire, oil, electricity or theft), except to the extent caused by or arising from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any of the Landlord Entities. Except to the extent resulting from the negligence of any of the Landlord Entities, Tenant shall protect, indemnify and hold the Landlord Entities harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of (a) any damage to any property (including but not limited to property of any Landlord Entity) or any injury (including but not limited to death) to any person occurring in, on or about the Premises or the Building to the extent that such injury or damage shall be caused by or arise from any actual or alleged act, neglect, fault, or omission by or of Tenant or any Tenant Entity to meet any standards imposed by any duty with respect to the injury or damage; (b) the conduct or management of any work or thing whatsoever done by the Tenant in or about the Premises or from transactions of the Tenant concerning the Premises; (c) Tenant’s failure to comply with any and all governmental laws, ordinances and regulations applicable to the condition or use of the Premises or its occupancy; or (d) any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of the Tenant to be performed pursuant to this Lease. The provisions of this Article shall survive the termination of this Lease with respect to any claims or liability accruing prior to such termination.

Landlord shall protect, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) arising out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents or employees.

11. INSURANCE.

11.1 Tenant shall keep in force throughout the Term: (a) a Commercial General Liability insurance with a limit of not less than $1,000,000.00 per occurrence and not less than $2,000,000.00 in the annual aggregate, or such larger amount as Landlord may prudently require from time to time, covering bodily injury and property damage liability and $1,000,000 products/completed operations aggregate; (b) Business Auto Liability covering owned, non-owned and hired vehicles with a limit of not less than $1,000,000 per accident; (c) insurance protecting against liability under Worker’s Compensation Laws with limits at least as required by statute with Employers Liability with limits of $500,000 each accident, $500,000 disease policy limit, $500,000 disease-each employee; (d) All Risk or Special Form coverage protecting Tenant against loss of or damage to Tenant’s alterations, additions, improvements, carpeting, floor coverings, panelings, decorations, fixtures, inventory and other business personal property situated in or about the Premises to the full replacement value of the property so insured; and, (e) Business Interruption Insurance with limit of liability representing loss of at least approximately six (6) months of income.

11.2 The aforesaid policies shall (a) be provided at Tenant’s expense; (b) name the Landlord Entities as additional insureds (General Liability); (c) be issued by an insurance

 

15


company with a minimum Best’s rating of “A:VII” during the Term; and (d) provide that said insurance shall not be canceled unless thirty (30) days prior written notice (ten days for nonpayment of premium) shall have been given to Landlord; a certificate of Liability insurance on ACORD Form 25 and a certificate of Property insurance on ACORD Form 27 shall be delivered to Landlord by Tenant upon the Commencement Date and at least thirty (30) days prior to each renewal of said insurance.

11.3 Whenever Tenant shall undertake any alterations, additions or improvements in, to or about the Premises (“Work”) the aforesaid insurance protection must extend to and include injuries to persons and damage to property arising in connection with such Work, without limitation including liability under any applicable structural work act, and such other insurance as Landlord shall require; and the policies of or certificates evidencing such insurance must be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any such Work.

11.4 Landlord shall keep in force throughout the Term Commercial General Liability Insurance and All Risk or Special Form coverage insuring the Landlord and the Building, in such amounts and with such deductibles as Landlord determines from time to time in accordance with sound and reasonable risk management principles. The cost of all such insurance is included in Insurance Costs.

12. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION. So long as their respective insurers so permit, Tenant and Landlord hereby mutually waive their respective rights of recovery against each other for any loss insured by fire, extended coverage, All Risks or other insurance now or hereafter existing for the benefit of the respective party but only to the extent of the net insurance proceeds payable under such policies. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements required by their insurer to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.

13. SERVICES AND UTILITIES.

13.1 Subject to the other provisions of this Lease, Landlord agrees to furnish to the Premises during Building Business Hours (specified on the Reference Pages) on generally recognized business days (but exclusive in any event of Sundays and national and local legal holidays), the following services and utilities subject to the rules and regulations of the Building prescribed from time to time: (a) water suitable for normal office use of the Premises; (b) heat and air conditioning required for the comfortable use and occupation of the Premises during Building Business Hours; (c) cleaning and janitorial service; (d) elevator service by nonattended automatic elevators, if applicable; and, (e) equipment to bring to the Premises electricity for lighting, convenience outlets and other normal office use. In the absence of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable for, and Tenant shall not be entitled to, any abatement or reduction of rental by reason of Landlord’s failure to furnish any of the foregoing, unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written notice of such failure is given to Landlord by Tenant and provided further that Landlord shall not be liable when such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, labor disputes of any character, energy usage restrictions or by any other cause, similar or dissimilar, beyond the reasonable control of Landlord. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to remedy any interruption in the furnishing of services and utilities.

 

16


13.1.1 Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, if (i) as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or employees, an interruption or curtailment, suspension or stoppage of an Essential Service (as said term is hereinafter defined) shall occur, and (ii) such Service Interruption continues for more than three (3) consecutive business days after Landlord shall have received notice thereof from Tenant, and (iii) as a result of such Service Interruption, the Tenant cannot reasonably conduct its normal operations in the Premises, then there shall be an abatement of one day’s Base Rent and additional rent for each day during which such Service Interruption continues after such three (3) business day period. For purposes hereof, the term “Essential Services” shall mean the following services: access to the Premises, water and sewer/septic service, heat or ventilation and electricity. In the event that any such Service Interruption that materially and adversely affects the conduct of Tenant’s normal operations in the Premises continues for more than ninety (90) consecutive days after such written notice from Tenant, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord at any time prior to the date that such Service Interruption ceases, and this Lease shall expire as of the date of such notice as though such date were originally set forth as the Term Expiration Date.

13.2 Should Tenant require any additional work or service, as described above, including services furnished outside ordinary business hours specified above, Landlord may, on terms to be agreed, upon reasonable advance notice by Tenant, furnish such additional service and Tenant agrees to pay Landlord such charges as may be agreed upon, including any tax imposed thereon, but in no event at a charge less than Landlord’s actual cost plus overhead for such additional service and, where appropriate, a reasonable allowance for depreciation of any systems being used to provide such service. The current charge for after-hours HVAC service, which is subject to change at any time, is specified on the Reference Pages.

13.3 Wherever heat-generating machines or equipment are used by Tenant in the Premises which affect the temperature otherwise maintained by the air conditioning system or Tenant allows occupancy of the Premises by more persons than the heating and air conditioning system is designed to accommodate, in either event whether with or without Landlord’s approval, Landlord reserves the right to install supplementary heating and/or air conditioning units in or for the benefit of the Premises and the cost thereof, including the cost of installation and the cost of operations and maintenance, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand.

13.4 Tenant will not, without the written consent of Landlord, use any apparatus or device in the Premises, including but not limited to, electronic data processing machines and machines using current in excess of 2000 watts and/or 20 amps or 120 volts, which will in any way increase the amount of electricity or water usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises for normal office use, nor connect with electric current, except through existing electrical outlets in the Premises, or water pipes, any apparatus or device for the purposes of using electrical current or water. If Tenant shall require water or electric current in excess of that usually furnished or supplied for use of the Premises as normal office use, Tenant shall procure the prior written consent of Landlord for the use thereof, which Landlord may refuse, and if

 

17


Landlord does consent, Landlord may cause a water meter or electric current meter to be installed so as to measure the amount of such excess water and electric current. The cost of any such meters shall be paid for by Tenant. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand, the cost of all such excess water and electric current consumed (as shown by said meters, if any, or, if none, as reasonably estimated by Landlord) at the rates charged for such services by the local public utility or agency, as the case may be, furnishing the same, plus any additional expense incurred in keeping account of the water and electric current so consumed.

13.5 Tenant will not, without the written consent of Landlord, contract with a utility provider to service the Premises with any utility, including, but not limited to, telecommunications, electricity, water, sewer or gas, which is not previously providing such service to other tenants in the Building. Subject to Landlord’s reasonable rules and regulations and the provisions of Articles 6 and 26, Tenant shall be entitled to the use of wiring (“Communications Wiring”) from the existing telecommunications nexus in the Building to the Premises, sufficient for normal general office use of the Premises. Tenant shall not install any additional Communications Wiring, nor remove any Communications Wiring, without in each instance obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord’s shall in no event be liable for disruption in any service obtained by Tenant pursuant to this paragraph.

13.6 Landlord has consistently provided cafeteria service within Unicorn Park over the last fifteen years. Landlord shall provide cafeteria service, to be available to Tenant’s employees located within the Building, which will provide food service and seating during hours to be determined by Landlord, with the cafeteria operation to be available for service at the time that Tenant has taken occupancy of the Premises and is fully staffed and open for business in the Premises. Landlord covenants to keeping a cafeteria open and operating in the Building during the Term of this Lease, subject to occasional “down” times due to change of management or ownership, remodeling and so forth. However, this covenant shall terminate at such time as Tenant no longer occupies and is conducting business in substantially the entire Premises, except that the covenant shall not terminate if the only reason the foregoing condition is not satisfied is because Tenant has entered into one or more subleases to which Landlord’s recapture rights under Section 9.4 do not apply per the terms of said Section 9.4.

14. HOLDING OVER. Tenant shall pay Landlord for each day Tenant retains possession of the Premises or part of them after termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise at the rate (“Holdover Rate”) which shall be One Hundred Fifty Percent (150%) of the amount of the Annual Rent for the last period prior to the date of such termination plus all Rent Adjustments under Article 4, and also pay all damages sustained by Landlord by reason of such retention. If Landlord gives notice to Tenant of Landlord’s election to such effect, such holding over shall constitute renewal of this Lease for a period from month to month at the Holdover Rate, but if the Landlord does not so elect, no such renewal shall result notwithstanding acceptance by Landlord of any sums due hereunder after such termination; and instead, a tenancy at sufferance at the Holdover Rate shall be deemed to have been created. In any event, no provision of this Article 14 shall be deemed to waive Landlord’s right of reentry or any other right under this Lease or at law.

 

18


15. SUBORDINATION. Without the necessity of any additional document being executed by Tenant for the purpose of effecting a subordination, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate at all times to ground or underlying leases and to the lien of any mortgages or deeds of trust now or hereafter placed on, against or affecting the Building, Landlord’s interest or estate in the Building, or any ground or underlying lease; provided, however, that if the lessor, mortgagee, trustee, or holder of any such mortgage or deed of trust elects to have Tenant’s interest in this Lease be superior to any such instrument, then, by notice to Tenant, this Lease shall be deemed superior, whether this Lease was executed before or after said instrument. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant covenants and agrees to execute and deliver within ten (10) days of Landlord’s request such further instruments evidencing such subordination or superiority of this Lease as may be required by Landlord. At Tenant’s request and at Tenant’s sole expense, Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to obtain, from its current and any future mortgagee, a non-disturbance agreement in favor of Tenant, but the failure to obtain such non-disturbance agreement shall not be a failure of condition of this Lease. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any fees and charges imposed by said mortgagee in connection with the non-disturbance agreement, as well as for reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord. Landlord’s current lender’s standard form of non-disturbance agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit E .

16. RULES AND REGULATIONS. Tenant shall faithfully observe and comply with all the rules and regulations as set forth in Exhibit D to this Lease and all reasonable and nondiscriminatory modifications of and additions to them from time to time put into effect by Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible to Tenant for the non-performance by any other tenant or occupant of the Building of any such rules and regulations.

17. REENTRY BY LANDLORD.

17.1 Landlord reserves and shall at all times have the right to re-enter the Premises, upon reasonable prior notice, to inspect the same, to supply janitor service and any other service to be provided by Landlord to Tenant under this Lease, to show said Premises to prospective purchasers, mortgagees or during the last nine (9) months of the Term, to prospective tenants, and to alter, improve or repair the Premises and any portion of the Building, without abatement of rent, and may for that purpose erect, use and maintain scaffolding, pipes, conduits and other necessary structures and open any wall, ceiling or floor in and through the Building and Premises where reasonably required by the character of the work to be performed, provided entrance to the Premises shall not be blocked thereby, and further provided that the business of Tenant shall not be interfered with unreasonably. Landlord shall have the right at any time to change the arrangement and/or locations of entrances, or passageways, doors and doorways, and corridors, windows, elevators, stairs, toilets or other public parts of the Building and to change the name, number or designation by which the Building is commonly known. In the event that Landlord damages any portion of any wall or wall covering, ceiling, or floor or floor covering within the Premises, Landlord shall repair or replace the damaged portion to match the original as nearly as commercially reasonable but shall not be required to repair or replace more than the portion actually damaged. In the absence of Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and except as provided under Section 13.1.1, Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any

 

19


injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises, and any other loss occasioned by any action of Landlord authorized by this Article 17.

17.2 For each of the aforesaid purposes, Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to unlock all of the doors in the Premises, excluding Tenant’s vaults and safes or special security areas (designated in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to use any and all means which Landlord may deem proper to open said doors in an emergency to obtain entry to any portion of the Premises. As to any portion to which access cannot be had by means of a key or keys in Landlord’s possession, Landlord is authorized to gain access by such means as Landlord shall elect and the cost of repairing any damage occurring in doing so shall be borne by Tenant and paid to Landlord within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand.

18. DEFAULT.

18.1 Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, the following events shall be deemed to be Events of Default under this Lease:

18.1.1 Tenant shall fail to pay when due any sum of money becoming due to be paid to Landlord under this Lease, whether such sum be any installment of the rent reserved by this Lease, any other amount treated as additional rent under this Lease, or any other payment or reimbursement to Landlord required by this Lease, whether or not treated as additional rent under this Lease, and such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after written notice that such payment was not made when due.

18.1.2 Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision or covenant of this Lease which is not provided for in another Section of this Article and shall not cure such failure within twenty (20) days (forthwith, if the failure involves a hazardous condition) after written notice of such failure to Tenant provided, however, that such failure shall not be an event of default if such failure could not reasonably be cured during such twenty (20) day period, Tenant has commenced the cure within such twenty (20) day period and thereafter is diligently pursuing such cure to completion.

18.1.3 Tenant shall fail to vacate the Premises immediately upon termination of this Lease, by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon termination of Tenant’s right to possession only.

18.1.4 Tenant-shall become insolvent, admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, file a petition in bankruptcy or a petition to take advantage of any insolvency statute, make an assignment for the benefit of creditors, make a transfer in fraud of creditors, apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver of itself or of the whole or any substantial part of its property, or file a petition or answer seeking reorganization or arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any other applicable law or statute of the United States or any state thereof.

18.1.5 A court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree adjudicating Tenant bankrupt, or appointing a receiver of Tenant, or of the whole or any

 

20


substantial part of its property, without the consent of Tenant, or approving a petition filed against Tenant seeking reorganization or arrangement of Tenant under the bankruptcy laws of the United States, as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any state thereof, and such order, judgment or decree shall not be vacated or set aside or stayed within sixty (60) days from the date of entry thereof.

19. REMEDIES.

19.1 Except as otherwise provided in Article 20, upon the occurrence of any of the Events of Default described or referred to in Article 18, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever, concurrently or consecutively and not alternatively:

19.1.1 Landlord may, at its election, by ten (10) days prior written notice to Tenant, terminate this Lease or terminate Tenant’s right to possession only, without terminating the Lease.

19.1.2 Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, or upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession without termination of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender possession and vacate the Premises immediately, and deliver possession thereof to Landlord, and Tenant hereby grants to Landlord full and free license to enter into and upon the Premises in such event and to repossess Landlord of the Premises as of Landlord’s former estate and to expel or remove Tenant and any others who may be occupying or be within the Premises and to remove Tenant’s signs and other evidence of tenancy and all other property of Tenant therefrom without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry or detainer, and without relinquishing Landlord’s right to rent or any other right given to Landlord under this Lease or by operation of law.

19.1.3 Upon any termination of this Lease, whether by lapse of time or otherwise, Landlord shall be entitled to recover as damages, all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, and other sums due and payable by Tenant on the date of termination, plus as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, an amount equal to the sum of: (a) an amount equal to the then present value of the rent reserved in this Lease for the residue of the stated Term of this Lease including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and all other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant, minus the fair rental value of the Premises for such residue; (b) the value of the time and expense necessary to obtain a replacement tenant or tenants, and the estimated expenses described in Section 19.1.4 relating to recovery of the Premises, preparation for reletting and for reletting itself; and (c) the cost of performing any other covenants which would have otherwise been performed by Tenant.

19.1.4 Upon any termination of Tenant’s right to possession only without termination of the Lease:

19.1.4.1 Neither such termination of Tenant’s right to possession nor Landlord’s taking and holding possession thereof as provided in Section 19.1.2 shall terminate the Lease or release Tenant, in whole or in part, from any obligation, including Tenant’s obligation to pay the rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent, under this Lease for

 

21


the full Term, and if Landlord so elects Tenant shall continue to pay to Landlord the entire amount of the rent as and when it becomes due, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease, for the remainder of the Term plus any other sums provided in this Lease to be paid by Tenant for the remainder of the Term.

19.1.4.2 Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to relet the Premises or portions thereof to the extent required by applicable law. Landlord and Tenant agree that nevertheless Landlord shall at most be required to use only the same efforts Landlord then uses to lease premises in the Building generally and that in any case that Landlord shall not be required to give any preference or priority to the showing or leasing of the Premises or portions thereof over any other space that Landlord may be leasing or have available and may place a suitable prospective tenant in any such other space regardless of when such other space becomes available and that Landlord shall have the right to relet the Premises for a greater or lesser term than that remaining under this Lease, the right to relet only a portion of the Premises, or a portion of the Premises or the entire Premises as a part of a larger area, and the right to change the character or use of the Premises. In connection with or in preparation for any reletting, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, make repairs, alterations and additions in or to the Premises and redecorate the same to the extent Landlord deems necessary or desirable, and Tenant shall pay the cost thereof, together with Landlord’s expenses of reletting, including, without limitation, any commission incurred by Landlord, within five (5) days of Landlord’s demand. Landlord shall not be required to observe any instruction given by Tenant about any reletting or accept any tenant offered by Tenant unless such offered tenant has a credit-worthiness acceptable to Landlord and leases the entire Premises upon terms and conditions including a rate of rent (after giving effect to all expenditures by Landlord for tenant improvements, broker’s commissions and other leasing costs) all no less favorable to Landlord than as called for in this Lease, nor shall Landlord be required to make or permit any assignment or sublease for more than the current term or which Landlord would not be required to permit under the provisions of Article 9.

19.1.4.3 Until such time as Landlord shall elect to terminate the Lease and shall thereupon be entitled to recover the amounts specified in such case in Section 19.1.3, Tenant shall pay to Landlord upon demand the full amount of all rent, including any amounts treated as additional rent under this Lease and other sums reserved in this Lease for the remaining Term, together with the costs of repairs, alterations, additions, redecorating and Landlord’s expenses of reletting and the collection of the rent accruing therefrom (including reasonable attorney’s fees and broker’s commissions), as the same shall then be due or become due from time to time, less only such consideration as Landlord may have received from any reletting of the Premises; and Tenant agrees that Landlord may file suits from time to time to recover any sums falling due under this Article 19 as they become due. Any proceeds of reletting by Landlord in excess of the amount then owed by Tenant to Landlord from time to time shall be credited against Tenant’s future obligations under this Lease but shall not otherwise be refunded to Tenant or inure to Tenant’s benefit.

19.2 Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) cure such default at Tenant’s sole expense. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, upon the expiration of any applicable cure period, enter into and upon the Premises if Landlord determines in its sole discretion that Tenant

 

22


is not acting within a commercially reasonable time to maintain, repair or replace anything for which Tenant is responsible under this Lease or to otherwise effect compliance with its obligations under this Lease and correct the same, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass, eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage or interruption of Tenant’s business resulting therefrom and Tenant agrees to reimburse Landlord within twenty (20) days of Landlord’s demand as additional rent, for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, plus interest from the date of expenditure by Landlord at the Wall Street Journal prime rate.

19.3 Tenant understands and agrees that in entering into this Lease, Landlord is relying upon receipt of all the Annual and Monthly Installments of Rent to become due with respect to all the Premises originally leased hereunder over the full Initial Term of this Lease for amortization, including interest at the Amortization Rate. For purposes hereof, the “Concession Amount” shall be defined as the aggregate of all amounts forgone or expended by Landlord as free rent under the lease, under Exhibit B hereof for construction allowances (excluding therefrom any amounts expended by Landlord for Landlord’s Work, as defined in Exhibit B ), and for brokers’ commissions payable by reason of this Lease. Accordingly, Tenant agrees that if this Lease shall be terminated as of any date (“Default Termination Date”) prior to the expiration of the full Initial Term hereof by reason of a default of Tenant, there shall be due and owing to Landlord as of the day prior to the Default Termination Date, as rent in addition to all other amounts owed by Tenant as of such Date, the amount (“Unamortized Amount”) of the Concession Amount determined as set forth below; provided, however, that in the event that such amounts are recovered by Landlord pursuant to any other provision of this Article 19 (including, without limitation, if Landlord recovers accelerated rent, since repayment of the Concession Amount is built into the rental rate), Landlord agrees that it shall not attempt nor be entitled to recover such amounts pursuant to this Paragraph 19.3. For the purposes hereof, the Unamortized Amount shall be determined in the same manner as the remaining principal balance of a mortgage with interest at the Amortization Rate payable in level payments over the same length of time as from the effectuation of the Concession concerned to the end of the full Initial Term of this Lease would be determined. The foregoing provisions shall also apply to and upon any reduction of space in the Premises, as though such reduction were a termination for Tenant’s default, except that (i) the Unamortized Amount shall be reduced by any amounts paid by Tenant to Landlord to effectuate such reduction and (ii) the manner of application shall be that the Unamortized Amount shall first be determined as though for a full termination as of the Effective Date of the elimination of the portion, but then the amount so determined shall be multiplied by the fraction of which the numerator is the rentable square footage of the eliminated portion and the denominator is the rentable square footage of the Premises originally leased hereunder; and the amount thus obtained shall be the Unamortized Amount.

19.4 If, on account of any breach or default by either Landlord or Tenant in its obligations under the terms and conditions of this Lease, it shall become necessary or appropriate to employ or consult with an attorney or collection agency concerning or to enforce or defend any of wronged party’s rights or remedies arising under this Lease or to collect any sums due, the non-prevailing party agrees to pay all costs and fees incurred by the prevailing party, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs. TENANT EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO: (A) TRIAL BY JURY; AND (B) SERVICE OF ANY NOTICE REQUIRED BY ANY PRESENT OR FUTURE LAW OR ORDINANCE APPLICABLE TO LANDLORDS OR TENANTS BUT NOT REQUIRED BY THE TERMS OF THIS LEASE.

 

23


19.5 Pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies shall not preclude pursuit of any of the other remedies provided in this Lease or any other remedies provided by law (all such remedies being cumulative), nor shall pursuit of any remedy provided in this Lease constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord under this Lease or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease.

19.6 No act or thing done by Landlord or its agents during the Term shall be deemed a termination of this Lease or an acceptance of the surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to terminate this Lease or accept a surrender of said Premises shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants contained in this Lease. Landlord’s acceptance of the payment of rental or other payments after the occurrence of an Event of Default shall not be construed as a waiver of such Default, unless Landlord so notifies Tenant in writing. Forbearance by Landlord in enforcing one or more of the remedies provided in this Lease upon an Event of Default shall not be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of such Default or of Landlord’s right to enforce any such remedies with respect to such Default or any subsequent Default.

19.7 Intentionally deleted.

19.8 Any and all property which may be removed from the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the authority of this Lease or of law, to which Tenant is or may be entitled, may be handled, removed and/or stored, as the case may be, by or at the direction of Landlord but at the risk, cost and expense of Tenant, and Landlord shall in no event be responsible for the value, preservation or safekeeping thereof. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, upon demand, any and all expenses incurred in such removal and all storage charges against such property so long as the same shall be in Landlord’s possession or under Landlord’s control. Any such property of Tenant not retaken by Tenant from storage within thirty (30) days after removal from the Premises shall, at Landlord’s option, be deemed conveyed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale without further payment or credit by Landlord to Tenant.

19.9 If more than two (2) Events of Default occur during the Term or any renewal thereof, Tenant’s renewal options, expansion options, purchase options and rights of first offer and/or refusal, if any are provided for in this Lease, shall be null and void.

20. TENANT’S BANKRUPTCY OR INSOLVENCY.

20.1 If at any time and for so long as Tenant shall be subjected to the provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or other law of the United States or any state thereof for the protection of debtors as in effect at such time (each a “Debtor’s Law”):

20.1.1 Tenant, Tenant as debtor-in-possession, and any trustee or receiver of Tenant’s assets (each a “Tenant’s Representative”) shall have no greater right to assume or

 

24


assign this Lease or any interest in this Lease, or to sublease any of the Premises than accorded to Tenant in Article 9, except to the extent Landlord shall be required to permit such assumption, assignment or sublease by the provisions of such Debtor’s Law. Without limitation of the generality of the foregoing, any right of any Tenant’s Representative to assume or assign this Lease or to sublease any of the Premises shall be subject to the conditions that:

20.1.1.1 Such Debtor’s Law shall provide to Tenant’s Representative a right of assumption of this Lease which Tenant’s Representative shall have timely exercised and Tenant’s Representative shall have fully cured any default of Tenant under this Lease.

20.1.1.2 Tenant’s Representative or the proposed assignee, as the case shall be, shall have deposited with Landlord as security for the timely payment of rent an amount equal to the larger of: (a) three (3) months’ rent and other monetary charges accruing under this Lease; and (b) any sum specified in Article 4.1; and shall have provided Landlord with adequate other assurance of the future performance of the obligations of the Tenant under this Lease. Without limitation, such assurances shall include, at least, in the case of assumption of this Lease, demonstration to the satisfaction of the Landlord that Tenant’s Representative has and will continue to have sufficient unencumbered assets after the payment of all secured obligations and administrative expenses to assure Landlord that Tenant’s Representative will have sufficient funds to fulfill the obligations of Tenant under this Lease; and, in the case of assignment, submission of current financial statements of the proposed assignee, audited by an independent certified public accountant reasonably acceptable to Landlord and showing a net worth and working capital in amounts determined by Landlord to be sufficient to assure the future performance by such assignee of all of the Tenant’s obligations under this Lease.

20.1.1.3 The assumption or any contemplated assignment of this Lease or subleasing any part of the Premises, as shall be the case, will not breach any provision in any other lease, mortgage, financing agreement or other agreement by which Landlord is bound.

20.1.1.4 Landlord shall have, or would have had absent the Debtor’s Law, no right under Article 9 to refuse consent to the proposed assignment or sublease by reason of the identity or nature of the proposed assignee or sublessee or the proposed use of the Premises concerned.

21. QUIET ENJOYMENT. Landlord represents and warrants that it has full right and authority to enter into this Lease and that Tenant, while paying the rental and performing its other covenants and agreements contained in this Lease, shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises for the Term without hindrance or molestation from Landlord subject to the terms and provisions of this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable for any interference or disturbance by other tenants or third persons, nor shall Tenant be released from any of the obligations of this Lease because of such interference or disturbance.

22. CASUALTY.

22.1 In the event the Premises or the Building are damaged by fire or other cause and in Landlord’s reasonable estimation such damage can be materially restored within one hundred

 

25


eighty (180) days, and the lease is not terminated by either Landlord or Tenant in accordance with this Article 22, Landlord shall forthwith repair the same and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement in rent from the date of such damage. Such abatement of rent shall be made pro rata in accordance with the extent to which the damage and the making of such repairs shall interfere with the use and occupancy by Tenant of the Premises from time to time. Within forty-five (45) days from the date of such damage, Landlord shall notify Tenant, in writing, of Landlord’s reasonable estimation of the length of time within which material restoration can be made, and Landlord’s determination shall be binding on Tenant. For purposes of this Lease, the Building or Premises shall be deemed “materially restored” if they are in such condition as Landlord is required to deliver the Premises to Tenant as of the Commencement Date of this Lease.

22.2 In the event the Premises, or any portion of the Building that would adversely affect Tenant’s access to or use of the Premises, are damaged by fire or other cause, and if such repairs cannot, in Landlord’s reasonable estimation, be made within one hundred eighty (180) days, Landlord and Tenant shall each have the option of giving the other, at any time within ninety (90) days after such damage, notice terminating this Lease as of the date of such damage.

In the event of the giving of such notice, this Lease shall expire and all interest of the Tenant in the Premises shall terminate as of the date of such damage as if such date had been originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term. In the event that neither Landlord nor Tenant exercises its option to terminate this Lease, then Landlord shall repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, and the rent hereunder shall be proportionately abated as provided in Section 22.1.

22.3 Landlord shall not be required to repair or replace any damage or loss by or from fire or other cause to any panelings, decorations, partitions, additions, railings, ceilings, floor coverings, office fixtures or any other property or improvements installed on the Premises by, or belonging to, Tenant unless originally installed by Landlord pursuant to Exhibit B . Any insurance which may be carried by Landlord or Tenant against loss or damage to the Building or Premises shall be for the sole benefit of the party carrying such insurance and under its sole control.

22.4 In the event that Landlord should fail to complete such repairs and material restoration within sixty (60) days after the date estimated by Landlord therefor as extended by this Section 22.4, Tenant may at its option and as its sole remedy terminate this Lease by delivering written notice to Landlord, within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of said period of time, whereupon the Lease shall end on the date of such notice or such later date fixed in such notice as if the date of such notice was the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term; provided, however, that if construction is delayed because of changes, deletions or additions in construction requested by Tenant, strikes, lockouts, casualties, Acts of God, war, material or labor shortages, government regulation or control or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, the period for restoration, repair or rebuilding shall be extended for the amount of time Landlord is so delayed, but in no event for longer than an additional sixty (60) days.

 

26


22.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article: (a) Landlord shall not have any obligation whatsoever to repair, reconstruct, or restore the Premises when the damages resulting from any casualty covered by the provisions of this Article 22 occur during the last twelve (12) months of the Term or any extension thereof, but if Landlord determines not to repair such damages Landlord shall notify Tenant and if such damages shall render any material portion of the Premises untenantable Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord within fifteen (15) days after receipt of Landlord’s notice; and (b) in the event the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Premises or Building requires that any insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirement is made by any such holder, whereupon this Lease shall end on the date of such damage as if the date of such damage were the date originally fixed in this Lease for the expiration of the Term.

22.6 In the event of any damage or destruction to the Building or Premises by any peril covered by the provisions of this Article 22, it shall be Tenant’s responsibility to properly secure the Premises and upon notice from Landlord to remove forthwith, at its sole cost and expense, such portion of all of the property belonging to Tenant or its licensees from such portion or all of the Building or Premises as Landlord shall request.

23. EMINENT DOMAIN. If all or any substantial part of the Premises shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain, or conveyance in lieu of such appropriation, either party to this Lease shall have the right, at its option, of giving the other, at any time within thirty (30) days after such taking, notice terminating this Lease, except that Tenant may only terminate this Lease by reason of taking or appropriation, if such taking or appropriation shall be so substantial as to materially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises. If neither party to this Lease shall so elect to terminate this Lease, the rental thereafter to be paid shall be adjusted on a fair and equitable basis under the circumstances. In addition to the rights of Landlord above, if any substantial part of the Building shall be taken or appropriated by any public or quasi-public authority under the power of eminent domain or conveyance in lieu thereof, and regardless of whether the Premises or any part thereof are so taken or appropriated, Landlord shall have the right, at its sole option, to terminate this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to any and all income, rent, award, or any interest whatsoever in or upon any such sum, which may be paid or made in connection with any such public or quasi public use or purpose, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord any interest it may have in or claim to all or any part of such sums, other than any separate award which may be made with respect to Tenant’s trade fixtures and moving expenses; Tenant shall make no claim for the value of any unexpired Term.

24. SALE BY LANDLORD. In event of a sale or conveyance by Landlord of the Building, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any future liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, expressed or implied, contained in this Lease in favor of Tenant, and in such event Tenant agrees to look solely to the responsibility of the successor in interest of Landlord in and to this Lease. Except as set forth in this Article 24, this Lease shall not be affected by any such sale and Tenant agrees to attorn to the purchaser or assignee. If any security has been given by

 

27


Tenant to secure the faithful performance of any of the covenants of this Lease, Landlord shall transfer or deliver said security, as such, to Landlord’s successor in interest and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability with regard to said security.

25. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES. Within ten (10) days following any written request which Landlord may make from time to time, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord or mortgagee or prospective mortgagee a sworn statement certifying: (a) the date of commencement of this Lease; (b) the fact that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications to this Lease, that this lease is in full force and effect, as modified, and stating the date and nature of such modifications); (c) the date to which the rent and other sums payable under this Lease have been paid; (d) the fact that there are no current defaults under this Lease by either Landlord or Tenant except as specified in Tenant’s statement; and (e) such other matters as may be requested by Landlord. Landlord and Tenant intend that any statement delivered pursuant to this Article 25 may be relied upon by any mortgagee, beneficiary or purchaser.

26. SURRENDER OF PREMISES.

26.1 Tenant shall arrange to meet Landlord for two (2) joint inspections of the Premises, the first to occur at least thirty (30) days (but no more than sixty (60) days) before the last day of the Term, and the second to occur not later than forty-eight (48) hours after Tenant has vacated the Premises. In the event of Tenant’s failure to arrange such joint inspections and/or participate in either such inspection, Landlord’s inspection at or after Tenant’s vacating the Premises shall be conclusively deemed correct for purposes of determining Tenant’s responsibility for repairs and restoration.

26.2 All alterations, additions, and improvements in, on, or to the Premises made or installed by or for Tenant, including carpeting (collectively, “Alterations”), shall be and remain the property of Tenant during the Term. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of the Term, all Alterations shall become a part of the realty and shall belong to Landlord without compensation, and title shall pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale. At the end of the Term or any renewal of the Term or other sooner termination of this Lease, Tenant will peaceably deliver up to Landlord possession of the Premises, together with all Alterations by whomsoever made, in the same conditions received or first installed, broom clean and free of all debris, excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord elects by notice given to Tenant at the time that Landlord consented to any such Alteration, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost, remove any Alterations, so designated in Landlord’s consent, and repair any damage caused by such removal. Tenant must, at Tenant’s sole cost, remove upon termination of this Lease, any and all of Tenant’s furniture, furnishings, movable partitions of less than full height from floor to ceiling and other trade fixtures and personal property (collectively, “Personalty”). Personalty not so removed shall be deemed abandoned by the Tenant and title to the same shall thereupon pass to Landlord under this Lease as by a bill of sale, but Tenant shall remain responsible for the cost of removal and disposal of such Personalty, as well as any damage caused by such removal.

 

28


26.3 All obligations of Tenant under this Lease not fully performed as of the expiration or earlier termination of the Term shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount, as estimated by Landlord, in excess of the current balance of the Security Deposit, necessary to repair and restore the Premises as provided in this Lease and/or to discharge Tenant’s obligation for unpaid amounts due or to become due to Landlord. All such amounts shall be used and held by Landlord for payment of such obligations of Tenant, with Tenant being liable for any additional costs upon demand by Landlord, or with any excess to be returned to Tenant after all such obligations have been determined and satisfied. Any otherwise unused Security Deposit shall be credited against the amount payable by Tenant under this Lease.

27. NOTICES. Any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered under this Lease shall be addressed to the intended recipient, by fully prepaid registered or certified United States Mail return receipt requested, or by reputable independent contract delivery service furnishing a written record of attempted or actual delivery, and shall be deemed to be delivered when tendered for delivery to the addressee at its address set forth on the Reference Pages, or at such other address as it has then last specified by written notice delivered in accordance with this Article 27, or if to Tenant at either its aforesaid address or its last known registered office or home of a general partner or individual owner, whether or not actually accepted or received by the addressee. Any such notice or document may also be personally delivered if a receipt is signed by and received from, the individual, if any, named in Tenant’s Notice Address.

28. TAXES PAYABLE BY TENANT. In addition to rent and other charges to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse to Landlord, upon demand, any and all taxes payable by Landlord (other than net income taxes) whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties to this Lease: (a) upon, allocable to, or measured by or on the gross or net rent payable under this Lease, including without limitation any gross income tax or excise tax levied by the State, any political subdivision thereof, or the Federal Government with respect to the receipt of such rent; (b) upon or with respect to the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration, repair, use or occupancy of the Premises or any portion thereof, including any sales, use or service tax imposed as a result thereof; (c) upon or measured by the Tenant’s gross receipts or payroll or the value of Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant or leasehold improvements, alterations or additions located in the Premises; or (d) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest of Tenant in this Lease or the Premises. In addition to the foregoing, Tenant agrees to pay, before delinquency, any and all taxes levied or assessed against Tenant and which become payable during the term hereof upon Tenant’s equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property of Tenant located in the Premises.

29. INTENTIONALLY DELETED

30. DEFINED TERMS AND HEADINGS. The Article headings shown in this Lease are for convenience of reference and shall in no way define, increase, limit or describe the scope or intent of any provision of this Lease. Any indemnification or insurance of Landlord shall apply

 

29


to and inure to the benefit of all the following “Landlord Entities”, being Landlord, Landlord’s investment manager, and the trustees, boards of directors, officers, general partners, beneficiaries, stockholders, employees and agents of each of them. Any option granted to Landlord shall also include or be exercisable by Landlord’s trustee, beneficiary, agents and employees, as the case may be. In any case where this Lease is signed by more than one person, the obligations under this Lease shall be joint and several. The terms “Tenant” and “Landlord” or any pronoun used in place thereof shall indicate and include the masculine or feminine, the singular or plural number, individuals, firms or corporations, and their and each of their respective successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns, according to the context hereof. The term “rentable area” shall mean the rentable area of the Premises or the Building as calculated by the Landlord on the basis of the plans and specifications of the Building including a proportionate share of any common areas. Tenant hereby accepts and agrees to be bound by the figures for the rentable space footage of the Premises and Tenant’s Proportionate Share shown on the Reference Pages; however, Landlord may adjust either or both figures if there is manifest error, addition or subtraction to the Building or any business park or complex of which the Building is a part, remeasurement or other circumstance reasonably justifying adjustment. The term “Building” refers to the structure in which the Premises are located and the common areas (parking lots, sidewalks, landscaping, etc.) appurtenant thereto. If the Building is part of a larger complex of structures, the term “Building” may include the entire complex, where appropriate (such as shared Expenses, Insurance Costs or Taxes) and subject to Landlord’s reasonable discretion.

31. TENANT’S AUTHORITY. If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Lease, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, simultaneously with the delivery of this Lease, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, opinion of counsel or other appropriate documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Lease.

32. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND CREDIT REPORTS. At Landlord’s request not more than once in any calendar year during the Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a copy, certified by an officer of Tenant as being a true and correct copy, of Tenant’s most recent audited financial statement, or, if unaudited, certified by Tenant’s chief financial officer as being true, complete and correct in all material respects. Tenant hereby authorizes Landlord to obtain one or more credit reports on Tenant at any time, and shall execute such further authorizations as Landlord may reasonably require in order to obtain a credit report.

33. COMMISSIONS. Each of the parties represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Lease, except as described on the Reference Pages.

 

30


34. TIME AND APPLICABLE LAW. Time is of the essence of this Lease and all of its provisions. This Lease shall in all respects be governed by the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

35. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. Subject to the provisions of Article 9, the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, successors, executors, administrators and assigns of the parties to this Lease.

36. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Lease, together with its exhibits, contains all agreements of the parties to this Lease and supersedes any previous negotiations. There have been no representations made by the Landlord or any of its representatives or understandings made between the parties other than those set forth in this Lease and its exhibits. This Lease may not be modified except by a written instrument duly executed by the parties to this Lease.

37. RENEWAL OPTION. Tenant shall, provided the Lease is in full force and effect and Tenant is not in default under any of the other terms and conditions of the Lease beyond any applicable notice and opportunity to cure at the time of notification, have an option to renew this Lease for a term of five (5) years, for the portion of the Premises being leased by Tenant as of the date the renewal term is to commence, on the same terms and conditions set forth in the Lease, except as modified by the terms, covenants and conditions as set forth below:

37.1 If Tenant elects to exercise said option, then Tenant shall provide Landlord with written notice no earlier than the date which is fifteen (15) months prior to the expiration of the Term of the Lease but no later than the date which is nine (9) months prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease. If Tenant fails to provide such notice, Tenant shall have no further or additional right to extend or renew the term of the Lease.

37.2 The Annual Rent and Monthly Installment in effect at the expiration of the Term of the Lease shall be adjusted to reflect the current fair market rental for comparable space in the Building and in other similar buildings in the same rental market as of the date the renewal term is to commence, taking into account the specific provisions of the Lease which will remain constant. Landlord shall advise Tenant of the new Annual Rent and Monthly Installment for the Premises no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s written request therefor. Said request shall be made no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the first date on which Tenant may exercise its option under this Paragraph. Said notification of the new Annual Rent may include a provision for its escalation to provide for a change in fair market rental between the time of notification and the commencement of the renewal term. If Tenant and Landlord are unable to agree on a mutually acceptable rental rate not later than sixty (60) days prior to the expiration of the then current term, then Landlord and Tenant shall each appoint a qualified MAI appraiser doing business in the area, in turn those two independent MAI appraisers shall appoint a third MAI appraiser and the majority shall decide upon the fair market rental for the Premises as of the expiration of the then current term. Landlord and Tenant shall equally share in the expense of this appraisal except that in the event the Annual Rent and Monthly Installment is found to be within fifteen percent (15%) of the original rate quoted by Landlord, then Tenant shall bear the full cost of all the appraisal process.

 

31


37.3 This option is not transferable; the parties hereto acknowledge and agree that they intend that the aforesaid option to renew this Lease shall be “personal” to Tenant as set forth above and that in no event will any assignee or sublessee have any rights to exercise the aforesaid option to renew.

38. EXAMINATION NOT OPTION. Submission of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a reservation of the Premises. Landlord shall not be bound by this Lease until it has received a copy of this Lease duly executed by Tenant and has delivered to Tenant a copy of this Lease duly executed by Landlord, and until such delivery Landlord reserves the right to exhibit and lease the Premises to other prospective tenants. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Lease to the contrary, Landlord may withhold delivery of possession of the Premises from Tenant until such time as Tenant has paid to Landlord any security deposit required by Article 4.1, the first month’s rent as set forth in Article 3 and any sum owed pursuant to this Lease.

39. RECORDATION. Tenant shall not record or register this Lease or a short form memorandum hereof without the prior written consent of Landlord, and then shall pay all charges and taxes incident such recording or registration.

40. TEMPORARY SPACE. Upon the full execution and delivery of this Lease, payment of any security deposit required hereunder, and satisfaction of applicable insurance and authority requirements, Landlord shall make available to Tenant for Tenant’s use, consistent with the terms of this Lease, 18,000 square feet on the first floor of the Building, until the Premises is ready for occupancy. This temporary space shall be provided rent free, until the Commencement Date. If Tenant remains in possession of the temporary space after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall be responsible for rent on that space at the same per square foot rate as is payable for the Premises, prorated for each day Tenant remains in possession. The temporary space shall be taken on an “as is” basis. All terms and conditions of this Lease, other than the payment of rent, shall apply to Tenant’s occupancy of the temporary space.

41. RIGHT OF FIRST OFFER. During the first Lease Year, provided Tenant is not in default under the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease beyond any applicable cure period, Tenant shall have a right to lease all the Vacant Floor Area (as defined in Exhibit B ), but not any portion thereof, under the same terms of this Lease as then applicable, except for any Landlord required work (unless Landlord agrees otherwise), on the conditions that (a) Tenant notifies Landlord in writing of its exercise of this right to lease all of the Vacant Floor Area and (b) such notice from Tenant is received by Landlord within fifteen (15) days after Tenant’s receipt of a written notice from Landlord of its intent to lease such space to another party. If Tenant timely exercises its right of first offer hereunder, effective as of the date Landlord receives Tenant’s notice as provided in (a) above (“Effective Date”), the Vacant Floor Area shall automatically be included within the Premises and subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease, except as follows:

 

32


41.1 The Annual Rent and Monthly Installment of Rent Schedule in the Reference Pages shall be modified as of the Effective Date to include the square footage of the Vacant Floor Area at the same rent per square foot as then applicable.

41.2 Tenant’s Proportionate Share shall be recalculated, using the total square footage of the Premises, as increased by the Vacant Floor Area.

41.3 The Vacant Floor Area shall be leased on an “as is” basis and Landlord shall have no obligation to improve the Vacant Floor Area or grant Tenant any improvement allowance thereon.

41.4 If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall execute a written amendment to the Lease confirming the inclusion of the Vacant Floor Area as part of the Premises and the Annual Base Rent for the expanded Premises as of the Effective Date, as well as any other modifications to the Lease as needed.

41.5 If Landlord gives a notice of intent to lease during the first six months of the Term and Tenant fails or declines to exercise its right of first offer, and if during that six month period Landlord has not otherwise leased the Vacant Floor Area, Landlord may not lease the Vacant Floor area during the second six months of the Term without having first once again given Tenant a notice of intent to lease, whereupon Tenant will have the same right to lease as set forth above.

 

33


42. LIMITATION OF LANDLORD’S LIABILITY. Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment manager’s trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.

 

LANDLORD:

    TENANT:
ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC ., a Delaware corporation     MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC ., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Robert Holmes

    By:  

/s/ Douglas J. Shaw

Name:   Robert Holmes     Name:   Douglas J. Shaw
Title:   District Manager     Title:   Senior Vice President
Dated:   January 14, 2005     Dated:   January 5, 2005

 

34


EXHIBIT A - FLOOR PLAN DEPICTING THE PREMISES

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 5, 2005 between

ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC., as Landlord and

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC., as Tenant

Exhibit A is intended only to show the general layout of the Premises as of the beginning of the Term of this Lease. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in Article 17 with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

(see next page)

 

A-1


LOGO

 

A-2


EXHIBIT A-1 - DESCRIPTION OF LOT

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 5, 2005 between

ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC., as Landlord and

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC., as Tenant

500 Unicorn Park Drive

Unicorn Park

Woburn, Massachusetts

The Lot described in the attached Lease is identified as Lot 1 on Subdivision Plans recorded with the Middlesex South District Registry of Deeds (the “Registry”) in Book 13552, page 41.

 

A-1-1


EXHIBIT A-2 - DESCRIPTION OF PARK

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 5, 2005 between

ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC., as Landlord and

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC., as Tenant

Unicorn Park

Woburn, Massachusetts

The office park located in Woburn, Massachusetts, comprised of (i) Lot 1, as shown on a Plan recorded with the Registry in Book 13552, Page 41, (ii) Lot 2, as shown on a Plan recorded with the Registry in Book 13801, Page 56, (iii) Lot 3, shown on Subdivision Plans recorded with the Registry in Book 12731, Page 36 and Book 12882, Page 38, (iv) Lot 4, as shown on Plan No. 1283 of 1980, and (iv) Lot 5, as shown on Plan No. 1284 of 1980.

 

A-2-1


EXHIBIT B - INITIAL ALTERATIONS

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 5, 2005 between

ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC., as Landlord and

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC., as Tenant

500 Unicorn Park Drive, Unicorn Park, Woburn, MA 01801

Landlord shall provide design and construction of the improvements to the Premises consistent with plan labeled JA-1, revised on December 15, 2004, prepared by Jung Brannen and including, without limitation, redistribution of the existing 15 tons of supplemental HVAC capacity to service the laboratory areas on the north end of the Premises, as well as new paint and carpet throughout the Premises, excluding the parquet floors. The costs resulting from any changes requested by Tenant to the above-referenced plan or work related letter, which result in additional costs to Landlord, shall be reimbursed by Tenant to Landlord within twenty (20) days after receipt of request accompanied by reasonable backup information concerning such excess costs.

Landlord’s work does not include any special electrical distribution or capacity in the laboratory areas of the Premises.

Landlord will not initially construct a demising wall to separate the Premises from additional, vacant floor area of approximately 8,500 square feet (“Vacant Floor Area”). Tenant shall not use or occupy the Vacant Floor Area for any purpose whatsoever, including, without limitation, for storage, meeting area or use as permitted under this Lease. If Tenant violates this provision, without limiting any other remedies available to Landlord, Landlord may require and Tenant shall pay compensation to the Landlord immediately upon demand for such un-permitted use or occupancy of any or all of the Vacant Floor Area in an amount equivalent to the Rent per square foot for area utilized as provided in the Schedule of Rent in the Reference Pages for the Premises. In order to market the Vacant Floor Area, Landlord shall have the right at any time with prior verbal notice to have access to and show such space. Landlord agrees not to unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of its Premises. Landlord reserves the right at its costs to construct a demising wall and/or hallway to separate the Premises for the Vacant Floor Area if it deems it necessary or desirable to market or lease the Vacant Floor Area to another party.

 

B-1


EXHIBIT C - COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 5, 2005 between

ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC., as Landlord and

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC., as Tenant

500 Unicorn Park Drive, Unicorn Park, Woburn, MA 01801

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

THIS MEMORANDUM, made as of,              , 2005, by and between ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“Landlord”) and MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC ., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

Recitals :

 

  A. Landlord and Tenant are parties to that certain Lease, dated for reference January 5, 2005 (the “Lease”) for certain premises (the “Premises”) consisting of approximately 29,880 rentable square feet at the building commonly known as 500 Unicorn Drive, Woburn, Massachusetts.

 

  B. Tenant is in possession of the Premises and the Term of the Lease has commenced.

 

  C. Landlord and Tenant desire to enter into this Memorandum confirming he Commencement Date, the Termination Date and other matters under the Lease.

NOW, THEREFORE, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1. The actual Commencement Date is                      .

2. The actual Termination Date is                      .

3. The schedule of the Annual Rent and the Monthly Installment of Rent set forth on the Reference Pages is deleted in its entirety, and the following is substituted therefor:

[insert rent schedule]

4. Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Lease.

 

C-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date and year first above written.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC ., a Delaware corporation     MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC ., a Delaware corporation
By:  

 

    By:  

 

Name:  

 

    Name:  

 

Title:  

 

    Title:  

 

Dated:  

 

    Dated:  

 

 

C-2


EXHIBIT D - RULES AND REGULATIONS

attached to and made a part of Lease bearing the

Lease Reference Date of January 5, 2005 between

ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC., as Landlord and

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC., as Tenant

1. No sign, placard, picture, advertisement, name or notice shall be installed or displayed on any part of the outside or inside of the Building without the prior written consent of the Landlord. Landlord shall have the right to remove, at Tenant’s expense and without notice, any sign installed or displayed in violation of this rule. All approved signs or lettering on doors and walls shall be printed, painted, affixed or inscribed at Tenant’s expense by a vendor designated or approved by Landlord. In addition, Landlord reserves the right to change from time to time the format of the signs or lettering and to require previously approved signs or lettering to be appropriately altered at Landlord’s sole cost and expense.

2. If Landlord objects in writing to any curtains, blinds, shades or screens attached to or hung in or used in connection with any window or door of the Premises, Tenant shall immediately discontinue such use. No awning shall be permitted on any part of the Premises. Tenant shall not place anything or allow anything to be placed against or near any glass partitions or doors or windows which may appear unsightly, in the opinion of Landlord, from outside the Premises.

3. Tenant shall not obstruct any sidewalks, halls, passages, exits, entrances, elevators, or stairways of the Building. No tenant and no employee or invitee of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building.

4. Any directory of the Building, if provided, will be exclusively for the display of the name and location of tenants only and Landlord reserves the right to exclude any other names. Landlord reserves the right to charge for Tenant’s directory listing.

5. All cleaning and janitorial services for the Building and the Premises shall be provided exclusively through Landlord. Tenant shall not cause any unnecessary labor by carelessness or indifference to the good order and cleanliness of the Premises. Landlord shall not in any way be responsible to any Tenant for any loss of property on the Premises, however occurring, or for any damage to any Tenant’s property by the janitor or any other employee or any other person.

6. The toilet rooms, toilets, urinals, wash bowls and other apparatus shall not be used for any purpose other than that for which they were constructed. No foreign substance of any kind whatsoever shall be thrown into any of them, and the expense of any breakage, stoppage or damage resulting from the violation of this rule shall be borne by the Tenant who, or whose employees or invitees, shall have caused it.

7. Tenant shall store all its trash and garbage within its Premises. Tenant shall not place in any trash box or receptacle any material which cannot be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of trash and garbage disposal. All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made in accordance with directions issued from time to time by Landlord. Tenant will comply with any and all recycling procedures designated by Landlord.

 

D-1


8. Landlord will furnish Tenant two (2) keys free of charge to each door in the Premises that has a passage way lock. Landlord may charge Tenant a reasonable amount for any additional keys, and Tenant shall not make or have made additional keys on its own. Tenant shall not alter any lock or install a new or additional lock or bolt on any door of its Premises. Tenant, upon the termination of its tenancy, shall deliver to Landlord the keys of all doors which have been furnished to Tenant, and in the event of loss of any keys so furnished, shall pay Landlord therefor.

9. If Tenant requires telephone, data, burglar alarm or similar service, the cost of purchasing, installing and maintaining such service shall be borne solely by Tenant. No boring or cutting for wires will be allowed without the prior written consent of Landlord.

10. No equipment, materials, furniture, packages, bulk supplies, merchandise or other property will be received in the Building or carried in the elevators except between such hours and in such elevators as may be designated by Landlord. The persons employed to move such equipment or materials in or out of the Building must be acceptable to Landlord.

11. Tenant shall not place a load upon any floor which exceeds the load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law. Heavy objects shall stand on such platforms as determined by Landlord to be necessary to properly distribute the weight. Business machines and mechanical equipment belonging to Tenant which cause noise or vibration that may be transmitted to the structure of the Building or to any space in the Building to such a degree as to be objectionable to Landlord or to any tenants shall be placed and maintained by Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, on vibration eliminators or other devices sufficient to eliminate the noise or vibration. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage to any such equipment or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the Building by maintaining or moving such equipment or other property shall be repaired at the expense of Tenant.

12. Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control and prevent access to the Building of all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord would be prejudicial to the safety, character, reputation or interests of the Building and its tenants, provided that nothing contained in this rule shall be construed to prevent such access to persons with whom any tenant normally deals in the ordinary course of its business, unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 6 p.m. and 7 a.m. the following day, or such other hours as may be established from time to time by Landlord, and on Sundays and legal holidays, any person unless that person is known to the person or employee in charge of the Building and has a pass or is properly identified. Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall not be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the Building of any person.

13. Tenant shall not use any method of heating or air conditioning other than that supplied or approved in writing by Landlord.

 

D-2


14. Tenant shall not waste electricity, water or air conditioning. Tenant shall keep corridor doors closed. Tenant shall close and lock the doors of its Premises and entirely shut off all water faucets or other water apparatus and electricity, gas or air outlets before Tenant and its employees leave the Premises. Tenant shall be responsible for any damage or injuries sustained by other tenants or occupants of the Building or by Landlord for noncompliance with this rule.

15. Tenant shall not install any radio or television antenna, satellite dish, loudspeaker or other device on the roof or exterior walls of the Building without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion, and which consent may in any event be conditioned upon Tenant’s execution of Landlord’s standard form of license agreement. Tenant shall be responsible for any interference caused by such installation.

16. Tenant shall not mark, drive nails, screw or drill into the partitions, woodwork, plaster, or drywall (except for pictures, tackboards and similar office uses) or in any way deface the Premises. Tenant shall not cut or bore holes for wires. Tenant shall not affix any floor covering to the floor of the Premises in any manner except as approved by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage resulting from noncompliance with this rule.

17. Tenant shall not install, maintain or operate upon the Premises any vending machine without Landlord’s prior written consent, except that Tenant may install food and drink vending machines solely for the convenience of its employees.

18. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises, except that Underwriters’ Laboratory approved microwave ovens or equipment for brewing coffee, tea, hot chocolate and similar beverages shall be permitted provided that such equipment and use is in accordance with all applicable federal, state and city laws, codes, ordinances, rules and regulations.

19. Tenant shall not use in any space or in the public halls of the Building any hand trucks except those equipped with the rubber tires and side guards or such other material-handling equipment as Landlord may approve. Tenant shall not bring any other vehicles of any kind into the Building.

20. Tenant shall not permit any motor vehicles to be washed or mechanical work or maintenance of motor vehicles to be performed in any parking lot.

21. Tenant shall not use the name of the Building or any photograph or likeness of the Building in connection with or in promoting or advertising Tenant’s business, except that Tenant may include the Building name in Tenant’s address. Landlord shall have the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to any tenant, to change the name and address of the Building.

22. Tenant requests for services must be submitted to the Building office by an authorized individual. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do anything outside of their regular duties unless under special instruction from Landlord, and no employee of Landlord will admit any person (Tenant or otherwise) to any office without specific instructions from Landlord.

 

D-3


23. Tenant shall not permit smoking or carrying of lighted cigarettes or cigars other than in areas designated by Landlord as smoking areas.

24. Canvassing, soliciting, distribution of handbills or any other written material in the Building is prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same. No tenant shall solicit business from other tenants or permit the sale of any good or merchandise in the Building without the written consent of Landlord.

25. Tenant shall not permit any animals other than service animals, e.g. seeing-eye dogs, to be brought or kept in or about the Premises or any common area of the Building.

26. These Rules and Regulations are in addition to, and shall not be construed to in any way modify or amend, in whole or in part, the terms, covenants, agreements and conditions of any lease of any premises in the Building. Landlord may waive any one or more of these Rules and Regulations for the benefit of any particular tenant or tenants, but no such waiver by Landlord shall be construed as a waiver of such Rules and Regulations in favor of any other tenant or tenants, nor prevent Landlord from thereafter enforcing any such Rules and Regulations against any or all of the tenants of the Building.

27. Landlord reserves the right to make such other and reasonable rules and regulations as in its judgment may from time to time be needed for safety and security, for care and cleanliness of the Building, and for the preservation of good order in and about the Building. Tenant agrees to abide by all such rules and regulations herein stated and any additional rules and regulations which are adopted. Tenant shall be responsible for the observance of all of the foregoing rules by Tenant’s employees, agents, clients, customers, invitees and guests.

 

D-4


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE, dated as of January 26, 2005 (this “Amendment”), is made by and between ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Landlord”), and MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), for certain premises located in the building commonly known as 500 Unicorn Park Drive, Woburn, Massachusetts (the “Building”).

RECITALS:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Gross Office Lease dated for reference January 5, 2005 (the “Lease”) for approximately 29,880 rentable square feet on the second floor of the Building (the “Premises”).

B. Tenant and Landlord amend the Lease so as to permit Tenant to make the Security Deposit in the form of cash, rather than as a letter of credit.

C. All terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as in the Lease, and, shall govern should a conflict exist with previous terms and conditions.

AGREEMENT:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Security Deposit .

(a) The item “Security Deposit” on the Reference Pages is amended to read as follows: “a cash deposit of $179,280.00.”

(b) Section 5.1 of the Lease and its subparagraphs are deleted in their entirety. Without limiting the generality of the Foregoing, the Security Deposit amount shall remain constant for the entire Term, with no reduction.

2. Incorporation . Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations thereunder. Tenant acknowledges that as of the date of the Amendment, Tenant (i) is not in default under the terms of the Lease; (ii) has no defense, set off or counterclaim to the enforcement by Landlord of the terms of the Lease; and (iii) is not aware of any action or inaction by Landlord that would constitute an Event of Default by Landlord under the Lease.

3. Limitation of Landlord Liability . Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or


its investment manager’s trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first written above.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC ., a Delaware corporation     MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC ., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ Robert Holmes

    By:  

/s/ Jeffrey Burk

Name:   Robert Holmes     Name:   Jeffrey Burk
Title:   District Manager     Title:   Vice President of Finance
Dated:   January 31, 2005     Dated:   January 31, 2005

 

2


SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE, dated as of May 26, 2006 (this “Amendment”), is made by and between ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Landlord”), and MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), for certain premises located in the building commonly known as 500 Unicorn Park Drive, Woburn, Massachusetts (the `Building”).

RECITALS:

A. Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Gross Office Lease dated for reference January 5, 2005, which was amended by that certain First Amendment To Lease dated January 26, 2005 (as amended, the “Lease”) for approximately 29,880 rentable square feet on the second floor of the Building (the “Current Premises”).

B. Effective July I, 2006, Tenant wishes to lease from Landlord, and Landlord wishes to lease to Tenant, in addition to the Current Premises, approximately 2,034 rentable square feet ( the “New Space”), which is adjacent to the Current Premises, The New Space is approximately depicted on Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein.

C. All terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Amendment shall have the same meaning as in the Lease, and, shall govern should a conflict exist with previous terms and conditions.

AGREEMENT:

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1. Recitals . The recitals set forth above are hereby incorporated herein as if fully set forth.

2. Capitalized Terms . All capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meanings ascribed to them in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Amendment.

3. Addition to the Premises . Effective as of July 1, 2006, the Premises subject to the Lease shall consist of both the Current Premises and the New Space and all references in the Lease to the “Premises” shall refer to the Current Premises and the New Space, collectively.

4. Annual Rent . As of July 1, 2006, the Annual Rent and Monthly Installment of Rent for the Premises shall be payable in the following amounts:


Period

   Rentable
Square
Footage
   Annual Rent
Per Square
Foot
   Annual Rent    Monthly
Installment of
Rent

From

   To            

7/1/2006

   2/28/2007    31,914    $ 20.50    $ 654,237.00    $ 54,519.75

3/1/2007

   2/29/2008    31,914    $ 21.50    $ 686,151.00    $ 57,179.25

3/1/2008

   2/28/2009    31,914    $ 22.50    $ 718,065.00    $ 59,838.75

3/1/2009

   2/28/2010    31,914    $ 23.50    $ 749,979.00    $ 62,498.25

3/1/2010

   2/28/2011    31,914    $ 24.50    $ 781,893.00    $ 65,157.75

5. Tenant’s Proportionate Share . Effective July 1, 2006, Tenant’s Proportionate Share for the Premises shall be 16.76%.

6. Incorporation . Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall continue in full force and effect and Tenant hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations thereunder. Tenant acknowledges that as of the date of the Amendment, Tenant (i) is not in default under the terms of the Lease; (ii) has no defense, set off or counterclaim to the enforcement by Landlord of the terms of the Lease; and (iii) is not aware of any action or inaction by Landlord that would constitute an Event of Default by Landlord under the Lease.

7. Condition of Premises . Landlord shall have no obligation to perform any construction or make any additional improvements or alterations, or to afford any allowance to Tenant for improvements or alterations, in connection with this Amendment, either to the Current Premises or the New Space. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all construction and improvements obligations of Landlord under the Lease have been performed in full and accepted. Tenant accepts the New Space in its “as is” condition. Any alterations or improvements required or desired in connection with this Amendment, must be performed at Tenant’s sole cost and in conformance with the terms of the Lease, which will include the necessity of obtaining Landlord’s approval of plans and specifications for any proposed alterations prior to constructing same. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall install carpeting in the New Space to match the carpeting in the Current Premises.

8. Tenant’s Authority . If Tenant signs as a corporation, partnership, trust or other legal entity each of the persons executing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that Tenant has been and is qualified to do business in the state in which the Building is located, that the entity has full right and authority to enter into this Amendment, and that all persons signing on behalf of the entity were authorized to do so by appropriate actions. Tenant agrees to deliver to Landlord, simultaneously with the delivery of this Amendment, a corporate resolution, proof of due authorization by partners, opinion of counsel or other appropriate documentation reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing the due authorization of Tenant to enter into this Amendment.

9. Broker . Landlord and Tenant each (i) represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker or finder in connection with this Amendment other than Cushman & Wakefield, whom Landlord shall compensate in accordance with a separate agreement, and (ii) agrees to defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any losses, damages, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by such other party due to a breach of the foregoing warranty by the indemnifying party.

 

2


10. Limitation of Landlord Liability . Redress for any claim against Landlord under this Lease shall be limited to and enforceable only against and to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Building. The obligations of Landlord under this Lease are not intended to be and shall not be personally binding on, nor shall any resort be had to the private properties of, any of its or its investment manager’s trustees, directors, officers, partners, beneficiaries, members, stockholders, employees, or agents, and in no case shall Landlord be liable to Tenant hereunder for any lost profits, damage to business, or any form of special, indirect or consequential damages.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Amendment as of the day and year first written above.

 

LANDLORD:     TENANT:
ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC ., a Delaware corporation     MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC ., a Delaware corporation
By:  

/s/ David F. Crane

    By:  

/s/ Robert M. Givens

Name:   David F. Crane     Name:   Robert M. Givens
Title:   Vice President District Manager     Title:   President
Dated:   June 16, 2006     Dated:   June 15, 2006

 

3


EXHIBIT A

Attached to and made a part of the Second Amendment to

Lease Dated May 26, 2006 between

ACQUIPORT UNICORN, INC., as Landlord,

and MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC., as Tenant

NEW SPACE - 500 Unicorn Park Drive, Woburn, MA

Exhibit A is intended only to show the general depiction of the New Space. It does not in any way supersede any of Landlord’s rights set forth in the lease with respect to arrangements and/or locations of public parts of the Building and changes in such arrangements and/or locations. It is not to be scaled; any measurements or distances shown should be taken as approximate.

 

A-1


LOGO

 

2

Exhibit 10.22

DATED 7 th  April 2005

RAFI (GB) LIMITED

and

MONOTYPE IMAGING LIMITED

LEASE

Unit 2, Perrywood Business Park, Salfords,

Redhill, Surrey. RHI 5DZ

GH Law

22 Barclay Road,

Croydon,

CR0 1JN

Tel : 020 8680 5095

Fax: 020 8760 9544

Ref : RJ/24128/RAFI


THIS LEASE made the 7 th day of April 2005 BETWEEN the parties described in Part I of the Schedule hereto.

WITNESSETH that in consideration of the rents hereinafter reserved and of the covenants and conditions hereinafter contained:

 

1.

THE Lessor hereby demises unto the Lessee ALL THAT property described in Part II of the Schedule hereto TO HOLD unto the Lessee for the term and at the rent set forth in Part III of the Schedule hereto such rent to be paid by Direct Debit (if required by the Lessor at any time) by equal monthly payments in advance on the first day of each month the first payment being the proportionate part of the annual rent from the 7 th day of April 2005 to the 6 th day of April 2008 in each case the payment to be made without any deduction.

 

2. THE Lessee hereby covenants with the Lessor as follows:

To pay rent

 

  (A) To pay the rent hereby reserved (together with any Value Added Tax on the rent) at the times and in manner aforesaid clear of all deductions.

To pay rates

 

  (B) To bear pay and discharge all rates taxes duties charges assessments impositions and outgoings whatsoever including gas electricity water rates and the contribution attributable to the premises payable to the Perrywood Business Park Maintenance Fund (whether parliamentary parochial local or any other description) which now are or may at any time hereafter be assessed charged imposed upon or payable in respect of the demised premises or any part thereof or the owner or occupier in respect thereof.

To repair

 

 

(C)

(i) Throughout the term to keep to repair uphold support maintain cleanse sustain amend, point and keep in no worse repair than as evidenced by a Schedule of Condition dated 21 st  December 1994 on the said premises and any additions thereto and the pavements, party and other walls, fences, vaults, sewers, drains, warehouses, pipes, pumps, and appurtenances thereof and all new buildings erected and Landlords fixtures therein (damage by fire and other risks that the Landlord shall have insured, excepted, save where the insurance money shall be irrecoverable in whole or in part in consequence of the act or default of the Tenant).


PICTURE

SCHEME E

 

2


Repair of Common Parts

 

  (ii) From time to time on demand by the Lessor to pay a fair share or proportion attributable to the demised premises of the cost of cleansing repairing renewing or maintaining any private road yard forecourt or passageway and any drains channels sewers pipes conduits wires and cables used in common by the demised premises and any adjoining or neighbouring land or premises. Such share or proportion to be determined by the Lessors Surveyors acting independently for the time being whose decision shall be final. Such proportion in case of default by the Lessee to be recoverable as a debt due from the Lessee together with interest them-on from the date of demand to the date of payment by the Lessee.

To comply with notices

 

  (iii) The Lessee will comply with all statutory and other provisions and regulations for the time being in force relating to the demised premises or to the business carried on thereon save for compliance with any requirements of a capital nature affecting the demised premises and observe or perform all relevant and lawful requirements of a competent authority required to be observed or performed by the Lessee or the occupier and will without delay transmit to the Lessor a copy of any notice order direction requisition or other thing issued or given by such authority and affecting or likely to affect the demised premises or any part thereof whether the same be served directly on the Lessee or upon any underlessees or any other person whatsoever. Where the notice is not served upon the Lessee who shall be unable to supply a copy it shall be sufficient if the Lessee informs the Lessor of such of the details of the notice as are in the possession of the Lessee. If (subject as aforesaid) any such notices require the execution of any works which the Lessee fails to effect within the time specified by the notice or any extension thereof the Lessor may enter upon the demised premises and execute such works and all expenses in so doing shall on the completion of the said works be a debt of the Lessee due on demand by the Lessor and recoverable as rent in arrear.

To paint

 

  (D) To paint with two coats of good quality paint in a proper and workmanlike manner all such parts of the outside wood iron and stucco or cement work of the demised premises and any additions thereto: as have been previously painted in the last year of the said term whether the same shall expire by effluxion of time or be determined by notice or otherwise howsoever and to paint with two coats of good quality paint and in a like manner all such parts of the inside of the demised premises as have been previously painted in the last year of the term hereby granted whether the same shall expire by effluxion of time or be determined by notice or otherwise howsoever and also will at the same time with every inside painting whitewash colour grain and varnish all such parts of the inside of the demised premises as have previously been whitewashed coloured grained and varnished.

 

3


To enter to inspect

 

  (E) To permit the Lessor and persons authorised by the Lessor with or without workmen and others at all reasonable times in the day time and upon appointment made (except in the case of emergency) to enter upon the demised premises for the purpose of examining the state and condition thereof and in case any defect or want of reparation shall appear the Lessee shall and will upon notice thereof in writing being given to the Lessee or left upon the demised premises cause the same to be repaired and amended within six calendar months next after the date of such notice AND if the Lessee shall not within three calendar months after the date of such notice commence well substantially and sufficiently to repair and amend the same accordingly it shall be lawful for the Lessor to enter upon the demised premises and execute such repairs and works and the cost thereof shall be repayable by the Lessee to the Lessor on demand and in default shall be recoverable as rent in arrear or in any other manner together with interest from the date of completion of the work to the date payment by the Lessee.

To enter to repair

 

  (F) To permit the Lessor and persons authorised by the Lessor with or without workmen in the day time upon reasonable notice given or at any time in case of emergency during the said term to enter upon the demised premises or any part thereof for the purposes of repairing any adjoining or adjacent premises PROVIDED THAT as little inconvenience as is reasonably practicable is caused to the Lessee and his business and any damage to the demised premises caused by the exercise of such right is made good as soon as reasonably practicable.

To offer for letting or sale

 

  (G) To permit the Lessor and the Lessors agents upon appointment made to enter into and upon the demised premises or any part or parts thereof accompanied by and in order to show the same to any person or persons who shall be interested in the purchase thereof (the names of all visitors being given to the Lessee prior to the appointment) or (during the last 6 months of the said term) shall wish to take a tenancy thereof And shall also permit the Lessor to affix notices and notice boards upon any parts of the demised premises that the same or any part or parts thereof are to be sold or (during the last 6 months of the said term) are to be let and not to remove or to interfere with such notices and notice boards.

User

 

  (H) Not to carry on or permit to be carried on upon the demised premises or any part thereof any offensive noisy noisome or dangerous trade business manufacture or occupation nor hold or permit to be held any sale by auction on the demised premises nor permit the same to remain unoccupied for longer than 6 consecutive months nor use the same nor allow the same to be used for any trade business manufacture or occupation other than set forth in Part IV of the Schedule hereto.

 

4


Inflammable goods

 

  (I) Not to bring store or keep at any time on the demised premises any inflammable explosive or dangerous merchandise goods or materials and nor to permit or suffer to be permitted on the demised premises anything which may cause or tend to cause any damage to the demised premises or which may be or tend to be or become a nuisance damage or substantial annoyance or inconvenience to the Lessor or to the occupiers of the adjoining or neighbouring premises or the neighbourhood or which may render void or voidable the fire insurance policy on the demised premises or whereby any increased premium may become payable or as a result of which the insurance may not be renewed at usual market rates if the demised premises or any neighbouring property shall be destroyed or damaged by any of the risks insured against by the Lessor under-the provision hereof and if the amount of any such insurance shall be wholly or partly irrecoverable by reason of any act neglect default or omission of the Lessee or the Lessees tenants agents servants licensees or invitees or any one deriving title through under or in trust for or acting on behalf of them or any of them the Lessee will forthwith on demand pay and make good to the Lessor all costs claims losses and other expenses whatsoever incurred paid or payable by the Lessor in connection with or consequent upon such destruction or damage to the demised premises and the reinstatement thereof and making good thereof or such part or portion of such costs claims losses and other expenses as shall be irrecoverable as aforesaid.

No alterations

 

(J)    (i)     Not to make any alterations or addition whatsoever in or to the demised premises or any part thereof or cut maim or injure any of the principal walls timbers or windows of the demised premises or otherwise injure the same without the Lessor’s consent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld).
   (ii)    If at any time during the term hereby created the Lessor amends this Lease to permit the Lessee to make any alteration or addition to the demised premises then (whether the Deed amending the Lease expressly so provides or not) the Lessee will be deemed to have entered into a covenant as follows:

 

  (a) to complete the said alterations and works with all reasonable speed;

 

  (b) to do all things necessary and make all payments required for obtaining any consents that may be necessary from any local or public authority for the said alterations and works before beginning the same and to obtain such approvals of the works after the same shall have been completed;

 

5


  (c) to pay the Lessor’s and surveyor’s reasonable costs of and in connection with the approval of the said alterations.

No goods outside

 

  (K) Not without the consent in writing of the Lessor (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld)’ to exhibit place or affix any goods or other articles outside or to the exterior of the demised premises or exhibit or place any advertisement flag board bill or sign of any description outside or on the exterior of the demised premises or show any advertisement in the windows of the demised premises except advertisements as shall be reasonably required to indicate the nature or extent of the Lessees business carried on within which may be exhibited without consent but subject to complying with the regulations of the Perrywood Business Park in respect of any such advertisements or signs.

Alienation

 

(L)    (i)     Not to hold on trust for another (save pursuant to a transaction permitted by and effected in accordance with the provisions of this lease) part with the possession of the whole or any part of the Premises or permit another to occupy the whole or any part of the Premises.
   (ii)     Not to assign or charge part only of the Premises.
   (iii)    Subject to Clauses (L)(iv) and (L)(v) not to assign the whole of the Premises or underlet the whole or any part of the Premises without the prior consent of the Landlord such consent not to be unreasonably withheld.
   (iv)    If any of the following circumstances in this clause (which are specified for the purposes of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 Section 19(IA)) shall apply either at the date when application for the licence to assign is made or after that date but before such licence is given the Landlord may’ withhold licence of this assignment and if after such licence has been given but before completion of the assignment any such circumstances apply the Landlord may revoke such licence (whether such license is expressly subject to a condition as referred to in clause (L)(v)(d) or not):

 

  (a) any sum due from the Tenant under this Lease remains unpaid;

 

  (b) in the opinion of the Expert (as defined in Clause (L)(vi)(a) below) there are any material outstanding breaches of any covenant relating to the state and condition of the premises being either:

 

  (i) a Tenant’s covenant under this Lease;

 

6


  (ii) a personal covenant undertaken by the Tenant making the application for the licence to assign;

 

  (c) subject to clause (L)(iv)(d) below in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion the assignee is not a person who is likely to be able both to comply with the Tenant covenants of this Lease and to continue to be such a person following the assignment;

 

 

(d)

in the case of an assignment to a company which is in the - same group (within the meaning of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1954 Section 42) as the Tenant in the Landlord’s reasonable opinion the assignee is a person who is or may become less likely to be able to comply with the Tenant covenants of this Lease than the Tenant making the application for the Licence to assign (which likelihood is adjudged by reference in particular to the financial strength of the Tenant aggregated with that of any Guarantor for that Tenant or the value of any other security for the performance of the Tenant covenants when assessed at the date of the grant or assignment of the Lease to that Tenant);

 

  (e) the assignee or any Guarantor for the assignee (other than any Guarantor under an Authorised Guarantee Agreement) has the benefit of state or diplomatic immunity; and

 

  (f) the assignee is a corporation registered in (or otherwise is resident in) a jurisdiction in which the Order of a Court obtained in England and Wales will not necessarily be enforced without any consideration of the merits of the case.

 

  (v) The Landlord may impose any or all of the following conditions (which are specified for the purposes of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 Section 19(A)) on giving any licence for an assignment by the Tenant of the whole of the Premises and any such licence shall be treated as being subject to each of the following conditions:

 

  (a) upon or before any assignment and before giving occupation to the assignee the Tenant making the application for the licence to assign shall covenant by way of indemnity and guarantee with the Landlord in the terms of the Authorised Guarantee Agreement in the Fifth Schedule to this Lease;

 

  (b) if so reasonably required by the Landlord the assignee shall upon or before any assignment and before taking occupation obtain Guarantors reasonably acceptable to the Landlord who shall covenant by way of indemnity and guarantee (if more than one jointly and severally) with the Landlord in the terms set out in the Fifth Schedule to this Lease or provide other acceptable security;

 

7


  (c) any condition requiring remedial works proposed by the Expert (as defined in clause (L)(vi) below) pursuant to clause (L)(vi)(i); and

 

  (d) the licence of the Landlord contains a condition that if at any time prior to the assignment the circumstances (or any of them) specified in clause (L)(iv) apply the Landlord may revoke the licence by written notice to the Tenant.

 

  (vi) In clauses (L)(iv)(b) and (L)(v)(c) the expert (the Expert”) means a qualified surveyor who:

 

  (a) has not less than 10 years experience of undertaking surveys and preparing Schedules Of Dilapidations for properties of a similar type age and construction of the Premises and in the locality;

 

  (b) is independent of the Landlord and the Tenant and the assignee;

 

  (c) shall be appointed by agreement between the Landlord and the Tenant or in the absence of agreement within 7 days shall be. nominated by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors on the application of the Landlord or the Tenant;

 

  (d) shall act as an expert;

 

  (e) The Expert shall inspect the Premises and shall invite written submissions from the Landlord and the Tenant;

 

  (f) the decision of the Expert shall be conclusive;

 

  (g) the fees and expenses of the Expert (including the costs of his appointment) shall be in his award or failing any express award shall be shared equally by the Landlord and the Tenant but the Landlord and the Tenant shall otherwise bear their own costs;

 

  (h) A breach of the repairing covenants hereunder is material if a prudent and well-funded willing lessee taking a Lease or an assignment of the Premises on the same terms as this Lease would be unlikely to permit the disrepair to continue;

 

  (i) In his award the Expert may specify work to remedy any material breach of covenant which the willing lessee referred to in clause (L)(vi)(h) would undertake and a period within which such work is to be undertaken and propose a condition for the purposes of the Landlord and Tenant Act 1927 Section 19(1A) that upon or before taking and assignment and before taking occupation the assignee shall covenant with the Landlord to undertake that work within that period;

 

8


  (j) If the Expert shall die or delay or become unwilling or incapable of acting or if for any other reason the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors shall in his absolute discretion think fit then on the application of either the Landlord or the Tenant the Expert shall be discharged and if the Landlord or the Tenant shall so require another expert shall be appointed in his place.

 

  (vii) Prior to any permitted assignment to procure that the assignee enters into direct covenants with the Landlord to perform and observe all the Tenant’s covenants and all other provisions during the residue of the Contractual Term.

 

  (viii) On a permitted assignment to a limited company and if the Landlord shall require so to procure that at least one director of the company or some other guarantor or guarantors acceptable to the Landlord enter into direct covenants with the Landlord in the form of the Guarantor’s covenants contained in this lease with “the Assignee” substituted for “the Tenant” or procure that other suitable security is profferred.

 

  (ix) That each and every permitted underlease shall be granted without any fine or premium at a rent not less than the then open market rental value of the Premises to be approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) prior to any such underlease. Such rent being payable in advance on the days on which Rent is payable under this Lease and shall contain (so far as is lawful at the time) provisions approved by the Landlord (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

  (a) for the upwards only review of the rent reserved by such underlease on the basis and on the dates on which the Rent is to be reviewed in this lease.

 

  (b) prohibiting the undertenant from doing or allowing any act or thing in relation to the underlet premises inconsistent with or in breach of the provisions of this lease.

 

  (c) for re-entry by the underlandlord on breach of any covenant by the undertenant.

 

  (d) imposing an absolute prohibition against all dispositions of or other dealings whatever with the Premises other than an assignment underletting or charge of the whole.

 

9


  (e) prohibiting any assignment or underletting of the whole without the prior consent of the Landlord under this lease such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed

 

  (f) prohibiting the undertenant from permitting another to occupy the whole or any part of the Premises.

 

  (g) imposing in relation to any permitted assignment the same obligations for registration with the Landlord as are contained in this lease in relation to dispositions by the Tenant.

 

  (x) to enforce the performance and observance by every such undertenant of the provisions of the underlease and not at any time either expressly or by implication to waive any breach of the covenants or conditions on the part of any undertenant or assignee of any underlease not (without the consent of the Landlord such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) vary the terms of any permitted underlease.

 

  (xi) Not at any time during the term to underlet any part of the Premises (as distinct from the whole) without having obtained and produced to the Landlord before the grant of such underlease an order of the court authorising an agreement between the parties to such underlease excluding the operation of Sections 24 to 28 (inclusive) of the 1954 Act in relation to the tenancy created by such underlease.

 

  (xii) In relation to any permitted underlease:

 

  (a) to ensure that the rent is reviewed in accordance with the terms of the underlease.

 

  (b) not to agree the reviewed rent with the undertenant without the approval of the Landlord.

 

  (c) to incorporate as part of submissions or representations to a third party such submissions or representations as the Landlord shall reasonably require provided that such submissions are received by the Tenant in sufficient time for incorporation.

 

  (d) to give notice to the Landlord of the details of the determination of every rent review within 28 days of receipt of such determination provided that the Landlord’s approvals specified above shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  (xiii) Notwithstanding clause (L)(i) the Tenant may share the occupation of the whole or any part of the Premises with a company which is a member of the same group as the Tenant (within the meaning of Section 42 of the 1954 Act) for so long as both companies shall remain members of that group and otherwise than in a manner that transfers or creates a legal estate.

 

10


Production of Assignments

 

  (M) Within one month of the date thereof to produce to the Lessor’s Solicitors every assignment underlease or other disposition or dealing affecting the demised premises (including probates and Letters of Administration) and pay the Lessor’s’ Solicitors reasonable charge together with such value added tax as may be payable thereon for the registration of each document.

Advertisements

 

  (N) Not to affix to the demised premises erect thereon or otherwise exhibit thereon or on any part thereof or permit or suffer to be so affixed erected or exhibited any advertisement within the meaning of the Town and Country Planning (Control of Advertisements) Regulations 1969 or any regulations replacing or amending the same unless such advertisement is affixed erected or exhibited with the consent in writing of the competent authority and the consent in writing of the Lessor. Where such consents are given the Lessee shall at the Lessees own expense comply with all the conditions subject to which such consents or either of them are given and in all other respects comply with all other statutory requirements and conditions orders regulations bye laws and requirements of the competent authority If a competent authority or the Lessor lawfully requires the removal of any such advertisements whether or not the same was affixed erected or exhibited by the Lessee the Lessee shall remove the same and comply with all requirements of such authority and the lessor or either of them at the Lessees own expense and shall make good any damage resulting from such removal.

Yielding up

 

  (O) To yield up the demised premises with the Landlord’s fixtures thereto at the determination of the term hereby created in repair and condition in accordance with the covenants hereinbefore contained save any additions or equipment installed by the Lessee.

Planning Permissions

 

(P)    (i)     In all respects to perform and observe all the provisions and requirements of Planning Law which expression shall mean the Town and Country Planning Act 1971 (as amended) and all subsequent Town and Country Planning Acts or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof and any regulation order direction or permission made or given thereunder or under any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.
   (ii)    Not at any time during the said term without the previous consent in writing of the Lessor to erect or make or maintain or suffer to be erected made or maintained on the demised premises or any part thereof any building erection or improvement or make or suffer to be made any material change or addition whatsoever in or to the buildings erected or to be hereafter erected thereon or on any part thereof or in or to the use of the

 

11


demised premises or any part thereof. Provided that if the Lessor shall in the Lessor’s absolute discretion give consent in writing for any building erection or improvement duly to apply to the local Planning Authority as defined by the planning Law for any necessary permission to erect make or maintain such building erection improvement material change or addition and also to make such application in the name or on behalf of the Lessor and all other persons (if any) for the time being interested in the demised premises and to give to the Lessor notice of such permission if granted within fourteen days of the receipt of the same from the said Planning Authority AND also at all times to indemnify and keep indemnified the Lessor and the Lessor’s estate and effects against all proceedings costs expenses claims and demands whatsoever in respect of the said application.

 

  (iii) And also within seven days of the receipt of notice of the same by him to give full particulars to the Lessor of any notice or proposal for a notice or order or proposal for an order made given or issued to the Lessee by the Planning Authority under or by virtue of the Planning law and if so required by the Lessor to produce such notice order or proposal for a notice or order to the Lessor and also without delay to take all reasonable or necessary steps to comply with any such notice or order and also at the request of the Lessor and at the cost of the Lessor to make or join with the Lessor in making such objection or objections or representation or representations against or in respect of any proposal for such notice or order as the Lessor in the Lessor’s absolute discretion shall deem expedient.

 

  (iv) Not to do or omit or suffer to be done omitted any act matter or thing in on or respecting the demised premises required to be omitted or done (as the case may be) by the Planning Law or which shall contravene the provisions thereof AND at all times hereafter to indemnify and keep indemnified the lessor against all actions proceedings costs expenses claims and demands in respect of any such act matter or thing contravening the said provisions of the Planning law.

 

  (v) To produce to the Lessor or the Lessor’s Surveyors upon demand all such evidence as the Lessor may require in order to be satisfied that the provisions of this covenant have been complied with

Section 146 Notices

 

  (Q) To pay all costs charges and expenses (including solicitors’ costs and surveyors’ fees) incurred by the Lessor in respect of:

 

  (i)

for the purpose or in contemplation of or incidental to the preparation or service of a Notice under Section 146 or 147 of the Law of Property Act 1925 or any consolidating or re-enacting statute requiring the Lessee to

 

12


 

remedy a breach of any of the covenants hereinbefore contained notwithstanding forfeiture for such breach shall be avoided otherwise than by relief granted by the Court and in connection with every application for any consent made under this Lease whether such consent is granted or not (unless held by Court Order to have been unreasonably withheld).

 

  (ii) In or incidental to the service of all notices and schedules relating to wants of repair of the Premise whether the same be served during or after the expiration or sooner determination of the term hereby granted (but relating in all cases to such wants of repair that accrued not later than the expiration or sooner determination of the said term as aforesaid.

 

  (R) To observe and perform the covenants set out in the 3rd Schedule to a Transfer dated the 21st December 1989 made between Perrywood Park Limited of the one part and the landlord of the other part referred to in entry No. 4 of the Charges Register of the Landlords Freehold Title to the Property Register at H.M. Land Registry under Title No. SY604180 so far as they relate to and affect the demised premises.

Proviso for re-entry

 

3.    (A)     PROVIDED that if the said yearly rent hereby reserved or any part thereof shall be in arrear for at least 14 days next after any of the days upon which the same ought to be paid as aforesaid whether the same shall have been legally demanded or not or if there shall be any breach or non-observance of any of the covenants by the Lessee hereinbefore contained or if the Lessee (not being a Company) shall become bankrupt or make any arrangement or composition with the Lessees creditors or (being a Company) a Receiver shall be appointed or the Company shall enter into liquidation whether compulsory or voluntary (except a voluntary liquidation of a solvent company for the purpose of reconstruction.) or if the Lessee shall enter into any arrangement or composition with the Lessees creditors or shall suffer any distress or execution to be levied on the Lessees goods then and in any such case the Lessor may at any time thereafter enter into and upon the demised premises or any part thereof in the name of the whole re-enter and the same have again repossess and enjoy as in the Lessor’s former estate.

Interest on rent in arrear

 

  (B)

PROVIDED that if the said yearly rent hereby reserved or any part thereof shall be in arrears for at least 14 days next after any of the days upon which the same ought to be paid as aforesaid whether the same shall have been legally demanded or not the amount thereof or the balance for the time being unpaid shall (without prejudice to the Lessor’s right of re-entry hereinbefore contained or any other right or remedy of the Lessor) as from the expiration of the said period of 14 days and until such rents or other moneys as aforesaid or the balance thereof remaining unpaid shall have been paid bear and carry interest thereon (as well after as before any judgment) at the rate of four per cent per annum over the

 

13


 

base; rate of the National Westminster Bank Plc (“the Interest Rate”) on the date when the rent became due an payable and the Lessee accordingly HEREBY COVENANTS with the Lessor that in such circumstances and during such period or periods as aforesaid that the Lessee will pay to the Lessor in addition to the said yearly rent or any other moneys as aforesaid or the balance for the time being unpaid interest thereon at the rate aforesaid.

Quiet enjoyment

 

4. THE Lessor hereby covenants with the Lessee that the Lessee paying the rent hereby reserved and performing and observing the covenants and conditions herein contained and on the Lessees part to be performed and observed shall and may peaceably and quietly possess and enjoy the demised premises during the term hereby granted without any lawful interruption or disturbance by the Lessor or any person lawfully claiming through under or in trust for the Lessor.

Insurance

 

5.    (A)    IN this clause “Insured risks” means fire lightning explosion aircraft damage (including articles dropped from aircraft) riot civil commotion malicious persons hail earthquake storm tempest earth lowering landslip snow pressure avalanche and such other risks as the Lessor from time to time in their reasonable discretion think fit to ensure against and “the Insurance Rent” means the sums which the Lessor shall from time to time pay by way of premium for insuring the demised premises in accordance with their obligations in this Lease and for insuring in such amount and on such terms as shall be reasonable against all liability of the Lessor to third parties arising out of or in connection with any matter including or relating to the demised premises.

 

  (B) The Lessor covenants with the Lessee to insure the demised premises unless such insurance shall be vitiated by any act of the Lessee or by anyone at the demised premises expressly or by implication’ with the Lessee’s authority and under the Lessee’s control.

 

  (C) Insurance shall be effected:

 

  (i) in such insurance office or with such underwriters and through such agency as the Lessor may from time to time decide.

 

  (ii) for the following sums:

 

  (a) such sum as the Lessor shall from time to time reasonably be advised as being the full cost of rebuilding and reinstatement including architects’ surveyors’ and other professional fees payable upon any applications for planning permission or other permits or consents that may be required in relation to the rebuilding or reinstatement of the demised premises the cost of debris removal demolition site clearance any works that may be required by statute and incidental expenses and

 

14


  (b) the loss of rent payable under this Lease for 3 years or such longer period as the Lessor may from time to time reasonably or deem to be necessary for the purposes of the planning and carrying out the rebuilding or reinstatement.

 

  (iii) against damage or destruction by the Insured Risks to the extent that such insurance may ordinarily be arranged for properties such as the demised premises with an insurer of repute and subject to such excesses exclusions or limitations as the insurer may require.

 

  (D) The Lessee shall pay the Insurance Rent for the period from and including the date of commencement of the term hereby demised to the day before the next policy renewal date and subsequently the Lessee shall pay the Insurance Rent on demand and (if so demanded) in advance of the policy renewal date.

 

  (E) If and whenever during the term:

 

(i)    (a )   the demised premises or any part of them are damaged or, destroyed by any of the insured risks except one against which insurance may not ordinarily be arranged with an insurer of repute for properties such as the demised premises unless the Lessor has in fact insured against that risk so that the demised premises or any part of them are unfit for occupation or use and
   (b )   payment of the insurance money is not refused in whole or in part by reason of any act or default of the lessee or anyone . at the demised premises expressly or by implication with the Lessee’s authority and under the Lessee’s control the provisions of clause 5(E)(ii) shall have effect.

 

  (ii) When the circumstances contemplated in clause 5(E)(i) arise the rent or a fair proportion of the rent according to the nature and the extent of the damage sustained shall cease to be payable until the demised premises or the affected part shall have been rebuilt or reinstated so that the demised premises or the affected part are made fit for occupation or use or until the expiration of 2 years from the destruction or damage whichever period is the shorter any dispute as to such proportion or the period during which the rent shall cease to be payable to be determined in accordance with the Arbitration Acts 1950 to 1979 by an arbitrator to be appointed by agreement between the parties or in default by the President for the time being of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors upon the application of either party.

 

15


(F)    (i)    If and whenever during the term:

 

  (a) the demised premises or any part of them are damaged or destroyed by any of the insured risks except one against which insurance may not ordinarily be arranged with an insurer of repute for properties such as the demised premises unless the Lessor has in fact insured against that risk and

 

  (b) the payment of the insurance money is not refused in whole or in part by reason of any act or default of the Lessee or anyone at the demised premises expressly or by implication with the Lessee’s authority and under the Lessee’s control the Lessor shall use their reasonable endeavours to obtain all planning permissions or other permits and consents that may be required under the Planning Acts or other statutes (if any) to enable the Lessor to rebuild and reinstate.

 

  (ii) Subject to the provisions of clauses 5(F)(iii) and (iv) the Lessor shall as soon as the permissions have been obtained or immediately where no permissions are required apply all money received in respect of such insurance (except sums in respect of loss of rent) in rebuilding or reinstating the demised premises so destroyed or damaged.

 

  (iii) For the purposes of this clause the expression ‘Supervening Events’ means

 

  (a) the Lessor has failed despite using their reasonable endeavours to obtain the Permissions.

 

  (b) any of the Permissions have been granted subject to a lawful condition with which in all the circumstances it would be unreasonable to expect the Lessor to comply.

 

  (c) some defect or deficiency in the site upon which the rebuilding or reinstatement is to take place would mean that the same could only be undertaken at a cost that would be unreasonable in all the circumstances.

 

  (d) the Lessor is unable to obtain access to the site for the purposes of rebuilding or reinstating.

 

  (e) the rebuilding or reinstating is prevented by war act of God Government action strike lock-out or.

 

  (f) any other circumstances beyond the control of the Lessor.

 

  (iv) The Lessor shall not be liable to rebuild or reinstate the demised premises if and for so long as such rebuilding or reinstating is prevented by Supervening Events.

 

16


  (v) If upon the expiry of a period of 2 years commencing on the date of the damage or destruction the demised premises have not been rebuilt or reinstated so as to be fit for the Lessee’s occupation and use either party may by notice served at any time within 6 months of the expiry of such period invoke the provisions of clause 5(F)(vi).

 

  (vi) Upon service of a notice in accordance with clause 5 (F) v):

 

  (a) the term will absolutely cease but without prejudice to any rights or remedies that may have accrued to either party against the other including (with prejudice to the generality of the above) any right that the Lessee might have against the Lessor for a breach of the Lessor’s covenants set out in clauses 5(F)(i) and (ii).

 

  (b) (b) all money received in respect of the insurance effected by the Lessor pursuant to this clause shall belong beneficially to the Lessor.

 

  (G) The Lessee covenants with the Lessor:

 

  (i) to comply with all the requirements of the insurers in so far as it is aware of such requirements.

 

  (ii) not to knowingly do or omit anything that could cause any policy of insurance on or in relation to the demised premises to become void or voidable wholly or in part not (unless the Lessee shall have previously notified the Lessor and have agreed to pay the increased premium) anything by which additional insurance premiums may become payable.

 

  (iii) to keep the demised premises supplied with such fire fighting equipment as the insurers and the fire authority may require and to maintain such equipment to their satisfaction and in efficient working order and at least once in every 6 months to cause any sprinkler system and other fire fighting equipment to be inspected by a competent person.

 

  (iv) not to obstruct the access to any fire equipment or the means of escape from the demised premises nor to lock any fire door while the demised premises are occupied.

 

  (v) to give notice to the Lessor immediately upon the happening of any event which might affect any insurance policy on or relating to the demised premises or upon the happening of any event against which the Lessor may have insured under this Lease.

 

  (vi) immediately to inform the Lessor in writing of any conviction judgement or finding of any court or tribunal relating to the Lessee (or any director other officer or major shareholder of the Lessee) of such a nature as to be likely to affect the decision of any insurer or underwriter to grant or to continue any such insurance.

 

17


  (vii) if at any time the Lessee shall be entitled to the benefit of any insurance on the demised premises (which is not effected or maintained in pursuance of any obligation contained in this Lease) to apply all money received by virtue of such insurance in making good the loss or damage in respect of which such money shall have been received.

 

  (viii) if and whenever during the term the demised premises or any part of them are damaged or destroyed by an insured risk and the insurance money under the policy of insurance effected by the Lessor pursuant to their obligations contained in this Lease is by reason of any act or default of the Lessee or anyone at the demised premises expressly or by implication with the Lessee’s authority and under the Lessee’s control wholly or partially irrecoverable immediately in every such case (at the option of the Lessor) either:

 

  (a) to rebuild and reinstate at its own expense the demised premises or the part destroyed or damaged to the reasonable satisfaction and under the supervision of the Lessor’s surveyor the Lessee being allowed towards the expenses of so doing upon such rebuilding and reinstatement being completed the amount (if any) actually received in respect of such destruction or damage under any such insurance policy or

 

  (b) to pay to the Lessor on demand with interest the amount of such insurance money so irrecoverable in which event the provisions of clauses 5(E) and 5(F) shall apply.

 

  (H) The Lessor covenants with the Lessee in relation to the policy of insurance effected by the Lessor pursuant to its obligations contained in this Lease:

 

  (i) to produce to the Lessee on demand reasonable evidence of the terms of the policy and the fact that the last premium has been paid.

 

  (ii) to procure that the interest of the Lessee is noted or endorsed on the policy.

 

  (iii) to notify the Lessee of any material change in the risks covered by the policy from time to time.

Acceptance of rent no waiver

 

6.

NEITHER a demand for nor acceptance of or receipt for rent by the Lessor whether or not knowledge or notice has been received by the Lessor or the Lessor’s agents of any breach of any of the Lessees covenants hereunder shall be or operate as a waiver wholly or partially of any such breach but that any such breach shall for all the purposes of these

 

18


 

presents be a continuing breach of covenant so long as such breach shall be subsisting and that no person taking any estate or interest under the Lessee shall be entitled to set up any such acceptance of or receipt for rent by the Lessor as a defence in any action or proceeding by the Lessor.

Service of notices

 

7. ANY notice under this Lease shall be in writing Any notice to the Lessee shall be sufficiently served if left addressed to the Lessee at the demised premises or sent to the Lessee by post or left at the Lessees last known address in Great Britain and any notice to the Lessor shall be sufficiently served if delivered to the Lessor personally or sent to the lessor by post or left at the Lessor’s last known address in Great Britain.

 

8. IN this Lease where the context so admits:

 

  (A) the terms “the Lessor” and “the Lessee” include where the context so admits their successor or successors in title.

 

  (B) the words importing the singular number only include the plural number and vice versa as and when the context and the circumstances permit.

 

  (C) where any covenant. included in this document falls to be complied with by two or more persons the covenant shall be deemed to be the responsibility of such persons jointly and severally.

 

9. ALL sums payable under or in connection with this lease in respect of rent or any other monies payable or taxable supplies received by the Lessee shall be deemed to be exclusive of Value Added Tax (or any similar tax which shall replace Value Added Tax) which may be chargeable thereon (but without any obligation upon the Lessor to exercise any election to waive exemption in respect of such tax) and upon the production by the Lessor to the Lessee of an invoice appropriate to that tax the Lessee shall pay and indemnify the Lessor in respect of such tax in addition to those sums and the Lessor shall have the same remedies for non-payment of the tax as if the tax were part of the rent or other such moneys or supply.

 

10. THE marginal notes are included to provide for easier reference but do not form part of this Lease.

 

11. EXCLUSION OF 1954 ACT

The Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that:

 

 

(i)

the Landlord has served a Notice dated the 7 th  February 2005 on the Tenant as required by Section 38 a(3)(a) of the 1 54 Act and which applied to the tenancy created by this Lease.

 

19


 

(ii)

Timothy Fraser who is duly authorized by the Tenant to do so made a declaration dated 3 rd  March 2005 in accordance with the requirements of Section 38A(3)(b) of the 1954 Act a copy of which Declaration is annexed to this Lease.

 

  (iii) the parties agree that the provisions of Sections 24-28 of the 1954 Act are excluded in relation to the tenancy created by this Lease.

 

12. VALUE ADDED TAX

All sums payable by the Tenant hereunder which are from time to time subject to Value Added Tax shall be considered to be tax exclusive sums and Value Added Tax at the appropriate rate from time to time shall be payable by the Tenant in addition thereto

 

13. CERTIFICATES

This is a new lease for the purposes of the Landlord and Tenant Covenants Act 1995.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have executed this document as a Deed the day and year first before written.

 

20


THE SCHEDULE hereinbefore referred to

PART I

(The parties between whom this Lease is made)

1. RAFI (GB) LIMITED whose registered office is situate at I Perrywood Business Park Honeycrock Lane Salfords Redhill Surrey RHI 5JP (who in this Lease are called “the Lessor”).

2. MONOTYPE IMAGING LIMITED (whose registered office is at Unit 2 Perrywood Business Park Salfords Redhill Surrey RHI 5DZ (who in this Lease are called “the Lessee”).

PART II

(the demised premises)

ALL THAT piece or parcel of land situate at Unit 2 Perrywood Business Park .Salfords Redhill Surrey together with the premises erected thereon and known as Unit 2 Perrywood Business Park aforesaid as shown edged red on the annexed plan together with (so far as the Lessor can legally grant the same) The benefit of the rights granted to the Lessor in the First Schedule to a Transfer dated 21.12.89 and made between Perrywood Park Limited of the one part and the Lessor of the other part referred to in the Property Register of the Lessor’s freehold title registered at H.M. Land Registry under Title Number SY604180 and Except and Reserving unto the Lessor all rights easements quasi easements and privileges and quasi privileges now belonging to and enjoyed by (in the case of the grant thereof) the Lessee or (in the case of the exception and reservation) any adjoining or neighbouring property buildings or erections or would so belong or be enjoyed if such adjoining or neighbouring property buildings or erections and the demised premises were in separate ownership TOGETHER ALSO with the right of support and protection for the benefit of the disused premises as is now enjoyed from all other parts of the Lessor’s adjoining properties.

PART III

(the term for and rent at which the property is leased)

The yearly rent of £60,000 (sixty thousand pounds) per annum. The term of 3 years from April 7 th , 2005.

PART IV

(use to which the premises may be put)

Not to use the demised premises except for any purpose or purposes under Class B.I. of the Town & Country Planning (Use Classes) Order 1987 as amend.

PART V

Authorised Guarantee Agreement

“THIS GUARANTEE is made the ________ day of __________________ BETWEEN (1) ________________________ (“the Guarantor”) and (2) _____________________ (“the Landlord”).

 

21


NOW IT IS AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

1. Definitions and interpretation.

In this Guarantee the following expressions shall (where the context permits) have the following meanings respectively:

1.1 the “Assignee” means [insert name].

1.2 the “Lease” means the [insert full description of Lease including all parties and whether it is as varied).

1.3 the “Premises” means the premises demised by the Lease.

1.4 the “Liability Period” means the period during which the Assignee is bound by the Tenant covenants of the Lease.

1.5 the expressions “Authorised Guarantee Agreement” and “Tenant covenants” shall have the same meaning in this Guarantee as in the Landlord and Tenant (Covenants) Act 1995 Section 28(1).

2. Recitals

2.1 By clause 5.9.3 of the Lease the Landlord’s consent is required to the assignment of the Lease.

2.2 The Landlord has agreed to give consent to the assignment to the Assignee on condition that the Guarantor enters into this Guarantee.

2.3 This Guarantee takes effect only when the Lease is assigned to the Assignee.

3. In consideration of the Landlord’s consent to the assignment the Guarantor covenants with the Landlord and without the need for any express assignment with all [its] successors in title that:

3.1 To pay observe and perform

The Assignee shall punctually pay the rents and observe and perform the covenants and other terms of the Lease throughout the Liability Period and if at any time during the Liability Period the Assignee shall make any default in payment of the rents or in observing or performing any of the covenants or other terms of the Lease the Guarantor will pay the rents and observe or perform the covenant or terms in respect of which the Assignee shall be in default and make good to the Landlord on demand and indemnify the Landlord against all losses damages costs and expenses arising or incurred by the Landlord as a result of such non-payment non-performance or non-observance notwithstanding:

 

22


3.1.1 any time or indulgence granted by the Landlord to the Assignee or any negligence or forbearance of the Landlord in enforcing the payment of the rents or the observance or performance of the covenants or other terms of the Lease or any refusal by the Landlord to accept rents tendered by or on behalf of the Assignee at a time when the Landlord was entitled (or would after the service of a notice under the Law of Property Act 1925 Section 146 have been entitled) to re-enter the Premises.

3.1.2 that the terms of the Lease may have been varied by agreement between the parties (but so that the Landlord shall notify the Guarantor of any such proposed variations including any rent review).

3.1.3 that the Assignee shall have surrendered part of the Premises in which event the liability of the Guarantor under the Lease shall continue in respect of the part of the Premises not surrendered after making any necessary apportionments under the Law of Property Act Section 140.

3.1.4 any other act or thing by which but for this provision the Guarantor would have been released.

3.2 To take the Lease following disclaimer

If during the Liability Period the Assignee (being an individual) shall become bankrupt or (being a company) shall enter into liquidation and the Trustee in Bankruptcy or Liquidator shall disclaim the Lease or if the Tenant (being a company) shall be dissolved and the Crown shall disclaim the Lease, or if the Lease shall be forfeited under the provisions in that behalf therein contained the Guarantor shall if the Landlord shall by notice within 3 months after such disclaimer or forfeiture so require take from the Landlord a Lease of the Premises for the residue of the contractual term of the Lease which would have remained had there been no disclaimer at the rent then being paid under the Lease and subject to the same covenants and terms as in the Lease (except that the Guarantor shall not be required to procure that any other person is made a party to that Lease as Guarantor) such new Lease to take effect from the date of such disclaimer and in such case the Guarantor shall pay the costs of such new Lease and execute and deliver to the Landlord a counterpart of it.

3.3 To make payments following disclaimer

If during the Liability Period the Lease shall be disclaimed and for any reason the Landlord does not require the Guarantor to accept a new Lease of the Premises in accordance with clause 3.2 above the Guarantor shall pay to the Landlord on demand an amount equal to the rents for the period commencing with the date of such disclaimer and ending on whichever is the earlier of the following dates:

3.3.1 the date 3 months after such disclaimer and

3.3.2 the date (if any) upon which the Premises are re-let.

 

23


IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have set their hands the day and year first before written.

EXECUTED as a DEED by                 )

RAFI (GB) LTD.                                  )

acting by:                                               )

 

Signature    /s/ Brian Blunden
  Director
  Name: Brian Blunden

 

Signature    /s/ Gerhard Schenk
  Director/Secretary
  Name: Gerhard Schenk

EXECUTED as a DEED by                 )

MONOTYPE IMAGING LTD.           )

acting by:                                               )

 

Signature    /s/ Timothy Fraser
  Director
  Name: Timothy Fraser

 

Signature       
  Director/Secretary
  Name:

 

24

Exhibit 10.31

[stamp] Copy

[emblem]

Document

of

Notary

Gerhard Sperker

Heidelberg Notarial Office

Vangerowstrasse 18 - 20 - 69115 Heidelberg

Telephone 0 62 21 / 59 14 91 - 14 90

6 document roll no. 1444 / 2006

Heidelberg Notarial Office 6 Vangerowstrasse 18 - 69115 Heidelberg

To:

Dr. Justus Binder

Attorney at law

c/o SJ Berwin LLP

Maria-Theresia-Str. 5

81675 Munich


6 doc. roll 1444 /06

Recorded in Heidelberg at the Seller’s headquarters,

Kurfürsten-Anlage 52-60, 69115 Heidelberg,

where the undersigned notary had gone pursuant to an express request,

on August 1, 2006

8/1/2006

Before me,

Justice Counsel S p e r k e r,

notary in Heidelberg

- Heidelberg Notarial Office 6 -

appeared today Dr. Binder, identified by photo ID, also known personally and fully competent:

 

  1. Dr. Christoph Steimel, business address Kurfürsten-Anlage 52-60, 69115 Heidelberg, personally known;

 

  2. Dr. Markus R. Ackermann, business address, Vangerowstrasse 16/1, 69115 Heidelberg, personally known;

 

  3. Dr. Julius Binder, business address Maria-Theresia-Strasse 5, 81675 Munich, identified by means of submission of his valid personal ID no. 8351093340.

Persons appearing nos. 1 and 2 declared that they are hereinafter acting not in their own names, but in the name of

Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Aktiengesellschaft, Kurfürsten-Anlage 52-60, 69115 Heidelberg

(hereinafter referred to as the “Seller”) on the basis of a power of attorney dated July 20, 2006 (document of notary Justice Counsel Gerhard Sperker, 6 doc. roll 1380/2006), which was submitted in the original and placed in the document. On the basis of today’s inspection of the Commercial Register of the Mannheim Municipal Court, the notary confirms that the firm of Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Aktiengesellschaft is registered under HRB 330004.

Person appearing no. 3 declared that he is hereinafter acting not in his own name, but, under exclusion of any and all personal liability, in the name of

Blitz 06-683 GmbH, Du-Pont-Strasse 1, 61352 Bad Homburg v. d. Höhe,

registered in the Commercial Register of the Munich Municipal Court under HR B 163 177 (in future: “Monotype Imaging Germany GmbH,” domiciled in Bad Homburg) (hereinafter referred to as the “Purchaser”), on the basis of a power of attorney dated 7/27/2006, which was submitted in the original and placed in the document in the form of a certified copy.

As proof of representative authority, the undersigned notary certifies

on the basis of inspection of the Commercial Register for the Munich Municipal Court - HRB 163177 - on today’s date [handwritten] 7/31/2006 [signature] that the firm of Blitz 06-683 GmbH, domiciled in Munich, is registered there, and on the basis of the record of notarial assessor Dr. David König, Munich - doc. roll no. 4457/2006 - concerning a general meeting of shareholders of Blitz 06-683 GmbH of 7/26/2006, which is available to me in the form of a

 

2


certified cop, that Robert M. Givens, who signed the power of attorney dated 7/27/2006, has been appointed as general manager of Blitz 06-683 GmbH with individual representative authority and exemption from the restrictions of § 181 BGB [German Civil Code]. The general manager appointment became immediately effective according to the aforementioned document. Registration in the Commercial Register has not yet taken place.

Person appearing no. 3 further declared that he is acting not in his own name, but, under exclusion of any and all personal liability, also in the name of

Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., 500 Unicorn Park Drive, 2 nd floor, Woburn, MA 01801, USA

(hereinafter referred to as “Monotype Holdings”) on the basis of a power of attorney dated 7/27/2006, which was submitted in the original and placed in the document in the form of a certified copy.

As proof of representative authority, the following were submitted in copy form or in the original and placed in the document in the form of a certified copy:

The “Certificate of Incorporation” issued by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware and the “Certificate of Good Standing” dated 7/24/2006 relating to Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., as well as the resolution of the Board of Directors of the aforementioned corporation with the Secretary’s Certificate dated 7/28/2006 relating to the power of attorney to conclude the share purchase contract.

The persons appearing hereby declare for public recording the following

I. Share purchase contract

Acting as stated, the persons appearing then concluded the share purchase contract attached as Appendix A.

II. Instructions by the notary

The notary instructed the persons appearing

that, when shares in a GmbH [limited liability corporation] are sold, only the party whose purchase has been announced to the corporation, along with proof of transfer of ownership, is deemed to be the purchaser in relation to the corporation; the parties shall personally undertake the notification to the corporation in accordance with § 16 GmbHG [Limited Liability Corporation Act];

that the pre-notification legal acts concerning the corporate relationship undertaken by the corporation vis à vis the Seller or by the Seller vis à vis the corporation shall be applicable to the purchaser;

the purchaser is liable along with the Seller for the outstanding payments toward the share at the time of registration.

The notary further pointed out that, if real property exists, the accumulation of all shares in the hands of the Purchaser or companies affiliated with the Purchaser is subject to real property transfer tax and pointed out the possibility of accrual of taxes in the event of private or company sales transactions.

The parties declared that the corporation’s assets do not include any real property.

He further pointed out that the bona fide purchase or bona fide encumbrance-free purchase of shares of a GmbH [limited liability corporation] is not possible, i.e., the purchaser is dependent upon the correctness and completeness of the Seller’s statements.

 

3


III. Distribution list

Notification of the assignment to the Bad Homburg Municipal Court - Register Court

Certified copies to

Bad Homburg Tax Office

the Purchaser and Monotype Holdings, 2x

the Seller, 3x

the corporation, for notification, c/o the Purchaser.

The read the foregoing record, including Appendices A, 3.1 and 10, aloud to the persons appearing; the oral reading of Appendices I.1 - I.3, II, parts 1 and 2, 5.3, 7.1 g), 7.1 h) (i), 7.2 h) (ii), 7.1 q) and 7.1 t) was waived; these appendices were presented to the parties for acknowledgment and signed by them; approved by them and then personally signed as follows by them and the notary:

 

[signature]  
[signature]  
[signature]  
 

[signature]

Notary


(20 pages)

Appendix A to

Document 1444 / 2006 of

Notary Justice Counsel Gerhard Sperker

Heidelberg,

- Heidelberg 6 Notarial Office -

[signature]

Notary

8/1/2006

Purchase contract

concerning the sale of shares in

Linotype GmbH

dated August 1, 2006

between

Heidelberg Druckmaschinen Aktiengesellschaft

Kurfürsten-Anlage 52-60

69115 Heidelberg

- hereinafter referred to as the “Seller” -

Blitz 06-683 GmbH

(in future: “Monotype Imaging Germany GmbH”)

Du-Pont-Strasse 1

61352 Bad Homburg v. d. H.

- hereinafter referred to as the “Purchaser” -

and

 

1


Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp.

500 Unicorn Park Drive, 2 nd floor

Woburn, MA 01801

U.S.A.

- hereinafter referred to as “Monotype Holdings” -

Preliminary remark

The Seller is the sole shareholder of Linotype GmbH, which is registered in Section B of the Commercial Register of the Bad Homburg v. d. Höhe Municipal Court under Commercial Register number 6196 and has its principal place of business in Bad Homburg v. d. Höhe (hereinafter referred to as the “Corporation”).

“Industrial Proprietary Rights” within the meaning of this contract describe all industrial proprietary rights, particularly trademarks, design patents, use rights to copyrights for typeface types and use rights to software (in each case, regardless of whether or not they are registered).

The Corporation uses a number of Industrial Proprietary Rights for its business operation.

To the extent that said Industrial Property rights are registered in a register or an application has been made for registration in a register, the Seller is registered as their holder or, as the case may be, is listed as their holder on the application; economic ownership thereto breaks down as follows:

 

a) The Seller holds a portion of said Industrial Proprietary rights as a trustee for the Corporation; specifically, the Corporation is entitled to economic ownership thereof on the basis of a trust agreement dated February 21, 2006 - 3/6/2006 [signature]. This portion of the Industrial Proprietary rights is listed in Appendix I and is hereinafter referred to as the “New Proprietary Rights.” The aforementioned trust agreement is dissolved effective August 1, 2006, in accordance with the dissolution contract attached in Appendix 3.1 .

 

2


b) The Seller is also the economic holder of the other portion of the aforementioned Industrial Proprietary Rights. This portion of the Industrial Proprietary rights is listed in Appendix II and is hereinafter referred to as the “Old Proprietary Rights.”

In all other cases, the Industrial Proprietary Rights necessary to the Corporation’s business operation are held by the Corporation - unless expressly described to the contrary herein.

The Seller is interested in selling its share in the Corporation to the Purchaser and selling the Old Proprietary Rights to Monotype Holdings.

The Purchaser is interested in purchasing the share. Monotype Holdings is interested in purchasing the Old Proprietary Rights.

All shares in the Purchaser are held by Monotype Holdings. By means of debt assumption, the latter intends to be jointly and severally liable with the Purchaser for the Purchaser’s obligations.

The parties therefore agree as follows:

§ 1

Sale and assignment of the share, closing date, entitlement to profit

 

(1) The Seller hereby sells to the Purchaser the share and - as a precaution - all other additional shares (hereinafter referred to summarily as the “Share”) that the Seller holds in the Corporation. The Purchaser accepts said sale.

 

(2) The Seller hereby assigns the Share to the Purchaser subject to the condition precedent of full payment of the purchase price set forth in § 4 par. 1. The Purchaser accepts said assignment.

 

3


(3) Regardless of when the assignment of the Share hereby agreed upon becomes effective with respect to ownership in rem , the “Closing Date” within the meaning of this contract shall be 12 a.m. on July 1, 2006.

 

(4) All rights associated with the Share, including but not limited to the right to receive the Corporation’s profits on or after the Closing Date, shall be included in the sale set forth in paragraph (1).

§ 2

Sale and assignment of industrial proprietary rights

 

(1) The Seller hereby sells to Monotype Holdings all Industrial Proprietary Rights relating to the Corporation’s products, including the trademarks and design patents. The foregoing sale shall include the Industrial Proprietary Rights listed in Appendix II that have been registered or for which application for registration has been made; New Proprietary Rights shall be excluded, to the extent that the Corporation is entitled to them. The foregoing sentences shall apply to the word mark “Linotype,” subject to the proviso that only the trademarks listed in Appendix II, part 2, section 1, shall be transferred. The special provision of § 7 paragraph (1) letter s shall apply to the trademarks in Appendix II, part 2, section 2.

The Seller is not aware that it, or any companies with which it is affiliated (with the exception of the Corporation), is the holder of any additional Industrial Proprietary Rights in relation to the Corporation’s products (beyond the New Proprietary Rights held on a fiduciary basis, see Appendix I), such as use rights to copyrights for typeface types or use rights to software, registered or unregistered. If, contrary to expectations, such rights do exist, this sale shall cover such rights as well.

 

(2) The Seller hereby transfers, subject to the condition precedent of the purchase price payments set forth in § 4 par. 1, all Industrial Proprietary Rights sold under paragraph (1), along with all rights and duties, to Monotype Holdings and promises to consent to the entry of transfer of ownership to Monotype Holdings for all Industrial Proprietary Rights that are registered or for which an application for registration has been made. At the request of Monotype Holdings, the Seller shall, in lieu thereof, consent to the entry of transfer of ownership of individual or all of the Industrial Proprietary Rights sold in accordance with paragraph (1).

 

4


Monotype Holdings shall bear all of the costs of the transfer and the entry of transfer of ownership of the Industrial Proprietary Rights. If Industrial Proprietary Rights are involved that are held by affiliated companies of the Seller, the Seller shall be responsible for ensuring that such Industrial Proprietary Rights are transferred to Monotype Holdings upon satisfaction of the conditions precedent of full purchase price payments in accordance with § 4 par. 1 and that consent is given to the entry of transfer of ownership to Monotype Holdings.

 

(3) The Seller promises to deliver to Monotype Holdings its available files concerning the Old Proprietary Rights. The Seller promises Monotype Holdings to waive any existing claims against the Corporation concerning infringement of its industrial proprietary rights as of the transfer closing date.

§ 3

Dissolution of the trust agreement

 

(1) The trust agreement mentioned in the preamble is dissolved effective August 1, 2006. The Seller shall consent to the transfer of ownership of the New Proprietary Rights to the Corporation. The Seller promises the Purchaser that it shall not exercise its option to acquire the New Proprietary Rights.

 

(2) The Seller promises the Purchaser that it shall deliver its available files concerning the New Proprietary Rights to the Corporation.

§ 4

Purchase price, additional obligations of the Purchaser

 

(1) The purchase price for the shares and the Industrial Proprietary Rights shall be EUR 45,000,000.00 (in the words: forty-five million Euros). The purchase price for the Share, along with all tangible and intangible assets (including, but not limited to, the New Proprietary Rights) and liabilities, shall be EUR 39,175,000.00 (in words: thirty-nine million one hundred [crossed out by hand] seventy-five thousand Euros) and shall be owed by the Purchaser. [signature]

 

5


 

seventy-five thousand Euros) and shall be owed by the Purchaser. The purchase price for the Old Proprietary Rights set forth in Appendix II shall be EUR 5,825,000.00 (in words: five million eight hundred twenty five thousand Euros) and shall be owed by Monotype Holdings.

 

(2) The total purchase price in the amount of EUR 45,000,000.00 (in words: forty-five million Euros) shall be paid by the Purchaser and Monotype Holdings in the partial sums owed in accordance with paragraph (1) by at 5:00 p.m. on August 1, 2006, to the Seller’s account at

 

Hypovereinsbank AG Heidelberg

Acct.

  

Bank routing no.

  

IBAN

  

SWIFT

  

If the purchase price is not paid by the aforementioned point in time, the Seller shall have the right to demand compensatory damages from the Purchaser for non-performance or rescind this contract by written declaration; all of the partners of SJ Berwin LLP, Munich location, Maria-Theresa-Strasse 5, 81675 Munich, shall be authorized to accept receipt of the rescission declaration. Rescission shall only become effective if the purchase price is not received within 24 hours of receipt of the rescission declaration.

 

(3) If a claim is asserted by third parties after the assignment of the Share pursuant to § 1 paragraph (2) of this contract becomes effective, the Purchaser promises to indemnify the Seller from all obligations that result from the issuance of guaranties or suretyships or from the assumptions of debt with respect to the Corporation’s obligations to third parties, but only to the extent that the relevant obligations on the part of the Corporation arise after today’s date.

 

(4)

The Purchaser guarantees the Seller by way an independent guaranty assurance that the cumulative acquisition of the Share in the Corporation, including the New Proprietary Rights, and the acquisition of the rights set forth in § 2 of this contract are permissible from the standpoint of antitrust law. In the event that the warranty is triggered, no refund of the purchase price shall be made; the Seller is free to assert additional claims (particularly

 

6


 

in the event of antitrust fines and additional costs resulting from attorney consultation in connection with potential antitrust proceedings). However, Monotype or the Purchaser shall receive the proceeds of any other exploitation of the Share, including the New Proprietary Rights and the rights set forth in § 2; exploitation shall be carried out by Monotype Holdings or the Purchaser at their expense. If the Seller is still the holder of the shares and the sold rights, the Seller hereby irrevocably authorizes the Purchaser to transfer the shares and the sold rights in the Seller’s name, and shall issue a separate power of attorney document to the Seller upon request. The Seller also hereby confirms that it will reasonably assist the Purchaser within the framework of any antitrust proceeding.

§ 5

Adjustment of the purchase price; payment due date;

warranty with respect to the intercompany contract of 1998

 

(1) The Corporation shall be sold “cash and debt free,” viewed from an economic standpoint. This means that the agreed upon purchase price shall be reduced by the net financial indebtedness of the Corporation as of July 31, 2006.

The net financial indebtedness consists of bank liabilities, plus interest-bearing financial obligations to the Seller, minus cash, bank balances and interest-bearing financial claims against the Seller. By way of clarification, it is hereby stated that the purchase price shall be increased appropriately in the event of negative financial indebtedness.

 

(2) On July 31, 2006, the parties examined the extent to which an adjustment must be made in accordance with paragraph 1 as of today’s date. The sum by which the purchase price is increased is EUR 1,238,549.00. The parties have agreed that the payment from abroad, REF AZMC6212000229 00, in the amount of USD 970,170.34, shall only have a 20% purchase price-increasing effect. A statement from the Corporation’s account at Commerzbank AG and an excerpt from the Corporation’s bookkeeping system are attached as Appendix 5.3. The purchase price adjustment shall be paid to the Seller’s account identified in § 4 paragraph 2 by August 15, 2006.

 

7


(3) For a period of five (5) years from today’s date, the Seller shall not become active directly or indirectly in the Corporation’s business sector or enter into competition with the Corporation in the Corporation’s current business sector. This prohibition against competition shall not include purely financial equity interests in other corporations of less than 15% that do not confer control over the management of such corporations.

 

(4) The Seller also promises that it shall not, for a period of three (3) years, (i) employ any employee of the corporation, cause any such employee to restrict or terminate his employment relationship with the Corporation or work for a competitor of the Corporation, (ii) cause any independent third party that renders work or services for or in the name of the Corporation to restrict or terminate his business relationship with the Corporation or (iii) cause any person who has utilized the Corporation’s services or products in the last six (6) months to restrict or terminate his business relations with the Corporation or enter into or expand business relations with a competing company.

 

(5) For a period of three (3) years from today’s date, the Seller shall treat all business and operational secrets, know-how and customer information relating to the Corporation’s business operation in a strictly confidential manner, to the extent that such information is not or does not become publicly available, provided that it does not become publicly available as a consequence of a breach of the foregoing confidentiality obligation.

 

(6) The Seller shall exercise its best efforts to ensure that all of its affiliated companies likewise assume and fulfill the obligations set forth in paragraphs (3) through (5), above.

 

(7)

The Seller hereby guarantees by way of an independent guaranty assurance that (i) a control and profit/loss transfer agreement will no longer exist with the Corporation after the end of the abbreviated fiscal year, (ii) tax recognition of the control and profit/loss transfer agreement dated March 31, 1998, is guaranteed through June 30, 2006, and (iii) the Corporation’s obligations

 

8


 

to transfer profits/losses are fulfilled. If the foregoing guarantee is violated, the Seller shall not be liable to the Purchaser or Monotype Holdings, but instead the Seller shall fully indemnify the Corporation in this regard (particularly in the event of supplemental tax claims) or compensate the Corporation accordingly. Said indemnification or compensation shall constitute a third-party beneficiary contract within the meaning of § 328 BGB [German Civil Code].

§ 6

Preparation of the closing date financial statements

An abbreviated fiscal year was created for the Corporation for the period from April 1, 2006, through June 30, 2006, in order to dissolve the single-entity tax treatment with the Seller and, in particular, to dissolve the control and profit/loss transfer agreement. Between the closing date until today’s date, the Corporation has continued to operate its business (including bookkeeping and the preparation of the financial statements for the abbreviated fiscal year) in conformity with past practice and within the framework of the ordinary course of business and shall continue to operate its business in this manner until the transfer of the Share in accordance with § 1 paragraph (2) of this agreement becomes effective. The financial statements for the abbreviated fiscal year were prepared by the Corporation under the Corporation’s leadership and responsibility and in accordance with its instructions. The financial statements for the abbreviated fiscal year were prepared in accordance with the requirements of the German Commercial Code (HGB) in accordance with the Corporation’s customary practice. As in the case of the most recently prepared annual financial statements, the financial statements for the period ending on the closing date were audited in the same manner by the public accounting firm of PriceWaterhouseCoopers.

§ 7

Warrantees by the Seller

 

(1) The Seller guarantees Monotype Holdings and the Purchaser in the form of an independent guaranty assurance that the following statements are correct and accurate at the time of the recording of this contract-unless a different point in time is expressly agreed upon below-and shall be responsible for them definitively within the framework of the legal succession provisions concluded hereinafter:

 

  a) The statements concerning the Seller and the Corporation in the preliminary remark to this contract are correct.

 

9


  b) The Corporation is a Gesellschaft mit beschränkter Haftung [limited liability corporation] established under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany and validly in existence in accordance with its articles of incorporation.

 

  c) The Corporation holds no equity interests in other enterprises and is not obligated to acquire such equity interests.

 

  d) With the exception of the profit/loss transfer contract dated March 31, 1998, concluded with the Seller and constituting the basis for the single-entity tax treatment between the Seller and the Corporation, the Corporation has not entered into any intercompany contracts within the meaning of §§ 291 et seq. AktG [German Stock Corporation Act] with the Seller or third parties or any contracts concerning the establishment of a silent partnership, equity-like shareholder loan, profit-sharing rights or other rights that confer a right to profits, sales revenue or liquidation proceeds. The profit/loss transfer agreement shall be cancelled at the end of the abbreviated fiscal year.

 

  e) The Seller is the legal and economic owner of the Share, which [is] free of any and all encumbrances or other rights created in favor of third parties. The Seller has the right to freely dispose of the Share and does not need the consent of a third party to do so, nor would such disposition violate the rights of any third party. The Share does not constitute the entirety or nearly the entirety of the Seller’s assets.

 

  f) The Share is fully paid-in at the time at which its assignment becomes effective, and no repayments of capital contribution, including concealed repayments, have been made. Beyond the Seller, there are no other shareholders of the Corporation at the aforementioned point in time, nor are there any conversion rights, options or similar rights that create the obligation to issue new shares or grant voting rights to third parties.

 

10


  g) The certified excerpt from the Commercial Register attached as Appendix 7.1 g) fully and correctly states the Corporation’s corporate law situation-to the extent registered in the Commercial Register. Only the persons listed in the Commercial Register are authorized to represent the Corporation. There are no Prokuristen [holders of statutory representative authority] not registered in the Commercial Register; no commercial or general powers of attorney have been issued.

 

  h) The Corporation’s annual financial statements for the period ended 3/31/2006, which are attached as Appendix 7.1 h) (i), and the Corporation’s annual financial statements for the period ended 6/30/2006, which are attached as Appendix 7.1 h) (ii) (hereinafter referred to jointly as the “Annual Financial Statements”), were audited by PriceWaterhouseCoopers and received an unqualified audit certificate from the auditors. The Seller is not aware of any circumstances or facts that would allow the conclusion to be drawn that the audit certificate was incorrectly issued.

 

  j) The Seller has no knowledge that any contract of significance to the Corporation’s business, on the basis of which the Corporation earns sales revenue of more than EUR 100,000.00 per fiscal year, is invalid or terminated or is going to be terminated. This does not include the contract with fontshop AG, Berlin, which has been terminated. However, the Corporation has already concluded a new contract that connects seamlessly with the terminated contract. The Seller also has no knowledge that the Corporation is violating substantial duties arising from the aforementioned contracts or that any important contract contains a change-of-control clause, on the basis of which a contract would automatically become invalid or terminable, with the exception of most contracts with dealers and distributors, both of which frequently contain change-of-control clauses.

 

  k) The Corporation has not promised any wage or salary increases for the time period after the closing date. The Seller has no knowledge of any employee having terminated or otherwise ended his employment contract with the Corporation or announced his intention to do so as a result of the Corporation’s departure from the Heidelberg Group. However, the Seller does point out that two employees have terminated their employment contract with the Corporation effective June 30, 2006; the Seller has not knowledge that the terminations are associated with the sale of the Corporation.

 

11


  l) All taxes, social security charges and other public charges, regardless of whether they are directly or indirectly owed, particularly corporate income tax, trade tax, sales tax, unemployment tax and pension insurance contributions, payroll taxes and all interest and delinquency interest and late payment surcharges with respect to the aforementioned taxes and charges, are properly declared and fully paid on the due date (or appropriate reserves have been undertaken in the annual financial statements). There are no liabilities for customs duties, import sales taxes or export duties or for withholding taxes or other source taxes. No audits of the Corporation by tax agencies or social security insurance carriers are currently taking place; it is expected that a business tax audit (corporate income tax, trade tax, sales tax) for the assessment periods 2001 through 2004 or 2005 will start at the end of 2006. All returns owed to the competent tax offices and social security insurance carriers for the period through the closing date have been correctly and fully submitted, and all taxes, social security insurance contributions and other public charges that are due have been fully and timely remitted. § 8 shall remain unaffected.

 

  m) No obligations have been established outside of the normal course of business. Nor has the Corporation submitted any suretyships or parent comfort letters for the benefit of third parties outside of the normal course of business, and the Corporation has no liability, including conditional liability, for obligations of third parties. The Corporation has not entered into any futures transactions, option transactions or contracts for differences (with the exception of the U.S. exchange rate hedge contracts).

 

  n) The Corporation has not obligated itself to third parties to pay any sum to compensate brokerage services or similar services (“finder’s fee”) in connection with the sale provided in this contract.

 

  o)

All information provided to Monotype Holdings and its advisors by the Seller (including the persons named in paragraph (3)) prior to the recording of this contract

 

12


 

is true to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, is not misleading and does not conceal any substantial facts with respect to the Share, the Corporation or its business operation that are significant with respect to the specific information given or that the Purchaser should know for purposes of evaluation of such information at the time of the signing of this contract.

 

  p) All Industrial Proprietary Rights related to the Corporation’s products or of importance to the Corporation’s business are fully and correctly listed in the appendices listed below, to the extent that said Industrial Proprietary Rights are registered or applications for their registration have been made:

-Appendix I: Industrial Proprietary Rights of the Corporation

-Appendix II: Industrial Proprietary Rights of the Seller

The word mark “Linotype” is listed in Appendix II, part 2, section 1, but only to the extent that [it is] related exclusively to products of the Corporation.

Appendices I and II contain the following information for all industrial products that are registered or for which an application for registration has been made: (i) Type of Industrial Proprietary Right, (ii) the registered or actual holder of the Industrial Proprietary Right and (iii) the countries in which the Industrial Proprietary Right is registered or an application for registration has been made, along with the registration or application number and the official application or registration date. The Seller’s or Corporation’s ownership of the aforementioned Industrial Proprietary Rights is, to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, not disputed by third parties. The Industrial Proprietary Rights are not provided as collateral or pledged, nor is any usufructary right created with respect to them.

 

  q) All fees that are due in order to maintain the New Proprietary Rights and Old Proprietary Rights are paid. Any protests by third parties that are pending concerning individual proprietary rights are fully disclosed in Appendix 7.1 q) . However, the Seller does not guarantee the future legal validity of the industrial proprietary rights or their freedom from third-party rights, nor is the Seller liable for ensuring that individual proprietary rights are not deleted or declared void or that third parties do not claim or assert the violation of rights.

 

13


If Industrial Proprietary Rights are held by affiliated companies of the Seller (outside of the Corporation), the Seller shall be liable for ensuring that they are transferred to Monotype Holdings upon satisfaction of the condition precedent set forth in § 1 paragraph (2) and that consent is given to the transfer of ownership to Monotype Holdings.

 

  r) The Seller and the Corporation have received no information to the effect that the Corporation is currently violating industrial proprietary rights of third parties or would be violating such rights after the immediately planned future business operation. The Seller is, to the best of its knowledge, not aware that the Corporation’s products infringe rights of third parties. To the best of the Seller’s knowledge, third parties are not infringing any Industrial Proprietary Rights of the Corporation, the Seller or companies affiliated with the Seller in a manner that would, in individual cases or in the aggregate, have a substantially negative effect on the Corporation’s overall business operation.

 

  s) Appendix II, part 2, section 2) contains, to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, a complete listing of the trademarks whose product list relates only partially to the products of the Corporation (dual use). The Seller hereby permanently and interminably grants to Monotype Holdings and companies affiliated with Monotype Holdings exclusive use rights to the Corporation’s products. The Seller further promises to permit identical supplemental applications with a product list restricted to the Corporation’s products and not oppose such supplemental applications. In cases in which the splitting of trademarks is possible in accordance with or by application mutatis mutandis of § 27 MarkenG [German Trademark Act] (or a corresponding provision of the applicable foreign law), the Seller shall, at Monotype Holdings’ request and expense, request the splitting of the trademarks and transfer the sub-trademarks relating to the Corporation’s products to Monotype Holdings, the Purchaser or the Corporation. In all other respects, the Seller and Monotype Holdings shall agree on the details of the treatment of dual use trademarks.

 

14


  t) All licenses that are necessary to use of the products listed in Appendix 7.1 t) are, to the best of the Seller’s knowledge, listed in Appendix 7.1 t). These license contracts are not terminated. The contracts are in effect, to the best of the Seller’s knowledge. To the extent that the necessary licenses are terminable by ordinary termination notice, have a fixed term or provide for special termination rights for the respective licensor, this is noted appropriately on the list in Appendix 7.1 t). Statutory rights of extraordinary termination for good cause are not separately noted. In addition, there is a listing concerning whether options for reacquisition of licenses are contained in the licenses. It is also noted there if worldwide or exclusive licenses are not involved. To the extent that no other contractual provision in Appendix 7.1 t) can be noted in § 7 par. 1 letter t), no warranty is assumed concerning the content of these contracts. Best knowledge within the meaning of this § 7 paragraph 1 letter t) means affirmative knowledge or knowledge that one should have had on the basis of reasonable investigation.

 

  u) The Corporation’s business typically entails the conduct of many lawsuits (particularly against infringers of industrial proprietary rights). To the best of the Seller’s knowledge, however, no lawsuit against the Corporation is threatened and no documents have been served in a lawsuit against the Corporation that would not fall within the usual framework for the Corporation’s business or would have a substantive negative effect on the Corporation if such lawsuit were lost.

 

(2) Legal consequences

 

  a) If it becomes apparent that one or more of the statements for which the Seller assumed a warranty under § 7 of this contract is incorrect, the Purchaser can demand that the Seller establish, within a reasonable time period from receipt of the demand, the condition that would exist if the statement or statements have been correct. The Purchaser can compensatory damages from the Seller in cash if the Seller does not establish the contractually promised condition within the imposed time period or if it is not possible to establish the contractually promised condition.

 

15


  b) The Purchaser and the Corporation can only assert compensatory damage claims against the Seller arising from the warranties set forth in § 7 of this contract if the total amount of such claims exceeds a sum of EUR 800,000; the amount of the Seller’s liability arising from par. 1 shall be limited to a sum in the amount of 25% of the purchase price-unless of breach of a warranty described in paragraph (1) letter e) or f) is present.

 

  c) The warranties given by the Seller under this § 7 are, without exception, independent warranties. Beyond them, all claims by Monotype Holdings and the Purchaser arising from the general law governing performance impairment (with the exception of primary performance claims) and warranty under purchasing law shall be barred; avoidance not based on fraud or threat shall also be barred.

 

  d) All warranty claims on the part of the Purchaser on the basis of this § 7 shall become time-barred on March 15, 2008. This paragraph d) sentence 1 shall not apply if a breach of the warranties described in par. 1 letter e) or f) is present or if a warranty is intentionally breached; such claims shall become time-barred within three (3) years from the point in time at which the Purchaser learned or should have learned of the damage-or they shall, without regardless to knowledge, become time-barred in ten (10) years from the date of transfer. The warranty claims arising from § 7 par. 1 letters p), q), r), s) and t) shall become time-barred after March 31, 2009.

 

  e) The legal consequences stated above are definitive and shall take the place of the provisions of the Civil Code. Beyond them, Monotype Holdings and the Purchaser shall no claims with respect to the breach of a warranty obligation. Claims arising from other contractual or tortious liability on the part of the Seller shall be barred, unless such liability is based on intentional or grossly negligent conduct.

 

(3)

Whenever this contract refers to the Seller’s knowledge, knowledge on the part of the following persons shall govern: Members of the Seller’s management board, members of the Corporation’s advisory board and management team, employees in the

 

16


 

specialized departments of Accounting & Taxes, Controlling, Management Board Office, Intellectual Property and Mergers & Acquisitions, to the extent that they were involved in the Corporation’s affairs in the day-to-day business in the last two (2) years.

§ 8

Taxes, social security insurance contributions, miscellaneous fees and charges

 

(1) The Purchaser shall work to ensure that the Corporation averts or minimizes the financial burdens in the event of impending or looming supplemental payments for taxes, fees and other charges, customs duties and social security insurance contributions relating to the assessment periods through and including June 30, 2006.

 

(2) The Purchaser shall further work to ensure that, in the aforementioned cases, the Corporation supports the Seller fully and in the best manner possible to avoid or minimize all types of supplemental payments on the part of the Seller.

 

(3) These duties shall specifically include the Purchaser working to ensure that the Corporation

 

  (a) comprehensively informs the Seller at its own expense concerning the beginning, course and result of all types of business audits-to the extent that these assessment periods relate to the time period through and including June 30, 2006-and provide the Seller with all information and documents that are necessary for purposes of defense;

 

  (b) provides the Seller with copies of change notices at its own expense in a prompt and timely manner prior to the expiration of the appellate deadline period, to the extent that such change notices relate to the aforementioned assessment periods;

 

  (c) gives the Seller the opportunity to actively participate in business audits, in order to avoid or minimize supplemental payments;

 

  (d) files all necessary appellate remedies at the Seller’s request;

 

17


  (e) complies at its own expense with all retention and documentation obligations prescribed under the Commercial Code, tax law or otherwise.

 

(4) The warranty of § 7 paragraph (1) letter l) shall not apply if the Seller suffers damage as a result of a breach of a duty arising from § 8 of the contract-regardless of whether committed by the Purchaser or the Corporation. If payments are imposed upon the Seller, the Purchaser shall grant the Seller a complete inspection of the documents available to the Purchaser and the Corporation that reference the payment notice. The Seller shall receive copies of the aforementioned documents at the Seller’s request.

§ 9

Confidentiality and press releases

 

(1) The parties agree that they shall treat in a strictly confidential manner the knowledge they have received concerning one another and the respective affiliated companies in connection with the negotiations and conclusion of this contract.

 

(2) No party shall publish a press release or similar announcements with respect to the legal transactions regulated by this contract without a prior written agreement with the other party.

§ 10

Miscellaneous

 

(1) Monotype Holdings hereby joins in the Purchaser’s contractual relationship with the Seller on the Purchaser’s side and shall thus be liable for all of the Purchaser’s obligations arising from this contract in the same manner as its own obligations.

 

(2) Each contracting party shall bear the costs of the advisors they have engaged. The Purchaser shall bear 87.06% and Monotype Holdings shall bear 12.94% of the costs of the notarial recording, as well as the other transfer costs incurred as a consequence of the conclusion and performance of this contract, including any transaction taxes and consumption taxes.

 

18


(3) The parties agree that the service contract attached as Appendix 10 will be concluded between the Corporation and the Seller. Monotype Holdings and the Purchaser shall work to ensure that the contract is signed by the Corporation effective on today’s date.

 

(4) Amendments of and addenda to this contract, including this provision, must be in written form, except to the extent that it is necessary to comply with notarial form.

 

(5) The Seller hereby names the following party as its agent authorized to receive service of process for complaints and service of documents in a pending lawsuit and authorized to receive declarations that need to be received:

Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG

Management Board Office

Kurfürsten-Anlage 52-60

69115 Heidelberg,

and the Purchaser names the following party:

Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp.

Attn.: Jacquie Arthur, CFO

500 Unicorn Park Drive, 2 nd floor

Woburn, MA 01801, U.S.A.

 

(6) If a provision of this contract is invalid or impracticable in whole or in part, this shall not affect the validity or practicability of all of the other provisions of this contract. The invalid or impracticable provision shall be deemed to be replaced by a valid and practicable provision that comes as close as possible to the economic purpose pursued by the invalid or impracticable provision.

 

(7) All agreements concluded between the contracting parties prior to the conclusion of this contract shall be superseded by the conclusion of this contract. This contract contains all of the agreements between the parties relating to the subject matter of this contract.

 

19


(8) This contract shall be governed by the law of the Federal Republic of Germany. The exclusive place of judicial venue in the event of disputes between the contracting parties on the basis of this contract shall be Heidelberg. The Seller shall also have the right to sue the Purchaser before the court with jurisdiction of the Purchaser’s domicile.

 

(9) With reference to the “Joint Defense Agreement” concluded between the Seller and the Corporation on July 31, 2006, the Seller hereby irrevocably offers the Corporation to supplement said Agreement to the effect that both parties shall have a right of ordinary termination upon a termination notice period of seven days.

§ 11

Appendices to this contract

 

Appendix I.1-I.3:    New Proprietary Rights
Appendix II, parts 1 and 2    Old Proprietary Rights
Appendix 3.1:    IP trust contract dissolution contract
Appendix 5.3    Purchase price adjustment
Appendix 7.1 g):    Commercial Register excerpt
Appendix 7.1 h) (i):    Audited annual financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2006
Appendix 7.1 h) (ii):    Audited annual financial statements for the period ended June 30, 2006
Appendix 7.1 q):    Protests
Appendix 7.1 t):    List of important products
Appendix 10:    Model service contract

 

20


[stamp]

[illegible] 31 (2 pages)

Aug. 1, 2006

[illegible]

[signature]

Notary

RESCISSION OF THE TRUST CONTRACT

between

Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG

Kurfürsten-Anlage 52-60

D-69115 Heidelberg

and

Linotype GmbH

Du-Pont-Strasse 1

61352 Bad Homburg

Preamble

Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG (hereinafter referred to as “HDM”) is the sole shareholder of Linotype GmbH (hereinafter referred to as “Linotype”).

It intends to sell its share this year and likewise transfer it to the purchaser this year. It is also intended that industrial proprietary rights be sold to the purchaser’s parent corporation simultaneously by means of the same contractual document.

A trust contract dated February 21, 2006, currently exists between the contracting parties, pursuant to which HDM, as trustee, administers industrial proprietary rights of Linotype “hereinafter referred to as the “Trust Contract”).

It is intended that said contract come to an end at the time of the signing of the purchase contract concerning the share.

For this purpose, the contracting parties hereby conclude this contract.

 

§ 1 Rescission of the trust contract

[initials]

The contracting parties hereby rescind the trust contract subject to the condition precedent of the conclusion of a purchase contract between HDM and

 

Page 1 of 2


Blitz 06-683 GmbH, registered in the Commercial Register of the Munich Municipal Court (hereinafter referred to as: “Monotype Imaging Germany GmbH”), concerning the Linotype share and between HDM and Monotype Imaging Holdings, Inc., 500 Unicorn Park Drive, 2 nd floor, Woburn, MA 01801, U.S.A., concerning industrial proprietary rights.

The rescission shall also cover all obligations arising from any existing collateral agreements.

 

§ 2 Option waiver

HDM hereby waives the option arising from § 9 par. 2 of the trust contract.

 

§ 3 Return transfer of the industrial proprietary rights

HDM hereby transfers back to Linotype the proprietary rights registered in its name under the trust contract; Linotype hereby accepts said return transfer.

HDM shall surrender the documents held in custody in connection with HDM’s fiduciary administration to Linotype immediately after the end.

Heidelberg / Bad Homburg, July 31, 2006

 

Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG    Linotype GmbH      
[signature]    [signature]      
Bernhard Schreier    Bruno Steinert      
Chairman of the Management Board    General Manager    [initials]   

 

[signature]
Wirnt Galster
Prokurist [holder of statutory representative authority]

 

Page 2 of 2


   (4 pages)
   10
   Appendix to the document
   of Heidelberg Notarial Office 6
   dated Aug. 1, 2006
   Notarial Office 6
   [signature] Notary

SERVICE CONTRACT

(running number: 1)

between

Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG

Kurfürsten-Anlage 52-60

D-69115 Heidelberg

(Sales tax ID number: DE 143455661)

and

Linotype GmbH

Du-Pont-Strasse 1

61352 Bad Homburg

Preamble

Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG (hereinafter referred to as “HDM”) is the sole shareholder of Linotype GmbH (hereinafter referred to as “Linotype”).

It intends to sell its share this year and likewise transfer it to the purchaser this year.

HDM has heretofore rendered services for Linotype in, among other things, the areas of

 

1. Furnishing SAP applications

 

2. Payroll and pension accounting.

The basis for such services is verbal or implied contracts between HDM and Linotype. The motive for these contracts is, in turn, based on Linotype’s position as a subsidiary of HDM. Therefore, it is intended that the services no longer be rendered on a long-term basis after the transfer of the shares.

It is intended that HDM continue to render the services for a transitional period, in order to provide Linotype with freedom of action after the transfer of the shares and enable Linotype to conclude appropriate service contracts with third parties or render the services itself.

It is intended that this contract replace the existing pertinent contracts; in particular, it is intended that it regulate the content and ending of services and fulfill the function of written documentation.

 

§ 1 Services

HDM shall render the following services for Linotype:

 

(1) Furnishing of SAP applications as follows:

 

Page 1 of 4

[initials]


   

ERP application for Linotype in the “Linotype” company code in the SAP system P00, with the status of 6/30/2006 and

 

   

Personnel (HR) application for Linotype in the SAP system P03, with the status of 6/30/2006.

The furnishing of the SAP application shall include the following components:

 

   

Sourcing Management; including Contract Management,

 

   

Coordination of regional Single Point of Contact (SPoC),

 

   

Invoice verification, Coordination of interaction to the outsourcing partner (changes and upgrades),

 

   

User administration & Incident Management,

 

   

Data Center Usage; includes Online and batch usage,

 

   

Storage services (storage, backup, recovery), Incident management, Archiving of data, Hosting of Server Systems,

 

   

Application for Licenses,

 

   

Customer Competence Center and

 

   

SAP Developer Support (regarding SAP Basis System).

 

(2) Services in the area of “payroll and pension accounting” for up to a total of 70 employees and company retirees as follows:

 

   

Setup and maintenance of personnel master records for accounting and time recording,

 

   

monthly payroll accounting for the existing wage types on the basis of fee data communicated by Linotype, taking the statutory requirements into account,

 

   

creation of payroll certificates for Linotype and Linotype employees for submission to governmental agencies,

 

   

participation in and furnishing of information in connection with audits by tax offices/social security insurance carriers/professional association,

 

   

creation of statutorily prescribed evaluations arising from account settlement (particularly payroll tax return/payroll tax certificate/reporting to social security insurance carriers),

 

   

creation of statutorily prescribed reports (particularly reporting to professional association/handicapped person notice),

 

   

creation of employee lists/salary lists for Linotype GmbH in accordance with the existing standards,

 

   

vestedness/company pension calculations at the time of departure or retirement on the basis of existing benefit assurances,

 

Page 2 of 4

[initials]


   

monthly company pension accounting on the basis of the existing pension assurances and

 

   

processing of the data for forwarding to the actuary for preparation of his annual expert pension opinion.

 

(3) However, the services shall under no circumstances go beyond the scope in which they have been rendered to date.

 

§ 2 Remuneration

Linotype shall remunerate the services by means of payment of the following sums to HDM; it is hereby stated by way of clarification that sales tax shall be owed at the statutory rate:

 

(1) For services in accordance with § 1 (1), EUR 11,278.00 per month, currently plus 16% sales tax EUR 1,804.48, total EUR 13,082.48.

 

(2) For services in accordance with § 1 (2), EUR 1,800.00 per month, currently plus 16% sales tax EUR 288.00, total EUR 2,088.00.

 

(3) The interest claims shall be due at the beginning of each month in which services are to be rendered in accordance with this contract.

 

(4) The payments shall be made by means of a standing order.

 

§ 3 Effect on existing contracts

With this contract, all existing contracts between the parties concerning the rendering of services in the areas of furnishing and use of SAP applications, payroll accounting and pension accounting shall be rescinded starting from the beginning of the effective period of this contract.

 

§ 4 Liability

 

(1) HDM shall only be liable for damage to the extent that it or its servants or vicarious agents have caused such damage in a grossly negligent or intentional manner. This shall apply to all claims regardless of their legal basis. Liability for breach of substantial contractual duties shall remain unaffected; in such case, liability shall be limited to the foreseeable, typically occurring damage; this notwithstanding, the maximum liability limit in such case shall be the sum of the remuneration under this contract within the obligatory three-month contract term, i.e., EUR 39,234.00.

 

(2) HDM shall under no circumstances be liable for contractually atypical, and therefore unforeseeable, damage or for indirect damage, provided that HMD is not guilty of intentional breach of contract.

 

Page 3 of 4

[initials]


§ 5 Transitional services

This contract does not cover special services in connection with the ending of the rendering of services by HDM, particularly services that arise on the occasion of the transfer of the services heretofore rendered by HDM to a different service provider or to Linotype (for example, programming expense and additional expense for mechanical personnel master data transfer).

 

§ 6 Term, termination

 

(1) The contract shall be valid effective August 1, 2006. Its validity shall be limited to a time period of three months. The contract cannot be terminated during said time period.

 

(2) Linotype can, by written declaration, which must be submitted to HDM prior to the expiration of the time period set forth in paragraph (1), extend the contract for an additional three months directly following the expiration of the time period set forth in paragraph (1). During said extension period, Linotype shall be able to terminate the contract in writing effective at the end of the month.

 

(3) After the end of the contract, HDM shall be obligated to surrender to Linotype documents that came into existence at HDM within the framework of the rendering of services. This shall also relate to documents that came into existence in connection with the services during Linotype’s affiliation with the Heidelberg Group, to the extent possible and to the extent that such documents are available. In addition, HDM shall deliver to Linotype the software that was used at HDM solely for the rendering of services for Linotype and for whose development Linotype has paid in the past.

 

§ 7 Miscellaneous

 

(1) No verbal collateral agreements concerning this contract exists.

 

(2) Amendments of this contract shall only be valid if they are in written form.

Heidelberg / Bad Homburg, July 31, 2006

 

Heidelberger Druckmaschinen AG

   Linotype GmbH   

Bernhard Schreier

   Bruno Steinert   

Chairman of the Management Board

   General Manager   

 

[signature]
Wirnt Galster
Prokurist [holder of statutory representative authority]

 

Page 4 of 4

[signatures]

Exhibit 10.33

 


CREDIT AGREEMENT

by and among

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,

as Parent,

IMAGING ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

AGFA MONOTYPE CORPORATION,

and

INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION,

as Borrowers,

THE LENDERS THAT ARE SIGNATORIES HERETO,

as the Lenders,

and

D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.,

as the Arranger and Administrative Agent

Dated as of November 5, 2004

 



CREDIT AGREEMENT

THIS CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is entered into as of November 5, 2004, by and among the lenders identified on the signature pages hereof (such lenders, together with their respective successors and permitted assigns, are referred to hereinafter each individually as a “ Lender ” and collectively as the “ Lenders ”), and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as the arranger and administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”), MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP. , a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), IMAGING ACQUISITION CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), AGFA MONOTYPE CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“ Monotype ”), and INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION , a New York corporation (“ Typeface ”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS , Newco has entered into that certain Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (the “ Stock Purchase Agreement ”), among Parent, Newco, Monotype and Agfa Corporation, a Delaware corporation (the “ Seller ”) pursuant to which Newco will acquire the stock of Monotype (the “ Monotype Stock ”), in an acquisition (the “ Acquisition Transaction ”), such Acquisition Transaction to be effective (the “ Acquisition Effectiveness Time ”) immediately upon receipt by the Seller of the purchase price described in the Stock Purchase Agreement for the Monotype Stock;

WHEREAS , immediately following the Acquisition Transaction, Newco will merge with and into Monotype (the “ Merger ”), with Monotype surviving the Merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent, pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger substantially in the form of Exhibit M-1 hereto (the “ Merger Agreement ”), which provides, among other things, that (a) the Merger shall be automatically effective immediately following the consummation of the Acquisition Transaction and (b) Monotype shall be the surviving corporation (with its name changed to Monotype Imaging, Inc.) and shall become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Parent; and

WHEREAS , in order to (a) finance the Acquisition Transaction, (b) pay transactional fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Acquisition Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (c) finance ongoing working capital, capital expenditures, and general corporate needs of Parent and its subsidiaries following the Acquisition Transaction and the Merger, Borrowers have requested that Agent and Lenders extend credit to Borrowers pursuant to, and in accordance with, this Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION.

1.1 Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the meanings specified therefor on Schedule 1.1 .

1.2 Accounting Terms . All accounting terms not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP. When used herein, the term “financial statements” shall include the notes and schedules thereto. Whenever the term “Borrowers” or the term “Parent” is used in respect of a financial covenant or a related definition, it shall be understood to mean Borrowers and their Subsidiaries or Parent and its Subsidiaries, as applicable, on a consolidated basis unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

1.3 Code . Any terms used in this Agreement that are defined in the Code shall be construed and defined as set forth in the Code unless otherwise defined herein; provided , however , that to the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code, the definition of such term contained in Article 9 shall govern.


1.4 Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement or any other Loan Document clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement or any other Loan Document refer to this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Any reference herein to the satisfaction or repayment in full of the Obligations shall mean the repayment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms hereof) of all Obligations other than contingent indemnification Obligations. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein or in the other Loan Documents shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

1.5 Schedules and Exhibits . All of the schedules and exhibits attached to this Agreement shall be deemed incorporated herein by reference.

 

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT.

2.1 Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date each Lender agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make a term loan (collectively, the “ Term Loan ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Term Loan Amount. The outstanding unpaid principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan shall be due and payable on the date of termination of this Agreement, whether by its terms, by prepayment, or by acceleration. All amounts outstanding under the Term Loan shall constitute Obligations. Once any portion of the Term Loan has been paid or prepaid, it may not be reborrowed.

2.2 Borrowing Procedures and Settlements .

(a) Procedure for Borrowing . The Term Loan shall be made by an irrevocable written request by an Authorized Person delivered to Agent no later than 10:00 a.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date. Each Lender shall make the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Term Loan available to Agent in immediately available funds, to Agent’s Account, not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York time) on the Closing Date. After Agent’s receipt of the proceeds of the Term Loan, Agent shall make the proceeds thereof available to Borrowers on the Closing Date by transferring immediately available funds equal to such proceeds received by Agent to the Designated Account; provided , however , that Agent shall not request any Lender to make, and no Lender shall have the obligation to make, the Term Loan if Agent shall have actual knowledge that one or more of the applicable conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 will not be satisfied on the Closing Date unless such condition has been waived.

2.3 Protective Advances .

(a) Agent hereby is authorized by Borrowers and the Lenders, from time to time in Agent’s sole discretion, after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, to make advances to Borrowers on behalf of the Lenders that Agent in its Permitted Discretion deems necessary or desirable (1) to preserve or protect the Collateral, or any portion thereof, (2) to enhance the likelihood of repayment of the Obligations, or (3) to pay any other amount chargeable to Borrowers pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, including Lender Group Expenses and the costs, fees, and expenses described in Section 10 (any of the advances described in this Section 2.3(a) shall be referred to as “ Protective Advances ”).

 

- 2 -


(b) All payments in respect of the Protective Advances shall be payable to Agent solely for its own account. The Protective Advances shall be repayable on demand, secured by the Agent’s Liens, constitute Obligations, and bear interest at the rate applicable from time to time to Base Rate Loans. The provisions of this Section 2.3 are for the exclusive benefit of Agent and the Lenders and are not intended to benefit any Borrower in any way.

2.4 Payments .

(a) Payments by Borrowers. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by Borrowers shall be made to Agent’s Account for the account of the Lender Group and shall be made in immediately available funds, no later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on the date specified herein. Any payment received by Agent later than 2:00 p.m. (New York time), shall be deemed to have been received on the following Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue until such following Business Day.

(b) Apportionment and Application .

(i) Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents (including any agreements between Agent and individual Lenders), aggregate principal and interest payments shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders (according to the unpaid principal balance of the Obligations to which such payments relate held by each Lender) and payments of fees and expenses (other than fees or expenses that are for Agent’s separate account, after giving effect to any agreements between Agent and individual Lenders) shall be apportioned ratably among the Lenders having a Pro Rata Share of the type of Obligation to which a particular fee relates. Except as provided in Section 2.4(b)(iii) , all payments shall be remitted to Agent and all such payments, and all proceeds of Collateral received by Agent, shall be applied as follows:

(A) first , ratably to pay any Lender Group Expenses then due to Agent or any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

(B) second , ratably to pay any fees or premiums then due to Agent (for its separate account, after giving effect to any agreements between Agent and individual Lenders) or any of the Lenders under the Loan Documents, until paid in full,

(C) third , to pay interest due in respect of all Protective Advances, until paid in full,

(D) fourth , to pay the principal of all Protective Advances, until paid in full,

(E) fifth , ratably to pay interest due in respect of the Term Loan, until paid in full,

(F) sixth , ratably to pay all principal amounts then due and payable (other than as a result of an acceleration thereof) in respect of the Term Loan, until paid in full,

(G) seventh , (1) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Term Loan has been accelerated, to pay the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan, until paid in full, or (2) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, but the Term Loan has not been accelerated, to Agent, to be deposited into a cash collateral account in the name of Agent (the “ Term Loan Cash Collateral Account ”), which funds shall either be applied (x) to the outstanding principal balance of

 

- 3 -


the Term Loan upon the acceleration of the Term Loan, (y) to pay all principal amounts then due and payable (other than as a result of acceleration thereof) in respect of the Term Loan, until paid in full, or (z) to the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan and/or disbursed to Borrowers pursuant to a mutual agreement between Borrowers and Agent,

(H) eighth , if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to pay any other Obligations (but excluding the outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan to the extent provided in clause (G) above), and

(I) ninth , to Borrowers (to be wired to the Designated Account) or such other Person entitled thereto under applicable law.

(ii) Agent promptly shall distribute to each Lender, pursuant to the applicable wire instructions received from each Lender in writing, such funds as it may be entitled to receive.

(iii) In each instance, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, this Section 2.4(b) shall not apply to any payment made by Borrowers to Agent and specified by Borrowers to be for the payment of specific Obligations then due and payable (or prepayable) under any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(iv) For purposes of the foregoing, “paid in full” means payment of all amounts owing under the Loan Documents according to the terms thereof, including loan fees, service fees, professional fees, interest (and specifically including interest accrued after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding), default interest, interest on interest, and expense reimbursements, whether or not any of the foregoing would be or is allowed or disallowed in whole or in part in any Insolvency Proceeding.

(v) In the event of a direct conflict between the priority provisions of this Section 2.4 and other provisions contained in any other Loan Document, it is the intention of the parties hereto that such priority provisions in such documents shall be read together and construed, to the fullest extent possible, to be in concert with each other. In the event of any actual, irreconcilable conflict that cannot be resolved as aforesaid, the terms and provisions of this Section 2.4 shall control and govern.

(c) Prepayments . All prepayments under this Section shall be made in accordance with Section 2.4(a) .

(i) Optional Prepayments of the Term Loan . Borrowers may voluntarily prepay the Term Loan in full or in part at any time upon ten (10) Business Days prior written notice to the Agent.

(ii) Intentionally Blank.

(iii) Mandatory Prepayments.

(A) Borrowers shall immediately prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan in the event that the WFF Revolver Commitment is terminated for any reason.

(B) Subject to Section 5.8 , upon the receipt by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any Extraordinary Receipts in an aggregate amount in excess of $500,000 (other than proceeds of insurance with respect to which the proviso to Section 5.8(b) would otherwise be applicable) in any fiscal year of Parent and its Subsidiaries, Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal of the Term Loan, the WFF Term Loan and the WFF Advances in accordance with Section 2.4(d) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection therewith.

 

- 4 -


(C) Upon the sale or issuance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any shares of Stock, or the issuance or incurrence by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness), Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, the WFF Term Loan and the WFF Advances in accordance with Section 2.4(d) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection therewith. The provisions of this subsection (C) shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any issuance, incurrence or sale otherwise prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

(D) If the Leverage Ratio as of the most recent fiscal year of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries then ended (determined based upon the audited annual financial statements and annual Compliance Certificate delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 ) was greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00, then within 5 days of delivery to Agent and Lenders of such audited annual financial statements pursuant to Section 5.3 , commencing with the delivery to Agent and Lenders of the audited annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005 or, if such audited annual financial statements are not delivered to Agent and Lenders on the date such audited annual financial statements are required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.3 , 5 days after the date such audited annual financial statements are required to be delivered to Agent and Lenders pursuant to Section 5.3 , Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, the WFF Term Loan and the WFF Advances in accordance with Section 2.4(d) in an amount equal to 50% of the Excess Cash Flow of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries for such fiscal year.

(E) If, on any date, the sum of (1) the WFF Revolver Usage, plus (2) the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, plus (3) the outstanding principal amount of the WFF Term Loan exceeds the Facility Limiter Amount, Borrowers shall immediately prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, the WFF Term Loan and the WFF Advances in accordance with Section 2.4(d) in an amount equal to the amount of such excess.

(d) Application of Mandatory Prepayments .

(i) Each prepayment pursuant to subclause (c)(iii)(B) above shall, subject to Section 5.8 , be applied, first, to the outstanding principal amount of the WFF Term Loan, until paid in full, second, to the outstanding principal amount of the WFF Advances (together with a corresponding reduction in the WFF Revolver Commitment and the WFF Maximum Revolver Amount), until paid in full, and third, to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, until paid in full.

(ii) Each prepayment pursuant to subclause (c)(iii)(C) above shall be applied, first, to the outstanding principal amount of the WFF Term Loan, until paid in full, second, to the outstanding principal amount of the WFF Advances (together with a corresponding reduction in the WFF Revolver Commitment and the WFF Maximum Revolver Amount), until paid in full, and third, to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, until paid in full.

(iii) Each prepayment pursuant to subclause (c)(iii)(D) above shall be applied, first, to the outstanding principal amount of the WFF Term Loan, until paid in full, second, to the outstanding principal amount of the WFF Advances (together with a corresponding reduction in the WFF Revolver Commitment and the WFF Maximum Revolver Amount), until paid in full, and third, to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, until paid in full.

(iv) Each prepayment pursuant to subclause (c)(iii)(E) above shall be applied, first, to the outstanding principal amount of the WFF Advances, until paid in full, second, to the outstanding principal amount of the WFF Term Loan, until paid in full, and third, to the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, until paid in full.

 

- 5 -


(e) Interest and Fees; Application of Prepayments of the Term Loan. Any prepayment of the Term Loan shall be accompanied by (i) accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of prepayment and (ii) in the case of any optional prepayment pursuant to Section 2.4(c)(i) , the Applicable Prepayment Premium.

(f) Cumulative Prepayments. Except as otherwise expressly provided in Section 2.4(c) , payments with respect to any subsection of Section 2.4(c) are in addition to payments made or required to be made under any other subsection of Section 2.4(c) .

2.5 Intentionally Blank .

2.6 Interest Rates: Rates, Payments, and Calculations .

(a) Interest Rates. Except as provided in clause (c) below, all Obligations, whether or not charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the terms hereof, shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof as follows: (i) if the relevant Obligation is a portion of the Term Loan that is a LIBOR Rate Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the LIBOR Rate plus the LIBOR Rate Margin, (ii) if the relevant Obligation is a portion of the Term Loan that is a Base Rate Loan, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Base Rate Margin, and (iii) otherwise, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus the Base Rate Margin.

(b) Intentionally Blank.

(c) Default Rate. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default (and at the election of Agent or the Required Lenders), all Obligations, whether or not charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the terms hereof, shall bear interest on the Daily Balance thereof at a per annum rate equal to 3 percentage points above the per annum rate otherwise applicable hereunder.

(d) Payment. Except as provided to the contrary in Section 2.11 , interest and all fees payable hereunder shall be due and payable, in arrears, on the first day of each month at any time that Obligations are outstanding. Borrowers hereby authorize Agent, from time to time, without prior notice to Borrowers, to charge all interest and fees (when due and payable), all Lender Group Expenses (as and when incurred), all fees and costs provided for in Section 2.11 (as and when accrued or incurred and due and payable), and all other payments as and when due and payable under any Loan Document to the Loan Account, which amounts shall constitute Obligations hereunder and shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to such Obligations hereunder; provided , however , that, with respect to any Lender Group Expense greater than $100,000, Agent shall, concurrently with charging such amount to the Loan Account, provide notice of such charge to Administrative Borrower. Any interest not paid when due shall (i) be compounded by being charged to the Loan Account, (ii) constitute Obligations and (iii) accrue interest at the rate then applicable to such Obligations hereunder.

(e) Computation. All interest and fees chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year for the actual number of days elapsed. In the event the Base Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the rates of interest hereunder based upon the Base Rate automatically and immediately shall be increased or decreased by an amount equal to such change in the Base Rate.

(f) Intent to Limit Charges to Maximum Lawful Rate. In no event shall the interest rate or rates payable under this Agreement, plus any other amounts paid in connection herewith, exceed the highest rate permissible under any law that a court of competent jurisdiction shall, in a final determination, deem applicable. Borrowers and the Lender Group, in executing and delivering this Agreement, intend legally to agree upon the rate or rates of interest and manner of payment stated within it; provided , however , that, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if said rate or rates of interest or manner of payment exceeds the maximum allowable under applicable law, then, ipso facto , as of the date of this Agreement, Borrowers are and shall be liable only for the payment of such maximum as allowed by law, and payment received from Borrowers in excess of such legal maximum, whenever received, shall be applied to reduce the principal balance of the Obligations to the extent of such excess.

 

- 6 -


2.7 Cash Management .

(a) Subject to Section 3.6(f), the Loan Parties shall and shall cause each of their Subsidiaries to (i) establish and maintain cash management services of a type and on terms satisfactory to Agent at one or more of the banks set forth on Schedule 2.7(a) (each a “ Cash Management Bank ”), and shall request in writing and otherwise take such reasonable steps to ensure that all of their and their respective Subsidiaries’ Account Debtors forward payment of the amounts owed by them directly to such Cash Management Bank, and (ii) deposit or cause to be deposited promptly, and in any event no later than the first Business Day after the date of receipt thereof, all of their Collections (including those sent directly by their Account Debtors to the Loan Parties or their respective Subsidiaries) into a bank account in Agent’s name (a “ Cash Management Account ”) at one of the Cash Management Banks.

(b) Each Cash Management Bank shall establish and maintain Cash Management Agreements with Agent and the applicable Loan Party, in form and substance acceptable to Agent. Each such Cash Management Agreement shall provide, among other things, that (i) the Cash Management Bank will comply with any instructions originated by Agent directing the disposition of the funds in such Cash Management Account without further consent by the applicable Loan Party or its Subsidiaries, as applicable, (ii) the Cash Management Bank has no rights of setoff or recoupment or any other claim against the applicable Cash Management Account, other than for payment of its service fees and other charges directly related to the administration of such Cash Management Account and for returned checks or other items of payment, and (iii) it will forward by daily sweep all amounts in the applicable Cash Management Account to the Agent’s Account.

(c) So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Administrative Borrower may amend Schedule 2.7(a) to add or replace a Cash Management Bank or Cash Management Account; provided , however , that (i) such prospective Cash Management Bank shall be reasonably satisfactory to Agent, and (ii) prior to the time of the opening of such Cash Management Account, the applicable Loan Party or its Subsidiary, as applicable, and such prospective Cash Management Bank shall have executed and delivered to Agent a Cash Management Agreement. The Loan Parties (or their Subsidiaries, as applicable) shall close any of their Cash Management Accounts (and establish replacement cash management accounts in accordance with the foregoing sentence) promptly and in any event within 30 days of notice from Agent that the creditworthiness of any Cash Management Bank is no longer acceptable in Agent’s reasonable judgment, or as promptly as practicable and in any event within 60 days of notice from Agent that the operating performance, funds transfer, or availability procedures or performance of the Cash Management Bank with respect to Cash Management Accounts or Agent’s liability under any Cash Management Agreement with such Cash Management Bank is no longer acceptable in Agent’s reasonable judgment.

(d) The Cash Management Accounts shall be cash collateral accounts subject to Control Agreements.

2.8 Crediting Payments . The receipt of any payment item by Agent (whether from transfers to Agent by the Cash Management Banks pursuant to the Cash Management Agreements or otherwise) shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment item is a wire transfer of immediately available federal funds made to the Agent’s Account or unless and until such payment item is honored when presented for payment. Should any payment item not be honored when presented for payment, then the applicable Loan Party shall be deemed not to have made such payment and interest shall be calculated accordingly. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, any payment item shall be deemed received by Agent only if it is received into the Agent’s Account on a Business Day on or before 2:00 p.m. (New York time). If any payment item is received into the Agent’s Account on a non-Business Day or after 2:00 p.m. (New York time) on a Business Day, it shall be deemed to have been received by Agent as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day.

 

- 7 -


2.9 Designated Account . Administrative Borrower agrees to establish and maintain the Designated Account with the Designated Account Bank for the purpose of receiving the proceeds of the Term Loan hereunder.

2.10 Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations . Agent shall maintain an account on its books in the name of Borrowers (the “ Loan Account ”) on which Borrowers will be charged with the Term Loan and any Protective Advances made by Agent to Borrowers or for Borrowers’ account, and with all other payment Obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, including, accrued interest, fees and expenses, and Lender Group Expenses. In accordance with Section 2.8 , the Loan Account will be credited with all payments received by Agent from Borrowers or for Borrowers’ account, including all amounts received in the Agent’s Account from any Cash Management Bank. Agent shall render statements regarding the Loan Account to Administrative Borrower, including principal, interest and fees, and including an itemization of all charges and expenses constituting Lender Group Expenses owing, and such statements, absent manifest error, shall be conclusively presumed to be correct and accurate and constitute an account stated between Borrowers and the Lender Group unless, within 60 days after receipt thereof by Administrative Borrower, Administrative Borrower shall deliver to Agent written objection thereto describing the error or errors contained in any such statements.

2.11 Fees . Borrowers shall pay to Agent, as and when due and payable under the terms of the Fee Letter, the fees set forth in the Fee Letter.

2.12 Intentionally Blank .

2.13 LIBOR Option .

(a) Interest and Interest Payment Dates. In lieu of having interest charged at the rate based upon the Base Rate, Borrowers shall have the option (the “ LIBOR Option ”) to have interest on all or a portion of the Term Loan be charged at a rate of interest based upon the LIBOR Rate. Interest on LIBOR Rate Loans shall be payable monthly in accordance with Section 2.6(d) . On the last day of each applicable Interest Period, unless Administrative Borrower properly has exercised the LIBOR Option with respect thereto, the interest rate applicable to such LIBOR Rate Loan automatically shall convert to the rate of interest then applicable to Base Rate Loans of the same type hereunder. At any time that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers no longer shall have the option to request that the Term Loan bear interest at a rate based upon the LIBOR Rate and Agent shall have the right to convert the interest rate on all outstanding LIBOR Rate Loans to the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans hereunder.

(b) LIBOR Election.

(i) Administrative Borrower may, at any time and from time to time, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, elect to exercise the LIBOR Option by notifying Agent prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York time) at least 3 Business Days prior to the commencement of the proposed Interest Period (the “ LIBOR Deadline ”). Notice of Administrative Borrower’s election of the LIBOR Option for a permitted portion of the Term Loan and an Interest Period pursuant to this Section shall be made by delivery to Agent of a LIBOR Notice received by Agent before the LIBOR Deadline, or by telephonic notice received by Agent before the LIBOR Deadline (to be confirmed by delivery to Agent of a LIBOR Notice received by Agent prior to 5:00 p.m. (New York time) on the same day). Promptly upon its receipt of each such LIBOR Notice, Agent shall provide a copy thereof to each of the Lenders.

 

- 8 -


(ii) Each LIBOR Notice shall be irrevocable and binding on Borrowers. In connection with each LIBOR Rate Loan, each Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders harmless against any loss, cost, or expense incurred by Agent or any Lender as a result of (A) the payment of any principal of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), (B) the conversion of any LIBOR Rate Loan other than on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (including as a result of an Event of Default), or (C) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any LIBOR Rate Loan on the date specified in any LIBOR Notice delivered pursuant hereto (such losses, costs, and expenses, collectively, “ Funding Losses ”). Funding Losses shall, with respect to Agent or any Lender, be deemed to equal the amount determined by Agent or such Lender to be the excess, if any, of (1) the amount of interest that would have accrued on the principal amount of such LIBOR Rate Loan had such event not occurred, at the LIBOR Rate that would have been applicable thereto, for the period from the date of such event to the last day of the then current Interest Period therefor (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, for the period that would have been the Interest Period therefor), minus (2) the amount of interest that would accrue on such principal amount for such period at the interest rate which Agent or such Lender would be offered were it to be offered, at the commencement of such period, on Dollar deposits of a comparable amount and period in the London interbank market. A certificate of Agent or a Lender delivered to Administrative Borrower setting forth any amount or amounts that Agent or such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iii) Borrowers shall have not more than 3 LIBOR Rate Loans in effect at any given time. Borrowers only may exercise the LIBOR Option for LIBOR Rate Loans of at least $1,000,000 and integral multiples of $500,000 in excess thereof.

(c) Prepayments. Borrowers may prepay LIBOR Rate Loans at any time; provided , however , that in the event that LIBOR Rate Loans are prepaid on any date that is not the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, including as a result of any automatic prepayment through the required application by Agent of proceeds of Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ Collections in accordance with Section 2.4(b) or for any other reason, including early termination of the term of this Agreement or acceleration of all or any portion of the Obligations pursuant to the terms hereof, each Borrower shall indemnify, defend, and hold Agent and the Lenders and their Participants harmless against any and all Funding Losses in accordance with clause (b)(ii) above.

(d) Special Provisions Applicable to LIBOR Rate.

(i) The LIBOR Rate may be adjusted by Agent with respect to any Lender on a prospective basis to take into account any additional or increased costs to such Lender of maintaining or obtaining any eurodollar deposits or increased costs, in each case, due to changes in applicable law occurring subsequent to the commencement of the then applicable Interest Period, including changes in tax laws (except changes of general applicability in laws imposing tax on the overall net income of a Lender, including taxes in lieu of net income taxes such as franchise or branch profits taxes to the extent that such taxes are based on the overall net income of a Lender) and changes in the reserve requirements imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor), excluding the Reserve Percentage, which additional or increased costs would increase the cost of funding loans bearing interest at the LIBOR Rate. In any such event, the affected Lender shall give Administrative Borrower and Agent notice of such a determination and adjustment and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and, upon its receipt of the notice from the affected Lender, Administrative Borrower may, by notice to such affected Lender (x) require such Lender to furnish to Administrative Borrower a statement setting forth the basis for adjusting such LIBOR Rate and the method for determining the amount of such adjustment, (y) convert the LIBOR Rate Loans into Base Rate Loans, or (z) repay the LIBOR Rate Loans with respect to which such adjustment is made (in the case of each of clauses (y) and (z), together with any amounts due under clause (b)(ii) ).

 

- 9 -


(ii) In the event that any change in market conditions or any law, regulation, treaty, or directive, or any change in the interpretation of application thereof, shall at any time after the date hereof, in the reasonable opinion of any Lender, make it unlawful or impractical for such Lender to fund or maintain LIBOR Rate Loans or to continue such funding or maintaining, or to determine or charge interest rates at the LIBOR Rate, such Lender shall give notice of such changed circumstances to Agent and Administrative Borrower and Agent promptly shall transmit the notice to each other Lender and (y) in the case of any LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender that are outstanding, the date specified in such Lender’s notice shall be deemed to be the last day of the Interest Period of such LIBOR Rate Loans, and interest upon the LIBOR Rate Loans of such Lender thereafter shall accrue interest at the rate then applicable to Base Rate Loans, and (z) Borrowers shall not be entitled to elect the LIBOR Option until such Lender determines that it would no longer be unlawful or impractical to do so.

(e) No Requirement of Matched Funding. Anything to the contrary contained herein notwithstanding, neither Agent, nor any Lender, nor any of their Participants, is required actually to acquire eurodollar deposits to fund or otherwise match fund any Obligation as to which interest accrues at the LIBOR Rate. The provisions of this Section shall apply as if each Lender or its Participants had match funded any Obligation as to which interest is accruing at the LIBOR Rate by acquiring eurodollar deposits for each Interest Period in the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loans.

2.14 Capital Requirements . If, after the date hereof, any Lender determines that (i) the adoption of or change in any law, rule, regulation or guideline regarding capital requirements for banks or bank holding companies, or any change in the interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the administration thereof, or (ii) compliance by such Lender or its parent bank holding company with any guideline, request or directive of any such entity regarding capital adequacy (whether or not having the force of law), has the effect of reducing the return on such Lender’s or such holding company’s capital as a consequence of such Lender’s Commitment hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or such holding company could have achieved but for such adoption, change, or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s or such holding company’s then existing policies with respect to capital adequacy and assuming the full utilization of such entity’s capital) by any amount deemed by such Lender to be material, then such Lender may notify Administrative Borrower and Agent thereof (such notice to be delivered by such Lender within 120 days after such Lender becomes aware of any event described in clause (i) or (ii) of this Section 2.14 ). Following receipt of such notice, Borrowers agree to pay such Lender on demand the amount of such reduction of return of capital as and when such reduction is determined, payable within 90 days after presentation by such Lender of a statement in the amount and setting forth in reasonable detail such Lender’s calculation thereof and the assumptions upon which such calculation was based (which statement shall be deemed true and correct absent manifest error). In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

2.15 Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers .

(a) Each Borrower is accepting joint and several liability hereunder and under the other Loan Documents in consideration of the financial accommodations to be provided by the Lender Group under this Agreement, for the mutual benefit, directly and indirectly, of each Borrower and in consideration of the undertakings of the other Borrowers to accept joint and several liability for the Obligations.

(b) Each Borrower, jointly and severally, hereby irrevocably and unconditionally accepts, not merely as a surety but also as a co-debtor, joint and several liability with the other Borrowers, with respect to the payment and performance of all of the Obligations (including, without limitation, any Obligations arising under this Section 2.15 ), it being the intention of the parties hereto that all the Obligations shall be the joint and several obligations of each Borrower without preferences or distinction among them.

(c) If and to the extent that any Borrower shall fail to make any payment with respect to any of the Obligations as and when due or to perform any of the Obligations in accordance with the terms thereof, then in each such event the other Borrowers will make such payment with respect to, or perform, such Obligation.

 

- 10 -


(d) The Obligations of each Borrower under the provisions of this Section 2.15 constitute the absolute and unconditional, full recourse Obligations of each Borrower enforceable against each Borrower to the full extent of its properties and assets, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of this Agreement or any other circumstances whatsoever.

(e) Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, each Borrower hereby waives notice of acceptance of its joint and several liability, notice of any advances, notice of the occurrence of any Default, Event of Default, or of any demand for any payment under this Agreement, notice of any action at any time taken or omitted by Agent or Lenders under or in respect of any of the Obligations, any requirement of diligence or to mitigate damages and, generally, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all demands, notices and other formalities of every kind in connection with this Agreement (except as otherwise provided in this Agreement). Each Borrower hereby assents to, and waives notice of, any extension or postponement of the time for the payment of any of the Obligations, the acceptance of any payment of any of the Obligations, the acceptance of any partial payment thereon, any waiver, consent or other action or acquiescence by Agent or Lenders at any time or times in respect of any default by any Borrower in the performance or satisfaction of any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Agreement, any and all other indulgences whatsoever by Agent or Lenders in respect of any of the Obligations, and the taking, addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, at any time or times, of any security for any of the Obligations or the addition, substitution or release, in whole or in part, of any Borrower. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Borrower assents to any other action or delay in acting or failure to act on the part of any Agent or Lender with respect to the failure by any Borrower to comply with any of its respective Obligations, including, without limitation, any failure strictly or diligently to assert any right or to pursue any remedy or to comply fully with applicable laws or regulations thereunder, which might, but for the provisions of this Section 2.15 afford grounds for terminating, discharging or relieving any Borrower, in whole or in part, from any of its Obligations under this Section 2.15 , it being the intention of each Borrower that, so long as any of the Obligations hereunder remain unsatisfied, the Obligations of each Borrower under this Section 2.15 shall not be discharged except by performance and then only to the extent of such performance. The Obligations of each Borrower under this Section 2.15 shall not be diminished or rendered unenforceable by any winding up, reorganization, arrangement, liquidation, reconstruction or similar proceeding with respect to any Borrower, Agent or any Lender.

(f) Each Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that such Borrower is currently informed of the financial condition of Borrowers and of all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Obligations. Each Borrower further represents and warrants to Agent and Lenders that such Borrower has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Loan Documents. Each Borrower hereby covenants that such Borrower will continue to keep informed of Borrowers’ financial condition, the financial condition of other guarantors, if any, and of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Obligations.

(g) Each Borrower waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by Agent or any Lender, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed Agent’s or such Lender’s rights of subrogation and reimbursement against such Borrower by the operation of law or otherwise.

(h) Each Borrower waives all rights and defenses that such Borrower may have because the Obligations are secured by Real Property. This means, among other things:

(i) Agent and Lenders may collect from such Borrower without first foreclosing on any Collateral pledged by Borrowers.

 

- 11 -


(ii) If Agent or any Lender forecloses on any Real Property Collateral pledged by Borrowers:

(A) The amount of the Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.

(B) Agent and Lenders may collect from such Borrower even if Agent or Lenders, by foreclosing on the Real Property Collateral, has destroyed any right such Borrower may have to collect from the other Borrowers.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses such Borrower may have because the Obligations are secured by Real Property.

(i) The provisions of this Section 2.15 are made for the benefit of Agent, Lenders and their respective successors and assigns, and may be enforced by it or them from time to time against any or all Borrowers as often as occasion therefor may arise and without requirement on the part of any such Agent, Lender, successor or assign first to marshal any of its or their claims or to exercise any of its or their rights against any Borrower or to exhaust any remedies available to it or them against any Borrower or to resort to any other source or means of obtaining payment of any of the Obligations hereunder or to elect any other remedy. The provisions of this Section 2.15 shall remain in effect until all of the Obligations shall have been paid in full or otherwise fully satisfied. If at any time, any payment, or any part thereof, made in respect of any of the Obligations, is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by any Agent or Lender upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower, or otherwise, the provisions of this Section 2.15 will forthwith be reinstated in effect, as though such payment had not been made.

(j) Each Borrower hereby agrees that it will not enforce any of its rights of contribution or subrogation against any other Borrower with respect to any liability incurred by it hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents, any payments made by it to Agent or Lenders with respect to any of the Obligations or any collateral security therefor until such time as all of the Obligations have been paid in full in cash. Any claim which any Borrower may have against any other Borrower with respect to any payments to any Agent or Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Documents are hereby expressly made subordinate and junior in right of payment, without limitation as to any increases in the Obligations arising hereunder or thereunder, to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations and, in the event of any insolvency, bankruptcy, receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar proceeding under the laws of any jurisdiction relating to any Borrower, its debts or its assets, whether voluntary or involuntary, all such Obligations shall be paid in full in cash before any payment or distribution of any character, whether in cash, securities or other property, shall be made to any other Borrower therefor.

2.16 Registration of Notes . Agent (or in the case of an assignment not recorded in the Register in accordance with Section 13.1(h) , the assigning Lender), on behalf of Borrowers, agrees to record each Term Loan on the Register (or in the case of an assignment not recorded in the Register in accordance with Section 13.1(h) , a register comparable to the Register) referred to in Section 13.1(h) . Each Term Loan recorded on the Register (or comparable register) may not be evidenced by promissory notes other than Registered Notes (as defined below). Upon the registration of each Term Loan, each Borrower agrees, at the request of any Lender, to execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note, in conformity with the terms of this Agreement, in registered form to evidence such Registered Loan, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Lender, and registered as provided in Section 13.1(h) (a “ Registered Note ”), payable to the order of such Lender and otherwise duly completed. Once recorded on the Register (or comparable register), each Term Loan may not be removed from the Register (or comparable register) so long as it or they remain outstanding, and a Registered Note may not be exchanged for a promissory note that is not a Registered Note.

 

- 12 -


2.17 Securitization . Each Borrower hereby acknowledges that each Lender and each of its Affiliates and Related Funds may sell or securitize the Term Loan (a “ Securitization ”) through the pledge of the Term Loan as collateral security for loans to such Lender or its Affiliates or Related Funds or through the sale of the Term Loan or the issuance of direct or indirect interests in the Term Loan, which loans to such Lender or its Affiliates or Related Funds or direct or indirect interests will be rated by Moody’s, S&P or one or more other rating agencies (the “ Rating Agencies ”). Each Borrower agrees to cooperate with such Lenders and their Affiliates and Related Funds to effect the Securitization including, without limitation, by (a) executing such additional documents, as reasonably requested by such Lenders in connection with the Securitization, provided that (i) any such additional documentation does not impose material additional costs on Borrowers, and (ii) any such additional documentation does not materially adversely affect the rights, or increase the obligations, of such Borrower under the Loan Documents or change or affect in a manner adverse to such Borrower the financial terms of the Term Loan, (b) providing such information as may be reasonably requested by such Lenders in connection with the rating of the Term Loan or the Securitization, and (c) providing in connection with any rating of the Term Loan a certificate (i) agreeing to indemnify such Lenders and any of their Affiliates and Related Funds, any of the Rating Agencies, or any party providing credit support or otherwise participating in the Securitization (collectively, the “ Securitization Parties ”) for any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (the “ Securitization Liabilities ”) to which such Lenders or any of their Affiliates or Related Funds, or such Securitization Parties, may become subject insofar as the Securitization Liabilities arise out of or are based upon a breach of the representation and warranty contained in Section 4.18 , and (ii) agreeing to reimburse such Lenders and their Affiliates and Related Funds, and such Securitization Parties, for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Persons in connection with defending the Securitization Liabilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 2.17 is subject to Agent’s and the Required Lenders’ rights and obligations under Sections 13 and 14 hereof in all respects and, in the event of a direct conflict between this Section 2.17 and any provision of Section 13 or 14 with respect to Agent’s and the Required Lenders’ rights and obligations, it is the intent of the parties that the applicable provision of Section 13 or 14 shall control and govern.

 

3. CONDITIONS; TERM OF AGREEMENT.

3.1 Conditions Precedent to the Initial Extension of Credit . The obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit provided for hereunder, is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of Agent and each Lender of each of the conditions precedent set forth on Schedule 3.1 (the making of such initial extension of credit by a Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the conditions precedent).

3.2 Intentionally Blank .

3.3 Term . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (the “ Maturity Date ”). The foregoing notwithstanding, the Lender Group, upon the election of the Required Lenders, shall have the right to terminate its obligations under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default.

3.4 Effect of Termination . On the date of termination of this Agreement, all Obligations (including contingent reimbursement obligations) immediately shall become due and payable without notice or demand. No termination of this Agreement, however, shall relieve or discharge Parent, Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries of their duties, Obligations, or covenants hereunder or under any other Loan Document and the Agent’s Liens in the Collateral shall remain in effect until all Obligations have been paid in full and the Lender Group’s obligations to provide additional credit hereunder have been terminated. When this Agreement has been terminated and all of the Obligations have been paid in full and the Lender Group’s obligations to provide additional credit under the Loan Documents have been terminated irrevocably, Agent will, at Borrowers’ sole expense, execute and deliver any termination statements, lien releases, mortgage releases, re-assignments of trademarks, discharges of security interests, and other similar discharge or release documents (and, if applicable, in recordable form) as are reasonably necessary to release, as of record, the Agent’s Liens and all notices of security interests and liens previously filed by Agent with respect to the Obligations.

 

- 13 -


3.5 Early Termination by Borrowers . Borrowers have the option, at any time upon 10 Business Days prior written notice by Administrative Borrower to Agent, to terminate this Agreement by paying to Agent, in cash, the Obligations, in full, together with the Applicable Prepayment Premium. If Administrative Borrower has sent a notice of termination pursuant to the provisions of this Section, then the Commitments shall terminate and Borrowers shall be obligated to repay the Obligations, in full, together with the Applicable Prepayment Premium, on the date set forth as the date of termination of this Agreement in such notice.

3.6 Conditions Subsequent to the Initial Extension of Credit . The obligation of the Lender Group (or any member thereof) to maintain the Term Loan (or otherwise extend credit hereunder) is subject to the fulfillment, on or before the date applicable thereto, of each of the conditions subsequent set forth below (the failure by Borrowers to so perform or cause to be performed constituting an Event of Default):

(a) on or prior to the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, Agent shall have received (i) a collateral assignment of each key man life insurance policy required by Section 5.8 and (ii) proof of acceptance of each such collateral assignment by the issuer of such key man life insurance policy, the form and substance of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to Agent;

(b) on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that not less than the Required Library of all existing copyrights of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries have been registered with the United States Copyright Office;

(c) on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, Agent shall have received a Source Code Escrow Agreement, duly executed by the Loan Parties, Agent, WFF and an escrow agent reasonably satisfactory to Agent, with respect to the source and object code for each version or versions of each item of computer software programs or other technology of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries constituting the Required Library;

(d) on or prior to the date that is 10 days after the effective date of the Source Code Escrow Agreement, Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the source and object code for each version or versions of each item of computer software programs or other technology of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries constituting the Required Library has been deposited with the escrow agent in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Source Code Escrow Agreement, as provided in Section 6(g)(ix) of the Security Agreement;

(e) on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, Agent shall have received duly executed Cash Management Agreements and Control Agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;

(f) on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, Agent shall have received duly executed Collateral Access Agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, with respect to the following locations: 200 Ballardvale Street, Wilmington, Massachusetts 01887 and 985 Busse Road, Elk Grove Village, IL 60007;

(g) on or prior to the date that is 15 days after the Closing Date, Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the TBP Payment (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) shall have been made in accordance with the terms of Section 8.05 of the Stock Purchase Agreement;

 

- 14 -


(h) on or prior to the date that is 75 days after the Closing Date, Borrowers shall prepare and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable, in good faith in accordance with the procedures and regulations of such office all documents, instruments or other information necessary, in the reasonable judgment of Agent, for the (i) accurate and proper recordation of the assignments and releases described on Schedule 3.6(h) (but only to the extent that the applicable Intellectual Property is material to the conduct of the business of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries) and (ii) accurate and proper documentation of the ownership and chain of title of the Intellectual Property described on Schedule 3.6(h) (but only to the extent that the applicable Intellectual Property is material to the conduct of the business of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries). Following such delivery, Borrowers shall promptly provide to Agent reasonable documentation of such delivery, including verification of receipt by the applicable entity, together with any backup documentation reasonably requested by Agent in connection with clause (ii) above. On or prior to the date that is 20 days after the Closing Date, Borrowers shall deliver to Agent a list of the Intellectual Property listed on Schedule 3.6(h) that is material to the conduct of the business of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries; and

(i) on or prior to the date that is 2 Business Days after the Closing Date, Agent (or its agent or designee) shall have received a certificate representing the shares of Stock of Agfa Monotype Limited pledged under the Security Agreement, as well as a Stock power with respect thereto endorsed in blank.

 

4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

In order to induce the Lender Group to enter into this Agreement, Parent and each Borrower make the following representations and warranties to the Lender Group which shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects, as of the date hereof, and shall be true, correct, and complete, in all material respects, as of the Closing Date, and at and as of the date of any extension of credit made thereafter, as though made on and as of the date of such extension of credit (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date) and such representations and warranties shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement:

4.1 No Encumbrances . Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries have good and indefeasible title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, their personal property assets and good and marketable title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, their Real Property, in each case, free and clear of Liens except for Permitted Liens.

4.2 Intentionally Blank .

4.3 Intentionally Blank .

4.4 Equipment . Each material item of Equipment of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries is used or held for use in their business and is in good working order, ordinary wear and tear and damage by casualty excepted.

4.5 Location of Inventory and Equipment . The Inventory and Equipment (other than vehicles or Equipment out for repair) of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries are not stored with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar party and are located only at, or in-transit between, the locations identified on Schedule 4.5 (as such Schedule may be updated pursuant to Section 5.9 ).

4.6 Intentionally Blank .

 

- 15 -


4.7 Jurisdiction of Organization; Location of Chief Executive Office; Organizational Identification Number; Commercial Tort Claims .

(a) The jurisdiction of organization of Parent, Borrowers and each of their respective Subsidiaries is set forth on Schedule 4.7(a) (which Administrative Borrower may amend from time to time solely to reflect new Subsidiaries formed in accordance with Section 5.16 ).

(b) The chief executive office of Parent, Borrowers and each of their respective Subsidiaries is located at the address indicated on Schedule 4.7(b) (as such Schedule may be updated pursuant to Section 5.9 ).

(c) Parent’s, Borrowers’ and each of their respective Subsidiaries’ organizational identification numbers, if any, are identified on Schedule 4.7(c) (which Administrative Borrower may amend from time to time solely to reflect new Subsidiaries formed in accordance with Section 5.16 ).

(d) As of the Closing Date, Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries do not hold any commercial tort claims, except as set forth on Schedule 4.7(d) .

4.8 Due Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries .

(a) Parent and each Borrower is duly organized and existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and qualified to do business in any state where the failure to be so qualified reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

(b) Set forth on Schedule 4.8(b) (which Administrative Borrower may amend from time to time solely to reflect new classes of capital Stock of Parent and new Subsidiaries formed in accordance with Section 5.16 ) is a complete and accurate description of the authorized capital Stock of Parent, each Borrower and their respective Subsidiaries, by class, and, as of the Closing Date, a description of the number of shares of each such class that are issued and outstanding. Other than as described on Schedule 4.8(b) (which Administrative Borrower may amend from time to time solely to reflect new classes of capital Stock of Parent and new Subsidiaries formed in accordance with Section 5.16 ), there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, or calls relating to any shares of Parent’s, any Borrower’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ capital Stock, including any right of conversion or exchange under any outstanding security or other instrument. None of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries is subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital Stock or any security convertible into or exchangeable for any of its capital Stock.

(c) Set forth on Schedule 4.8(c) (which Administrative Borrower may amend from time to time solely to reflect new Subsidiaries formed in accordance with Section 5.16 ) is a complete and accurate list of Parent’s and each Borrower’s direct and indirect Subsidiaries, showing: (i) the jurisdiction of their organization, (ii) the number of shares of each class of common and preferred Stock authorized for each of such Subsidiaries, and (iii) the number and the percentage of the outstanding shares of each such class owned directly or indirectly by Parent or the applicable Borrower. All of the outstanding capital Stock of each such Subsidiary has been validly issued and is fully paid and non-assessable.

4.9 Due Authorization; No Conflict .

(a) The execution, delivery, and performance by Parent and each Borrower of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents to which each is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of Parent and such Borrower.

 

- 16 -


(b) The execution, delivery, and performance by Parent and each Borrower of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents to which it is a party do not and will not (i) violate any provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to Parent or any Borrower, the Governing Documents of Parent or any Borrower, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on Parent or any Borrower, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligation of Parent or any Borrower, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any properties or assets of Parent or any Borrower, other than Permitted Liens, or (iv) require any approval of Parent’s or any Borrower’s shareholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any material contractual obligation of Parent or any Borrower, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(c) Other than (i) the filing of financing statements (ii) the recording of the Copyright Security Agreement in the United States Copyright Office and the recording of the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and (iii) the recordation of the Mortgages (if any), the execution, delivery, and performance by Parent and each Borrower of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents to which it is a party do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any Governmental Authority, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(d) This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents to which Parent and each Borrower is a party, and all other documents contemplated hereby and thereby, when executed and delivered by Parent and such Borrower will be the legally valid and binding obligations of Parent and such Borrower, enforceable against Parent and such Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

(e) The Agent’s Liens are validly created, perfected, and first priority Liens, subject only to Permitted Liens.

(f) The execution, delivery, and performance by each Guarantor of the Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of such Guarantor.

(g) The execution, delivery, and performance by each Guarantor of the Loan Documents to which it is a party do not and will not (i) violate any provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to such Guarantor, the Governing Documents of such Guarantor, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on such Guarantor, (ii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligation of such Guarantor, (iii) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any properties or assets of such Guarantor, other than Permitted Liens, or (iv) require any approval of such Guarantor’s shareholders or any approval or consent of any Person under any material contractual obligation of such Guarantor, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

(h) Other than (i) the filing of financing statements (ii) the recording of the Copyright Security Agreement in the United States Copyright Office and the recording of the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and (iii) the recordation of the Mortgages (if any), the execution, delivery, and performance by each Guarantor of the Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents to which such Guarantor is a party do not and will not require any registration with, consent, or approval of, or notice to, or other action with or by, any Governmental Authority, other than consents or approvals that have been obtained and that are still in force and effect.

 

- 17 -


(i) The Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents to which each Guarantor is a party, and all other documents contemplated hereby and thereby, when executed and delivered by such Guarantor will be the legally valid and binding obligations of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally.

4.10 Litigation . Other than those matters disclosed on Schedule 4.10 , there are no actions, suits, or proceedings pending or, to the best knowledge of Parent and each Borrower, threatened against Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries that (a) if adversely determined, could result in a Material Adverse Change or (b) relate to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby.

4.11 No Material Adverse Change . All financial statements relating to Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries that have been delivered by Parent or Borrowers to the Lender Group have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (except, in the case of unaudited financial statements, for the lack of footnotes and being subject to year-end audit adjustments) and present fairly, in all material respects, Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ financial condition as of the date thereof and results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a Material Adverse Change with respect to Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries since the later of (a) the date of the latest audited financial statements submitted to Agent on or before the Closing Date and (b) the date of the latest audited financial statements delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 .

4.12 Fraudulent Transfer .

(a) Parent, each Borrower and each of their respective Subsidiaries is Solvent.

(b) No transfer of property is being made by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and no obligation is being incurred by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Loan Documents with the intent to hinder, delay, or defraud either present or future creditors of Parent, Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

4.13 Employee Compliance .

(a) Set forth on Schedule 4.13(a) is a complete and accurate list of all Plans that meet the definition of an “employee pension benefit plan” under Section 3(2) of ERISA and that are currently maintained or contributed to by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates as of the Closing Date.

(b) Parent, each Borrower, their respective Subsidiaries, and their respective ERISA Affiliates are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable provisions and requirements of ERISA and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder with respect to each Plan, and have performed all their obligations in all material respects under each Plan.

(c) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur.

(d) Except to the extent required under Section 4980B of the IRC, or as described on Schedule 4.13(d) hereto, no Plan provides health benefits (through the purchase of insurance or otherwise) for any retired or former employee of Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates.

 

- 18 -


(e) As of the most recent valuation date for any Pension Plan, the amount of outstanding benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities), does not exceed $250,000.

(f) Provided that the assets of the Lenders used to fund the Term Loan do not and will not constitute “plan assets” within the meaning of United States Department of Labor Regulations set forth in 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101, the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereunder will not involve any transaction that is subject to the prohibitions of Section 406 of ERISA or in connection with which taxes could be imposed pursuant to Section 4975(c)(1)(A)-(D) of the IRC.

(g) All liabilities under each Plan are (i) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing the Plans, (ii) insured with a reputable insurance company, (iii) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof to the extent required by GAAP or (iv) estimated in the formal notes to the financial statements most recently delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 hereof to the extent required by GAAP.

(h) To the best knowledge of Parent and each Borrower, there are no circumstances which may give rise to a material liability in relation to any Plan which is not funded, insured, provided for, recognized or estimated in the manner described in subsection (g) above.

(i) (i) Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries are not and will not be a “plan” within the meaning of Section 4975(e) of the IRC; (ii) the assets of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries do not and will not constitute “plan assets” within the meaning of the United States Department of Labor Regulations set forth in 29 C.F.R. §2510.3-101; (iii) Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries are not and will not be a “governmental plan” within the meaning of Section 3(32) of ERISA; and (iv) provided that the assets of the Lenders used to fund the Term Loan do not and will not constitute assets of a governmental plan, transactions by or with Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries are not and will not be subject to state statutes applicable to Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries regulating investments of fiduciaries with respect to governmental plans.

4.14 Environmental Condition . Except as set forth on Schedule 4.14 , (a) to Parent’s and Borrowers’ knowledge, none of Parent’s, Borrowers’ or their respective Subsidiaries’ properties has ever been used by Parent, Borrowers, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or by previous owners or operators, to dispose of or to produce, store, handle, treat, release, or transport, any Hazardous Materials, where such disposal, production, storage, handling, treatment, release or transport was in violation, in any material respect, of any applicable Environmental Law, (b) to Parent’s and Borrowers’ knowledge, none of Parent’s, Borrowers’ nor any of their respective Subsidiaries’ properties has ever been designated or identified as a Hazardous Materials disposal site under the National Priorities List (the “ NPL ”) promulgated pursuant to CERCLA, CERCLIS, or any equivalent list of sites for cleanup under any analogous state program, (c) none of Parent, Borrowers nor any of their respective Subsidiaries have received notice that a Lien arising under any Environmental Law has attached to any Real Property owned or operated by, Parent, Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries, and (d) none of Parent, Borrowers nor any of their respective Subsidiaries have received a summons, citation, notice, or directive from the United States Environmental Protection Agency or any other federal or state governmental agency alleging that any action or omission by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries has resulted in the release or disposal of Hazardous Materials into the environment.

4.15 Intellectual Property . Parent, each Borrower and each of their respective Subsidiaries owns, or holds licenses in, all trademarks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, and licenses that are necessary to the conduct of its business as currently conducted.

 

- 19 -


4.16 Leases . Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession under all leases material to their business and to which they are parties or under which they are operating and all of such material leases are valid and subsisting and no material default by Parent, Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries exists under any of them.

4.17 Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts . Set forth on Schedule 4.17 is a listing of all of Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts, including, with respect to each bank or securities intermediary (a) the name and address of such Person and (b) the account numbers of the Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts maintained with such Person.

4.18 Complete Disclosure . All factual information (taken as a whole) furnished by or on behalf of Parent, Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender (including all information contained in the Schedules hereto or in the other Loan Documents) for purposes of or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Acquisition Documents, the WFF Loan Documents, or any transaction contemplated herein or therein is, and all other such factual information (taken as a whole) hereafter furnished by or on behalf of Parent, Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries in writing to Agent or any Lender will be, true and accurate in all material respects on the date as of which such information is dated or certified and not incomplete by omitting to state any fact necessary to make such information (taken as a whole) not misleading in any material respect at such time in light of the circumstances under which such information was provided. On the Closing Date, the Closing Date Projections represent, and as of the date on which any other Projections are delivered to Agent, such additional Projections represent Parent’s and Borrowers’ good faith estimate of their and their respective Subsidiaries’ future performance for the periods covered thereby; provided , however , that no assurance can be given that actual results will match the Projections.

4.19 Indebtedness . Set forth on Schedule 4.19 is a true and complete list of all Indebtedness of Parent, each Borrower and each of their respective Subsidiaries outstanding immediately prior to the Closing Date that is to remain outstanding after the Closing Date and such Schedule accurately reflects the aggregate principal amount of such Indebtedness and describes the principal terms thereof as of the Closing Date.

4.20 Acquisition Documents .

(a) (i) As of the Closing Date, no party to any Acquisition Document is in default on any of its material obligations under such Acquisition Document, and after the Closing Date, no party to any Acquisition Document is in default on any of its material obligations under such Acquisition Document the default of which could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Lender Group, (ii) all representations and warranties made by Parent or any Borrower in the Acquisition Documents and in the certificates delivered in connection therewith are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof and, to the best knowledge of Parent and each Borrower, all material representations and warranties made in the Acquisition Documents by or on behalf of the Seller, or any other party thereto other than any Loan Party party thereto, are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof, (iii) all written information with respect to the Acquisition Transaction furnished to Agent by or on behalf of any Loan Party was, at the time the same was so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects, or has been subsequently supplemented by other written information to the extent necessary to give Agent and Lenders a true and accurate knowledge of the subject matter thereof, (iv) no representation, warranty or statement made by any Loan Party party thereto or, to the best knowledge of Parent and each Borrower, the Seller or any other party thereto other than any Loan Party party thereto, at the time made in any Acquisition Document, or any agreement, certificate, statement or document required to be delivered pursuant to any Acquisition Document, contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, and (v) in connection with the Acquisition Transaction, Newco is acquiring the Monotype Stock, and, on the date hereof, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documents, will have good title to the Monotype Stock, free and clear of all Liens.

 

- 20 -


(b) (i) Parent and Borrowers have delivered to Agent a complete and correct copy of the Acquisition Documents, including all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) each Acquisition Document sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties thereto relating to the subject matter thereof, and there are no other agreements, arrangements or understandings, written or oral, relating to the matters covered thereby, (iii) no Acquisition Document has been amended or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of Agent, (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Acquisition Documents has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Loan Party party thereto and, to the best knowledge of Parent and each Borrower, each other Person party thereto, (v) the Acquisition Transaction has been effected in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Documents and all applicable law, (vi) at the time of consummation of the Acquisition Transaction, there does not exist any judgment, order or injunction prohibiting or imposing any material adverse condition upon the consummation of the Acquisition Transaction, (vii) at the time of consummation thereof, all consents and approvals of, and filings and registrations with, and all other actions in respect of, all Government Authorities required in order to consummate the Acquisition Transaction shall have been obtained, given, filed or taken and shall be in full force and effect, (viii) all actions taken by the Loan Parties pursuant to or in furtherance of the Acquisition Transaction have been taken in compliance in all material respects with the Acquisition Documents and applicable law, and (ix) each Acquisition Document is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto and, to the best knowledge of Parent and each Borrower, the other parties thereto, enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms.

4.21 WFF Loan Documents . Borrowers have delivered to Agent true and correct copies of the WFF Loan Documents. The transactions contemplated by the WFF Loan Documents will be, contemporaneously with the making of the Term Loan, consummated in accordance with their respective terms and nothing has come to Parent’s or Borrowers’ attention that would indicate that any of the representations and warranties contained in the WFF Loan Documents are not true and correct. All of the representations and warranties of Parent, Borrowers and the Guarantors in the WFF Loan Documents are true and correct.

4.22 Material Contract . Set forth on Schedule M-1 is a complete and accurate list of all Material Contracts of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date (and as updated from time to time pursuant to Section 5.19 ), showing the parties and subject matter thereof and amendments and modifications thereto. Except for matters which, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change, each Material Contract (a) is in full force and effect and is binding upon and enforceable against each Person that is a party thereto in accordance with its terms, (b) has not been otherwise amended or modified (other than to the extent permitted by Section 6.7(c) ), and (c) is not in default due to the action of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

4.23 Senior Indebtedness, Etc. The subordination provisions set forth in the Investor Intercreditor Agreement are and will be enforceable against the holders of the Subordinated Notes by Agent and Lenders. All Obligations, including those to pay principal of and interest (including post-petition interest) on the Term Loan and fees and expenses in connection therewith, constitute Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Investor Intercreditor Agreement), and all such Obligations are entitled to the benefits of the subordination created by the subordination provisions set forth in the Investor Intercreditor Agreement. Parent and each Borrower acknowledges that Agent and Lenders are entering into this Agreement, and extending their Commitments, in reliance upon the subordination provisions set forth in the Investor Intercreditor Agreement and this Section 4.23 .

 

- 21 -


5. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

Parent and each Borrower covenant and agree that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations, Parent and Borrowers shall and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries to do all of the following:

5.1 Accounting System . Maintain a system of accounting that enables Parent and Borrowers to produce financial statements in accordance with GAAP and maintain records pertaining to the Collateral that contain information as from time to time reasonably may be requested by Agent. Parent and Borrowers also shall keep a reporting system that shows all additions, sales, claims, returns, and allowances with respect to their and their respective Subsidiaries’ sales.

5.2 Collateral Reporting . Provide Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) with each of the reports set forth on Schedule 5.2 at the times specified therein. In addition, Parent and each Borrower agree to cooperate fully with Agent to facilitate and implement a system of electronic collateral reporting in order to provide electronic reporting of each of the items set forth above.

5.3 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Deliver to Agent, with copies to each Lender, each of the financial statements, reports, or other items set forth on Schedule 5.3 at the time specified therein. In addition, Parent agrees that no Subsidiary of Parent will have a fiscal year different from that of Parent.

5.4 Guarantor Reports . Cause each Guarantor to deliver its annual financial statements at the time when Parent provides its audited financial statements to Agent, but only to the extent such Guarantor’s financial statements are not consolidated with Parent’s financial statements.

5.5 Inspection . Permit Agent, each Lender, and each of their duly authorized representatives or agents to visit any of its properties and inspect any of its assets or books and records, to examine and make copies of its books and records, and to discuss its affairs, finances, and accounts with, and to be advised as to the same by, its officers and employees at such reasonable times and intervals as Agent or any such Lender may designate and, so long as no Default or Event of Default exists (a) with reasonable prior notice to Administrative Borrower and (b) with each Lender accompanied by Agent.

5.6 Maintenance of Properties . Maintain and preserve all of its properties which are necessary or useful in the proper conduct of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear, tear, and casualty excepted (and except where the failure to do so could not be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change), and comply at all times with the provisions of all material leases to which it is a party as lessee, so as to prevent any loss or forfeiture thereof or thereunder.

5.7 Taxes . Cause all material assessments and taxes, whether real, personal, or otherwise, due or payable by, or imposed, levied, or assessed against Parent, Borrowers, their respective Subsidiaries, or any of their respective assets to be paid in full, before delinquency or before the expiration of any extension period, except to the extent that the validity of such assessment or tax shall be the subject of a Permitted Protest. Parent and Borrowers will and will cause their respective Subsidiaries to make timely payment or deposit of all tax payments and withholding taxes required of them by applicable laws, including those laws concerning F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A., state disability, and local, state, and federal income taxes, and will, upon request, furnish Agent with proof reasonably satisfactory to Agent indicating that Parent, the applicable Borrower or applicable Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits.

5.8 Insurance .

(a) At Parent’s and Borrowers’ expense, maintain insurance respecting their and their respective Subsidiaries’ assets wherever located, covering loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, and all other hazards and risks as ordinarily are insured against by other Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses. Parent and Borrowers also shall maintain business interruption, public liability, and product liability insurance, as well as insurance against larceny, embezzlement, and criminal misappropriation. All such policies of insurance shall be in such amounts and with such insurance companies as are reasonably satisfactory to Agent. Parent and Borrowers shall deliver copies of all such policies to Agent with an endorsement naming Agent as a loss payee (under a satisfactory lender’s loss payable endorsement as its interest may appear) or additional insured, as appropriate. Each policy of insurance or endorsement shall contain a clause requiring the insurer to give not less than 30 days prior written notice to Agent in the event of cancellation of the policy for any reason whatsoever.

 

- 22 -


(b) Administrative Borrower shall give Agent prompt notice of any loss exceeding $250,000 covered by such insurance. So long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrowers shall have the exclusive right to adjust any losses payable under any such insurance policies which are less than $1,000,000. Following the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, or in the case of any losses payable under such insurance exceeding $1,000,000, Agent shall have the exclusive right to adjust any losses payable under any such insurance policies, without any liability to Borrowers whatsoever in respect of such adjustments. Any monies received as payment for any loss under any such insurance policy (other than liability insurance policies) or as payment of any award or compensation for condemnation or taking by eminent domain, shall be paid over to Agent to be applied in accordance with Section 2.4(c)(iii)(B) ; provided , however , that, with respect to any such monies in an aggregate amount during any 12 consecutive month period not in excess of (x) $3,000,000 solely with respect to such monies received as payment for losses under insurance policies insuring tangible property located at 200 Ballardvale Street, Wilmington, Massachusetts 01887, and (y) $1,000,000 with respect to all other such monies, so long as (A) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing, (B) Administrative Borrower shall have given Agent prior written notice of the intention of Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries’ to apply such monies to the costs of repairs, replacement, or restoration of the property which is the subject of the loss, destruction, or taking by condemnation or, in the case of business interruption insurance, to utilize such monies in its operations, (C) the monies are held in a cash collateral account in which Agent has a perfected first-priority security interest, and (D) Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries complete such repairs, replacements, or restoration (or, in the case of business interruption insurance, utilize such monies in its operations) within 180 days after the initial receipt of such monies, Borrowers shall have the option to apply such monies to the costs of repairs, replacement, or restoration of the property which is the subject of the loss, destruction, or taking by condemnation (or, in the case of business interruption insurance, utilize such monies in its operations) unless and to the extent that such applicable period shall have expired without such repairs, replacements, or restoration being made (or, in the case of business interruption insurance, such monies have been used in its operations), in which case, any amounts remaining in the cash collateral account shall be paid to Agent and applied as set forth above.

(c) Parent and Borrowers will not, and will not suffer or permit their respective Subsidiaries to, take out separate insurance concurrent in form or contributing in the event of loss with that required to be maintained under this Section 5.8 , unless Agent is included thereon as an additional insured or loss payee under a lender’s loss payable endorsement. Administrative Borrower promptly shall notify Agent whenever such separate insurance is taken out, specifying the insurer thereunder and full particulars as to the policies evidencing the same, and copies of such policies promptly shall be provided to Agent.

(d) From and after the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, at their expense, Parent and Borrowers shall maintain key man life insurance policies with respect to the following individuals and in the following amounts (so long as such individuals are insurable in the ordinary course):

 

Name

   Amount

Robert Givens

   $ 5,000,000

John Seguin

   $ 5,000,000

Doug Shaw

   $ 5,000,000

Parent and Borrowers shall furnish Agent with a collateral assignment of each such key man life insurance policy, shall record each such collateral assignment with the issuer of the respective policy, and shall furnish proof of such issuer’s acceptance of such collateral assignment. All proceeds payable under such key man life insurance policies shall be payable to Agent to be applied on account of the Obligations in accordance with Section 2.4(c) .

 

- 23 -


5.9 Location of Inventory and Equipment . Keep Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ Inventory and Equipment (other than vehicles and Equipment out for repair) only at the locations identified on Schedule 4.5 and their chief executive offices only at the locations identified on Schedule 4.7(b) ; provided , however , that Administrative Borrower may amend Schedule 4.5 or Schedule 4.7 so long as such amendment occurs by written notice to Agent not less than 30 days prior to the date on which such Inventory or Equipment is moved to such new location or such chief executive office is relocated, so long as such new location is within the continental United States, and so long as, at the time of such written notification, the applicable Loan Party provides Agent a Collateral Access Agreement with respect thereto.

5.10 Compliance with Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all applicable laws, rules, regulations, and orders, judgments and awards (including any settlement of any claim that, if breached, could give rise to any of the foregoing) of any Governmental Authority, such compliance to include (a) paying before the same become delinquent all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges or levies imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or upon any of its properties, and (b) paying all lawful material claims which if unpaid might become a Lien or charge upon any of its properties, except, in each case, to the extent subject to a Permitted Protest.

5.11 Leases . Pay when due all rents and other amounts payable under any material leases to which Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party or by which Parent’s, any Borrower’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ properties and assets are bound, unless such payments are the subject of a Permitted Protest.

5.12 Existence . At all times preserve and keep in full force and effect Parent’s, each Borrower’s and each of their respective Subsidiaries’ valid existence and good standing and any rights, franchises, permits, licenses, authorizations, approvals, entitlements and accreditations material to their businesses.

5.13 Environmental .

(a) Keep any Real Property free of any Environmental Liens or post bonds or other financial assurances sufficient to satisfy the obligations or liability of Parent, any Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries evidenced by such Environmental Liens, (b) comply, in all material respects, with Environmental Laws and provide to Agent such documentation of compliance which Agent reasonably requests, (c) promptly, after receiving notice, notify Agent of any release of a Hazardous Material in any quantity reportable under Environmental Law from or onto property owned or operated by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and take any Remedial Actions required of Parent, any Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries under Environmental Law to abate said release or otherwise to come into compliance with applicable Environmental Law, and (d) promptly, but in any event within 5 days of its receipt thereof, provide Agent with written notice of any of the following: (i) notice that an Environmental Lien has been filed against any of the real or personal property of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (ii) commencement of any Environmental Action against Parent, any Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries or notice that an Environmental Action will be filed against Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, and (iii) notice of a violation, citation, or other administrative order which reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.14 Disclosure Updates . Promptly and in no event later than 5 Business Days after obtaining knowledge thereof, notify Agent if any written information, exhibit, or report furnished to the Lender Group contained, at the time it was furnished, any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which made. The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, any notification pursuant to the foregoing provision will not cure or remedy the effect of the prior untrue statement of a material fact or omission of any material fact nor shall any such notification have the effect of amending or modifying this Agreement or any of the Schedules hereto.

 

- 24 -


5.15 Control Agreements . Take all reasonable steps in order for Agent to obtain control in accordance with Sections 8-106, 9-104, 9-105, 9-106, and 9-107 of the Code with respect to (subject to the proviso contained in Section 6.12 ) all of its Securities Accounts, Deposit Accounts, electronic chattel paper, investment property, and letter of credit rights.

5.16 Formation of Subsidiaries . At the time that Parent, any Borrower or any Guarantor forms any direct or indirect Subsidiary or acquires any direct or indirect Subsidiary after the Closing Date, Parent, such Borrower or such Guarantor shall (a) cause such new Subsidiary to provide to Agent a joinder to the Guaranty and the Security Agreement, together with such other security documents (including Mortgages with respect to any Real Property of such new Subsidiary), as well as appropriate financing statements (and with respect to all property subject to a Mortgage, fixture filings), all in form and substance satisfactory to Agent (including being sufficient to grant Agent a first priority Lien (subject to Permitted Liens) in and to the assets of such newly formed or acquired Subsidiary), (b) provide to Agent a pledge agreement and appropriate certificates and powers or financing statements, hypothecating all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, and (c) provide to Agent all other documentation, including updates to Schedules 4.5 , 4.7(a) , 4.7(b) , 4.7(c) , 4.8(b) , 4.8(c) , 4.15 and 4.17 and one or more opinions of counsel satisfactory to Agent, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above (including policies of title insurance or other documentation with respect to all property subject to a Mortgage). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Subsidiary that is so formed or acquired is a Controlled Foreign Corporation and, except in the case of the Japanese Subsidiary, if Parent and Administrative Borrower can reasonably demonstrate to Agent that the granting of a Lien in the assets of such Subsidiary would result in an increase in tax liability of Parent and its Subsidiaries (with respect to an acquired Subsidiary, based on the amount of retained earnings at the time of such acquisition and the amount of projected retained earnings set forth in the projections delivered pursuant to clause (6) of the definition of Permitted Acquisitions in Schedule 1.1 ) in excess of $500,000 per fiscal year, then clause (a) of the immediately preceding sentence shall not be applicable and, with respect to clause (b) of the immediately preceding sentence, such pledge shall be limited to 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital Stock of such Subsidiary entitled to vote; provided , that immediately upon the amendment of the IRC to allow for the pledge of a greater percentage of the voting power of capital Stock in such Subsidiary without adverse tax consequences, such pledge shall include such greater percentage of capital Stock of such Subsidiary from that time forward. Any document, agreement, or instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 5.16 shall be a Loan Document. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Agent and Lenders shall not be obligated to consent to any such formation or acquisition of a Subsidiary unless such formation or acquisition is otherwise expressly permitted hereunder.

5.17 Acquisition Transaction .

(a) Contemporaneously with the initial extension of credit hereunder: (i) cause all transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documents to be consummated; (ii) cause the Acquisition Transaction and the Merger to become effective; and (iii) furnish evidence thereof to Agent, as well as certified (as of the Closing Date) true and complete copies of the Acquisition Documents, which shall be in compliance with all applicable laws and for which all necessary approvals shall have been obtained in connection therewith.

(b) Promptly provide Agent with true and complete copies of any and all material documents delivered by or to any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Documents, except any such documents otherwise required to be delivered hereunder.

 

- 25 -


5.18 WFF Loan Documents . Promptly provide Agent with true and complete copies of any and all documents and other information delivered by or to any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the WFF Loan Documents, except any such documents otherwise required to be delivered hereunder.

5.19 Material Contracts . Contemporaneously with the delivery of a quarterly Compliance Certificate to Agent, (a) provide copies of each Material Contract entered into since the delivery of the previous quarterly Compliance Certificate to Agent and (b) provide Agent with an amendment to Schedule M-1 to reflect the addition of such Material Contract thereon.

5.20 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Parent and each Borrower shall do, and shall cause each of their respective Subsidiaries and ERISA Affiliates to do, each of the following: (i) maintain each Plan in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the IRC and each other applicable federal or state law; (ii) cause each Qualified Plan to maintain its qualified status under Section 401(a) of the IRC; (iii) make all required contributions to each Plan; (iv) not become a party to any Multiemployer Plan; (v) ensure that all liabilities under each Plan are (A) funded to at least the minimum level required by law or, if higher, to the level required by the terms governing such Plan; (B) insured with a reputable insurance company; and (C) provided for or recognized in the financial statements most recently delivered to Agent under Section 5.3 (to the extent required by GAAP); and (vi) ensure that the contributions or premium payments to or in respect of each Plan are and continue to be promptly paid at no less than the rates required under the rules of such Plan and in accordance with the most recent actuarial advice received in relation to such Plan and applicable law.

(b) Deliver to Agent such certifications or other evidence of compliance with the provisions of Section 4.13 as Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

(c) Promptly notify Agent of each of the following ERISA events affecting Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliates (but in no event more than ten (10) days after such event), together with a copy of each notice with respect to such event that may be required to be filed with a Governmental Authority and each notice delivered by a Governmental Authority to Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliates with respect to such event:

(i) an ERISA Event;

(ii) the adoption of any new Pension Plan by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliates;

(iii) the adoption of any amendment to a Pension Plan, if such amendment will result in a material increase in benefits or unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA); or

(iv) the commencement of contributions by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate to any Plan that is subject to Title IV of ERISA or section 412 of the IRC;

(d) Promptly deliver to Agent copies of (i) each Schedule B (Actuarial Information) to the annual report (Form 5500 Series) filed by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliates with the Internal Revenue Service with respect to each Pension Plan; (ii) all notices received by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates from a Multiemployer Plan sponsor concerning an ERISA Event; and (iii) such other documents or governmental reports or filings relating to any Plan as Agent shall reasonably request.

 

- 26 -


5.21 Further Assurances . Take such action and execute, acknowledge and deliver, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to take such action and execute, acknowledge and deliver, at its sole cost and expense, such agreements, instruments or other documents as are necessary, or as Agent may reasonably request, from time to time in order (a) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (b) to subject to valid and perfected first priority Liens (subject only to Permitted Liens) any of the Collateral or any other property of any Loan Party and its Subsidiaries, (c) to establish and maintain the validity and effectiveness of any of the Loan Documents and the validity, perfection and priority of the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (d) to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer and confirm unto Agent and each Lender the rights now or hereafter intended to be granted to it under this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

5.22 Japanese Documents . If, on any date after the Closing Date, the Japanese Subsidiary shall have been formed or any of the Japanese Documents shall have been entered into, Borrowers shall promptly deliver true and complete copies of (a) such Japanese Documents, each of which shall be satisfactory to Agent, and (b) the Governing Documents of the Japanese Subsidiary, as amended, modified, or supplemented to such date, together with a certificate from the Secretary of the Japanese Subsidiary (i) certifying such Governing Documents, (ii) attesting to the resolutions of the Japanese Subsidiary’s Board of Directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of the Japanese Documents and authorizing specific officers of the Japanese Subsidiary to execute the same, (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of the Japanese Subsidiary and (iv) certifying that the Japanese Documents so delivered are true and complete copies thereof and that such documents have been entered into by the parties thereto in compliance with all applicable laws and all necessary approvals and are in full force and effect.

 

6. NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

Parent and each Borrower covenant and agree that, until termination of all of the Commitments and payment in full of the Obligations, Parent and Borrowers will not and will not permit any of their respective Subsidiaries to do any of the following:

6.1 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, suffer to exist, guarantee, or otherwise become or remain, directly or indirectly, liable with respect to any Indebtedness, except:

(a) Indebtedness evidenced by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents,

(b) Indebtedness set forth on Schedule 4.19 ,

(c) Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness,

(d) refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Indebtedness permitted under clauses (b) and (c) of this Section 6.1 (and continuance or renewal of any Permitted Liens associated therewith) so long as with respect to refinancings, renewals, or extensions of Indebtedness permitted under clause (b): (i) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in an increase in the principal amount of, or interest rate with respect to, the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended or add one or more Loan Parties as liable with respect thereto if such additional Loan Parties were not liable with respect to the original Indebtedness, (ii) such refinancings, renewals, or extensions do not result in a shortening of the average weighted maturity of the Indebtedness so refinanced, renewed, or extended, nor are they on terms or conditions, that, taken as a whole, are materially more burdensome or restrictive to any Loan Party, (iii) if the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended was subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, then the terms and conditions of the refinancing, renewal, or extension Indebtedness must include subordination terms and conditions that are at least as favorable to the Lender Group as those that were applicable to the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness, and (iv) the Indebtedness that is refinanced, renewed, or extended is not recourse to any Person that is liable on account of the Obligations other than those Persons which were obligated with respect to the Indebtedness that was refinanced, renewed, or extended,

 

- 27 -


(e) Indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes in an aggregate original principal amount outstanding at any time not to exceed $20,000,000.

(f) endorsement of instruments or other payment items for deposit,

(g) Indebtedness under the WFF Loan Documents, and

(h) Indebtedness composing Permitted Investments.

6.2 Liens . Create, incur, assume, or suffer to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on or with respect to any of its assets, of any kind, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, or any income or profits therefrom, except for Permitted Liens (including Liens that are replacements of Permitted Liens to the extent that the original Indebtedness is refinanced, renewed, or extended under Section 6.1(d) and so long as the replacement Liens only encumber those assets that secured the refinanced, renewed, or extended Indebtedness).

6.3 Restrictions on Fundamental Changes .

(a) Except for the Merger, enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassify its Stock,

(b) Liquidate, wind up, or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution),

(c) Convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or any substantial part of its assets, or

(d) Suspend or go out of a substantial portion of its business.

6.4 Disposal of Assets . Other than Permitted Dispositions, convey, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, or otherwise dispose of any of the assets of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

6.5 Change Name . Except in connection with the Merger, change Parent’s, any Borrower’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ name, organizational identification number, jurisdiction of organization, or organizational identity; provided , however , that Parent, a Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries may change its name upon at least 30 days prior written notice by Parent or Administrative Borrower to Agent of such change so long as (a) at the time of such written notification, Parent, such Borrower or such Subsidiary provides any financing statements necessary to perfect and continue perfected the Agent’s Liens and (b) immediately after such name change, Administrative Borrower provides Agent with evidence of such name change (including copies of any related public filings).

6.6 Nature of Business . Make any change in the principal nature of its business and related businesses.

6.7 Prepayments and Amendments . Except in connection with a refinancing permitted by Section 6.1(d) ,

(a) optionally prepay, redeem, defease, purchase, or otherwise acquire any Indebtedness of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, other than (i) the Obligations in accordance with this Agreement and the WFF Obligations in accordance with the WFF Credit Agreement or (ii) the Transaction Bonus Notes (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) in accordance with Section 8.05 of the Stock Purchase Agreement,

 

- 28 -


(b) make any payment on account of Indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes or any other Indebtedness that has been contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations if such payment is not permitted at such time under the applicable subordination terms and conditions related to such Indebtedness,

(c) directly or indirectly, amend, modify, alter, increase, or change any of the terms or conditions of, or waive any of its rights under, (i) any agreement, instrument, document, indenture, or other writing evidencing or concerning Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.1(b) , (ii) any of the WFF Loan Documents, (iii) any of the Acquisition Documents, (iv) any Material Contract, or (v) any Subordinated Note Document, in each case in any manner materially adverse to Borrowers or the Lender Group.

6.8 Intentionally Blank .

6.9 Consignments . Consign any of their Inventory or sell any of their Inventory on bill and hold, sale or return, sale on approval, or other conditional terms of sale.

6.10 Distributions . Other than distributions or declaration and payment of dividends by (x) a Borrower to another Borrower or (y) a Subsidiary of any Borrower to any Borrower or to any other wholly-owned Subsidiary of any Borrower, make any distribution or declare or pay any dividends (in cash or other property, other than common Stock) on, or purchase, acquire, redeem, or retire any of any of Parent’s or any Borrower’s Stock, of any class, whether now or hereafter outstanding (collectively, “ Distributions ”); provided , that (a) Borrowers may make Distributions to Parent (i) in amounts necessary to pay customary third party advisor fees and expenses of Parent owing to Persons other than Loan Parties, the Investors or any of their respective Affiliates in the ordinary course of its business as a holding company (including salaries and related reasonable and customary expenses incurred by employees of Parent) in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year (but only to the extent such fees and expenses are actually incurred in such fiscal year), and (ii) in amounts necessary to enable Parent to pay taxes when due and owing by it in the ordinary course of its business as a holding company and (b) any Borrower or Parent may repurchase the Stock of such Borrower or Parent, as applicable, from former employees, consultants or directors pursuant to repurchase agreements or similar agreements approved by the Board of Directors; provided , that the aggregate amount paid in respect of Stock so repurchased shall not exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year.

6.11 Accounting Methods . Modify or change its fiscal year or its method of accounting (other than as may be required to conform to GAAP) or enter into, modify, or terminate any agreement currently existing, or at any time hereafter entered into with any third party accounting firm or service bureau for the preparation or storage of Parent’s, Borrowers’ or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ accounting records without said accounting firm or service bureau agreeing to provide Agent information regarding Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ financial condition.

6.12 Investments . Except for Permitted Investments, directly or indirectly, make or acquire any Investment, or incur any liabilities (including contingent obligations) for or in connection with any Investment; provided , however , that Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries shall not have Permitted Investments (other than in the Cash Management Accounts) in Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts in an aggregate amount in excess of $50,000 at any one time unless Parent, the applicable Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary, and the applicable securities intermediary or bank have entered into Control Agreements governing such Permitted Investments in order to perfect (and further establish) the Agent’s Liens in such Permitted Investments. Subject to the foregoing proviso, Parent and Borrowers shall not and shall not permit their respective Subsidiaries to establish or maintain any Deposit Account or Securities Account unless Agent shall have received a Control Agreement in respect of such Deposit Account or Securities Account.

 

- 29 -


6.13 Transactions with Affiliates .

(a) Except for the Subordinated Note Documents and as set forth in subsection (b) below, directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any transaction with any Affiliate of Parent or any Borrower except for transactions that (i) are in the ordinary course of Parent’s or Borrowers’ business, (ii) are upon fair and reasonable terms, (iii) if they involve one or more payments by Parent or any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries in excess of $100,000, are fully disclosed to Agent, and (iv) are no less favorable to Parent, Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-Affiliate.

(b) Except as set forth in subsection (a) above, make any payment to an Affiliate other than (i) payments for directors’ fees and expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year, and (ii) payments of Accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and that are upon fair and reasonable terms.

6.14 Use of Proceeds . Use the proceeds of the Term Loan for any purpose other than (a) on the Closing Date, to (i) finance the Acquisition Transaction and (ii) pay transactional fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Acquisition Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and (b) thereafter, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, to finance ongoing working capital, capital expenditures, and general corporate needs of Parent and Borrowers following the Acquisition Transaction and the Merger and for its lawful and permitted purposes.

6.15 Inventory and Equipment with Bailees . Store the Inventory or Equipment of Parent, Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries at any time now or hereafter with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar party.

6.16 Financial Covenants .

(a) Fail to maintain or achieve:

(i) Minimum TTM EBITDA. TTM EBITDA, measured on a quarter-end basis, of at least the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Amount

  

Applicable Period

$25,000,000

   For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2004

$25,000,000

   For the 12 month period ending each quarter thereafter

(ii) Minimum Quarterly EBITDA. EBITDA, measured on a quarter-end basis, of at least the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Amount

  

Applicable Period

$5,000,000

   For the 3 month period ending December 31, 2004

$5,000,000

   For the 3 month period ending each quarter thereafter

 

- 30 -


(iii) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio. A Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of at least the required ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Ratio

  

Applicable Period

1.0:1.0

   For the 3 month period ending December 31, 2004

1.0:1.0

   For the 6 month period ending March 31, 2005

1.0:1.0

   For the 9 month period ending June 30, 2005

1.0:1.0

   For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2005

1.0:1.0

   For the 12 month period ending each quarter thereafter

(b) Leverage Ratio. Permit the Leverage Ratio, as at the end of each period set forth below, to exceed the required ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable period:

 

Applicable Ratio

  

Applicable Period

4.25:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2004

4.25:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2005

4.25:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2005

4.00:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2005

4.00:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2005

3.75:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2006

 

- 31 -


Applicable Ratio

  

Applicable Period

3.75:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2006

3.50:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2006

3.50:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2006

3.25:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2007

3.25:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2007

3.00:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2007

3.00:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2007

2.75:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2008

2.75:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2008

2.50:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2008

2.50:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2008

2.25:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2009

2.25:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2009

2.00:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2009

2.00:1.00

   For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2009

 

- 32 -


(c) Capital Expenditures. Make Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year in excess of the amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period:

 

Applicable Amount   

Applicable Period

$2,000,000    Fiscal Year 2004
$2,000,000    Fiscal Year 2005
$2,000,000    Fiscal Year 2006
$2,000,000    Fiscal Year 2007
$2,000,000    Fiscal Year 2008
$2,000,000    Fiscal Year 2009

6.17 ERISA . (a) Terminate, or permit any of their ERISA Affiliates to terminate, any Pension Plan so as to result in any material liability to Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, (b) permit to exist any ERISA Event, or any other event or condition, which is reasonably likely to present the risk of a material liability to any ERISA Affiliate, (c) make a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of ERISA Section 4201) from any Multiemployer Plan so as to result in any material liability to Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, (d) enter into any new Plan or modify any existing Plan so as to increase its obligations thereunder which would reasonably be expected to result in any material liability to any ERISA Affiliate, (e) permit the present value of all nonforfeitable accrued benefits under any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan (using the actuarial assumptions utilized by the PBGC upon termination of a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan) materially to exceed the fair market value of the assets of any such Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan allocable to such benefits, all determined as of the most recent valuation date for each such Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan, or (f) engage in any transaction which would cause any obligation, or action taken or to be taken, hereunder (or the exercise by Agent or any Lender of any of their rights under this Agreement, any Registered Note or the other Loan Documents) to be a non-exempt (under a statutory or administrative exemption) prohibited transaction under ERISA or Section 4975 of the IRC.

 

7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an event of default (each, an “ Event of Default ”) under this Agreement:

7.1 If Borrowers fail to pay when due and payable, or when declared due and payable, (a) all or any portion of the Obligations consisting of interest, fees, or charges due the Lender Group, reimbursement of Lender Group Expenses, or other amounts (other than any portion thereof constituting principal) constituting Obligations (including any portion thereof that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), and such failure continues for a period of 3 Business Days, or (b) all or any portion of the principal of the Obligations;

 

- 33 -


7.2 If Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries

(a) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of Sections 2.7 , 5.2 , 5.3 , 5.4 , 5.5 , 5.8 , 5.12 , 5.14 , 5.15 , 5.16 , 5.17 , and 6.1 through 6.17 of this Agreement or Section 6 of the Security Agreement;

(b) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in any of Sections 5.6 , 5.7 , 5.9 , 5.10 , 5.11 , 5.18 , 5.19 , 5.20 and 5.21 of this Agreement and such failure continues for a period of 10 Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or (ii) written notice thereof is given to Administrative Borrower by Agent; or

(c) fails to perform or observe any covenant or other agreement contained in this Agreement, or in any of the other Loan Documents; in each case, other than any such covenant or agreement that is the subject of another provision of this Section 7 (in which event such other provision of this Section 7 shall govern), and such failure continues for a period of 20 Business Days after the earlier of (i) the date on which such failure shall first become known to any officer of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or (ii) written notice thereof is given to Administrative Borrower by Agent;

7.3 If any of Parent’s, any Borrower’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ assets with an aggregate fair market value in excess of $500,000 is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any third Person and the same is not discharged before the earlier of 30 days after the date it first arises or 5 days prior to the date on which such property or asset is subject to forfeiture by Parent, such Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary;

7.4 If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

7.5 If an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, and any of the following events occur: (a) Parent, or the applicable Borrower or Subsidiary consents to the institution of such Insolvency Proceeding against it, (b) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not timely controverted, (c) the petition commencing the Insolvency Proceeding is not dismissed within 60 calendar days of the date of the filing thereof, (d) an interim trustee is appointed to take possession of all or any substantial portion of the properties or assets of, or to operate all or any substantial portion of the business of, Parent, any Borrower or any such Subsidiary, or (e) an order for relief shall have been issued or entered therein;

7.6 If Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs;

7.7 If one or more judgments or other claims involving an aggregate amount of $500,000 or more (except to the extent fully covered by insurance, subject to deductibles, pursuant to which the insurer has not denied coverage therefor in writing), shall be entered or filed against Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or with respect to any of their respective assets, and the same is not released, discharged, bonded against, or stayed pending appeal before the earlier of 30 days after the date it first arises or 5 days prior to the date on which such asset is subject to being forfeited by Parent, the applicable Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary;

7.8 If there is an Event of Default in, and as such term is defined in, the WFF Loan Documents;

 

- 34 -


7.9 If there is a default in one or more agreements to which Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries is a party with one or more third Persons relative to Indebtedness of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries involving an aggregate amount of $500,000 or more, and such default (a) occurs at the final maturity of the obligations thereunder or (b) results in a right by such third Person(s), irrespective of whether exercised, to accelerate the maturity of Parent’s, the applicable Borrower’s or Subsidiary’s obligations thereunder;

7.10 If any warranty, representation, statement, or Record made herein or in any other Loan Document or delivered to Agent or any Lender in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document proves to be untrue in any material respect as of the date of issuance or making or deemed making thereof;

7.11 If Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall lose, fail to keep in force, suffer the termination, suspension or revocation of or terminate, forfeit or suffer a material adverse amendment to any Material Contract, unless, in the case of termination of any Material Contract, such Material Contract is simultaneously replaced by an agreement of a type and on terms substantially similar to such Material Contract with the same Person (or another Person reasonably satisfactory to Agent);

7.12 If the obligation of any Guarantor under the Guaranty is limited or terminated by operation of law or by such Guarantor;

7.13 If the Security Agreement or any other Loan Document that purports to create a Lien, shall, for any reason, fail or cease to create a valid and perfected and, except to the extent permitted by the terms hereof or thereof, first priority Lien on or security interest in the Collateral covered hereby or thereby, except as a result of a disposition of the applicable Collateral in a transaction permitted under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

7.14 If any provision of any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason be declared to be null and void, or the validity or enforceability thereof shall be contested by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or a proceeding shall be commenced by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, or by any Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof, or Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries shall deny that it has any liability or obligation purported to be created under any Loan Document;

7.15 If any Change of Control shall have occurred;

7.16 If any bank at which any Cash Management Account or Deposit Account of any Loan Party containing deposits in excess of $100,000 is maintained shall fail to comply with any of the material terms of any Cash Management Agreement or Control Agreement to which such bank is a party or any securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or other financial institution at any time in custody, control or possession of any investment property of any Loan Party in excess of $100,000 shall fail to comply with any of the material terms of any Control Agreement to which such Person is a party;

7.17 If there is any material damage to, or loss, theft or destruction of, any Collateral, whether or not insured, or any strike, lockout, labor dispute, embargo, condemnation, act of God or public enemy, or other casualty which causes, for more than 30 consecutive days, the cessation or substantial curtailment of revenue producing activities of any Loan Party and such event or circumstance could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

7.18 If there is any cessation of a substantial part of the business of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries for a period which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

 

- 35 -


7.19 If there is a loss, suspension or revocation of, or failure to renew, any license or permit now held or hereafter acquired by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries and such loss, suspension, revocation or failure to renew could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

7.20 If there is an indictment, or a threatened indictment of any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries under any criminal statute, or a commencement or a threatened commencement of criminal proceedings against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries, pursuant to which statute or proceedings the penalties or remedies sought or available include forfeiture to any Governmental Authority of any portion of the property of such Person with a fair market value in excess of $250,000;

7.21 If any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries shall be liable for any Environmental Liabilities the payment of which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

7.22 If (a) there shall occur and be continuing any “Event of Default” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in any Subordinated Note Document or any document evidencing or governing any other Subordinated Indebtedness, (b) any of the Obligations for any reason shall cease to be “Senior Indebtedness” or “Designated Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable terms) under, and as defined in the Investor Intercreditor Agreement or any document evidencing or governing any other Subordinated Indebtedness, (c) any Indebtedness other than the Obligations shall constitute “Designated Senior Indebtedness” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, the Investor Intercreditor Agreement or any document evidencing or governing any other Subordinated Indebtedness, (d) any holder of any Subordinated Note or any other Subordinated Indebtedness shall fail to perform or comply with any of the subordination provisions of the documents evidencing or governing such Indebtedness, or (e) the subordination provisions of the Investor Intercreditor Agreement or any document evidencing or governing any other Subordinated Indebtedness shall, in whole or in part, terminate, cease to be effective or cease to be legally valid, binding and enforceable against any holder of such Indebtedness; or

7.23 If there occurs one or more ERISA Events which individually or in the aggregate results in or otherwise is associated with liability of Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any of their respective ERISA Affiliates that is a member of a “controlled group of corporations” under “common control” or an “affiliated service group” with Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the IRC (collectively, the “Controlled Group ERISA Affiliates”) (or is reasonably likely,   as determined in the reasonable discretion of Agent, to result in liability to Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their respective Controlled Group ERISA Affiliates in the case of liability of any of their respective ERISA Affiliates that are not Controlled Group ERISA Affiliates) in excess of $250,000 during the term of this Agreement; or there exists, an amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans maintained, sponsored or obligated to be contributed by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any of their Controlled Group ERISA Affiliates (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities) which exceeds $250,000; or there exists, an amount of unfunded benefit liabilities (as defined in Section 4001(a)(18) of ERISA), individually or in the aggregate for all Pension Plans maintained, sponsored or obligated to be contributed by ERISA Affiliate that are not Controlled Group ERISA Affiliates (excluding for purposes of such computation any Pension Plans with respect to which assets exceed benefit liabilities) which exceeds $250,000 and which is reasonably likely, as determined in the reasonable discretion of Agent, to result in liability of Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any of their respective Controlled Group ERISA Affiliates.

 

8. THE LENDER GROUP’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

8.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence, and during the continuation, of an Event of Default, the Required Lenders (at their election but without notice of their election and without demand) may authorize and instruct Agent to do any one or more of the following on behalf of the Lender Group (and Agent, acting upon the instructions of the Required Lenders, shall do the same on behalf of the Lender Group), all of which are authorized by Parent and Borrowers:

(a) Declare all or any portion of the Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable;

 

- 36 -


(b) Cease or restrict advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrowers under this Agreement, under any of the Loan Documents, or under any other agreement between Borrowers and the Lender Group;

(c) Terminate this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents as to any future liability or obligation of the Lender Group, but without affecting any of the Agent’s Liens in the Collateral and without affecting the Obligations; and

(d) Exercise any and all other rights and remedies available at law or in equity or pursuant to any other Loan Document.

The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 7.4 or Section 7.5 , in addition to the remedies set forth above, without any notice to Parent, Borrowers or any other Person or any act by the Lender Group, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the Obligations then outstanding, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all fees and all other amounts due under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, shall automatically and immediately become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived by Parent and Borrowers.

8.2 Remedies Cumulative . The rights and remedies of the Lender Group under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. The Lender Group shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by the Lender Group of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by the Lender Group of any Event of Default shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by the Lender Group shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it.

 

9. TAXES AND EXPENSES.

If Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries fails to pay any monies (whether taxes, assessments, insurance premiums, or, in the case of leased properties or assets, rents or other amounts payable under such leases) due to third Persons, or fails to make any deposits or furnish any required proof of payment or deposit, all as required under the terms of this Agreement, then, Agent, in its sole discretion and without prior notice to any such Person, may: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof or (b) in the case of the failure to comply with Section 5.8 hereof, obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type described in Section 5.8 and take any action with respect to such policies as Agent deems prudent. Any such amounts paid by Agent shall constitute Lender Group Expenses and any such payments shall not constitute an agreement by the Lender Group to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by the Lender Group of any Event of Default under this Agreement. Agent need not inquire as to, or contest the validity of, any such expense, tax, or Lien and the receipt of the usual official notice for the payment thereof shall be conclusive evidence (for purposes of this Section 9 ) that the same was validly due and owing.

 

10. WAIVERS; INDEMNIFICATION.

10.1 Demand; Protest; etc. Parent and each Borrower waive demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, nonpayment at maturity, release, compromise, settlement, extension, or renewal of documents, instruments, chattel paper, and guarantees at any time held by the Lender Group on which Parent or any Borrower may in any way be liable.

 

- 37 -


10.2 The Lender Group’s Liability for Collateral . Parent and each Borrower hereby agree that: (a) so long as Agent complies with its obligations, if any, under the Code, the Lender Group shall not in any way or manner be liable or responsible for: (i) the safekeeping of the Collateral, (ii) any loss or damage thereto occurring or arising in any manner or fashion from any cause, (iii) any diminution in the value thereof, or (iv) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, forwarding agency, or other Person, and (b) all risk of loss, damage, or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrowers.

10.3 Indemnification . Each Borrower shall pay, indemnify, defend, and hold the Agent-Related Persons, the Lender-Related Persons, and each Participant (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless (to the fullest extent permitted by law) from and against any and all claims, demands, suits, actions, investigations, proceedings, liabilities, fines, costs, penalties and damages, and all reasonable fees and disbursements of attorneys, experts and consultants and other costs and expenses actually incurred in connection therewith or in connection with the enforcement of this indemnification (as and when they are incurred and irrespective of whether suit is brought), at any time asserted against, imposed upon, or incurred by any of them (a) in connection with or as a result of or related to the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance, or administration (including any restructuring or workout with respect hereto) of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents, or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or the monitoring of Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents; provided that the reimbursement of Lender Group Expenses shall be subject to any limitations with respect thereto contained in this Agreement, (b) with respect to any investigation, litigation, or proceeding related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or the use of the proceeds of the credit provided hereunder (irrespective of whether any Indemnified Person is a party thereto), or any act, omission, event, or circumstance in any manner related thereto, and (c) in connection with or arising out of any presence or release of Hazardous Materials at, on, under, to or from any assets or properties at any time owned, leased or operated by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Environmental Actions, Environmental Liabilities or Remedial Actions related in any way to any such assets or properties at any time owned, leased or operated by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”). The foregoing to the contrary notwithstanding, Borrowers shall have no obligation to any Indemnified Person under this Section 10.3 with respect to any Indemnified Liability that a court of competent jurisdiction finally determines to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person or the willful breach by an Indemnified Person of its obligations hereunder. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the repayment of the Obligations. If any Indemnified Person makes any payment to any other Indemnified Person with respect to an Indemnified Liability as to which Borrowers were required to indemnify the Indemnified Person receiving such payment, the Indemnified Person making such payment is entitled to be indemnified and reimbursed by Borrowers with respect thereto. WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITY SHALL APPLY TO EACH INDEMNIFIED PERSON WITH RESPECT TO INDEMNIFIED LIABILITIES WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF ANY NEGLIGENT ACT OR OMISSION OF SUCH INDEMNIFIED PERSON OR OF ANY OTHER PERSON.

 

11. NOTICES.

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by Parent, Borrowers or Agent to the other relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested), overnight courier, electronic mail (at such email addresses as Parent, Administrative Borrower or Agent, as applicable, may designate to each other in accordance herewith), or telefacsimile to Parent or Borrowers in care of Administrative Borrower or to Agent, as the case may be, at its address set forth below:

 

- 38 -


If to Parent or Administrative

   MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC.

Borrower:

   200 Ballardvale Street
   Wilmington, Massachusetts 01887
   Attn: Jeff Burk, Vice President Finance
   Fax No.: (978) 657-8268

with copies to:

   GOODWIN PROCTER LLP
   Exchange Place
   53 State Street
   Boston, MA 02109
   Attn: Edward Matson Sibble, Jr., Esq.
   Fax No.: (617) 523-1231

If to Agent:

   D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.
   745 Fifth Avenue, 18th Floor
   New York, New York 10151
   Attention: Vasan Kesavan, Esq.
   Fax No.: (646) 746-8669

with copies to:

   SCHULTE ROTH & ZABEL LLP
   919 Third Avenue
   New York, New York 10022
   Attn: Frederic L. Ragucci, Esq.
   Fax No.: (212) 593-5995

Agent, Parent and Borrowers may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other party. All notices or demands sent in accordance with this Section 11 , other than notices by Agent in connection with enforcement rights against the Collateral under the provisions of the Code, shall be deemed received on the earlier of the date of actual receipt or 3 Business Days after the deposit thereof in the mail. Parent and each Borrower acknowledge and agree that notices sent by the Lender Group in connection with the exercise of enforcement rights against Collateral under the provisions of the Code shall be deemed sent when deposited in the mail or personally delivered, or, where permitted by law, transmitted by telefacsimile or any other method set forth above.

 

12. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER.

(a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK, PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S

 

- 39 -


OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. PARENT, EACH BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 12(b) .

(c) PARENT, EACH BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. PARENT, EACH BORROWER AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

13. ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS.

13.1 Assignments and Participations .

(a) Any Lender may assign and delegate to one or more assignees (each an “ Assignee ”) that are Eligible Transferees all, or any ratable part of all, of the Obligations, the Commitments and the other rights and obligations of such Lender hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, in a minimum amount of $5,000,000 (except such minimum amount shall not apply to (x) an assignment or delegation by any Lender to any other Lender or an Affiliate of any Lender or any Related Fund or (y) a group of new Lenders, each of whom is an Affiliate of each other or a fund or account managed by any such new Lender or an Affiliate of such new Lender to the extent that the aggregate amount to be assigned to all such new Lenders is at least $5,000,000); provided , however , that Borrowers and Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with the interest so assigned to an Assignee until (i) written notice of such assignment, together with payment instructions, addresses, and related information with respect to the Assignee, have been given to Administrative Borrower and Agent by such Lender and the Assignee, (ii) such Lender and its Assignee have delivered to Administrative Borrower and Agent an Assignment and Acceptance, and (iii) the assigning Lender or Assignee has paid to Agent for Agent’s separate account a processing fee in the amount of $3,500. Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the payment of any fees shall not be required and the Assignee need not be an Eligible Transferee if (xx) such assignment is in connection with any merger, consolidation, sale, transfer, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the business or loan portfolio of the assigning Lender or (yy) the assignee is a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or a Related Fund.

(b) From and after the date that Agent notifies the assigning Lender (with a copy to Administrative Borrower) that it has received an executed Assignment and Acceptance and payment of the above-referenced processing fee (if required), (i) the Assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder have been assigned to it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under the Loan Documents and the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement, and (ii) the assigning Lender shall, to the extent that rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents have been assigned by it pursuant to such Assignment and Acceptance, relinquish its rights (except with respect to Section 10.3 hereof) and be released from any future obligations under this Agreement (and in the case of an Assignment and Acceptance covering all or the remaining portion of an assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto

 

- 40 -


and thereto), and such assignment shall effect a novation between Borrowers and the Assignee; provided , however , that nothing contained herein shall release any assigning Lender from such assigning Lender’s obligations that survive the termination of this Agreement, including such assigning Lender’s obligations under Article 15 and Section 16.7 of this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 13.1 , a Lender may assign any or all of its rights hereunder to an Affiliate of such Lender or a Related Fund by the execution of an Assignment and Acceptance by such assigning Lender and its Affiliate or Related Fund but without written notice of such assignment to any Borrower or Agent or delivery of such executed Assignment and Acceptance to Agent or any Borrower, and without the payment of the above-referenced processing fee; provided , however , that (x) Borrowers and Agent may continue to deal solely and directly with the assigning Lender until such Assignment and Acceptance has been delivered to Agent, and (y) the failure of such assigning Lender to deliver such notice or to deliver the Assignment and Acceptance to Agent or any other Person shall not affect the legality, validity, or binding effect of such assignment.

(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Acceptance, the assigning Lender thereunder and the Assignee thereunder confirm to and agree with each other and the other parties hereto as follows: (i) other than as provided in such Assignment and Acceptance, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with this Agreement or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement furnished pursuant hereto, (ii) such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility with respect to the financial condition of any Loan Party or the performance or observance by any Loan Party of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document furnished pursuant hereto, (iii) such Assignee confirms that it has received a copy of this Agreement and the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement, together with such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Acceptance, (iv) such Assignee will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, such assigning Lender or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement, (v) such Assignee appoints and authorizes Agent to take such actions and to exercise such powers under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement as are delegated to Agent, by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto, (vi) such Assignee agrees that it will perform all of the obligations which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender and (vii) such Assignee expressly assumes all rights and obligations of such assigning Lender under the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement and agrees to be bound by the terms thereof.

(d) Immediately upon Agent’s receipt of any required processing fee payment and the fully executed Assignment and Acceptance (or the assigning Lender’s receipt of a fully executed Assignment and Acceptance, in the case of an assignment from a Lender to one or more of its Affiliates or Related Funds, as to which the assigning Lender has not delivered an Assignment and Acceptance to Agent or Borrowers and in which case the payment of a processing fee is not required), this Agreement shall be deemed to be amended to the extent, but only to the extent, necessary to reflect the addition of the Assignee and the resulting adjustment of the Commitments arising therefrom. The Commitment allocated to each Assignee shall reduce such Commitment of the assigning Lender pro tanto .

(e) Any Lender may at any time sell to one or more commercial banks, financial institutions, or other Persons (a “ Participant ”) participating interests in all or any portion of its Obligations, the Commitment, and the other rights and interests of that Lender (the “ Originating Lender ”) hereunder and under the other Loan Documents; provided , however , that (i) the Originating Lender shall remain a “Lender” for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the Participant receiving the participating interest in the Obligations, the Commitment, and the other rights and interests of the Originating Lender hereunder shall not constitute a “Lender” hereunder or under the other Loan Documents and the Originating Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Originating Lender shall remain

 

- 41 -


solely responsible for the performance of such obligations, (iii) Borrowers, Agent, and the Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Originating Lender in connection with the Originating Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iv) no Originating Lender shall transfer or grant any participating interest under which the Participant has the right to approve any amendment to, or any consent or waiver with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent such amendment to, or consent or waiver with respect to this Agreement or of any other Loan Document would (A) extend the final maturity date of the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (B) reduce the interest rate applicable to the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (C) release all or substantially all of the Collateral or guaranties (except to the extent expressly provided herein or in any of the Loan Documents) supporting the Obligations hereunder in which such Participant is participating, (D) postpone the payment of, or reduce the amount of, the interest or fees payable to such Participant through such Lender, or (E) change the amount or due dates of scheduled principal repayments or prepayments or premiums, and (v) all amounts payable by Borrowers hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation, except that, if amounts outstanding under this Agreement are due and unpaid, or shall have been declared or shall have become due and payable upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Participant shall be deemed to have the right of set off in respect of its participating interest in amounts owing under this Agreement to the same extent as if the amount of its participating interest were owing directly to it as a Lender under this Agreement. The rights of any Participant only shall be derivative through the Originating Lender with whom such Participant participates and no Participant shall have any rights under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or any direct rights as to the other Lenders, Agent, Borrowers, the Collections of Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries, the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Obligations. No Participant shall have the right to participate directly in the making of decisions by the Lenders among themselves.

(f) In connection with any such assignment or participation or proposed assignment or participation, a Lender may, subject to the provisions of Section 16.7 , disclose all documents and information which it now or hereafter may have relating to Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and their respective businesses.

(g) Any other provision in this Agreement notwithstanding, any Lender may at any time create a security interest in, or pledge, all or any portion of its rights under and interest in this Agreement in favor of (i) any Federal Reserve Bank in accordance with Regulation A of the Federal Reserve Bank or U.S. Treasury Regulation 31 CFR § 203.24, and (ii) any Person providing financing or other credit support to a Lender or any of its Affiliates or Related Funds in accordance with Section 2.17 , and such Federal Reserve Bank or other Person may enforce such pledge or security interest in any manner permitted under applicable law.

(h) Agent (on behalf of Borrowers) shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, a register (the “ Register ”) on which it enters the name of a Lender as the registered owner of the Term Loan held by such Lender. Other than in connection with an assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its Term Loan to an Affiliate of such Lender or a Related Fund of such Lender (i) a Registered Loan (and the Registered Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be assigned or sold in whole or in part only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register (and each Registered Note shall expressly so provide) and (ii) any assignment or sale of all or part of such Registered Loan (and the Registered Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by registration of such assignment or sale on the Register, together with the surrender of the Registered Note, if any, evidencing the same duly endorsed by (or accompanied by a written instrument of assignment or sale duly executed by) the holder of such Registered Note, whereupon, at the request of the designated assignee(s) or transferee(s), one or more new Registered Notes in the same aggregate principal amount shall be issued to the designated assignee(s) or transferee(s). Prior to the registration of assignment or sale of any Registered Loan (and the Registered Note, if any evidencing the same), Borrowers shall treat the Person in whose name such Loan (and the Registered Note, if any, evidencing the same) is registered as the owner thereof for the purpose of receiving all payments thereon and for all other purposes, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In the case of any assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its Term Loan to an Affiliate of such Lender or a Related Fund of such Lender, and which assignment is not recorded in the Register, the assigning Lender, on behalf of Borrowers, shall maintain a register comparable to the Register.

 

- 42 -


(i) In the event that a Lender sells participations in the Registered Loan, such Lender, on behalf of Borrowers, shall maintain a register on which it enters the name of all participants in the Registered Loans held by it (the “ Participant Register ”). A Registered Loan (and the Registered Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be participated in whole or in part only by registration of such participation on the Participant Register (and each Registered Note shall expressly so provide). Any participation of such Registered Loan (and the Registered Note, if any, evidencing the same) may be effected only by the registration of such participation on the Participant Register.

13.2 Successors . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of each of the parties; provided , however , that neither Parent nor Borrowers may assign this Agreement or any rights or duties hereunder without the Lenders’ prior written consent and any prohibited assignment shall be absolutely void ab initio . No consent to assignment by the Lenders shall release Parent or any Borrower from its Obligations. A Lender may assign this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and its rights and duties hereunder and thereunder pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof and, except as expressly required pursuant to Section 13.1 hereof, no consent or approval by Parent or any Borrower is required in connection with any such assignment.

 

14. AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS.

14.1 Amendments and Waivers . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document (other than the Fee Letter), and no consent with respect to any departure by Parent, Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries therefrom, shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Required Lenders (or by Agent at the written request of the Required Lenders) and Administrative Borrower (on behalf of all Loan Parties) and then any such waiver or consent shall be effective, but only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided , however , that no such waiver, amendment, or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all of the Lenders affected thereby and Administrative Borrower (on behalf of all Loan Parties), do any of the following:

(a) increase or extend the Commitment of any Lender,

(b) postpone or delay any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment of principal, interest, fees, or other amounts due hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(c) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest on, any loan or other extension of credit hereunder, or reduce any fees or other amounts payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(d) change the Pro Rata Share that is required to take any action hereunder,

(e) amend or modify this Section or any provision of this Agreement providing for consent or other action by all Lenders,

(f) other than as permitted by Section 15.12 , release Agent’s Lien in and to any of the Collateral,

(g) change the definition of “Required Lenders” or “Pro Rata Share”,

(h) contractually subordinate any of the Agent’s Liens,

 

- 43 -


(i) release any Borrower or any Guarantor from any obligation for the payment of money,

(j) change the definition of Term Loan Amount, or

(k) amend any of the provisions of Section 15 ,

and, provided further , however , that no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by Agent, affect the rights or duties of Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document. The foregoing notwithstanding, any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, termination, or release of, or with respect to, any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that relates only to the relationship of the Lender Group among themselves, and that does not affect the rights or obligations of Borrowers, shall not require consent by or the agreement of Borrowers.

14.2 Replacement of Holdout Lender .

(a) If any action to be taken by the Lender Group or Agent hereunder requires the unanimous consent, authorization, or agreement of all Lenders, and a Lender (“ Holdout Lender ”) fails to give its consent, authorization, or agreement, then Agent, upon at least 5 Business Days prior irrevocable notice to the Holdout Lender, may permanently replace the Holdout Lender with one or more substitute Lenders (each, a “ Replacement Lender ”), and the Holdout Lender shall have no right to refuse to be replaced hereunder. Such notice to replace the Holdout Lender shall specify an effective date for such replacement, which date shall not be later than 15 Business Days after the date such notice is given.

(b) Prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Holdout Lender and each Replacement Lender shall execute and deliver an Assignment and Acceptance, subject only to the Holdout Lender being repaid its share of the outstanding Obligations without any premium or penalty of any kind whatsoever. If the Holdout Lender shall refuse or fail to execute and deliver any such Assignment and Acceptance prior to the effective date of such replacement, the Holdout Lender shall be deemed to have executed and delivered such Assignment and Acceptance. The replacement of any Holdout Lender shall be made in accordance with the terms of Section 13.1 .

14.3 No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by Agent or any Lender to exercise any right, remedy, or option under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or delay by Agent or any Lender in exercising the same, will operate as a waiver thereof. No waiver by Agent or any Lender will be effective unless it is in writing, and then only to the extent specifically stated. No waiver by Agent or any Lender on any occasion shall affect or diminish Agent’s and each Lender’s rights thereafter to require strict performance by Parent, Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries of any provision of this Agreement. Agent’s and each Lender’s rights under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents will be cumulative and not exclusive of any other right or remedy that Agent or any Lender may have.

 

15. AGENT; THE LENDER GROUP.

15.1 Appointment and Authorization of Agent . Each Lender hereby designates and appoints D.B. Zwirn as its representative under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent to execute and deliver each of the other Loan Documents on its behalf and to take such other action on its behalf under the provisions of this Agreement and each other Loan Document and to exercise such powers and perform such duties as are expressly delegated to Agent by the terms of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. Agent agrees to act as such on the express conditions contained in this Section 15 . The provisions of this Section 15 (other than the proviso to Section 15.11(a) ) are solely for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders, and Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries shall have no rights as a third party beneficiary of any of the provisions contained herein. Any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in

 

- 44 -


any other Loan Document notwithstanding, Agent shall not have any duties or responsibilities, except those expressly set forth herein, nor shall Agent have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against Agent; it being expressly understood and agreed that the use of the word “Agent” is for convenience only, that D.B. Zwirn is merely the representative of the Lenders, and only has the contractual duties set forth herein. Except as expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement, Agent shall have and may use its sole discretion with respect to exercising or refraining from exercising any discretionary rights or taking or refraining from taking any actions that Agent expressly is entitled to take or assert under or pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, or of any other provision of the Loan Documents that provides rights or powers to Agent, Lenders agree that Agent shall have the right to exercise the following powers as long as this Agreement remains in effect: (a) maintain, in accordance with its customary business practices, ledgers and records reflecting the status of the Obligations, the Collateral, the Collections of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, and related matters, (b) execute or file any and all financing or similar statements or notices, amendments, renewals, supplements, documents, instruments, proofs of claim, notices and other written agreements with respect to the Loan Documents, (c) make Protective Advances as provided in the Loan Documents, (d) exclusively receive, apply, and distribute the Collections of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries as provided in the Loan Documents, (e) open and maintain such bank accounts and cash management arrangements as Agent deems necessary and appropriate in accordance with the Loan Documents for the foregoing purposes with respect to the Collateral and the Collections of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, (f) perform, exercise, and enforce any and all other rights and remedies of the Lender Group with respect to the Loan Parties, the Obligations, the Collateral, the Collections of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, or otherwise related to any of same as provided in the Loan Documents, and (g) incur and pay such Lender Group Expenses as Agent may deem necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions and powers pursuant to the Loan Documents.

15.2 Delegation of Duties . Agent may execute any of its duties under this Agreement or any other Loan Document by or through agents, employees or attorneys in fact and shall be entitled to advice of counsel concerning all matters pertaining to such duties. Agent shall not be responsible for the negligence or misconduct of any agent or attorney in fact that it selects as long as such selection was made without gross negligence or willful misconduct.

15.3 Liability of Agent . None of the Agent-Related Persons shall (a) be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by any of them under or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions contemplated hereby (except for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct), or (b) be responsible in any manner to any of the Lenders for any recital, statement, representation or warranty made by Parent, any Borrower or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of Parent or any Borrower, or any officer or director thereof, contained in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document, or in any certificate, report, statement or other document referred to or provided for in, or received by Agent under or in connection with, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or the validity, effectiveness, genuineness, enforceability or sufficiency of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or for any failure of Parent, any Borrower or any other party to any Loan Document to perform its obligations hereunder or thereunder. No Agent-Related Person shall be under any obligation to any Lender to ascertain or to inquire as to the observance or performance of any of the agreements contained in, or conditions of, this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or to inspect the books and records or properties of Parent or Borrowers or the books or records or properties of any of Parent’s or Borrowers’ Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

15.4 Reliance by Agent . Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall be fully protected in relying, upon any writing, resolution, notice, consent, certificate, affidavit, letter, telegram, telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission, telex or telephone message, statement or other document or conversation believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed, sent, or made by the proper Person or Persons, and upon advice and statements of legal counsel (including counsel to Borrowers or counsel to any

 

- 45 -


Lender), independent accountants and other experts selected by Agent. Agent shall be fully justified in failing or refusing to take any action under this Agreement or any other Loan Document unless Agent shall first receive such advice or concurrence of the Lenders as it deems appropriate and until such instructions are received, Agent shall act, or refrain from acting, as it deems advisable. If Agent so requests, it shall first be indemnified to its reasonable satisfaction by the Lenders against any and all liability and expense that may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take any such action. Agent shall in all cases be fully protected in acting, or in refraining from acting, under this Agreement or any other Loan Document in accordance with a request or consent of the requisite Lenders and such request and any action taken or failure to act pursuant thereto shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

15.5 Notice of Default or Event of Default . Agent shall not be deemed to have knowledge or notice of the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default, except with respect to defaults in the payment of principal, interest, fees, and expenses required to be paid to Agent for the account of the Lenders and, except with respect to Events of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge, unless Agent shall have received written notice from a Lender or Administrative Borrower referring to this Agreement, describing such Default or Event of Default, and stating that such notice is a “notice of default.” Agent promptly will notify the Lenders of its receipt of any such notice or of any Event of Default of which Agent has actual knowledge. If any Lender obtains actual knowledge of any Event of Default, such Lender promptly shall notify the other Lenders and Agent of such Event of Default. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for giving any notices to its Participants, if any. Subject to Section 15.4 , Agent shall take such action with respect to such Default or Event of Default as may be requested by the Required Lenders in accordance with Section 8 ; provided , however , that unless and until Agent has received any such request, Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) take such action, or refrain from taking such action, with respect to such Default or Event of Default as it shall deem advisable.

15.6 Credit Decision . Each Lender acknowledges that none of the Agent-Related Persons has made any representation or warranty to it, and that no act by Agent hereinafter taken, including any review of the affairs of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries or Affiliates, shall be deemed to constitute any representation or warranty by any Agent-Related Person to any Lender. Each Lender represents to Agent that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own appraisal of and investigation into the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Parent, Borrowers and any other Person party to a Loan Document, and all applicable bank regulatory laws relating to the transactions contemplated hereby, and made its own decision to enter into this Agreement and to extend credit to Borrowers. Each Lender also represents that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent-Related Person and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit analysis, appraisals and decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to make such investigations as it deems necessary to inform itself as to the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition and creditworthiness of Parent, Borrowers and any other Person party to a Loan Document. Except for notices, reports, and other documents expressly herein required to be furnished to the Lenders by Agent, Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility to provide any Lender with any credit or other information concerning the business, prospects, operations, property, financial and other condition or creditworthiness of Parent, Borrowers and any other Person party to a Loan Document that may come into the possession of any of the Agent-Related Persons.

15.7 Costs and Expenses; Indemnification . Agent may incur and pay Lender Group Expenses to the extent Agent reasonably deems necessary or appropriate for the performance and fulfillment of its functions, powers, and obligations pursuant to the Loan Documents, including court costs, attorneys fees and expenses, fees and expenses of financial accountants, advisors, consultants, and appraisers, costs of collection by outside collection agencies, auctioneer fees and expenses, and costs of security guards or insurance premiums paid to maintain the Collateral, whether or not Borrowers are obligated to reimburse Agent or Lenders for such expenses pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise. Agent is authorized and directed to deduct and retain sufficient amounts from the Collections of Parent, Borrowers and their respective

 

- 46 -


Subsidiaries received by Agent to reimburse Agent for such out-of-pocket costs and expenses (to the extent such out-of-pocket costs and expenses constitute Lender Group Expenses) prior to the distribution of any amounts to Lenders. In the event Agent is not reimbursed for such costs and expenses from the Collections of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries received by Agent, each Lender hereby agrees that it is and shall be obligated to pay to or reimburse Agent for the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Lenders shall indemnify upon demand the Agent-Related Persons (to the extent not reimbursed by or on behalf of Borrowers and without limiting the obligation of Borrowers to do so), according to their Pro Rata Shares, from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities; provided , however , that no Lender shall be liable for the payment to any Agent-Related Person of any portion of such Indemnified Liabilities resulting solely from such Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender shall reimburse Agent upon demand for such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any costs or out of pocket expenses (including attorneys, accountants, advisors, and consultants fees and expenses) incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment, or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any document contemplated by or referred to herein or therein, to the extent that Agent is not reimbursed for such expenses by or on behalf of Borrowers. The undertaking in this Section shall survive the payment of all Obligations hereunder and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

15.8 Agent in Individual Capacity . D.B. Zwirn and its Affiliates and Related Funds may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting, or other business with Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents as though D.B. Zwirn were not Agent hereunder, and, in each case, without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, D.B. Zwirn or its Affiliates or Related Funds may receive information regarding Parent, Borrowers or their respective Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of Parent, Borrowers or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and the Lenders acknowledge that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver Agent will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), Agent shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them. The terms “Lender” and “Lenders” include D.B. Zwirn in its individual capacity.

15.9 Successor Agent . Agent may resign as Agent upon 45 days notice to the Lenders. If Agent resigns under this Agreement, the Required Lenders shall appoint a successor Agent for the Lenders. If no successor Agent is appointed prior to the effective date of the resignation of Agent, Agent may appoint, after consulting with the Lenders, a successor Agent. If Agent has materially breached or failed to perform any material provision of this Agreement or of applicable law, the Required Lenders may agree in writing to remove and replace Agent with a successor Agent from among the Lenders. In any such event, upon the acceptance of its appointment as successor Agent hereunder, such successor Agent shall succeed to all the rights, powers, and duties of the retiring Agent and the term “Agent” shall mean such successor Agent and the retiring Agent’s appointment, powers, and duties as Agent shall be terminated. After any retiring Agent’s resignation hereunder as Agent, the provisions of this Section 15 shall inure to its benefit as to any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was Agent under this Agreement. If no successor Agent has accepted appointment as Agent by the date which is 45 days following a retiring Agent’s notice of resignation, the retiring Agent’s resignation shall nevertheless thereupon become effective and the Lenders shall perform all of the duties of Agent hereunder until such time, if any, as the Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above.

15.10 Lender in Individual Capacity . Any Lender and its respective Affiliates and Related Funds may make loans to, issue letters of credit for the account of, accept deposits from, acquire equity interests in and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory, underwriting or other business with

 

- 47 -


Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents as though such Lender were not a Lender hereunder without notice to or consent of the other members of the Lender Group. The other members of the Lender Group acknowledge that, pursuant to such activities, such Lender and its respective Affiliates and Related Funds may receive information regarding Parent, Borrowers or their Affiliates and any other Person party to any Loan Documents that is subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of Borrowers or such other Person and that prohibit the disclosure of such information to the Lenders, and the Lenders acknowledge that, in such circumstances (and in the absence of a waiver of such confidentiality obligations, which waiver such Lender will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain), such Lender shall not be under any obligation to provide such information to them.

15.11 Withholding Taxes .

(a) All payments made by any Borrower hereunder or under any note or other Loan Document will be made without setoff, counterclaim, or other defense. In addition, all such payments will be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for, any present or future Taxes, and in the event any deduction or withholding of Taxes is required, each Borrower shall comply with the penultimate sentence of this Section 15.11(a) . “ Taxes ” shall mean, any taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, assessments or other charges of whatever nature now or hereafter imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein with respect to such payments (but excluding any tax imposed by any jurisdiction or by any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein measured by or based on the net income or net profits of any Lender or Agent) and all interest, penalties or similar liabilities with respect thereto. If any Taxes are so levied or imposed, each Borrower agrees to pay the full amount of such Taxes and such additional amounts as may be necessary so that every payment of all amounts due under this Agreement, any note, or Loan Document, including any amount paid pursuant to this Section 15.11(a) after withholding or deduction for or on account of any Taxes, will not be less than the amount provided for herein; provided , however , that Borrowers shall not be required to increase any such amounts if the increase in such amount payable results from Agent’s or such Lender’s own willful misconduct or gross negligence (as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction). Each Borrower will furnish to Agent as promptly as possible after the date the payment of any Tax is due pursuant to applicable law certified copies of tax receipts evidencing such payment by any Borrower.

(b) If a Lender claims an exemption from United States withholding tax, such Lender shall deliver to Agent (or in the case of a Lender party to an Assignment and Acceptance not recorded in the Register, the assigning Lender):

(i) if such Lender claims an exemption from United States withholding tax pursuant to its portfolio interest exception, (A) a statement of the Lender, signed under penalty of perjury, that it is not a (I) a “bank” as described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the IRC, (II) a 10% shareholder of any Borrower (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the IRC), or (III) a controlled foreign corporation related to any Borrower within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the IRC, and (B) a properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN, before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent, Administrative Borrower or the assigning Lender, as applicable;

(ii) if such Lender claims an exemption from, or a reduction of, withholding tax under a United States tax treaty, properly completed and executed IRS Form W-8BEN before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent, Administrative Borrower or the assigning Lender, as applicable;

(iii) if such Lender claims that interest paid under this Agreement is exempt from United States withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a United States trade or business of such Lender, two properly completed and executed copies of IRS Form W-8ECI before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent, Administrative Borrower or the assigning Lender, as applicable; and/or

 

- 48 -


(iv) such other form or forms, including IRS Form W-9, as may be required under the IRC or other laws of the United States as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, United States withholding or backup withholding tax before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent, Administrative Borrower or the assigning Lender, as applicable.

Each Lender agrees promptly to notify Agent, Administrative Borrower or the assigning Lender, as applicable, of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction and to timely provide such forms and other certifications claiming such exemptions and/or reductions to which it is legally entitled.

(c) If a Lender claims an exemption from withholding tax in a jurisdiction other than the United States, such Lender shall deliver to Agent (or, in the case of a Lender party to an Assignment and Acceptance not recorded in the Register, the assigning Lender) any such form or forms, as may be required under the laws of such jurisdiction as a condition to exemption from, or reduction of, foreign withholding or backup withholding tax before receiving its first payment under this Agreement and at any other time reasonably requested by Agent, Administrative Borrower or the assigning Lender, as applicable.

Each Lender agrees promptly to notify Agent, Administrative Borrower or the assigning Lender, as applicable, of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction and to timely provide such forms and other certifications claiming such exemptions and/or reductions to which it is legally entitled.

(d) If any Lender claims exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax and such Lender sells, assigns, grants a participation in, or otherwise transfers all or part of the Obligations of Borrowers to such Lender (other than to an Affiliate or a Related Fund), such Lender agrees to notify Agent and Administrative Borrower of the percentage amount in which it is no longer the beneficial owner of Obligations of Borrowers to such Lender. To the extent of such percentage amount, Agent and Borrowers will treat such Lender’s documentation provided pursuant to Sections 15.11(b) or 15.11(c) as no longer valid. With respect to such percentage amount, Lender may provide new documentation, pursuant to Sections 15.11(b) or 15.11(c) , if applicable.

(e) If any Lender is entitled to a reduction in the applicable withholding tax, Agent may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax after taking into account such reduction. If the forms or other documentation required by subsection (b) or (c) of this Section 15.11 are not delivered in accordance with such subsections, then Agent or the assigning Lender, as applicable, may withhold from any interest payment to such Lender not providing such forms or other documentation an amount equivalent to the applicable withholding tax.

(f) If the IRS or any other Governmental Authority of the United States or other jurisdiction asserts a claim that Agent did not properly withhold tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender due to a failure on the part of any Lender (because the appropriate form was not delivered, was not properly executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the proper Person of a change in circumstances which rendered the exemption from, or reduction of, withholding tax ineffective, or for any other reason) such Lender shall indemnify and hold Agent harmless for all amounts paid, directly or indirectly, by Agent, as tax or otherwise, including penalties and interest, and including any taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to Agent under this Section 15.11 , together with all costs and expenses (including attorneys fees and expenses). The obligation of the Lenders under this subsection shall survive the payment of all Obligations and the resignation or replacement of Agent.

(g) If any Lender requests indemnification or additional amounts under Section 15.11 , then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different one of its lending offices or assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices or branches, if (i) in the reasonable judgment of

 

- 49 -


such Lender, such designation or assignment would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 15.11 in the future, and (ii) in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment would not subject it to any material unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be materially disadvantageous to it. Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by such Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

15.12 Collateral Matters .

(a) The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize Agent, at its option and in its sole discretion, to release any Lien on any Collateral (i) upon the termination of the Commitments and payment and satisfaction in full by Borrowers of all Obligations, (ii) constituting property being sold or disposed of if a release is required or desirable in connection therewith and if Administrative Borrower certifies to Agent that the sale or disposition is permitted under Section 6.4 of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (and Agent may rely conclusively on any such certificate, without further inquiry), (iii) constituting property in which none of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries owned any interest at the time the Agent’s Lien was granted nor at any time thereafter, or (iv) constituting property leased to Parent, a Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries under a lease that has expired or is terminated in a transaction permitted under this Agreement. Except as provided above, Agent will not execute and deliver a release of any Lien on any Collateral without the prior written authorization of (y) if the release is of all or substantially all of the Collateral, all of the Lenders, or (z) otherwise, the Required Lenders. Upon request by Agent or Administrative Borrower at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing Agent’s authority to release any such Liens on particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 15.12 ; provided , however , that (1) Agent shall not be required to execute any document necessary to evidence such release on terms that, in Agent’s opinion, would expose Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Lien without recourse, representation, or warranty, and (2) such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect, or impair the Obligations or any Liens (other than those expressly being released) upon (or obligations of Borrowers in respect of) all interests retained by Parent, Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries, including, the proceeds of any sale, all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral.

(b) Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any of the Lenders to assure that the Collateral exists or is owned by Parent, Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or is cared for, protected, or insured or has been encumbered, or that the Agent’s Liens have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected, or enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise at all or in any particular manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity, or to continue exercising, any of the rights, authorities and powers granted or available to Agent pursuant to any of the Loan Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act, omission, or event related thereto, subject to the terms and conditions contained herein, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole discretion given Agent’s own interest in the Collateral in its capacity as one of the Lenders and that Agent shall have no other duty or liability whatsoever to any Lender as to any of the foregoing, except as otherwise provided herein.

15.13 Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments .

(a) Each of the Lenders agrees that it shall not, without the express written consent of Agent, and that it shall, to the extent it is lawfully entitled to do so, upon the written request of Agent, set off against the Obligations (to the extent then due and payable), any amounts owing by such Lender to Parent, Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any deposit accounts of Parent, Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries now or hereafter maintained with such Lender. Each of the Lenders further agrees that it shall not, unless specifically requested to do so in writing by Agent, take or cause to be taken any action, including, the commencement of any legal or equitable proceedings, to foreclose any Lien on, or otherwise enforce any security interest in, any of the Collateral.

 

- 50 -


(b) If, at any time or times, any Lender shall receive (i) by payment, foreclosure, setoff, or otherwise, any proceeds of Collateral or any payments with respect to the Obligations, except for any such proceeds or payments received by such Lender from Agent pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) payments from Agent in excess of such Lender’s ratable portion of all such distributions by Agent, such Lender promptly shall (A) turn the same over to Agent, in kind, and with such endorsements as may be required to negotiate the same to Agent, or in immediately available funds, as applicable, for the account of all of the Lenders and for application to the Obligations in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement, or (B) purchase, without recourse or warranty, an undivided interest and participation in the Obligations owed to the other Lenders so that such excess payment received shall be applied ratably as among the Lenders in accordance with their Pro Rata Shares; provided , however , that to the extent that such excess payment received by the purchasing party is thereafter recovered from it, those purchases of participations shall be rescinded in whole or in part, as applicable, and the applicable portion of the purchase price paid therefor shall be returned to such purchasing party, but without interest except to the extent that such purchasing party is required to pay interest in connection with the recovery of the excess payment.

15.14 Agency for Perfection . Agent hereby appoints each other Lender as its agent (and each Lender hereby accepts such appointment) for the purpose of perfecting the Agent’s Liens in assets which, in accordance with Article 8 or Article 9, as applicable, of the Code can be perfected only by possession or control. Should any Lender obtain possession or control of any such Collateral, such Lender shall notify Agent thereof, and, promptly upon Agent’s request therefor shall deliver possession or control of such Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agent’s instructions.

15.15 Payments by Agent to the Lenders . All payments to be made by Agent to the Lenders shall be made by bank wire transfer of immediately available funds pursuant to such wire transfer instructions as each party may designate for itself by written notice to Agent. Concurrently with each such payment, Agent shall identify whether such payment (or any portion thereof) represents principal, premium, fees, or interest of the Obligations.

15.16 Concerning Related Loan Documents . Each member of the Lender Group authorizes and directs Agent to enter into this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Investor Intercreditor Agreement and the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement. Each member of the Lender Group agrees that any action taken by Agent in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Investor Intercreditor Agreement and the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement relating to the Collateral or otherwise and the exercise by Agent of its powers set forth therein or herein, together with such other powers that are reasonably incidental thereto, shall be binding upon all of the Lenders.

15.17 Field Audits and Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information . By becoming a party to this Agreement, each Lender:

(a) is deemed to have requested that Agent furnish such Lender, promptly after it becomes available, a copy of each field audit or examination report (each a “ Report ” and collectively, “ Reports ”) prepared by or at the request of Agent, and Agent shall so furnish each Lender with such Reports,

(b) expressly agrees and acknowledges that Agent does not (i) make any representation or warranty as to the accuracy of any Report, and (ii) shall not be liable for any information contained in any Report,

(c) expressly agrees and acknowledges that the Reports are not comprehensive audits or examinations, that Agent or other party performing any audit or examination will inspect only specific information regarding Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and will rely significantly upon the books and records of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, as well as on representations of Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ personnel,

 

- 51 -


(d) agrees to keep all Reports and other material, non-public information regarding Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries and their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans in a confidential manner in accordance with Section 16.7 , and

(e) without limiting the generality of any other indemnification provision contained in this Agreement, agrees: (i) to hold Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from any action the indemnifying Lender may take or fail to take or any conclusion the indemnifying Lender may reach or draw from any Report in connection with any loans or other credit accommodations that the indemnifying Lender has made or may make to Borrowers, or the indemnifying Lender’s participation in, or the indemnifying Lender’s purchase of, a loan or loans of Borrowers; and (ii) to pay and protect, and indemnify, defend and hold Agent, and any such other Lender preparing a Report harmless from and against, the claims, actions, proceedings, damages, costs, expenses, and other amounts (including, attorneys fees and costs) incurred by Agent and any such other Lender preparing a Report as the direct or indirect result of any third parties who might obtain all or part of any Report through the indemnifying Lender.

In addition to the foregoing: (x) any Lender may from time to time request of Agent in writing that Agent provide to such Lender a copy of any report or document provided by Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries to Agent that has not been contemporaneously provided by Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries to such Lender, and, upon receipt of such request, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, (y) to the extent that Agent is entitled, under any provision of the Loan Documents, to request additional reports or information from Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, any Lender may, from time to time, reasonably request Agent to exercise such right as specified in such Lender’s notice to Agent, whereupon Agent promptly shall request of the applicable Person the additional reports or information reasonably specified by such Lender, and, upon receipt thereof from the applicable Person, Agent promptly shall provide a copy of same to such Lender, and (z) any time that Agent renders to Administrative Borrower a statement regarding the Loan Account, Agent shall send a copy of such statement to each Lender.

15.18 Several Obligations; No Liability . Notwithstanding that certain of the Loan Documents now or hereafter may have been or will be executed only by or in favor of Agent in its capacity as such, and not by or in favor of the Lenders, any and all obligations on the part of Agent (if any) to make any credit available hereunder shall constitute the several (and not joint) obligations of the respective Lenders on a ratable basis, according to their respective Commitments, to make an amount of such credit not to exceed, in principal amount, at any one time outstanding, the amount of their respective Commitments. Nothing contained herein shall confer upon any Lender any interest in, or subject any Lender to any liability for, or in respect of, the business, assets, profits, losses, or liabilities of any other Lender. Each Lender shall be solely responsible for notifying its Participants of any matters relating to the Loan Documents to the extent any such notice may be required, and no Lender shall have any obligation, duty, or liability to any Participant of any other Lender. Except as provided in Section 15.7 , no member of the Lender Group shall have any liability for the acts of any other member of the Lender Group. No Lender shall be responsible to Parent, any Borrower or any other Person for any failure by any other Lender to fulfill its obligations to make credit available hereunder, nor to advance for it or on its behalf in connection with its Commitment, nor to take any other action on its behalf hereunder or in connection with the financing contemplated herein.

 

16. GENERAL PROVISIONS.

16.1 Effectiveness . This Agreement shall be binding and deemed effective when executed by Parent, each Borrower, Agent, and each Lender whose signature is provided for on the signature pages hereof.

16.2 Section Headings . Headings and numbers have been set forth herein for convenience only. Unless the contrary is compelled by the context, everything contained in each Section applies equally to this entire Agreement.

 

- 52 -


16.3 Interpretation . Neither this Agreement nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against the Lender Group, Parent or Borrowers, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto.

16.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

16.5 Counterparts; Electronic Execution . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis .

16.6 Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations . If the incurrence or payment of the Obligations by any Borrower or any Guarantor or the transfer to the Lender Group of any property should for any reason subsequently be declared to be void or voidable under any state or federal law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable payments of money or transfers of property (collectively, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), and if the Lender Group is required to repay or restore, in whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elects to do so upon the reasonable advice of its counsel, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that the Lender Group is required or elects to repay or restore, and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of the Lender Group related thereto, the liability of Borrowers or such Guarantor automatically shall be revived, reinstated, and restored and shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer had never been made.

16.7 Confidentiality . Agent and Lenders each individually (and not jointly or jointly and severally) agree that material, non-public information regarding Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, their operations, assets, and existing and contemplated business plans shall be treated by Agent and the Lenders in a confidential manner, and shall not be disclosed by Agent and the Lenders to Persons who are not parties to this Agreement, except: (a) to attorneys for and other advisors, accountants, auditors, and consultants to any member of the Lender Group, (b) to Subsidiaries, Affiliates and Related Funds of any member of the Lender Group, provided that any such Subsidiary, Affiliate or Related Fund shall have agreed to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section 16.7 , (c) as may be required by statute, decision, or judicial or administrative order, rule, or regulation, (d) as may be agreed to in advance by Parent or Administrative Borrower or as requested or required by any Governmental Authority pursuant to any subpoena or other legal process, (e) as to any such information that is or becomes generally available to the public (other than as a result of prohibited disclosure by Agent or the Lenders), (f) in connection with any assignment, prospective assignment, sale, prospective sale, participation or prospective participation, or pledge or prospective pledge of any Lender’s interest under this Agreement, provided that any such assignee, prospective assignee, purchaser, prospective purchaser, participant, prospective participant, pledgee, or prospective pledgee shall have agreed in writing to receive such information hereunder subject to the terms of this Section, and (g) in connection with any litigation or other adversary proceeding involving parties hereto which such litigation or adversary proceeding involves claims related to the rights or duties of such parties under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents. The provisions of this Section 16.7 shall survive for 2 years after the payment in full of the Obligations.

 

- 53 -


16.8 Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, reflects the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby and shall not be contradicted or qualified by any other agreement, oral or written, before the date hereof.

16.9 Monotype as Agent for Loan Parties . Parent and each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Monotype as the borrowing agent and attorney-in-fact for all Loan Parties (the “ Administrative Borrower ”) which appointment shall remain in full force and effect unless and until Agent shall have received prior written notice signed by Parent and each Borrower that such appointment has been revoked and that another Loan Party has been appointed Administrative Borrower. Parent and each Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Borrower (a) to provide Agent with all notices and instructions under this Agreement and (b) to take such action as the Administrative Borrower deems appropriate on its behalf to exercise such other powers as are reasonably necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement. It is understood that the handling of the Loan Account and Collateral in a combined fashion, as more fully set forth herein, is done solely as an accommodation to Parent and Borrowers in order to utilize the collective borrowing powers of Borrowers in the most efficient and economical manner and at their request, and that Lender Group shall not incur liability to Parent or any Borrower as a result hereof. Parent and each Borrower expects to derive benefit, directly or indirectly, from the handling of the Loan Account and the Collateral in a combined fashion since the successful operation of Parent and Borrowers is dependent on the continued successful performance of the integrated group. To induce the Lender Group to do so, and in consideration thereof, each Borrower hereby jointly and severally agrees to indemnify each member of the Lender Group and hold each member of the Lender Group harmless against any and all liability, expense, loss or claim of damage or injury, made against the Lender Group by Parent or any Borrower or by any third party whosoever, arising from or incurred by reason of (a) the handling of the Loan Account and Collateral as herein provided, (b) the Lender Group’s relying on any instructions of the Administrative Borrower, or (c) any other action taken by the Lender Group hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, except that Borrowers will have no liability to the relevant Agent-Related Person or Lender-Related Person under this Section 16.9 with respect to any liability that has been finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent-Related Person or Lender-Related Person, as the case may be.

16.10 Public Disclosure . Parent and each Borrower agree that neither they nor any of their respective Affiliates will issue any press release or other public disclosure using the name of Agent, any Lender or any of their respective Affiliates or Related Funds or referring to this Agreement or any other Loan Document without the prior written consent of Agent or such Lender, except to the extent that Parent, such Borrower or such Affiliate is required to do so under applicable law (in which event, Parent, such Borrower or such Affiliate will consult with Agent or such Lender before issuing such press release or other public disclosure). Parent and each Borrower hereby authorize Agent and each Lender, after consultation with Administrative Borrower, to advertise the closing of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to make appropriate announcements of the financial arrangements entered into among the parties hereto, as Agent or such Lender shall deem appropriate, including announcements commonly known as tombstones, in such trade publications, business journals, newspapers of general circulation and to such selected parties as Agent or such Lender shall deem appropriate.

[Signature pages to follow]

 

- 54 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
Title:   Vice President

 

IMAGING ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
Title:   Vice President

 

AGFA MONOTYPE CORPORATION,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
Title:   Vice President

 

INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION,
a New York corporation
By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
Title:   Vice President


    D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.,
    a Delaware limited partnership, as Agent and as a Lender
      By:  

D.B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its general partner

        By:  

Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

its managing member

      By:   /s/ Daniel B. Zwirn
      Name:   Daniel B. Zwirn
      Title:   Managing Partner
      BERNARD NATIONAL LOAN INVESTORS, LTD,
      a Cayman Islands company, as a Lender
      By:  

Bernard Capital Funding, LLC,

its investment advisor

      By:   /s/ Daniel B. Zwirn
      Name:   Daniel B. Zwirn
      Title:   Director


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page

1.

     DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION    1
  1.1   

Definitions

   1
  1.2   

Accounting Terms

   1
  1.3   

Code

   1
  1.4   

Construction

   2
  1.5   

Schedules and Exhibits

   2

2.

     LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT    2
  2.1   

Term Loan

   2
  2.2   

Borrowing Procedures and Settlements

   2
  2.3   

Protective Advances

   2
  2.4   

Payments

   3
  2.5   

Intentionally Blank

   6
  2.6   

Interest Rates: Rates, Payments, and Calculations

   6
  2.7   

Cash Management

   7
  2.8   

Crediting Payments

   7
  2.9   

Designated Account

   8
  2.10   

Maintenance of Loan Account; Statements of Obligations

   8
  2.11   

Fees

   8
  2.12   

Intentionally Blank

   8
  2.13   

LIBOR Option

   8
  2.14   

Capital Requirements

   10
  2.15   

Joint and Several Liability of Borrowers

   10
  2.16   

Registration of Notes

   12
  2.17   

Securitization

   13

3.

     CONDITIONS; TERM OF AGREEMENT    13
  3.1   

Conditions Precedent to the Initial Extension of Credit

   13
  3.2   

Intentionally Blank

   13
  3.3   

Term

   13
  3.4   

Effect of Termination

   13
  3.5   

Early Termination by Borrowers

   14
  3.6   

Conditions Subsequent to the Initial Extension of Credit

   14

4.

     REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    15
  4.1   

No Encumbrances

   15
  4.2   

Intentionally Blank

   15
  4.3   

Intentionally Blank

   15
  4.4   

Equipment

   15
  4.5   

Location of Inventory and Equipment

   15
  4.6   

Intentionally Blank

   15
  4.7   

Jurisdiction of Organization; Location of Chief Executive Office; Organizational Identification Number; Commercial Tort Claims

   16
  4.8   

Due Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries

   16
  4.9   

Due Authorization; No Conflict

   16
  4.10   

Litigation

   18
  4.11   

No Material Adverse Change

   18
  4.12   

Fraudulent Transfer

   18
  4.13   

Employee Compliance

   18
  4.14   

Environmental Condition

   19

 

- i -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page
  4.15   

Intellectual Property

   19
  4.16   

Leases

   20
  4.17   

Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

   20
  4.18   

Complete Disclosure

   20
  4.19   

Indebtedness

   20
  4.20   

Acquisition Documents

   20
  4.21   

WFF Loan Documents

   21
  4.22   

Material Contract

   21
  4.23   

Senior Indebtedness, Etc

   21

5.

     AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    22
  5.1   

Accounting System

   22
  5.2   

Collateral Reporting

   22
  5.3   

Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates

   22
  5.4   

Guarantor Reports

   22
  5.5   

Inspection

   22
  5.6   

Maintenance of Properties

   22
  5.7   

Taxes

   22
  5.8   

Insurance

   22
  5.9   

Location of Inventory and Equipment

   24
  5.10   

Compliance with Laws

   24
  5.11   

Leases

   24
  5.12   

Existence

   24
  5.13   

Environmental

   24
  5.14   

Disclosure Updates

   24
  5.15   

Control Agreements

   25
  5.16   

Formation of Subsidiaries

   25
  5.17   

Acquisition Transaction

   25
  5.18   

WFF Loan Documents

   26
  5.19   

Material Contracts

   26
  5.20   

ERISA Compliance

   26
  5.21   

Further Assurances

   27
  5.22   

Japanese Documents

   27

6.

     NEGATIVE COVENANTS    27
  6.1   

Indebtedness

   27
  6.2   

Liens

   28
  6.3   

Restrictions on Fundamental Changes

   28
  6.4   

Disposal of Assets

   28
  6.5   

Change Name

   28
  6.6   

Nature of Business

   28
  6.7   

Prepayments and Amendments

   28
  6.8   

Intentionally Blank

   29
  6.9   

Consignments

   29
  6.10   

Distributions

   29
  6.11   

Accounting Methods

   29
  6.12   

Investments

   29
  6.13   

Transactions with Affiliates

   30
  6.14   

Use of Proceeds

   30
  6.15   

Inventory and Equipment with Bailees

   30
  6.16   

Financial Covenants

   30

 

- ii -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page
  6.17   

ERISA

   33

7.

     EVENTS OF DEFAULT    33

8.

     THE LENDER GROUP’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES    36
  8.1   

Rights and Remedies

   36
  8.2   

Remedies Cumulative

   37

9.

     TAXES AND EXPENSES    37

10.

     WAIVERS; INDEMNIFICATION    37
  10.1   

Demand; Protest; etc

   37
  10.2   

The Lender Group’s Liability for Collateral

   38
  10.3   

Indemnification

   38

11.

     NOTICES    38

12.

     CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER    39

13.

     ASSIGNMENTS AND PARTICIPATIONS; SUCCESSORS    40
  13.1   

Assignments and Participations

   40
  13.2   

Successors

   43

14.

     AMENDMENTS; WAIVERS    43
  14.1   

Amendments and Waivers

   43
  14.2   

Replacement of Holdout Lender

   44
  14.3   

No Waivers; Cumulative Remedies

   44

15.

     AGENT; THE LENDER GROUP    44
  15.1   

Appointment and Authorization of Agent

   44
  15.2   

Delegation of Duties

   45
  15.3   

Liability of Agent

   45
  15.4   

Reliance by Agent

   45
  15.5   

Notice of Default or Event of Default

   46
  15.6   

Credit Decision

   46
  15.7   

Costs and Expenses; Indemnification

   46
  15.8   

Agent in Individual Capacity

   47
  15.9   

Successor Agent

   47
  15.10   

Lender in Individual Capacity

   47
  15.11   

Withholding Taxes

   48
  15.12   

Collateral Matters

   50
  15.13   

Restrictions on Actions by Lenders; Sharing of Payments

   50
  15.14   

Agency for Perfection

   51
  15.15   

Payments by Agent to the Lenders

   51
  15.16   

Concerning Related Loan Documents

   51
  15.17   

Field Audits and Examination Reports; Confidentiality; Disclaimers by Lenders; Other Reports and Information

   51
  15.18   

Several Obligations; No Liability

   52

16.

     GENERAL PROVISIONS    52
  16.1   

Effectiveness

   52

 

- iii -


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

              Page
  16.2   

Section Headings

   52
  16.3   

Interpretation

   53
  16.4   

Severability of Provisions

   53
  16.5   

Counterparts; Electronic Execution

   53
  16.6   

Revival and Reinstatement of Obligations

   53
  16.7   

Confidentiality

   53
  16.8   

Integration

   54
  16.9   

Monotype as Agent for Loan Parties

   54
  16.10   

Public Disclosure

   54

 

- iv -


EXHIBITS AND SCHEDULES

 

Exhibit A-1

   Form of Assignment and Acceptance

Exhibit B-1

   Form of Facility Limiter Report

Exhibit C-1

   Form of Compliance Certificate

Exhibit L-1

   Form of LIBOR Notice

Exhibit M-1

   Form of Merger Agreement

Schedule A-1

   Agent’s Account

Schedule C-1

   Commitments

Schedule D-1

   Designated Account

Schedule E-1

   Related Funds

Schedule M-1

   Material Contracts

Schedule P-1

   Permitted Holders

Schedule P-2

   Permitted Liens

Schedule R-1

   Real Property Collateral

Schedule 1.1

   Definitions

Schedule 2.7(a)

   Cash Management Banks

Schedule 3.1

   Conditions Precedent

Schedule 3.6(h)

   Intellectual Property

Schedule 4.5

   Locations of Inventory and Equipment

Schedule 4.7(a)

   Jurisdiction of Organization

Schedule 4.7(b)

   Chief Executive Offices

Schedule 4.7(c)

   Organizational Identification Numbers

Schedule 4.7(d)

   Commercial Tort Claims

Schedule 4.8(b)

   Capitalization of Parent, each Borrower and their Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.8(c)

   Capitalization of Parent’s and Borrowers’ Subsidiaries

Schedule 4.10

   Litigation

Schedule 4.13(a)

   ERISA Plans

Schedule 4.13(d)

   ERISA Exceptions

Schedule 4.14

   Environmental Matters

Schedule 4.17

   Deposit Accounts and Securities Accounts

Schedule 4.19

   Permitted Indebtedness

Schedule 5.2

   Collateral Reporting

Schedule 5.3

   Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates


Schedule C-1

Commitments

 

Lender

   Commitment

D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P.

   $ 33,000,000

Bernard National Loan Investors, Ltd

   $ 7,000,000

TOTAL

   $ 40,000,000


Schedule E-1

Related Funds

Bernard Leveraged Loan Investors, Ltd, a Cayman Islands company.


Schedule 1.1

As used in the Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

Account ” means an account (as that term is defined in the Code).

Account Debtor ” means any Person who is obligated on an Account, chattel paper, or a general intangible.

Acquisition Documents ” means the Stock Purchase Agreement, the Merger Agreement, the Japan Type License Amendment, and the other documents, instruments and agreements executed and delivered in connection with the Acquisition Transaction, or otherwise relating thereto.

Acquisition Effectiveness Time ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals of the Agreement.

Acquisition Transaction ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals of the Agreement.

Administrative Borrower ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 16.9 .

Affiliate ” means, as applied to any Person, any other Person who controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” means the possession, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, of the power to direct the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of Stock, by contract, or otherwise; provided, however , that, for purposes of Section 6.13 : (a) any Person which owns directly or indirectly 10% or more of the Stock having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other members of the governing body of a Person or 10% or more of the partnership or other ownership interests of a Person (other than as a limited partner of such Person) shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person, (b) each director (or comparable manager) of a Person shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of such Person, and (c) each partnership or joint venture in which a Person is a partner or joint venturer shall be deemed an Affiliate of such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall the Agent or any Lender be considered an “Affiliate” of any Loan Party.

Agent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

Agent-Related Persons ” means Agent, together with its Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

Agent’s Account ” means the Deposit Account of Agent identified on Schedule A-1 .

Agent’s Liens ” means the Liens granted by Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries to Agent under the Loan Documents.

Agreement ” means the Credit Agreement to which this Schedule 1.1 is attached.

Applicable Prepayment Premium ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Fee Letter.

Assignee ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(a) .

Assignment and Acceptance ” means an Assignment and Acceptance Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A-1 .

Authorized Person ” means any officer or employee of Administrative Borrower.

 

- 1 -


Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code as in effect from time to time or any similar legislation in a relevant jurisdiction.

Base LIBOR Rate ” means the rate per annum, determined by Agent in accordance with its customary procedures, and utilizing such electronic or other quotation sources as it considers appropriate (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100%), to be the rate at which Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of the requested Interest Period) are offered to major banks in the London interbank market 2 Business Days prior to the commencement of the requested Interest Period, for a term and in an amount comparable to the Interest Period and the amount of the LIBOR Rate Loan requested (whether as an initial LIBOR Rate Loan or as a continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or as a conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) by Administrative Borrower in accordance with the Agreement, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The foregoing notwithstanding, at no time shall the “Base LIBOR Rate” be less than 1.60% per annum.

Base Rate ” means, for any day, the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced by a commercial bank selected by the Agent from time to time at such location as selected by the Agent as its “prime rate” (the “prime rate” being a rate (which is not necessarily the lowest of such rates) based upon various factors including such commercial bank’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate). Any change in the prime rate announced by such commercial bank shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change. The foregoing notwithstanding, at no time shall the “Base Rate” be less than 4.75% per annum.

Base Rate Loan ” means the portion of the Term Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the Base Rate.

Base Rate Margin ” means, as of any date of determination:

(a) For the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the effective date of any determination of the Base Rate Margin pursuant to clause (b) below, 5.90 percentage points per annum (the “ Initial Base Rate Margin ”).

(b) Thereafter, the relevant Base Rate Margin set forth in the table below that corresponds to the applicable Leverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries set forth opposite thereto (as determined in accordance with clause (c) below).

 

Leverage Ratio

  

Base Rate Margin:

Greater than or equal to 3.50:1.00

   5.90 percentage points

Less than 3.50:1.00 but greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00

   5.40 percentage points

Less than 3.00:1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.50:1.00

   4.90 percentage points

Less than 2.50:1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00

   3.90 percentage points

Less than 2.00:1.00

   2.90 percentage points

(c) The Base Rate Margin shall be determined from time to time pursuant to clause (b) above on the first day of the month following the date on which Parent and Borrowers deliver to Agent a quarterly Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 5.3 , commencing with the delivery by Parent and Borrowers of the quarterly Compliance Certificate for the fiscal quarter of Parent ended March 31, 2005. In

 

- 2 -


the event that a quarterly Compliance Certificate is not provided to Agent in accordance with Section 5.3 , the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the Initial Base Rate Margin as of the first day of the month following the date on which such quarterly Compliance Certificate was required to be delivered until the date on which such quarterly Compliance Certificate is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default arising as a result of Parent’s and Borrowers’ failure to timely deliver such quarterly Compliance Certificate, the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the relevant Base Rate Margin set forth in the table above based upon the calculation of the Leverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries set forth in such quarterly Compliance Certificate).

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors (or comparable managers) of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of the board of directors (or comparable managers).

Borrowers ” means (a) until the Acquisition Effectiveness Time, Newco and (b) from and after the Acquisition Effectiveness Time, individually and collectively, jointly and severally, Monotype and Typeface, and “ Borrower ” means any one of them.

Business Day ” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks are authorized or required to close in the state of New York, except that, if a determination of a Business Day shall relate to a LIBOR Rate Loan, the term “Business Day” also shall exclude any day on which banks are closed for dealings in Dollar deposits in the London interbank market.

Capital Expenditures ” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period that are capital expenditures as determined in accordance with GAAP, whether such expenditures are paid in cash or financed.

Capital Lease ” means a lease that is required to be capitalized for financial reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means that portion of the obligations under a Capital Lease that is required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Equivalents ” means (a) marketable direct obligations issued by, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the United States or issued by any agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States, in each case maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof, (b) marketable direct obligations issued by any state of the United States or any political subdivision of any such state or any public instrumentality thereof maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from either Standard & Poor’s Rating Group (“ S&P ”) or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“ Moody’s ”), (c) commercial paper maturing no more than 270 days from the date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition, having a rating of at least A-1 from S&P or at least P-1 from Moody’s, (d) certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances maturing within 1 year from the date of acquisition thereof issued by any bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof having at the date of acquisition thereof combined capital and surplus of not less than $250,000,000, (e) Deposit Accounts maintained with (i) any bank that satisfies the criteria described in clause (d) above, or (ii) any other bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof so long as the amount maintained with any such other bank is less than or equal to $100,000 and is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and (f) Investments in money market funds substantially all of whose assets are invested in the types of assets described in clauses (a) through (e) above.

Cash Management Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.7(a) .

 

- 3 -


Cash Management Agreements ” means those certain cash management agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, each of which is among (a) Parent, a Borrower or one of their respective Subsidiaries, (b) Agent, (c) WFF, and (d) one of the Cash Management Banks.

Cash Management Bank ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.7(a) .

Change of Control ” means that (a) Permitted Holders fail to own and control, directly or indirectly, 51% or more of the Stock of Parent having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors thereof, (b) any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Permitted Holders, becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of the Stock of Parent having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors thereof, (c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of Parent or any Borrower do not constitute Continuing Directors, (d) Parent fails to own or control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Stock of each Borrower (after giving effect to the Acquisition Transaction) having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors thereof, (e) any Borrower fails to own or control, directly or indirectly, 100% of the Stock of each of its Subsidiaries (after giving effect to the Acquisition Transaction) having the right to vote for the election of members of the Board of Directors thereof, or (f) a “Change of Control” (or other comparable term) shall occur under any Subordinated Note Document or any document evidencing any other Subordinated Indebtedness of Parent or any of its Subsidiaries.

Closing Date ” means the date of the making of the Term Loan hereunder or the date on which Agent sends Administrative Borrower a written notice that each of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 either have been satisfied or have been waived.

Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time.

Collateral ” means all assets and interests in assets and proceeds thereof now owned or hereafter acquired by Parent, Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries in or upon which a Lien is granted under any of the Loan Documents.

Collateral Access Agreement ” means a landlord waiver, bailee letter, or acknowledgement agreement of any lessor, warehouseman, processor, consignee, or other Person in possession of, having a Lien upon, or having rights or interests in Parent’s, Borrowers’ or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ books and records, Equipment or Inventory, in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

Collections ” means all cash, checks, notes, instruments, and other items of payment (including insurance proceeds, proceeds of cash sales, rental proceeds, and tax refunds).

Commitment ” means, with respect to each Lender, its Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C-1 delivered by the chief financial officer of Parent to Agent.

Continuing Director ” means (a) any member of the Board of Directors who was a director (or comparable manager) of Parent on the Closing Date, and (b) any individual who becomes a member of the Board of Directors after the Closing Date if such individual was appointed or nominated for election to the Board of Directors by a majority of the Continuing Directors, but excluding any such individual originally proposed for election in opposition to the Board of Directors in office at the Closing Date in an actual or threatened election contest relating to the election of the directors (or comparable managers) of Parent and whose initial assumption of office resulted from such contest or the settlement thereof.

 

- 4 -


Control Agreement ” means a control agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by (a) Parent, Borrowers or one of their respective Subsidiaries, (b) Agent, (c) WFF, and (d) the applicable securities intermediary (with respect to a Securities Account) or bank (with respect to a Deposit Account).

Controlled Foreign Corporation ” means “controlled foreign corporation” as defined in the IRC.

Copyright Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.

Daily Balance ” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to any Obligation, the amount of such Obligation owed at the end of such day.

D.B. Zwirn ” means D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between Agent and WFF, as agent for the lenders party to the WFF Credit Agreement, as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

Default ” means an event, condition, or default that, with the giving of notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Deposit Account ” means any deposit account (as that term is defined in the Code).

Designated Account ” means the Deposit Account of Administrative Borrower identified on Schedule D-1 .

Designated Account Bank ” has the meaning specified therefor in Schedule D-1 .

Distributions ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 6.10 .

Dollars ” or “ $ ” means United States dollars.

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any fiscal period, (a) Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated net earnings (or loss), minus (b) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, (i) extraordinary gains (including gains realized on the sale of assets), (ii) non-cash income and (iii) interest income, in the case of each of clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iii), as determined in accordance with GAAP, plus (c) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent deducted in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) of Parent and its Subsidiaries, (i) income taxes and franchise taxes accrued, (ii) Interest Expense, (iii) non-cash extraordinary losses (including non-cash losses realized on the sale of assets), (iv) depreciation and amortization, (v) amortized debt discount for such period, (vi) the amount of any non-cash deduction as the result of any grant to any board members, management or employees of Parent of any equity interests in Parent, (vii) non-recurring cash restructuring charges and independent company start-up costs incurred during the first 12 months after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000, (viii) non-cash purchase accounting effects related to the Acquisition Transaction, including loss of deferred revenue, (ix) the amount of any expenses or damages actually paid by Parent or its Subsidiaries in respect of the Adobe

 

- 5 -


Litigation (as such term is defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) to the extent that such expenses or damages are reimbursed to Parent or its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement; (x) the amount of any expense attributable to payments under the Agfa Monotype Corporation Incentive Compensation Plan made as of April 26, 2000, as amended or modified from time to time through the Closing Date; and (xi) subject to compliance with Section 3.6(g), the amount of the TBP Payment (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) made in accordance with the terms of Section 8.05 of the Stock Purchase Agreement; in the case of each of clauses (c)(i) through (c)(xi), as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that EBITDA for the quarters ending September 30, 2003, December 31, 2003, March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, and September 30, 2004 shall be deemed to be $3,909,000, $7,307,000, $6,605,000, $9,713,000 and $8,136,000, respectively.

Eligible Transferee ” means (a) a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States, or any state thereof, and having total assets in excess of $250,000,000, (b) a commercial bank organized under the laws of any other country which is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development or a political subdivision of any such country and which has total assets in excess of $250,000,000, provided that such bank is acting through a branch or agency located in the United States, (c) a finance company, insurance company, or other financial institution or fund that is engaged in making, purchasing, or otherwise investing in commercial loans having (together with its Affiliates and Related Funds) total assets (including assets under management) in excess of $250,000,000, (d) any Lender or any Affiliate (other than individuals) of any Lender, including a fund or account managed by any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender or its investment manager (and, in the case of Agent or any Affiliate of Agent, including the funds set forth on Schedule E-1 ) (a “ Related Fund ”), (e) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other Person approved by Agent and Administrative Borrower (which approval of Administrative Borrower shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed, or conditioned), and (f) during the continuation of an Event of Default, any other Person approved by Agent.

Environmental Actions ” means any written complaint, summons, citation, notice, directive, order, claim, litigation, investigation, judicial or administrative proceeding, judgment, letter, or other written communication from any Governmental Authority, or any third party involving violations of Environmental Laws or releases of Hazardous Materials (a) from any assets, properties, or businesses of Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any of their predecessors in interest, (b) from adjoining properties or businesses, or (c) from or onto any facilities which received Hazardous Materials generated by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any of their predecessors in interest.

Environmental Law ” means any applicable federal, state, provincial, foreign or local statute, law, rule, regulation, ordinance, code, binding and enforceable guideline, binding and enforceable written policy or rule of common law now or hereafter in effect and in each case as amended, or any judicial or administrative interpretation thereof, including any judicial or administrative order, consent decree or judgment, in each case, to the extent binding on Parent, any Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries, relating to the environment, the effect of the environment on employee health, or Hazardous Materials, in each case as amended from time to time.

Environmental Liabilities ” means all liabilities, monetary obligations, losses, damages, costs and expenses (including all reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of counsel, experts, or consultants, and costs of investigation and feasibility studies), fines, penalties, sanctions, and interest incurred as a result of any claim or demand, or Remedial Action required, by any Governmental Authority or any third party, and which relate to any Environmental Action.

Environmental Lien ” means any Lien in favor of any Governmental Authority for Environmental Liabilities.

Equipment ” means equipment (as that term is defined in the Code).

 

- 6 -


ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

ERISA Affiliate ” means each business or entity which is, or within the last six years was, a member of a “controlled group of corporations”, under “common control” or an “affiliated service group” with Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries within the meaning of Section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the IRC, required to be aggregated with Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries under Section 414(o) of the IRC, or is, or within the last six years was, under “common control” with Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(14) of ERISA.

ERISA Event ” means (a) a reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA and the regulations issued under such Section with respect to a Pension Plan, excluding, however, such events as to which the PBGC by regulation has waived the requirement of Section 4043(a) of ERISA that it be notified within 30 days of the occurrence of such event; (b) the applicability of the requirements of Section 4043(b) of ERISA with respect to a contributing sponsor, as defined in Section 4001(a)(13) of ERISA, to any Pension Plan where an event described in paragraph (9), (10), (11), (12) or (13) of Section 4043(c) of ERISA is reasonably expected to occur with respect to such plan within the following 30 days; (c) a withdrawal by a Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan or the termination of any Pension Plan resulting in liability under Sections 4063 or 4064 of ERISA; (d) the withdrawal of Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or ERISA Affiliate in a complete or partial withdrawal (within the meaning of Section 4203 and 4205 of ERISA) from any Multiemployer Plan if there is any potential liability therefor, or the receipt by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or ERISA Affiliate of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency pursuant to Section 4241 or 4245 of ERISA; (e) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the imposition of liability on Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate pursuant to Sections 4062(e) or 4069 of ERISA or by reason of the application of Section 4212(c) of ERISA; (g) the failure by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate to make any required contribution to a Pension Plan (or the failure to make a required contribution in any material respect with respect to any Plan that is not a Pension Plan or a Multiemployer Plan), or the failure to meet the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the IRC with respect to any Pension Plan (whether or not waived in accordance with Section 412(d) of the IRC) or the failure to make by its due date a required installment under Section 412(m) of the IRC with respect to any Pension Plan or the failure to make any required contribution to a Multiemployer Plan; (h) an event or condition which might reasonably be expected to constitute grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (i) the imposition of any material liability under Title I or Title IV of ERISA, other than PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate; (j) an application for a funding waiver under Section 303 of ERISA or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the IRC with respect to any Pension Plan; (k) the occurrence of a non-exempt prohibited transaction under Sections 406 or 407 of ERISA for which Parent, any Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries, may be directly or indirectly liable and which is reasonably expected to result in a material liability to Parent, any Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries; (l) a material violation of the applicable requirements of Section 404 or 405 of ERISA or the exclusive benefit rule under Section 401(a) of the IRC by any fiduciary or disqualified person for which Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate may be directly or indirectly liable; (m) the occurrence of an act or omission which could give rise to the imposition on Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate of material fines, material penalties, material taxes or material related charges under Chapter 43 of the IRC or under Sections 409, 502(c), (i) or (1) or 4071 of ERISA; (n) the assertion of a material claim (other than routine claims for benefits) against any Plan or the assets thereof, or against Parent, any Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries in connection with any such Plan; (o) receipt from the Internal Revenue Service of notice of the failure of any Qualified Plan to qualify under Section 401(a) of the

 

- 7 -


IRC, or the failure of any trust forming part of any Qualified Plan to fail to qualify for exemption from taxation under Section 501(a) of the IRC; (p) the imposition of any lien on any of the rights, properties or assets of Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate, in either case pursuant to Section 302(f) of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA or to the penalty or excise tax provisions of the IRC or to Section 401(a)(29) or 412(n) of the IRC; or (q) the establishment or amendment by Parent, any Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries, of any “welfare plan”, as such term is defined in Section 3(1) of ERISA, that provides post-employment health benefits in a manner that would materially increase the liability of Parent, any Borrower, or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 7 .

Excess Cash Flow ” means, as of the date any determination thereof is to be made, the result of (a) EBITDA for the immediately preceding fiscal year (provided, that, for the period from the Closing Date through December 31, 2004, such amount shall be EBITDA for such period), less (b) the sum of (i) total interest payments (to the extent paid in cash) on any Indebtedness of Borrowers permitted under the Agreement (to the extent that such payments are permitted to be made under the Agreement) during such period, (ii) principal payments (to the extent paid in cash) on any Indebtedness of Borrowers permitted under the Agreement (to the extent that such payments are permitted to be made under the Agreement) during such period (but, in the case of revolving loans, only to the extent that the revolving credit commitment with respect thereto is permanently reduced by the amount of such payments), (iii) all Capital Expenditures made in cash during such period (to the extent that such Capital Expenditures are permitted to be made under the Agreement), and (iv) payments of Taxes made in cash during such period.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as in effect from time to time.

Extraordinary Receipts ” means any cash received by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries not in the ordinary course of business, including (a) foreign, United States, state or local tax refunds, (b) pension plan reversions, (c) proceeds of insurance, (d) judgments, proceeds of settlements or other consideration of any kind in connection with any cause of action, (e) condemnation awards (and payments in lieu thereof), (f) indemnity payments and (g) any purchase price adjustment received in connection with any purchase agreement (including the Stock Purchase Agreement); provided , however , that Extraordinary Receipts shall not include any cash received by any Loan Party in respect of (i) the issuance of Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 by and among Parent, the investors listed on Schedule A thereto and the lenders listed on Schedule B thereto as in effect on the Closing Date, (ii) the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, (iii) the reimbursement of any Adobe Litigation Costs or Adobe Damages pursuant to and as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement and (iv) any amounts received from Seller under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to a Working Capital Shortfall (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement).

Facility Limiter Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the product of 4.25 times the TTM EBITDA as determined based on the most recent quarterly financial statements delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 .

Facility Limiter Report ” means a report in the form of Exhibit B-1 .

Fee Letter ” means that certain fee letter dated as of even date herewith among Parent, Borrowers and Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of (a) EBITDA for such period minus Capital Expenditures made (to the extent not already incurred in a prior period) or incurred during such period, to (b) Fixed Charges for such period.

 

- 8 -


Fixed Charges ” means with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries for any period, the sum, without duplication, of (a) Interest Expense (excluding PIK Interest), (b) principal payments required to be paid during such period in respect of Indebtedness, and (c) all federal, state, and local income taxes paid in cash during such period.

Funding Losses ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b)(ii) .

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as in effect from time to time in the United States, consistently applied.

Governing Documents ” means, with respect to any Person, the certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws, or other organizational documents of such Person.

Governmental Authority ” means any federal, state, local, or other governmental or administrative body, instrumentality, board, department, or agency or any court, tribunal, administrative hearing body, arbitration panel, commission, or other similar governmental dispute-resolving panel or body.

Guarantors ” means Parent and each other Subsidiary of Parent that executes a joinder to the Guaranty after the Closing Date in accordance with Section 5.16 , and “ Guarantor ” means any one of them.

Guaranty ” means that certain general continuing guaranty executed and delivered by each Guarantor in favor of Agent for the benefit of the Lender Group, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

Hazardous Materials ” means (a) substances that are defined or listed in, or otherwise classified pursuant to, any Environmental Law as “hazardous substances,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” or any other formulation intended to define, list, or classify substances by reason of deleterious properties such as ignitability, corrosivity, reactivity, carcinogenicity, reproductive toxicity, or “EP toxicity”, (b) oil, petroleum, or petroleum derived substances, natural gas, natural gas liquids, synthetic gas, drilling fluids, produced waters, and other wastes associated with the exploration, development, or production of crude oil, natural gas, or geothermal resources, (c) any flammable substances or explosives or any radioactive materials, and (d) asbestos in any form or electrical equipment that contains any oil or dielectric fluid containing levels of polychlorinated biphenyls in excess of 50 parts per million.

Hedge Agreement ” means any and all agreements or documents now existing or hereafter entered into by Parent, a Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries that provide for an interest rate, credit, commodity or equity swap, cap, floor, collar, forward foreign exchange transaction, currency swap, cross currency rate swap, currency option, or any combination of, or option with respect to, these or similar transactions, for the purpose of hedging Parent’s, a Borrower’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ exposure to fluctuations in interest or exchange rates, loan, credit exchange, security or currency valuations or commodity prices.

Holdout Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) .

Indebtedness ” means, without duplication, (a) all obligations for borrowed money, (b) all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, or other similar instruments and all reimbursement or other obligations in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances, interest rate swaps, hedges, derivatives, or other financial products, (c) all obligations as a lessee under Capital Leases, (d) all obligations or liabilities of others secured by a Lien on any asset of a Person or its Subsidiaries, irrespective of whether such obligation or liability is assumed, (e) all obligations to pay the deferred purchase price of assets (other than trade payables incurred in the ordinary course of business and not outstanding for more than 90 days after the date created), (f) all net termination obligations, calculated on any date, on a basis satisfactory to Agent and in accordance with accepted practice as if the Hedging Agreement was terminated on such date, of a Person under Hedging Agreements, and (g) any obligation guaranteeing or intended to guarantee (whether directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made, discounted, or sold with recourse) any obligation of any other Person that constitutes Indebtedness under any of clauses (a) through (f) above.

 

- 9 -


Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 .

Indemnified Person ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 10.3 .

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief and including the appointment of a trustee, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer.

Intellectual Property ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.

Intercompany Subordination Agreement ” means a subordination agreement executed and delivered by Parent, Borrowers, each of their respective Subsidiaries and Agent, the form and substance of which is satisfactory to Agent.

Interest Expense ” means, for any period, the aggregate of the interest expense of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

Interest Period ” means, with respect to each LIBOR Rate Loan, a period commencing on the date of the making of such LIBOR Rate Loan (or the continuation of a LIBOR Rate Loan or the conversion of a Base Rate Loan to a LIBOR Rate Loan) and ending 1, 2, or 3 months thereafter; provided , however , that (a) if any Interest Period would end on a day that is not a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended (subject to clauses (c)-(e) below) to the next succeeding Business Day, (b) interest shall accrue at the applicable rate based upon the LIBOR Rate from and including the first day of each Interest Period to, but excluding, the day on which any Interest Period expires, (c) any Interest Period that would end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (d) with respect to an Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period), the Interest Period shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month that is 1, 2, or 3 months after the date on which the Interest Period began, as applicable, and (e) Borrowers (or Administrative Borrower on behalf thereof) may not elect an Interest Period which will end after the Maturity Date.

Inventory ” means inventory (as that term is defined in the Code).

Investment ” means, with respect to any Person, any investment by such Person in any other Person (including Affiliates) in the form of loans, guarantees, advances, or capital contributions (excluding (a) commission, travel, and similar advances to officers and employees of such Person made in the ordinary course of business, (b) bona fide Accounts arising in the ordinary course of business and consistent with standard practice among companies in the same industry as such Person and (c) Investments arising out of negotiated terms with an Account Debtor in the ordinary course of business and consistent with standard practice among companies in the same industry as such Person), purchases or other acquisitions of Indebtedness, Stock, or all or substantially all of the assets of such other Person (or of any division or business line of such other Person), and any other items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Investor Intercreditor Agreement ” means the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof among Agent, on the one hand, and TA Subordinated Debt Fund, L.P., TA Investors II, L.P. and D.B. Zwirn, on the other hand, as amended modified, supplemented or restated from time to time.

 

- 10 -


Investors ” means TA IX, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, TA/Atlantic and Pacific IV, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, TA Strategic Partners Fund A, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, TA Strategic Partners Fund B, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and TA Investors II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership.

IRC ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as in effect from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

Japanese Documents ” means (a) an Assignment and Assumption, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, to be entered into between Agfa-Gevaert Japan, Limited and the Japanese Subsidiary, pursuant to which all or substantially all of the Japan Agreements (as defined on Schedule 3.02 of the Disclosure Schedule to the Stock Purchase Agreement) are to be assigned to the Japanese Subsidiary, and (b) the Japan Type License Agreement.

Japanese Subsidiary ” means a Subsidiary of Monotype that will formed under the laws of Japan after the Closing Date in connection with entering into the Japanese Documents.

Japan Type License Agreement ” means a Type License Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, to be entered into between the Japanese Subsidiary and Monotype.

Japan Type License Amendment ” means an amendment to that certain Type License Agreement by and between Agfa-Gevaert Japan, Limited and Agfa Monotype Corporation dated as of November 1, 1995 and substantially in the form attached as an Exhibit to the Stock Purchase Agreement.

Lender ” and “ Lenders ” have the respective meanings specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement, and shall include any other Person made a party to the Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .

Lender Group ” means, individually and collectively, each of the Lenders and Agent.

Lender Group Expenses ” means all (a) costs or expenses (including taxes and insurance premiums) required to be paid by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries under any of the Loan Documents that are paid, advanced, or incurred by the Lender Group, (b) fees or charges paid or incurred by Agent in connection with the Lender Group’s transactions with Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, including, fees or charges for photocopying, notarization, couriers and messengers, telecommunication, public record searches (including tax lien, litigation, and UCC searches and including searches with the patent and trademark office, the copyright office, or the department of motor vehicles), filing, recording, publication, appraisal (including periodic collateral appraisals or business valuations to the extent of the fees and charges (and up to the amount of any limitation) contained in the Fee Letter and in the Agreement), real estate surveys, real estate title policies and endorsements, and environmental audits, (c) costs and expenses incurred by Agent in the disbursement of funds to Borrowers or other members of the Lender Group (by wire transfer or otherwise), (d) charges paid or incurred by Agent resulting from the dishonor of checks, (e) reasonable costs and expenses paid or incurred by the Lender Group to correct any default or enforce any provision of the Loan Documents, or in gaining possession of, maintaining, handling, preserving, storing, shipping, selling, preparing for sale, or advertising to sell the Collateral, or any portion thereof, irrespective of whether a sale is consummated, (f) audit fees and expenses of Agent related to any inspections or audits to the extent of the fees and charges (and up to the amount of any limitation) contained in the Fee Letter and in the Agreement, (g) reasonable costs and expenses of third party claims or any other suit paid or incurred by the Lender Group in enforcing or defending the Loan Documents or in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents or the Lender Group’s relationship with Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, (h) Agent’s reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys fees but not including internal allocation of overhead) incurred in advising, structuring, drafting, reviewing, administering, syndicating (but not including fees paid to syndicate members), or

 

- 11 -


amending the Loan Documents and rating the Term Loan, and (i) Agent’s and each Lender’s reasonable costs and expenses (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses) incurred in terminating, enforcing (including attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other advisors fees and expenses incurred in connection with a “workout,” a “restructuring,” or an Insolvency Proceeding concerning Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or in exercising rights or remedies under the Loan Documents), or defending the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether suit is brought, or in taking any Remedial Action concerning the Collateral.

Lender-Related Person ” means, with respect to any Lender, such Lender, together with such Lender’s Affiliates, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents.

Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to Parent and its Subsidiaries for any period, the ratio of (a) the aggregate outstanding Indebtedness (excluding Subordinated Indebtedness) of Parent and its Subsidiaries as of the last day of the applicable period to (b) TTM EBITDA.

LIBOR Deadline ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(b)(i) .

LIBOR Notice ” means a written notice in the form of Exhibit L-1 .

LIBOR Option ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.13(a) .

LIBOR Rate ” means, for each Interest Period for each LIBOR Rate Loan, the rate per annum determined by Agent (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100%) by dividing (a) the Base LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period, by (b) 100% minus the Reserve Percentage. The LIBOR Rate shall be adjusted on and as of the effective day of any change in the Reserve Percentage.

LIBOR Rate Loan ” means each portion of the Term Loan that bears interest at a rate determined by reference to the LIBOR Rate.

LIBOR Rate Margin ” means, as of any date of determination:

(a) For the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the effective date of any determination of the LIBOR Rate Margin pursuant to clause (b) below, 8.50 percentage points per annum (the “ Initial LIBOR Rate Margin ”).

(b) Thereafter, the relevant LIBOR Rate Margin set forth in the table below that corresponds to the applicable Leverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries set forth opposite thereto (as determined in accordance with clause (c) below).

 

Leverage Ratio

  

LIBOR Rate Margin:

Greater than or equal to 3.50:1.00

   8.50 percentage points

Less than 3.50:1.00 but greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00

   8.00 percentage points

Less than 3.00:1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.50:1.00

   7.50 percentage points

Less than 2.50:1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00

   6.50 percentage points

Less than 2.00:1.00

   5.50 percentage points

 

- 12 -


(c) The LIBOR Rate Margin shall be determined from time to time pursuant to clause (b) above on the first day of the month following the date on which Parent and Borrowers deliver to Agent a quarterly Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 5.3 , commencing with the delivery by Parent and Borrowers of the quarterly Compliance Certificate for the fiscal quarter of Parent ended March 31, 2005. In the event that a quarterly Compliance Certificate is not provided to Agent in accordance with Section 5.3 , the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the Initial LIBOR Rate Margin as of the first day of the month following the date on which such quarterly Compliance Certificate was required to be delivered until the date on which such quarterly Compliance Certificate is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default arising as a result of Parent’s and Borrowers’ failure to timely deliver such quarterly Compliance Certificate, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the relevant LIBOR Rate Margin set forth in the table above based upon the calculation of the Leverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries set forth in such quarterly Compliance Certificate).

Lien ” means any interest in an asset securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, any Person other than the owner of the asset, irrespective of whether (a) such interest is based on the common law, statute, or contract, (b) such interest is recorded or perfected, and (c) such interest is contingent upon the occurrence of some future event or events or the existence of some future circumstance or circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Lien” includes the lien or security interest arising from a mortgage, deed of trust, encumbrance, notice of Lien, levy or assessment, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security agreement, conditional sale or trust receipt, or from a lease, consignment, or bailment for security purposes and also includes reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases, and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting Real Property.

Loan Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.10 .

Loan Documents ” means the Agreement, the Cash Management Agreements, the Control Agreements, the Copyright Security Agreement, the Fee Letter, the Guaranty, the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the Mortgages, the Patent Security Agreement, the Perfection Certificate, any Registered Note or Registered Notes executed by any Loan Party in connection with the Agreement and payable to a member of the Lender Group, the Security Agreement, the Source Code Escrow Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement, and any other agreement entered into, now or in the future, by any Loan Party and any member of the Lender Group in connection with the Agreement (including any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 5.16 ).

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, Borrowers and Guarantors, and “ Loan Party ” means any one of them.

Material Adverse Change ” means (a) a material adverse change in the business, prospects, operations, results of operations, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material impairment of Parent’s, any Borrower’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ ability to perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party or of the Lender Group’s ability to enforce the Obligations or realize upon the Collateral, or (c) a material impairment of the enforceability or priority of the Agent’s Liens with respect to the Collateral as a result of an action or failure to act on the part of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

Material Contract ” means, with respect to any Person, (a) each contract or agreement listed on Schedule M-1 , (b) the Type License Agreement by and between Agfa-Gevaert Japan, Limited and Agfa Monotype Corporation dated as of November 1, 1995, as amended by the Japan Type License Amendment, (c) the Japanese Documents, (d) each contract or agreement entered into after the Closing Date to which such Person or any of its Subsidiaries is a party involving aggregate consideration payable to or by such Person or such Subsidiary of $5,000,000 or more in any fiscal year of such Person (other than purchase orders in the ordinary course of the business of such Person or such Subsidiary and other than contracts that by their terms

 

- 13 -


may be terminated by such Person or Subsidiary in the ordinary course of its business upon less than 60 days notice without penalty or premium), and (e) any other contract or agreement, whether entered into as of the Closing Date or after the Closing Date, if the breach of any such contract or agreement or the failure of any such contract or agreement to be in full force and effect could be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Maturity Date ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 3.3 .

Merger ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals of the Agreement.

Merger Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals of the Agreement.

Microsoft Agreements ” means (a) the Typeface License Agreement between Microsoft Corporation and Monotype, dated as of February 16, 1993, as amended by Agreement and Amendment to Agreement dated November 22, 1995 and Agreement and Amendment to Agreement dated June 30, 1998, and amendment to License Agreement dated July 13, 2004, (b) the Typeface Development Agreement (Japanese Clear Type) between Microsoft Corporation and Monotype, dated as of February 11, 2003, (c) the Typeface Development Agreement (Latin Clear Type) between and Microsoft Corporation and Monotype, dated as of February 11, 2003, and (d) the Confidential Patent License Agreement between Microsoft Corporation and Monotype, dated as of May 7, 2003.

Monotype ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals of the Agreement.

Monotype Stock ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals of the Agreement.

Moody’s ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.

Mortgages ” means, individually and collectively, one or more mortgages, deeds of trust, or deeds to secure debt, executed and delivered by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries in favor of Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, that encumber the Real Property Collateral.

Multiemployer Plan ” means a “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(37) of ERISA) to which Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate makes, is making, is obligated, or within the last six years has been obligated, to make contributions.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means (a) with respect to the issuance or incurrence of any Indebtedness by any Person or any of its Subsidiaries, or the sale or issuance by any Person or any of its Subsidiaries of any shares of its Stock, the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received (directly or indirectly) from time to time (whether as initial consideration or through the payment or disposition of deferred consideration) by or on behalf of such Person or such Subsidiary in connection therewith, after deducting therefrom only (i) costs and expenses related thereto incurred by such Person or such Subsidiary in connection therewith (including, without limitation, legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and underwriting discounts and commissions), (ii) sales, transfer and other similar taxes paid or payable by such Person or such Subsidiary in connection therewith and (iii) net income taxes to be paid in connection therewith (after taking into account any tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements), and (b) with respect to any Extraordinary Receipts received by any Person or any of its Subsidiaries, the aggregate amount of cash or Cash Equivalents received (directly or indirectly) from time to time by or on behalf of such Person or such Subsidiary in connection therewith, after deducting therefrom only (i) reasonable costs and expenses related to the collection thereof incurred by such Person or such Subsidiary, (ii) sales, transfer and other similar taxes paid or payable by such Person or such Subsidiary in connection therewith, and (iii) net income taxes to be paid in connection therewith (after taking into account any tax credits or deductions and any tax sharing arrangements); in the case of each of clauses (a) and (b), to the extent, but only to the extent, that the amounts so deducted are (x) actually paid to a Person that, except in the case of reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, is not an Affiliate of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries and (y) properly attributable to such transaction.

 

- 14 -


Newco ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

NPL ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 4.14 .

Obligations ” means all loans (including the Term Loan), debts, principal, interest (including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), premiums, liabilities (including all amounts charged to the Loan Account pursuant to the Agreement), obligations (including indemnification obligations), fees (including the fees provided for in the Fee Letter), charges, costs, Lender Group Expenses (including any fees or expenses that accrue after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any such Insolvency Proceeding), lease payments, guaranties, covenants, and duties of any kind and description owing by Borrowers to the Lender Group pursuant to or evidenced by the Loan Documents and irrespective of whether for the payment of money, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, and including all interest not paid when due and all Lender Group Expenses and other amounts that Borrowers are required to pay or reimburse by the Loan Documents, by law, or otherwise. Any reference in the Agreement or in the Loan Documents to the Obligations shall include all or any portion thereof and any extensions, modifications, renewals, or alterations thereof, both prior and subsequent to any Insolvency Proceeding.

Originating Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) .

Parent ” has the meaning specified therefor in the preamble to the Agreement.

Participant ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(e) .

Participant Register ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(i) .

Patent Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any entity succeeding to any or all of its functions under ERISA.

Pension Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (a) that is or has within the last six years maintained or sponsored by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate or to which Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries, or any ERISA Affiliate has within the last six years made, or was obligated to make, contributions, and (b) that is or was subject to Section 412 of the IRC, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA.

Perfection Certificate ” means the representations and warranties of officers form submitted by WFF to Administrative Borrower, together with Borrowers’ and Guarantors’ completed responses to the inquiries set forth therein, the form and substance of such responses to be satisfactory to Agent.

Permitted Acquisition ” means an acquisition by any Borrower of all or substantially all of the assets or all of the Stock of any Person which satisfies each of the following conditions:

(1) any Indebtedness or Liens assumed or issued in connection with such acquisition are otherwise permitted under Section 6.1 or 6.2 , as the case may be;

 

- 15 -


(2) at the time of such acquisition, no Default and no Event of Default exists, or would exist upon the consummation thereof, both on an actual and a pro forma basis;

(3) Parent or Administrative Borrower shall have provided Agent and the Lenders with written confirmation, supported by reasonably detailed calculations, that on a pro forma basis, created by adding the historical combined financial statements of Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis (including the combined financial statements of any other Person or assets that were the subject of a prior Permitted Acquisition during the relevant period), to the historical consolidated financial statements of the Person to be acquired (or the historical financial statements related to the assets to be acquired) pursuant to the proposed acquisition (adjusted to eliminate expense items that would not have been incurred and to include income items that would have been recognized, in each case, if the combination had been accomplished at the beginning of the relevant period; such eliminations and inclusions to be mutually agreed upon by Parent and Agent), Parent and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, would have been in compliance with all financial covenants set forth in Section 6.16 for the 12 months ending as of the fiscal quarter ended immediately prior to the proposed date of consummation of such proposed acquisition, together with copies of all such historical financial statements of the Person or Person whose assets are being acquired;

(4) such acquisition shall be consensual and shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Person whose Stock or assets are proposed to be acquired;

(5) Parent and Administrative Borrower shall have updated the schedules hereto and to each of the other Loan Documents (to the extent permitted by the terms hereof and thereof), as applicable; provided , that in no event may any schedule be updated in a manner that would reflect or evidence a Default or Event of Default;

(6) Administrative Borrower shall have delivered (a) projections for the Person whose Stock or assets are proposed to be acquired and (b) updated pro forma Projections for Parent and its Subsidiaries (A) evidencing compliance on a pro forma basis (in the manner contemplated by clause (3) above) with Section 6.16 for the 12 months following the date of such acquisition (on a month-by-month basis) and (B) demonstrating on a pro forma basis (in the manner contemplated by clause (3) above) that Borrowers shall have an amount of (x) WFF Excess Availability, plus (y) Qualified Cash that equals or exceeds $2,000,000 for the 12 months following the date of such acquisition (on a month-by-month basis), in each case in form and content reasonably acceptable to Agent;

(7) the acquisition shall be related to the businesses of Borrowers as currently conducted;

(8) there shall not be more than 3 such acquisitions during any fiscal year;

(9) there shall not be more than 6 such acquisitions during the term of the Agreement;

(10) with respect to any fiscal year, the purchase price of such acquisition, together with all other acquisitions that were Permitted Acquisitions and consummated in such fiscal year, shall not exceed an aggregate amount of $5,000,000 during such fiscal year;

(11) Borrowers shall have an amount of (x) WFF Excess Availability, plus (y) Qualified Cash that equals or exceeds $2,000,000, both immediately prior to and immediately after giving effect to such acquisition;

(12) the assets or Stock of the Person acquired shall be located or organized, as applicable, within the United States;

(13) the Person so acquired shall have TTM EBITDA of no less than $0.01 measured as of the date of such acquisition; and

 

- 16 -


(14) Agent shall be satisfied that all acts necessary to perfect the Agent’s Liens in the assets or Stock being purchased in connection with such acquisition have been taken.

Permitted Discretion ” means a determination made in the exercise of reasonable (from the perspective of a secured asset-based lender) business judgment.

Permitted Dispositions ” means (a) sales or other dispositions of Equipment that is substantially worn, damaged, or obsolete in the ordinary course of business, (b) sales of Inventory to buyers in the ordinary course of business, (c) the use or transfer of money or Cash Equivalents in a manner that is not prohibited by the terms of the Agreement or the other Loan Documents, (d) the licensing, on a non-exclusive basis, of patents, trademarks, copyrights, and other intellectual property rights in the ordinary course of business, and (e) the sale without recourse and in the ordinary course of business of overdue Accounts in connection with the collection thereof in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 in any fiscal year of Parent.

Permitted Holder ” means the Persons identified on Schedule P-1 .

Permitted Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness permitted to be incurred or to exist under Section 6.1 .

Permitted Investments ” means (a) Investments in cash and Cash Equivalents, (b) Investments in negotiable instruments for collection, (c) advances made in connection with purchases of goods or services in the ordinary course of business, (d) Hedge Agreements entered into as bona fide hedges against fluctuations in interest rates applicable to Indebtedness of Parent and Borrowers and not for speculative purposes, (e) Investments received in settlement of amounts due to any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower effected in the ordinary course of business or owing to any Borrower or any Subsidiary of any Borrower as a result of Insolvency Proceedings involving an Account Debtor or upon the foreclosure or enforcement of any Lien in favor of a Borrower or any Subsidiary of a Borrower or collection of overdue Accounts, and (f) Permitted Acquisitions to the extent, but only to the extent, that the cash portion of such acquisitions is funded solely with either an equity issuance by Parent or the proceeds of an additional equity investment made by the Investors or any of their Affiliates (other than Parent and its Subsidiaries).

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens held by Agent to secure the Obligations, (b) Liens held by WFF, as agent for the lenders party to the WFF Credit Agreement, to secure the WFF Obligations, (c) Liens for unpaid taxes, assessments, or other governmental charges or levies that either (i) are not yet delinquent or (ii) do not constitute an Event of Default and for which the underlying taxes, assessments or other governmental charges or levies are the subject of Permitted Protests, (d) judgment Liens that do not constitute an Event of Default under Section 7.7 , (e) Liens set forth on Schedule P-2 , (f) the interests of lessors under operating leases, (g) purchase money Liens or the interests of lessors under Capital Leases to the extent that such Liens or interests secure Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness and so long as such Lien attaches only to the asset purchased or acquired and the proceeds thereof, (h) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of warehousemen, landlords, carriers, mechanics, materialmen, laborers, or suppliers, incurred in the ordinary course of Borrowers’ business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, and which Liens either (A) are for sums not yet delinquent, or (B) are the subject of Permitted Protests, (i) Liens on amounts deposited in connection with obtaining worker’s compensation or other unemployment insurance, (j) Liens on amounts deposited in connection with the making or entering into of bids, tenders, or leases in the ordinary course of business and not in connection with the borrowing of money, (k) Liens on amounts deposited as security for surety or appeal bonds in connection with obtaining such bonds in the ordinary course of business, (l) with respect to any Real Property, easements, rights of way, and zoning restrictions that (i) do not materially interfere with or impair the use or operation thereof and (ii) are not Environmental Liens, (m) setoff rights or banker’s liens for account charges and fees against funds on deposit in Cash Management Banks to the extent permitted by the Cash Management Agreements, and (n) non-exclusive licenses or sublicenses granted to other Persons for fair market value consideration in the ordinary course of business and not materially interfering with the conduct of the business of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

 

- 17 -


Permitted Protest ” means the right of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries to protest any Lien (other than any Lien that secures the Obligations), taxes (other than payroll taxes or unless prior written notice of the intent to protest is delivered to Agent, taxes that are the subject of a United States federal tax lien), or rental payment, provided that (a) a reserve with respect to such obligation is established on Parent’s, any Borrower’s or any of their respective Subsidiaries’ books and records in such amount as is required under GAAP, (b) any such protest is instituted promptly and prosecuted diligently by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries, as applicable, in good faith, and (c) Agent is satisfied that, while any such protest is pending, there will be no impairment of the enforceability, validity, or priority of any of the Agent’s Liens.

Permitted Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, Purchase Money Indebtedness incurred after the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any one time not in excess of $1,000,000.

Person ” means natural persons, corporations, limited liability companies, limited partnerships, general partnerships, limited liability partnerships, joint ventures, trusts, land trusts, business trusts, or other organizations, irrespective of whether they are legal entities, and governments and agencies and political subdivisions thereof.

PIK Interest ” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, the amount of all interest accrued thereon that has been paid-in-kind by being added to the balance thereof.

Plan ” means (a) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan which is or was within the last six years maintained or sponsored by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries or to which Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries has within the last six years made, or was obligated to make, contributions, (b) a Pension Plan, or (c) a Qualified Plan.

Projections ” means Parent’s and Borrowers’ forecasted (a) balance sheets, (b) profit and loss statements, and (c) cash flow statements, all prepared on a basis consistent with Borrowers’ historical financial statements, together with appropriate supporting details and a statement of underlying assumptions.

Pro Rata Share ” means, as of any date of determination, with respect to a Lender’s obligation to make the Term Loan and right to receive payments of interest, fees, and principal with respect thereto, and all other matters as to a particular Lender (including the indemnification obligations arising under Section 15.7 ), (a) prior to the making of the Term Loan, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) such Lender’s Commitment, by (ii) the aggregate amount of all Lenders’ Commitments, and (b) from and after the making of the Term Loan, the percentage obtained by dividing (i) the principal amount of such Lender’s portion of the Term Loan by (ii) the principal amount of the Term Loan.

Protective Advances ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.3(a) .

Purchase Money Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness (other than the Obligations, but including Capitalized Lease Obligations), incurred at the time of, or within 20 days after, the acquisition of any fixed assets for the purpose of financing all or any part of the acquisition cost thereof.

Qualified Cash ” means, as of any date of determination, the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries that is in Deposit Accounts or in Securities Accounts, or any combination thereof, and which such Deposit Accounts or Securities Accounts are the subject of Control Agreements and are maintained by branch offices of banks or securities intermediaries located within the United States.

 

- 18 -


Qualified Plan ” means an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) other than a Multiemployer Plan (a) that is or was within the last six years maintained or sponsored by Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate or to which Parent, any Borrower, any of their respective Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has within the last six years made or was obligated to make, contributions, and (b) that is intended to be tax-qualified under Section 401(a) of the IRC.

Rating Agencies ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.17 .

Real Property ” means any fee estates in real property now owned or hereafter acquired by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries and the improvements thereto.

Real Property Collateral ” means the Real Property identified on Schedule R-1 and any Real Property hereafter acquired by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries.

Record ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or which is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

Register ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 13.1(h) .

Registered Loan ” means any loan recorded on the Register pursuant to Section 13.1(h) .

Registered Note ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.16 .

Related Fund ” has the meaning set forth in the definition of Eligible Transferee.

Remedial Action ” means all actions taken to (a) clean up, remove, remediate, contain, treat, monitor, assess, evaluate, or in any way address Hazardous Materials in the indoor or outdoor environment, (b) prevent or minimize a release or threatened release of Hazardous Materials so they do not migrate or endanger or threaten to endanger public health or welfare or the indoor or outdoor environment, (c) restore or reclaim natural resources or the environment, (d) perform any pre-remedial studies, investigations, or post-remedial operation and maintenance activities, or (e) conduct any other actions with respect to Hazardous Materials required to comply with Environmental Laws.

Replacement Lender ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 14.2(a) .

Report ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 15.17 .

Required Availability ” means that the sum of (a) WFF Excess Availability, plus (b) Qualified Cash exceeds $4,000,000.

Required Lenders ” means, at any time, Lenders whose aggregate Pro Rata Shares equal or exceed 50.1%.

Required Library ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.

Reserve Percentage ” means, on any day, for any Lender, the maximum percentage prescribed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (or any successor Governmental Authority) for determining the reserve requirements (including any basic, supplemental, marginal, or emergency reserves) that are in effect on such date with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities”) of that Lender, but so long as such Lender is not required or directed under applicable regulations to maintain such reserves, the Reserve Percentage shall be zero.

 

- 19 -


S&P ” has the meaning specified therefor in the definition of Cash Equivalents.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor thereto.

Securities Account ” means a “securities account” (as that term is defined in the Code).

Securitization ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.17 .

Securitization Liabilities ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.17 .

Securitization Parties ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.17 .

Security Agreement ” means a security agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, executed and delivered by Borrowers and Guarantors to Agent.

Seller ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals of the Agreement.

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person on a particular date, that, such Person is not insolvent (as such term is defined in the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act).

Source Code Escrow Agreement ” means that certain Source Code Escrow Agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, among Agent, WFF, the Loan Parties and an escrow agent satisfactory to Agent.

Stock ” means all shares, options, warrants, interests, participations, or other equivalents (regardless of how designated) of or in a Person, whether voting or nonvoting, including common stock, preferred stock, or any other “equity security” (as such term is defined in Rule 3a11-1 of the General Rules and Regulations promulgated by the SEC under the Exchange Act).

Stock Purchase Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals of the Agreement.

Subordinated Indebtedness ” means (a) the Subordinated Notes and (b) any other Indebtedness of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries the terms of which are satisfactory to Agent and which has been expressly subordinated in right of payment to all Indebtedness of Parent, any Borrower or any such Subsidiary under the Loan Documents (i) by the execution and delivery of a subordination agreement, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, or (ii) otherwise on terms and conditions (including subordination provisions, payment terms, interest rates, covenants, remedies, defaults and other material terms) satisfactory to Agent.

Subordinated Note Documents ” means, collectively, the Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, the Subordinated Notes, and all agreements, instruments and other documents executed and delivered pursuant thereto or otherwise securing the Subordinated Notes.

Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement ” means the Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Borrowers and the purchasers named therein.

Subordinated Notes ” means the Subordinated Notes, dated as of the date hereof, issued by Borrowers to the purchasers named thereon pursuant to the Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement.

 

- 20 -


Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity in which that Person directly or indirectly owns or controls the shares of Stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors (or appoint other comparable managers) of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, or other entity.

Taxes ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 15.11 .

Term Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.1 .

Term Loan Amount ” means an amount equal to $40,000,000.

Term Loan Cash Collateral Account ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.4(b)(i)(G) .

Trademark Security Agreement ” has the meaning specified therefor in the Security Agreement.

TTM EBITDA ” means, as of any date of determination, EBITDA, as calculated on the last day of the most recently completed calendar month (which may be such date of determination) on a trailing twelve (12) month basis.

Typeface ” has the meaning specified therefor in the recitals of the Agreement.

United States ” means the United States of America.

Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 16.6 .

WFF ” means Wells Fargo Foothill, Inc., a California corporation.

WFF Advances ” means Advances as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is in effect on the date hereof.

WFF Cash Management Agreements ” means those certain cash management agreements, in form and substance satisfactory to WFF, each of which is among Parent, Borrowers or one of their respective Subsidiaries, Agent, WFF, and one of the Cash Management Banks, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Control Agreements ” means a Control Agreement as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Copyright Security Agreement ” means the Copyright Security Agreement as such term is defined in the WFF Security Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement dated as of even date herewith by and among Parent, Borrowers, WFF, for itself and as agent for the lenders party thereto, and the lenders from time to time party thereto, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Excess Availability ” means Excess Availability as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is in effect on the date hereof.

 

- 21 -


WFF Fee Letter ” means the Fee Letter as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Guaranty ” means the Guaranty as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Intercompany Subordination Agreement ” means the Intercompany Subordination Agreement as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Lender Group ” means the Lender Group as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Loan Documents ” means the WFF Cash Management Agreements, the WFF Control Agreements, the WFF Copyright Security Agreement, the WFF Credit Agreement, the WFF Fee Letter, the WFF Guaranty, WFF Intercompany Subordination Agreement, the WFF Mortgages, the WFF Patent Security Agreement, the WFF Registered Notes, the WFF Security Agreement, the WFF Source Code Escrow Agreement, the WFF Trademark Security Agreement, and any other agreement entered into, now or in the future, by any Loan Party and any member of the WFF Lender Group in connection with the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof (including any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 5.16 of the WFF Credit Agreement).

WFF Maximum Revolver Amount ” means the Maximum Revolver Amount as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is in effect on the date hereof.

WFF Mortgages ” means the Mortgages as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Obligations ” means the Obligations as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Patent Security Agreement ” means the Patent Security Agreement as such term is defined in the WFF Security Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Registered Notes ” means the Registered Notes as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Revolver Commitment ” means the Revolver Commitment as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is in effect on the date hereof.

WFF Revolver Usage ” means the Revolver Usage as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is in effect on the date hereof.

 

- 22 -


WFF Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Source Code Escrow Agreement ” means the Source Code Escrow Agreement as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

WFF Term Loan ” means the Term Loan as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is in effect on the date hereof.

WFF Trademark Security Agreement ” means the Trademark Security Agreement as such term is defined in the WFF Security Agreement, as such is amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof and hereof.

 

- 23 -


Schedule 3.1

The obligation of each Lender to make its initial extension of credit provided for in the Agreement is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of Agent and each Lender (the making of such initial extension of credit by any Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the following), of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) the Closing Date shall occur on or before November 5, 2004;

(b) Agent shall have received a letter duly executed by each Borrower and each Guarantor authorizing Agent to file appropriate financing statements in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Agent, desirable to perfect the security interests to be created by the Loan Documents;

(c) Agent shall have received evidence that appropriate financing statements and other evidences of the Agent’s Liens have been duly filed in such office or offices as may be necessary or, in the opinion of Agent, desirable to perfect the Agent’s Liens in and to the Collateral, and Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence of such filings;

(d) Agent shall have received each of the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, duly executed, and each such document shall be in full force and effect:

(i) the Copyright Security Agreement,

(ii) a disbursement letter executed and delivered by Borrowers to Agent regarding the extensions of credit to be made on the Closing Date, the form and substance of which is satisfactory to Agent,

(iii) the Fee Letter,

(iv) the Guaranty,

(v) the WFF Loan Documents,

(vi) the Intercompany Subordination Agreement,

(vii) the Investor Intercreditor Agreement,

(viii) the Merger Agreement,

(ix) the Patent Security Agreement,

(x) the Perfection Certificate,

(xi) any Registered Note requested by a Lender,

(xii) the Security Agreement, together with all certificates representing the shares of Stock pledged thereunder, as well as Stock powers with respect thereto endorsed in blank,

(xiii) the Stock Purchase Agreement,

(xiv) the Trademark Security Agreement, and

(xv) the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement;

 

- 1 -


(e) Substantially simultaneously with the extensions of credit by the Lenders to the Borrowers on the Closing Date, Parent and Borrowers shall have consummated all transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documents and the WFF Loan Documents and furnished evidence thereof to Agent. Parent and Borrowers shall have delivered a certificate (dated as of the Closing Date) of an Authorized Person attaching true and correct copies of the Acquisition Documents and the WFF Loan Documents. Such certificate of the Authorized Person shall certify that the attached documents are true and correct copies of the Acquisition Documents and the WFF Loan Documents and that such documents have been entered into by the Loan Parties in compliance with all applicable laws and all necessary approvals and are in full force and effect;

(f) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of Administrative Borrower attesting that there exists no (i) litigation, investigation or proceeding (judicial or administrative) pending or, to the best knowledge of Administrative Borrower, threatened, against any Loan Party, or any of its Subsidiaries by any Governmental Authority arising out of the transactions contemplated by or effected in connection with the Acquisition Documents, the Loan Documents or the WFF Loan Documents, (ii) injunction, writ or restraining order restraining or prohibiting the transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documents or the consummation of the financing arrangements contemplated under the Loan Documents, or (iii) suit, action, investigation, proceeding (judicial or administrative) or ERISA Event pending or, to the best knowledge of Administrative Borrower, threatened against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

(g) All director, stockholder, and material governmental and third party consents (including third party consents in respect of the Microsoft Agreements) and approvals necessary in connection with each aspect of the Acquisition, and the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents shall have been obtained or waived by Agent (without the imposition of any conditions that are not acceptable to Agent) and shall remain in effect; all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any adverse action being taken by any competent authority; and no law or regulation shall be applicable in the judgment of Agent that restrains, prevents or imposes material adverse conditions upon any aspect of the Acquisition or transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents;

(h) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of each Borrower (i) attesting to the resolutions of such Borrower’s Board of Directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of the Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Borrower is a party, (ii) authorizing specific officers of such Borrower to execute the same, and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of such Borrower;

(i) Agent shall have received copies of each Borrower’s Governing Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented to the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary of such Borrower;

(j) Agent shall have received a certificate of status with respect to each Borrower, dated within 10 days of the Closing Date, such certificate to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdiction of organization of such Borrower, which certificate shall indicate that such Borrower is in good standing in such jurisdiction;

(k) Agent shall have received certificates of status with respect to each Borrower, each dated within 30 days of the Closing Date, such certificates to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdictions (other than the jurisdiction of organization of such Borrower) in which its failure to be duly qualified or licensed would constitute a Material Adverse Change, which certificates shall indicate that such Borrower is in good standing in such jurisdictions;

(l) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of each Guarantor (i) attesting to the resolutions of such Guarantor’s Board of Directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and

 

- 2 -


performance of the Loan Documents to which such Guarantor is a party, (ii) authorizing specific officers of such Guarantor to execute the same and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of such Guarantor;

(m) Agent shall have received copies of each Guarantor’s Governing Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented to the Closing Date, certified by the Secretary of such Guarantor;

(n) Agent shall have received a certificate of status with respect to each Guarantor, dated within 10 days of the Closing Date, such certificate to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor, which certificate shall indicate that such Guarantor is in good standing in such jurisdiction;

(o) Agent shall have received certificates of status with respect to each Guarantor, each dated within 30 days of the Closing Date, such certificates to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdictions (other than the jurisdiction of organization of such Guarantor) in which its failure to be duly qualified or licensed would constitute a Material Adverse Change, which certificates shall indicate that such Guarantor is in good standing in such jurisdictions;

(p) Agent shall have received a certificate of insurance, together with the endorsements thereto, as are required by Section 5.8 , the form and substance of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;

(q) Agent shall have received an opinion of Borrowers’ counsel in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

(r) Borrowers shall have the Required Availability after giving effect to the initial extensions of credit hereunder and under the WFF Credit Agreement and the payment of all fees and expenses required to be paid by Borrowers on the Closing Date under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the WFF Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents, and Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence thereof;

(s) Agent shall have completed its business, legal, and collateral due diligence, including (i) a collateral audit and review of Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their Subsidiaries’ books and records and verification of Parent’s and Borrowers’ representations and warranties to the Lender Group, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent, (ii) a review of Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ material agreements, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent, and (iii) a review of the accounting practices and procedures of the Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;

(t) Agent shall have completed a pre-funding audit of Borrowers and their Subsidiaries, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;

(u) Agent shall have received completed reference checks with respect to Borrowers’ senior management, and any required Patriot Act compliance, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent in its sole discretion;

(v) Agent shall have received a set of Projections of Parent and Borrowers for the 3 year period following the Closing Date (on a year by year basis, and for the 1 year period following the Closing Date, on a month by month basis), in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) satisfactory to Agent;

(w) Borrowers shall have paid all Lender Group Expenses incurred in connection with the transactions evidenced by the Agreement and requested to be paid by Agent;

 

- 3 -


(x) Agent shall have received Uniform Commercial Code, tax lien and litigation searches, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Agent;

(y) Parent shall have received Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of the Subordinated Notes and the equity investment by Investors, D.B. Zwirn and their respective affiliates consisting of cash in an aggregate amount not less than $73,000,000, and Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence thereof;

(z) Agent shall have received copies of each of the Subordinated Note Documents and each of the Material Contracts set forth on Schedule M-1 , together with a certificate of the Secretary of Administrative Borrower certifying each such document as being a true, correct, and complete copy thereof and in full force and effect;

(aa) Agent and its counsel shall be satisfied with the corporate structure of Parent and its Subsidiaries following the Acquisition;

(bb) Borrowers shall have remitted by wire transfer to WFF all cash (and delivered all Cash Equivalents in such manner as directed by WFF) of Borrowers utilized to calculate the Required Availability;

(cc) Parent, Borrowers and each of their respective Subsidiaries shall have received all material licenses, approvals or evidence of other actions required by any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution and delivery by Parent, Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries of the Loan Documents and Acquisition Documents or with the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby that are required by law to be held or received;

(dd) Agent shall have received financial statements of Monotype and its Subsidiaries for the quarter ended September 30, 2004, each materially consistent with the Borrowers’ business plan and financial projections delivered to Agent prior to the Closing Date and otherwise in form and substance satisfactory to Agent;

(ee) Agent shall have determined, in its sole judgment, that no event or development shall have occurred since December 31, 2003, which could result in a Material Adverse Change; and

(ff) all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement shall have been delivered, executed, or recorded and shall be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

 

- 4 -


Schedule 5.2

Provide Agent (and if so requested by Agent, with copies for each Lender) with each of the documents set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:

 

Monthly (not later than 10 days after the end of each month)   

(a)    a detailed aging, by total, of Parent’s and Borrowers’ Accounts, together with a reconciliation and supporting documentation for any reconciling items noted (delivered electronically in an acceptable format, if Parent and Borrowers have implemented electronic reporting),

 

(b)    a summary aging, by vendor, of Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ accounts payable and any book overdrafts (delivered electronically in an acceptable format, if Borrowers have implemented electronic reporting) and an aging, by vendor, of any held checks, and

 

(c)    a detailed report regarding Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ cash and Cash Equivalents, including an indication of which amounts constitute Qualified Cash.

Quarterly (not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter during each of Parent’s fiscal years)   

(d)    a Facility Limiter Report, and

 

(e)    (i) a complete inventory of the Copyrights comprising the Required Library, as well as all other Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks that are registered or the subject of pending applications for registration, which were acquired, generated or filed by Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries during the prior period, and (ii) a report setting forth all new versions or material modifications to intellectual property related to the Copyrights comprising the Required Library.

Upon request by Agent   

(e)    proof of payment of Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ applicable taxes,

 

(f)     a report regarding Parent’s, Borrowers’ and their respective Subsidiaries’ accrued, but unpaid, ad valorem taxes, and

 

(g)    such other reports as to the Collateral or the financial condition of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries, as Agent may reasonably request.


Schedule 5.3

Deliver to Agent, with copies to each Lender, each of the financial statements, reports, or other items set forth set forth below at the following times in form satisfactory to Agent:

 

As soon as available, but in any event not later than (i) 30 days after the end of each month that is not the end of a fiscal quarter of Parent and (ii) 45 days after the end of each month that is the end of a fiscal quarter of Parent   

(a)    an unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flow covering Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ operations during such month and during the period commencing on the first day of the applicable fiscal year and ending on the last day of such month,

 

(b)    a Compliance Certificate, and

 

(c)    copies of Material Contracts entered into since the delivery of the previous Compliance Certificate, together with any amendments to any existing Material Contracts entered into since the delivery of the previous Compliance Certificate.

Quarterly (not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter during each of Parent’s fiscal years)   

(d)    an unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flow covering Parent’s and its Subsidiaries operations during such quarter and during the period commencing on the first day of the applicable fiscal year and ending on the last day of such quarter,

 

(e)    a Compliance Certificate, and

 

(f)     a detailed report regarding royalty payables for Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries by top 12 printer OEMs.

As soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each of Parent’s fiscal years   

(g)    consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Parent and its Subsidiaries for each such fiscal year, audited, in the case of the consolidated financial statements, by independent certified public accountants reasonably acceptable to Agent and certified, without any qualifications (including any (A) “going concern” or like qualification or exception, (B) qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit, or (C) qualification which relates to the treatment or classification of any item and which, as a condition to the removal of such qualification, would require an adjustment to such item, the effect of which would be to cause any noncompliance with the provisions of Section 6.16 ), by such accountants to have been prepared in accordance with GAAP (such audited financial statements to include a balance sheet, income statement, and statement of cash flow and, if prepared, such accountants’ letter to management), and

 

(h)    a Compliance Certificate.

As soon as available, but in any event within 30 days prior to the start of each of Parent’s fiscal years,   

(i)     copies of Parent’s and Borrowers’ Projections, in form and substance (including as to scope and underlying assumptions) satisfactory to Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, for the forthcoming 3 years, year by year, and for the forthcoming fiscal year, month by month, certified by the chief financial officer of Parent or Administrative Borrower, as applicable, as being such officer’s good faith estimate of the financial performance of Parent or Borrowers, as applicable, during the period covered thereby.


If and when filed or delivered by Parent or any Borrower,   

(j)     Form 10-Q quarterly reports, Form 10-K annual reports, and Form 8-K current reports,

 

(k)    any other filings made by Parent or any Borrower with the SEC, and

 

(l)     any monthly board reports (or other similar reports) provided by Parent or any Borrower to its Board of Directors and any other information that is provided by Parent or any Borrower to its shareholders generally.

Promptly, but in any event within 5 Business Days after Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries has knowledge of any event or condition that constitutes a Default or an Event of Default,   

(m)   notice of such event or condition and a statement of the curative action that Borrowers propose to take with respect thereto.

Promptly, but in any event within 5 days after execution, receipt or delivery thereof,   

(n)    a copy of any notice that any Loan Party executes or receives in connection with (i) any Subordinated Note Document or (ii) any Material Contract regarding the occurrence of any event or development with respect to such Material Contract that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change,

 

(o)    copies of any notices of default or non-compliance delivered by or to any Loan Party in connection with the Acquisition Documents (to the extent not previously delivered pursuant to Section 5.17(b) ), and

 

(p)    copies of any notices of default or non-compliance delivered by or to any Loan Party in connection with the WFF Loan Documents (to the extent not previously delivered pursuant to Section 5.18 ).

Promptly after the commencement thereof, but in any event within 5 days after the service of process with respect thereto on Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries,   

(q)    notice of all actions, suits, or proceedings brought by or against Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries before any Governmental Authority which reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

Upon the request of Agent.   

(r)     any other information reasonably requested relating to the financial condition of Parent, Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries.

Exhibit 10.34

EXECUTION COPY

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO, AND WAIVER AND CONSENT UNDER,

CREDIT AGREEMENT,

INVESTOR INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND

SECURITY AGREEMENT

THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO, AND WAIVER AND CONSENT UNDER, CREDIT AGREEMENT, INVESTOR INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ First Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of August 24, 2005, by and among Monotype Imaging, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Administrative Borrower ”), the lenders listed on the signatory pages hereof (the “ Lenders ”), and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, in its capacity as administrative agent (“ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp. (“ Parent ”), Administrative Borrower, International Typeface Corporation (“ Typeface ” and, together with Administrative Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the Lenders, and Agent are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, TA Subordinated Debt Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, TA Investors II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, and Agent are parties to that certain Subordination Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Investor Intercreditor Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, Parent, Borrowers, and Agent are parties to that certain Security Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the shareholders of Parent have effected a restructuring transaction pursuant to which (a) the shareholders of Parent formed Monotype Holdings Inc., a wholly-owned Subsidiary organized under the laws of Delaware (“ New Holdco ”), (b) New Holdco immediately thereafter formed MIHC Merger Sub Inc., a wholly-owned Subsidiary organized under the laws of Delaware (“ Merger Sub ”), and (c) Merger Sub merged with and into Parent, following which Parent survived as a wholly-owned Subsidiary of New Holdco (the “ Parent Merger ”);

WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Required Lenders, the Parent Merger would violate Section 6.3(a) of the Credit Agreement (the “ Section 6.3(a) Default ”);

WHEREAS, Borrowers desire to (a) prepay outstanding Indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Notes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $21,660,481.64 (the “ Subordinated Notes Prepayment ”), and (b) make a Distribution to Parent to enable Parent to redeem certain preferred Stock of Parent in an aggregate amount not to exceed $48,289,240.30 (the “ Distribution and Redemption ”);


WHEREAS, in order to finance the Subordinated Notes Prepayment and the Distribution and Redemption, (a) Borrowers desire to increase the Term Loan Amount under the Credit Agreement from $40,000,000 to $65,000,000 and (b) Borrowers desire to increase the Term Loan Amount under the WFF Credit Agreement from $64,516,818.70 (the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan as of the date hereof immediately prior to the effectiveness of this First Amendment) to $100,000,000 (the “ WFF Term Loan Increase ”);

WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Required Lenders, the WFF Term Loan Increase would violate Section 6.7(c) of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Required Lenders, (a) the Subordinated Notes Prepayment would violate Sections 6.7(a) and 6.7(b) of the Credit Agreement, and (b) the Distribution and Redemption would violate Section 6.10 of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, (a) Parent has issued, in aggregate, (i) $54,540,000 of Convertible Preferred Stock pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 by and among Parent, the investors listed on Schedule A thereto and the lenders listed on Schedule B thereto, as in effect on the date hereof, and (ii) $3,727,100 of Convertible Preferred Stock and $1,485.26 of Common Stock pursuant to the Employee Investment Agreements by and among Parent, Administrative Borrower, and the individuals named therein and attached as Schedule E-2 hereto (collectively, the “ Employee Investment Agreements ”), and (b) Administrative Borrower has issued, in aggregate, (i) $18,848,000 of Subordinated Notes and $3,414.97 of Common Stock pursuant to the Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement (as defined in the Credit Agreement), and (ii) $1,239,000 of Subordinated Notes pursuant to the Employee Investment Agreements (the equity issuances described in clauses (a)(i), (a)(ii), and (b)(i) above are collectively referred to herein as the “ Equity Issuances ”, and the issuance of $87,000 of the $1,239,000 of Subordinated Notes described in clause (b)(ii) above is referred to herein as the “ Oversubscription Issuance ”, and together with the Equity Issuances, the “ Prepayment Issuances ”);

WHEREAS, in connection with the Prepayment Issuances, Borrowers have not made prepayments of the Term Loan as required pursuant to Section 2.4(c)(iii)(C) of the Credit Agreement (the “ Prepayment Default ”);

WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Required Lenders, the Oversubscription Issuance would violate Section 6.1 of the Credit Agreement because the issuance of Indebtedness evidenced by Subordinated Notes is not permitted to exceed an aggregate original principal amount outstanding at any time of $20,000,000 (the “ Section 6.1 Default ”);

WHEREAS, Administrative Borrower has formed the Japanese Subsidiary, and in connection therewith, has made a contribution to the Japanese Subsidiary in an aggregate amount of $97,780 (the “ Contribution ”);

WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Required Lenders, the Contribution would violate Section 6.12 and Section 6.13 of the Credit Agreement (collectively, the “ Contribution Default ”);

WHEREAS, in contemplation of receiving proceeds of funds from the Borrowers in connection with the Distribution and Redemption, Parent has established a Deposit Account (the “ Parent Account ”) with Wells Fargo Brokerage Services, LLC without delivering a Control Agreement in respect of such Account to Agent (the “ Parent Account Establishment ”);

 

-2-


WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Required Lenders, the Parent Account Establishment would violate Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement (the “ Section 6.12 Default ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.16 of the Credit Agreement, at the time that Parent, any Borrower or any Guarantor forms a direct or indirect Subsidiary that is a Controlled Foreign Corporation after the Closing Date, Parent, such Borrower or such Guarantor is required to (a) provide to Agent a pledge agreement and appropriate certificates and powers or financing statements, hypothecating 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital Stock of such Subsidiary entitled to vote, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, and (b) provide to Agent all other documentation, including updates to Schedules 4.5 , 4.7(a) , 4.7(b) , 4.7(c) , 4.8(b) , 4.8(c) , 4.15 and 4.17 of the Credit Agreement and one or more opinions of counsel satisfactory to Agent, which in its opinion is appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of the applicable documentation referred to above (collectively, the “ Section 5.16 Obligations ”);

WHEREAS, Parent and the Borrowers have not yet satisfied the Section 5.16 Obligations with respect to the formation of the Japanese Subsidiary and, accordingly, a default currently exists with respect to the provisions of Section 5.16 of the Credit Agreement (the “ Section 5.16 Default ”);

WHEREAS, (a) pursuant to Section 3.6(a) of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, Parent and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent (i) a collateral assignment of each key man life insurance policy required by Section 5.8 of the Credit Agreement and (ii) proof of acceptance of each such collateral assignment by the issuer of such key man life insurance policy, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, (b) pursuant to Section 3.6(b) of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, Parent and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent satisfactory evidence that not less than the Required Library of all existing copyrights of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries have been registered with the United States Copyright Office, (c) pursuant to Section 3.6(c) of the Credit Agreement, Parent and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent, on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, a Source Code Escrow Agreement, duly executed by the Loan Parties, Agent, D.B. Zwirn and an escrow agent reasonably satisfactory to Agent, with respect to the source and object code for each version or versions of each item of computer software programs or other technology of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries constituting the Required Library, (d) pursuant to Section 3.6(d) of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date that is 10 days after the effective date of the Source Code Escrow Agreement, Parent and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the source and object code for each version or versions of each item of computer software programs or other technology of Parent, Borrowers and their respective Subsidiaries constituting the Required Library has been deposited with the escrow agent in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Source Code Escrow Agreement, as provided in Section 6(g)(viii) of the Security Agreement, (e) pursuant to Section 3.6(e) of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, Parent and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent duly executed Cash Management Agreements and Control Agreements, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, (f) pursuant to

 

-3-


Section 3.6(f) of the Credit Agreement, Parent and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent, on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, a duly executed Collateral Access Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, with respect to 985 Busse Road, Elk Grove Village, IL 60007, and (g) pursuant to Section 3.6(h) of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date that is 75 days after the Closing Date, Borrowers were required to prepare and deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or the U.S. Copyright Office, as applicable, in good faith in accordance with the procedures and regulations of such office all documents, instruments or other information necessary, in the reasonable judgment of Agent, for the (i) accurate and proper recordation of the assignments and releases described on Schedule 3.6(h) of the Credit Agreement (but only to the extent that the applicable Intellectual Property is material to the conduct of the business of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries) and (ii) accurate and proper documentation of the ownership and chain of title of the Intellectual Property described on Schedule 3.6(h) of the Credit Agreement (but only to the extent that the applicable Intellectual Property is material to the conduct of the business of Parent, any Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries) (clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f) and (g) collectively, the “ First Category of Section 3.6 Obligations ”);

WHEREAS, Parent and Borrowers have satisfied the First Category of Section 3.6 Obligations but failed to do so on a timely basis (the “ First Category Defaults ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 3.6(f) of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Closing Date, Parent and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent a duly executed Collateral Access Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, with respect to 200 Ballardvale Street, Wilmington, Massachusetts 01887 (the “ Ballardvale Location ”) (the “ Second Category of Section 3.6 Obligations ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have not yet satisfied the Second Category of Section 3.6 Obligations and, accordingly, a default currently exists with respect to the provisions of clause (f) of Section 3.6 of the Credit Agreement (the “ Second Category Default ”), but Parent and Borrowers no longer have any assets located at the Ballardvale Location;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to March 31, 2005, Parent and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent copies of the audited financial statements described in clause (g) of Schedule 5.3 to the Credit Agreement for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (the “ Section 5.3 Obligation ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have not yet satisfied the Section 5.3 Obligation and, accordingly, a default currently exists with respect to the provisions of Section 5.3 of the Credit Agreement (the “ Section 5.3 Default ”);

WHEREAS, Parent and Borrowers have relocated their chief executive offices from the Ballardvale Location to 500 Unicorn Park Drive, Unicorn Park, Woburn, MA 01801, and, pursuant to Section 5.9 of the Credit Agreement, were required to deliver to Agent, on or prior to the date that is 30 days prior to such relocation (a) written notice of such relocation (the “ Section 5.9 Notice Obligation ”), and (b) a Collateral Access Agreement with respect to such new location (the “ Section 5.9 Collateral Access Agreement Obligation ” and, collectively with the Section 5.9 Notice Obligation, the “ Section 5.9 Obligations ”);

 

-4-


WHEREAS, Parent and Borrowers have satisfied the Section 5.9 Obligations but failed to do so on a timely basis (the “ Section 5.9 Default ”); and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and each of the requisite Lenders have agreed to (a) waive the Prepayment Default, the Contribution Default, the First Category Defaults, the Second Category Default, the Section 5.9 Default, the Section 6.1 Default and the Section 6.3(a) Default, (b) the Section 6.12 Default; provided that Administrative Borrower shall deliver evidence reasonably satisfactory to Agent within 3 Business Days after the First Amendment Effective Date that (i) the Parent Account has been closed or (ii) a satisfactory Control Agreement in respect of the Parent Account has been delivered to Agent, (c) waive the Section 5.3 Default but only until August 31, 2005, (d) consent to the Subordinated Notes Prepayment, (e) consent to the Distribution and Redemption, (f) consent to the WFF Term Loan Increase, and (g) amend the Credit Agreement, the Investor Intercreditor Agreement and the Security Agreement as herein provided;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and provisions herein contained, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . Any capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Section 2.  Waivers . Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and each of the Required Lenders hereby agrees to waive (a) the Prepayment Default solely with respect to the Prepayment Issuances, (b) the Contribution Default solely with respect to the Contribution, (c) the First Category Defaults solely with respect to the First Category of Section 3.6 Obligations, (d) the Second Category Default solely with respect to the Ballardvale Location, (e) the Section 5.3 Default solely with respect to the annual financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 (but such waiver under this clause (e) shall only be effective until August 31, 2005), (f) the Section 5.9 Default solely with respect to the Section 5.9 Obligations, (g) the Section 6.12 Default; provided that Administrative Borrower shall deliver evidence reasonably satisfactory to Agent within 3 Business Days after the First Amendment Effective Date that (i) the Parent Account has been closed or (ii) a satisfactory Control Agreement in respect of the Parent Account has been delivered to Agent, (h) the Section 5.16 Default solely with respect to the Section 5.16 Obligations, (i) the Section 6.1 Default solely with respect to the Oversubscription Issuance, and (j) the Section 6.3(a) Default solely with respect to the Parent Merger.

Section 3.  Consents . Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and each of the Required Lenders hereby (a) consents to, and waives the application of Section 6.7(a) and (b)  of the Credit Agreement solely with respect to, the Subordinated Notes Prepayment to the extent the aggregate amount of such prepayment does not exceed $21,660,481.64, (b) consents to, and waives the application of Section 6.10 of the Credit Agreement solely with respect to, the Distribution and Redemption to the extent the aggregate amount of such Distribution and Redemption does not exceed $48,289,240.30, and (c) consents to, and waives the application of Section 6.7(c) of the Credit Agreement solely with respect to, the WFF Term Loan Increase to the extent the Term Loan Amount under the WFF Credit Agreement does not exceed $100,000,000.

 

-5-


Section 4. Amendments to Credit Agreement . The Credit Agreement is hereby amended, effective as of the date this First Amendment becomes effective in accordance with Section 8 hereof, as follows:

4.01 Amendments to Section 2.1 . Section 2.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

2.1 Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date each Lender agreed (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make a term loan (collectively, the “ Original Term Loan ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Original Term Loan Amount. On the First Amendment Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Lender agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make a term loan (collectively, the “ Additional Term Loan ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Additional Term Loan Amount. The outstanding unpaid principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan shall be due and payable on the date of termination of this Agreement, whether by its terms, by prepayment, or by acceleration. All amounts outstanding under the Term Loan shall constitute Obligations. Once any portion of the Term Loan has been paid or prepaid, it may not be reborrowed.

4.02 Amendments to Section 2.4(c)(iii)(C) . Section 2.4(c)(iii)(C) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

(C) Upon the sale or issuance by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any shares of Stock, or the issuance or incurrence by any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness (other than Permitted Indebtedness), Borrowers shall prepay the outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan, the WFF Term Loan and the WFF Advances in accordance with Section 2.4(d) in an amount equal to 100% of the Net Cash Proceeds received by such Person in connection therewith; provided , however , that, notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrowers shall not be required to make a prepayment under this Section 2.4(c)(iii)(C) with any of the Net Cash Proceeds received in connection with (1) the issuance of Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock pursuant to the Convertible Stock Purchase Agreement or any Employee Investment Agreement, (2) the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, or (3) the issuance of Subordinated Notes. The provisions of this subsection (C) shall not be deemed to be implied consent to any issuance, incurrence or sale otherwise prohibited by the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

4.03 Amendments to Section 3.3 . Section 3.3 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the words “Closing Date” therefrom and inserting “First Amendment Effective Date” in replacement thereof.

4.04 Amendments to Section 6.1 .

(a) Section 6.1(e) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the amount “20,000,000” therefrom and inserting “20,087,000” in lieu thereof.

 

-6-


(b) Section 6.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by (i) renumbering existing clause (h) as new clause (i) and (ii) inserting the following as new clause (h):

(h) unsecured Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $3,000,000 arising from the loan made by UK Subsidiary to Monotype on October 22, 1999, and

4.05 Amendments to Section 6.13(b) . Section 6.13(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

(b) Except as set forth in subsection (a) above, make any payment to an Affiliate other than (i) payments for directors’ fees and expenses in an aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 in any fiscal year, (ii) payments of Accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and that are upon fair and reasonable terms, and (iii) Permitted Investments.

4.06 Amendments to Section 6.16(a)(i) . Section 6.16(a)(i) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

(i) Minimum TTM EBITDA. TTM EBITDA, measured on a quarter-end basis, of at least the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

Applicable Amount   

Applicable Period

$31,000,000    For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2005
$31,000,000    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2005
$31,000,000    For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2006
$31,000,000    For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2006
$31,000,000    For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2006
$31,000,000    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2006
$31,000,000    For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2007
$31,500,000    For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2007
$32,500,000    For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2007

 

-7-


$33,500,000    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2007
$34,500,000    For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2008
$35,000,000    For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2008
$35,500,000    For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2008
$36,000,000    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2008
$36,500,000    For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2009
$37,000,000    For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2009
$37,500,000    For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2009
$38,000,000    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2009
$38,000,000    For the 12 month period ending each quarter thereafter

4.07 Amendments to Section 6.16(b) . Section 6.16(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

(b) Leverage Ratio. Permit the Leverage Ratio, as at the end of each period set forth below, to exceed the required ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable period:

 

Applicable Ratio   

Applicable Period

4.75:1.00    For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2005
4.75:1.00    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2005
4.50:1.00    For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2006
4.50:1.00    For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2006
4.38:1.00    For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2006

 

-8-


4.38:1.00    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2006
4.13:1.00    For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2007
4.13:1.00    For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2007
3.88:1.00    For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2007
3.88:1.00    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2007
3.63:1.00    For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2008
3.63:1.00    For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2008
3.38:1.00    For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2008
3.38:1.00    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2008
3.13:1.00    For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2009
3.13:1.00    For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2009
2.63:1.00    For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2009
2.63:1.00    For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2009
2.63:1.00    For the 12 month period ending each quarter thereafter

4.08 Amendments to Section 14.1(j) . Section 14.1(j) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

(j) change the definition of “Original Term Loan Amount” or “Additional Term Loan Amount”, or

4.09 Amendments to Schedule C-1 . Schedule C-1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting it in its entirety and inserting the Schedule attached as Appendix A hereto in lieu thereof.

 

-9-


4.10 New Schedule E-2 . New Schedule E-2 is hereby added to the Credit Agreement in the form of Appendix B hereto.

4.11 Amendments to Schedule 1.1.

(a) The following additional definitions shall be inserted in Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement in proper alphabetical order:

Additional Term Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.1 .

Additional Term Loan Amount ” means an amount equal to $25,000,000.

Convertible Stock Purchase Agreement ” means the Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 by and among Parent, the investors listed on Schedule A thereto and the lenders listed on Schedule B thereto, as in effect on the date hereof without modification or amendment thereto.

Employee Investment Agreements ” means, collectively, the agreements identified on Schedule E-2 hereto, in each case as in effect on the date hereof without modification or amendment thereto.

First Amendment Effective Date ” means August __, 2005.

Original Term Loan ” has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.1 .

Original Term Loan Amount ” means an amount equal to $40,000,000.

Oversubscription Employee Investment Agreements ” means, collectively, (a) the Employee Investment Agreement dated as of November 24, 2004 by and among Parent, Administrative Borrower and Vladimir Levantovsky, (b) the Employee Investment Agreement dated as of November 15, 2004 by and among Parent, Administrative Borrower and Christopher Roberts, and (c) the Employee Investment Agreements dated as of November 15, 2004 by and among Parent, Administrative Borrower and Geoffrey Greve.

UK Subsidiary ” means Monotype Imaging Limited, a company organized under the laws of the United Kingdom.

(b) The definition of “Base Rate Margin” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

Base Rate Margin ” means, as of any date of determination:

(a) For the period from and including the First Amendment Effective Date to but excluding the effective date of any determination of the Base Rate Margin pursuant to clause (b) below, 5.15 percentage points per annum (the “ Initial Base Rate Margin ”).

 

-10-


(b) Thereafter, the relevant Base Rate Margin set forth in the table below that corresponds to the applicable Leverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries set forth opposite thereto (as determined in accordance with clause (c) below).

 

Leverage Ratio

  

Base Rate Margin:

Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00

   5.15 percentage points

Less than 3.00:1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00

   4.40 percentage points

Less than 2.00:1.00

   3.65 percentage points

(c) The Base Rate Margin shall be determined from time to time pursuant to clause (b) above on the first day of the month following the date on which Parent and Borrowers deliver to Agent a quarterly Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 5.3 , commencing with the delivery by Parent and Borrowers of the quarterly Compliance Certificate for the fiscal quarter of Parent ended [                  ], 2005. In the event that a quarterly Compliance Certificate is not provided to Agent in accordance with Section 5.3 , the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the Initial Base Rate Margin as of the first day of the month following the date on which such quarterly Compliance Certificate was required to be delivered until the date on which such quarterly Compliance Certificate is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default arising as a result of Parent’s and Borrowers’ failure to timely deliver such quarterly Compliance Certificate, the Base Rate Margin shall be set at the relevant Base Rate Margin set forth in the table above based upon the calculation of the Leverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries set forth in such quarterly Compliance Certificate).

(c) The definition of “EBITDA” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

EBITDA ” means, with respect to any fiscal period, (a) Parent’s and its Subsidiaries’ consolidated net earnings (or loss), minus (b) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent included in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, (i) extraordinary gains (including gains realized on the sale of assets), (ii) non-cash income and (iii) interest income, in the case of each of clauses (b)(i) through (b)(iii), as determined in accordance with GAAP, plus (c) without duplication, the sum of the following amounts of Parent and its Subsidiaries for such period, to the extent deducted in determining consolidated net earnings (or loss) of Parent and its Subsidiaries, (i) income taxes and franchise taxes accrued, (ii) Interest Expense, (iii) non-cash extraordinary losses (including non-cash losses realized on the sale of assets), (iv) depreciation and amortization, (v) amortized debt discount for such period, (vi) the amount of any non-cash deduction as the result of any grant to any board members, management or employees of Parent of any equity interests in Parent, (vii) non-recurring cash restructuring charges and independent company start-up costs incurred during the first 12 months after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed $2,000,000, (viii) non-cash purchase accounting effects related to the Acquisition Transaction, including loss of deferred revenue, (ix)

 

-11-


the amount of any expenses or damages actually paid by Parent or its Subsidiaries in respect of the Adobe Litigation (as such term is defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) to the extent that such expenses or damages are reimbursed to Parent or its Subsidiaries pursuant to the Stock Purchase Agreement; (x) the amount of any expense attributable to payments under the Agfa Monotype Corporation Incentive Compensation Plan made as of April 26, 2000, as amended or modified from time to time through the Closing Date; (xi) subject to compliance with Section 3.6(g) , the amount of the TBP Payment (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement) made in accordance with the terms of Section 8.05 of the Stock Purchase Agreement, (xii) the amount of any expenses or damages actually paid by Parent or its Subsidiaries in respect of the Bitstream litigation in an aggregate amount not to exceed $630,000, (xiii) non-cash net losses attributable to foreign exchange transactions expensed during the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2005 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $700,000, (xiv) the amount of (A) any audit costs actually incurred by Parent or its Subsidiaries in connection with the annual financial statements delivered for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004 in an aggregate amount not to exceed $250,000 and (B) any out-of-pocket costs or expenses actually incurred by Parent or its Subsidiaries attributable to any upgrades to their accounting systems, the implementation of quarterly fiscal audit reviews and assuring compliance with all applicable effective provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, in an aggregate amount for clauses (A) and (B) not to exceed $1,000,000, and (xv) the amount of any costs or expenses actually incurred by Parent or its Subsidiaries in connection with an underwritten public offering of common Stock of Parent pursuant to a registration statement filed with the SEC, in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000, in the case of each of clauses (c)(i) through (c)(xv), as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided , however , that EBITDA for the quarters ending September 30, 2003, December 31, 2003, March 31, 2004, June 30, 2004, September 30, 2004, December 31, 2004, March 31, 2005, and June 30, 2005 shall be deemed to be $3,909,000, $7,307,000, $6,605,000, $9,713,000, $8,136,000, $9,625,000, $10,476,000 and $10,306,000, respectively.

(d) The proviso to the definition of “Extraordinary Receipts” in Section 1.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

provided , however , that Extraordinary Receipts shall not include any cash received by any Loan Party in respect of (i) the issuance of Convertible Preferred Stock and Common Stock pursuant to the Convertible Stock Purchase Agreement or any Employee Investment Agreement, (ii) the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to the Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, (iii) the issuance of Subordinated Notes, (iv) the reimbursement of any Adobe Litigation Costs or Adobe Damages pursuant to and as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement, and (v) any amounts received from Seller under the terms of the Stock Purchase Agreement with respect to a Working Capital Shortfall (as defined in the Stock Purchase Agreement).

(e) The definition of “Facility Limiter Amount” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

Facility Limiter Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) during the period from and after the First Amendment Effective Date up to and including December 31, 2006, the product of 4.75 times the TTM EBITDA and (b) thereafter, the product of 4.50 times the TTM EBITDA, in each case as determined based on the most recent quarterly financial statements delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 .

 

-12-


(f) The definition of “LIBOR Rate Margin” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

LIBOR Rate Margin ” means, as of any date of determination:

(a) For the period from and including the First Amendment Effective Date to but excluding the effective date of any determination of the LIBOR Rate Margin pursuant to clause (b) below, 7.75 percentage points per annum (the “ Initial LIBOR Rate Margin ”).

(b) Thereafter, the relevant LIBOR Rate Margin set forth in the table below that corresponds to the applicable Leverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries set forth opposite thereto (as determined in accordance with clause (c) below).

 

Leverage Ratio

  

LIBOR Rate Margin:

Greater than or equal to 3.00:1.00

   7.75 percentage points

Less than 3.00:1.00 but greater than or equal to 2.00:1.00

   7.00 percentage points

Less than 2.00:1.00

   6.25 percentage points

(c) The LIBOR Rate Margin shall be determined from time to time pursuant to clause (b) above on the first day of the month following the date on which Parent and Borrowers deliver to Agent a quarterly Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 5.3 , commencing with the delivery by Parent and Borrowers of the quarterly Compliance Certificate for the fiscal quarter of Parent ended September 30, 2005. In the event that a quarterly Compliance Certificate is not provided to Agent in accordance with Section 5.3 , the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the Initial LIBOR Rate Margin as of the first day of the month following the date on which such quarterly Compliance Certificate was required to be delivered until the date on which such quarterly Compliance Certificate is delivered (on which date (but not retroactively), without constituting a waiver of any Default or Event of Default arising as a result of Parent’s and Borrowers’ failure to timely deliver such quarterly Compliance Certificate, the LIBOR Rate Margin shall be set at the relevant LIBOR Rate Margin set forth in the table above based upon the calculation of the Leverage Ratio of Parent and its Subsidiaries set forth in such quarterly Compliance Certificate).

(g) The definition of “Permitted Investments” is hereby amended by (i) renumbering existing clause (f) as new clause (g) and (ii) inserting the following as new clause (f):

(f) Investments by any Loan Party in UK Subsidiary in an aggregate amount during any fiscal quarter period not in excess of $150,000; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, both before and immediately after giving effect to any such Investment, and (ii) the sum of Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash equals or exceeds $2,000,000, both before and immediately after giving effect to any such Investment, and

 

-13-


(h) The definition of “Subordinated Notes” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

Subordinated Notes ” means, collectively, (a) the Subordinated Notes, dated as of the date hereof, issued by Borrowers to the purchasers named thereon pursuant to the Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, as in effect on the date hereof without modification or amendment thereto, and (b) the Subordinated Notes issued by Monotype Imaging, Inc. to the purchasers named thereon pursuant to, and dated the date of, the applicable Employee Investment Agreements, as in effect on the date hereof without modification or amendment thereto.

(i) The definition of “Term Loan” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

Term Loan ” means, (a) from and after the Closing Date up to (but not including) the First Amendment Effective Date, the Original Term Loan, and (b) thereafter, collectively, the Original Term Loan and the Additional Term Loan.

(j) The definition of “Term Loan Amount” is hereby deleted in its entirety.

(k) The definition of “WFF Term Loan” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

WFF Term Loan ” means the Term Loan as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is in effect on the First Amendment Effective Date.

4.12 Amendments to Schedule 5.3 . The time period referenced in the third row of the first column of Schedule 5.3 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety by inserting the following in replacement thereof:

As soon as available, but in any event (i) on or before August 31, 2005 with respect to Parent’s fiscal year ending December 31, 2004 (but solely with respect to the financial statements and Compliance Certificate relating to such fiscal year then ended), and (ii) within 90 days after the end of each of Parent’s fiscal years thereafter.

Section 5.  Amendment to Investor Intercreditor Agreement . The Investor Intercreditor Agreement is hereby amended and restated as of the date this First Amendment becomes effective in accordance with Section 8 hereof by deleting the first recital of the Investor Intercreditor Agreement and inserting the following in replacement thereof:

WHEREAS, Borrowers (collectively, the “ Applicable Debtors ”) will issue the Subordinated Notes (collectively, the “ Subordinated Notes ”) to the Subordinating Creditors, in an aggregate principal amount of $20,087,000, pursuant to (a) the Subordinated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of the date hereof, by and among Borrowers and the purchasers named therein, and (b) the Employee Investment Agreements;

 

-14-


Section 6. Amendment to Security Agreement . Schedules 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 and 8 of the Security Agreement are hereby amended and restated as of the date this First Amendment becomes effective in accordance with Section 8 hereof by deleting them in their entirety and inserting in lieu thereof Schedules 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , and 8 of the Security Agreement attached as Appendix C hereto.

Section 7.  Representations and Warranties . In order to induce Agent and each of the Lenders to enter into this First Amendment, Administrative Borrower (on behalf of the Borrowers) hereby represents and warrants that:

7.01 No Default . At and as of the date of this First Amendment and at and as of the Effective Date, and both prior to (except with respect to the Prepayment Default, the Contribution Default, the First Category Defaults, the Second Category Default, the Section 5.3 Default, the Section 5.9 Default, the Section 5.16 Default, the Section 6.1 Default, the Section 6.3(a) Default, and the Section 6.12 Default) and after giving effect to this First Amendment, no Default or Event of Default exists.

7.02 Representations and Warranties True and Correct . At and as of the date of this First Amendment and at and as of the Effective Date and both prior to (except with respect to the Prepayment Default, the Contribution Default, the First Category Defaults, the Second Category Default, the Section 5.3 Default, the Section 5.9 Default, the Section 5.16 Default, the Section 6.1 Default, the Section 6.3(a) Default, and the Section 6.12 Default) and after giving effect to this First Amendment, each of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

7.03 Corporate Power, Etc . Administrative Borrower (a) has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this First Amendment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (on behalf of the Borrowers) and (b) has taken all action, corporate or otherwise, necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this First Amendment and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby (on behalf of the Borrowers). Administrative Borrower is entering into this First Amendment (on behalf of the Borrowers) in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement.

7.04 No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by Administrative Borrower (on behalf of the Borrowers) of this First Amendment will not (a) violate any provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to any Borrower, the Governing Documents of any Borrower, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on any Borrower, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligation of any Borrower, (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any properties or assets of any Borrower, other than Permitted Liens, or (d) require any unobtained approval of any Borrower’s interestholders or any unobtained approval or consent of any Person under any material contractual obligation of any Borrower.

 

-15-


7.05 Binding Effect . This First Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Administrative Borrower (on behalf of the Borrowers) and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Administrative Borrower (on behalf of the Borrowers), enforceable against Administrative Borrower (on behalf of the Borrowers) in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 8. Conditions . This First Amendment shall be effective as of August [__], 2005 (the “ Effective Date ”) upon the fulfillment by Administrative Borrower, in a manner satisfactory to Agent and the Lenders, of all of the following conditions precedent set forth in this Section 8 :

8.01 Execution of the First Amendment . Each of the required parties hereto shall have duly executed an original counterpart of this First Amendment and shall have delivered (including by way of facsimile or other electronic transmission) the same to Agent.

8.02 Fees . Borrowers shall have paid to Agent (a) an amendment fee of $200,000 and (b) all other fees then due and owing pursuant to one or more fee letters dated as of the date hereof.

8.03 Delivery of Employee Investment Agreements and Subordinated Notes . Agent shall have received fully executed copies of (a) each Employee Investment Agreement, and (b) the Subordinated Notes issued pursuant to the Employee Investment Agreements.

8.04 Evidence of Contribution . Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence of the Contribution.

8.05 Pledged Stock . Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to Agent (or its agent or designee) the certificates representing 65% of the outstanding shares of the Stock of the Japanese Subsidiary owned by Administrative Borrower, together with an undated stock power covering each such certificate, duly executed in blank, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

8.06 Schedules . Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to Agent updates, as applicable, to (a)  Schedules M-1 , 4.5 , 4.7(a) , 4.7(b) , 4.7(c) , 4.8(b) , 4.8(c) , and 4.17 of the Credit Agreement, and (b)  Schedules 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 , and 8 of the Security Agreement, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

8.07 Opinion of Counsel . Agent shall have received an opinion of Parent’s and Borrowers’ counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

8.08 Delivery of Other Documents . Agent shall have received all such instruments, documents and agreements as Agent may reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

 

-16-


8.09 Representations and Warranties . As of the Effective Date, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 7 hereof shall be true and correct.

8.10 Compliance with Terms . Administrative Borrower shall have complied in all respects with the terms hereof and of any other agreement, document, instrument or other writing to be delivered by Administrative Borrower (on behalf of the Borrowers) in connection herewith.

8.11 WFF Term Loan . Substantially simultaneously with the making of the Additional Term Loan by the Lenders to the Borrowers on the Effective Date, Parent and Borrowers shall have consummated the WFF Term Loan Increase and all other transactions contemplated by the First Amendment to, and Waiver and Consent Under, the WFF Credit Agreement, and furnished evidence thereof to Agent.

8.12 Excess Availability . Borrowers shall have no WFF Advances outstanding and Cash and Cash Equivalents subject to the dominion and control of Agent of not less than $1,000,000 after giving effect to the Additional Term Loan hereunder and under the WFF Credit Agreement and the payment of all fees and expenses required to be paid by Borrowers on the Effective Date.

Section 9. Funding of Additional Term Loan . Each Lender shall fund its Pro Rata Share of the Additional Term Loan on the Effective Date.

Section 10. Miscellaneous .

10.01 Continuing Effect . Except as specifically provided herein, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

10.02 No Waiver; Reservation of Rights . This First Amendment is limited as specified and the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this First Amendment shall not operate as a modification, acceptance or waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, except as specifically set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything contained in this First Amendment to the contrary, Agent and the Lenders expressly reserve the right to exercise any and all of their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document and applicable law in respect of any Default or Event of Default.

10.03 References .

(a) From and after the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement, the Investor Intercreditor Agreement, and the other Loan Documents and all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered in connection with any of the foregoing shall each be deemed amended hereby to the extent necessary, if any, to give effect to the provisions of this First Amendment.

(b) From and after the Effective Date, (i) all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereto”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and (ii) all references in the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other agreement, instrument or document executed and delivered in connection therewith to “Credit Agreement”, “thereto”, “thereof”, “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

 

-17-


(c) From and after the Effective Date, (i) all references in the Investor Intercreditor Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereto”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import referring to the Investor Intercreditor Agreement shall mean the Investor Intercreditor Agreement as amended hereby and (ii) all references in the Investor Intercreditor Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other agreement, instrument or document executed and delivered in connection therewith to “Investor Intercreditor Agreement”, “thereto”, “thereof”, “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Investor Intercreditor Agreement shall mean the Investor Intercreditor Agreement as amended hereby.

10.04 Governing Law . THIS FIRST AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

10.05 Severability . The provisions of this First Amendment are severable, and if any clause or provision shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision in this First Amendment in any jurisdiction.

10.06 Counterparts . This First Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this First Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic transmission shall be equally effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart. A complete set of counterparts shall be lodged with the Administrative Borrower, Agent and each Lender.

10.07 Headings . Section headings in this First Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this First Amendment for any other purpose.

10.08 Binding Effect; Assignment . This First Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrowers, the Lenders and Agent and their respective successors and assigns; provided , however , that the rights and obligations of Borrowers under this First Amendment shall not be assigned or delegated without the prior written consent of Agent.

10.09 Expenses . Borrowers agree to pay Agent upon demand for all reasonable expenses, including reasonable fees of attorneys and paralegals for Agent (who may be employees of Agent), incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this First Amendment and any document required to be furnished herewith.

10.10 Integration . This First Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

-18-


[Signature pages follow]

 

-19-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this First Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC.,
as Administrative Borrower, on behalf of the Borrowers
By:   /s/ Douglas J. Shaw
  Name:   Douglas J. Shaw
  Title:   Senior Vice President

 

D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.,
as Agent and Lender
By:  

D.B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:   /s/ Perry A. Gruss
  Name:   Perry A. Gruss
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

BERNARD NATIONAL LOAN INVESTORS, LTD,
as a Lender
By:   Bernard Capital Funding, LLC, its Investment Advisor
By:   /s/ Perry A. Gruss
  Name:   Perry A. Gruss
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

GOLDMAN SACHS SPECIALTY LENDING HOLDINGS, INC.,
as a Lender
By:   /s/ Michael W. Adler
  Name:   Michael W. Adler
  Title:   Vice President

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIRST AMENDMENT]


HBK MASTER FUND, L.P.,
as a Lender
By:   HBK Investments, L.P., its Investment Advisor
By:   /s/ David C. Haley
  Name:   David C. Haley
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

LEMOYNE AVENUE INVESTORS, LLC,
as a Lender
By:   /s/ Perry A. Gruss
  Name:   Perry A. Gruss
  Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FIRST AMENDMENT]


Appendix A

Schedule C-1

Commitments

 

Lender

   Original Term Loan
Commitment
   Additional Term Loan
Commitment

D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P.

   $ 0    $ 0

Bernard National Loan Investors, Ltd.

   $ 15,200,000    $ 9,500,000

Bernard Global Loan Investors, Ltd.

   $ 6,000,000    $ 3,750,000

Goldman Sachs Specialty Lending Holdings, Inc.

   $ 8,000,000    $ 5,000,000

HBK Master Fund, L.P.

   $ 10,800,000    $ 6,750,000

TOTAL

   $ 40,000,000    $ 25,000,000

Exhibit 10.35

SECOND AMENDMENT TO, AND

CONSENT AND WAIVER UNDER, CREDIT AGREEMENT AND SECURITY

AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO, AND CONSENT AND WAIVER UNDER, CREDIT AGREEMENT AND SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Second Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of July 28, 2006, by and among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Monotype Imaging, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Administrative Borrower ”), International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ” and, together with Administrative Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders listed on the signatory pages hereof (the “ Lenders ”), and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, in its capacity as administrative agent (“ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, Parent, Borrowers, the Lenders and Agent are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (as amended, modified, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, Parent, Borrower and Agent are parties to that certain Security Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, Administrative Borrower desires to enter into a Stock Purchase Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto (the “ China Type Stock Purchase Agreement ”), among Administrative Borrower and the other shareholders (the “ China Type Shareholders ”) of China Type Design Limited, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Hong Kong (“ China Type ”), pursuant to which Administrative Borrower shall acquire all of the shares in China Type held by the China Type Shareholders for a cash purchase price not to exceed $4,293,000, of which $2,593,000 shall be paid to the China Type Shareholders on the closing date of the China Type Stock Purchase Agreement and $1,700,000 of which will be funded to an escrow account to be released as follows: $566,667 on the first anniversary of the closing date of the China Type Stock Purchase Agreement and $1,133,333 on the second anniversary of the closing date of the China Type Stock Purchase Agreement, in each case, subject to the terms of such escrow agreement and the China Type Purchase Agreement (collectively, the “ China Type Acquisition ”);

WHEREAS, upon the consummation of the China Type Acquisition, Administrative Borrower shall own 100% of the outstanding capital stock of China Type;

WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Lenders, Administrative Borrower’s consummation of the China Type Acquisition in accordance with the terms of the China Type Stock Purchase Agreement would violate Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, Parent and German Holdings (as defined below) desire to enter into a Share Purchase Agreement in the form of Exhibit B hereto (the “ Linotype Purchase Agreement ”), among Parent, Blitz 06-683 GmbH, a German limited liability company (“ German Holdings ”),


and Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Aktiengesellschaft, Kurfürsten-Anlage 52-60, 69115 Heidelberg (the “ Linotype Seller ”), pursuant to which (i) Parent shall acquire certain assets of the Linotype Seller as set forth on Exhibit F (the “ US Linotype Assets ”) and (ii) German Holdings shall acquire all of the shares in Linotype GmbH, a limited liability company incorporated under the laws of Germany (“ Linotype ”) for an aggregate cash purchase price not to exceed 45,500,000 Euros (collectively, the “ Linotype Acquisition ”);

WHEREAS, upon the consummation of the Linotype Acquisition, German Holdings shall own 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Linotype;

WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Lenders, Parent’s and German Holdings’ consummation of the Linotype Acquisition in accordance with the terms of the Linotype Purchase Agreement would violate Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, in order to finance the Linotype Acquisition, Borrowers desire to (a) increase the Term Loan Amount under the Credit Agreement from $65,000,000 to $70,000,000, (b) increase the Term Loan Amount under the WFF Credit Agreement from $88,882,824 (the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan under the WFF Credit Agreement immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Second Amendment) to $140,000,000 (the “ WFF Term Loan Increase ”), and (c) increase the Maximum Revolver Amount under the WFF Credit Agreement from $5,000,000 to $10,000,000 (the “ WFF Revolver Increase ” and together with the WFF Term Loan Increase, collectively, the “ WFF Increase ”);

WHEREAS, increasing the Term Loan Amount under the Credit Agreement requires the approval of all the Lenders;

WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Lenders, the WFF Increase would violate Section 6.7(c) of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, Parent and Borrowers request the amendment of certain provisions of the Credit Agreement in connection with the China Type Acquisition, the Linotype Acquisition and the WFF Increase; and

WHEREAS, Parent, Borrowers, Agent and the Lenders have agreed to amend the Credit Agreement and to consent to the China Type Acquisition, the Linotype Acquisition and the WFF Increase, all as herein provided, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and provisions herein contained, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . Any capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Section 2. Consent and Waiver Under Credit Agreement . Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and each of the Lenders hereby (a) consents to, and waives the application of Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement solely with respect to, Administrative Borrower’s consummation of the China Type Acquisition in accordance with the terms of the China Type Stock Purchase Agreement in the form of Exhibit A hereto, (b) consents

 

- 2 -


to, and waives the application of Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement solely with respect to, Parent’s and German Holdings’ consummation of the Linotype Acquisition in accordance with the terms of the Linotype Purchase Agreement in the form of Exhibit B hereto, and (c) consents to, and waives the application of Section 6.7(c) of the Credit Agreement solely with respect to, the WFF Increase to the extent that (i) the Term Loan Amount under the WFF Credit Agreement does not exceed $140,000,000 and (ii) the Maximum Revolver Amount under the WFF Credit Agreement does not exceed $10,000,000.

Section 3. Amendments to Credit Agreement . The Credit Agreement is hereby amended, effective as of the date this Second Amendment becomes effective in accordance with Section 6 hereof, as follows:

3.01 Amendments to Section 2.1 . Section 2.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

2.1 Term Loan . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, (i) on the Closing Date each Lender agreed (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make a term loan (collectively, the “ Original Term Loan ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Original Term Loan Amount, and (ii) on the First Amendment Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Lender agreed (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make a term loan (collectively, the “ Additional Term Loan ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Additional Term Loan Amount. On the Second Amendment Effective Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Lender with a Second Additional Term Loan Commitment agrees (severally, not jointly or jointly and severally) to make a term loan (collectively, the “ Second Additional Term Loan ”) to Borrowers in an amount equal to its Second Additional Term Loan Commitment. The outstanding unpaid principal balance and all accrued and unpaid interest under the Term Loan shall be due and payable on the date of termination of this Agreement, whether by its terms, by prepayment, or by acceleration. All amounts outstanding under the Term Loan shall constitute Obligations. Once any portion of the Term Loan has been paid or prepaid, it may not be reborrowed.”

3.02 Amendments to Section 3.2 . Section 3.2 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“3.2 Conditions Precedent to the Second Additional Term Loan . The obligation of each Lender to make its Second Additional Term Loan is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of Agent and each Lender, of each of the conditions precedent set forth on Schedule 3.2 (the making of such Second Additional Term Loan by a Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of such conditions precedent).”

 

- 3 -


3.03 Amendments to Section 3.3 . Section 3.3 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending and restating the first sentence of Section 3.3 in its entirety to read as follows:

“This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect for a term ending on the fifth anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date (the “ Maturity Date ”).”

3.04 New Section 3.7 . A new Section 3.7 is hereby added to the Credit Agreement immediately after Section 3.6 to read as follows:

“3.7 Conditions Subsequent to the Second Amendment Effective Date . The obligation of the Lender Group (or any member thereof) to maintain the Term Loan (or otherwise extend credit hereunder) after the Second Amendment Effective Date is subject to the fulfillment, on or before the date applicable thereto, of each of the conditions subsequent set forth below (the failure by Borrowers to so perform or cause to be performed constituting an Event of Default):

(a) promptly after execution thereof, true and complete copies of the China Type Acquisition Documents;

(b) on or prior to the date that is 10 Business Days after the closing of the China Type Acquisition Transaction, (i) Agent shall have received an executed Pledged Interest Addendum pursuant to Section 6 of the Security Agreement with respect to a pledge of 65% of the issued and outstanding capital Stock of the Hong Kong Subsidiary entitled to vote and 100% of the issued and outstanding capital Stock of the Hong Kong Subsidiary not entitled to vote, (ii) Agent (or its agent or designee) shall have received the stock certificates representing the same and stock powers duly executed in blank and (iii) Agent shall have received a joinder to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, duly executed by China Type.

(c) on or prior to the date that is 2 Business Days after the Second Amendment Effective Date, Agent (or its agent or designee) shall have received a copy of the notarial deed according to which shares of Stock of German Holdings shall have been pledged to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the Security Agreement and the German Security Documents;

(d) on or prior to the date that is 15 Business Days after the Second Amendment Effective Date, Agent shall have received an updated Schedule 4.17 to the Credit Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;

(e) on or prior to the date that is 15 Business Days after the Second Amendment Effective Date, Agent shall have received updated Schedules 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 and 8 to the Security Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;

(f) on or prior to the date that is 2 Business Days after the Second Amendment Effective Date, Agent shall have received a joinder to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, duly executed by each of German Holdings and Linotype;

(g) on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Second Amendment Effective Date, Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that not less than the Required Library of all existing copyrights of Parent and its Subsidiaries have been registered with the United States Copyright Office; and

 

- 4 -


(h) on or prior to the date that is 60 days after the Second Amendment Effective Date, Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the source and object code for each version or versions of each item of computer software programs or other technology of Parent and its Subsidiaries constituting the Required Library has been deposited with the escrow agent in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Source Code Escrow Agreement, as provided in Section 6(g)(viii) of the Security Agreement.”

3.05 Amendments to Section 4.9 .

(a) Clauses (a) through (d), (f) and (h)  of Section 4.9 of the Credit Agreement are hereby amended by deleting the phrase “the other Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents” therein and substituting in lieu thereof the phrase “the other Loan Documents, the Acquisition Documents, the China Type Acquisition Documents and the Linotype Acquisition Documents”.

(b) Clause (i)  of Section 4.9 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “The Loan Documents and the Acquisition Documents” therein and substituting in lieu thereof the phrase “The Loan Documents, the Acquisition Documents, the China Type Acquisition Documents and the Linotype Acquisition Documents”.

3.06 Amendments to Section 4.18 . Section 4.18 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “the other Loan Documents, the Acquisition Documents” therein and substituting in lieu thereof the phrase “the other Loan Documents, the Acquisition Documents, the China Type Acquisition Documents, the Linotype Acquisition Documents”.

3.07 Amendments to Section 4.20 . Section 4.20 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following clauses (c)  and (d)  following the end of clause (b)  thereof:

“(c) (i) As of the Second Amendment Effective Date, no party to any Linotype Acquisition Document or any China Type Acquisition Document is in default on any of its material obligations under such Linotype Acquisition Document or China Type Acquisition Document, and after the Second Amendment Effective Date, no party to any Linotype Acquisition Document or China Type Acquisition Document is in default on any of its material obligations under such Linotype Acquisition Document or such China Type Acquisition Document the default of which could reasonably be expected to adversely affect the Lender Group, (ii) all representations and warranties made by Parent, any Borrower, or German Holdings (in the case of the Linotype Acquisition Documents) in the Linotype Acquisition Documents or the China Type Acquisition Documents and in the certificates delivered in connection therewith are true and correct in all material respects as of the Second Amendment Effective Date and, to the best knowledge of Parent, each Borrower and German Holdings (in the case of the Linotype Acquisition Documents), all material representations and warranties made in the Linotype Acquisition Documents and the China Type Acquisition Documents by or on behalf of

 

- 5 -


the Linotype Seller and the China Type Shareholders, as the case may be, or any other party thereto other than any Loan Party party thereto, are true and correct in all material respects as of the Second Amendment Effective Date, (iii) all written information (taken as a whole) with respect to the Linotype Acquisition Transaction and the China Type Acquisition Transaction furnished to Agent by or on behalf of any Loan Party was, at the time the same was so furnished, complete and correct in all material respects, or has been subsequently supplemented by other written information to become complete and correct in all material respects, (iv) no representation, warranty or statement made by any Loan Party party thereto, when taken as a whole, or, to the best knowledge of Parent, each Borrower, and German Holdings (in the case of the Linotype Acquisition), the Linotype Seller or the China Type Shareholders, as the case may be, or any other party thereto other than any Loan Party party thereto, at the time made in any Linotype Acquisition Document, or any China Type Acquisition Document or any agreement, certificate, statement or document required to be delivered pursuant to any Linotype Acquisition Document or any China Type Acquisition Document, when taken as a whole, contains any untrue statement of material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained therein not misleading in light of the circumstances in which they were made, and (v) in connection with the Linotype Acquisition Transaction, German Holdings is acquiring the Linotype Stock, and, on the Second Amendment Effective Date, after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Linotype Acquisition Documents, will have good title to the Linotype Stock, free and clear of all Liens.

(d) (i) Parent, Borrowers and German Holdings (in the case of the Linotype Acquisition) have delivered to Agent a complete and correct copy of the Linotype Acquisition Documents and China Type Acquisition Documents, including all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) each Linotype Acquisition Document and each China Type Acquisition Document sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties thereto relating to the subject matter thereof, and there are no other agreements, arrangements or understandings, written or oral, relating to the matters covered thereby, (iii) no Linotype Acquisition Document and no China Type Acquisition Document has been amended or otherwise modified without the prior written consent of Agent, (iv) the execution, delivery and performance of each of the Linotype Acquisition Documents and each of the China Type Acquisition Documents has been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of each Loan Party party thereto and, to the best knowledge of Parent, each Borrower and German Holdings (in the case of the Linotype Acquisition), each other Person party thereto, (v) the Linotype Acquisition Transaction and the China Type Acquisition Transaction has been effected in accordance with the terms of the Linotype Acquisition Documents and all applicable law, (vi) at the time of consummation of the Linotype Acquisition Transaction and the China Type Acquisition Transaction, there does not exist any judgment, order or injunction prohibiting or imposing any material adverse condition upon the consummation of the Linotype Acquisition Transaction or the China Type Acquisition Transaction, (vii) at the time of consummation thereof, all consents and approvals of, and filings and registrations with, and all other actions in respect of, all Government Authorities required in order to consummate the Linotype Acquisition Transaction and the China Type Acquisition Transaction shall have been obtained, given, filed or taken and shall be in full force and effect, (viii) all actions taken

 

- 6 -


by the Loan Parties pursuant to or in furtherance of the Linotype Acquisition Transaction and the China Type Acquisition Transaction have been taken in compliance in all material respects with the Linotype Acquisition Documents or the China Type Acquisition Documents, as the case may be, and applicable law, and (ix) each Linotype Acquisition Document and each China Type Acquisition Document is the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party party thereto and, to the best knowledge of Parent, each Borrower and German Holdings (in the case of the Linotype Acquisition Transaction), the other parties thereto, enforceable against such parties in accordance with its terms.”

3.08 Amendments to Section 5.17 . Section 5.17 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“5.17 Acquisition Transaction; Linotype Acquisition Transaction .

(a) Contemporaneously with the making of the Original Term Loan: (i) cause all transactions contemplated by the Acquisition Documents to be consummated; (ii) cause the Acquisition Transaction and the Merger to become effective; and (iii) furnish evidence thereof to Agent, as well as certified (as of the Closing Date) true and complete copies of the Acquisition Documents, which shall be in compliance with all applicable laws and for which all necessary approvals shall have been obtained in connection therewith.

(b) Contemporaneously with making the Second Additional Term Loan: (i) cause all transactions contemplated by the Linotype Acquisition Documents to be consummated; (ii) cause the Linotype Acquisition Transaction to become effective; and (iii) furnish evidence thereof to Agent, as well as certified (as of the Second Amendment Effective Date) true and complete copies of the Linotype Acquisition Documents, which shall be in compliance with all applicable laws and for which all necessary approvals shall have been obtained in connection therewith.

(c) Promptly provide Agent with true and complete copies of any and all material documents delivered by or to any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of the Acquisition Documents, the China Type Acquisition Documents or the Linotype Acquisition Documents.”

3.09 New Section 5.23 . The Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following new Section 5.23 :

“5.23 Foreign Subsidiaries . Within 30 days of the first date on which any Foreign Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party becomes a Material Foreign Subsidiary, Borrower shall cause all holders of capital Stock issued by such Material Foreign Subsidiary that are Loan Parties to execute and deliver to Agent such share or stock pledge agreements with respect to the capital Stock issued by such Material Foreign Subsidiary as Agent shall require, which stock pledge agreements shall be governed by the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the issuer of such capital Stock and be in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, together with (a) appropriate certificates and

 

- 7 -


powers with respect to such Stock, and (b) all other documentation, including one or more opinions of counsel satisfactory to Agent, which in its opinion are appropriate with respect to the execution and delivery of such stock pledge agreements; provided, that only 65% of the total outstanding voting capital Stock issued by any such Material Foreign Subsidiary shall be required to be pledged if hypothecating a greater amount would, based on the projections of the Loan Parties, result in material adverse tax consequences to Parent and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.”

3.10 Amendments to Section 6.3 . Clause (a)  of Section 6.3 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Except for the Merger and the Permitted Merger, enter into any merger, consolidation, reorganization, or recapitalization, or reclassify its Stock,”

3.11 Amendments to Section 6.5 . Section 6.5 is hereby amended by inserting the phrase “or within 30 days of the Second Amendment Effective Date, in connection with the Linotype Acquisition Transaction, change German Holdings’ name to Monotype Imaging Germany GmbH” immediately after the term “Merger” in such section.

3.12 Amendments to Section 6.7 . Clause (c)  of Section 6.7 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting subclause (iii)  thereof and substituting in lieu thereof “(iii) any of the Acquisition Documents, the China Type Acquisition Documents or the Linotype Acquisition Documents,”

3.13 Amendments to Section 6.14 . Section 6.14(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “and (b) thereafter, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, to finance ongoing working capital, capital expenditures, and general corporate needs of Parent and Borrowers following the Acquisition Transaction and the Merger and for its lawful and permitted purposes.” and substituting in lieu thereof the following:

“(b) on the Second Amendment Effective Date, to (i) finance the Linotype Acquisition Transaction and (ii) pay transactional fees, costs, and expenses incurred in connection with the Linotype Acquisition Documents, and the transactions contemplated thereby, and (c) thereafter, consistent with the terms and conditions hereof, to finance ongoing working capital, capital expenditures, and general corporate needs of Parent and Borrowers following the Acquisition Transaction, the Merger and the Linotype Acquisition Transaction, and for its lawful and permitted purposes.”

3.14 Amendments to Section 6.16 . Section 6.16 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“6.16 Financial Covenants .

(a) Fail to maintain or achieve:

(i) Minimum TTM EBITDA . TTM EBITDA, measured on a quarter-end basis, of at least the required amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

- 8 -


Applicable Amount   

Applicable Period

$31,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2006

$39,500,000   

For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2006

$39,500,000   

For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2006

$40,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2007

$40,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2007

$41,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2007

$41,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2007

$42,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2008

$42,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2008

$42,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2008

$42,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2008

$43,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2009

$43,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2009

$43,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2009

$43,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2009

$43,000,000   

For the 12 month period ending each quarter thereafter

(ii) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . A Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio, measured on a quarter-end basis, of at least the required ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable period set forth opposite thereto:

 

- 9 -


Applicable Ratio   

Applicable Period

1.0:1.0   

For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2006

1.0:1.0   

For the 12 month period ending each quarter thereafter

(b) Leverage Ratio . Permit the Leverage Ratio, as at the end of each period set forth below, to exceed the required ratio set forth in the following table for the applicable period:

 

Applicable Ratio   

Applicable Period

4.50:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2006

5.25:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2006

5.20:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2006

5.10:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2007

5.00:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2007

4.85:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2007

4.65:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2007

4.60:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2008

4.50:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2008

4.35:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2008

4.15:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2008

4.00:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending March 31, 2009

 

- 10 -


Applicable Ratio   

Applicable Period

3.85:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending June 30, 2009

3.65:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending September 30, 2009

3.40:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending December 31, 2009

3.25:1.00   

For the 12 month period ending each quarter thereafter

(c) Capital Expenditures . Make Capital Expenditures in any fiscal year in excess of the amount set forth in the following table for the applicable period:

 

Applicable Amount   

Applicable Period

$2,000,000   

Fiscal Year 2006

$2,000,000   

Fiscal Year 2007

$2,000,000   

Fiscal Year 2008

$2,000,000   

Fiscal Year 2009”

3.15 Amendments to Section 14.1(j) . Section 14.1(j) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(j) change the definition of “Original Term Loan Amount”, Additional Term Loan Amount”, or “Second Additional Term Loan Amount”, or

3.16 Amendments to Section 15.1 . Section 15.1 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by inserting the following new sentences at the end of Section 15.1 :

“Each Lender hereby authorizes the Agent to act on its behalf and in its name and to represent it in any way whatsoever in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of each German Security Document and the perfection and monitoring of each security interest granted under any German Security Document (a “ German Security Interest ”), including but not limited to, any pledge agreement with respect to shares in a German company in notarial form, as well as any other pledge, mortgage, assignment or transfer of title for security purposes. This power of attorney includes the power to enter into and agree to the terms of, and any amendments to, any agreements which are necessary or desirable in this context, the power to make and

 

- 11 -


receive any and all declarations and to perform any and all actions which are necessary or appropriate in this context, whether in private written form ( private Schriftform ) or in notarial form. Each Lender hereby approves ( genehmigt ) all declarations the Agent has made in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of each German Security Document as well as the perfection and monitoring of each German Security Interest. The Agent shall have the sole power of attorney and shall be released from the restrictions of self-dealing according to Section 181 of the German Civil Code ( BGB ) and shall be authorized to delegate this power of attorney, including the release from the restrictions of Section 181 of the German Civil Code. The Agent shall (i) hold such German Security Interest, if any, which is transferred or assigned by way of security ( Sicherungsübereignung/ Sicherungsabtretung ) or otherwise granted under a non-accessory security right ( nicht akzessorische Sicherheit ) as trustee ( Treuhänder ) for the benefit of the Lenders; and (ii) administer in the name and on behalf of the Lenders such German Security Interest which is pledged ( Verpfändung ) or otherwise transferred under an accessory security right ( akzessorische Sicherheit ) to the Lenders.”

3.17 Amendments to Table of Contents .

(a) The Table of Contents is hereby amended by deleting the words “Intentionally Omitted” opposite Index Number 3.2 therein and inserting in lieu thereof the following: “Conditions Precedent to the Second Additional Term Loan”.

(b) The table of Exhibits and Schedules is hereby amended by deleting the text “Schedule 3-1 Conditions Precedent” therein and inserting in lieu thereof the following:

“Schedule 3.1 Conditions Precedent (Original Term Loan)

  Schedule 3.2 Conditions Precedent (Second Additional Term Loan)”.

3.18 Amendments to Schedule C-1 . Schedule C-1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Schedule in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the Schedule attached thereto as Exhibit C .

3.19 Amendments to Schedule 1.1 . Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

(a) The following additional definitions shall be inserted in Schedule 1.1 to the Credit Agreement in proper alphabetical order:

“‘ China Type Acquisition Documents ’ means the China Type Stock Purchase Agreement and the other documents, instruments and agreements executed and delivered in connection with the China Type Acquisition Transaction.”

“‘ China Type Acquisition Transaction ’ means the acquisition of the Stock of the Hong Kong Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of the China Type Stock Purchase Agreement.”

“‘ China Type Shareholders ’ means those certain shareholders of the Hong Kong Subsidiary.”

 

- 12 -


“‘ China Type Stock Purchase Agreement ’ means that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated on or about July 31, 2006, by and between the Administrative Borrower and the shareholders of the Hong Kong Subsidiary party thereto.”

“‘ Foreign Subsidiary ’ means, individually and collectively, the German Subsidiaries, the Hong Kong Subsidiary, the Japanese Subsidiary, the UK Subsidiary, or any other Subsidiary of the Parent that is not organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof.”

“‘ German Holdings ’ means Blitz 06-683 GmbH, a German limited liability company.”

“‘ German Security Documents ’ means the notarial share pledge agreement for all existing and future shares in German Holdings in favor of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, as pledgees.”

“‘ German Security Interest ’ has the meaning specified therefore in Section 15.1 .”

“‘ German Subsidiaries ’ means German Holdings and Linotype.”

“‘ Hong Kong Subsidiary ’ means China Type Design Limited, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Hong Kong.”

“‘ Linotype ’ means Linotype GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Germany.”

“‘ Linotype Acquisition Documents ’ means the Linotype Purchase Agreement and the other documents, instruments and agreements executed and delivered in connection with the Linotype Acquisition Transaction.”

“‘ Linotype Acquisition Transaction ’ means the acquisition of the US Linotype Assets and the Linotype Stock pursuant to the terms of the Linotype Purchase Agreement.”

“‘ Linotype Purchase Agreement ’ means that certain Share Purchase Agreement, dated August 1, 2006, by and between Parent, German Holdings and the Linotype Seller.”

“‘ Linotype Seller ’ means Heidelberger Druckmaschinen Aktiengesellschaft, Kurfürsten-Anlage 52-60, 69115 Heidelberg.”

“‘ Linotype Stock ’ means the Stock of Linotype, as further described in the Linotype Purchase Agreement.”

“‘ Material Foreign Subsidiary ’ means, as of any date of determination, any Foreign Subsidiary that (i) has generated revenues in excess of $4,000,000 during the immediately preceding 12 consecutive month period, or (ii) has assets having an aggregate book value in excess of $4,000,000.”

 

- 13 -


“‘ Permitted Merger ’ means the merger of Linotype with and into German Holdings with German Holdings as the surviving entity, provided that (a) no other provision of this Agreement would be violated thereby, (b) Borrowers give Agent at least 30 days’ prior written notice of such merger, (c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing either before or after giving effect to such transaction, (d) Agent’s and Lenders’ rights in any Collateral, including, without limitation, the existence, perfection and priority of any Lien thereon, are not adversely affected by such merger, and (e) the capital Stock of the surviving entity of such merger continues to be the subject of the German Security Documents after giving effect to such merger.”

“‘ Second Additional Term Loan ’ has the meaning specified therefor in Section 2.1 .”

“‘ Second Additional Term Loan Amount ’ means an amount equal to $5,000,000.”

“‘ Second Additional Term Loan Commitment ’ means, with respect to each Lender, its Second Additional Term Loan Commitment, and with respect to all Lenders, their Second Additional Term Loan Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1.

“‘ Second Amendment ’ means that certain Second Amendment to, and Consent and Waiver Under, Credit Agreement and Security Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2006, by and among the Loan Parties, the Lenders and the Agent.”

“‘ Second Amendment Effective Date ’ means the date that Section 3 of the Second Amendment becomes effective in accordance with Section 6 thereof.”

“‘ US Linotype Assets ’ means the assets acquired from the Linotype Seller pursuant to the terms of the Linotype Purchase Agreement as set forth on Exhibit F hereto.”

“‘ WFF Second Amendment ’ means that certain Second Amendment to, and Consent and Waiver Under, Credit Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2006, by and among the Loan Parties, the WFF Lenders and the WFF Agent.”

 

- 14 -


(b) The definition of “ Base LIBOR Rate ” is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “1.60%” in the last sentence thereof and substituting in lieu thereof the phrase “4.00%”.

(c) The definition of “ Base Rate ” is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “4.75%” in the last sentence thereof and substituting in lieu thereof the phrase “7.25%”.

(d) The definition of “ Base Rate Margin ” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“‘ Base Rate Margin ’ means 5.50 percentage points.”

(e) The definition of “Commitment” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“‘ Commitment ’ means, with respect to each Lender, its Commitment, and, with respect to all Lenders, their Commitments, in each case as such Dollar amounts are set forth beside such Lender’s name under the applicable heading on Schedule C-1 (as may be updated from time to time by the Agent) or in the Assignment and Acceptance pursuant to which such Lender became a Lender hereunder, as such amounts may be reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments made in accordance with the provisions of Section 13.1 .”

(f) The definition of “ Facility Limiter Amount ” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“‘ Facility Limiter Amount ’ means, as of any date of determination, (a) during the period from and after the Second Amendment Effective Date up to and including December 31, 2006, the product of 5.25 times the TTM EBITDA and (b) thereafter, the product of 4.75 times the TTM EBITDA, in each case, as determined based on the most recent quarterly financial statements delivered to Agent pursuant to Section 5.3 .”

(g) The definition of “ LIBOR Rate Margin ” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“‘ LIBOR Rate Margin ’ means 6.75 percentage points.”

(h) The definition of “ Loan Documents ” is hereby amended by deleting the phrase “the Fee Letter, the Guaranty” therein and substituting in lieu thereof the phrase “the Fee Letter, the German Security Documents, the Guaranty”.

(i) The definition of “ Permitted Investments ” is hereby amended as follows:

(i) Clause (f) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(f) Investments by the Loan Parties in the Foreign Subsidiaries in an aggregate amount during any fiscal quarter period not in excess of $400,000; provided that (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, both before and immediately after giving effect to any such Investment, and (ii) the sum of WFF Excess Availability plus Qualified Cash equals or exceeds $2,000,000, both before and immediately after giving effect to any such Investment,”

 

- 15 -


(ii) Existing clause (g) is hereby renumbered as new clause “(h)” and the new clause “(g)” in inserted as follows:

“(g) Investments by Parent in German Holdings and Linotype in the form of an intercompany loan to be made as of the date of the making of the Second Additional Term Loan, in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $31,000,000, in connection with the Linotype Acquisition Transaction; and”

(j) The definition of “ Term Loan ” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“‘ Term Loan ’ means, (a) from and after the Closing Date up to (but not including) the First Amendment Effective Date, the Original Term Loan, (b) from and after the First Amendment Effective Date up to (but not including) the Second Amendment Effective Date, collectively, the Original Term Loan and the Additional Term Loan, and (c) thereafter, collectively, the Original Term Loan, the Additional Term Loan, and the Second Additional Term Loan.”

(k) The definition of “ WFF Maximum Revolver Amount ” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“‘ WFF Maximum Revolver Amount ’ means the Maximum Revolver Amount as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date.”

(l) The definition of “ WFF Revolver Commitment ” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“‘ WFF Revolver Commitment ’ means the Revolver Commitment as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date.”

(m) The definition of “ WFF Term Loan ” is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“‘ WFF Term Loan’ means the Term Loan as such term is defined in the WFF Credit Agreement, as such is in effect on the Second Amendment Effective Date.”

 

- 16 -


3.20 Amendments to Schedules to Credit Agreement . Each of Schedules M-1, 4.5, 4.7(A), 4.7(B), 4.7(C), 4.8(B) and 4.8(C) to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such Schedule in its entirety and inserting in lieu thereof the Schedules attached hereto as Exhibit D .

3.21 New Schedule 3.2 . A new Schedule 3.2 to the Credit Agreement is hereby added to the Credit Agreement following Schedule 3.1 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G .

3.22 Amendments to Schedule 5.3 . Clause (o) of Schedule 5.3 to the Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

  “(o) copies of any notices of default or non-compliance delivered by or to any Loan Party in connection with the Acquisition Documents, the China Type Acquisition Documents or the Linotype Acquisition Documents (in each case, to the extent not previously delivered pursuant to Section 5.17(c)) , and”

Section 4. Amendments to Security Agreement . Each of Schedules 1 , 2 and 3 to the Security Agreement are hereby amended and restated as of the date this Second Amendment becomes effective in accordance with Section 6 hereof by deleting them in their entirety and inserting in lieu thereof Schedules 1 , 2 and 3 to the Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E .

Section 5. Representations and Warranties . In order to induce Agent and the Lenders to enter into this Second Amendment, Parent and Borrowers hereby represent and warrant that:

5.01 No Default . At and as of the date of this Second Amendment, and both prior to and after giving effect to this Second Amendment, no Default or Event of Default exists.

5.02 Representations and Warranties True and Correct . At and as of the date of this Second Amendment and at and as of the Effective Date and after giving effect to this Second Amendment, each of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date).

5.03 Corporate Power, Etc . Parent and each Borrower (a) has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Second Amendment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (b) has taken all action, corporate or otherwise, necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Second Amendment. Parent and each Borrower is entering into this Second Amendment in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement.

5.04 No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by Parent and each Borrower of this Second Amendment will not (a) violate any provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to Parent or any Borrower, the Governing Documents of Parent or any Borrower, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on Parent or any Borrower, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligation of Parent or any Borrower, (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature

 

- 17 -


whatsoever upon any properties or assets of Parent or any Borrower, other than Permitted Liens, or (d) require any unobtained approval of Parent’s or any Borrower’s interestholders or any unobtained approval or consent of any Person under any material contractual obligation of Parent or any Borrower.

5.05 Binding Effect . This Second Amendment has been duly executed and delivered by Parent and each Borrower and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of Parent and each Borrower, enforceable against Parent and each Borrower in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

Section 6. Conditions . This Second Amendment shall be effective as of July 28, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”) upon the fulfillment by Parent and each Borrower, in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and the Lenders, of all of the following conditions precedent set forth in this Section 6 (provided, that notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 3 and Section 4 of this Second Amendment shall not become effective until the Linotype Acquisition is consummated in accordance with the Linotype Purchase Agreement in the form of Exhibit B hereto):

6.01 Execution of the Second Amendment . Each of the required parties hereto shall have executed an original counterpart of this Second Amendment and shall have delivered (including by way of facsimile transmission or other electronic transmission) the same to Agent.

6.02 Fees . Borrowers shall have paid to Agent (a) an amendment fee of $325,000 and (b) all other fees then due and owing pursuant to the Fee Letter.

6.03 Representations and Warranties . As of the Effective Date, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 hereof shall be true and correct.

6.04 Compliance with Terms . Parent and each Borrower shall have complied in all respects with the terms hereof and of any other agreement, document, instrument or other writing to be delivered by Parent or any Borrower in connection herewith.

6.05 WFF Second Amendment . Substantially simultaneously with the execution hereof, Parent, each Borrower, WFF, as the administrative agent under the WFF Credit Agreement, and the Lenders (as defined in the WFF Credit Agreement) shall have executed a substantially similar amendment under the WFF Credit Agreement, and furnished evidence thereof to Agent.

6.06 Delivery of Other Documents . Agent shall have received all such instruments, documents and agreements as the Agent may reasonably request, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

- 18 -


Section 7. Miscellaneous .

7.01 Continuing Effect . Except as specifically provided herein, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. It is understood and agreed by the parties hereto that this Second Amendment constitutes a Loan Document. Accordingly, it shall be an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement if (a) any representation or warranty made by Parent or any Borrower under or in connection with this Second Amendment shall have been untrue in any material respect when made, or (b) Parent or any Borrower shall fail to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in this Second Amendment, in each case, after giving effect to any applicable grace period under the Credit Agreement.

7.02 No Waiver; Reservation of Rights . This Second Amendment is limited as specified and the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Second Amendment shall not operate as a modification, acceptance or waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, except as specifically set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Second Amendment to the contrary, Agent and the Lenders expressly reserve the right to exercise any and all of their rights and remedies under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document and applicable law in respect of any Default or Event of Default.

7.03 Governing Law . THIS CONSENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

7.04 Severability . The provisions of this Second Amendment are severable, and if any clause or provision shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision in this Second Amendment in any jurisdiction.

7.05 Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Second Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic transmission shall be equally effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart. A complete set of counterparts shall be lodged with each of Administrative Borrower and Agent.

7.06 Headings . Section headings in this Second Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Second Amendment for any other purpose.

7.07 Binding Effect; Assignment . This Second Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Parent, Borrowers, the Lenders and Agent and their respective successors and assigns; provided , however , that the rights and obligations of Parent and Borrowers under this Second Amendment shall not be assigned or delegated without the prior written consent of Agent.

7.08 Expenses . Borrowers agree to pay Agent upon demand for all reasonable expenses, including reasonable fees of attorneys and paralegals for Agent (who may be employees of Agent), incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Second Amendment and any document required to be furnished herewith.

 

- 19 -


7.09 Integration . This Second Amendment, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[Signature pages follow]

 

- 20 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Second Amendment to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first above written.

 

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP. ,

as Parent

By:   /s/ Robert M. Givens
  Name:  Robert M. Givens
  Title:    President

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC. ,

as a Borrower

By:   /s/ Robert M. Givens
  Name:  Robert M. Givens
  Title:    President

INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION ,

as a Borrower

By:   /s/ Robert M. Givens
  Name:  Robert M. Givens
  Title:    President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT]


D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P. , as Agent and a Lender
By:  

D.B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its General Partner

By:  

Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

its Managing Member

By:   /s/ Perry A. Gruss
  Name: Perry A. Gruss
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT]


BERNARD NATIONAL LOAN INVESTORS, LTD, as a Lender
By:   Bernard Capital Funding, LLC, its Investment Advisor
By:   /s/ Perry A. Gruss
  Name: Perry A. Gruss
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT]


ACM, LLC , as a Lender
By:   Atalaya Capital Management LP
 
By:   /s/ Ivan Q. Zinn
  Name: Ivan Q. Zinn
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT]


HBK MASTER FUND L.P.,

as a Lender

By:   HBK Investments L.P., its Investment Advisor
 
By:   /s/ David C. Haley
  Name: David C. Haley
  Title: Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SECOND AMENDMENT]


EXHIBIT C

Schedule C-1

Commitments

 

Lender

   Original Term
Loan
Commitment
   Additional Term
Loan
Commitment
   Second
Additional Term
Loan
Commitment
   Total

D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P.

   $ 0    $ 0    $ 0    $ 0

Bernard National Loan Investors, Ltd.

   $ 5,200,000    $ 9,500,000      2,650,000    $ 17,350,000

Bernard Global Loan Investors, Ltd.

   $ 16,000,000    $ 3,750,000    $ 0    $ 19,750,000

ACM, LLC

   $ 8,000,000    $ 5,000,000      1,000,000    $ 14,000,000

HBK Master Fund, L.P.

   $ 10,800,000    $ 6,750,000      1,350,000    $ 18,900,000

TOTAL

   $ 40,000,000    $ 25,000,000    $ 5,000,000    $ 70,000,000


Exhibit G

Schedule 3.2

The obligation of each Lender to make its Second Additional Term Loan is subject to the fulfillment, to the satisfaction of Agent and each Lender (the making of such extension of credit by any Lender being conclusively deemed to be its satisfaction or waiver of the following), of each of the following conditions precedent:

(a) the Second Amendment Effective Date shall occur on or before August 1, 2006;

(b) Agent shall have received each of the following documents, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, duly executed, and each such document shall be in full force and effect:

 

  (i) a Copyright Security Agreement, duly executed by Parent,

 

  (ii) a disbursement letter executed and delivered by Parent and Borrowers to Agent regarding the extensions of credit to be made on the Second Amendment Effective Date,

 

  (iii) an amendment to the Fee Letter, duly executed by Parent and Borrowers,

 

  (iv) the German Security Documents, duly executed by Parent, German Holdings and Linotype, as applicable,

 

  (v) a Patent Security Agreement, duly executed by Parent,

 

  (vi) a reaffirmation agreement, duly executed by each Loan Party,

 

  (vii) a Pledge Addendum (as defined in the Security Agreement), duly executed by Parent and German Holdings,

 

  (viii) a Trademark Security Agreement, duly executed by Parent, and

 

  (ix) an amendment to the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement.

(c) Substantially simultaneously with the extensions of credit by the Lenders to the Borrowers on the Second Amendment Effective Date, Parent and Borrowers shall have consummated all transactions contemplated by the Linotype Acquisition Documents and the WFF Second Amendment and furnished evidence thereof to Agent. Parent and Borrowers shall have delivered a certificate (dated as of the Second Amendment Effective Date) of an Authorized Person attaching true and correct copies of the Linotype Acquisition Documents and the WFF Second Amendment. Such certificate of the Authorized Person shall certify that the attached


documents are true and correct copies of the Linotype Acquisition Documents and the WFF Second Amendment and that such documents have been entered into by the Loan Parties in compliance with all applicable laws and all necessary approvals and are in full force and effect;

(d) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of Administrative Borrower attesting that there exists no (i) litigation, investigation or proceeding (judicial or administrative) pending or, to the best knowledge of Administrative Borrower, threatened, against any Loan Party, or any of its Subsidiaries by any Governmental Authority arising out of the transactions contemplated by or effected in connection with the Linotype Acquisition Documents or the WFF Second Amendment, (ii) injunction, writ or restraining order restraining or prohibiting the transactions contemplated by the Linotype Acquisition Documents or the consummation of the financing arrangements contemplated under the Second Amendment, or (iii) suit, action, investigation, proceeding (judicial or administrative) or ERISA Event pending or, to the best knowledge of Administrative Borrower, threatened against any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change;

(e) All director, stockholder, and material governmental and third party consents and approvals necessary in connection with each aspect of the Linotype Acquisition and the transactions contemplated by the Second Amendment shall have been obtained or waived by Agent (without the imposition of any conditions that are not acceptable to Agent) and shall remain in effect; all applicable waiting periods shall have expired without any adverse action being taken by any competent authority; and no law or regulation shall be applicable in the judgment of Agent that restrains, prevents or imposes material adverse conditions upon any aspect of the Linotype Acquisition or transactions contemplated by the Second Amendment;

(f) Agent shall have received a certificate from the Secretary of each Loan Party (i) attesting to the resolutions of such Loan Party’s Board of Directors authorizing its execution, delivery, and performance of the Second Amendment, and the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as amended thereby, (ii) authorizing specific officers of such Loan Party to execute the same, and (iii) attesting to the incumbency and signatures of such specific officers of such Loan Party;

(g) Agent shall have received copies of each Loan Party’s Governing Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented to the Second Amendment Effective Date, certified by the Secretary of such Loan Party;

(h) Agent shall have received a certificate of status with respect to each Loan Party, dated within 10 days of the Second Amendment Effective Date, such certificate to be issued by the appropriate officer of the jurisdiction of organization of such Loan Party, which certificate shall indicate that such Loan Party is in good standing in such jurisdiction;

(i) Agent shall have received opinions of Loan Parties’ U.S. and German counsel, and Agent’s German counsel, in each case, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;


(j) Borrowers shall have Required Availability after giving effect to the extensions of credit hereunder and under the WFF Credit Agreement as contemplated by the Second Amendment and the payment of all fees and expenses required to be paid by Borrowers on the Second Amendment Effective Date under the Second Amendment, the other Loan Documents, the WFF Loan Documents, the Linotype Acquisition Documents and the China Type Acquisition Documents, and Agent shall have received reasonably satisfactory evidence thereof;

(k) Borrowers shall have paid all Lender Group Expenses incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Second Amendment and for which reasonably detailed invoices have been received prior to the Second Amendment Effective Date;

(l) Agent and its counsel shall be reasonably satisfied with the corporate structure of Parent and its Subsidiaries following the Linotype Acquisition and the China Type Acquisition;

(m) Parent, Borrowers and each of their respective Subsidiaries shall have received all material licenses, approvals or evidence of other actions required by any Governmental Authority in connection with the execution and delivery by Parent, Borrowers or their respective Subsidiaries of the Linotype Acquisition Documents or with the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby that are required by law to be held or received;

(n) Administrative Borrower shall have delivered to Agent updates, as applicable, to (a) Schedules M-1, 4.5, 4.7(A), 4.7(B), 4.7(C), 4.8(B) and 4.8(C) of the Credit Agreement and (b) Schedules 1, 2, and 3 of the Security Agreement, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent; and

(o) all other documents and legal matters in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement shall have been delivered, executed, or recorded and shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

Exhibit 10.39

EXECUTION COPY

INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

This INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of November 5, 2004, is made by and between WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC., a California corporation, as agent under and pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “ Original Senior Agent ”), and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as agent under and pursuant to the Junior Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “ Original Junior Agent ”), and is acknowledged by MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP. , a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), IMAGING ACQUISITION CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation, AGFA MONOTYPE CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation, and INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION , a New York corporation:

WHEREAS , Parent, the Borrowers, the Original Senior Agent, and the lenders party thereto have entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (such agreement as in effect on the date hereof, the “ Original Senior Credit Agreement ”) pursuant to which such lenders have agreed, upon the terms and conditions stated therein, to make loans and advances to and to issue letters of credit (or guarantees or other undertakings in respect thereof) for the account of the Borrowers up to the principal amount of $80,000,000 at any time outstanding. The repayment of the Obligations (as that term is defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement) is secured by security interests in and liens on substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers and the Guarantors pursuant to certain collateral documents in favor of the Original Senior Agent, which documents, together with the other collateral and loan documents executed and delivered in connection with the Original Senior Credit Agreement, each as in effect on the date hereof, are referred to herein as the “ Original Senior Loan Documents ”;

WHEREAS , Parent, the Borrowers, the Original Junior Agent, and the lenders party thereto have entered into a Credit Agreement dated as of the date hereof (such agreement as in effect on the date hereof, the “ Original Junior Credit Agreement ”) pursuant to which such lenders have agreed, upon the terms and conditions stated therein, to make loans and advances to the Borrowers up to the principal amount of $40,000,000 at any time outstanding. The repayment of the Obligations (as that term is defined in the Original Junior Credit Agreement) is secured by security interests in and liens on substantially all of the assets of the Borrowers and the Guarantors pursuant to certain collateral documents in favor of the Original Junior Agent, which documents, together with the other collateral and loan documents executed and delivered in connection with the Original Junior Credit Agreement, each as in effect on the date hereof, are referred to herein as the “ Original Junior Loan Documents ”; and

WHEREAS , the Original Senior Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Senior Lenders, and the Original Junior Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, wish to enter into this Agreement to establish their respective rights and priorities in the Collateral and their claims against the Borrowers and the Guarantors.


NOW, THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, the Original Senior Agent and the Original Junior Agent hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions; Rules of Construction .

a. Terms Defined Above and in the Recitals . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the respective meanings indicated in the opening paragraph hereof and in the above Recitals:

Agreement

Original Junior Agent

Original Junior Credit Agreement

Original Junior Loan Documents

Original Senior Agent

Original Senior Credit Agreement

Original Senior Loan Documents

Parent

b. Other Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

Adequate Protection Lien ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.d .

Agent ” means Senior Agent and/or Junior Agent, as the context may require.

Application of Proceeds Blockage Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.a .

Application of Proceeds Blockage Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.a .

Bank Product Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the Original Senior Credit Agreement.

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean title 11 of the United States Code, as in effect from time to time.

Capital Stock ” means (a) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (b) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (c) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and (d) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, the issuing Person.

Cash Collateral ” means any Collateral consisting of money or cash equivalents, any security entitlement (as defined in the UCC) and any financial assets (as defined in the UCC).

 

- 2 -


Collateral ” means all assets and properties upon which either Senior Agent or Junior Agent now has or hereafter acquires a Lien, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the Borrowers, any Guarantor or any other Person, together with all rents, issues, profits, products, and Proceeds thereof.

Control Collateral ” means any Collateral consisting of a certificated security (as defined in the UCC), investment property (as defined in the UCC), a deposit account (as defined in the UCC) and any other Collateral as to which a Lien may be perfected through physical possession or control by the secured party or any agent therefor.

DIP Financing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.d .

Discharge of Junior Indebtedness ” means payment in full in cash of the Junior Indebtedness (other than Junior Indebtedness consisting solely of contingent indemnification obligations under the Junior Loan Documents) after or concurrently with termination of all commitments to extend credit under any Junior Credit Agreement.

Discharge of Senior Indebtedness ” means payment in full in cash (or in the case of Bank Product Obligations, the cash collateralization as required by the Original Senior Loan Documents) of the Senior Indebtedness (other than Senior Indebtedness consisting solely of contingent indemnification obligations under the Senior Loan Documents) after or concurrently with termination of all commitments to extend credit under any Senior Credit Agreement.

Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock and all warrants, options, or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock).

Event of Default ” means “Event of Default” as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement and/or “Event of Default” as defined in the Junior Credit Agreement.

Excluded Junior Indebtedness ” means, collectively, (a) any prepayment premium, make-whole obligation, or early termination fee payable pursuant to the terms of the Junior Credit Agreement, (b) any default interest (but not any other interest) or loan fees, each arising from or related to a default and accruing or becoming due under the terms of the Junior Loan Documents on or after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to any Obligor or any other Person to the extent that a claim for such default interest or loan fees is not allowable or allowed in such Insolvency Proceeding, and (c) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Protective Advances (as defined in the Original Junior Credit Agreement) made, issued or incurred pursuant to the Junior Credit Agreement intentionally and with actual knowledge, at the time such Protective Advances were made, issued or incurred, that such Protective Advances would cause the total aggregate principal amount thereof, to exceed $5,000,000, at such time.

Excluded Senior Indebtedness ” means, collectively, (a) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of loans, letter of credit accommodations and Bank Product Obligations made, issued or incurred pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement intentionally and with actual knowledge, at the time such loans, letter of credit accommodations or Bank Product Obligations were made, issued or incurred, that such loans, letter of credit accommodations or

 

- 3 -


Bank Product Obligations would cause the total aggregate principal amount thereof, or any category thereof, to exceed the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount, or any category thereof, at such time, (b) any prepayment premium, make-whole obligation, or early termination fee payable pursuant to the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement, and (c) any default interest (but not any other interest) or loan fees, each arising from or related to a default and accruing or becoming due under the terms of the Senior Loan Documents on or after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to any Obligor or any other Person to the extent that a claim for such default interest or loan fees is not allowable or allowed in such Insolvency Proceeding.

Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies ” or “ Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies ” means (a) the taking of any action to enforce or realize upon any Lien, including the institution of any foreclosure proceedings or the noticing of any public or private sale or other disposition pursuant to Article 9 of the UCC, (b) the exercise of any right or remedy provided to a secured creditor or otherwise on account of a Lien under the Senior Loan Documents, the Junior Loan Documents, applicable law, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, including the election to retain Collateral in satisfaction of a Lien, (c) the taking of any action or the exercise of any right or remedy in respect of the collection on, set off against, marshaling of, or foreclosure on the Collateral or the Proceeds of Collateral, (d) the sale, lease, license, or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral, by private or public sale, other disposition or any other means permissible under applicable law, (e) the solicitation of bids from third parties to conduct the liquidation of all or a material portion of Collateral to the extent undertaken and being diligently pursued in good faith to consummate the sale of such Collateral within a commercially reasonable time, (f) the engagement or retention of sales brokers, marketing agents, investment bankers, accountants, appraisers, auctioneers or other third parties for the purposes of valuing, marketing, promoting and selling the Collateral to the extent undertaken and being diligently pursued in good faith to consummate the sale of such Collateral within a commercially reasonable time, and (g) the exercise of any other enforcement right relating to the Collateral (including the exercise of any voting rights relating to any Capital Stock and including any right of recoupment or set-off) whether under the Senior Loan Documents, the Junior Loan Documents, applicable law, in an Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise.

Exigent Circumstances ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.b .

Forced Obligor Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.e(2) .

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state, federal or foreign bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief.

Junior Agent ” means the Original Junior Agent, together with its successors, assigns, transferees and any Person that has a similar title (such as “Agent”, “Collateral Agent” or “Administrative Agent”) under any Junior Credit Agreement.

 

- 4 -


Junior Credit Agreement ” means the Original Junior Credit Agreement as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, and any other agreement extending the maturity of, consolidating, otherwise restructuring (including adding Subsidiaries or affiliates of any Obligor or any other Persons as parties thereto), renewing, replacing or refinancing all or any portion of the Obligations or Commitments as those terms are defined in the Original Junior Credit Agreement or all or any portion of the amounts owed under any other agreement that itself is a Junior Credit Agreement hereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, or group of lenders and whether or not increasing the amount of Junior Indebtedness that may be incurred thereunder, in each case, to the extent that any such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement, or refinancing is permitted under this Agreement.

Junior Indebtedness ” means all obligations and all other amounts owing, due or secured under the terms of the Junior Credit Agreement or any other Junior Loan Document, including any and all amounts payable to any Junior Lender, all principal, premium, interest, fees, attorneys fees, costs, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, any obligation to post cash collateral in respect of letters of credit or indemnities in respect thereof, indemnities, guarantees, and all other amounts payable under any Junior Loan Document or in respect thereof (including, in each case, all amounts accruing on or after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to any Obligor, or that would have accrued or become due under the terms of the Junior Loan Documents but for the effect of the Insolvency Proceeding or other applicable law, and irrespective of whether a claim for all or any portion of such amounts is allowable or allowed in such Insolvency Proceeding).

Junior Lenders ” means the Original Junior Lenders, together with the lenders under any Junior Credit Agreement or Junior Loan Documents.

Junior Loan Documents ” means the Junior Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as such term is defined in the Original Junior Credit Agreement), or any other security, collateral, ancillary or other document entered into in connection with or related to any agreement that is a Junior Credit Agreement, as such documents may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Junior Modification ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.b .

Lender ” means a Senior Lender and/or a Junior Lender, as the context may require.

Lien ” means any interest in an asset securing an obligation owed to, or a claim by, any Person other than the owner of the asset, irrespective of whether (a) such interest is based on the common law, statute, or contract, (b) such interest is recorded or perfected, and (c) such interest is contingent upon the occurrence of some future event or events or the existence of some future circumstance or circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Lien” includes the lien or security interest arising from a mortgage, deed of trust, encumbrance, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, security agreement, conditional sale or trust receipt, or from a lease, consignment, or bailment for security purposes and also includes reservations, exceptions, encroachments, easements, rights-of-way, covenants, conditions, restrictions, leases, and other title exceptions and encumbrances affecting real property.

 

- 5 -


Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount ” means, as of any date of determination, the result of (a) the sum of (i) the aggregate principal amount (including the undrawn amount of all letters of credit and all other credit accommodations (other than Bank Product Obligations)) of Senior Indebtedness as of such date up to, but not in excess of $88,000,000, plus (ii) the aggregate principal amount of Bank Product Obligations as of such date up to, but not in excess of, the Bank Product Reserve (as defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement or any comparable term in any successor Senior Credit Agreement) minus (b) the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of all permanent reductions of the Revolver Commitment (as defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement) made from and after the date hereof plus (ii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments and prepayments of the Term Loan (as defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement or any comparable term in any successor Senior Credit Agreement) actually received by the Senior Lenders.

Notice of Intent to Exercise ” means a written notice from or on behalf of Junior Agent to Senior Agent stating that Junior Agent intends to Exercise Secured Creditor Remedies and stating that it is a “Notice of Intent to Exercise Secured Creditor Remedies”.

Obligor ” means the Borrowers, each Guarantor and any other Person that now or hereafter is, or whose assets now or hereafter are, liable for all or any portion of the Senior Indebtedness or the Junior Indebtedness, as applicable.

Ordinary Course Collections ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.a .

Payment Collateral ” means all accounts, instruments, chattel paper, letters of credit, deposit accounts, securities accounts, and payment intangibles, together with all supporting obligations (as those terms are defined in the UCC), in each case composing a portion of the Collateral.

Permitted Interest Payments ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.i .

Permitted Application of Proceeds of Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3 .

Permitted Replacement Lien ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.d .

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership, general partnership, limited liability partnership, joint venture, trust, land trust, business trust, or other organization, irrespective of whether such organization is a legal entity, and shall include a government and any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Priority Status ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.g .

Proceeds ” means (a) all “proceeds” as defined in Article 9 of the UCC with respect to the Collateral, and (b) whatever is recoverable or recovered when Collateral is sold, exchanged, collected, or disposed of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily.

 

- 6 -


Purchase Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.a .

Recovery ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.c .

Reorganization Debt Securities ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.a .

Senior Agent ” means the Original Senior Agent, together with its successors, assigns, transferees and any Person that has a similar title (such as “Agent”, “Collateral Agent” or “Administrative Agent”) under any Senior Credit Agreement.

Senior Credit Agreement ” means the Original Senior Credit Agreement as amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, and any other agreement extending the maturity of, consolidating, otherwise restructuring (including adding Subsidiaries or affiliates of any Obligor or any other Persons as parties thereto), renewing, replacing or refinancing all or any portion of the Obligations or Commitments as those terms are defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement or all or any portion of the amounts owed under any other agreement that itself is a Senior Credit Agreement hereunder and whether by the same or any other agent, lender, or group of lenders and whether or not increasing the amount of Senior Indebtedness that may be incurred thereunder, in each case, to the extent that any such amendment, restatement, modification, renewal, refunding, replacement, or refinancing is permitted under this Agreement.

Senior Default ” means any Event of Default under the Senior Credit Agreement.

Senior Indebtedness ” means all obligations and all other amounts owing, due or secured under the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement or any other Senior Loan Document, including any and all amounts payable to any Senior Lender, all principal, premium, interest, fees, attorneys fees, costs, charges, expenses, reimbursement obligations, any obligation to post cash collateral in respect of letters of credit or indemnities in respect thereof, indemnities, guarantees, Bank Product Obligations, and all other amounts payable under any Senior Loan Document or in respect thereof (including, in each case, all amounts accruing on or after the commencement of any Insolvency Proceeding relating to any Obligor, or that would have accrued or become due under the terms of the Senior Loan Documents but for the effect of the Insolvency Proceeding or other applicable law, and irrespective of whether a claim for all or any portion of such amounts is allowable or allowed in such Insolvency Proceeding).

Senior Lender Sale ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.e(1) .

Senior Lenders ” means the Original Senior Lenders, together with the lenders under any Senior Credit Agreement or Senior Loan Documents.

Senior Loan Documents ” means the Senior Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as such term is defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement), or any other security, collateral, ancillary or other document entered into in connection with or related to any agreement that is a Senior Credit Agreement, as such documents may be amended, restated, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, or refinanced in whole or in part from time to time, in accordance with this Agreement.

 

- 7 -


Senior Modification ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.a .

Standstill Notice ” means a written notice from Senior Agent to Junior Agent stating that a Senior Default has occurred and is continuing and stating that it is a “Standstill Notice”.

Standstill Period ” means the period beginning on the date that a Standstill Notice is received by Junior Agent through and including the first to occur of (a) the date upon which the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness (with respect to the principal amount thereof, up to the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount) shall have occurred, (b) the date upon which Senior Agent shall have waived or acknowledged in writing the termination of the Senior Default that gave rise to such Standstill Period, or (c) the date that is 120 days after the receipt of such Standstill Notice by Junior Agent.

Trigger Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.a .

Trigger Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.a .

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect from time to time in the State of New York.

c. Terms Defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement . Unless otherwise defined in this Agreement, any and all initially capitalized terms set forth in this Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Original Senior Credit Agreement.

d. Rules of Construction . Unless the context of this Agreement clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the term “including” is not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Article, section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Agreement unless otherwise specified. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns.

2. Subordination and Standstill .

a. Lien Subordination . Notwithstanding (i) the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment, or perfection of any Liens granted to Senior Agent (or any Senior Lender) or Junior Agent (or any Junior Lender) in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral, (ii) the order or time of filing or recordation of any document or instrument for perfecting the Liens in favor of Senior Agent (or any Senior Lender) or Junior Agent (or any Junior Lender) in any Collateral, (iii) any provision of the UCC, any other applicable law, any of the Senior Loan Documents or the Junior Loan Documents, (iv) except to the extent set forth below, irrespective of whether the Liens securing the Senior Loan Documents are valid, enforceable, void, avoidable, subordinated, disputed or allowed, or (v) except to the extent set forth below, any other circumstance whatsoever, Senior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Senior Lenders, and Junior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, hereby agree that:

(1) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of Junior Agent or any Junior Lender that secures all or any portion of the Junior Indebtedness, shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to all Liens granted to Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders in the Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Senior Indebtedness up to the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount except to the extent that such Liens of Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders are invalid, unenforceable, void, avoidable, subordinated, disputed or not allowed as a result of any action taken by Senior Agent, or any failure by Senior Agent to take any action, with respect to any financing statement (including any amendment to or continuation thereof), mortgage, intellectual property filing or other perfection document, and

 

- 8 -


(2) any Lien in respect of all or any portion of the Collateral now or hereafter held by or on behalf of Senior Agent or any Senior Lender that secures all or any portion of the Senior Indebtedness up to the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount shall in all respects be senior and prior to all Liens granted to Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders in the Collateral to secure all or any portion of the Junior Indebtedness except to the extent that such Liens of Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders are invalid, unenforceable, void, avoidable, subordinated, disputed or not allowed as a result of any action taken by Senior Agent, or any failure by Senior Agent to take any action, with respect to any financing statement (including any amendment to or continuation thereof), mortgage, intellectual property filing or other perfection document.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and any other provision to the contrary contained in this Agreement, (i) the subordination of Liens provided for in this Agreement shall not be effective on any date with respect to any part of the Collateral in which the Liens of Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders are invalid, unenforceable, void, avoidable, subordinated, disputed or not allowed as a result of any action taken by Senior Agent, or any failure by Senior Agent to take any action, with respect to any financing statement (including any amendment to or continuation thereof), mortgage, intellectual property filing or other perfection document, in which event Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders shall be entitled to receive and retain all Proceeds with respect to such Collateral to the extent the Liens of Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders are valid, enforceable, not void, not avoidable, not subordinated, not disputed and allowed with respect to such Collateral, and (ii) except with respect to Permitted Liens (as defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement) and except as expressly provided in Section 2.e , Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders agree not to contractually subordinate, or otherwise contractually relinquish the benefits of, their Lien in any Collateral to the Lien, indebtedness or claim of any other creditor of the Borrowers or any Obligor without the prior written consent of Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders.

b. Remedies Standstill. At any time that a Standstill Period is in effect, Junior Agent shall not, without the prior written consent of Senior Agent,

(1) commence, prosecute, or participate in any lawsuit, action, or proceeding, whether private, judicial, equitable, administrative or otherwise (including any bankruptcy case against any Obligor or any Obligor’s assets) to the extent that any such action could reasonably be expected, in any material respect, to restrain, hinder, limit, delay for any material period or otherwise interfere with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by Senior

 

- 9 -


Agent or Senior Lenders; provided that (A) to the extent that commencing, prosecuting, or participating in any such lawsuit, action, or proceeding could not reasonably be expected, in any material respect, to restrain, hinder, limit, delay for any material period or otherwise interfere with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by Senior Agent or Senior Lenders and Junior Agent does, in fact, commence, prosecute, or participate in any such lawsuit, action, or proceeding, then Junior Agent shall give Senior Agent prompt written notice of any such action, and (B) as more fully set forth in Section 5 hereof, Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders may file a proof of claim in any Insolvency Proceeding involving any Obligor,

(2) Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies,

(3) send any notice to or otherwise seek to obtain payment directly from any account debtor of any Obligor, sue for an attachment, an injunction to enjoin any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by Senior Agent, a keeper, a receiver or any other similar legal or equitable remedy, exercise any rights of set off or recoupment as against any Obligor, or

(4) commence or cause to be commenced or join with any creditor in commencing any Insolvency Proceeding.

Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, (i) Junior Agent may not Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any of the Collateral so long as (A) Senior Agent at such time has commenced and diligently is pursuing in good faith any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to all or a material portion of the Collateral or (B) Senior Agent and Junior Agent are enjoined from the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies, in each case, unless and until the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness (with respect to the principal amount thereof, up to the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount) shall have occurred; and (ii) Junior Agent may not exercise any of the remedies described in clauses (1) through (4) above without first providing Senior Agent at least 10 days prior written notice in the form of a Notice of Intent to Exercise (it being understood that if Senior Agent does not deliver a Standstill Notice to Junior Agent by the end of such 10 day period, Junior Agent may proceed with the exercise of such remedies, and if Junior Agent elects to exercise such remedies, Senior Agent may not Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to any of the Collateral so long as Junior Agent at such time has commenced and diligently is pursuing in good faith any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies with respect to all or a material portion of the Collateral, unless and until the Discharge of Junior Indebtedness shall have occurred); provided , that Junior Agent shall not be required to provide a Notice of Intent to Exercise to Senior Agent in connection with a permitted Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies upon the termination of any Standstill Period.

c. Limitation on Standstill Periods . Subject to clause (i) in the last paragraph of Section 2.b , in no event shall a Standstill Period extend beyond 120 days from the date of receipt by Junior Agent from Senior Agent of a Standstill Notice initiating such Standstill Period. Any number of notices of a Senior Default may be given during a Standstill Period, but no such notice shall extend such Standstill Period. Only 2 Standstill Periods may be commenced within any 360 day period, and no subsequent Standstill Period may be commenced within 120 days after the termination of the immediately preceding Standstill Period. No Senior Default that existed or was continuing on the date of the commencement of any Standstill Period and that was known to Senior Agent or any Senior Lender will be, or can be, made the basis for the

 

- 10 -


commencement of a second Standstill Period, whether or not within a period of 360 consecutive days, unless such Senior Default has been cured or waived for a period of not less than 120   consecutive days.

d. Foreclosure Proceedings . Section 2.b shall not be construed to in any way limit or impair the right of: (i) any Lender to bid for or purchase Collateral at any private or judicial foreclosure upon such Collateral initiated by either Agent or any Lender, (ii) Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders to join (but not control) any judicial foreclosure proceeding or other judicial lien enforcement proceeding with respect to the Collateral initiated by Senior Agent or any Senior Lender, to the extent that any such action could not reasonably be expected, in any material respect, to restrain, hinder, limit, delay for any material period or otherwise interfere with the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by Senior Agent or Senior Lenders, and (iii) Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders to receive payments from the Proceeds of the collection, sale or other disposition of the Collateral in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

e. Release of Liens .

(1) In the event of any private or public sale or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral by Senior Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Senior Default (and prior to the date upon which the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness (with respect to the principal amount thereof, up to the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount) shall have occurred) in connection with the liquidation by Senior Agent of all or any material portion of the Collateral and the collection by Senior Agent of the Senior Indebtedness through the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (any such sale or other disposition, a “ Senior Lender Sale ”), if at such time Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders shall not have made loans and provided letter of credit accommodations and other financial accommodations under the Senior Loan Documents and otherwise (whether prior to or after the occurrence of an Insolvency Proceeding) in an amount in excess of the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount, then Junior Agent agrees that such Senior Lender Sale will be free and clear of the Liens securing the Junior Indebtedness (and, if the Senior Lender Sale includes Equity Interests in any Obligor, Junior Agent further agrees to release the entities whose Equity Interests are sold from all Junior Indebtedness); provided that (x) Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders also release their Liens on such Collateral (and, if the Senior Lender Sale includes Equity Interests in any Obligor, the entities whose Equity Interests are sold from all Senior Indebtedness), (y) the Proceeds of any such Senior Lender Sale are applied in accordance with Section 9.b , and (z) Senior Agent shall have conducted such Senior Lender Sale in a commercially reasonable manner.

(2) In the event of any private or public sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the Collateral by any Obligor with the consent of Senior Agent after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Senior Default (and prior to the date upon which the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness (with respect to the principal amount thereof, up to the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount) shall have occurred), which sale or other disposition is conducted by such Obligor with the consent of Senior Agent in connection with the collection by Senior Agent of the Senior Indebtedness through the sale or other disposition of such Collateral (any such sale or other disposition, a “ Forced Obligor Sale ”), if at such time Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders shall not have made loans and provided letter of credit accommodations and

 

- 11 -


other financial accommodations under the Senior Loan Documents and otherwise (whether prior to or after the occurrence of an Insolvency Proceeding) in an amount in excess of the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount, then Junior Agent agrees that such Forced Obligor Sale will be free and clear of the Liens securing the Junior Indebtedness (and, if the Forced Obligor Sale includes Equity Interests in any Obligor, Junior Agent further agrees to release the entities whose Equity Interests are sold from all Junior Indebtedness); provided that (x) Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders also release their Liens on such Collateral (and, if the Forced Obligor Sale includes Equity Interests in any Obligor, the entities whose Equity Interests are sold from all Senior Indebtedness), (y) the Proceeds of any such Forced Obligor Sale are applied in accordance with Section 9.b (as if it were Proceeds received in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies), and (z) the Obligor conducting such Forced Obligor Sale shall have conducted such Forced Obligor Sale in a commercially reasonable manner as if such Forced Obligor Sale were being conducted by a secured creditor in accordance with the Uniform Commercial Code.

(3) Junior Agent agrees that, in connection with any Senior Lender Sale or Forced Obligor Sale, upon the prior written request of Senior Agent (which request shall specify the proposed terms of the sale and the type and amount of consideration to be received in connection therewith), it will execute and/or file any and all Lien releases or other documents reasonably requested by Senior Agent in connection therewith; provided , that (w) in the case of a Senior Lender Sale, no such release documents shall be delivered to any Obligor, (x) in the case of a Forced Obligor Sale, no such release documents shall be delivered to any Obligor unless Senior Agent has delivered its release documents to such Obligor, (y) no such release documents shall be delivered more than 5 days prior to the anticipated closing date of such sale or disposition, and (z) the effectiveness of any such release or termination by Junior Agent shall be subject to the sale or other disposition of the Collateral described in such request and on the terms described in such request or on substantially similar terms and shall lapse in the event such sale or other disposition does not occur within 10 days of the anticipated closing date (at which time Senior Agent or the Obligors, as the case may be, shall promptly return all release documents to Junior Agent). Subject to the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence, in the event that Junior Agent fails to so execute and/or file any such Lien releases or other documents within 5 Business Days after receipt of written request from Senior Agent, Senior Agent is hereby irrevocably authorized to execute and/or file such Lien releases and other documents.

f. Waiver of Right to Contest Senior Indebtedness. Junior Agent agrees that it shall not, and hereby waives any right to, take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority, enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of Senior Agent in any Collateral, the validity, priority, enforceability or allowance of any of the claims of Senior Agent or any holder of Senior Indebtedness against any Obligor or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof. Junior Agent agrees that it will not take any action that would interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies undertaken by Senior Agent under the Senior Loan Documents, including any public or private sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of any Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise, in any case to the extent permitted under this Agreement. Junior Agent hereby waives any and all rights it may have as a junior lien creditor

 

- 12 -


or otherwise to contest, protest, object to, interfere with the manner in which Senior Agent seeks to enforce the Liens in any Collateral so long as Senior Agent acts in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

g. Waiver of Right to Contest Junior Indebtedness. Senior Agent agrees that it shall not, and hereby waives any right to, take any action to contest or challenge (or assist or support any other Person in contesting or challenging), directly or indirectly, whether or not in any proceeding (including in any Insolvency Proceeding), the validity, priority (except to the extent expressly provided by this Agreement), enforceability, or perfection of the Liens of Junior Agent in any Collateral, the validity, priority (except to the extent expressly provided by this Agreement), enforceability or allowance of any of the claims of Junior Agent or any holder of Junior Indebtedness against any Obligor or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the provisions hereof. Senior Agent agrees that it will not take any action that would interfere with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies undertaken by Junior Agent under the Junior Loan Documents, including any public or private sale, lease, exchange, transfer, or other disposition of any Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise, in any case to the extent permitted under this Agreement.

h. Acknowledgement of Liens . Junior Agent acknowledges and agrees that Senior Agent, for the benefit of itself and the Senior Lenders, has been granted Liens upon all of the Collateral in which Junior Agent has been granted Liens and Junior Agent hereby consents thereto. If (i) any Obligor grants in favor of Junior Agent a Lien on any asset of such Obligor not constituting Collateral on the date hereof or (ii) Junior Agent otherwise obtains a non-consensual Lien (including, without limitation, a judgment lien, writ of attachment, or writ of execution) on any asset of such Obligor not constituting Collateral on the date hereof, Junior Agent agrees that it shall give Senior Agent prompt written notice thereof (and in no event later than 5 days after the date of such grant), containing a detailed description of such asset (it being understood and agreed that the failure by Junior Agent to give such notice to Senior Agent shall not affect the validity, perfection or enforceability of such Lien), and Junior Agent acknowledges that if Senior Agent obtains a Lien on such asset, whether prior to or after the time that Junior Agent obtains a Lien on such asset, then the priority of such Lien will be subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement. Senior Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Senior Lenders, acknowledges and agrees that Junior Agent has been granted Liens upon all of the Collateral in which Senior Agent has been granted Liens and Senior Agent hereby consents thereto. If any Obligor grants in favor of Senior Agent a Lien on any asset of such Obligor not constituting Collateral on the date hereof, Senior Agent agrees that it shall give Junior Agent prompt written notice thereof (and in no event later than 5 days after the date of such grant), containing a detailed description of such asset (it being understood and agreed that the failure by Senior Agent to give such notice to Junior Agent shall not affect the validity, perfection or enforceability of such Lien), and Senior Agent acknowledges that if Junior Agent obtains a Lien on such asset, whether prior to or after the time that Senior Agent obtains a Lien on such asset, then the priority of such Lien will be subject to the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The subordination of Liens and claims by Junior Agent in favor of Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders shall not be deemed to subordinate Junior Agent’s Liens or claims to the Liens or claims of any other Person that is not a holder of Senior Indebtedness.

 

- 13 -


i. Agent for Perfection . Senior Agent and Junior Agent each agree to hold all Control Collateral and Cash Collateral, as applicable, in their respective possession, custody, or control (or in the possession, custody, or control of agents or bailees for either) as a non-fiduciary agent for the other solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted to each in such Control Collateral or Cash Collateral subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.i . None of Senior Agent or the Senior Lenders or Junior Agent or the Junior Lenders, as applicable, shall have any obligation whatsoever to the others to assure that the Control Collateral is genuine or owned by any Obligor or any other Person or to preserve their respective rights or benefits or those of any Person. The duties or responsibilities of Senior Agent and Junior Agent under this Section 2.i are and shall be limited solely to holding or maintaining control of the Control Collateral and the Cash Collateral as a non-fiduciary agent for the other for purposes of perfecting the Lien held by Junior Agent or Senior Agent, as applicable. Senior Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for Junior Agent or any other Person. Junior Agent is not and shall not be deemed to be a fiduciary of any kind for Senior Agent or any other Person.

3. Permitted Applications of Proceeds of Collateral . So long as an Application of Proceeds Blockage Period is not then in effect, the Borrowers may pay or apply, and Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders may accept and receive on account of the Junior Indebtedness, any Proceeds of Collateral whatsoever on account of the Junior Indebtedness in accordance with the terms of the Junior Loan Documents (any such application being referred to as a “ Permitted Application of Proceeds of Collateral ”).

4. Application of Proceeds after Exercise of Remedies .

a. In the event that (i) a Senior Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (ii) Senior Agent shall have commenced and shall be diligently pursuing any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies against all or a material portion of the Collateral and shall be applying all Proceeds of Collateral (to the extent received) in accordance with Section 9 , (iii) Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders shall not have made loans and provided letter of credit accommodations and other financial accommodations under the Senior Loan Documents and otherwise (whether prior to or after the occurrence of an Insolvency Proceeding) in an amount in excess of the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount, and (iv) the number of days since the commencement by Senior Agent of the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies has not exceeded 180 days (the occurrence and continuance of items (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv), collectively, an “ Application of Proceeds Blockage Event ”), then from and after the receipt by Junior Agent of written notice of such Application of Proceeds Blockage Event from Senior Agent, no Proceeds of Collateral shall be paid or applied by any Obligor, and neither Junior Agent nor any Junior Lender shall accept, take or receive, any Proceeds of Collateral, on account of the Junior Indebtedness until the earlier to occur of (a) the date of the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness (with respect to the principal amount thereof, up to the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount) and (b) the date of termination (including, without limitation, as a result of the failure of any of items (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above to be continuing) or waiver in writing by Senior Agent of such Application of Proceeds Blockage Event (such period of time being an “ Application of Proceeds Blockage Period ”).

 

- 14 -


b. In the event that, notwithstanding the terms of the foregoing Section 4a , the Obligors shall pay or apply or Junior Agent or the Junior Lenders shall receive any Proceeds of Collateral on account of the Junior Indebtedness during an Application of Proceeds Blockage Period, then and in such event the turn-over and other obligations of Junior Agent set forth in Section 8 shall apply.

c. In the case of any Permitted Application of Proceeds of Collateral on or in respect of any Junior Indebtedness that would (in the absence of any Application of Proceeds Blockage Period) have been made during any Application of Proceeds Blockage Period, the provisions of this Section 4 shall not prevent the application of (and the Obligor may pay or apply and Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders may accept, take and receive) such Permitted Application of Proceeds of Collateral on or after the date immediately following the termination of such Application of Proceeds Blockage Period.

5. Insolvency Proceeding .

a. Continuing Priority . This Agreement shall be applicable both before and after the filing of any Insolvency Proceeding and all converted or succeeding cases in respect thereof. The relative rights of the Agents and the Lenders in or to any distributions from or in respect of any Collateral or Proceeds of Collateral, shall continue after the filing thereof on the same basis as prior to the date of the petition, subject to any court order approving the financing of, or use of cash collateral by, the Borrowers or any Obligor as debtor-in-possession. Junior Agent acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of a distribution of any notes or other debt securities under a plan of reorganization under any Insolvency Proceeding (such notes or other debt securities, “ Reorganization Debt Securities ”) to each of (i) Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders and (ii) Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders, such Reorganization Debt Securities received by Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders shall be subordinated to the Reorganization Debt Securities received by Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders to the same extent that the Junior Indebtedness is subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

b. Proof of Claim. Subject to the restrictions set forth in this Agreement, in the event of any Insolvency Proceeding involving any Obligor or any property of any Obligor, Junior Agent shall retain the right to vote with respect to the Junior Indebtedness. If Junior Agent does not file a proper claim or proof of debt or other document or amendment thereof in the form required in any Insolvency Proceeding prior to 5 days before the expiration of time to file such claim or other document or amendment thereof, then Senior Agent shall have the right (but not the obligation) in any such Insolvency Proceeding, and Junior Agent hereby irrevocably appoints Senior Agent as Junior Agent’s lawful attorney in fact, to file and prove all claims therefor.

c. Reinstatement. If Senior Agent, any Senior Lender or any other holder of any Senior Indebtedness is required in any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise to turn over or otherwise pay any amount (a “ Recovery ”) to the estate or to any creditor or representative of an Obligor or any other Person, then the Senior Indebtedness shall be reinstated to the extent of such Recovery. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior termination shall not

 

- 15 -


diminish, release, discharge, impair, or otherwise affect the obligations of the parties hereto from such date of reinstatement. All rights, interests, agreements, and obligations of Senior Agent, the Senior Lenders and Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders under this Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall continue irrespective of the commencement of, or any discharge, confirmation, conversion, or dismissal of any Insolvency Proceeding by or against any Obligor or any other Person and irrespective of any other circumstance which otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of any Obligor or any other Person in respect of the Senior Indebtedness. No priority or right of Senior Agent, the Senior Lenders or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness shall at any time be prejudiced or impaired in any way by any act or failure to act on the part of any Obligor or any other Person or by the noncompliance by any Person with the terms, provisions, or covenants of the Senior Loan Documents or the Junior Loan Documents, regardless of any knowledge thereof which Senior Agent, the Senior Lenders or any holder of Senior Indebtedness may have.

d. DIP Financing . If any Obligor shall be subject to any Insolvency Proceeding and Senior Agent shall desire, prior to the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness (with respect to the principal amount thereof, up to the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount), to permit the use of cash collateral or to provide any such Obligor financing (collectively, “ DIP Financing ”) under Section 363 or Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision under the law applicable to any Insolvency Proceeding) to be secured by all or any portion of the Collateral, then Junior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, agrees that, so long as (i) the aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to such DIP Financing, together with the aggregate principal amount of all other outstanding Senior Indebtedness, does not exceed the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount, (ii) the interest rate, fees, advance rates, lending limits and sublimits are commercially reasonable under the circumstances, (iii) Junior Agent retains a Lien on the Collateral (including Proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of such proceeding) with the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case under applicable Insolvency Laws (an “ Adequate Protection Lien ”), (iv) Junior Agent receives a replacement lien (a “ Permitted Replacement Lien ”) on post-petition assets to the same extent granted to Senior Agent, with the same priority as existed prior to the commencement of the case under applicable Insolvency Laws, and (v) such use of collateral or DIP Financing is subject to the terms of this Agreement, it will raise no objection to such DIP Financing. Junior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, hereby agrees that its Liens in the Collateral shall be subordinated to such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto) to the same extent and upon the same terms and conditions specified in this Agreement.

e. Alternative DIP Financings . Nothing in this Agreement shall limit the rights of any Lender to object to post-petition financing or the use of cash collateral that is provided on terms other than those set forth in Section 5.d .

f. Priming DIP Financing . Junior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, agrees that it shall not, directly or indirectly, provide, offer to provide or support any DIP Financing secured by a Lien senior to or pari passu with the Liens securing the Senior Indebtedness. Senior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Senior Lenders, agrees that it shall not, directly or indirectly, provide, offer to provide or support any DIP Financing on terms other than those set forth in Section 5.d .

 

- 16 -


g. Other Waivers by Junior Agent . Until the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness (with respect to the principal amount thereof, up to the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount) has occurred, Junior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, agrees that it shall not without Senior Agent’s written consent to the contrary, (1) prior to the expiration of the Standstill Period, seek relief from the automatic stay of Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any portion of the Collateral on which Senior Agent then has a Lien, (2) take any action or vote in any way so as to directly or indirectly challenge or contest (A) the validity or the enforceability of the Senior Credit Agreement, the other Senior Loan Documents or the liens and security interests granted to Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders with respect to the Senior Indebtedness, (B) the rights and duties of Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders established in the Senior Credit Agreement or any other Senior Loan Document, or (C) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement, (3) seek or request any adequate protection, other than (A) Permitted Interest Payments, (B) Adequate Protection Liens and Permitted Replacement Liens and (C) priority administrative expense claim status with respect to the Junior Indebtedness (“ Priority Status ”) which is and shall be subject to this Agreement to the extent applicable, (4) in the event that Senior Agent obtains relief from the automatic stay under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision) to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies and Senior Agent has commenced and is diligently pursuing in good faith actions to consummate a sale of all or any material portion of the Collateral in accordance with Section 363 and/or 365 of the Bankruptcy Code within a commercially reasonable time and in a commercially reasonable manner so as to maximize the value of such Collateral, seek, or acquiesce in any request, to dismiss any Insolvency Proceeding or to convert an Insolvency Proceeding under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code, (5) in the event that Senior Agent obtains relief from the automatic stay under Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code (or any similar provision) to Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies, seek the appointment of a trustee or examiner with expanded powers for any Borrower or any Guarantor, or (6) object to any sale of all or any portion of the Collateral in accordance with Sections 363 and/or 365 of the Bankruptcy Code other than (A) any objection that an unsecured creditor could assert or (B) if Senior Agent or any Senior Lender objects to any such sale.

h. Other Waivers by Senior Agent . Until the Discharge of Junior Indebtedness has occurred, Senior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Senior Lenders, agrees that it shall not without Junior Agent’s written consent to the contrary, take any action or vote in any way so as to directly or indirectly challenge or contest (A) the validity or the enforceability of the Junior Credit Agreement, the other Junior Loan Documents or the liens and security interests granted to Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders with respect to the Junior Indebtedness, (B) the rights and duties of Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders established in the Junior Credit Agreement or any other Junior Loan Document, or (C) the validity or enforceability of this Agreement.

i. Rights of Junior Agent and Junior Lenders to Adequate Protection . Senior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Senior Lenders, agrees that it will raise no objection to a request for adequate protection by Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders in the form of (i) payment of interest on the Junior Indebtedness during the pendency of an Insolvency Proceeding so long as the rate of interest so requested by Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders does not exceed the default rate of interest applicable to the Junior Indebtedness immediately prior to the commencement of such Insolvency Proceeding (“ Permitted Interest Payments ”), (ii) Adequate Protection Liens and Permitted Replacement Liens and (iii) Priority Status.

 

- 17 -


6. Modifications of Indebtedness .

a. Senior Indebtedness . All Senior Indebtedness at any time incurred by any Obligor shall be deemed to have been incurred, and all Senior Indebtedness held by any Senior Lender or other holder of Senior Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been extended, acquired or obtained, as applicable, in reliance upon this Agreement, and, to the extent not otherwise required herein, Junior Agent hereby waives (i) notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance, by Senior Agent, the Senior Lenders or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness of this Agreement, and (ii) notice of the existence, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the Senior Indebtedness. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude Senior Agent, Senior Lenders or any holder of Senior Indebtedness from discontinuing the extension of credit to any Obligor (whether under the Senior Credit Agreement or otherwise). Anything in the Junior Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Junior Agent hereby agrees that Senior Agent shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, in its sole discretion without the consent of or notice to Junior Agent or any Junior Lender (except to the extent such notice or consent is required pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement), and without incurring any liability to Junior Agent or any Junior Lender amend, restate, supplement, replace, refinance, extend, consolidate, restructure, or otherwise modify (collectively, any “ Senior Modification ”) the Senior Loan Documents, in any manner whatsoever, including any renewals, extensions or shortening of time of payments (even if such shortening causes any Senior Indebtedness to be due on demand or otherwise), and Junior Agent consents and agrees to any such Senior Modification; provided that Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders shall obtain the prior written consent of Junior Agent, on behalf of the Junior Lenders, to any Senior Modification that (i) changes the amount of any scheduled principal payment or any mandatory principal prepayment or extends the date for payment of any scheduled principal payment or any mandatory principal prepayment, or (ii) increases the applicable interest rate margin with respect to any category of the Senior Indebtedness by greater than two (2) percentage points per annum (excluding the imposition of the default rate of interest in effect under the Original Senior Loan Documents). The foregoing notwithstanding, Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders may increase the amount of the Senior Indebtedness, without obtaining the consent of Junior Agent or any Junior Lender, in accordance with the terms of the Senior Credit Agreement (subject to the restrictions set forth herein). Other than the Senior Modifications set forth in the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence, Junior Agent waives notice of any such Senior Modification, and agrees that no such Senior Modification shall affect, release, or impair the subordinations or any other obligations of Junior Agent contained herein.

b. Junior Indebtedness. All Junior Indebtedness at any time incurred by any Obligor shall be deemed to have been incurred, and all Junior Indebtedness held by any Junior Lender or other holder of Junior Indebtedness shall be deemed to have been extended, acquired or obtained, as applicable, in reliance upon this Agreement, and, to the extent not otherwise required herein, Senior Agent hereby waives (i) notice of acceptance, or proof of reliance, by Junior Agent, the Junior Lenders or any other holder of Junior Indebtedness of this Agreement, and (ii) notice of the existence, renewal, extension, accrual, creation, or non-payment of all or any part of the Junior Indebtedness. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall preclude Junior

 

- 18 -


Agent, Junior Lenders or any holder of Junior Indebtedness from discontinuing the extension of credit to any Obligor (whether under the Junior Credit Agreement or otherwise). Anything in the Senior Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding, Senior Agent hereby agrees that Junior Agent shall have the right, at any time and from time to time, in its sole discretion without the consent of or notice to Senior Agent or any Senior Lender (except to the extent such notice or consent is required pursuant to the express provisions of this Agreement), and without incurring any liability to Senior Agent or any Senior Lender amend, restate, supplement, replace, refinance, extend, consolidate, restructure, or otherwise modify (collectively, any “ Junior Modification ”) the Junior Loan Documents, in any manner whatsoever, including any renewals, extensions or shortening of time of payments (even if such shortening causes any Junior Indebtedness to be due on demand or otherwise), and Senior Agent consents and agrees to any such Junior Modification; provided that Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders shall obtain the prior written consent of Senior Agent, on behalf of the Senior Lenders, to any Junior Modification that: (i) requires that any payment be made earlier than the date originally scheduled for such payment, or (ii) increases the applicable cash interest rate with respect to the Junior Indebtedness by greater than two (2) percentage points per annum (excluding the imposition of the default rate of interest in effect under the Original Junior Loan Documents). Other than the Junior Modifications set forth in the proviso to the immediately preceding sentence, Senior Agent waives notice of any such Junior Modification, and agrees that no such Junior Modification shall affect, release, or impair any of the obligations of Senior Agent contained herein.

c. Notice of Acceptance and Other Waivers .

(1) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Junior Agent hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance hereof; (ii) notice of any loans or other financial accommodations made or extended under the Senior Credit Agreement, or the creation or existence of any Senior Indebtedness; (iii) notice of the amount of the Senior Indebtedness; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any Obligor or of any other fact that might increase such Junior Agent’s risk hereunder; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instrument among the Senior Loan Documents; (vi) notice of any Default or Event of Default under the Senior Loan Documents or otherwise relating to the Senior Indebtedness; and (vii) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to Junior Agent under this Agreement) and demands to which Junior Agent might otherwise be entitled. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Senior Agent hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance hereof; (ii) notice of any loans or other financial accommodations made or extended under the Junior Credit Agreement, or the creation or existence of any Junior Indebtedness; (iii) notice of the amount of the Junior Indebtedness; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any Obligor or of any other fact that might increase such Senior Agent’s risk hereunder; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instrument among the Junior Loan Documents; (vi) notice of any Default or Event of Default under the Junior Loan Documents or otherwise relating to the Junior Indebtedness; and (vii) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to Senior Agent under this Agreement) and demands to which Senior Agent might otherwise be entitled.

 

- 19 -


(2) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Junior Agent waives the right by statute or otherwise to require Senior Agent, any Senior Lender or any holder of Senior Indebtedness to institute suit against any Obligor or to exhaust any rights and remedies which any Senior Agent, any Senior Lender or any holder of Senior Indebtedness has or may have against any Obligor. Junior Agent further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness has occurred (subject to the provisions of Section 5.c )) of any Obligor or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of such Obligor in respect thereof. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Senior Agent waives the right by statute or otherwise to require Junior Agent, any Junior Lender or any holder of Junior Indebtedness to institute suit against any Obligor or to exhaust any rights and remedies which any Junior Agent, any Junior Lender or any holder of Junior Indebtedness has or may have against any Obligor. Senior Agent further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Discharge of Junior Indebtedness has occurred (subject to the provisions of Section 5.c )) of any Obligor or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of such Obligor in respect thereof

(3) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Junior Agent hereby waives: (i) any rights to assert against Senior Agent, the Senior Lenders or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such Junior Agent may now or at any time hereafter have against any Obligor; (ii) except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of any Senior Indebtedness, any Junior Indebtedness or any security for either; and (iii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Junior Agent’s obligations hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Senior Indebtedness shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to such Junior Agent’s obligations hereunder. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, Senior Agent hereby waives: (i) any rights to assert against Junior Agent, the Junior Lenders or any other holder of Junior Indebtedness any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such Senior Agent may now or at any time hereafter have against any Obligor; (ii) except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement, any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of any Junior Indebtedness, any Senior Indebtedness or any security for either; and (iii) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Senior Agent’s obligations hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Junior Indebtedness shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to such Senior Agent’s obligations hereunder.

(4) Until such time as the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness (with respect to the principal amount thereof, up to the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount) shall have occurred, Junior Agent hereby postpones any right of subrogation Junior Agent or any Junior Lender has or may have as against any Obligor with respect to any Senior Indebtedness.

(5) None of Senior Agent, any Senior Lender or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness or any of their respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents

 

- 20 -


shall be liable for failure to demand, collect, or realize upon any of the Collateral or any Proceeds or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof. If Senior Agent or any Senior Lender honors (or fails to honor) a request by the Borrowers for an extension of credit pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement or any of the other Senior Loan Documents, whether Senior Agent or any Senior Lender has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of the Junior Loan Documents or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if Senior Agent or any Senior Lender otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under the Senior Loan Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither Senior Agent nor any Senior Lender shall have any liability whatsoever to Junior Agent as a result of such action, omission, or exercise. Senior Agent will be entitled to manage and supervise its loans and extensions of credit under the Senior Loan Documents as Senior Agent may, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate, and Senior Agent, each Senior Lender and each other holder of Senior Indebtedness may manage its loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that Junior Agent may have in the Collateral or otherwise except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. Junior Agent agrees that none of Senior Agent, any Senior Lender or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof conducted in accordance with applicable law and the terms hereof. Subject to the express terms and conditions of this Agreement, Senior Agent, each Senior Lender and each holder of Senior Indebtedness may, from time to time, enter into agreements and settlements with Obligors as it may determine in its sole discretion without impairing any of the subordinations, priorities, rights or obligations of the parties under this Agreement, including substituting Collateral, releasing any Lien and releasing any Obligor. Junior Agent waives any and all rights it may have to require Senior Agent, any Senior Lender or any holder of Senior Indebtedness to marshal assets, to exercise rights or remedies in a particular manner, or to forbear from exercising such rights and remedies in any particular manner or order.

(6) None of Junior Agent, any Junior Lender or any other holder of Junior Indebtedness or any of their respective affiliates, directors, officers, employees, or agents shall be liable for failure to demand, collect, or realize upon any of the Collateral or any Proceeds or for any delay in doing so or shall be under any obligation to sell or otherwise dispose of any Collateral or Proceeds thereof or to take any other action whatsoever with regard to the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof. If Junior Agent or any Junior Lender honors (or fails to honor) a request by the Borrowers for an extension of credit pursuant to the Junior Credit Agreement or any of the other Junior Loan Documents, whether Junior Agent or any Junior Lender has knowledge that the honoring of (or failure to honor) any such request would constitute a default under the terms of the Senior Loan Documents or an act, condition, or event that, with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute such a default, or if Junior Agent or any Junior Lender otherwise should exercise any of its contractual rights or remedies under the Junior Loan Documents (subject to the express terms and conditions hereof), neither Junior Agent nor any Junior Lender shall have any liability whatsoever to Senior Agent as a result of such action, omission, or exercise. Junior Agent will be entitled to manage and supervise its loans and extensions of credit under the Junior Loan Documents as Junior Agent may, in its sole discretion, deem appropriate, and Junior Agent, each Junior Lender and each

 

- 21 -


other holder of Junior Indebtedness may manage its loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that Senior Agent may have in the Collateral or otherwise except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement. Senior Agent agrees that none of Junior Agent, any Junior Lender or any other holder of Junior Indebtedness shall incur any liability as a result of a sale, lease, license, application or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral or any part or Proceeds thereof conducted in accordance with applicable law and the terms hereof. Subject to the express terms and conditions of this Agreement, Junior Agent, each Junior Lender and each holder of Junior Indebtedness may, from time to time, enter into agreements and settlements with Obligors as it may determine in its sole discretion without impairing any of the subordinations, priorities, rights or obligations of the parties under this Agreement, including substituting Collateral, releasing any Lien and releasing any Obligor. Senior Agent waives any and all rights it may have to require Junior Agent, any Junior Lender or any holder of Junior Indebtedness to marshal assets, to exercise rights or remedies in a particular manner, or to forbear from exercising such rights and remedies in any particular manner or order. Subject to the express terms and conditions hereof, nothing contained in this Agreement shall limit or waive any right that Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders have to enforce any of the provisions of the Junior Loan Documents against the Borrowers or any Obligor.

7. Indebtedness Owed Only to Lenders .

a. The entire Junior Indebtedness is owing only to the Junior Lenders. Junior Agent may not sell or assign or otherwise transfer any part of its interest in the Junior Indebtedness or the Collateral, other than assignments to Junior Lenders and participations in accordance with the Junior Credit Agreement, unless the transferee executes and delivers to Senior Agent a written acknowledgment in which the transferee acknowledges its agreement to be bound by the terms hereof. Junior Agent under any Junior Credit Agreement that replaces or refinances the Original Junior Credit Agreement shall not be entitled to any of the benefits of this Agreement unless and until such Junior Agent acknowledges its agreement to be bound by the terms hereof.

b. The entire Senior Indebtedness is owing only to the Senior Lenders. Senior Agent may not sell or assign or otherwise transfer any part of its interest in the Senior Indebtedness or the Collateral, other than assignments to Senior Lenders and participations in accordance with the Senior Credit Agreement, unless the transferee executes and delivers to Junior Agent a written acknowledgment in which the transferee acknowledges its agreement to be bound by the terms hereof. Senior Agent under any Senior Credit Agreement that replaces or refinances the Original Senior Credit Agreement shall not be entitled to any of the benefits of this Agreement unless and until such Senior Agent acknowledges its agreement to be bound by the terms hereof.

8. Payments Received by Junior Agent or the Junior Lenders . If at any time prior to the date upon which the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness shall have occurred, Junior Agent or any Junior Lender receives any payment or distribution of any kind or character, whether as a result of an Exercise of Any Secured Creditor Remedies or otherwise, whether in cash, property or securities, from or of any assets of any Obligor (or any Obligor’s Subsidiaries), irrespective of whether such payment or distribution was of Collateral, of Proceeds thereof or of any other assets of such Obligor or such Subsidiary, in each case, in contravention of the express terms of

 

- 22 -


this Agreement, Junior Agent or such Junior Lender shall be deemed to receive and hold the same in trust as trustee for the benefit of Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders and shall forthwith deliver such payment, distribution, or proceeds to Senior Agent in precisely the form received (except for the endorsement or assignment by Junior Agent or such Junior Lender where necessary), for application on any of the Senior Indebtedness, whether then due or yet to become due. In the event of the failure of Junior Agent or any Junior Lender to make any such endorsement or assignment to Senior Agent within 5 Business Days after receipt of written request therefor from Senior Agent, Senior Agent and any of its officers or agents are hereby irrevocably authorized to make such endorsement or assignment and Junior Agent hereby irrevocably appoints Senior Agent as the lawful attorney in fact of Junior Agent and Junior Lenders solely for the purpose of enabling Senior Agent to make such endorsement or assignment in the name of Junior Agent or any Junior Lender.

9. Application of Proceeds .

a. Revolving Nature of Working Capital Indebtedness . Junior Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, expressly acknowledges and agrees that (i) a portion of the Senior Credit Agreement is a revolving commitment, that in the ordinary course of business Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders will apply payments and make advances thereunder, and that no application of any Payment Collateral or Cash Collateral in the ordinary course of business and absent any affirmative enforcement action or remedies by Senior Agent or any Senior Lender to collect or otherwise realize upon such Payment Collateral or Cash Collateral (such Payment Collateral or Cash Collateral, “ Ordinary Course Collections ”) shall constitute the Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies under this Agreement; and (ii) all Ordinary Course Collections received by Senior Agent may be applied, reversed, reapplied, credited, or reborrowed, in whole or in part, to the portion of the Senior Credit Agreement that is a revolving commitment without reducing the Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount at any time. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto hereby agree that all applications of Payment Collateral or Cash Collateral by Senior Agent or any Senior Lender to Senior Indebtedness (x) from an Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies by Senior Agent or any Senior Lender (it being understood and agreed that, subject to clause (y) below, Senior Agent shall not be obligated to apply Ordinary Course Collections in accordance with Section 9.b even if Senior Agent or any Senior Lender is otherwise Exercising Secured Creditor Remedies at such time so long as such Ordinary Course Collections do not arise from such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies) or (y) from and after the termination or expiration of an Application of Proceeds Blockage Period (if at such time any payment default has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Junior Indebtedness) shall constitute Proceeds of Collateral and shall be applied in accordance with Section 9.b .

b. Application of Proceeds of Collateral . All Collateral and all Proceeds, received by either of Senior Agent or Junior Agent in connection with any Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies shall be applied:

first , to the payment of costs and expenses of Senior Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies (to the extent Senior Agent’s Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies is permitted hereunder),

 

- 23 -


second , to the payment of the Senior Indebtedness (other than Excluded Senior Indebtedness) in accordance with the Senior Loan Documents, and in the case of payment of any revolving credit loans, together with the concurrent permanent reduction of any revolving credit commitment thereunder in an amount equal to the amount of such payment,

third , to the payment of costs and expenses of Junior Agent in connection with such Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies (to the extent Junior Agent’s Exercise of Secured Creditor Remedies is permitted hereunder),

fourth , to the payment of the Junior Indebtedness (other than Excluded Junior Indebtedness) in accordance with the Junior Loan Documents,

fifth , to the payment of the Excluded Senior Indebtedness in accordance with the Senior Loan Documents, and

sixth , to the payment of the Excluded Junior Indebtedness in accordance with the Junior Loan Documents.

10. Junior Lender Purchase Option.

a. Upon (i) receipt by Junior Agent of a notice (a “ Trigger Notice ”) by Senior Agent of the intent of Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders to (A) accelerate any Senior Indebtedness, (B) Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies or (C) request that Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders release their Liens on the Collateral pursuant to Section 2.e hereof, (ii) the occurrence of a payment default under the Junior Loan Documents, (iii) the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding with respect to any Obligor, or (iv) receipt by Junior Agent of a Standstill Notice (each a “ Trigger Event ”), Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders shall have the option, exercised by delivery of notice by Junior Agent to Senior Agent (a “ Purchase Notice ”), to purchase all (but not less than all) of the Senior Indebtedness (other than the Excluded Senior Indebtedness) from Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders. The Purchase Notice shall be irrevocable.

b. Senior Agent shall deliver to Junior Agent any Trigger Notice referred to in Section 10.a(i) above (i) in the absence of an Exigent Circumstance (defined below), not less than 5 business days prior to the taking of the earliest of the actions described in Section 10.a(i) or (ii) if Exigent Circumstances exist, as soon as practicable and in any event contemporaneously with the taking of such action. Junior Agent may send to Senior Agent a Purchase Notice within 5 business days of the occurrence of a Trigger Event, in which event, Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders shall not accelerate the Senior Indebtedness or Exercise Any Secured Creditor Remedies, to the extent such action has not been taken, or request that Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders release their Liens on the Collateral pursuant to Section 2.e hereof, as the case may be, provided, that, the purchase and sale with respect to the Senior Indebtedness (other than the Excluded Senior Indebtedness) provided for in this Section 10 shall have closed within 5 business days after receipt by Senior Agent of the Purchase Notice and Senior Agent shall have received payment in full of the Senior Indebtedness (other than the Excluded Senior Indebtedness) as provided for herein within such 5 business day period. As used herein,

 

- 24 -


Exigent Circumstance ” shall mean an event or circumstance that materially and imminently threatens the ability of Senior Agent to realize upon all or a material part of the Collateral, such as, without limitation, fraudulent removal, concealment, or abscondment thereof, destruction (other than to the extent covered by insurance) or material waste thereof, or the failure of any Loan Party after reasonable demand to maintain or reinstate adequate casualty insurance coverage with respect thereto.

c. On the date specified by Junior Agent in the Purchase Notice (which shall not be more than 5 business days after the receipt by Senior Agent of the Purchase Notice), Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders shall sell to Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders, and Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders shall purchase from Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders, the Senior Indebtedness (other than the Excluded Senior Indebtedness).

d. Upon the date of such purchase and sale, Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders shall (i) pay to Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders as the purchase price therefor the full amount of all the Senior Indebtedness (other than the Excluded Senior Indebtedness) then outstanding and unpaid, (ii) furnish cash collateral to Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders in such amounts as Senior Agent determines is reasonably necessary to secure Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders in connection with (A) any issued and outstanding letters of credit provided by Senior Agent or any Senior Lender (or letters of credit that Senior Agent or any Senior Lender has arranged to be provided by third parties pursuant to the Senior Loan Documents) to any Obligor (but not in any event in an amount greater than 105% of the aggregate undrawn face amount of such letters of credit) and (B) Bank Product Obligations owing to the Bank Product Providers (as defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement) (but not in any event in an amount greater than the Bank Product Reserve (as defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement) established in respect thereof in accordance with the Original Senior Credit Agreement), (iii) agree to reimburse Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders for all expenses to the extent earned or due and payable in accordance with the Senior Loan Documents (including the reimbursement of extraordinary expenses, financial examination expenses and appraisal fees), and (iv) agree to pay to Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders all or a portion of any prepayment premium, make-whole obligation or early termination fee payable pursuant to the Senior Loan Documents within 3 business days after receipt by Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders of amounts sufficient to pay all or a portion of such early termination fee, after the payment in full in cash to Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders of the Junior Indebtedness and the Senior Indebtedness (other than the Excluded Senior Indebtedness) purchased by Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders pursuant to this Section 10, including principal, interest and fees thereon and costs and expense of collection thereof (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses). Such purchase price and cash collateral shall be remitted by wire transfer in federal funds to such bank account of Senior Agent as Senior Agent may designate in writing to Junior Agent for such purpose. Interest shall be calculated to but excluding the business day on which such purchase and sale shall occur if the amounts so paid by Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders to the bank account designated by Senior Agent are received in such bank account prior to 2:00 p.m., New York City time, and interest shall be calculated to and including such business day if the amounts so paid by Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders to the bank account designated by Senior Agent are received in such bank account later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time.

 

- 25 -


e. Such purchase shall be expressly made without representation or warranty of any kind by Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders as to the Senior Indebtedness so purchased or otherwise and without recourse to Senior Agent or any Senior Lender, except that each Senior Lender shall represent and warrant: (i) the amount of the Senior Indebtedness being purchased from it, (ii) that such Senior Lender owns its portion of the Senior Indebtedness so purchased free and clear of any Liens or encumbrances and (iii) such Senior Lender has the right to assign such Senior Indebtedness and the assignment is duly authorized by such Senior Lender.

11. Representations. Senior Agent represents and warrants to Junior Agent that it has the requisite power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the Senior Lenders. Junior Agent represents and warrants that it has the requisite power and authority to enter into, execute, deliver, and carry out the terms of this Agreement on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders.

12. Additional Remedies.

a. If Junior Agent violates any of the terms of this Agreement, in addition to any remedies in law, equity, or otherwise, Senior Agent may restrain such violation in any court of law and may, in its own or in any Obligor’s name, interpose this Agreement as a defense in any action by Junior Agent. Upon Senior Agent’s written request, Junior Agent will promptly take all actions which Senior Agent believes appropriate to carry out the purposes and provisions of this Agreement.

b. If Senior Agent violates any of the terms of this Agreement, in addition to any remedies in law, equity, or otherwise, Junior Agent may restrain such violation in any court of law and may, in its own or in any Obligor’s name, interpose this Agreement as a defense in any action by Senior Agent. Upon Junior Agent’s written request, Senior Agent will promptly take all actions which Junior Agent believes appropriate to carry out the purposes and provisions of this Agreement.

13. Amendments . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement nor consent to any departure by any party hereto shall be effective unless it is in a written agreement executed by Junior Agent and Senior Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

14. Instrument Legends . Junior Agent agrees that the face of each promissory note evidencing the Junior Indebtedness or any portion thereof shall be inscribed with a legend conspicuously indicating that such promissory note is subject to the terms of this Agreement. Any promissory note evidencing any of the Junior Indebtedness or any portion thereof which is hereafter executed will, on the date thereof, be inscribed with a similar legend.

15. Information Concerning Financial Condition .

a. Junior Agent hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Obligors and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Junior Indebtedness, and agrees that Senior Agent has and shall have no duty to advise Junior Agent of information known to Senior Agent regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event Senior Agent, in its sole discretion, undertakes, at any time or

 

- 26 -


from time to time, to provide any such information to Junior Agent, Senior Agent shall be under no obligation (i) to provide any such information to Junior Agent on any subsequent occasion, (ii) to undertake any investigation, or (iii) to disclose any information which, pursuant to its commercial finance practices, Senior Agent wishes to maintain confidential. Junior Agent acknowledges and agrees that Senior Agent has made no warranties or representations with respect to the legality, validity, enforceability, collectability or perfection of the Senior Indebtedness or any liens or security interests held in connection therewith.

b. Senior Agent hereby assumes responsibility for keeping itself informed of the financial condition of Obligors and of all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Senior Indebtedness, and agrees that Junior Agent has and shall have no duty to advise Senior Agent of information known to Junior Agent regarding such condition or any such circumstances. In the event Junior Agent, in its sole discretion, undertakes, at any time or from time to time, to provide any such information to Senior Agent, Junior Agent shall be under no obligation (i) to provide any such information to Senior Agent on any subsequent occasion, (ii) to undertake any investigation, or (iii) to disclose any information which, pursuant to its commercial finance practices, Junior Agent wishes to maintain confidential. Senior Agent acknowledges and agrees that Junior Agent has made no warranties or representations with respect to the legality, validity, enforceability, collectability or perfection of the Junior Indebtedness or any liens or security interests held in connection therewith.

16. Third Party Beneficiaries . This Agreement is solely for the benefit of Senior Agent, Senior Lenders, Junior Agent, and the Junior Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns, and neither any Obligor nor any other Persons are intended to be a third party beneficiary hereunder or to have any right, benefit, priority or interest under, or because of the existence of, or to have any right to enforce, this Agreement. Senior Agent and Junior Agent shall have the right to modify or terminate this Agreement at any time without notice to or approval of any Obligor or any other Person.

17. No Impairment . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall impair, as between Obligors and Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders, the obligation of Obligors, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay the Junior Indebtedness as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with its terms, or affect the relative rights of Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders and creditors of Obligors other than Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders.

18. Subrogation . Solely after the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness shall have occurred, Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders shall be subrogated to the rights of Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to Junior Agent or any Junior Lender have been applied to the payment of the Senior Indebtedness in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Senior Agent and the Senior Lenders shall have no obligation or duty to protect Junior Agent and the Junior Lenders’ rights of subrogation arising pursuant to this Agreement or under any applicable law, nor shall Senior Agent, Senior Lenders or any other holder of Senior Indebtedness be liable for any loss to, or impairment of, any subrogation rights held by Junior Agent or any Junior Lender.

 

- 27 -


19. Notices . All demands, notices, and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing and, if to Junior Agent, mailed or sent by telecopy or delivered to it, addressed to it as follows:

D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.

745 Fifth Avenue, 18th Floor

New York, New York 10151

Attn: Vasan Kesavan, Esq.

Fax No: (646) 746-8669

With a copy to:

SCHULTE ROTH & ZABEL LLP

919 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

Attn: Frederic L. Ragucci, Esq.

Fax No.: (212) 593-5955

and if to Senior Agent, mailed, sent or delivered thereto,

addressed to it as follows:

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.

One Boston Place

Boston, Massachusetts 02108

Attn: Business Finance Manager

Fax No.: (617) 523-5839

With a copy to:

MORRISON & FOERSTER LLP

1290 Avenue of the Americas, 40th Floor

New York, New York 10104-0050

Attn: Mark B. Joachim, Esq.

Fax No.: (212) 468-7900

or as to any party at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other parties complying as to delivery with the terms of this Section 19 . All such demands, notices and other communications shall be effective, when mailed, three Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid, when sent by telecopy, when receipt is acknowledged by the receiving telecopy equipment (or at the opening of the next Business Day if receipt is after normal business hours), or when delivered, as the case may be, addressed as aforesaid.

20. Costs and Attorneys Fees . In the event it becomes necessary for Senior Agent, any Senior Lender, Junior Agent, or any Junior Lender to commence or become a party to any proceeding or action to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, the court or body before which the same shall be tried shall award to the prevailing party all costs and expenses thereof, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, the usual and customary and lawfully recoverable court costs, and all other expenses in connection therewith.

 

- 28 -


21. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial and Other Waivers . Junior Agent and Senior Agent each consent to the jurisdiction of any state or federal court located within the County of New York, State of New York. Each Agent waives personal service of any and all process upon it, and consents that all service of process be made in the manner set forth in Section 19 of this Agreement for notices. Each Agent waives, to the fullest extent each may effectively do so, any defense or objection based upon forum non conveniens and any defense or objection to venue of any action instituted within the County of New York, State of New York. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION TO ENFORCE OR DEFEND ANY MATTER ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT.

22. Governing Law . This Agreement has been delivered and accepted at and shall be deemed to have been made in the State of New York, and shall be interpreted, and the rights and liabilities of the parties hereto determined, in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

23. Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective successors and assigns, subject to the provisions hereof.

24. Integrated Agreement . This Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the within matters and may not be modified or amended except upon a writing signed by all parties.

25. Authority . Each of the parties hereto certifies that such party has all necessary authority to execute this Agreement.

26. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each one of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

27. Headings . The headings contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

28. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited by law or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability, without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision. To the extent permissible, the parties waive any law that prohibits any provision of this Agreement or renders any provision hereof unenforceable.

29. Conflicts . To the extent that there is a conflict or inconsistency between any provision hereof, on the one hand, and any provision of any Senior Loan Document or any Junior Loan Document, on the other hand, this Agreement shall control and prevail.

 

- 29 -


30. Termination . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until the Discharge of Senior Indebtedness shall have occurred and shall thereafter be revived to the extent provided for in Section 5.c .

[Remainder of page left intentionally blank]

 

- 30 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Senior Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Senior Lenders, and Junior Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, have caused this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.,

a California corporation

By:   /s/ Garrick Tan
  Name:   Garrick Tan
  Title:   Vice President

 

D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:  

D.B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its general partner

By:  

Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

its managing member

  By:   /s/ Daniel B. Zwirn
    Name:   Daniel B. Zwirn
    Title:   Managing Partner


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Each Borrower and each Guarantor hereby acknowledge that they have received a copy of the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement and consent thereto, agree to recognize all rights granted thereby to Senior Agent, the Senior Lenders, Junior Agent, and the Junior Lenders and will not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth therein. Each Borrower and each Guarantor further acknowledge and agree that they are not an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary under this Agreement.

ACKNOWLEDGED AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE:

 

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP. ,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
  Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
  Title:   Vice President

IMAGING ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
  Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
  Title:   Vice President

AGFA MONOTYPE CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation

By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
  Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
  Title:   Vice President
INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION, a New York corporation
By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
  Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
  Title:   Vice President

Exhibit 10.40

SECOND AMENDMENT

TO, AND CONSENT UNDER, INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

THIS SECOND AMENDMENT TO, AND CONSENT UNDER, INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (this “ Second Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of August 1, 2006, by and among WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC., California corporation, as agent under and pursuant to the Senior Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “ Senior Agent ”), and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as agent under and pursuant to the Junior Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, the “ Junior Agent ”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, Parent, the Borrowers, the Senior Agent, and the lenders party thereto are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (such agreement as in effect on the date hereof, the “ Senior Credit Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, Parent, the Borrowers, the Junior Agent, and the lenders party thereto are parties to that certain Credit Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (such agreement as in effect on the date hereof, the “ Junior Credit Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, the Senior Agent and the Junior Agent are parties to that certain Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (as it may be amended, modified, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, Borrowers desire to (a) increase the Term Loan Amount under the Senior Credit Agreement from $88,882,824 (the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loan under the Senior Credit Agreement as of the date hereof immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Second Amendment) to $140,000,000 (the “ WFF Term Loan Increase ”), (b) increase the Maximum Revolver Amount under the Senior Credit Agreement from $5,000,000 to $10,000,000 (the “ WFF Maximum Revolver Amount Increase ”), and (c) extend the Maturity Date under the Senior Credit Agreement from the date that is the fifth anniversary of the Second Amendment Effective Date (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) to the date that is the fifth anniversary of the First Amendment Effective Date (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement) (the “ WFF Maturity Date Extension ”);

WHEREAS, absent a consent from the Junior Agent, the WFF Term Loan Increase, the WFF Maximum Revolver Amount Increase and the WFF Maturity Date Extension would violate Section 6(a) of the Intercreditor Agreement; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (a) the Junior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, has agreed to (i) consent to the WFF Term Loan Increase, (ii) consent to the WFF Maximum Revolver Amount Increase and (iii) consent to the WFF Maturity Date Extension, and (b) the Senior Agent and the Junior Agent have agreed to amend the Intercreditor Agreement as herein provided.


NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and provisions herein contained, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

Section 1.  Definitions . Any capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 2.  Consents . Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Junior Agent, on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, hereby consents to (a) the WFF Term Loan Increase, (b) the WFF Maximum Revolver Amount Increase and (c) the WFF Maturity Date Extension.

Section 3.  Amendments to Intercreditor Agreement . The Intercreditor Agreement is hereby amended, effective as of August 1, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”), as follows:

3.01 Amendments to Recitals .

(a) The first whereas clause of the Intercreditor Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the amount “$105,000,000” therefrom and inserting “$150,000,000” in lieu thereof.

(b) The second whereas clause of the Intercreditor Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the amount “$65,000,000” therefrom and inserting “$70,000,000” in lieu thereof.

3.02 Amendments to Section 1(b) .

(a) The definition of “Maximum Priority Senior Loan Amount” in Section 1(b) of the Intercreditor Agreement is hereby amended by (i) deleting the amount “$115,500,000” therefrom and inserting “$165,000,000” in lieu thereof and (ii) deleting clause (b)(ii) therein in its entirety and inserting the following in lieu thereof: “(ii) the aggregate amount of all principal payments and prepayments of the Term Loan (as defined in the Original Senior Credit Agreement, as amended by the Second Amendment to, and Consent and Waiver Under, Credit Agreement and Security Agreement, dated as of July 28, 2006, by and among the Obligors, the Senior Lenders and the Senior Agent (the “ Second Amendment ”), or any comparable term in any successor Senior Credit Agreement) actually received by the Senior Lenders after the Second Amendment Effective Date (as defined in the Senior Credit Agreement as in effect on the effective date of the Second Amendment)”.

(b) The definition of “Excluded Junior Indebtedness” in Section 1(b) of the Intercreditor Agreement is hereby amended by deleting the amount “$8,125,000” therefrom and inserting “$8,750,000” in lieu thereof.

 

2


Section 4.  Miscellaneous .

4.01 Continuing Effect . Except as specifically provided herein, the Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms and is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.

4.02 No Waiver . This Second Amendment is limited as specified and the execution, delivery and effectiveness of this Second Amendment shall not operate as a modification, acceptance or waiver of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement, except as specifically set forth herein.

4.03 References .

(a) From and after the Effective Date, the Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed amended hereby to the extent necessary, if any, to give effect to the provisions of this Second Amendment.

(b) From and after the Effective Date, (i) all references in the Intercreditor Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereto”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import referring to the Intercreditor Agreement shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement as amended hereby and (ii) all references in the Senior Loan Documents, the Junior Loan Documents, or any other agreement, instrument or document executed and delivered in connection therewith to “WFF and D.B. Zwirn Intercreditor Agreement”, “thereto”, “thereof”, “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Intercreditor Agreement shall mean the Intercreditor Agreement as amended hereby.

4.04 Governing Law . THIS SECOND AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

4.05 Severability . The provisions of this Second Amendment are severable, and if any clause or provision shall be held invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part in any jurisdiction, then such invalidity or unenforceability shall affect only such clause or provision, or part thereof, in such jurisdiction and shall not in any manner affect such clause or provision in any other jurisdiction, or any other clause or provision in this Second Amendment in any jurisdiction.

4.06 Counterparts . This Second Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Second Amendment by telefacsimile or other electronic transmission shall be equally effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart. A complete set of counterparts shall be lodged with the Senior Agent and the Junior Agent.

4.07 Headings . Section headings in this Second Amendment are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Second Amendment for any other purpose.

 

3


4.08 Binding Effect . This Second Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Senior Agent, the Senior Lenders, the Junior Agent, the Junior Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns.

[Signature page follows]

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Senior Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Senior Lenders, and Junior Agent, for and on behalf of itself and the Junior Lenders, have caused this Second Amendment to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.,

a California corporation

By:  

/s/ David J. Sanchez

Name:   David J. Sanchez
Title:   Vice President
D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
By:   D.B. Zwirn Partners, LLC, its general partner
By:  

Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

its managing member

By:  

/s/ Perry A. Gruss

Name:   Perry A. Gruss
Title:   Authorized Signatory

[SIGNATURE PAGE OF SECOND AMENDMENT TO INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT]


ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Each Borrower and each Guarantor hereby acknowledge that they have received a copy of the foregoing Second Amendment and consent thereto, agree to recognize all rights granted thereby to Senior Agent, the Senior Lenders, Junior Agent, and the Junior Lenders and will not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth therein. Each Borrower and each Guarantor further acknowledge and agree that they are not an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary under this Second Amendment.

ACKNOWLEDGED AS OF THE DATE FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE:

 

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,

as Parent

By:  

/s/ Robert M. Givens

Name:   Robert M. Givens
Title:   President

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC.,

as a Borrower

By:  

/s/ Robert M. Givens

Name:   Robert M. Givens
Title:   President

INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION,

as a Borrower

By:  

/s/ Robert M. Givens

Name:   Robert M. Givens
Title:   President

[SIGNATURE PAGE OF SECOND AMENDMENT TO INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT]

Exhibit 10.41

SECURITY AGREEMENT

This SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made this 5th day of November, 2004, among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof and those additional entities that hereafter become parties hereto by executing the form of Supplement attached hereto as Annex 1 (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”), and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender Group (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Imaging Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), Agfa Monotype Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Monotype ”), and International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group is willing to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, Agent has agreed to act as agent for the benefit of the Lender Group in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Lender Group to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to induce the Lender Group to make and extend the financial accommodations to Borrowers as provided for in the Credit Agreement, Grantors have agreed to grant a continuing security interest in and to the Collateral in order to secure the prompt and complete payment, observance and performance of, among other things, (a) the obligations of Grantors arising from this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the Guaranty, and (b) all Obligations of Borrowers (including, without limitation, any interest, fees or expenses that accrue after the filing of an Insolvency Proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in whole or in part as a claim in any Insolvency Proceeding), plus reasonable attorneys fees and expenses if the obligations represented thereunder are collected by law, through an attorney-at-law, or under advice therefrom (clauses (a) and (b) being hereinafter referred to as the “ Secured Obligations ”), by the granting of the security interests contemplated by this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the recitals made above and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt, sufficiency and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Defined Terms . All capitalized terms used herein (including, without limitation, in the preamble and recitals hereof) without definition shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Credit Agreement. In addition to those terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, as used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

(a) “ Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(b) “ Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

(c) “ Books ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

(d) “ Chattel Paper ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .


(e) “ Code ” means the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as in effect from time to time; provided , however , that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all of the attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies with respect to Agent’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority, or remedies.

(f) “ Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

(g) “ Commercial Tort Claims ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

(h) “ Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter adopted or acquired by a Grantor: copyrights and copyright registrations, including, without limitation, the copyright registrations and recordings thereof and all applications in connection therewith listed on Schedule 1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and (i) all restorations, reversions, renewals or extensions thereof, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, and (iv) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(i) “ Copyright Security Agreement ” means each Copyright Security Agreement among Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

(j) “ Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(k) “ General Intangibles ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

(l) “ Grantor ” and “ Grantors ” have the meanings set forth in the preamble hereto.

(m) “ Grantor Trade Secrets ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(j) .

(n) “ Intellectual Property ” means any and all Intellectual Property Licenses, Patents, Copyrights, Trademarks, the goodwill associated with such Trademarks, trade secrets and customer lists.

(o) “ Intellectual Property Licenses ” means rights under any written agreement to which a Grantor is a party, granting any right or interest in any patent, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property, including software license agreements with any other party, whether the applicable Grantor is a licensee or licensor under any such license agreement, including, without limitation, the license agreements listed on Schedule 2 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and the right to use the foregoing in connection with the enforcement of the Lender Group’s rights under the Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the right to prepare for sale and sell any and all Inventory and Equipment now or hereafter owned by any Grantor and now or hereafter covered by such licenses.

(p) “ Investment Related Property ” means (i) investment property (as that term is defined in the Code), and (ii) all of the following regardless of whether classified as investment property under the Code: all Pledged Interests, Pledged Operating Agreements, and Pledged Partnership Agreements.

(q) “ Lenders ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(r) “ Monotype ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(s) “ Negotiable Collateral ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

 

- 2 -


(t) “ Newco ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(u) “ Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(v) “ Patents ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter adopted or acquired by a Grantor: patents and patent applications, including, without limitation, the patents and patent applications listed on Schedule 3 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and (i) all reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, extensions or renewals thereof, and improvements thereon, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements thereof, and (iv) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(w) “ Patent Security Agreement ” means each Patent Security Agreement among Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, in substantially the form of Exhibit B attached hereto.

(x) “ Pledged Companies ” means each Person listed on Schedule 4 hereto as a “Pledged Company,” together with each other Person, all or a portion of whose Stock is acquired or otherwise owned by a Grantor after the Closing Date.

(y) “ Pledged Interests ” means all of each Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to all of the Stock now or hereafter owned by such Grantor, regardless of class or designation, including, without limitation, in each of the Pledged Companies, and all substitutions therefor and replacements thereof, all proceeds thereof and all rights relating thereto, including, without limitation, any certificates representing the Stock, the right to request after the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default that such Stock be registered in the name of Agent or any of its nominees, the right to receive any certificates representing any of the Stock and the right to require that such certificates be delivered to Agent together with undated powers or assignments of investment securities with respect thereto, duly endorsed in blank by such Grantor, all warrants, options, share appreciation rights and other rights, contractual or otherwise, in respect thereof and of all dividends, distributions of income, profits, surplus, or other compensation by way of income or liquidating distributions, in cash or in kind, and cash, instruments, and other property from time to time received, receivable, or otherwise distributed in respect of or in addition to, in substitution of, on account of, or in exchange for any or all of the foregoing.

(z) “ Pledged Interests Addendum ” means a Pledged Interests Addendum substantially in the form of Exhibit C to this Agreement.

(aa) “ Pledged Notes ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(g) .

(bb) “ Pledged Operating Agreements ” means all of each Grantor’s rights, powers, and remedies under the limited liability company operating agreements of the Pledged Companies that are limited liability companies, if any.

(cc) “ Pledged Partnership Agreements ” means all of each Grantor’s rights, powers, and remedies under the partnership agreements of each of the Pledged Companies that are partnerships, if any.

(dd) “ Proceeds ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

(ee) “ Records ” means information that is inscribed on a tangible medium or which is stored in an electronic or other medium and is retrievable in perceivable form.

 

- 3 -


(ff) “ Required Library ” means, as of any date of determination, the Copyrights of the Loan Parties that are based on or derived from those computer software programs or other technology of the Loan Parties that at the time account for not less than (i) 65% of the total amount of the net product and subscription revenues of the Loan Parties and (ii) 90% of the total amount of revenues of the “printer imaging business” of the Loan Parties, in each case, for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter.

(gg) “ Secured Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(hh) “ Security Interest ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

(ii) “ Supporting Obligations ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2 .

(jj) “ Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter adopted or acquired by a Grantor: trademarks, trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, registered service marks and service mark applications, including, without limitation, the trade names, registered trademarks, trademark applications, registered service marks and service mark applications listed on Schedule 5 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and (i) all extensions, modifications and renewals thereof, (ii) all income, royalties, damages and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, payments under all licenses entered into in connection therewith and damages and payments for past or future infringements or dilutions thereof, (iii) the right to sue for past, present and future infringements and dilutions thereof, (iv) the goodwill of each Grantor’s business symbolized by the foregoing and connected therewith, and (v) all of each Grantor’s rights corresponding thereto throughout the world.

(kk) “ Trademark Security Agreement ” means each Trademark Security Agreement among Grantors, or any of them, and Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, in substantially the form of Exhibit D attached hereto.

(ll) “ Typeface ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

(mm) “ URL ” means “uniform resource locator,” an internet web address.

2. Grant of Security . Each Grantor hereby unconditionally grants, assigns and pledges to Agent (and its agents and designees), for the benefit of the Lender Group, a continuing security interest in all personal property of such Grantor whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located (hereinafter referred to as the “ Security Interest ”), including, without limitation, such Grantor’s right, title, and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired or arising and wherever located (the “ Collateral ”):

(a) all of such Grantor’s Accounts;

(b) all of such Grantor’s books and records (including all of its Records indicating, summarizing, or evidencing its assets (including the Collateral) or liabilities, all of its Records relating to its business operations or financial condition, and all of its goods or General Intangibles related to such information) (“ Books ”);

(c) all of such Grantor’s chattel paper (as that term is defined in the Code) and, in any event, including, without limitation, tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper (“ Chattel Paper ”);

(d) all of such Grantor’s interest with respect to any Deposit Account;

(e) all of such Grantor’s Equipment and fixtures;

 

- 4 -


(f) all of such Grantor’s general intangibles (as that term is defined in the Code) and, in any event, including, without limitation, payment intangibles, contract rights, rights to payment, rights arising under common law, statutes, or regulations, choses or things in action, goodwill (including the goodwill associated with any Trademark, Patent, or Copyright), Patents, Trademarks, Copyrights, URLs and domain names, industrial designs, other industrial or Intellectual Property or rights therein or applications therefor, whether under license or otherwise, rights in programs, programming materials, blueprints, drawings, purchase orders, customer lists, monies due or recoverable from pension funds, route lists, rights to payment and other rights under any royalty or licensing agreements, including Intellectual Property Licenses, infringement claims, rights in computer programs, information contained on computer disks or tapes, software, literature, reports, catalogs, pension plan refunds, pension plan refund claims, insurance premium rebates, tax refunds, and tax refund claims, uncertificated securities, and any other personal property other than Commercial Tort Claims, money, Accounts, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, goods, Investment Related Property, Negotiable Collateral, and oil, gas, or other minerals before extraction (“ General Intangibles ”);

(g) all of such Grantor’s Inventory;

(h) all of such Grantor’s Investment Related Property;

(i) all of such Grantor’s letters of credit, letter of credit rights, instruments, promissory notes, drafts, and documents (as such terms may be defined in the Code) (“ Negotiable Collateral ”);

(j) all of such Grantor’s rights in respect of supporting obligations (as such term is defined in the Code), including letters of credit and guaranties issued in support of Accounts, Chattel Paper, documents, General Intangibles, instruments, or Investment Related Property (“ Supporting Obligations ”);

(k) all of such Grantor’s interest with respect to any commercial tort claims (as that term is defined in the Code), including, without limitation those commercial tort claims listed on Schedule 6 attached hereto (“ Commercial Tort Claims ”);

(l) all of such Grantor’s money, Cash Equivalents, or other assets of such Grantor that now or hereafter come into the possession, custody, or control of Agent (or its agent or designee) or any other member of the Lender Group;

(m) all of the proceeds and products, whether tangible or intangible, of any of the foregoing, including proceeds of insurance or commercial tort claims covering or relating to any or all of the foregoing, and any and all Accounts, Books, Chattel Paper, Deposit Accounts, Equipment, General Intangibles, Inventory, Investment Related Property, Negotiable Collateral, Supporting Obligations, Commercial Tort Claims, money, or other tangible or intangible property resulting from the sale, lease, license, exchange, collection, or other disposition of any of the foregoing, the proceeds of any award in condemnation with respect to any of the property of Grantors, any rebates or refunds, whether for taxes or otherwise, and all proceeds of any such proceeds, or any portion thereof or interest therein, and the proceeds thereof, and all proceeds of any loss of, damage to, or destruction of the above, whether insured or not insured, and, to the extent not otherwise included, any indemnity, warranty, or guaranty payable by reason of loss or damage to, or otherwise with respect to any of the foregoing Collateral (the “ Proceeds ”). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the term “Proceeds” includes whatever is receivable or received when Investment Related Property or proceeds are sold, exchanged, collected, or otherwise disposed of, whether such disposition is voluntary or involuntary, and includes, without limitation, proceeds of any indemnity or guaranty payable to any Grantor or Agent from time to time with respect to any of the Investment Related Property.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Collateral” shall not include (a) any rights or interests in any lease, license, contract, or agreement, as such, if under the terms of such lease, license, contract, or agreement, or applicable law with respect thereto, the valid grant of a security interest or lien therein to Agent is prohibited and such prohibition has not been or is not waived or the consent of the other party to such lease, license, contract, or

 

- 5 -


agreement has not been or is not otherwise obtained or under applicable law such prohibition cannot be waived (b) any of the outstanding capital Stock of Agfa Monotype Ltd. in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of Agfa Monotype Ltd. entitled to vote; provided , that immediately upon the amendment of the IRC to allow the pledge of a greater percentage of the voting power of capital Stock of Agfa Monotype Ltd. without adverse tax consequences, “Collateral” shall include such greater percentage of capital Stock of Agfa Monotype Ltd. from that time forward; and (c) subject to Section 5.16 of the Credit Agreement, any of the outstanding capital Stock of any other Controlled Foreign Corporation in excess of 65% of the voting power of all classes of capital stock of such Controlled Foreign Corporation entitled to vote; provided , that immediately upon the amendment of the IRC to allow the pledge of a greater percentage of the voting power of capital Stock of such Controlled Foreign Corporation without adverse tax consequences, “Collateral” shall include such greater percentage of capital Stock of such Controlled Foreign Corporation from that time forward.

3. Security for Obligations . This Agreement and the Security Interest created hereby secures the payment and performance of all the Secured Obligations, whether now existing or arising hereafter. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, this Agreement secures the payment of all amounts which constitute part of the Obligations and would be owed by Grantors, or any of them, to Agent, the Lender Group, or any of them, but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of an Insolvency Proceeding involving any Grantor.

4. Grantors Remain Liable . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, (a) each of the Grantors shall remain liable under the contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, including, without limitation, the Pledged Operating Agreements and the Pledged Partnership Agreements, to perform all of the duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by Agent or any other member of the Lender Group of any of the rights hereunder shall not release any Grantor from any of its duties or obligations under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral, and (c) none of the members of the Lender Group shall have any obligation or liability under such contracts and agreements included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, nor shall any of the members of the Lender Group be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of any Grantor thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder. Until an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document, Grantors shall have the right to possession and enjoyment of the Collateral for the purpose of conducting the ordinary course of their respective businesses, subject to and upon the terms hereof and of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is the intention of the parties hereto that record and beneficial ownership of the Pledged Interests, including, without limitation, all voting, consensual, and dividend rights, shall remain with the applicable Grantor until the occurrence of an Event of Default and until Agent shall notify the applicable Grantor of Agent’s exercise of voting, consensual, and/or dividend rights with respect to the Pledged Interests pursuant to Section 15 hereof.

5. Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor hereby represents and warrants as follows:

(a) The exact legal name of each of the Grantors is set forth on the signature pages of this Agreement or a written notice provided to Agent pursuant to Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) Schedule 7 attached hereto sets forth all Real Property owned by Grantors as of the Closing Date.

(c) Such Grantor is the sole legal and beneficial owner, or a licensee, of all Intellectual Property Rights owned or purported to be owned by such Grantor or licensed to such Grantor that are material to the conduct of its business as currently conducted. As of the Closing Date, (i) such Grantor has no ownership interest in, or title to, any Copyrights, Patents or Trademarks that are registered or the subject of pending applications for registrations, except as set forth on Schedules 1(a), 3(a) and 5(a) , respectively, attached hereto; (ii) such Grantor has no ownership interest in, or title to, any Copyrights, Patents or

 

- 6 -


Trademarks that are material to such Grantor’s business as currently conducted and that are not registered or the subject of pending applications for registrations, except as set forth in Schedules 1(b), 3(b) and 5(b) , respectively, attached hereto; and (iii) such Grantor is not a party to any Intellectual Property Licenses that are material to such Grantor’s business, except as set forth on Schedule 2 , attached hereto. This Agreement is effective to create a valid and continuing Lien on such Grantor’s Copyrights, Patents and Trademarks, and all of its rights and interests in and to any Intellectual Property Licenses. Upon the filing of the Copyright Security Agreement with the United States Copyright Office and filing of the Patent Security Agreement and the Trademark Security Agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, and the filing of appropriate financing statements in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 8 hereto, all action necessary to perfect the Security Interest in and to such Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights, will have been taken and such perfected Security Interests will be enforceable as such as against any and all creditors of and purchasers from any Grantor.

(d) This Agreement creates a valid security interest in the Collateral of such Grantors, to the extent a security interest therein can be created under the Code, securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations. Except to the extent a security interest in the Collateral cannot be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Code, all filings and other actions necessary to perfect such security interest have been duly taken or will have been taken upon the filing of financing statements listing such Grantor, as a debtor, and Agent, as secured party, in the jurisdictions listed next to such Grantor’s name on Schedule 8 attached hereto. Upon the making of such filings, Agent shall have a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral of such Grantor to the extent such security interest can be perfected by the filing of a financing statement under the Code.

(e) Except for the Security Interest created hereby, (i) such Grantor is and will at all times be the sole holder of record and the legal and beneficial owner, free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens, of the Pledged Interests indicated on Schedule 4 as being owned by such Grantor and, when acquired by such Grantor, any Pledged Interests acquired after the Closing Date; (ii) all of the Pledged Interests are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and the Pledged Interests constitute or will constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding Equity Interests of the Pledged Companies of such Grantor identified on Schedule 4 hereto as supplemented or modified by any Pledged Interests Addendum or any Supplement to this Agreement; (iii) such Grantor has the right and requisite authority to pledge the Investment Related Property pledged by such Grantor to Agent as provided herein; (iv) all actions necessary to perfect, establish the first priority of, or otherwise protect, Agent’s Liens in the Investment Related Collateral, and the proceeds thereof, have been duly taken, (A) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, (B) upon the taking of possession by Agent (or its agent or designee) of any certificates constituting the Pledged Interests, to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, together with undated powers endorsed in blank by such Grantor, (C) upon the filing of financing statements in the applicable jurisdiction set forth on Schedule 8 attached hereto for such Grantor with respect to the Pledged Interests of such Grantor that are not represented by certificates, and (D) with respect to any Securities Accounts, upon the delivery of Control Agreements with respect thereto; and (v) such Grantor has delivered to and deposited with Agent (or, with respect to any Pledged Interests created after the Closing Date, will deliver and deposit in accordance with Sections 6(a) and 8 hereof) all certificates representing the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor to the extent such Pledged Interests are represented by certificates, and undated powers endorsed in blank with respect to such certificates.

(f) No consent, approval, authorization, or other order or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is required (i) for the grant of a Security Interest by such Grantor in and to the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement or for the execution, delivery, or performance of this Agreement by such Grantor, or (ii) for the exercise by Agent of the voting or other rights provided for in this Agreement with respect to the Investment Related Property or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to this Agreement, except as may be required in connection with such disposition of Investment Related Property by laws affecting the offering and sale of securities generally. No Intellectual Property License to which such Grantor is a party requires any consent for such Grantor to grant the Security Interest granted hereunder in such Grantor’s right, title or interest in or to any Copyrights, Patents, Trademarks or Intellectual Property Licenses.

 

- 7 -


(g) There is no default, breach, violation or event of acceleration existing under any promissory note (as defined in the Code) constituting Collateral and pledged hereunder (the “ Pledged Notes ”) and no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default, breach, violation or event of acceleration under the Pledged Notes. Such Grantor, if it is an obligee under a Pledged Note, has not waived any default, breach, violation or event of acceleration under such Pledged Notes. The proceeds of the loans evidenced by the Pledged Notes have been fully disbursed and such Grantor has no obligation to make any future advances or other disbursements under or in respect of the Pledged Notes.

(h) Such Grantor has made in good faith and in accordance with the procedures and regulations of the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office, as applicable, all payments, filings and recordations necessary to protect and maintain its interest in the Intellectual Property Rights identified on Schedules 1(a), 3(a) and 5(a) in the United States in a manner sufficient to claim in the public record such Grantor’s ownership thereof, including (i) making all necessary registration, maintenance, and renewal fee payments; and (ii) filing all necessary documents, including all applications for registration of such Intellectual Property Rights.

(i) No past or present employee or contractor of Grantor owns any interest or other right in or to any Intellectual Property Rights that are material to the conduct of any such Grantor’s business.

(j) Such Grantor has taken actions reasonably necessary to protect the confidentiality of the Intellectual Property Rights that are material to the conduct of its business, the value of which to such Grantor is or would have been, at least in part, contingent upon maintenance of the confidentiality thereof (collectively, “ Grantor Trade Secrets ”), including (i) protecting the secrecy and confidentiality of its Grantor Trade Secrets by having and enforcing a policy requiring all current employees and consultants, and any licensees, vendors and contractors that have access to such Grantor Trade Secrets, to execute appropriate confidentiality agreements, and, to such Grantor’s knowledge, there has not been any breach by any such party of such confidentiality agreements; and (ii) protecting the secrecy and confidentiality of the source code of all computer software programs and applications of which it is the owner or licensee by having and enforcing a policy requiring any licensees (or sublicensees) of such source code to enter into license agreements with appropriate use and non-disclosure restrictions.

(k) No claim has been made in writing and is continuing or, to the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, threatened in any direct written communication that the use by such Grantor of any Intellectual Property Rights that are material to the conduct of its business does or may violate the Intellectual Property Rights of any Person. To the best of such Grantor’s knowledge, there is currently no infringement or unauthorized use of any item of Intellectual Property Rights contained on Schedules 1, 3 or 5 .

6. Covenants . Each Grantor, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with Agent and the Lender Group that from and after the date of this Agreement and until the date of termination of this Agreement in accordance with Section 22 hereof:

(a) Possession or Control of Collateral . In the event that any Collateral, including Proceeds, is evidenced by or consists of Negotiable Collateral, Investment Related Property, Chattel Paper, or Deposit Accounts, and if and to the extent that perfection or priority of Agent’s Security Interest is dependent on or enhanced by possession or control, such Grantor, immediately upon the reasonable request of Agent and in accordance with Section 8 hereof, shall execute such other documents and instruments as shall be reasonably requested by Agent or, endorse and deliver physical possession of such Negotiable Collateral, Investment Related Property, or Chattel Paper, together with such undated powers endorsed in blank as shall be reasonably requested by Agent (or its agent or designee), or grant control of such Deposit Account, as applicable, to Agent (or its agent or designee). Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and agrees that any such agent or designee of Agent shall be deemed to be a “secured party” with respect to such Collateral for all purposes.

 

- 8 -


(b) Chattel Paper .

(i) Such Grantor shall take all steps reasonably necessary to grant Agent control of all electronic Chattel Paper in accordance with the Code and all “transferable records” as that term is defined in Section 16 of the Uniform Electronic Transaction Act and Section 201 of the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction;

(ii) If such Grantor retains possession of any Chattel Paper or instruments (which retention of possession shall be subject to the extent permitted hereby and by the Credit Agreement), promptly upon the request of Agent, such Chattel Paper and instruments shall be marked with the following legend: “This writing and the obligations evidenced or secured hereby are subject to the Security Interest of D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., as Agent for the benefit of the Lender Group, pursuant to the Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004”.

(c) Control Agreements .

(i) Except to the extent otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall obtain an authenticated Control Agreement from each bank holding a Deposit Account for such Grantor.

(ii) Except to the extent otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall obtain authenticated Control Agreements from each issuer of uncertificated securities, securities intermediary, or commodities intermediary issuing or holding any financial assets or commodities to or for any Grantor.

(d) Letter of Credit Rights . If such Grantor is or becomes the beneficiary of a letter of credit, such Grantor shall promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days after becoming a beneficiary) notify Agent thereof and, upon the request by Agent, enter into a tri-party agreement with Agent and the issuer and/or confirmation bank with respect to letter-of-credit rights (as that term is defined in the Code) assigning such letter-of-credit rights to Agent and directing all payments thereunder to Agent’s Account, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent.

(e) Commercial Tort Claims . Such Grantor shall promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days of receipt thereof) notify Agent in writing upon incurring or otherwise obtaining a Commercial Tort Claim after the date hereof against any third party and, upon request of Agent, promptly amend Schedule 6 to this Agreement, authorize the filing of additional financing statements or amendments to existing financing statements and do such other acts or things deemed necessary by Agent to give Agent a first priority, perfected security interest in any such Commercial Tort Claim.

(f) Government Contracts . If any Account or Chattel Paper arises out of a contract or contracts with the United States of America or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, such Grantor shall promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days of the creation thereof) notify Agent thereof in writing and execute any instruments or take any steps reasonably required by Agent in order that all moneys due or to become due under such contract or contracts shall be assigned to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, and notice thereof given under the Assignment of Claims Act or other applicable law.

 

- 9 -


(g) Intellectual Property .

(i) Upon request of Agent, in order to facilitate filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, such Grantor shall execute and deliver to Agent one or more Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, and/or Patent Security Agreements to evidence Agent’s Lien on such Grantor’s Patents, Trademarks, and/or Copyrights, and the General Intangibles of such Grantor relating thereto or represented thereby.

(ii) Such Grantor shall have the duty, to the extent material to the operation of such Grantor’s business, (A) to promptly sue for infringement, misappropriation, or dilution of any Intellectual Property and to recover any and all damages for such infringement, misappropriation, or dilution, (B) to prosecute diligently any trademark application or service mark application that is part of the Trademarks pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement, (C) to prosecute diligently any patent application that is part of the Patents pending as of the date hereof or hereafter until the termination of this Agreement, and (D) to take all reasonable and necessary action to preserve and maintain all of such Grantor’s Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, Intellectual Property Licenses, and its rights therein, including the filing of applications for renewal, affidavits of use, and affidavits of incontestability. Any expenses incurred in connection with the foregoing shall be borne by the appropriate Grantor. Such Grantor further agrees not to abandon any Trademark, Patent, Copyright, or Intellectual Property License that is material to the operation of such Grantor’s business without the prior written consent of Agent. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing to the contrary, none of the obligations and/or restrictions set forth in this Section 6(g)(ii) shall apply to any Patent, Trademark, Copyright or Intellectual Property License that a Grantor determines, in its reasonable business judgment, is no longer necessary or material to the conduct of its business or operations.

(iii) Such Grantor acknowledges and agrees that the Lender Group shall have no duties with respect to the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, or Intellectual Property Licenses. Without limiting the generality of this Section 6(g) , such Grantor acknowledges and agrees that no member of the Lender Group shall be under any obligation to take any steps necessary to preserve rights in the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, or Intellectual Property Licenses against any other Person, but Agent may do so at its option from and after the occurrence of an Event of Default, and all expenses incurred in connection therewith (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of attorneys and other professionals) shall be for the sole account of Borrowers and shall be chargeable to the Loan Account.

(iv) With respect to the Intellectual Property Rights that a Grantor determines, in its reasonable business judgment, are material to the conduct of Grantor’s business, such Grantor agrees to take all necessary steps, including making all necessary payments and filings in connection with registration, maintenance, and renewal of Copyrights (at least with respect to the Required Library), Trademarks, and Patents in the United States Copyright Office, the United States Patent and Trademark Office, any other appropriate government agencies in foreign jurisdictions or in any court, to maintain each such Intellectual Property Right. Such Grantor hereby agrees to take corresponding steps with respect to each new or acquired Intellectual Property Right to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is now or later becomes entitled that such Grantor determines, in its reasonable judgment, are material to the conduct of their businesses. Any expenses incurred in connection with such activities shall be borne solely by such Grantor.

(v) On the date of the delivery of a Compliance Certificate in respect of a month pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall deliver to Agent documentation reasonably satisfactory to Agent identifying the Copyrights, whether created or acquired before or after the Closing Date, comprising the Required Library (including any supporting documentation relating to the determination of the composition of the Required Library), the percentage of the aggregate amount of revenues generated for the preceding month by and/or arising from each such Copyright and the registration number issued for each such Copyright by the U.S. Copyright Office. No more than 10 days following each such date of delivery, such Grantor shall (A) file applications and take any and all other actions necessary to register or record a transfer of ownership, as applicable, to such Grantor on an expedited basis (if expedited processing is available in accordance with the applicable regulations and procedures of the United States Copyright Office and any similar office of any other jurisdiction in which Copyrights are used) each such Copyright comprising

 

- 10 -


the Required Library which on the applicable date of delivery is not already the subject of a valid registration or an application therefor diligently prosecuted with the United States Copyright Office (or any similar office of any other jurisdiction in which Copyrights are used) identifying such Grantor as the sole claimant thereof in a manner sufficient to claim in the public record such Grantor’s ownership thereof, and (B) cause to be prepared, executed, and delivered to Agent, with sufficient time to permit Agent to record no later than 10 days following the date of registration of or recordation of transfer of ownership, as applicable, to such Grantor of such Copyrights, (I) a Copyright Security Agreement or supplemental schedules to the Copyright Security Agreement reflecting the security interest of Agent in such Copyrights, which supplemental schedules shall be in form and content suitable for recordation with the United States Copyright Office (or any similar office of any other jurisdiction in which Copyrights are used) so as to give constructive notice, when so recorded, of the transfer by such Grantor to Agent of a security interest in such Copyrights and (II) any other documentation as Agent reasonably deems necessary in order to perfect and continue perfected Agent’s Liens on such Copyrights following such recordation.

(vi) In addition, on the date of delivery of a Compliance Certificate in respect of a month pursuant to Section 5.3 of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall provide Agent with a written report of all new Copyrights (to the extent not already covered in Section 6(g)(v) above), Patents and Trademarks that are registered or the subject of pending applications for registrations, which were acquired, generated or filed by such Grantor during the prior period. In the case of such registrations or applications therefor, which were acquired by such Grantor, such Grantor shall file the necessary documents with the appropriate filing office identifying such Grantor as the sole claimant thereto in a manner sufficient to claim in the public record such Grantor’s ownership thereof. In each of the foregoing cases, such Grantor shall cause to be prepared, executed, and delivered to Agent supplemental schedules to the applicable Loan Documents to identify such Copyright, Patent and Trademark registrations and applications therefor as being subject to the security interests created thereunder.

(vii) Upon receipt from the United States Copyright Office of notice of registration of any Copyright(s), such Grantor shall promptly (but in no event later than 10 days following such receipt) notify Agent of such registration by delivering, or causing to be delivered to Agent, via overnight courier, electronic mail or telefacsimile at the addresses designated in the Credit Agreement, documentation sufficient for Agent to perfect Agent’s Liens on such Copyright(s).

(viii) Subject to Section 3.6(d) of the Credit Agreement, such Grantor shall deposit with the escrow agent designated under the Source Code Escrow Agreement all materials required under the Source Code Escrow Agreement, including the source code for each version or versions of each item of computer software programs or other technology of such Grantor constituting the Required Library and any updates thereto, on a quarterly basis pursuant to the Source Code Escrow Agreement and in accordance with all other terms and conditions thereof.

(ix) Such Grantor shall ensure that each of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 5(i) and 5(j) hereof shall remain true and correct at all times.

(h) Investment Related Property .

(i) If such Grantor shall receive or become entitled to receive any Pledged Interests after the Closing Date, it shall promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days of receipt thereof) deliver to Agent a duly executed Pledged Interests Addendum identifying such Pledged Interests.

(ii) All sums of money and property paid or distributed in respect of the Investment Related Property which are received by such Grantor shall be held by such Grantor in trust for the benefit of Agent segregated from such Grantor’s other property, and such Grantor shall deliver such property forthwith to Agent in the exact form received.

 

- 11 -


(iii) Such Grantor shall promptly deliver to Agent a copy of each material notice or other material communication received by it in respect of any Pledged Interests.

(iv) Such Grantor shall not make or consent to any amendment or other modification or waiver with respect to any Pledged Interests, Pledged Operating Agreement, or Pledged Partnership Agreement, or enter into any agreement or permit to exist any restriction with respect to any Pledged Interests unless such Grantor is permitted to do so pursuant to the Loan Documents.

(v) Such Grantor agrees that it will cooperate with Agent in obtaining all necessary approvals and making all necessary filings under federal, state, local, or foreign law in connection with the Security Interest on the Investment Related Property or any sale or transfer thereof.

(vi) As to all limited liability company or partnership interests issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement, such Grantor hereby represents, warrants and covenants that the Pledged Interests issued pursuant to any such agreement (A) are not and shall not be dealt in or traded on securities exchanges or in securities markets, (B) do not and will not constitute investment company securities, and (C) are not and will not be held by such Pledgor in a securities account. In addition, none of the Pledged Operating Agreements, the Pledged Partnership Agreements, or any other agreements governing any of the Pledged Interests issued under any Pledged Operating Agreement or Pledged Partnership Agreement provide or shall provide that such Pledged Interests are securities governed by Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction.

(i) Real Property; Fixtures. Such Grantor covenants and agrees that upon the acquisition of any fee interest in Real Property it will promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days of acquisition) notify Agent of the acquisition of such Real Property and will grant to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a first priority Mortgage on each fee interest in Real Property now or hereafter owned by such Grantor and shall deliver such other documentation and opinions, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent, in connection with the grant of such Mortgage as Agent shall request in its Permitted Discretion, including, without limitation, title insurance policies, financing statements, fixture filings and environmental audits, and such Grantor shall pay all recording costs, intangible taxes and other fees and costs (including reasonable attorneys fees and expenses) incurred in connection therewith. Such Grantor acknowledges and agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, all of its Collateral shall remain personal property regardless of the manner of its attachment or affixation to Real Property.

(j) Transfers and Other Liens . Such Grantor shall not (i) sell, assign (by operation of law or otherwise) or otherwise dispose of, or grant any option with respect to, any of the Collateral, except as expressly permitted by the Credit Agreement, or (ii) create or permit to exist any Lien upon or with respect to any of its Collateral, except for Permitted Liens. The inclusion of Proceeds in the Collateral shall not be deemed to constitute Agent’s consent to any sale or other disposition of any of the Collateral except as expressly permitted in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

(k) Other Actions as to Any and All Collateral . Such Grantor shall promptly (and in any event within 5 Business Days of acquiring or obtaining such Collateral) notify Agent in writing upon (i) acquiring or otherwise obtaining any Collateral (other than Intellectual Property Rights, which are governed by Sections 6(g)(v) and 6(g)(vi) ) after the date hereof consisting of Investment Related Property, Chattel Paper (electronic, tangible or otherwise), documents (as defined in the Code), promissory notes (as defined in the Code), or instruments (as defined in the Code) or (ii) any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral being or becoming evidenced after the date hereof by any Chattel Paper, documents, promissory notes or instruments, and, upon the request of Agent and in accordance with Section 8 hereof, promptly execute such other documents and instruments, or if applicable, deliver such Chattel Paper, documents, promissory notes, instruments, or certificates evidencing any Investment Related Property in accordance with Section 6 hereof and do such other acts or things deemed necessary or desirable by Agent to protect Agent’s Security Interest therein.

 

- 12 -


(l) Pledged Notes .

(i) Such Grantor will not waive or release any obligation of any party to the Pledged Notes without the prior written consent of Agent.

(ii) Such Grantor will not take or omit to take any action or suffer or permit any action to be omitted or taken, the taking or omission of which would result in any right of offset against sums payable under the Pledged Notes.

(iii) Such Grantor shall give Agent copies of all material notices (including notices of default) given or received with respect to the Pledged Notes promptly after giving or receiving any such notice.

(iv) Without Agent’s prior written consent, such Grantor shall not, and shall not agree to, assign or surrender its rights and interests under the Pledged Notes nor terminate, cancel, modify, change, supplement or amend the Pledged Notes.

7. Relation to Other Security Documents . The provisions of this Agreement shall be read and construed with the other Loan Documents referred to below in the manner so indicated.

(a) Credit Agreement . In the event of any conflict between any provision in this Agreement and a provision in the Credit Agreement, such provision of the Credit Agreement shall control.

(b) Patent, Trademark, Copyright Security Agreements . The provisions of the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, and Patent Security Agreements are supplemental to the provisions of this Agreement, and nothing contained in the Copyright Security Agreements, Trademark Security Agreements, or the Patent Security Agreements shall limit any of the rights or remedies of Agent hereunder.

8. Further Assurances .

(a) Each Grantor agrees that from time to time, at its own expense, such Grantor will promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents, and take all further action, that may be necessary or that Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and protect any Security Interest granted or purported to be granted hereby or to enable Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral.

(b) Each Grantor hereby authorizes the filing of such financing or continuation statements, or amendments thereto, and such Grantor will execute and deliver to Agent such other instruments or notices, as may be necessary or as Agent may reasonably request, in order to perfect and preserve the Security Interest granted or purported to be granted hereby.

(c) Each Grantor hereby authorizes Agent to file, transmit, or communicate, as applicable, financing statements and amendments describing the Collateral as “all personal property of debtor” or “all assets of debtor” or words of similar effect, in order to perfect Agent’s security interest in the Collateral without such Grantor’s signature. Each Grantor also hereby ratifies its authorization for Agent to have filed in any jurisdiction any financing statements filed prior to the date hereof.

(d) Each Grantor acknowledges that, prior to the termination of this Agreement, it is not authorized to file any financing statement or amendment or termination statement with respect to any financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement without the prior written consent of Agent, subject to such Grantor’s rights under Section 9-509(d)(2) of the Code.

 

- 13 -


9. Agent’s Right to Perform Contracts . Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Agent (or its designee) may proceed to perform any and all of the obligations of any Grantor contained in any contract, lease, or other agreement and exercise any and all rights of any Grantor therein contained as fully as such Grantor itself could.

10. Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby irrevocably appoints Agent its attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of such Grantor and in the name of such Grantor or otherwise, at such time as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement, to take any action and to execute any instrument which Agent may reasonably deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement, including, without limitation:

(a) to ask, demand, collect, sue for, recover, compromise, receive and give acquittance and receipts for moneys due and to become due under or in connection with the Accounts or any other Collateral of such Grantor;

(b) to receive and open all mail addressed to such Grantor and to notify postal authorities to change the address for the delivery of mail to such Grantor to that of Agent;

(c) to receive, indorse, and collect any drafts or other instruments, documents, Negotiable Collateral or Chattel Paper;

(d) to file any claims or take any action or institute any proceedings which Agent may deem necessary or desirable for the collection of any of the Collateral of such Grantor or otherwise to enforce the rights of Agent with respect to any of the Collateral;

(e) to repair, alter, or supply goods, if any, necessary to fulfill in whole or in part the purchase order of any Person obligated to such Grantor in respect of any Account of such Grantor;

(f) to use any labels, Patents, Trademarks, trade names, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, Copyrights, advertising matter or other industrial or intellectual property rights, in advertising for sale and selling Inventory and other Collateral and to collect any amounts due under Accounts, contracts or Negotiable Collateral of such Grantor; and

(g) Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group, shall have the right, but shall not be obligated, to bring suit in its own name to enforce the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights and Intellectual Property Licenses and, if Agent shall commence any such suit, the appropriate Grantor shall, at the request of Agent, do any and all lawful acts and execute any and all proper documents reasonably required by Agent in aid of such enforcement.

To the extent permitted by law, each Grantor hereby ratifies all that such attorney-in-fact shall lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. This power of attorney is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable until this Agreement is terminated.

11. Agent May Perform . If any Grantor fails to perform any agreement contained herein, Agent may itself perform, or cause performance of, such agreement, and the reasonable expenses of Agent incurred in connection therewith shall be payable, jointly and severally, by Grantors.

12. Agent’s Duties . The powers conferred on Agent hereunder are solely to protect Agent’s interest in the Collateral, for the benefit of the Lender Group, and shall not impose any duty upon Agent to exercise any such powers. Except for the safe custody of any Collateral in its actual possession and the accounting for moneys actually received by it hereunder, Agent shall have no duty as to any Collateral or as to the taking of any necessary steps to preserve rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining to any Collateral. Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any Collateral in its actual possession if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which Agent accords its own property.

 

- 14 -


13. Collection of Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral . At any time upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, Agent or Agent’s designee may (a) notify Account Debtors of any Grantor that such Grantor’s Accounts, General Intangibles, Chattel Paper or Negotiable Collateral have been assigned to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, or that Agent has a security interest therein, and (b) collect such Grantor’s Accounts, General Intangibles and Negotiable Collateral directly, and any collection costs and expenses shall constitute part of such Grantor’s Secured Obligations under the Loan Documents.

14. Disposition of Pledged Interests by Agent . None of the Pledged Interests existing as of the date of this Agreement are, and none of the Pledged Interests hereafter acquired on the date of acquisition thereof will be, registered or qualified under the various federal or state securities laws of the United States and disposition thereof after an Event of Default may be restricted to one or more private (instead of public) sales in view of the lack of such registration. Each Grantor understands that in connection with such disposition, Agent may approach only a restricted number of potential purchasers and further understands that a sale under such circumstances may yield a lower price for the Pledged Interests than if the Pledged Interests were registered and qualified pursuant to federal and state securities laws and sold on the open market. Each Grantor, therefore, agrees that: (a) if Agent shall, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, sell or cause the Pledged Interests or any portion thereof to be sold at a private sale, Agent shall have the right to rely upon the advice and opinion of any nationally recognized brokerage or investment firm (but shall not be obligated to seek such advice and the failure to do so shall not be considered in determining the commercial reasonableness of such action) as to the best manner in which to offer the Pledged Interest for sale and as to the best price reasonably obtainable at the private sale thereof; and (b) such reliance shall be conclusive evidence that Agent has handled the disposition in a commercially reasonable manner.

15. Voting Rights .

(a) Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, (i) Agent may, at its option, and with prior notice (unless such Event of Default is an Event of Default specified in Section 7.4 or 7.5 of the Credit Agreement, in which case no such notice need be given) to each Grantor, and in addition to all rights and remedies available to Agent under any other agreement, at law, in equity, or otherwise, exercise all voting rights, and all other ownership or consensual rights in respect of the Pledged Interests owned by such Grantor, but under no circumstances is Agent obligated by the terms of this Agreement to exercise such rights, and (ii) if Agent duly exercises its right to vote any of such Pledged Interests, each Grantor hereby appoints Agent such Grantor’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact and IRREVOCABLE PROXY to vote such Pledged Interests in any manner Agent deems advisable for or against all matters submitted or which may be submitted to a vote of shareholders, partners or members, as the case may be. The power-of-attorney granted hereby is coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.

(b) For so long as any Grantor shall have the right to vote the Pledged Interests owned by it, such Grantor covenants and agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of Agent, vote or take any consensual action with respect to such Pledged Interests which would adversely affect the rights of Agent and the other members of the Lender Group or the value of the Pledged Interests or that would be inconsistent with or result in any violation of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document.

16. Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(a) Agent may exercise in respect of the Collateral, in addition to other rights and remedies provided for herein, in the other Loan Documents, or otherwise available to it, all the rights and remedies of a secured party on default under the Code or any other applicable law. Without limiting the

 

- 15 -


generality of the foregoing, each Grantor expressly agrees that, in any such event, Agent, without demand of performance or other demand, advertisement or notice of any kind (except a notice specified below of time and place of public or private sale) to or upon any of Grantors or any other Person (all and each of which demands, advertisements and notices are hereby expressly waived to the maximum extent permitted by the Code or any other applicable law), may take immediate possession of all or any portion of the Collateral and (i) require Grantors to, and each Grantor hereby agrees that it will at its own expense and upon request of Agent forthwith, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by Agent and make it available to Agent at one or more locations where such Grantor regularly maintains Inventory, and (ii) without notice except as specified below, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any of Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit, and upon such other terms as Agent may deem commercially reasonable. Each Grantor agrees that, to the extent notice of sale shall be required by law, at least 10 days notice to any of Grantors of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale is to be made shall constitute reasonable notification and specifically such notice shall constitute a reasonable “authenticated notification of disposition” within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the Code. Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral regardless of notice of sale having been given. Agent may adjourn any public or private sale from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed therefor, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which it was so adjourned.

(b) Agent is hereby granted a license or other right to use, without liability for royalties or any other charge, each Grantor’s labels, Patents, Copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, service marks and advertising matter, URLs, domain names, industrial designs, other industrial or intellectual property or any property of a similar nature, whether owned or licensable by any Grantor or with respect to which any Grantor has sublicensable rights under license, sublicense, or other agreements, as it pertains to the Collateral, in preparing for sale, advertising for sale and selling any Collateral, and each Grantor’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to the benefit of Agent; provided, however, that Agent may exercise the foregoing only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

(c) Any cash held by Agent as Collateral and all cash proceeds received by Agent in respect of any sale of, collection from, or other realization upon all or any part of the Collateral shall be applied against the Secured Obligations in the order set forth in the Credit Agreement. In the event the proceeds of Collateral are insufficient to satisfy all of the Secured Obligations in full, each Grantor shall remain jointly and severally liable for any such deficiency.

(d) Each Grantor hereby acknowledges that the Secured Obligations arose out of a commercial transaction, and agrees that if an Event of Default shall occur Agent shall have the right to an immediate writ of possession without notice of a hearing. Agent shall have the right to the appointment of a receiver for the properties and assets of each Grantor, and each Grantor hereby consents to such rights and such appointment and hereby waives any objection such Grantor may have thereto or the right to have a bond or other security posted by Agent.

17. Remedies Cumulative . Each right, power, and remedy of Agent as provided for in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall be cumulative and concurrent and shall be in addition to every other right, power, or remedy provided for in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by Agent, of any one or more of such rights, powers, or remedies shall not preclude the simultaneous or later exercise by Agent of any or all such other rights, powers, or remedies.

18. Marshaling . Agent shall not be required to marshal any present or future collateral security (including but not limited to the Collateral) for, or other assurances of payment of, the Secured Obligations or any of them or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and in respect of such collateral security and other assurances of

 

- 16 -


payment shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights and remedies, however existing or arising. To the extent that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby agrees that it will not invoke any law relating to the marshaling of collateral which might cause delay in or impede the enforcement of Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement or under any other instrument creating or evidencing any of the Secured Obligations or under which any of the Secured Obligations is outstanding or by which any of the Secured Obligations is secured or payment thereof is otherwise assured, and, to the extent that it lawfully may, each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives the benefits of all such laws.

19. Indemnity and Expenses .

(a) Each Grantor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Agent and the other members of the Lender Group to the same extent and in the same manner as the indemnity made by the Borrowers pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Credit Agreement. This provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the Credit Agreement and the repayment of the Secured Obligations.

(b) Grantors, jointly and severally, shall, upon demand, pay to Agent (or Agent, may charge to the Loan Account) all the Lender Group Expenses which Agent may incur in connection with (i) the administration of this Agreement, (ii) the custody, preservation, use or operation of, or, upon an Event of Default, the sale of, collection from, or other realization upon, any of the Collateral in accordance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (iii) the exercise or enforcement of any of the rights of Agent hereunder or (iv) the failure by any of Grantors to perform or observe any of the provisions hereof.

20. Merger, Amendments; Etc. THIS WRITTEN AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS, REPRESENTS THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement, and no consent to any departure by any of Grantors herefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. No amendment of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by Agent and each of Grantors to which such amendment applies.

21. Addresses for Notices . All notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be given in the form and manner and delivered to Agent at its address specified in the Credit Agreement, and to any of the Grantors at their respective addresses specified in the Credit Agreement or Guaranty, as applicable, or, as to any party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other party.

22. Continuing Security Interest; Assignments under Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall create a continuing security interest in the Collateral and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the Obligations have been paid in full in cash in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Commitments have expired or have been terminated, (b) be binding upon each Grantor, and their respective successors and assigns, and (c) inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, Agent, and its successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (c), any Lender may, in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement, assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Lender herein or otherwise. Upon payment in full in cash of the Obligations in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the expiration or termination of the Commitments, the Security Interest granted hereby shall terminate and this Agreement and all rights to the Collateral shall revert to Grantors or any other Person entitled thereto. At such time, Agent will file, or authorize the filing of, appropriate termination statements to terminate such Security Interests. No transfer or renewal, extension, assignment, or termination of this Agreement or of the Credit

 

- 17 -


Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other instrument or document executed and delivered by any Grantor to Agent nor any additional loans made by any Lender to Borrowers, nor the taking of further security, nor the retaking or re-delivery of the Collateral to Grantors, or any of them, by Agent, nor any other act of the Lender Group or any of them, shall release any Grantor from any obligation, except a release or discharge executed in writing by Agent in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement. Agent shall not by any act, delay, omission or otherwise, be deemed to have waived any of its rights or remedies hereunder, unless such waiver is in writing and signed by Agent and then only to the extent therein set forth. A waiver by Agent of any right or remedy on any occasion shall not be construed as a bar to the exercise of any such right or remedy which Agent would otherwise have had on any other occasion.

23. Governing Law .

(a) THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED , HOWEVER , THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH GRANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 12(b) .

(c) EACH GRANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH GRANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

24. New Subsidiaries . To the extent required by Section 5.16 of the Credit Agreement, any new direct or indirect Subsidiary (whether by acquisition or creation) of Parent, Borrowers or any other Grantor is required to enter into this Agreement by executing and delivering in favor of Agent a supplement to this Security Agreement in the form of Annex 1 attached hereto. Upon the execution and delivery of such supplement by such new Subsidiary, such Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any instrument adding an additional Grantor as a party to this Agreement shall not require the consent of any Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor hereunder.

 

- 18 -


25. Agent . Each reference herein to any right granted to, benefit conferred upon or power exercisable by the “Agent” shall be a reference to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group.

26. Miscellaneous .

(a) This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Agreement by telefacsimile or other electronic method of transmission also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Agreement but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Agreement. The foregoing shall apply to each other Loan Document mutatis mutandis .

(b) Any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in that jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

(c) Headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in connection with the interpretation of any provision hereof.

(d) The pronouns used herein shall include, when appropriate, either gender and both singular and plural, and the grammatical construction of sentences shall conform thereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGES TO FOLLOW]

 

- 19 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned parties hereto have executed this Agreement by and through their duly authorized officers, as of the day and year first above written.

 

GRANTORS:    

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President
   

IMAGING ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President
   

AGFA MONOTYPE CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT


     

INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE

CORPORATION,

a New York corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President
AGENT:     D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a
    Delaware limited partnership, as Agent
    By:   D. B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,
      its general partner
      By:   Zwirn Holdings, LLC,
        its managing member
    By:   /s/ Daniel B. Zwirn
    Name:   Daniel B. Zwirn
    Title:   Managing Member

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.42

SUPPLEMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

Supplement No. 1 (this “ Supplement ”) dated as of December 28, 2006, to the Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”) by each of the parties listed as “ Grantors ” on the signature pages thereto and those additional entities that thereafter become grantors thereunder (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually, a “ Grantor ”) and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as Agent, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender Group (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp.) (“ Parent ”), Monotype Imaging Inc., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Monotype Imaging, Inc.) (“ Administrative Borrower ”), International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ” and together with Administrative Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and Agent, the Lender Group agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement and/or the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lender Group to make certain financial accommodations to Borrowers; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 5.16 of the Credit Agreement, new direct or indirect Subsidiaries of Parent, Borrowers and the other Grantors, must execute and deliver to Agent certain Loan Documents, including the Security Agreement, and the execution of the Security Agreement by the undersigned new Grantor or Grantors (collectively, the “ New Grantors ”) may be accomplished by the execution of this Supplement in favor of Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group.

NOW, THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each New Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. In accordance with Section 24 of the Security Agreement, each New Grantor, by its signature below, becomes a “ Grantor ” under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a “ Grantor ” and each New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all of the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a “ Grantor ” thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a “ Grantor ” thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, each New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby grant, assign, and pledge to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a security interest in and security title to all assets of such New Grantor including, without limitation, all property of the type described in Section 2 of the Security Agreement to secure the full and


prompt payment of the Secured Obligations, including, without limitation, any interest thereon, plus reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses if the Secured Obligations represented by the Security Agreement are collected by law, through an attorney-at-law, or under advice therefrom. Schedule 1 , “Copyrights,” Schedule 2 , “Intellectual Property Licenses,” Schedule 3 , “Patents,” Schedule 4 , “Pledged Companies,” Schedule 5 , “Trademarks,” Schedule 6 , “Commercial Tort Claims,” Schedule 7 , “Owned Real Property,” and Schedule 8 , “List of Uniform Commercial Code Filing Jurisdictions,” attached hereto supplement Schedule 1 , Schedule 2 , Schedule 3 , Schedule 4 , Schedule 5 , Schedule 6 , Schedule 7 , and Schedule 8 , respectively, to the Security Agreement and shall be deemed a part thereof for all purposes of the Security Agreement. Each reference to a “ Grantor ” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include each New Grantor. The Security Agreement is incorporated herein by reference.

2. Each New Grantor represents and warrants to Agent and the Lender Group that this Supplement has been duly executed and delivered by such New Grantor and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, moratorium or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

3. This Supplement may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Delivery of a counterpart hereof by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

5. This Supplement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflict of laws principles thereof.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each New Grantor and Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

NEW GRANTORS:     LINOTYPE CORP.
      By:   /s/ Douglas J. Shaw
      Name:   Douglas J. Shaw
      Title:      

SIGNATURE PAGE OF SUPPLEMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT


AGENT:     D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as Agent
      By:  

D. B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its general partner

        By:  

    Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

    its managing member

      By:   /s/ Lawrence Cutler
      Name:   Lawrence Cutler
      Title:   Managing Member

SIGNATURE PAGE OF SUPPLEMENT TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.43

GENERAL CONTINUING GUARANTY

This GENERAL CONTINUING GUARANTY (this “ Guaranty ”), dated as of November 5, 2004, is executed and delivered by the Persons listed on the signature page(s) hereof under the caption “Guarantor” and any additional entities acceding hereto (collectively, jointly and severally, the “ Guarantors ” and each a “ Guarantor ”), in favor of D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as arranger and administrative agent for the below defined Lenders (in such capacity, together with its successors and assigns, if any, “ Agent ”), in light of the following:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement of even date herewith (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Imaging Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), Agfa Monotype Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Monotype ”), International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ” and, together with Newco and Monotype, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders”, and Agent, the Lender Group is willing to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS , Guarantors are Affiliates of Borrowers and, as such, will benefit by virtue of the financial accommodations extended to Borrowers by the Lender Group; and

WHEREAS , in order to induce the Lender Group to enter into the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to extend the financial accommodations to Borrowers pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and in consideration thereof, and in consideration of any loans or other financial accommodations heretofore or hereafter extended by the Lender Group to Borrowers, whether pursuant to the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents, Guarantors have agreed to jointly and severally guaranty the Guarantied Obligations.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing, each of the Guarantors hereby agrees with Agent as follows:

1. Definitions and Construction .

(a) Definitions . Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement. The following terms, as used in this Guaranty, shall have the following meanings:

Agent ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Borrowers ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Guarantied Obligations ” means (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, and interest (including any interest that, but for the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding, would have accrued) on, any and all premium on, and any Lender Group Expenses incurred in connection with, the Obligations owed by Borrowers to any member of the Lender Group pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and (b) the due and punctual payment of all other present or future Obligations owing by Borrowers to any member of the Lender Group.

Guarantor ” and “ Guarantors ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.

Guaranty ” has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.


Monotype ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Newco ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Parent ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Typeface ” has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

Voidable Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 9 of this Guaranty.

(b) Construction . Unless the context of this Guaranty clearly requires otherwise, references to the plural include the singular, references to the singular include the plural, the terms “includes” and “including” are not limiting, and the term “or” has, except where otherwise indicated, the inclusive meaning represented by the phrase “and/or.” The words “hereof,” “herein,” “hereby,” “hereunder,” and similar terms in this Guaranty refer to this Guaranty as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Guaranty. Section, subsection, clause, schedule, and exhibit references herein are to this Guaranty unless otherwise specified. Any reference in this Guaranty to any agreement, instrument, or document shall include all alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements, thereto and thereof, as applicable (subject to any restrictions on such alterations, amendments, changes, extensions, modifications, renewals, replacements, substitutions, joinders, and supplements set forth herein). Neither this Guaranty nor any uncertainty or ambiguity herein shall be construed against the Lender Group, any Guarantor or any Borrower, whether under any rule of construction or otherwise. On the contrary, this Agreement has been reviewed by all parties and shall be construed and interpreted according to the ordinary meaning of the words used so as to accomplish fairly the purposes and intentions of all parties hereto. Any reference herein to the satisfaction or payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations shall mean the payment in full in cash (or cash collateralization in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement) of all Guarantied Obligations other than contingent indemnification Guarantied Obligations. Any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns. Any requirement of a writing contained herein shall be satisfied by the transmission of a Record and any Record transmitted shall constitute a representation and warranty as to the accuracy and completeness of the information contained therein.

2. Guarantied Obligations . Each Guarantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally, jointly and severally, guaranties to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, as and for its own debt, until final payment in full thereof has been made, (a) the prompt payment of the Guarantied Obligations, when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at maturity, pursuant to a mandatory prepayment requirement, by acceleration, or otherwise; it being the intent of each Guarantor that the guaranty set forth herein shall be a guaranty of payment and not a guaranty of collection; and (b) the punctual and faithful performance, keeping, observance, and fulfillment by Borrowers of all of the agreements, conditions, covenants, and obligations of Borrowers contained in the Credit Agreement and under each of the other Loan Documents.

3. Continuing Guaranty . This Guaranty includes Guarantied Obligations arising under successive transactions continuing, compromising, extending, increasing, modifying, releasing, or renewing the Guarantied Obligations, changing the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof, or creating new or additional Guarantied Obligations after prior Guarantied Obligations have been satisfied in whole or in part. To the maximum extent permitted by law, each Guarantor hereby waives any right to revoke this Guaranty as to future Guarantied Obligations. If such a revocation is effective notwithstanding the foregoing waiver, each Guarantor acknowledges and agrees that (a) no such revocation shall be effective until written notice thereof has been received by Agent, (b) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations in existence on such date (including any subsequent continuation, extension, or renewal thereof, or change in the interest rate, payment terms, or other terms and conditions thereof), (c) no such revocation shall apply to any Guarantied Obligations made or created after such date to the extent made or created pursuant to a legally binding commitment of Agent in existence on the date of such revocation, (d) no payment by any

 

-2-


Guarantor, any Borrower, or from any other source, prior to the date of such revocation shall reduce the maximum obligation of such Guarantor hereunder, and (e) any payment by Borrowers or from any source other than the Guarantors subsequent to the date of such revocation shall first be applied to that portion of the Guarantied Obligations as to which the revocation is effective and which are not, therefore, guarantied hereunder, and to the extent so applied shall not reduce the maximum obligation of the Guarantors hereunder.

4. Performance Under this Guaranty . In the event that Borrowers fail to make any payment of any Guarantied Obligations, on or prior to the due date thereof, or if any Borrower shall fail to perform, keep, observe, or fulfill any other obligation referred to in clause (b)  of Section 2 of this Guaranty in the manner provided in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, each of the Guarantors immediately shall cause, as applicable, such payment to be made or such obligation to be performed, kept, observed, or fulfilled.

5. Primary Obligations . This Guaranty is a primary and original obligation of each Guarantor, is not merely the creation of a surety relationship, and is an absolute, unconditional, and continuing guaranty of payment and performance which shall remain in full force and effect without respect to future changes in conditions. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that it is directly, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, and any other guarantor of the Guarantied Obligations, liable to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, that the obligations of each Guarantor hereunder are independent of the obligations of any Borrower, each other Guarantor, or any other guarantor, and that a separate action may be brought against each Guarantor, whether such action is brought against any Borrower, any other Guarantor, or any other guarantor or whether any Borrower, any other Guarantor, or any other guarantor is joined in such action. Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its liability hereunder shall be immediate and shall not be contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by any member of the Lender Group of whatever remedies they may have against any Borrower, any other Guarantor, or any other guarantor, or the enforcement of any lien or realization upon any security by any member of the Lender Group. Each Guarantor consents and agrees that no member of the Lender Group shall be under any obligation to marshal any property or assets of any Borrower, any other Guarantor, or any other guarantor in favor of such Guarantor, or against or in payment of any or all of the Guarantied Obligations.

6. Waivers .

(a) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives: (i) notice of acceptance hereof; (ii) notice of any loans or other financial accommodations made or extended under the Credit Agreement, or the creation or existence of any Guarantied Obligations; (iii) notice of the amount of the Guarantied Obligations, subject, however, to such Guarantors’ rights to make inquiry of Agent to ascertain the amount of the Guarantied Obligations at any reasonable time; (iv) notice of any adverse change in the financial condition of any Borrower or of any other fact that might increase such Guarantors’ risk hereunder; (v) notice of presentment for payment, demand, protest, and notice thereof as to any instrument among the Loan Documents; (vi) notice of any Default or Event of Default under the Credit Agreement; and (vii) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically required to be given to any Guarantor under this Guaranty or any other Loan Documents to which any Guarantor is a party) and demands to which any Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.

(b) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives the right by statute or otherwise to require any member of the Lender Group, to institute suit against Borrowers or to exhaust any rights and remedies which any member of the Lender Group, has or may have against Borrowers. In this regard, each Guarantor agrees that it is bound to the payment of each and all Guarantied Obligations, whether now existing or hereafter arising, as fully as if the Guarantied Obligations were directly owing to Agent or the Lender Group, as applicable, by each Guarantor. Each Guarantor further waives any defense arising by reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the Guarantied Obligations shall have been performed and paid in the manner provided for by the applicable Loan Documents, to the extent of any such payment) of any Borrower or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever of the liability of such Borrower in respect thereof.

 

-3-


(c) To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each Guarantor hereby waives: (i) any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group, any defense (legal or equitable), set-off, counterclaim, or claim which such Guarantor may now or at any time hereafter have against any Borrower or any other party liable to any member of the Lender Group; (ii) any defense, set-off, counterclaim, or claim, of any kind or nature, arising directly or indirectly from the present or future lack of perfection, sufficiency, validity, or enforceability of the Guarantied Obligations or any security therefor; (iii) any right or defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any member of the Lender Group; (iv) the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting such Guarantors’ liability hereunder or the enforcement thereof, and any act which shall defer or delay the operation of any statute of limitations applicable to the Guarantied Obligations shall similarly operate to defer or delay the operation of such statute of limitations applicable to any Guarantor’s liability hereunder.

(d) Until such time as all of the Guarantied Obligations have been finally paid in full: (i) each Guarantor hereby waives and postpones any right of subrogation such Guarantor has or may have as against any Borrower with respect to the Guarantied Obligations; (ii) each Guarantor hereby waives and postpones any right to proceed against such Borrower or any other Person, now or hereafter, for contribution, indemnity, reimbursement, or any other suretyship rights and claims (irrespective of whether direct or indirect, liquidated or contingent), with respect to the Guarantied Obligations; and (iii) each Guarantor also hereby waives and postpones any right to proceed or to seek recourse against or with respect to any property or asset of such Borrower.

(e) If any of the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time are secured by a mortgage or deed of trust upon real property, any member of the Lender Group may elect, in its sole discretion, upon a default with respect to the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of the Guarantors under this Guaranty, to foreclose such mortgage or deed of trust judicially or nonjudicially in any manner permitted by law, before or after enforcing this Guaranty, without diminishing or affecting the liability of such Guarantor hereunder. Each Guarantor understands that (a) by virtue of the operation of antideficiency law applicable to nonjudicial foreclosures, an election by any member of the Lender Group to nonjudicially foreclose on such a mortgage or deed of trust probably would have the effect of impairing or destroying rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity of the Guarantors against Borrowers or other guarantors or sureties, and (b) absent the waiver given by such Guarantor herein, such an election would estop the Lender Group from enforcing this Guaranty against such Guarantor. Understanding the foregoing, and understanding that each Guarantor hereby is relinquishing a defense to the enforceability of this Guaranty, each Guarantor hereby waives any right to assert against any member of the Lender Group any defense to the enforcement of this Guaranty, whether denominated “estoppel” or otherwise, based on or arising from an election by any member of the Lender Group to nonjudicially foreclose on any such mortgage or deed of trust. Each Guarantor understands that the effect of the foregoing waiver may be that such Guarantor may have liability hereunder for amounts with respect to which such Guarantor may be left without rights of subrogation, reimbursement, contribution, or indemnity against Borrowers, the other Guarantors, or other guarantors or sureties.

(f) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that such Guarantor may have if all or part of the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property. This means, among other things:

(i) Any member of the Lender Group may collect from such Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral that may be pledged by such Guarantor, Borrowers, the other Guarantors, or any other guarantor.

 

-4-


(ii) If any member of the Lender Group forecloses on any real property collateral that may be pledged by such Guarantor, Borrowers, the other Guarantors, or any other guarantor:

 

  (A) The amount of the Guarantied Obligations or any obligations of such Guarantor in respect thereof may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.

 

  (B) Agent may collect from such Guarantor even if any member of the Lender Group, by foreclosing on the real property collateral, has destroyed any right such Guarantor may have to collect from Borrowers, the other Guarantors, or any other guarantor.

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Guarantor may have if all or part of the Guarantied Obligations are secured by real property.

(g) WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, EACH GUARANTOR WAIVES ALL RIGHTS AND DEFENSES ARISING OUT OF AN ELECTION OF REMEDIES BY ANY MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP, EVEN THOUGH SUCH ELECTION OF REMEDIES, SUCH AS A NONJUDICIAL FORECLOSURE WITH RESPECT TO SECURITY FOR THE GUARANTIED OBLIGATIONS, HAS DESTROYED SUCH GUARANTOR’S RIGHTS OF SUBROGATION AND REIMBURSEMENT AGAINST BORROWERS BY THE OPERATION OF APPLICABLE LAW.

(h) Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each Guarantor hereby agrees as follows:

(i) Agent’s right to enforce this Guaranty is absolute and is not contingent upon the genuineness, validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents. Each Guarantor agrees that Agent’s rights under this Guaranty shall be enforceable even if Borrowers had no liability at the time of execution of the Loan Documents or later ceases to be liable.

(ii) Each Guarantor agrees that Agent’s rights under the Loan Documents will remain enforceable even if the amount secured by the Loan Documents is larger in amount and more burdensome than that for which Borrowers are responsible. The enforceability of this Guaranty against each Guarantor shall continue until all sums due under the Loan Documents have been paid in full and shall not be limited or affected in any way by any impairment or any diminution or loss of value of any security or collateral for Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Documents, from whatever cause, the failure of any security interest in any such security or collateral or any disability or other defense of any Borrower, any other Guarantor, or any other guarantor of Borrowers’ obligations under any other Loan Document, any pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Loan Documents.

(iii) Each Guarantor waives the right to require Agent to (A) proceed against Borrowers, any other Guarantor, or any other guarantor of Borrowers’ obligations under any Loan Document, any other pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, (B) proceed against or exhaust any other security or collateral Agent may hold, or (C) pursue any other right or remedy for such Guarantor’s benefit, and agrees that Agent may exercise its right under this Guaranty without taking any action against Borrowers, any other Guarantor, or any other guarantor of Borrowers’ obligations under the Loan Documents, any pledgor of collateral for any person’s obligations to Agent or any other person in connection with the Guarantied Obligations, and without proceeding against or exhausting any security or collateral Agent holds.

 

-5-


7. Releases . Each Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or by any Guarantor and without affecting or impairing the obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, any member of the Lender Group may, by action or inaction, compromise or settle, extend the period of duration or the time for the payment, or discharge the performance of, or may refuse to, or otherwise not enforce, or may, by action or inaction, release all or any one or more parties to, any one or more of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document or may grant other indulgences to Borrowers in respect thereof, or may amend or modify in any manner and at any time (or from time to time) any one or more of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, or may, by action or inaction, release or substitute any Guarantor or any other guarantor, if any, of the Guarantied Obligations, or may enforce, exchange, release, or waive, by action or inaction, any security for the Guarantied Obligations or any other guaranty of the Guarantied Obligations, or any portion thereof.

8. No Election . The Lender Group shall have the right to seek recourse against each Guarantor to the fullest extent provided for herein and no election by any member of the Lender Group to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any party, or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of the Lender Group’s right to proceed in any other form of action or proceeding or against other parties unless Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group, has expressly waived such right in writing. Specifically, but without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no action or proceeding by the Lender Group under any document or instrument evidencing the Guarantied Obligations shall serve to diminish the liability of any Guarantor under this Guaranty except to the extent that the Lender Group finally and unconditionally shall have realized payment in full of the Guarantied Obligations by such action or proceeding.

9. Revival and Reinstatement . If the incurrence or payment of the Guarantied Obligations or the obligations of any Guarantor under this Guaranty by such Guarantor or the transfer by such Guarantor to Agent of any property of such Guarantor should for any reason subsequently be declared to be void or voidable under any state or federal law relating to creditors’ rights, including provisions of the Bankruptcy Code relating to fraudulent conveyances, preferences, or other voidable or recoverable payments of money or transfers of property (collectively, a “ Voidable Transfer ”), and if the Lender Group is required to repay or restore, in whole or in part, any such Voidable Transfer, or elects to do so upon the reasonable advice of its counsel, then, as to any such Voidable Transfer, or the amount thereof that the Lender Group is required or elects to repay or restore, and as to all reasonable costs, expenses, and attorneys fees of the Lender Group related thereto, the liability of each Guarantor automatically shall be revived, reinstated, and restored and shall exist as though such Voidable Transfer had never been made.

10. Financial Condition of Borrowers . Each Guarantor represents and warrants to the Lender Group that it is currently informed of the financial condition of Borrowers and of all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guarantied Obligations. Each Guarantor further represents and warrants to the Lender Group that it has read and understands the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and each other Loan Document. Each Guarantor hereby covenants that it will continue to keep itself informed of Borrowers’ financial condition, the financial condition of other guarantors, if any, and of all other circumstances which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guarantied Obligations.

11. Payments; Application . All payments to be made hereunder by any Guarantor shall be made in Dollars, in immediately available funds, and without deduction (whether for taxes or otherwise) or offset and shall be applied to the Guarantied Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

12. Attorneys Fees and Costs . Each Guarantor jointly and severally agrees to pay, on demand, all reasonable attorneys fees and all other costs and expenses constituting Lender Group Expenses which may be incurred by Agent or the Lender Group in connection with, arising out of, or consequential to, the protection, assertion, or enforcement of this Guaranty or the Guarantied Obligations (or any security therefor), irrespective of whether suit is brought.

 

-6-


13. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder to Agent shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent, or delivered in accordance Section 11 of the Credit Agreement. All notices and other communications hereunder to the Guarantors shall be in writing and shall be mailed, sent, or delivered in care of Administrative Borrower in accordance with Section 11 of the Credit Agreement.

14. Cumulative Remedies . No remedy under this Guaranty, under the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document is intended to be exclusive of any other remedy, but each and every remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to any and every other remedy given under this Guaranty, under the Credit Agreement, or any other Loan Document, and those provided by law. No failure on the part of the Lender Group or Agent on behalf thereof to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right under this Guaranty shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right under this Guaranty preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

15. Severability of Provisions . If any provision of this Guaranty is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Guaranty shall not be affected thereby.

16. Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Guaranty constitutes the entire agreement among the Guarantors and the Lender Group pertaining to the subject matter contained herein. This Guaranty may not be altered, amended, or modified, nor may any provision hereof be waived or noncompliance therewith consented to, except by means of a writing executed by each Guarantor and Agent, on behalf of the Lender Group. Any such alteration, amendment, modification, waiver, or consent shall be effective only to the extent specified therein and for the specific purpose for which given. No course of dealing and no delay or waiver of any right or default under this Guaranty shall be deemed a waiver of any other, similar or dissimilar, right or default or otherwise prejudice the rights and remedies hereunder.

17. Successors and Assigns . This Guaranty shall be binding upon each Guarantor and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Lender Group; provided , however , no Guarantor may assign this Guaranty or delegate any of its duties hereunder without Agent’s prior written consent and any unconsented to assignment shall be absolutely void. In the event of any assignment or other transfer of rights by the Lender Group, the rights and benefits herein conferred upon the Lender Group shall automatically extend to and be vested in such permitted assignee or other permitted transferee.

18. No Third Party Beneficiary . This Guaranty is solely for the benefit of each member of the Lender Group, and each of their successors and assigns and may not be relied on by any other Person.

19. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER .

THE VALIDITY OF THIS GUARANTY, THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF NEW YORK, STATE OF NEW YORK; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH

 

-7-


COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND. EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PROVISIONS THIS SECTION 19 .

EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS. EACH GUARANTOR AND EACH MEMBER OF THE LENDER GROUP REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL. IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS GUARANTY MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

20. Counterparts; Telefacsimile Execution . This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Guaranty. Delivery of an executed counterpart of this Guaranty by telefacsimile shall be equally as effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty. Any party delivering an executed counterpart of this Guaranty by telefacsimile also shall deliver an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty but the failure to deliver an original executed counterpart shall not affect the validity, enforceability, and binding effect of this Guaranty.

21. Agreement to be Bound . Each Guarantor hereby agrees to be bound by each and all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, by its execution and delivery of this Guaranty, each Guarantor hereby: (a) makes to the Lender Group each of the representations and warranties set forth in the Credit Agreement applicable to such Guarantor fully as though such Guarantor were a party thereto, and such representations and warranties are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis ; and (b) agrees and covenants (i) to do each of the things set forth in the Credit Agreement that Parent and Borrowers agree and covenant to cause their respective Subsidiaries to do, and (ii) to not do each of the things set forth in the Credit Agreement that Parent and Borrowers agree and covenant to cause their respective Subsidiaries not to do, in each case, fully as though such Guarantor was a party thereto, and such agreements and covenants are incorporated herein by this reference, mutatis mutandis .

[Signature page to follow]

 

-8-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed and delivered this Guaranty as of the date first written above.

 

GUARANTOR :    

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,

a Delaware corporation

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to Guaranty]

 

S-1


ACCEPTED THIS 5 th DAY OF November, 2004

 

D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership, as Agent
By:  

D. B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its general partner

  By:  

Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

its managing member

By:   /s/ Daniel B. Zwirn
Name:   Daniel B. Zwirn
Title:   Managing Member

[Signature Page to Guaranty]

 

S-1

Exhibit 10.44

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Copyright Security Agreement ”) is made this 5th day of November, 2004, among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”), and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., in its capacity as Agent for the Lender Group (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Imaging Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), Agfa Monotype Corporation (now known as Monotype Imaging, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Monotype ”), and International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrowers as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, that certain Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, this Copyright Security Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantors hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement and/or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHT COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):

(a) all of such Grantor’s Copyrights and rights in or to Copyright Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all restorations, reversions, renewals or extensions of the foregoing; and

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Copyright.

3. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyright Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.


4. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any United States registered copyrights or applications therefor which become part of the Copyright Collateral under the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Copyright Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

5. COUNTERPARTS . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

GRANTORS:    

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS

CORP., a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President
     

IMAGING ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President
     

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC. (f/k/a Agfa

Monotype Corporation), a Delaware

corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President
     

INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE

CORPORATION, a New York corporation, as a

Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

SIGNATURE PAGE OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT


AGENT:    

D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES

FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as

Agent

        By:  

D. B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its general partner

          By:  

Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

its managing member

      By:   /s/ Daniel B. Zwirn
      Name:   Daniel B. Zwirn
      Title:   Managing Member

SIGNATURE PAGE OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.45

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Patent Security Agreement ”) is made this 5th day of November, 2004, among the Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”), and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as Agent, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Imaging Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), Agfa Monotype Corporation (now known as Monotype Imaging, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Monotype ”), and International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, the members of Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrowers as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, that certain Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, this Patent Security Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement and/or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):

(a) all of its Patents and rights in and to Patent Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, extensions or renewals of, and improvements on, the foregoing; and

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Patent.

3. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.


4. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any patentable inventions or applications therefor which become part of the Patent Collateral under the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Patent Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I .

5. COUNTERPARTS . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

GRANTORS:     MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,
    a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

    IMAGING ACQUISITION CORPORATION,
    a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

    MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC. (f/k/a/ Agfa Monotype Corporation),
    a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

    INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION,
    a New York corporation, as a Grantor
      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

SIGNATURE PAGE OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT


AGENT:    

D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P. ,

a Delaware limited partnership, as Agent

      By:   D. B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,
        its general partner
        By:   Zwirn Holdings, LLC,
          its managing member
      By:   /s/ Daniel B. Zwirn
      Name:   Managing Partner
      Title:   Managing Member

 

-2-

SIGNATURE PAGE OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.46

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Trademark Security Agreement ”) is made this 5th day of November, 2004, among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “Grantor”), and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., in its capacity as Agent for the Lender Group (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Imaging Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), Agfa Monotype Corporation (now known as Monotype Imaging, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Monotype ”), and International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrowers as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of Lender Group, that certain Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of Lender Group, this Trademark Security Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement and/or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARK COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):

(a) all of its Trademarks and rights in and to Trademark Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all extensions, modifications and renewals of the foregoing;

(c) all goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each Trademark; and

(d) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future (i) infringement or dilution of any Trademark, or (ii) injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark.


3. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

4. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any trademarks, registrations, or applications therefor (including, without limitation, extensions or renewals) which become part of the Trademark Collateral under the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Trademark Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I .

5. COUNTERPARTS . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

[signature page follows]

 

- 2 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

GRANTORS:    

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President
   

IMAGING ACQUISITION CORPORATION,

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President
   

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC. (f/k/a Agfa

Monotype Corporation),

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President
   

INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION,

a New York corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT


AGENT:  

D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P. ,

a Delaware limited partnership, as Agent

      By:   D. B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,
        its general partner
        By:   Zwirn Holdings, LLC,
          its managing member
    By:   /s/ Daniel B. Zwirn
    Name:   Daniel B. Zwirn
    Title:   Managing Member

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.47

INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT

THIS INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, made and entered into as of November 5, 2004 (this “ Subordination Agreement ”), by and among, Imaging Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), Agfa Monotype Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Monotype ”), International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ”, and together with Newco and Monotype, the “ Borrowers ”), Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”, and together with the Borrowers, each a “ Subordinating Creditor ,” and collectively, the “ Subordinating Creditors ”), and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as the arranger and administrative agent (together with any successor(s) thereto in such capacity, the “ Agent ”) under the Credit Agreement referenced below. Unless otherwise defined herein, all capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (as amended, modified, supplemented or restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among Borrowers, Parent, the lenders signatory thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and Agent.

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Borrowers or Guarantors or any of their respective Subsidiaries may have borrowed, or may desire to borrow, certain sums from a Subordinating Creditor as permitted by the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, Borrowers desire to borrow certain sums from the Secured Parties (as defined herein) pursuant to the Credit Agreement; and

WHEREAS, as a condition to entering into the Credit Agreement, each of the Subordinating Creditors agrees that any loan extended to Borrowers, Guarantors, or any of their respective Subsidiaries (each, an “ Applicable Debtor ” and, collectively, the “ Applicable Debtors ”) will be subordinated to the Senior Debt (as defined herein), as more fully provided in this Subordination Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each of the Subordinating Creditors hereby agrees with the Secured Parties as follows:

1. Subordination . Subject to the terms hereof, each of the Subordinating Creditors hereby subordinates and defers, to the extent and in the manner set forth herein, the payment (including, without limitation, in any Insolvency Proceeding (as defined herein)) of any and all Indebtedness which may be now or hereafter owing by any Applicable Debtor to any such Subordinating Creditor (whether by reason of subrogation rights of such Subordinating Creditor or otherwise) as may be evidenced by any promissory notes and/or any other documents, instruments or agreements now or hereafter executed and delivered by any Applicable Debtor to any Subordinating Creditor (all such amounts, notes, documents, instruments, and agreements being hereinafter referred to as the “ Subordinated Debt ”) to the prior Discharge of Senior Debt (as defined below).


Bankruptcy Code ” means the United States Bankruptcy Code, as in effect from time to time.

Discharge of Senior Debt ” means payment and satisfaction in full in cash of any and all Senior Debt (as defined below) which may be now or hereafter owing to any Secured Party (as defined below) by any Applicable Debtor, in each case, after or concurrently with the termination of the Credit Agreement and the termination of all obligations and commitments to make loans, advances or otherwise extend credit thereunder.

Insolvency Proceeding ” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Applicable Debtor under any provision of the Bankruptcy Code or under any other state or federal bankruptcy or insolvency law, assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extensions generally with creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other similar relief and including the appointment of a trustee, receiver, administrative receiver, administrator or similar officer.

Secured Party ” means Agent or any member of the Lender Group.

Senior Debt ”, as used herein, shall mean any and all Obligations, including, without limitation, any and all now existing and future indebtedness, obligations or liabilities of the Applicable Debtors under the Credit Agreement to the Secured Parties, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, secured or unsecured, arising under, or in connection with, the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any guaranty executed in connection therewith) in favor of the Secured Parties, as each of the foregoing may be from time to time amended, modified, waived, supplemented, extended, renewed, deferred, refinanced, replaced, refunded or restated, in whole or in part, in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof, by operation of law or otherwise, including any and all expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements), premiums, fees and charges incurred in connection therewith and any interest thereon, including, without limitation, any post-petition interest accruing on such Senior Debt after any Applicable Debtor becomes subject to an Insolvency Proceeding (whether or not such interest is allowable or enforceable against such Applicable Debtor or recoverable against such Applicable Debtor or its bankruptcy estate), whether by means of an adequate protection payment or otherwise. For all purposes hereunder, Senior Debt shall also include all indebtedness, obligations and liabilities of the Applicable Debtors to repay any amounts previously paid by the Applicable Debtors pursuant to the Credit Agreement, which amounts have been returned to the Applicable Debtors or to a trustee by any Secured Party pursuant to Sections 547 or 548 of the Bankruptcy Code or otherwise under other applicable legislation.

2. Covenants . Without limiting any other provision of this Subordination Agreement, each of the Subordinating Creditors hereby covenants and agrees that, until such time as this Subordination Agreement is terminated as provided herein, such Subordinating Creditor will not, except to the extent expressly permitted by Sections 8 , 9 , and 10 hereof, assert any right which it may have to setoff against the Subordinated Debt any amounts which are or may be owing by such Subordinating Creditor to any Applicable Debtor, and that until such time as this Subordination Agreement is terminated as provided herein, and except to the extent expressly permitted by Sections 8 , 9 , and 10 hereof, such Subordinating Creditor will not directly

 

-2-


or indirectly: (a) demand or receive payment of; exchange, forgive, or modify; request or obtain collateral or security or guarantees for; or Commence Legal Action (as defined in Section 11 hereof) in respect of the Subordinated Debt, or (b) sell, assign, transfer, endorse, pledge, encumber or otherwise dispose of (whether by means of participation or otherwise) any portion of the Subordinated Debt or any interest therein to any Person without the prior written consent of the Agent, it being understood that each such assignee and transferee shall be bound in all respects by the terms and conditions of this Subordination Agreement.

3. Inducement . This Subordination Agreement is executed as an inducement to the Secured Parties to make loans or advances to Borrowers or otherwise to extend credit or financing accommodations to Borrowers, and to enter into the Loan Documents and to continue a financing arrangement with Borrowers and is executed in consideration of the Agent and Lenders entering into the Loan Documents and continuing such financing arrangement.

4. Continuing Agreement . This Subordination Agreement (a) may be terminated only upon the occurrence of the Discharge of Senior Debt, (b) is a continuing agreement of subordination, (c) shall be binding upon the Subordinating Creditors, the Applicable Debtors and their respective successors, transferees and assigns, and (d) shall inure to the benefit of the Secured Parties and be enforceable by the Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and each their respective successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Secured Parties may assign or otherwise transfer the Senior Debt to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the rights and benefits in respect thereof granted to the Secured Parties herein or otherwise, subject to Section 13.1 of the Credit Agreement. This Subordination Agreement shall continue to be effective (or, if previously terminated, reinstated), if at any time any payment of any of the Senior Debt is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Secured Party in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

5. Rights in Insolvency Proceedings . Each of the Subordinating Creditors hereby authorizes and empowers the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, in any Insolvency Proceeding to file a proof of claim on behalf of such Subordinating Creditor with respect to the Subordinated Debt (a) if such Subordinating Creditor fails to file such proof of claim prior to thirty (30) days before the expiration of the time period during which such claims must be submitted, or (b) if the Agent, in its Permitted Discretion, believes that any statements or assertions in a proof of claim filed by such Subordinating Creditor are not consistent with the terms and conditions hereof; provided , however , that any failure of the Agent to file such proof of claim shall not be deemed to be a waiver by the Agent or any Secured Party of any of the rights and benefits granted herein by such Subordinating Creditor. Each Subordinating Creditor shall provide the Agent with a copy of any proof of claim filed by such Subordinating Creditor in any Insolvency Proceeding. Each Subordinating Creditor hereby irrevocably grants the Agent the sole and exclusive authority and power in any Insolvency Proceeding, unless and until this Subordination Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms: (a) to accept and receive any payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable at any time upon or in respect of the Subordinated Debt; and (b) to take such other action as may be necessary or advisable to effectuate the foregoing. Each Subordinating Creditor shall provide to the Agent all information and documents necessary to present claims or seek enforcement as described in the immediately preceding sentence. Each of the Subordinating Creditors hereby agrees that, while it shall retain

 

-3-


the right to vote its claims and, except as otherwise provided in this Subordination Agreement, otherwise act in any Insolvency Proceeding relative to the related Applicable Debtor (including, without limitation, the right to vote to accept or reject any plan of partial or complete liquidation, reorganization, arrangement, composition, or extension), such Subordinating Creditor shall not: (i) take any action or vote in any way so as to directly or indirectly challenge or contest (A) the validity or the enforceability of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or the liens and security interests granted to the Secured Parties with respect to the Senior Debt, (B) the rights and duties of the Secured Parties established in the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Documents, or (C) the validity or enforceability of this Subordination Agreement; (ii) seek, or acquiesce in any request, to dismiss any Insolvency Proceeding or to convert an Insolvency Proceeding under chapter 11 of the Bankruptcy Code to a case under chapter 7 of the Bankruptcy Code; (iii) seek, or acquiesce in any request for, the appointment of a trustee or examiner with expanded powers for the related Applicable Debtor; (iv) propose, vote in favor of or otherwise approve a plan of reorganization, arrangement or liquidation, or file any motion or pleading in support of any plan of reorganization, arrangement or liquidation, unless it provides for the Discharge of Senior Debt or unless the Secured Parties have approved of the treatment of their claims with respect to the Senior Debt under such plan; (v) object to the treatment under a plan of reorganization or arrangement of the Secured Parties’ claims with respect to the Senior Debt; (vi) seek relief from the automatic stay of Section 362 of the Bankruptcy Code or any other stay in any Insolvency Proceeding in respect of any portion of the Collateral; or (vii) directly or indirectly oppose any relief requested or supported by the Secured Parties, including any sale or other disposition of property free and clear of the liens and security interests of the Subordinating Creditors under Section 363(f) of Title 11 of the United States Code or any other similar provision of applicable law.

6. No Liability . None of the Secured Parties shall in any event be liable for: (a) any failure to prove the Subordinated Debt; (b) any failure to exercise any rights with respect thereto; (c) any failure to collect any sums payable thereon; or (d) any impairment or nonpayment of the Subordinated Debt that results, directly or indirectly, from the exercise by the Secured Parties of any of their rights or remedies under this Subordination Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or under applicable law.

7. Subordination Rights Not Impaired by Acts or Omissions of the Applicable Debtors or Secured Parties . No right of the Secured Parties to enforce subordination as provided in this Subordination Agreement will at any time in any way be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of any Applicable Debtor or by any act or failure to act by any Secured Party, or by any noncompliance by the Subordinating Creditors or any agent thereof with the terms of this Subordination Agreement, regardless of any knowledge thereof with which any such Person may have or otherwise be charged. The Secured Parties may extend, renew, modify or amend any terms of the Senior Debt or any security therefor or guaranty thereof and grant any waiver, release or consent in respect of, or release, sell or exchange such security and otherwise deal freely with the Applicable Debtors and their respective Affiliates, all without notice to or consent from the Subordinating Creditors and without in any way impairing or affecting this Subordination Agreement.

 

-4-


8. Payments to the Subordinating Creditors . Subject to Sections 9 and 10 of this Subordination Agreement, the Applicable Debtors may make payment on, on account of or in respect of the Subordinated Debt.

9. No Payment to Subordinating Creditors When Senior Debt in Default .

(a) No Applicable Debtor may pay the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on, or make any other payment in respect of, the Subordinated Debt (collectively, “ Intercompany Payments ”) if a Default or Event of Default on the Senior Debt shall have occurred and be continuing unless and until such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist or a Discharge of Senior Debt shall have occurred; provided , however , that a Borrower may continue to make Intercompany Payments to another Borrower in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practices unless and until Agent shall have delivered notice to the Administrative Borrower that a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, at which time such Intercompany Payments shall not be permitted unless and until such Default or Event of Default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased to exist or a Discharge of Senior Debt shall have occurred.

(b) If any payment or distribution of assets of any Applicable Debtor of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (including, without limitation, any issuance of securities by such Applicable Debtor), is received by any Subordinating Creditor as a payment in respect of the Subordinated Debt at a time when such payment or distribution should not have been made in accordance with subsection (a) of this Section 9 , such payment or distribution shall be received and held in trust for and shall be paid over immediately to the Agent or its representative (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) for application to the payment of the Senior Debt until the Discharge of Senior Debt shall have occurred.

(c) The provisions of this Section 9 shall not apply to any payments with respect to which Section 10 would be applicable.

10. Subordinated Debt Subordinated to Prior Payment of All Senior Debt in Insolvency Proceeding . Upon any payment or distribution of assets of any Applicable Debtor of any kind, whether in cash, property or securities (including, without limitation, any issuance of securities by an Applicable Debtor), in connection with any Insolvency Proceeding:

(a) the Secured Parties shall first be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Senior Debt before the Subordinating Creditors shall be entitled to receive any payment or other distribution of assets in respect of the Subordinated Debt;

(b) any payment or distribution of assets of any Applicable Debtor of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (including, without limitation, any issuance of securities by such Applicable Debtor) to which the Subordinating Creditors would be entitled except for the provisions of this Subordination Agreement will be paid by such Applicable Debtor, the liquidating trustee or agent or such other Person making such a payment or distribution directly to the Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) to the extent necessary to effect the Discharge of Senior Debt; and

 

-5-


(c) if, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment or distribution of assets of any Applicable Debtor of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (including, without limitation, any issuance of securities by such Applicable Debtor), is received by a Subordinating Creditor as payment in respect of the Subordinated Debt before the occurrence of the Discharge of Senior Debt, such payment or distribution shall be received and held in trust for and shall be paid over immediately to the Agent or its representative (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) for application to the payment of the Senior Debt until the Discharge of Senior Debt has occurred.

For the purposes of this Section 10 , the words “cash, property or securities” shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of Borrowers or Guarantors as reorganized or readjusted or securities of any other corporation paid or distributed to a Subordinating Creditor by a plan of reorganization, arrangement or readjustment; provided that pursuant to such plan of reorganization, arrangement or readjustment the legal, equitable and contractual rights of the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents are not, without the consent of the Secured Parties, altered by any such plan of reorganization, arrangement or readjustment (including, without limitation, such legal, equitable and contractual rights being impaired within the meaning of Section 1124 of the Bankruptcy Code or under other applicable legislation, or any impairment of the right to receive interest accruing during the pendency of an Insolvency Proceeding).

Each of the Applicable Debtors and Subordinating Creditors will give prompt written notice to the Agent of any Insolvency Proceeding.

11. No Enforcement or Commencement of Any Proceedings . Each of the Subordinating Creditors hereby agrees that, so long as any Senior Debt shall remain unpaid, or the Credit Agreement shall be in effect, such Subordinating Creditor will not (a) except to the extent expressly permitted by Sections 8 , 9 and 10 of this Subordination Agreement, take, demand, receive or accept any payment of the Subordinated Debt, and the Applicable Debtors shall not give, make or permit any such payment, or (b) commence, prosecute, assert, participate in or bring, or join with any other creditor of the Applicable Debtors (other than the Agent) in commencing, prosecuting, asserting, participating in or bringing, any sort of action, suit or proceeding (including, without limitation, any Insolvency Proceeding) either at law or in equity for the enforcement, collection or realization on the whole, or any part of the Subordinated Debt or any collateral, security or guarantees (if any) which is security for the Subordinated Debt, or accelerate, demand or otherwise make due and payable prior to the original due date thereof any payment of the Subordinated Debt (except pursuant to a modification or amendment of the terms of such Subordinated Debt that is permitted under the Credit Agreement), (c) possess any assets of any Applicable Debtor pursuant to a legal action or other legal proceeding, or (d) send any notice to or otherwise seek to obtain payment directly from any account debtor of any Applicable Debtor (clauses (a) through (d) inclusive, collectively, “ Commence Legal Action ”).

12. Action Against . If the Subordinating Creditors, in violation of this Subordination Agreement, shall Commence Legal Action against an Applicable Debtor, such Applicable Debtor may interpose as a defense or dilatory plea the making of this Subordination Agreement, and the Secured Parties are hereby irrevocably authorized to intervene and to interpose such defense or plea in their names or in the name of the related Applicable Debtor. If the Subordinating Creditors shall attempt to enforce, collect or realize upon any Subordinated

 

-6-


Debt or any collateral, security or guarantees (if any) securing the Subordinated Debt in violation of this Subordination Agreement, the Applicable Debtors may, by virtue of this Subordination Agreement, restrain any such enforcement, collection or realization, or upon failure to do so, the Secured Parties may restrain such enforcement, collection or realization, either in their own names or in the name of the Applicable Debtors.

13. Lien Subordination . Each Subordinating Creditor hereby confirms that, regardless of (a) the relative date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to any Secured Party or any Subordinating Creditor in respect of all or any portion of any collateral, (b) the order of filing or recordation of financing statements, mortgages or other security documents, (c) any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code, any other applicable law or anything in the Subordinated Loan Documents (as hereinafter defined) to the contrary, (d) whether the liens securing the Senior Debt are valid, enforceable, void, avoidable, subordinated, disputed, or allowed, or (e) any other circumstance whatsoever, the security interests and liens upon the Collateral granted or to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments covering Senior Debt shall in all respects be first priority and senior security interests and liens and any security interests and liens upon the Collateral granted or to be granted from time to time pursuant to the Subordinated Loan Documents or any other agreements or instruments covering the Subordinated Debt shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to such security interests and liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

14. Release of Liens . In the event of any private or public sale or other disposition of all or any portion of the Collateral by or with the consent of the Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, or as otherwise permitted by the Credit Agreement, at any time prior to the date upon which the Discharge of Senior Debt shall have occurred, each Subordinating Creditor agrees that such sale or disposition will be free and clear of the liens and security interests securing the Subordinated Debt (if any) of such Subordinating Creditor and, if the sale or other disposition includes Equity Interests (as defined below) in any Applicable Debtor, such Subordinating Creditor agrees to release the entities whose Equity Interests are sold from all Subordinated Debt so long as the Agent also releases the entities whose Equity Interests are sold or disposed of from all Senior Debt. In furtherance thereof, each Subordinating Creditor agrees that (a) the Agent is authorized to file any and all Uniform Commercial Code lien releases and/or terminations of the liens and security interests in respect of property of the Applicable Debtor held by such Subordinating Creditor in connection with such a sale or other disposition, and (b) it will execute any and all lien and security interest releases or other documents necessary to release liens on property of the Applicable Debtor reasonably requested by the Agent in connection therewith. For purposes hereof, “ Equity Interests ” means Capital Stock (as defined below) and all warrants, options, or other rights to acquire Capital Stock (but excluding any debt security that is convertible into, or exchangeable for, Capital Stock), and “ Capital Stock ” means (i) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited), and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of property of, the issuing Person.

 

-7-


15. Endorsement of Note; Other Documents . Each of the Subordinating Creditors agrees to mark all agreements, bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments relating to the Subordinated Debt (the “ Subordinated Loan Documents ”) and all other evidences of, or instruments relating to, Subordinated Debt with a notation in substantially the following form:

“This Note is subject to the terms and provisions of the Subordination Agreement executed by the Payee and the other parties thereto in favor of D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P. dated as of November 5, 2004,”

and to deliver proof of such notation to the Agent. If, upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default, the Agent requires the possession of any of the Subordinated Loan Documents in order to present claims or seek enforcement against the Applicable Debtors for payment under the Subordinated Loan Documents in accordance with the provisions of this Subordination Agreement, the Subordinating Creditors agree, subject to the terms hereof, to endorse and deliver such Subordinated Loan Documents to the Agent. The Subordinating Creditors and the Applicable Debtors will at their expense and at any time and from time to time promptly execute and deliver all further instruments and documents and take all further action that may be reasonably necessary to protect any right or interest of the Secured Parties granted hereunder or to enable the Secured Parties to exercise and enforce their rights and remedies hereunder.

16. Modifications to the Subordinated Loan Documents . Except as otherwise expressly permitted under the Credit Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document, none of the Subordinated Loan Documents shall be amended or otherwise modified without obtaining the prior written consent of the Agent, or as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement, so as to provide for (a) any increase in the rate of interest charged thereunder as in effect on the date hereof, (b) any increase in the principal amount or any installment due thereunder, (c) any reduction of the maturity date of any payment of principal or interest, (d) the granting or obtaining of any collateral security or obtaining any lien on any collateral or (e) any other amendment or modification which would have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Applicable Debtors, the Agent’s security interests in the Collateral or the claims of the Secured Parties.

17. No Impairment of Applicable Debtors’ Obligations . Subject to all of the Secured Parties’ rights as provided in this Subordination Agreement, nothing contained in this Subordination Agreement shall impair, as between the Applicable Debtors, on the one hand, and the Subordinating Creditors, on the other hand, the obligation of the Applicable Debtors, which is unconditional and absolute, to pay the Subordinated Debt to the Subordinating Creditors as and when all or any portion thereof shall become due and payable in accordance with its terms or prevent the Subordinating Creditors, upon any default under the Subordinated Debt, from exercising all rights, powers and remedies otherwise provided therein or by applicable law.

18. Subrogation . Until the Discharge of Senior Debt shall have occurred and this Subordination Agreement is terminated as provided herein, the Subordinating Creditors shall not assert or be entitled to any subrogation rights. Subject to the immediately preceding

 

-8-


sentence, if any payment or distribution to which any of the Subordinating Creditors would otherwise have been entitled (but for the provisions of this Subordination Agreement) shall have been turned over to the Agent or otherwise applied to the payment of the Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of this Subordination Agreement, then such Subordinating Creditor shall be entitled to receive from the Agent any payments or distributions received by the Secured Parties in excess of the amount sufficient to effect the Discharge of Senior Debt, and upon such Discharge of Senior Debt shall be subrogated (without any representation by, or any recourse whatsoever to, the Secured Parties) to all rights of the Secured Parties to receive all further payments or distributions applicable to the Senior Debt or the Subordinated Debt until the Subordinated Debt shall have been paid in full. For purposes of the Subordinating Creditors’ subrogation rights hereunder, payments to the Secured Parties with respect to the Senior Debt which the Subordinating Creditors would have been entitled to receive with respect to the Subordinated Debt but for the provisions of this Subordination Agreement shall not, as between the Applicable Debtors, their respective creditors (other than the Secured Parties) and the Subordinating Creditors, be deemed payments with respect to the Senior Debt.

19. Entire Agreement, etc . This Subordination Agreement embodies the whole agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and may not be modified except in writing executed and delivered by the parties hereto. The failure of the Secured Parties, or any one of them, to exercise any right hereunder shall not be construed as a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other rights at any other time and from time to time thereafter, and such rights shall be considered as cumulative rather than alternative. No knowledge of any breach or other non-observance by the Subordinating Creditors of the terms and provisions of this Subordination Agreement shall constitute a waiver, nor a waiver of any obligations to be performed by the Subordinating Creditors hereunder.

20. Notices . All notices and other communications hereunder shall be sent in accordance with the provisions of, and to the addresses set forth in, Section 11 of the Credit Agreement, and if to any Subordinating Creditor that is not a party to the Credit Agreement, to the address set forth for the Administrative Borrower in the Credit Agreement.

21. Construction . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the rules of interpretation set forth in Section 1.4 of the Credit Agreement shall apply mutatis mutandis to this Subordination Agreement.

22. CHOICE OF LAW; JURISDICTION; JURY TRIAL WAIVER; ETC . THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT ANY FEDERAL DISTRICT COURT IN THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR ANY STATE COURT LOCATED IN NEW YORK COUNTY, NEW YORK SHALL HAVE JURISDICTION TO HEAR AND DETERMINE ANY CLAIMS OR DISPUTES BETWEEN OR AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO PERTAINING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY TO THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT OR TO ANY MATTER ARISING HEREFROM. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO EXPRESSLY SUBMITS AND CONSENTS IN ADVANCE TO SUCH JURISDICTION IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING COMMENCED IN SUCH COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR

 

-9-


HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE VENUE OF ANY PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT OR THAT SUCH PROCEEDING WAS BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM AND EACH AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM THE SAME. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL AS TO ANY DISPUTE UNDER THIS SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT.

23. Counterparts; Effectiveness . This Subordination Agreement and any amendments, waivers, consents or supplements may be executed in any number of counterparts (and by facsimile or other electronic transmission) and by different parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, but all such counterparts together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

24. Severability . Any provision of this Subordination Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

25. Section Headings . The section headings used in this Subordination Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction hereof or be taken into consideration in the interpretation hereof.

[Signature Pages to follow]

 

-10-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Subordination Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP. ,

a Delaware corporation, as a Subordinating Creditor

By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
Title:   Vice President

IMAGING ACQUISITION CORPORATION ,

a Delaware corporation, as a Subordinating Creditor

By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
Title:   Vice President

AGFA MONOTYPE CORPORATION ,

a Delaware corporation, as a Subordinating Creditor

By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
Title:   Vice President

INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION , a New York corporation,

as a Subordinating Creditor

By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
Title:   Vice President

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT]


ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO AS OF THE DATE FIRST ABOVE WRITTEN:
D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as Agent
By:  

D. B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its general partner

  By:  

Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

its managing member

By:   /s/ Daniel B. Zwirn
Name:   Daniel B. Zwirn
Title:   Managing Member

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO INTERCOMPANY SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT]

Exhibit 10.51

Execution Copy

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Copyright Security Agreement ”) is made this 5 th day of November, 2004, among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”), and WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC., in its capacity as Agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Imaging Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), Agfa Monotype Corporation (now known as Monotype Imaging, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Monotype ”), and International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrowers as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that certain Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, this Copyright Security Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantors hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement and/or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHT COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):

(a) all of such Grantor’s Copyrights and rights in or to Copyright Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all restorations, reversions, renewals or extensions of the foregoing; and

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Copyright.


3. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyright Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

4. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any United States registered copyrights or applications therefor which become part of the Copyright Collateral under the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Copyright Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

5. COUNTERPARTS . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

GRANTORS:     MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,
    a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

    INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION,
    a New York corporation, as a Grantor
      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

    MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC.
    (f/k/a Agfa Monotype Corporation),
    a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor
      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

SIGNATURE PAGE OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT


AGENT:     WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.,
    a California corporation, as Agent
      By:   /s/ Garrick Tan
      Name:   Garrick Tan
      Title:   Vice President

SIGNATURE PAGE OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.52

E XECUTION C OPY

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Patent Security Agreement ”) is made this 5 th day of November, 2004, among the Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “ Grantor ”), and WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC., in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Imaging Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), Agfa Monotype Corporation (now known as Monotype Imaging, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Monotype ”), and International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, the members of Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrowers as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that the Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that certain Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, this Patent Security Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement and/or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):

(a) all of its Patents and rights in and to Patent Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, extensions or renewals of, and improvements on, the foregoing; and

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Patent.


3. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

4. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any patentable inventions or applications therefor which become part of the Patent Collateral under the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Patent Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I .

5. COUNTERPARTS . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]

 

2


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

GRANTORS:    

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

   

INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION,

a New York corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

   

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC. (f/k/a Agfa Monotype Corporation),

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

SIGNATURE PAGE OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT


AGENT:    

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.,

a California corporation, as Agent

      By:   /s/ Garrick Tan
      Name:   Garrick Tan
      Title:   Vice President

SIGNATURE PAGE OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.53

Execution Copy

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Trademark Security Agreement ”) is made this 5 th day of November, 2004, among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually “Grantor”), and WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC., in its capacity as Agent for the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers (together with its successors and assigns in such capacity, “ Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Imaging Acquisition Corporation, a Delaware corporation (“ Newco ”), Agfa Monotype Corporation (now known as Monotype Imaging, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (“ Monotype ”), and International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ”), the lenders party thereto as “Lenders” (“ Lenders ”), and Agent, the Lender Group agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrowers as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, that certain Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, this Trademark Security Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement and/or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARK COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):

(a) all of its Trademarks and rights in and to Trademark Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all extensions, modifications and renewals of the foregoing;

(c) all goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each Trademark; and


(d) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future (i) infringement or dilution of any Trademark, or (ii) injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark.

3. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group and the Bank Product Providers, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

4. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any trademarks, registrations, or applications therefor (including, without limitation, extensions or renewals) which become part of the Trademark Collateral under the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Trademark Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I .

5. COUNTERPARTS . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

[signature pages follow]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

GRANTORS:    

MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

   

INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION,

a New York corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

 

   

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC. (f/k/a Agfa Monotype Corporation),

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ A. Bruce Johnston
      Name:   A. Bruce Johnston
      Title:   Vice President

SIGNATURE PAGE OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT


AGENT:    

WELLS FARGO FOOTHILL, INC.,

a California corporation, as Agent

      By:   /s/ Garrick Tan
      Name:   Garrick Tan
      Title:   Vice President

SIGNATURE PAGE OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.58

JOINDER AND CONSENT AGREEMENT TO AND CONSENT AND WAIVER UNDER,

CREDIT AGREEMENT

JOINDER AND CONSENT AGREEMENT TO AND CONSENT AND WAIVER UNDER, CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of December 28, 2006 (this “ Joinder and Consent Agreement ”), by and among Linotype Corp., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware (“ New Loan Party ”), Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (“ Parent ”), Monotype Imaging, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Administrative Borrower ”), International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ” and together with Administrative Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders listed on the signatory pages hereof (the “ Required Lenders ”), and D.B. Zwirn Special Opportunities Fund, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, in its capacity as administrative agent (“ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS, Parent, the Borrowers, the lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”), and Agent are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 5, 2004 (as amended as of the date hereof, and as it may be further amended, modified, supplemented or amended and restated from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, on November 30, 2006, Parent formed a new wholly-owned subsidiary, New Loan Party;

WHEREAS, the parties desire that, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, New Loan Party become a Guarantor and a party to certain of the Loan Documents;

WHEREAS, Parent desires to transfer certain of its Intellectual Property as set forth on Schedule 1 hereto to New Loan Party (the “ Intellectual Property Transfer ”);

WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Required Lenders, such Intellectual Property Transfer would violate Section 6.4 of the Credit Agreement;

WHEREAS, Administrative Borrower desires to change its name from “Monotype Imaging, Inc.” to “Monotype Imaging Inc.” and Parent desires to change its name from “Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp.” to “Imaging Holdings Corp.” (collectively, the “ Name Changes ”);

WHEREAS, absent a waiver from Agent and the Required Lenders, the Name Changes would violate Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement since Administrative Borrower and Parent failed to provide Agent with the requisite 30 days prior written notice of such change;

WHEREAS, (a) pursuant to Section 3.7(b)(i) and Section 3.7(b)(ii) of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date that was 10 Business Days after the closing of the China Type Acquisition, Parent and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent an executed Pledged Interest Addendum pursuant to Section 6 of the Security Agreement with respect to a pledge of 65% of the issued and outstanding capital Stock of the Hong Kong Subsidiary entitled to vote and 100% of the issued and outstanding capital Stock of the Hong Kong Subsidiary not entitled to vote, along with the stock certificates representing the same and stock powers duly executed in blank, (b) pursuant to Section 3.7(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date that was 10 Business Days after the closing of the China Type Acquisition Transaction, the Parent and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent a joinder to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, duly executed by China Type, and (c) pursuant to Section 3.7(d) of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date that was 15 Business Days after the Second Amendment Effective Date, the Parent


and Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent an updated Schedule 4.17 to the Credit Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent (clauses (a), (b) and (c), collectively, the “ First Category of Section 3.7 Obligations ”);

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have satisfied the First Category of Section 3.7 Obligations but failed to do so on a timely basis (the “ First Category Defaults ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 3.7(e) of the Credit Agreement, on or prior to the date that was 15 Business Days after the Second Amendment Effective Date, Parent and the Borrowers were required to deliver to Agent updated Schedules 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 and 8 to the Security Agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent (the “ Second Category of Section 3.7 Obligations ”);

WHEREAS, the Parent and the Borrowers have not yet satisfied the Second Category of Section 3.7 Obligations and, accordingly, a default currently exists with respect to each of the Second Category of Second 3.7 Obligations (the “ Second Category Defaults ”);

WHEREAS, the Loan Parties, Agent and the Required Lenders have agreed to consent to the Intellectual Property Transfer and the Name Changes, all as herein provided, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and each of the Required Lenders have agreed to (a) waive the First Category Defaults, and (b) waive the Second Category Defaults; provided, that the Parent and Borrowers shall have completed each of the Second Category of Section 3.7 Obligations, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, on or before the Effective Date (as defined below);

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the agreements and provisions herein contained, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . Any capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Credit Agreement. To the extent such terms are not defined in the Credit Agreement, they shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the other Loan Documents, as applicable.

Section 2. Waivers . Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and each of the Required Lenders hereby agrees to waive (a) the First Category Defaults solely with respect to the First Category of Section 3.7 Obligations, and (b) the Second Category Defaults solely with respect to the Second Category of Section 3.7 Obligations; provided, that the Parent and Borrowers shall have completed each of the Second Category of Section 3.7 Obligations, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent, on or before the Effective Date.

Section 3. Consents . Subject to the satisfaction of the terms and conditions set forth herein, Agent and the Required Lenders hereby (a) consent to, and waive the application of Section 6.4 of the Credit Agreement solely with respect to the Intellectual Property Transfer, and (b) consent to, and waive the application of Section 6.5 of the Credit Agreement solely with respect to the Name Changes.

Section 4. Joinders . Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 6 herein, the parties agree that New Loan Party shall become a party to the following documents (the “ Joined Loan Documents ”) as follows:

 

2


4.01 Security Agreement .

A. By execution of this Joinder and Consent Agreement and a Supplement to the Security Agreement in the form of Annex 1 thereto, New Loan Party will become a party to the Security Agreement (as amended by this Joinder and Consent Agreement), and New Loan Party will be deemed to be a “Grantor” for all purposes under the Security Agreement as of the Effective Date (as defined below).

B. New Loan Party assumes all the rights and obligations of a Grantor under and as defined in the Security Agreement in the same manner as if New Loan Party were an original signatory to the Security Agreement.

C. As a Grantor, New Loan Party is bound by the provisions of the Security Agreement and shall perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Security Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Grantor to the same extent as if originally a party thereto.

4.02 Guaranty .

A. By execution of this Joinder and Consent Agreement, New Loan Party will become a party to the Guaranty as a “Guarantor” for all purposes thereunder, as of the Effective Date.

B. New Loan Party assumes all the rights and obligations of a Guarantor under the Guaranty in the same manner as if New Loan Party were an original signatory to the Guaranty.

C. As a party to the Guaranty, New Loan Party is bound by the provisions of the Guaranty and shall perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Guaranty are required to be performed by it as a Guarantor to the same extent as if originally a party thereto.

4.03 Intercompany Subordination Agreement .

A. By execution of this Joinder and Consent Agreement, New Loan Party will become a party to the Intercompany Subordination Agreement, and New Loan Party will be deemed to be a “Subordinating Creditor” for all purposes under the Intercompany Subordination Agreement as of the Effective Date.

B. New Loan Party assumes all the rights and obligations of a Subordinating Creditor under and as defined in the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and shall perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Subordinating Creditor to the same extent as if originally a party thereto.

C. As a Subordinating Creditor, New Loan Party is bound by the provisions of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement and shall perform in accordance with its terms all the obligations which by the terms of the Intercompany Subordination Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Subordinating Creditor to the same extent as if originally a party thereto.

 

3


4.04 WFF and D.B Zwirn Intercreditor Agreement . By execution of this Joinder and Consent Agreement, New Loan Party hereby agrees to recognize all rights granted to Agent, Lenders, the Senior Agent (as defined in the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement) and the Senior Lenders (as defined in the D.B. Zwirn and WFF Intercreditor Agreement) and will not do any act or perform any obligation which is not in accordance with the agreements set forth therein.

Section 5. Representations and Warranties . In order to induce Agent and Required Lenders to execute this Joinder and Consent Agreement, each Loan Party hereby represents and warrants that:

5.01 No Default . At and as of the date of this Joinder and Consent Agreement, and both prior to and after giving effect to this Joinder and Consent Agreement, no Default or Event of Default exists.

5.02 Representations and Warranties True and Correct . At and as of the date of this Joinder and Consent Agreement and at and as of the Effective Date and after giving effect to this Joinder and Consent Agreement, including without limitation, delivery of updates of certain Schedules to the Credit Agreement as provided in Section 6.06 below, each of the representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents is true and correct in all material respects (except to the extent that such representations and warranties relate solely to an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date).

5.03 Corporate Power, Etc . Each Loan Party (a) has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Joinder and Consent Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (b) has taken all action, corporate or otherwise, necessary to authorize the execution and delivery of this Joinder and Consent Agreement. Each Loan Party is entering into this Joinder and Consent Agreement in accordance with Section 14.1 of the Credit Agreement. New Loan Party is duly organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its organization and qualified to do business in any state where the failure to be so qualified reasonably could be expected to result in a Material Adverse Change.

5.04 No Conflict . The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of this Joinder and Consent Agreement will not (a) violate any provision of federal, state, or local law or regulation applicable to each Loan Party, the Governing Documents of any Loan Party, or any order, judgment, or decree of any court or other Governmental Authority binding on any Loan Party, (b) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute (with due notice or lapse of time or both) a default under any material contractual obligation of any Loan Party, (c) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien of any nature whatsoever upon any properties or assets of any Loan Party, other than Permitted Liens, or (d) require any unobtained approval of any Loan Party’s interestholders or any unobtained approval or consent of any Person under any material contractual obligation of any Loan Party.

5.05 Binding Effect . This Joinder and Consent Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by (a) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws, now or hereafter in effect, relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (b) the application of general principles of equity (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

4


Section 6. Conditions to Effectiveness . This Joinder and Consent Agreement shall be effective as of December 28, 2006 (the “ Effective Date ”), only upon the fulfillment in a manner satisfactory to Agent, of all of the following conditions in this Section 6 :

6.01 Execution of Joinder and Consent Agreement . Each of the parties hereto shall have executed an original counterpart of this Joinder and Consent Agreement and shall have delivered (including by way of facsimile or other electronic transmission) the same to Agent.

6.02 Execution of Security Agreement . New Loan Party and Agent shall have executed an original counterpart of a Supplement to the Security Agreement in the form of Annex 1 to the Security Agreement, pursuant to which New Loan Party shall grant, assign and pledge to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a continuing security interest in all of New Loan Party’s assets.

6.03 Execution of Pledged Interests Addendum to Security Agreement . Parent shall have executed a Pledged Interests Addendum in the form of Exhibit C to the Security Agreement, pursuant to which 100% of the Stock of New Loan Party shall become part of the Pledged Interests (as defined in the Security Agreement).

6.04 Governing Documents . Agent shall have received copies of New Loan Party’s Governing Documents, as amended, modified, or supplemented to the Closing Date, in the case of the charter documents, certified by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and in the case of the by-laws, certified by the Secretary of New Loan Party.

6.05 Pledged Stock . Parent shall have delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, or to such person designated by Agent to act on its behalf, the certificates representing all of the outstanding shares of New Loan Party owned by Parent, together with an undated stock power covering each such certificate, duly executed in blank, each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

6.06 Schedules . Loan Parties shall have delivered to Agent updates, as applicable, to (a) any and all Schedules to the Credit Agreement (including Schedules 4.5 , 4.7(a) , 4.7(b) , 4.7(c) , 4.7(d) , 4.8(b) and 4.8(c) ), and (b) any and all Schedules to the Security Agreement (including Schedules 1 , 2 , 3 , 4 , 5 , 6 , 7 and 8 ), each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

6.07 Incumbency Certificate . Agent shall have received a certificate of an officer of New Loan Party as to (a) the incumbency and signatures of the officers of New Loan Party authorized to execute any document in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Joinder and Consent Agreement; and (b) the executed resolutions of the Board of Directors evidencing the adoption and subsistence of resolutions (i) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Loan Documents to which it is a party and resolving that it execute the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (ii) authorizing a specified person or persons to execute the Loan Documents to which it is a party on its behalf, and (iii) authorizing a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or dispatch all documents and notices (including any document, notice or other agreement to be delivered thereunder or in connection therewith) to be signed and/or dispatched by it under or in connection with the Loan Documents to which it is a party. Such certificate shall state that the statements set forth therein have not been amended, modified, revoked or rescinded as of the date of such certificate.

6.08 Opinions of Counsel . Agent shall have received an opinion of New Loan Party’s counsel in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.

6.09 Intellectual Property Security Agreements . New Loan Party and Agent shall have executed an original counterpart of a Copyright Security Agreement, Patent Security Agreement and Trademark Security Agreement (as each term is defined in the Security Agreement) in the form of Exhibit A, Exhibit B and Exhibit D, respectively, to the Security Agreement.

6.10 WFF Joinder and Consent . Substantially simultaneously with the execution hereof, each Loan Party, WFF, as agent under the WFF Credit Agreement and the Required Lenders (as defined in the WFF Credit Agreement) shall have executed a substantially similar joinder and consent under the WFF Credit Agreement, and furnished evidence thereof to Agent.

 

5


6.11 Name Changes . Agent shall have received evidence of the Name Changes (including copies of any related public filings) on or before the Effective Date.

6.12 Representations and Warranties . As of the Effective Date, the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 hereof shall be true and correct.

6.13 Authorizations . Agent shall have received a copy of any other authorization, consent, approval or other document, opinion or assurance which is necessary or desirable in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by any Loan Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Loan Document.

6.14 Joinder to Source Code Escrow Agreement . Each of New Loan Party, Parent, Agent, D.B. Zwirn, as agent under the D.B. Zwirn Credit Agreement, and Iron Mountain Intellectual Property Management, Inc., as escrow agent shall have executed an original counterpart of a joinder to the Source Code Escrow Agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Agent and shall have delivered (including by way of facsimile or other electronic transmission) the same to Agent.

6.15 Compliance with Terms . New Loan Party and the other Loan Parties shall have complied in all respects with the terms hereof and of any other agreement, document, instrument or other writing to be delivered by New Loan Party and the other Loan Parties in connection herewith.

Section 7. Covenants .

7.01 Loan Document Obligations . New Loan Party covenants that it will perform all covenants required to be performed by it as party to each of the Joined Loan Documents.

7.02 Further Assurances .

(A) On or prior to the date that is 30 days after the Effective Date, Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that the Intellectual Property Transfer shall have occurred.

(B) New Loan Party and the other Loan Parties shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, to Agent such documents and agreements, and shall take or cause to be taken such actions, as Agent may, from time to time, reasonably request to carry out the terms and conditions of this Joinder and Consent Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Loan Party hereby authorizes Agent to file, as agent for the Lenders, initial Uniform Commercial Code financing statements that Agent deems necessary to reflect the terms of this Joinder and Consent Agreement.

Section 8. Miscellaneous .

8.01 Continuing Effect . Except as specifically provided herein, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and are hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects. The Name Changes shall not affect any of the obligations of the Loan Parties under and pursuant to any of the Loan Documents.

8.02 No Waiver . This Joinder and Consent Agreement is limited as specified and shall not operate as a modification, acceptance or waiver of any provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, except to the extent specifically set forth in Sections 2 and 3 herein. Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, hereby reserves all of the rights and remedies of the Lenders arising as a result of any Default or Event of Default under the Loan Documents.

 

6


8.03 References .

A. From and after the Effective Date, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and all agreements, instruments and documents executed and delivered in connection with any of the foregoing shall each be deemed amended hereby to the extent necessary, if any, to give effect to the provisions of this Joinder and Consent Agreement.

B. From and after the Effective Date, (i) all references in the Credit Agreement to “this Agreement”, “hereto”, “hereof”, “hereunder” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean the Credit Agreement as amended hereby and (ii) all references in the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents or any other agreement, instrument or document executed and delivered in connection therewith to “Credit Agreement”, “thereto”, “thereof”, “thereunder” or words of like import referring to the Credit Agreement shall mean the Credit Agreement as amended hereby.

8.04 Governing Law . THIS JOINDER AND CONSENT AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

8.05 Counterparts . This Joinder and Consent Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which counterparts when executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which shall together constitute one and the same instrument. A complete set of counterparts shall be lodged with the Loan Parties and Agent.

8.06 Headings . Section headings in this Joinder and Consent Agreement are included herein for convenience of reference only and shall not constitute a part of this Joinder and Consent Agreement for any other purpose.

8.07 Binding Effect; Assignment . This Joinder and Consent Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of New Loan Party, the other Loan Parties, Agent, and the Lenders, and their respective successors and assigns; provided , however , that the rights and obligations of New Loan Party and the other Loan Parties under this Joinder and Consent Agreement shall not be assigned or delegated without the prior written consent of Agent.

8.08 Expenses . Borrowers agree to pay Agent upon demand for all reasonable expenses, including reasonable fees of attorneys and paralegals for Agent incurred by Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation and execution of this Joinder and Consent Agreement and any document required to be furnished herewith.

8.09 Integration . This Joinder and Consent Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, incorporates all negotiations of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and is the final expression and agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

[Remainder of page intentionally left blank.]

 

7


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Joinder and Consent Agreement to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

LINOTYPE CORP.,
a Delaware corporation
By:   /s/ Douglas J. Shaw
  Name: Douglas J. Shaw
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Joinder


MONOTYPE IMAGING HOLDINGS CORP.,

as Parent

By:   /s/ Robert M. Givens
  Name:   Robert M. Givens
  Title:   President/CEO

MONOTYPE IMAGING, INC.,

as a Borrower

By:   /s/ Robert M. Givens
  Name:   Robert M. Givens
  Title:   President/CEO
INTERNATIONAL TYPEFACE CORPORATION, as a Borrower
By:   /s/ Robert M. Givens
  Name:   Robert M. Givens
  Title:   President/CEO

 

Signature Page to Joinder


Acknowledged this              day of December, 2006:

 

D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as Agent and a Lender
By:   D.B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,
its General Partner
By:   Zwirn Holdings, LLC,
its Managing Member

 

By:   /s/ Lawrence Cutler
Name:   Lawrence Cutler
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Joinder


BERNARD NATIONAL LOAN INVESTORS, LTD, as a Lender
By:   Bernard Capital Funding, LLC,
  its Investment Advisor

 

By:   /s/ Lawrence D. Cutler
Name:   Lawrence D. Cutler
Title:   Chief Administrative & Compliance Officer

 

Signature Page to Joinder


ACM, LLC, as a Lender
By:   Atalaya Capital Management LP

 

By:   /s/ Ivan Q. Zinn
Name:   Ivan Q. Zinn
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Joinder


HBK MASTER FUND L.P., as a Lender
By:   HBK Investments L.P., its Investment Advisor
By:   /s/ David C. Haley
Name:   David C. Haley
Title:   Authorized Signatory

 

Signature Page to Joinder

Exhibit 10.60

COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Copyright Security Agreement ”) is made this 28th day of December, 2006, among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually, a “ Grantor ”), and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as Agent, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender Group (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH :

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp.) (“ Parent ”), Monotype Imaging Inc., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Monotype Imaging, Inc.) (“ Administrative Borrower ”), International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ” and together with Administrative Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and Agent, the Lender Group agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrowers as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, that certain Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, this Copyright Security Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Grantors hereby agree as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement and/or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN COPYRIGHT COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Copyright Collateral ”):

(a) all of such Grantor’s Copyrights and rights in or to Copyright Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all restorations, reversions, renewals or extensions of the foregoing; and

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Copyright.


3. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyright Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

4. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any United States registered copyrights or applications therefor which become part of the Copyright Collateral under the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Copyright Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I.

5. COUNTERPARTS . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

GRANTORS:    

LINOTYPE CORP., a Delaware

corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ Douglas J. Shaw
      Name:   Douglas J. Shaw
      Title:      

SIGNATURE PAGE OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT


AGENT:     D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as Agent
      By:  

D. B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its general partner

        By:  

    Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

    its managing member

      By:   /s/ Lawrence Cutler
      Name:   Lawrence Cutler
      Title:   Managing Member

SIGNATURE PAGE OF COPYRIGHT SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.61

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

This PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Patent Security Agreement ”) is made this 28th day of December, 2006, among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually, a “ Grantor ”) and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as Agent, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender Group (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp.) (“ Parent ”), Monotype Imaging Inc., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Monotype Imaging, Inc.) (“ Administrative Borrower ”), International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ” and together with Administrative Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and Agent, the Lender Group agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrowers as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, that certain Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, this Patent Security Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement and/or the Credit Agreement.

2. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN PATENT COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Patent Collateral ”):

(a) all of its Patents and rights in and to Patent Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;

(b) all reissues, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, extensions or renewals of, and improvements on, the foregoing; and

(c) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future infringement of any Patent.


3. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patent Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

4. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any patentable inventions or applications therefor which become part of the Patent Collateral under the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Patent Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I .

5. COUNTERPARTS . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

GRANTORS:    

LINOTYPE CORP., a Delaware

corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ Douglas J. Shaw
      Name:   Douglas J. Shaw
      Title:      

SIGNATURE PAGE OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT


AGENT:     D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership, as Agent
      By:  

D. B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its general partner

        By:  

    Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

    its managing member

      By:   /s/ Lawrence Cutler
      Name:   Lawrence Cutler
      Title:   Managing Member

SIGNATURE PAGE OF PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.62

TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

This TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT (this “ Trademark Security Agreement ”) is made this 28th day of December, 2006, among Grantors listed on the signature pages hereof (collectively, jointly and severally, “ Grantors ” and each individually, a “ Grantor ”) and D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P., as Agent, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lender Group (together with its successors and assigns, in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Credit Agreement dated of November 5, 2004 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, including all exhibits and schedules thereto, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Imaging Holdings Corp., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Monotype Imaging Holdings Corp.) (“ Parent ”), Monotype Imaging Inc., a Delaware corporation (f/k/a Monotype Imaging, Inc.) (“ Administrative Borrower ”), International Typeface Corporation, a New York corporation (“ Typeface ” and together with Administrative Borrower, the “ Borrowers ”), the lenders party thereto (the “ Lenders ”) and Agent, the Lender Group agreed to make certain financial accommodations available to Borrowers from time to time pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof;

WHEREAS, the members of the Lender Group are willing to make the financial accommodations to Borrowers as provided for in the Credit Agreement, but only upon the condition, among others, that Grantors shall have executed and delivered to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, that certain Security Agreement dated as of November 5, 2004 (including all annexes, exhibits or schedules thereto, as from time to time amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified, the “ Security Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, pursuant to the Security Agreement, Grantors are required to execute and deliver to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, this Trademark Security Agreement; and

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Joinder and Consent Agreement to and Consent and Waiver under, Credit Agreement dated as of December 28, 2006 (the “ Joinder and Consent Agreement ”), Agent and Required Lenders agreed to consent to the transfer of ownership of certain Trademarks from the Parent to Grantors as set forth on Schedule II.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, each Grantor hereby agrees as follows:

1. DEFINED TERMS . All capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Security Agreement and/or the Credit Agreement.

2. TRANSFER OF OWNERSHIP OF TRADEMARKS . Pursuant to the Joinder and Consent Agreement, Parent has transferred the ownership of the Trademarks set forth on Schedule II to Grantors and made any and all necessary filings with the United States Patent and Trademark Office as evidenced by the filings set forth on Schedule III.

3. GRANT OF SECURITY INTEREST IN TRADEMARK COLLATERAL . Each Grantor hereby grants to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, a continuing first priority security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under the following, whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired (collectively, the “ Trademark Collateral ”):

(a) all of its Trademarks and rights in and to Trademark Intellectual Property Licenses to which it is a party including those referred to on Schedule I hereto;


(b) all extensions, modifications and renewals of the foregoing;

(c) all goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each Trademark; and

(d) all products and proceeds of the foregoing, including, without limitation, any claim by such Grantor against third parties for past, present or future (i) infringement or dilution of any Trademark, or (ii) injury to the goodwill associated with any Trademark.

4. SECURITY AGREEMENT . The security interests granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement are granted in conjunction with the security interests granted to Agent, for the benefit of the Lender Group, pursuant to the Security Agreement. Each Grantor hereby acknowledges and affirms that the rights and remedies of Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademark Collateral made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein.

5. AUTHORIZATION TO SUPPLEMENT . Grantors hereby authorize Agent unilaterally to modify this Agreement by amending Schedule I to include any trademarks, registrations, or applications therefor (including, without limitation, extensions or renewals) which become part of the Trademark Collateral under the Security Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no failure to so modify this Trademark Security Agreement or amend Schedule I shall in any way affect, invalidate or detract from Agent’s continuing security interest in all Collateral, whether or not listed on Schedule I .

6. COUNTERPARTS . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument. Any signatures delivered by a party by facsimile transmission or by e-mail transmission shall be deemed an original signature hereto.

[signature page follows]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

GRANTORS:    

LINOTYPE CORP.,

a Delaware corporation, as a Grantor

      By:   /s/ Douglas J. Shaw
      Name:   Douglas J. Shaw
      Title:      

SIGNATURE PAGE OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT


AGENT:     D.B. ZWIRN SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES FUND, L.P.,
    a Delaware limited partnership, as Agent
      By:  

D. B. Zwirn Partners, LLC,

its general partner

        By:  

    Zwirn Holdings, LLC,

    its managing member

      By:   /s/ Lawrence Cutler
      Name:   Lawrence Cutler
      Title:   Managing Member

SIGNATURE PAGE OF TRADEMARK SECURITY AGREEMENT

Exhibit 10.65

LOGO

Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc.

Equity Award Grant Policy

 

I. General Scope

This Equity Award Grant Policy (this “ Policy ”) establishes the process for Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. (the “ Company ”) to follow when it grants shares of restricted stock, long term incentive awards , stock options or other equity-based awards (collectively, “ Equity Awards ”) to an officer or employee of the Company or any of its direct or indirect subsidiaries (each, an “ Employee ”) pursuant to the Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. 2007 Stock Option and Grant Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ 2007 Plan ”), or any other equity compensation plan of the Company that the Board of Directors or Compensation Committee determines to be subject to this Policy (collectively, with the 2007 Plan, the “ Plans ”). A list of the Plans is set forth on Exhibit A . This Policy does not apply to grants of Equity Awards to non-employee directors or other eligible persons under the Plans who are not Employees. Additionally, notwithstanding the foregoing, in recognition of the special considerations that may apply to certain types of performance-based Equity Awards, this Policy does not apply automatically to grants of Equity Awards that are made or earned upon the achievement of previously determined performance-based parameters under the Plans.

 

II. Grant Date of Equity Awards

While the Plans may permit the granting of Equity Awards at any time, the Company will generally only grant Equity Awards on a regularly scheduled basis. Doing so will enhance the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over its Equity Award grant process and alleviate some of the burdens related to accounting for Equity Awards in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board released Statement No. 123R, Share-Based Payment (“ FAS 123R ”). If extraordinary circumstances arise such that the Compensation Committee or the Board of Directors determines it is advisable to grant an Equity Award at a time other than as set forth below, the Compensation Committee may consider and approve any such grant.

Initial and Promotion Grants

Grants of Equity Awards made in conjunction with the hiring of a new Employee or the promotion of an existing Employee will be made on a regular monthly basis on the fifteenth day of each month, unless the fifteenth is not a day


on which the NASDAQ Global Market (or such other market on which the Company’s common stock is then principally listed) is open for trading in which case it shall be the next such trading day (each, a “ Monthly Approval Date ”). These initial and promotion grants shall be made effective (each, a “ Grant Date ”) as follows:

 

   

With respect to an individual whose employment began or whose promotion occurred prior to or on the Monthly Approval Date, on such Monthly Approval Date; and

 

   

With respect to an individual whose employment begins or whose promotion occurs on a date after the Monthly Approval Date, on the next Monthly Approval Date.

Annual Grants

Grants of Equity Awards to existing Employees (other than in connection with a promotion) will be made, if at all, on an annual basis. It is the intention of the Compensation Committee to consider and approve any such annual grants at a meeting to be held as soon as all necessary information is available to the Compensation Committee (the “ Annual Approval Date ”). These annual grants shall be made effective (again, a “ Grant Date ”) as follows:

 

   

If the Annual Approval Date is on or before the third day following the filing of the Company’s Form 10-K (a “ Release Clearance Date ”), then on such Release Clearance Date; and

 

   

If the Annual Approval Date is after the Release Clearance Date, then on the Annual Approval Date.

 

III. Approval of Equity Awards

Compensation Committee Approval

Other than as set forth in the CEO Guidelines described in the next section, all Equity Award grants must be approved in advance by the Compensation Committee. All Equity Award grants approved by the Compensation Committee should be discussed and voted upon at an in-person or telephonic meeting of the Compensation Committee. The minutes of such meetings at which Equity Award grants are approved will list the name of each grantee, the type and amount of Equity Awards he or she is granted, the scheduled grant date in accordance with this Policy, the vesting schedule for the Equity Awards and any other non-standard material terms. If restricted stock or long term incentive awards are approved, the amount of the grant will be denominated in dollars. If stock options are approved, the amount of the grant will be either the number of shares subject to the stock option or the fair value of the award calculated under FAS 123R using the assumptions approved by the


Compensation Committee. If extraordinary circumstances arise necessitating such action, the Compensation Committee may approve an Equity Award grant by unanimous consent in writing or by electronic transmission (rather than as part of a meeting). Any such consent in writing or by electronic transmission will be effective as of the latest date it is signed or transmitted by all members of the Compensation Committee, respectively, and, therefore, the Grant Date may not be prior to such latest date.

CEO Guidelines

The Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the “ CEO ”) shall not have the authority to grant Equity Awards. The Board of Directors and the Compensation Committee will provide guidelines to the CEO from time to time setting forth the amounts and types of Equity Awards under the 2007 Plan that may be granted to Employees in conjunction with their hiring or promotion, in all cases, consistent with the terms of the 2007 Plan. All such Equity Awards shall be recommended by the CEO to the Compensation Committee and shall remain subject to approval by the Compensation Committee.

 

IV. Equity Award Pricing

All Equity Awards will be priced on the Grant Date in the manner described below.

Restricted Stock and Long Term Incentive Awards

The number of shares of restricted stock and long term incentive awards that are issued will be calculated by dividing the dollar value of the approved award by the closing market price on the NASDAQ Global Market (or such other market on which the Company’s common stock is then principally listed) of a share of the Company’s common stock on the Grant Date.

Stock Options

The exercise price of all stock options will be equal to (or, if specified in the approval of the stock option award, greater than) the closing market price on the NASDAQ Global Market (or such other market on which the Company’s common stock is then principally listed) of a share of the Company’s common stock on the Grant Date. If the amount of the award is to be determined by reference to a fair value calculated under FAS 123R, then the number of shares to be subject to such stock option shall be determined based on such fair value, the exercise price determined in accordance with the preceding sentence and the approved valuation assumptions, subject to any other limits on the number of shares that may be subject to such stock option.


V. Informing Recipients of Equity Awards

The Company will document Equity Award grants made in conjunction with the hiring of a new Employee or promotion of an existing Employee in an offer letter to the individual. The offer letter will state, among other things, (1) the type and amount of Equity Awards to be granted, (2) that the Equity Awards will be granted in accordance with this Policy (specifically noting that the Grant Date and pricing of the Equity Award will be determined in accordance with this Policy), (3) that the Equity Award is subject to approval by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and (4) the vesting and other material terms of the Equity Award.

With respect to all Equity Awards other than those made in connection with the hiring or promotion of an Employee, the Company will provide a notice to each Equity Award grantee promptly after the approval of such Equity Award. This notice will state, among other things, (1) the type and amount of Equity Award to be granted, (2) that the Equity Awards will be granted in accordance with this Policy (specifically noting that the Grant Date and pricing of the Equity Award will be determined in accordance with this Policy), and (3) the vesting and other material terms of the Equity Award.

As soon as practicable after each Grant Date, the Company will prepare a ledger of all grants made on such date that summarizes each of the terms of granted Equity Awards. 1 The ledger will then be certified by the Chief Financial Officer. As soon as practicable thereafter, the Company will complete an Equity Award agreement reflecting the terms contained in the certified ledger, prepare all related documentation and obtain the grantee’s signature. The Equity Award agreement will then be countersigned by a Vice President of the Company or more senior officer who has, among other things, confirmed that the terms contained in the Equity Award agreement match those contained in the certified ledger. The Company will retain the originally signed Equity Award agreement and provide the grantee with a signed copy of such agreement.

 

VI. Miscellaneous

The Compensation Committee has the sole power and authority to interpret the terms of this Policy and such interpretations will be binding on all persons. This Policy may be modified or amended at any time by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee.

APPROVED: January 10, 2007

 


1

Any Equity Award grant to an executive officer, whether such individual is an existing employee or a new hire, must be communicated to the Section 16 compliance officer on the effective grant date, if not sooner, in order to facilitate the timely filing of Section 16 reports with the SEC (within two business days of the date of grant).


EXHIBIT A

Plans

2007 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 

A-1

Exhibit 10.66

Monotype Imaging

Dave McCarthy

Vice President/General Manager OEM Sales

2007 Incentive Compensation Plan

Overview

This Incentive Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) is based on revenues for the OEM sales division pursuant to the 2007 budget approved by the Board of Directors of Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. (the “Company”). Certain payments under the Plan will be made on a quarterly basis and other payments will be made on an annual basis.

Quarterly Payments

1. For 0-100% of budgeted quarterly amounts:

 

Core technologies:   $[REDACTED]/percentage point
Emerging technologies:   $[REDACTED]/percentage point

2. For more than 100% of budgeted quarterly amounts:

 

Core technologies:   $[REDACTED]/percentage point (subject to an aggregate annual cap of 120% of the budgeted amounts)
Emerging technologies:   $[REDACTED]/percentage point (subject to an aggregate annual cap of 150% of the budgeted amounts)

Annual Payments

 

   

$[REDACTED] for 105% of total OEM budget amounts

 

   

$[REDACTED] for 110% of printer related emerging technologies budget amounts

 

   

$[REDACTED] for 105% of non-printer related emerging technologies budget amounts

 

   

$[REDACTED] for [REDACTED] new accounts, with at least [REDACTED] of such accounts relating to emerging technologies

 

   

$[REDACTED] for objectives related to emerging technologies

Profit Sharing

Mr. McCarthy will be eligible for an additional 401k contribution of 3% of his total eligible 2007 earnings if the Company achieves 100% of 2007 profit target.


Administrative

Disputes

 

   

The resolution of all disputes concerning such items as sales credits, windfalls, interpretation of the terms of the Plan and actual results will be decided solely by the Board of Directors of the Company, or the Compensation Committee thereof.

Other

 

   

This Plan may be modified at any time during the year at the discretion of the Company and does not constitute a guarantee of employment.

 

   

In the event that Mr. McCarthy’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason before the end of any given quarter, any payments under the Plan will be prorated based on the percentage of the quarter Mr. McCarthy was employed by the Company. To be eligible for Profit Sharing and any annual payments under the Plan, Mr. McCarthy must be employed through December 31, 2007.

 

Approved:

     Accepted:  

/s/ John Seguin

 

3/6/07

  

/s/ Dave McCarthy

 

3/1/07

  Date      Date

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated April 11, 2007, in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-140232) and related Prospectus of Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. dated April 13, 2007.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

April 11, 2007

Exhibit 23.2

Consent of Independent Auditors

We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” and to the use of our report dated November 20, 2006, with respect to the financial statements of Linotype GmbH, Bad Homburg included in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1 No. 333-140232) and related Prospectus of Monotype Imaging Holdings Inc. dated April 13, 2007.

Ernst & Young AG

Wirtschaftsprüfungsgesellschaft

Steuerberatungsgesellschaft

 

/s/  Klein                        

Klein

Wirtschaftsprüfer

[German Public Auditor]

  

/s/  Erbacher                    

Erbacher

Wirtschaftsprüfer

[German Public Auditor]

Eschborn/Frankfurt/M., Germany

April 10, 2007